diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 10150-0.txt | 5592 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 10150-h/10150-h.htm | 5641 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/10150-0.txt | 5985 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/10150-0.zip | bin | 0 -> 128598 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/10150-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 131389 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/10150-h/10150-h.htm | 6049 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/old/10150-8.txt | 6085 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/old/10150-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 128449 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/old/10150.txt | 6085 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/old/10150.zip | bin | 0 -> 128436 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/old/10150_2003.zip | bin | 0 -> 778004 bytes |
14 files changed, 35453 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/10150-0.txt b/10150-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f5240a --- /dev/null +++ b/10150-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5592 @@ +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 10150 *** + +Dracula’s Guest + +by Bram Stoker + + +First published 1914 + +To MY SON + +Contents + + PREFACE + Dracula’s Guest + The Judge’s House + The Squaw + The Secret of the Growing Gold + The Gipsy Prophecy + The Coming of Abel Behenna + The Burial of the Rats + A Dream of Red Hands + Crooken Sands + + + + +PREFACE + + +A few months before the lamented death of my husband—I might say even +as the shadow of death was over him—he planned three series of short +stories for publication, and the present volume is one of them. To his +original list of stories in this book, I have added an hitherto +unpublished episode from _Dracula_. It was originally excised owing to +the length of the book, and may prove of interest to the many readers +of what is considered my husband’s most remarkable work. The other +stories have already been published in English and American +periodicals. Had my husband lived longer, he might have seen fit to +revise this work, which is mainly from the earlier years of his +strenuous life. But, as fate has entrusted to me the issuing of it, I +consider it fitting and proper to let it go forth practically as it was +left by him. + +FLORENCE BRAM STOKER + + + + +Dracula’s Guest + + +When we started for our drive the sun was shining brightly on Munich, +and the air was full of the joyousness of early summer. Just as we were +about to depart, Herr Delbrück (the maître d’hôtel of the Quatre +Saisons, where I was staying) came down, bareheaded, to the carriage +and, after wishing me a pleasant drive, said to the coachman, still +holding his hand on the handle of the carriage door: + +“Remember you are back by nightfall. The sky looks bright but there is +a shiver in the north wind that says there may be a sudden storm. But I +am sure you will not be late.” Here he smiled, and added, “for you know +what night it is.” + +Johann answered with an emphatic, “Ja, mein Herr,” and, touching his +hat, drove off quickly. When we had cleared the town, I said, after +signalling to him to stop: + +“Tell me, Johann, what is tonight?” + +He crossed himself, as he answered laconically: “Walpurgis nacht.” Then +he took out his watch, a great, old-fashioned German silver thing as +big as a turnip, and looked at it, with his eyebrows gathered together +and a little impatient shrug of his shoulders. I realised that this was +his way of respectfully protesting against the unnecessary delay, and +sank back in the carriage, merely motioning him to proceed. He started +off rapidly, as if to make up for lost time. Every now and then the +horses seemed to throw up their heads and sniffed the air suspiciously. +On such occasions I often looked round in alarm. The road was pretty +bleak, for we were traversing a sort of high, wind-swept plateau. As we +drove, I saw a road that looked but little used, and which seemed to +dip through a little, winding valley. It looked so inviting that, even +at the risk of offending him, I called Johann to stop—and when he had +pulled up, I told him I would like to drive down that road. He made all +sorts of excuses, and frequently crossed himself as he spoke. This +somewhat piqued my curiosity, so I asked him various questions. He +answered fencingly, and repeatedly looked at his watch in protest. +Finally I said: + +“Well, Johann, I want to go down this road. I shall not ask you to come +unless you like; but tell me why you do not like to go, that is all I +ask.” For answer he seemed to throw himself off the box, so quickly did +he reach the ground. Then he stretched out his hands appealingly to me, +and implored me not to go. There was just enough of English mixed with +the German for me to understand the drift of his talk. He seemed always +just about to tell me something—the very idea of which evidently +frightened him; but each time he pulled himself up, saying, as he +crossed himself: “Walpurgis-Nacht!” + +I tried to argue with him, but it was difficult to argue with a man +when I did not know his language. The advantage certainly rested with +him, for although he began to speak in English, of a very crude and +broken kind, he always got excited and broke into his native tongue—and +every time he did so, he looked at his watch. Then the horses became +restless and sniffed the air. At this he grew very pale, and, looking +around in a frightened way, he suddenly jumped forward, took them by +the bridles and led them on some twenty feet. I followed, and asked why +he had done this. For answer he crossed himself, pointed to the spot we +had left and drew his carriage in the direction of the other road, +indicating a cross, and said, first in German, then in English: “Buried +him—him what killed themselves.” + +I remembered the old custom of burying suicides at cross-roads: “Ah! I +see, a suicide. How interesting!” But for the life of me I could not +make out why the horses were frightened. + +Whilst we were talking, we heard a sort of sound between a yelp and a +bark. It was far away; but the horses got very restless, and it took +Johann all his time to quiet them. He was pale, and said, “It sounds +like a wolf—but yet there are no wolves here now.” + +“No?” I said, questioning him; “isn’t it long since the wolves were so +near the city?” + +“Long, long,” he answered, “in the spring and summer; but with the snow +the wolves have been here not so long.” + +Whilst he was petting the horses and trying to quiet them, dark clouds +drifted rapidly across the sky. The sunshine passed away, and a breath +of cold wind seemed to drift past us. It was only a breath, however, +and more in the nature of a warning than a fact, for the sun came out +brightly again. Johann looked under his lifted hand at the horizon and +said: + +“The storm of snow, he comes before long time.” Then he looked at his +watch again, and, straightway holding his reins firmly—for the horses +were still pawing the ground restlessly and shaking their heads—he +climbed to his box as though the time had come for proceeding on our +journey. + +I felt a little obstinate and did not at once get into the carriage. + +“Tell me,” I said, “about this place where the road leads,” and I +pointed down. + +Again he crossed himself and mumbled a prayer, before he answered, “It +is unholy.” + +“What is unholy?” I enquired. + +“The village.” + +“Then there is a village?” + +“No, no. No one lives there hundreds of years.” My curiosity was +piqued, “But you said there was a village.” + +“There was.” + +“Where is it now?” + +Whereupon he burst out into a long story in German and English, so +mixed up that I could not quite understand exactly what he said, but +roughly I gathered that long ago, hundreds of years, men had died there +and been buried in their graves; and sounds were heard under the clay, +and when the graves were opened, men and women were found rosy with +life, and their mouths red with blood. And so, in haste to save their +lives (aye, and their souls!—and here he crossed himself) those who +were left fled away to other places, where the living lived, and the +dead were dead and not—not something. He was evidently afraid to speak +the last words. As he proceeded with his narration, he grew more and +more excited. It seemed as if his imagination had got hold of him, and +he ended in a perfect paroxysm of fear—white-faced, perspiring, +trembling and looking round him, as if expecting that some dreadful +presence would manifest itself there in the bright sunshine on the open +plain. Finally, in an agony of desperation, he cried: + +“Walpurgis nacht!” and pointed to the carriage for me to get in. All my +English blood rose at this, and, standing back, I said: + +“You are afraid, Johann—you are afraid. Go home; I shall return alone; +the walk will do me good.” The carriage door was open. I took from the +seat my oak walking-stick—which I always carry on my holiday +excursions—and closed the door, pointing back to Munich, and said, “Go +home, Johann—Walpurgis-nacht doesn’t concern Englishmen.” + +The horses were now more restive than ever, and Johann was trying to +hold them in, while excitedly imploring me not to do anything so +foolish. I pitied the poor fellow, he was deeply in earnest; but all +the same I could not help laughing. His English was quite gone now. In +his anxiety he had forgotten that his only means of making me +understand was to talk my language, so he jabbered away in his native +German. It began to be a little tedious. After giving the direction, +“Home!” I turned to go down the cross-road into the valley. + +With a despairing gesture, Johann turned his horses towards Munich. I +leaned on my stick and looked after him. He went slowly along the road +for a while: then there came over the crest of the hill a man tall and +thin. I could see so much in the distance. When he drew near the +horses, they began to jump and kick about, then to scream with terror. +Johann could not hold them in; they bolted down the road, running away +madly. I watched them out of sight, then looked for the stranger, but I +found that he, too, was gone. + +With a light heart I turned down the side road through the deepening +valley to which Johann had objected. There was not the slightest +reason, that I could see, for his objection; and I daresay I tramped +for a couple of hours without thinking of time or distance, and +certainly without seeing a person or a house. So far as the place was +concerned, it was desolation itself. But I did not notice this +particularly till, on turning a bend in the road, I came upon a +scattered fringe of wood; then I recognised that I had been impressed +unconsciously by the desolation of the region through which I had +passed. + +I sat down to rest myself, and began to look around. It struck me that +it was considerably colder than it had been at the commencement of my +walk—a sort of sighing sound seemed to be around me, with, now and +then, high overhead, a sort of muffled roar. Looking upwards I noticed +that great thick clouds were drifting rapidly across the sky from North +to South at a great height. There were signs of coming storm in some +lofty stratum of the air. I was a little chilly, and, thinking that it +was the sitting still after the exercise of walking, I resumed my +journey. + +The ground I passed over was now much more picturesque. There were no +striking objects that the eye might single out; but in all there was a +charm of beauty. I took little heed of time and it was only when the +deepening twilight forced itself upon me that I began to think of how I +should find my way home. The brightness of the day had gone. The air +was cold, and the drifting of clouds high overhead was more marked. +They were accompanied by a sort of far-away rushing sound, through +which seemed to come at intervals that mysterious cry which the driver +had said came from a wolf. For a while I hesitated. I had said I would +see the deserted village, so on I went, and presently came on a wide +stretch of open country, shut in by hills all around. Their sides were +covered with trees which spread down to the plain, dotting, in clumps, +the gentler slopes and hollows which showed here and there. I followed +with my eye the winding of the road, and saw that it curved close to +one of the densest of these clumps and was lost behind it. + +As I looked there came a cold shiver in the air, and the snow began to +fall. I thought of the miles and miles of bleak country I had passed, +and then hurried on to seek the shelter of the wood in front. Darker +and darker grew the sky, and faster and heavier fell the snow, till the +earth before and around me was a glistening white carpet the further +edge of which was lost in misty vagueness. The road was here but crude, +and when on the level its boundaries were not so marked, as when it +passed through the cuttings; and in a little while I found that I must +have strayed from it, for I missed underfoot the hard surface, and my +feet sank deeper in the grass and moss. Then the wind grew stronger and +blew with ever increasing force, till I was fain to run before it. The +air became icy-cold, and in spite of my exercise I began to suffer. The +snow was now falling so thickly and whirling around me in such rapid +eddies that I could hardly keep my eyes open. Every now and then the +heavens were torn asunder by vivid lightning, and in the flashes I +could see ahead of me a great mass of trees, chiefly yew and cypress +all heavily coated with snow. + +I was soon amongst the shelter of the trees, and there, in comparative +silence, I could hear the rush of the wind high overhead. Presently the +blackness of the storm had become merged in the darkness of the night. +By-and-by the storm seemed to be passing away: it now only came in +fierce puffs or blasts. At such moments the weird sound of the wolf +appeared to be echoed by many similar sounds around me. + +Now and again, through the black mass of drifting cloud, came a +straggling ray of moonlight, which lit up the expanse, and showed me +that I was at the edge of a dense mass of cypress and yew trees. As the +snow had ceased to fall, I walked out from the shelter and began to +investigate more closely. It appeared to me that, amongst so many old +foundations as I had passed, there might be still standing a house in +which, though in ruins, I could find some sort of shelter for a while. +As I skirted the edge of the copse, I found that a low wall encircled +it, and following this I presently found an opening. Here the cypresses +formed an alley leading up to a square mass of some kind of building. +Just as I caught sight of this, however, the drifting clouds obscured +the moon, and I passed up the path in darkness. The wind must have +grown colder, for I felt myself shiver as I walked; but there was hope +of shelter, and I groped my way blindly on. + +I stopped, for there was a sudden stillness. The storm had passed; and, +perhaps in sympathy with nature’s silence, my heart seemed to cease to +beat. But this was only momentarily; for suddenly the moonlight broke +through the clouds, showing me that I was in a graveyard, and that the +square object before me was a great massive tomb of marble, as white as +the snow that lay on and all around it. With the moonlight there came a +fierce sigh of the storm, which appeared to resume its course with a +long, low howl, as of many dogs or wolves. I was awed and shocked, and +felt the cold perceptibly grow upon me till it seemed to grip me by the +heart. Then while the flood of moonlight still fell on the marble tomb, +the storm gave further evidence of renewing, as though it was returning +on its track. Impelled by some sort of fascination, I approached the +sepulchre to see what it was, and why such a thing stood alone in such +a place. I walked around it, and read, over the Doric door, in German: + +COUNTESS DOLINGEN OF GRATZ +IN STYRIA +SOUGHT AND FOUND DEATH +1801 + +On the top of the tomb, seemingly driven through the solid marble—for +the structure was composed of a few vast blocks of stone—was a great +iron spike or stake. On going to the back I saw, graven in great +Russian letters: + +“The dead travel fast.” + +There was something so weird and uncanny about the whole thing that it +gave me a turn and made me feel quite faint. I began to wish, for the +first time, that I had taken Johann’s advice. Here a thought struck me, +which came under almost mysterious circumstances and with a terrible +shock. This was Walpurgis Night! + +Walpurgis Night, when, according to the belief of millions of people, +the devil was abroad—when the graves were opened and the dead came +forth and walked. When all evil things of earth and air and water held +revel. This very place the driver had specially shunned. This was the +depopulated village of centuries ago. This was where the suicide lay; +and this was the place where I was alone—unmanned, shivering with cold +in a shroud of snow with a wild storm gathering again upon me! It took +all my philosophy, all the religion I had been taught, all my courage, +not to collapse in a paroxysm of fright. + +And now a perfect tornado burst upon me. The ground shook as though +thousands of horses thundered across it; and this time the storm bore +on its icy wings, not snow, but great hailstones which drove with such +violence that they might have come from the thongs of Balearic +slingers—hailstones that beat down leaf and branch and made the shelter +of the cypresses of no more avail than though their stems were +standing-corn. At the first I had rushed to the nearest tree; but I was +soon fain to leave it and seek the only spot that seemed to afford +refuge, the deep Doric doorway of the marble tomb. There, crouching +against the massive bronze door, I gained a certain amount of +protection from the beating of the hailstones, for now they only drove +against me as they ricocheted from the ground and the side of the +marble. + +As I leaned against the door, it moved slightly and opened inwards. The +shelter of even a tomb was welcome in that pitiless tempest, and I was +about to enter it when there came a flash of forked-lightning that lit +up the whole expanse of the heavens. In the instant, as I am a living +man, I saw, as my eyes were turned into the darkness of the tomb, a +beautiful woman, with rounded cheeks and red lips, seemingly sleeping +on a bier. As the thunder broke overhead, I was grasped as by the hand +of a giant and hurled out into the storm. The whole thing was so sudden +that, before I could realise the shock, moral as well as physical, I +found the hailstones beating me down. At the same time I had a strange, +dominating feeling that I was not alone. I looked towards the tomb. +Just then there came another blinding flash, which seemed to strike the +iron stake that surmounted the tomb and to pour through to the earth, +blasting and crumbling the marble, as in a burst of flame. The dead +woman rose for a moment of agony, while she was lapped in the flame, +and her bitter scream of pain was drowned in the thundercrash. The last +thing I heard was this mingling of dreadful sound, as again I was +seized in the giant-grasp and dragged away, while the hailstones beat +on me, and the air around seemed reverberant with the howling of +wolves. The last sight that I remembered was a vague, white, moving +mass, as if all the graves around me had sent out the phantoms of their +sheeted-dead, and that they were closing in on me through the white +cloudiness of the driving hail. + +Gradually there came a sort of vague beginning of consciousness; then a +sense of weariness that was dreadful. For a time I remembered nothing; +but slowly my senses returned. My feet seemed positively racked with +pain, yet I could not move them. They seemed to be numbed. There was an +icy feeling at the back of my neck and all down my spine, and my ears, +like my feet, were dead, yet in torment; but there was in my breast a +sense of warmth which was, by comparison, delicious. It was as a +nightmare—a physical nightmare, if one may use such an expression; for +some heavy weight on my chest made it difficult for me to breathe. + +This period of semi-lethargy seemed to remain a long time, and as it +faded away I must have slept or swooned. Then came a sort of loathing, +like the first stage of sea-sickness, and a wild desire to be free from +something—I knew not what. A vast stillness enveloped me, as though all +the world were asleep or dead—only broken by the low panting as of some +animal close to me. I felt a warm rasping at my throat, then came a +consciousness of the awful truth, which chilled me to the heart and +sent the blood surging up through my brain. Some great animal was lying +on me and now licking my throat. I feared to stir, for some instinct of +prudence bade me lie still; but the brute seemed to realise that there +was now some change in me, for it raised its head. Through my eyelashes +I saw above me the two great flaming eyes of a gigantic wolf. Its sharp +white teeth gleamed in the gaping red mouth, and I could feel its hot +breath fierce and acrid upon me. + +For another spell of time I remembered no more. Then I became conscious +of a low growl, followed by a yelp, renewed again and again. Then, +seemingly very far away, I heard a “Holloa! holloa!” as of many voices +calling in unison. Cautiously I raised my head and looked in the +direction whence the sound came; but the cemetery blocked my view. The +wolf still continued to yelp in a strange way, and a red glare began to +move round the grove of cypresses, as though following the sound. As +the voices drew closer, the wolf yelped faster and louder. I feared to +make either sound or motion. Nearer came the red glow, over the white +pall which stretched into the darkness around me. Then all at once from +beyond the trees there came at a trot a troop of horsemen bearing +torches. The wolf rose from my breast and made for the cemetery. I saw +one of the horsemen (soldiers by their caps and their long military +cloaks) raise his carbine and take aim. A companion knocked up his arm, +and I heard the ball whizz over my head. He had evidently taken my body +for that of the wolf. Another sighted the animal as it slunk away, and +a shot followed. Then, at a gallop, the troop rode forward—some towards +me, others following the wolf as it disappeared amongst the snow-clad +cypresses. + +As they drew nearer I tried to move, but was powerless, although I +could see and hear all that went on around me. Two or three of the +soldiers jumped from their horses and knelt beside me. One of them +raised my head, and placed his hand over my heart. + +“Good news, comrades!” he cried. “His heart still beats!” + +Then some brandy was poured down my throat; it put vigour into me, and +I was able to open my eyes fully and look around. Lights and shadows +were moving among the trees, and I heard men call to one another. They +drew together, uttering frightened exclamations; and the lights flashed +as the others came pouring out of the cemetery pell-mell, like men +possessed. When the further ones came close to us, those who were +around me asked them eagerly: + +“Well, have you found him?” + +The reply rang out hurriedly: + +“No! no! Come away quick—quick! This is no place to stay, and on this +of all nights!” + +“What was it?” was the question, asked in all manner of keys. The +answer came variously and all indefinitely as though the men were moved +by some common impulse to speak, yet were restrained by some common +fear from giving their thoughts. + +“It—it—indeed!” gibbered one, whose wits had plainly given out for the +moment. + +“A wolf—and yet not a wolf!” another put in shudderingly. + +“No use trying for him without the sacred bullet,” a third remarked in +a more ordinary manner. + +“Serve us right for coming out on this night! Truly we have earned our +thousand marks!” were the ejaculations of a fourth. + +“There was blood on the broken marble,” another said after a pause—“the +lightning never brought that there. And for him—is he safe? Look at his +throat! See, comrades, the wolf has been lying on him and keeping his +blood warm.” + +The officer looked at my throat and replied: + +“He is all right; the skin is not pierced. What does it all mean? We +should never have found him but for the yelping of the wolf.” + +“What became of it?” asked the man who was holding up my head, and who +seemed the least panic-stricken of the party, for his hands were steady +and without tremor. On his sleeve was the chevron of a petty officer. + +“It went to its home,” answered the man, whose long face was pallid, +and who actually shook with terror as he glanced around him fearfully. +“There are graves enough there in which it may lie. Come, comrades—come +quickly! Let us leave this cursed spot.” + +The officer raised me to a sitting posture, as he uttered a word of +command; then several men placed me upon a horse. He sprang to the +saddle behind me, took me in his arms, gave the word to advance; and, +turning our faces away from the cypresses, we rode away in swift, +military order. + +As yet my tongue refused its office, and I was perforce silent. I must +have fallen asleep; for the next thing I remembered was finding myself +standing up, supported by a soldier on each side of me. It was almost +broad daylight, and to the north a red streak of sunlight was +reflected, like a path of blood, over the waste of snow. The officer +was telling the men to say nothing of what they had seen, except that +they found an English stranger, guarded by a large dog. + +“Dog! that was no dog,” cut in the man who had exhibited such fear. “I +think I know a wolf when I see one.” + +The young officer answered calmly: “I said a dog.” + +“Dog!” reiterated the other ironically. It was evident that his courage +was rising with the sun; and, pointing to me, he said, “Look at his +throat. Is that the work of a dog, master?” + +Instinctively I raised my hand to my throat, and as I touched it I +cried out in pain. The men crowded round to look, some stooping down +from their saddles; and again there came the calm voice of the young +officer: + +“A dog, as I said. If aught else were said we should only be laughed +at.” + +I was then mounted behind a trooper, and we rode on into the suburbs of +Munich. Here we came across a stray carriage, into which I was lifted, +and it was driven off to the Quatre Saisons—the young officer +accompanying me, whilst a trooper followed with his horse, and the +others rode off to their barracks. + +When we arrived, Herr Delbrück rushed so quickly down the steps to meet +me, that it was apparent he had been watching within. Taking me by both +hands he solicitously led me in. The officer saluted me and was turning +to withdraw, when I recognised his purpose, and insisted that he should +come to my rooms. Over a glass of wine I warmly thanked him and his +brave comrades for saving me. He replied simply that he was more than +glad, and that Herr Delbrück had at the first taken steps to make all +the searching party pleased; at which ambiguous utterance the maître +d’hôtel smiled, while the officer pleaded duty and withdrew. + +“But Herr Delbrück,” I enquired, “how and why was it that the soldiers +searched for me?” + +He shrugged his shoulders, as if in depreciation of his own deed, as he +replied: + +“I was so fortunate as to obtain leave from the commander of the +regiment in which I served, to ask for volunteers.” + +“But how did you know I was lost?” I asked. + +“The driver came hither with the remains of his carriage, which had +been upset when the horses ran away.” + +“But surely you would not send a search-party of soldiers merely on +this account?” + +“Oh, no!” he answered; “but even before the coachman arrived, I had +this telegram from the Boyar whose guest you are,” and he took from his +pocket a telegram which he handed to me, and I read: + +_Bistritz_. +Be careful of my guest—his safety is most precious to me. Should aught +happen to him, or if he be missed, spare nothing to find him and ensure +his safety. He is English and therefore adventurous. There are often +dangers from snow and wolves and night. Lose not a moment if you +suspect harm to him. I answer your zeal with my fortune.—_Dracula_. + +As I held the telegram in my hand, the room seemed to whirl around me; +and, if the attentive maître d’hôtel had not caught me, I think I +should have fallen. There was something so strange in all this, +something so weird and impossible to imagine, that there grew on me a +sense of my being in some way the sport of opposite forces—the mere +vague idea of which seemed in a way to paralyse me. I was certainly +under some form of mysterious protection. From a distant country had +come, in the very nick of time, a message that took me out of the +danger of the snow-sleep and the jaws of the wolf. + + + + +The Judge’s House + + +When the time for his examination drew near Malcolm Malcolmson made up +his mind to go somewhere to read by himself. He feared the attractions +of the seaside, and also he feared completely rural isolation, for of +old he knew it charms, and so he determined to find some unpretentious +little town where there would be nothing to distract him. He refrained +from asking suggestions from any of his friends, for he argued that +each would recommend some place of which he had knowledge, and where he +had already acquaintances. As Malcolmson wished to avoid friends he had +no wish to encumber himself with the attention of friends’ friends, and +so he determined to look out for a place for himself. He packed a +portmanteau with some clothes and all the books he required, and then +took ticket for the first name on the local time-table which he did not +know. + +When at the end of three hours’ journey he alighted at Benchurch, he +felt satisfied that he had so far obliterated his tracks as to be sure +of having a peaceful opportunity of pursuing his studies. He went +straight to the one inn which the sleepy little place contained, and +put up for the night. Benchurch was a market town, and once in three +weeks was crowded to excess, but for the remainder of the twenty-one +days it was as attractive as a desert. Malcolmson looked around the day +after his arrival to try to find quarters more isolated than even so +quiet an inn as “The Good Traveller” afforded. There was only one place +which took his fancy, and it certainly satisfied his wildest ideas +regarding quiet; in fact, quiet was not the proper word to apply to +it—desolation was the only term conveying any suitable idea of its +isolation. It was an old rambling, heavy-built house of the Jacobean +style, with heavy gables and windows, unusually small, and set higher +than was customary in such houses, and was surrounded with a high brick +wall massively built. Indeed, on examination, it looked more like a +fortified house than an ordinary dwelling. But all these things pleased +Malcolmson. “Here,” he thought, “is the very spot I have been looking +for, and if I can get opportunity of using it I shall be happy.” His +joy was increased when he realised beyond doubt that it was not at +present inhabited. + +From the post-office he got the name of the agent, who was rarely +surprised at the application to rent a part of the old house. Mr. +Carnford, the local lawyer and agent, was a genial old gentleman, and +frankly confessed his delight at anyone being willing to live in the +house. + +“To tell you the truth,” said he, “I should be only too happy, on +behalf of the owners, to let anyone have the house rent free for a term +of years if only to accustom the people here to see it inhabited. It +has been so long empty that some kind of absurd prejudice has grown up +about it, and this can be best put down by its occupation—if only,” he +added with a sly glance at Malcolmson, “by a scholar like yourself, who +wants its quiet for a time.” + +Malcolmson thought it needless to ask the agent about the “absurd +prejudice”; he knew he would get more information, if he should require +it, on that subject from other quarters. He paid his three months’ +rent, got a receipt, and the name of an old woman who would probably +undertake to “do” for him, and came away with the keys in his pocket. +He then went to the landlady of the inn, who was a cheerful and most +kindly person, and asked her advice as to such stores and provisions as +he would be likely to require. She threw up her hands in amazement when +he told her where he was going to settle himself. + +“Not in the Judge’s House!” she said, and grew pale as she spoke. He +explained the locality of the house, saying that he did not know its +name. When he had finished she answered: + +“Aye, sure enough—sure enough the very place! It is the Judge’s House +sure enough.” He asked her to tell him about the place, why so called, +and what there was against it. She told him that it was so called +locally because it had been many years before—how long she could not +say, as she was herself from another part of the country, but she +thought it must have been a hundred years or more—the abode of a judge +who was held in great terror on account of his harsh sentences and his +hostility to prisoners at Assizes. As to what there was against the +house itself she could not tell. She had often asked, but no one could +inform her; but there was a general feeling that there was _something_, +and for her own part she would not take all the money in Drinkwater’s +Bank and stay in the house an hour by herself. Then she apologised to +Malcolmson for her disturbing talk. + +“It is too bad of me, sir, and you—and a young gentlemen, too—if you +will pardon me saying it, going to live there all alone. If you were my +boy—and you’ll excuse me for saying it—you wouldn’t sleep there a +night, not if I had to go there myself and pull the big alarm bell +that’s on the roof!” The good creature was so manifestly in earnest, +and was so kindly in her intentions, that Malcolmson, although amused, +was touched. He told her kindly how much he appreciated her interest in +him, and added: + +“But, my dear Mrs. Witham, indeed you need not be concerned about me! A +man who is reading for the Mathematical Tripos has too much to think of +to be disturbed by any of these mysterious ‘somethings’, and his work +is of too exact and prosaic a kind to allow of his having any corner in +his mind for mysteries of any kind. Harmonical Progression, +Permutations and Combinations, and Elliptic Functions have sufficient +mysteries for me!” Mrs. Witham kindly undertook to see after his +commissions, and he went himself to look for the old woman who had been +recommended to him. When he returned to the Judge’s House with her, +after an interval of a couple of hours, he found Mrs. Witham herself +waiting with several men and boys carrying parcels, and an +upholsterer’s man with a bed in a car, for she said, though tables and +chairs might be all very well, a bed that hadn’t been aired for mayhap +fifty years was not proper for young bones to lie on. She was evidently +curious to see the inside of the house; and though manifestly so afraid +of the “somethings” that at the slightest sound she clutched on to +Malcolmson, whom she never left for a moment, went over the whole +place. + +After his examination of the house, Malcolmson decided to take up his +abode in the great dining-room, which was big enough to serve for all +his requirements; and Mrs. Witham, with the aid of the charwoman, Mrs. +Dempster, proceeded to arrange matters. When the hampers were brought +in and unpacked, Malcolmson saw that with much kind forethought she had +sent from her own kitchen sufficient provisions to last for a few days. +Before going she expressed all sorts of kind wishes; and at the door +turned and said: + +“And perhaps, sir, as the room is big and draughty it might be well to +have one of those big screens put round your bed at night—though, truth +to tell, I would die myself if I were to be so shut in with all kinds +of—of ‘things’, that put their heads round the sides, or over the top, +and look on me!” The image which she had called up was too much for her +nerves, and she fled incontinently. + +Mrs. Dempster sniffed in a superior manner as the landlady disappeared, +and remarked that for her own part she wasn’t afraid of all the bogies +in the kingdom. + +“I’ll tell you what it is, sir,” she said; “bogies is all kinds and +sorts of things—except bogies! Rats and mice, and beetles; and creaky +doors, and loose slates, and broken panes, and stiff drawer handles, +that stay out when you pull them and then fall down in the middle of +the night. Look at the wainscot of the room! It is old—hundreds of +years old! Do you think there’s no rats and beetles there! And do you +imagine, sir, that you won’t see none of them? Rats is bogies, I tell +you, and bogies is rats; and don’t you get to think anything else!” + +“Mrs. Dempster,” said Malcolmson gravely, making her a polite bow, “you +know more than a Senior Wrangler! And let me say, that, as a mark of +esteem for your indubitable soundness of head and heart, I shall, when +I go, give you possession of this house, and let you stay here by +yourself for the last two months of my tenancy, for four weeks will +serve my purpose.” + +“Thank you kindly, sir!” she answered, “but I couldn’t sleep away from +home a night. I am in Greenhow’s Charity, and if I slept a night away +from my rooms I should lose all I have got to live on. The rules is +very strict; and there’s too many watching for a vacancy for me to run +any risks in the matter. Only for that, sir, I’d gladly come here and +attend on you altogether during your stay.” + +“My good woman,” said Malcolmson hastily, “I have come here on purpose +to obtain solitude; and believe me that I am grateful to the late +Greenhow for having so organised his admirable charity—whatever it +is—that I am perforce denied the opportunity of suffering from such a +form of temptation! Saint Anthony himself could not be more rigid on +the point!” + +The old woman laughed harshly. “Ah, you young gentlemen,” she said, +“you don’t fear for naught; and belike you’ll get all the solitude you +want here.” She set to work with her cleaning; and by nightfall, when +Malcolmson returned from his walk—he always had one of his books to +study as he walked—he found the room swept and tidied, a fire burning +in the old hearth, the lamp lit, and the table spread for supper with +Mrs. Witham’s excellent fare. “This is comfort, indeed,” he said, as he +rubbed his hands. + +When he had finished his supper, and lifted the tray to the other end +of the great oak dining-table, he got out his books again, put fresh +wood on the fire, trimmed his lamp, and set himself down to a spell of +real hard work. He went on without pause till about eleven o’clock, +when he knocked off for a bit to fix his fire and lamp, and to make +himself a cup of tea. He had always been a tea-drinker, and during his +college life had sat late at work and had taken tea late. The rest was +a great luxury to him, and he enjoyed it with a sense of delicious, +voluptuous ease. The renewed fire leaped and sparkled, and threw quaint +shadows through the great old room; and as he sipped his hot tea he +revelled in the sense of isolation from his kind. Then it was that he +began to notice for the first time what a noise the rats were making. + +“Surely,” he thought, “they cannot have been at it all the time I was +reading. Had they been, I must have noticed it!” Presently, when the +noise increased, he satisfied himself that it was really new. It was +evident that at first the rats had been frightened at the presence of a +stranger, and the light of fire and lamp; but that as the time went on +they had grown bolder and were now disporting themselves as was their +wont. + +How busy they were! and hark to the strange noises! Up and down behind +the old wainscot, over the ceiling and under the floor they raced, and +gnawed, and scratched! Malcolmson smiled to himself as he recalled to +mind the saying of Mrs. Dempster, “Bogies is rats, and rats is bogies!” +The tea began to have its effect of intellectual and nervous stimulus, +he saw with joy another long spell of work to be done before the night +was past, and in the sense of security which it gave him, he allowed +himself the luxury of a good look round the room. He took his lamp in +one hand, and went all around, wondering that so quaint and beautiful +an old house had been so long neglected. The carving of the oak on the +panels of the wainscot was fine, and on and round the doors and windows +it was beautiful and of rare merit. There were some old pictures on the +walls, but they were coated so thick with dust and dirt that he could +not distinguish any detail of them, though he held his lamp as high as +he could over his head. Here and there as he went round he saw some +crack or hole blocked for a moment by the face of a rat with its bright +eyes glittering in the light, but in an instant it was gone, and a +squeak and a scamper followed. The thing that most struck him, however, +was the rope of the great alarm bell on the roof, which hung down in a +corner of the room on the right-hand side of the fireplace. He pulled +up close to the hearth a great high-backed carved oak chair, and sat +down to his last cup of tea. When this was done he made up the fire, +and went back to his work, sitting at the corner of the table, having +the fire to his left. For a little while the rats disturbed him +somewhat with their perpetual scampering, but he got accustomed to the +noise as one does to the ticking of a clock or to the roar of moving +water; and he became so immersed in his work that everything in the +world, except the problem which he was trying to solve, passed away +from him. + +He suddenly looked up, his problem was still unsolved, and there was in +the air that sense of the hour before the dawn, which is so dread to +doubtful life. The noise of the rats had ceased. Indeed it seemed to +him that it must have ceased but lately and that it was the sudden +cessation which had disturbed him. The fire had fallen low, but still +it threw out a deep red glow. As he looked he started in spite of his +_sang froid_. + +There on the great high-backed carved oak chair by the right side of +the fireplace sat an enormous rat, steadily glaring at him with baleful +eyes. He made a motion to it as though to hunt it away, but it did not +stir. Then he made the motion of throwing something. Still it did not +stir, but showed its great white teeth angrily, and its cruel eyes +shone in the lamplight with an added vindictiveness. + +Malcolmson felt amazed, and seizing the poker from the hearth ran at it +to kill it. Before, however, he could strike it, the rat, with a squeak +that sounded like the concentration of hate, jumped upon the floor, +and, running up the rope of the alarm bell, disappeared in the darkness +beyond the range of the green-shaded lamp. Instantly, strange to say, +the noisy scampering of the rats in the wainscot began again. + +By this time Malcolmson’s mind was quite off the problem; and as a +shrill cock-crow outside told him of the approach of morning, he went +to bed and to sleep. + +He slept so sound that he was not even waked by Mrs. Dempster coming in +to make up his room. It was only when she had tidied up the place and +got his breakfast ready and tapped on the screen which closed in his +bed that he woke. He was a little tired still after his night’s hard +work, but a strong cup of tea soon freshened him up and, taking his +book, he went out for his morning walk, bringing with him a few +sandwiches lest he should not care to return till dinner time. He found +a quiet walk between high elms some way outside the town, and here he +spent the greater part of the day studying his Laplace. On his return +he looked in to see Mrs. Witham and to thank her for her kindness. When +she saw him coming through the diamond-paned bay window of her sanctum +she came out to meet him and asked him in. She looked at him +searchingly and shook her head as she said: + +“You must not overdo it, sir. You are paler this morning than you +should be. Too late hours and too hard work on the brain isn’t good for +any man! But tell me, sir, how did you pass the night? Well, I hope? +But my heart! sir, I was glad when Mrs. Dempster told me this morning +that you were all right and sleeping sound when she went in.” + +“Oh, I was all right,” he answered smiling, “the ‘somethings’ didn’t +worry me, as yet. Only the rats; and they had a circus, I tell you, all +over the place. There was one wicked looking old devil that sat up on +my own chair by the fire, and wouldn’t go till I took the poker to him, +and then he ran up the rope of the alarm bell and got to somewhere up +the wall or the ceiling—I couldn’t see where, it was so dark.” + +“Mercy on us,” said Mrs. Witham, “an old devil, and sitting on a chair +by the fireside! Take care, sir! take care! There’s many a true word +spoken in jest.” + +“How do you mean? Pon my word I don’t understand.” + +“An old devil! The old devil, perhaps. There! sir, you needn’t laugh,” +for Malcolmson had broken into a hearty peal. “You young folks thinks +it easy to laugh at things that makes older ones shudder. Never mind, +sir! never mind! Please God, you’ll laugh all the time. It’s what I +wish you myself!” and the good lady beamed all over in sympathy with +his enjoyment, her fears gone for a moment. + +“Oh, forgive me!” said Malcolmson presently. “Don’t think me rude; but +the idea was too much for me—that the old devil himself was on the +chair last night!” And at the thought he laughed again. Then he went +home to dinner. + +This evening the scampering of the rats began earlier; indeed it had +been going on before his arrival, and only ceased whilst his presence +by its freshness disturbed them. After dinner he sat by the fire for a +while and had a smoke; and then, having cleared his table, began to +work as before. Tonight the rats disturbed him more than they had done +on the previous night. How they scampered up and down and under and +over! How they squeaked, and scratched, and gnawed! How they, getting +bolder by degrees, came to the mouths of their holes and to the chinks +and cracks and crannies in the wainscoting till their eyes shone like +tiny lamps as the firelight rose and fell. But to him, now doubtless +accustomed to them, their eyes were not wicked; only their playfulness +touched him. Sometimes the boldest of them made sallies out on the +floor or along the mouldings of the wainscot. Now and again as they +disturbed him Malcolmson made a sound to frighten them, smiting the +table with his hand or giving a fierce “Hsh, hsh,” so that they fled +straightway to their holes. + +And so the early part of the night wore on; and despite the noise +Malcolmson got more and more immersed in his work. + +All at once he stopped, as on the previous night, being overcome by a +sudden sense of silence. There was not the faintest sound of gnaw, or +scratch, or squeak. The silence was as of the grave. He remembered the +odd occurrence of the previous night, and instinctively he looked at +the chair standing close by the fireside. And then a very odd sensation +thrilled through him. + +There, on the great old high-backed carved oak chair beside the +fireplace sat the same enormous rat, steadily glaring at him with +baleful eyes. + +Instinctively he took the nearest thing to his hand, a book of +logarithms, and flung it at it. The book was badly aimed and the rat +did not stir, so again the poker performance of the previous night was +repeated; and again the rat, being closely pursued, fled up the rope of +the alarm bell. Strangely too, the departure of this rat was instantly +followed by the renewal of the noise made by the general rat community. +On this occasion, as on the previous one, Malcolmson could not see at +what part of the room the rat disappeared, for the green shade of his +lamp left the upper part of the room in darkness, and the fire had +burned low. + +On looking at his watch he found it was close on midnight; and, not +sorry for the _divertissement_, he made up his fire and made himself +his nightly pot of tea. He had got through a good spell of work, and +thought himself entitled to a cigarette; and so he sat on the great oak +chair before the fire and enjoyed it. Whilst smoking he began to think +that he would like to know where the rat disappeared to, for he had +certain ideas for the morrow not entirely disconnected with a rat-trap. +Accordingly he lit another lamp and placed it so that it would shine +well into the right-hand corner of the wall by the fireplace. Then he +got all the books he had with him, and placed them handy to throw at +the vermin. Finally he lifted the rope of the alarm bell and placed the +end of it on the table, fixing the extreme end under the lamp. As he +handled it he could not help noticing how pliable it was, especially +for so strong a rope, and one not in use. “You could hang a man with +it,” he thought to himself. When his preparations were made he looked +around, and said complacently: + +“There now, my friend, I think we shall learn something of you this +time!” He began his work again, and though as before somewhat disturbed +at first by the noise of the rats, soon lost himself in his +propositions and problems. + +Again he was called to his immediate surroundings suddenly. This time +it might not have been the sudden silence only which took his +attention; there was a slight movement of the rope, and the lamp moved. +Without stirring, he looked to see if his pile of books was within +range, and then cast his eye along the rope. As he looked he saw the +great rat drop from the rope on the oak arm-chair and sit there glaring +at him. He raised a book in his right hand, and taking careful aim, +flung it at the rat. The latter, with a quick movement, sprang aside +and dodged the missile. He then took another book, and a third, and +flung them one after another at the rat, but each time unsuccessfully. +At last, as he stood with a book poised in his hand to throw, the rat +squeaked and seemed afraid. This made Malcolmson more than ever eager +to strike, and the book flew and struck the rat a resounding blow. It +gave a terrified squeak, and turning on his pursuer a look of terrible +malevolence, ran up the chair-back and made a great jump to the rope of +the alarm bell and ran up it like lightning. The lamp rocked under the +sudden strain, but it was a heavy one and did not topple over. +Malcolmson kept his eyes on the rat, and saw it by the light of the +second lamp leap to a moulding of the wainscot and disappear through a +hole in one of the great pictures which hung on the wall, obscured and +invisible through its coating of dirt and dust. + +“I shall look up my friend’s habitation in the morning,” said the +student, as he went over to collect his books. “The third picture from +the fireplace; I shall not forget.” He picked up the books one by one, +commenting on them as he lifted them. “_Conic Sections_ he does not +mind, nor _Cycloidal Oscillations_, nor the _Principia_, nor +_Quaternions_, nor _Thermodynamics_. Now for the book that fetched +him!” Malcolmson took it up and looked at it. As he did so he started, +and a sudden pallor overspread his face. He looked round uneasily and +shivered slightly, as he murmured to himself: + +“The Bible my mother gave me! What an odd coincidence.” He sat down to +work again, and the rats in the wainscot renewed their gambols. They +did not disturb him, however; somehow their presence gave him a sense +of companionship. But he could not attend to his work, and after +striving to master the subject on which he was engaged gave it up in +despair, and went to bed as the first streak of dawn stole in through +the eastern window. + +He slept heavily but uneasily, and dreamed much; and when Mrs. Dempster +woke him late in the morning he seemed ill at ease, and for a few +minutes did not seem to realise exactly where he was. His first request +rather surprised the servant. + +“Mrs. Dempster, when I am out to-day I wish you would get the steps and +dust or wash those pictures—specially that one the third from the +fireplace—I want to see what they are.” + +Late in the afternoon Malcolmson worked at his books in the shaded +walk, and the cheerfulness of the previous day came back to him as the +day wore on, and he found that his reading was progressing well. He had +worked out to a satisfactory conclusion all the problems which had as +yet baffled him, and it was in a state of jubilation that he paid a +visit to Mrs. Witham at “The Good Traveller”. He found a stranger in +the cosy sitting-room with the landlady, who was introduced to him as +Dr. Thornhill. She was not quite at ease, and this, combined with the +doctor’s plunging at once into a series of questions, made Malcolmson +come to the conclusion that his presence was not an accident, so +without preliminary he said: + +“Dr. Thornhill, I shall with pleasure answer you any question you may +choose to ask me if you will answer me one question first.” + +The doctor seemed surprised, but he smiled and answered at once, “Done! +What is it?” + +“Did Mrs. Witham ask you to come here and see me and advise me?” + +Dr. Thornhill for a moment was taken aback, and Mrs. Witham got fiery +red and turned away; but the doctor was a frank and ready man, and he +answered at once and openly. + +“She did: but she didn’t intend you to know it. I suppose it was my +clumsy haste that made you suspect. She told me that she did not like +the idea of your being in that house all by yourself, and that she +thought you took too much strong tea. In fact, she wants me to advise +you if possible to give up the tea and the very late hours. I was a +keen student in my time, so I suppose I may take the liberty of a +college man, and without offence, advise you not quite as a stranger.” + +Malcolmson with a bright smile held out his hand. “Shake! as they say +in America,” he said. “I must thank you for your kindness and Mrs. +Witham too, and your kindness deserves a return on my part. I promise +to take no more strong tea—no tea at all till you let me—and I shall go +to bed tonight at one o’clock at latest. Will that do?” + +“Capital,” said the doctor. “Now tell us all that you noticed in the +old house,” and so Malcolmson then and there told in minute detail all +that had happened in the last two nights. He was interrupted every now +and then by some exclamation from Mrs. Witham, till finally when he +told of the episode of the Bible the landlady’s pent-up emotions found +vent in a shriek; and it was not till a stiff glass of brandy and water +had been administered that she grew composed again. Dr. Thornhill +listened with a face of growing gravity, and when the narrative was +complete and Mrs. Witham had been restored he asked: + +“The rat always went up the rope of the alarm bell?” + +“Always.” + +“I suppose you know,” said the Doctor after a pause, “what the rope +is?” + +“No!” + +“It is,” said the Doctor slowly, “the very rope which the hangman used +for all the victims of the Judge’s judicial rancour!” Here he was +interrupted by another scream from Mrs. Witham, and steps had to be +taken for her recovery. Malcolmson having looked at his watch, and +found that it was close to his dinner hour, had gone home before her +complete recovery. + +When Mrs. Witham was herself again she almost assailed the Doctor with +angry questions as to what he meant by putting such horrible ideas into +the poor young man’s mind. “He has quite enough there already to upset +him,” she added. Dr. Thornhill replied: + +“My dear madam, I had a distinct purpose in it! I wanted to draw his +attention to the bell rope, and to fix it there. It may be that he is +in a highly overwrought state, and has been studying too much, although +I am bound to say that he seems as sound and healthy a young man, +mentally and bodily, as ever I saw—but then the rats—and that +suggestion of the devil.” The doctor shook his head and went on. “I +would have offered to go and stay the first night with him but that I +felt sure it would have been a cause of offence. He may get in the +night some strange fright or hallucination; and if he does I want him +to pull that rope. All alone as he is it will give us warning, and we +may reach him in time to be of service. I shall be sitting up pretty +late tonight and shall keep my ears open. Do not be alarmed if +Benchurch gets a surprise before morning.” + +“Oh, Doctor, what do you mean? What do you mean?” + +“I mean this; that possibly—nay, more probably—we shall hear the great +alarm bell from the Judge’s House tonight,” and the Doctor made about +as effective an exit as could be thought of. + +When Malcolmson arrived home he found that it was a little after his +usual time, and Mrs. Dempster had gone away—the rules of Greenhow’s +Charity were not to be neglected. He was glad to see that the place was +bright and tidy with a cheerful fire and a well-trimmed lamp. The +evening was colder than might have been expected in April, and a heavy +wind was blowing with such rapidly-increasing strength that there was +every promise of a storm during the night. For a few minutes after his +entrance the noise of the rats ceased; but so soon as they became +accustomed to his presence they began again. He was glad to hear them, +for he felt once more the feeling of companionship in their noise, and +his mind ran back to the strange fact that they only ceased to manifest +themselves when that other—the great rat with the baleful eyes—came +upon the scene. The reading-lamp only was lit and its green shade kept +the ceiling and the upper part of the room in darkness, so that the +cheerful light from the hearth spreading over the floor and shining on +the white cloth laid over the end of the table was warm and cheery. +Malcolmson sat down to his dinner with a good appetite and a buoyant +spirit. After his dinner and a cigarette he sat steadily down to work, +determined not to let anything disturb him, for he remembered his +promise to the doctor, and made up his mind to make the best of the +time at his disposal. + +For an hour or so he worked all right, and then his thoughts began to +wander from his books. The actual circumstances around him, the calls +on his physical attention, and his nervous susceptibility were not to +be denied. By this time the wind had become a gale, and the gale a +storm. The old house, solid though it was, seemed to shake to its +foundations, and the storm roared and raged through its many chimneys +and its queer old gables, producing strange, unearthly sounds in the +empty rooms and corridors. Even the great alarm bell on the roof must +have felt the force of the wind, for the rope rose and fell slightly, +as though the bell were moved a little from time to time and the limber +rope fell on the oak floor with a hard and hollow sound. + +As Malcolmson listened to it he bethought himself of the doctor’s +words, “It is the rope which the hangman used for the victims of the +Judge’s judicial rancour,” and he went over to the corner of the +fireplace and took it in his hand to look at it. There seemed a sort of +deadly interest in it, and as he stood there he lost himself for a +moment in speculation as to who these victims were, and the grim wish +of the Judge to have such a ghastly relic ever under his eyes. As he +stood there the swaying of the bell on the roof still lifted the rope +now and again; but presently there came a new sensation—a sort of +tremor in the rope, as though something was moving along it. + +Looking up instinctively Malcolmson saw the great rat coming slowly +down towards him, glaring at him steadily. He dropped the rope and +started back with a muttered curse, and the rat turning ran up the rope +again and disappeared, and at the same instant Malcolmson became +conscious that the noise of the rats, which had ceased for a while, +began again. + +All this set him thinking, and it occurred to him that he had not +investigated the lair of the rat or looked at the pictures, as he had +intended. He lit the other lamp without the shade, and, holding it up +went and stood opposite the third picture from the fireplace on the +right-hand side where he had seen the rat disappear on the previous +night. + +At the first glance he started back so suddenly that he almost dropped +the lamp, and a deadly pallor overspread his face. His knees shook, and +heavy drops of sweat came on his forehead, and he trembled like an +aspen. But he was young and plucky, and pulled himself together, and +after the pause of a few seconds stepped forward again, raised the +lamp, and examined the picture which had been dusted and washed, and +now stood out clearly. + +It was of a judge dressed in his robes of scarlet and ermine. His face +was strong and merciless, evil, crafty, and vindictive, with a sensual +mouth, hooked nose of ruddy colour, and shaped like the beak of a bird +of prey. The rest of the face was of a cadaverous colour. The eyes were +of peculiar brilliance and with a terribly malignant expression. As he +looked at them, Malcolmson grew cold, for he saw there the very +counterpart of the eyes of the great rat. The lamp almost fell from his +hand, he saw the rat with its baleful eyes peering out through the hole +in the corner of the picture, and noted the sudden cessation of the +noise of the other rats. However, he pulled himself together, and went +on with his examination of the picture. + +The Judge was seated in a great high-backed carved oak chair, on the +right-hand side of a great stone fireplace where, in the corner, a rope +hung down from the ceiling, its end lying coiled on the floor. With a +feeling of something like horror, Malcolmson recognised the scene of +the room as it stood, and gazed around him in an awestruck manner as +though he expected to find some strange presence behind him. Then he +looked over to the corner of the fireplace—and with a loud cry he let +the lamp fall from his hand. + +There, in the Judge’s arm-chair, with the rope hanging behind, sat the +rat with the Judge’s baleful eyes, now intensified and with a fiendish +leer. Save for the howling of the storm without there was silence. + +The fallen lamp recalled Malcolmson to himself. Fortunately it was of +metal, and so the oil was not spilt. However, the practical need of +attending to it settled at once his nervous apprehensions. When he had +turned it out, he wiped his brow and thought for a moment. + +“This will not do,” he said to himself. “If I go on like this I shall +become a crazy fool. This must stop! I promised the doctor I would not +take tea. Faith, he was pretty right! My nerves must have been getting +into a queer state. Funny I did not notice it. I never felt better in +my life. However, it is all right now, and I shall not be such a fool +again.” + +Then he mixed himself a good stiff glass of brandy and water and +resolutely sat down to his work. + +It was nearly an hour when he looked up from his book, disturbed by the +sudden stillness. Without, the wind howled and roared louder than ever, +and the rain drove in sheets against the windows, beating like hail on +the glass; but within there was no sound whatever save the echo of the +wind as it roared in the great chimney, and now and then a hiss as a +few raindrops found their way down the chimney in a lull of the storm. +The fire had fallen low and had ceased to flame, though it threw out a +red glow. Malcolmson listened attentively, and presently heard a thin, +squeaking noise, very faint. It came from the corner of the room where +the rope hung down, and he thought it was the creaking of the rope on +the floor as the swaying of the bell raised and lowered it. Looking up, +however, he saw in the dim light the great rat clinging to the rope and +gnawing it. The rope was already nearly gnawed through—he could see the +lighter colour where the strands were laid bare. As he looked the job +was completed, and the severed end of the rope fell clattering on the +oaken floor, whilst for an instant the great rat remained like a knob +or tassel at the end of the rope, which now began to sway to and fro. +Malcolmson felt for a moment another pang of terror as he thought that +now the possibility of calling the outer world to his assistance was +cut off, but an intense anger took its place, and seizing the book he +was reading he hurled it at the rat. The blow was well aimed, but +before the missile could reach him the rat dropped off and struck the +floor with a soft thud. Malcolmson instantly rushed over towards him, +but it darted away and disappeared in the darkness of the shadows of +the room. Malcolmson felt that his work was over for the night, and +determined then and there to vary the monotony of the proceedings by a +hunt for the rat, and took off the green shade of the lamp so as to +insure a wider spreading light. As he did so the gloom of the upper +part of the room was relieved, and in the new flood of light, great by +comparison with the previous darkness, the pictures on the wall stood +out boldly. From where he stood, Malcolmson saw right opposite to him +the third picture on the wall from the right of the fireplace. He +rubbed his eyes in surprise, and then a great fear began to come upon +him. + +In the centre of the picture was a great irregular patch of brown +canvas, as fresh as when it was stretched on the frame. The background +was as before, with chair and chimney-corner and rope, but the figure +of the Judge had disappeared. + +Malcolmson, almost in a chill of horror, turned slowly round, and then +he began to shake and tremble like a man in a palsy. His strength +seemed to have left him, and he was incapable of action or movement, +hardly even of thought. He could only see and hear. + +There, on the great high-backed carved oak chair sat the Judge in his +robes of scarlet and ermine, with his baleful eyes glaring +vindictively, and a smile of triumph on the resolute, cruel mouth, as +he lifted with his hands a _black cap_. Malcolmson felt as if the blood +was running from his heart, as one does in moments of prolonged +suspense. There was a singing in his ears. Without, he could hear the +roar and howl of the tempest, and through it, swept on the storm, came +the striking of midnight by the great chimes in the market place. He +stood for a space of time that seemed to him endless still as a statue, +and with wide-open, horror-struck eyes, breathless. As the clock +struck, so the smile of triumph on the Judge’s face intensified, and at +the last stroke of midnight he placed the black cap on his head. + +Slowly and deliberately the Judge rose from his chair and picked up the +piece of the rope of the alarm bell which lay on the floor, drew it +through his hands as if he enjoyed its touch, and then deliberately +began to knot one end of it, fashioning it into a noose. This he +tightened and tested with his foot, pulling hard at it till he was +satisfied and then making a running noose of it, which he held in his +hand. Then he began to move along the table on the opposite side to +Malcolmson keeping his eyes on him until he had passed him, when with a +quick movement he stood in front of the door. Malcolmson then began to +feel that he was trapped, and tried to think of what he should do. +There was some fascination in the Judge’s eyes, which he never took off +him, and he had, perforce, to look. He saw the Judge approach—still +keeping between him and the door—and raise the noose and throw it +towards him as if to entangle him. With a great effort he made a quick +movement to one side, and saw the rope fall beside him, and heard it +strike the oaken floor. Again the Judge raised the noose and tried to +ensnare him, ever keeping his baleful eyes fixed on him, and each time +by a mighty effort the student just managed to evade it. So this went +on for many times, the Judge seeming never discouraged nor discomposed +at failure, but playing as a cat does with a mouse. At last in despair, +which had reached its climax, Malcolmson cast a quick glance round him. +The lamp seemed to have blazed up, and there was a fairly good light in +the room. At the many rat-holes and in the chinks and crannies of the +wainscot he saw the rats’ eyes; and this aspect, that was purely +physical, gave him a gleam of comfort. He looked around and saw that +the rope of the great alarm bell was laden with rats. Every inch of it +was covered with them, and more and more were pouring through the small +circular hole in the ceiling whence it emerged, so that with their +weight the bell was beginning to sway. + +Hark! it had swayed till the clapper had touched the bell. The sound +was but a tiny one, but the bell was only beginning to sway, and it +would increase. + +At the sound the Judge, who had been keeping his eyes fixed on +Malcolmson, looked up, and a scowl of diabolical anger overspread his +face. His eyes fairly glowed like hot coals, and he stamped his foot +with a sound that seemed to make the house shake. A dreadful peal of +thunder broke overhead as he raised the rope again, whilst the rats +kept running up and down the rope as though working against time. This +time, instead of throwing it, he drew close to his victim, and held +open the noose as he approached. As he came closer there seemed +something paralysing in his very presence, and Malcolmson stood rigid +as a corpse. He felt the Judge’s icy fingers touch his throat as he +adjusted the rope. The noose tightened—tightened. Then the Judge, +taking the rigid form of the student in his arms, carried him over and +placed him standing in the oak chair, and stepping up beside him, put +his hand up and caught the end of the swaying rope of the alarm bell. +As he raised his hand the rats fled squeaking, and disappeared through +the hole in the ceiling. Taking the end of the noose which was round +Malcolmson’s neck he tied it to the hanging-bell rope, and then +descending pulled away the chair. + +When the alarm bell of the Judge’s House began to sound a crowd soon +assembled. Lights and torches of various kinds appeared, and soon a +silent crowd was hurrying to the spot. They knocked loudly at the door, +but there was no reply. Then they burst in the door, and poured into +the great dining-room, the doctor at the head. + +There at the end of the rope of the great alarm bell hung the body of +the student, and on the face of the Judge in the picture was a +malignant smile. + + + + +The Squaw + + +Nurnberg at the time was not so much exploited as it has been since +then. Irving had not been playing _Faust_, and the very name of the old +town was hardly known to the great bulk of the travelling public. My +wife and I being in the second week of our honeymoon, naturally wanted +someone else to join our party, so that when the cheery stranger, Elias +P. Hutcheson, hailing from Isthmian City, Bleeding Gulch, Maple Tree +County, Neb. turned up at the station at Frankfort, and casually +remarked that he was going on to see the most all-fired old Methuselah +of a town in Yurrup, and that he guessed that so much travelling alone +was enough to send an intelligent, active citizen into the melancholy +ward of a daft house, we took the pretty broad hint and suggested that +we should join forces. We found, on comparing notes afterwards, that we +had each intended to speak with some diffidence or hesitation so as not +to appear too eager, such not being a good compliment to the success of +our married life; but the effect was entirely marred by our both +beginning to speak at the same instant—stopping simultaneously and then +going on together again. Anyhow, no matter how, it was done; and Elias +P. Hutcheson became one of our party. Straightway Amelia and I found +the pleasant benefit; instead of quarrelling, as we had been doing, we +found that the restraining influence of a third party was such that we +now took every opportunity of spooning in odd corners. Amelia declares +that ever since she has, as the result of that experience, advised all +her friends to take a friend on the honeymoon. Well, we “did” Nurnberg +together, and much enjoyed the racy remarks of our Transatlantic +friend, who, from his quaint speech and his wonderful stock of +adventures, might have stepped out of a novel. We kept for the last +object of interest in the city to be visited the Burg, and on the day +appointed for the visit strolled round the outer wall of the city by +the eastern side. + +The Burg is seated on a rock dominating the town and an immensely deep +fosse guards it on the northern side. Nurnberg has been happy in that +it was never sacked; had it been it would certainly not be so spick and +span perfect as it is at present. The ditch has not been used for +centuries, and now its base is spread with tea-gardens and orchards, of +which some of the trees are of quite respectable growth. As we wandered +round the wall, dawdling in the hot July sunshine, we often paused to +admire the views spread before us, and in especial the great plain +covered with towns and villages and bounded with a blue line of hills, +like a landscape of Claude Lorraine. From this we always turned with +new delight to the city itself, with its myriad of quaint old gables +and acre-wide red roofs dotted with dormer windows, tier upon tier. A +little to our right rose the towers of the Burg, and nearer still, +standing grim, the Torture Tower, which was, and is, perhaps, the most +interesting place in the city. For centuries the tradition of the Iron +Virgin of Nurnberg has been handed down as an instance of the horrors +of cruelty of which man is capable; we had long looked forward to +seeing it; and here at last was its home. + +In one of our pauses we leaned over the wall of the moat and looked +down. The garden seemed quite fifty or sixty feet below us, and the sun +pouring into it with an intense, moveless heat like that of an oven. +Beyond rose the grey, grim wall seemingly of endless height, and losing +itself right and left in the angles of bastion and counterscarp. Trees +and bushes crowned the wall, and above again towered the lofty houses +on whose massive beauty Time has only set the hand of approval. The sun +was hot and we were lazy; time was our own, and we lingered, leaning on +the wall. Just below us was a pretty sight—a great black cat lying +stretched in the sun, whilst round her gambolled prettily a tiny black +kitten. The mother would wave her tail for the kitten to play with, or +would raise her feet and push away the little one as an encouragement +to further play. They were just at the foot of the wall, and Elias P. +Hutcheson, in order to help the play, stooped and took from the walk a +moderate sized pebble. + +“See!” he said, “I will drop it near the kitten, and they will both +wonder where it came from.” + +“Oh, be careful,” said my wife; “you might hit the dear little thing!” + +“Not me, ma’am,” said Elias P. “Why, I’m as tender as a Maine +cherry-tree. Lor, bless ye. I wouldn’t hurt the poor pooty little +critter more’n I’d scalp a baby. An’ you may bet your variegated socks +on that! See, I’ll drop it fur away on the outside so’s not to go near +her!” Thus saying, he leaned over and held his arm out at full length +and dropped the stone. It may be that there is some attractive force +which draws lesser matters to greater; or more probably that the wall +was not plump but sloped to its base—we not noticing the inclination +from above; but the stone fell with a sickening thud that came up to us +through the hot air, right on the kitten’s head, and shattered out its +little brains then and there. The black cat cast a swift upward glance, +and we saw her eyes like green fire fixed an instant on Elias P. +Hutcheson; and then her attention was given to the kitten, which lay +still with just a quiver of her tiny limbs, whilst a thin red stream +trickled from a gaping wound. With a muffled cry, such as a human being +might give, she bent over the kitten licking its wounds and moaning. +Suddenly she seemed to realise that it was dead, and again threw her +eyes up at us. I shall never forget the sight, for she looked the +perfect incarnation of hate. Her green eyes blazed with lurid fire, and +the white, sharp teeth seemed to almost shine through the blood which +dabbled her mouth and whiskers. She gnashed her teeth, and her claws +stood out stark and at full length on every paw. Then she made a wild +rush up the wall as if to reach us, but when the momentum ended fell +back, and further added to her horrible appearance for she fell on the +kitten, and rose with her black fur smeared with its brains and blood. +Amelia turned quite faint, and I had to lift her back from the wall. +There was a seat close by in shade of a spreading plane-tree, and here +I placed her whilst she composed herself. Then I went back to +Hutcheson, who stood without moving, looking down on the angry cat +below. + +As I joined him, he said: + +“Wall, I guess that air the savagest beast I ever see—’cept once when +an Apache squaw had an edge on a half-breed what they nicknamed +‘Splinters’ “cos of the way he fixed up her papoose which he stole on a +raid just to show that he appreciated the way they had given his mother +the fire torture. She got that kinder look so set on her face that it +jest seemed to grow there. She followed Splinters mor’n three year till +at last the braves got him and handed him over to her. They did say +that no man, white or Injun, had ever been so long a-dying under the +tortures of the Apaches. The only time I ever see her smile was when I +wiped her out. I kem on the camp just in time to see Splinters pass in +his checks, and he wasn’t sorry to go either. He was a hard citizen, +and though I never could shake with him after that papoose business—for +it was bitter bad, and he should have been a white man, for he looked +like one—I see he had got paid out in full. Durn me, but I took a piece +of his hide from one of his skinnin’ posts an’ had it made into a +pocket-book. It’s here now!” and he slapped the breast pocket of his +coat. + +Whilst he was speaking the cat was continuing her frantic efforts to +get up the wall. She would take a run back and then charge up, +sometimes reaching an incredible height. She did not seem to mind the +heavy fall which she got each time but started with renewed vigour; and +at every tumble her appearance became more horrible. Hutcheson was a +kind-hearted man—my wife and I had both noticed little acts of kindness +to animals as well as to persons—and he seemed concerned at the state +of fury to which the cat had wrought herself. + +“Wall, now!” he said, “I du declare that that poor critter seems quite +desperate. There! there! poor thing, it was all an accident—though that +won’t bring back your little one to you. Say! I wouldn’t have had such +a thing happen for a thousand! Just shows what a clumsy fool of a man +can do when he tries to play! Seems I’m too darned slipperhanded to +even play with a cat. Say Colonel!” it was a pleasant way he had to +bestow titles freely—“I hope your wife don’t hold no grudge against me +on account of this unpleasantness? Why, I wouldn’t have had it occur on +no account.” + +He came over to Amelia and apologised profusely, and she with her usual +kindness of heart hastened to assure him that she quite understood that +it was an accident. Then we all went again to the wall and looked over. + +The cat missing Hutcheson’s face had drawn back across the moat, and +was sitting on her haunches as though ready to spring. Indeed, the very +instant she saw him she did spring, and with a blind unreasoning fury, +which would have been grotesque, only that it was so frightfully real. +She did not try to run up the wall, but simply launched herself at him +as though hate and fury could lend her wings to pass straight through +the great distance between them. Amelia, womanlike, got quite +concerned, and said to Elias P. in a warning voice: + +“Oh! you must be very careful. That animal would try to kill you if she +were here; her eyes look like positive murder.” + +He laughed out jovially. “Excuse me, ma’am,” he said, “but I can’t help +laughin’. Fancy a man that has fought grizzlies an’ Injuns bein’ +careful of bein’ murdered by a cat!” + +When the cat heard him laugh, her whole demeanour seemed to change. She +no longer tried to jump or run up the wall, but went quietly over, and +sitting again beside the dead kitten began to lick and fondle it as +though it were alive. + +“See!” said I, “the effect of a really strong man. Even that animal in +the midst of her fury recognises the voice of a master, and bows to +him!” + +“Like a squaw!” was the only comment of Elias P. Hutcheson, as we moved +on our way round the city fosse. Every now and then we looked over the +wall and each time saw the cat following us. At first she had kept +going back to the dead kitten, and then as the distance grew greater +took it in her mouth and so followed. After a while, however, she +abandoned this, for we saw her following all alone; she had evidently +hidden the body somewhere. Amelia’s alarm grew at the cat’s +persistence, and more than once she repeated her warning; but the +American always laughed with amusement, till finally, seeing that she +was beginning to be worried, he said: + +“I say, ma’am, you needn’t be skeered over that cat. I go heeled, I +du!” Here he slapped his pistol pocket at the back of his lumbar +region. “Why sooner’n have you worried, I’ll shoot the critter, right +here, an’ risk the police interferin’ with a citizen of the United +States for carryin’ arms contrairy to reg’lations!” As he spoke he +looked over the wall, but the cat on seeing him, retreated, with a +growl, into a bed of tall flowers, and was hidden. He went on: “Blest +if that ar critter ain’t got more sense of what’s good for her than +most Christians. I guess we’ve seen the last of her! You bet, she’ll go +back now to that busted kitten and have a private funeral of it, all to +herself!” + +Amelia did not like to say more, lest he might, in mistaken kindness to +her, fulfil his threat of shooting the cat: and so we went on and +crossed the little wooden bridge leading to the gateway whence ran the +steep paved roadway between the Burg and the pentagonal Torture Tower. +As we crossed the bridge we saw the cat again down below us. When she +saw us her fury seemed to return, and she made frantic efforts to get +up the steep wall. Hutcheson laughed as he looked down at her, and +said: + +“Goodbye, old girl. Sorry I injured your feelin’s, but you’ll get over +it in time! So long!” And then we passed through the long, dim archway +and came to the gate of the Burg. + +When we came out again after our survey of this most beautiful old +place which not even the well-intentioned efforts of the Gothic +restorers of forty years ago have been able to spoil—though their +restoration was then glaring white—we seemed to have quite forgotten +the unpleasant episode of the morning. The old lime tree with its great +trunk gnarled with the passing of nearly nine centuries, the deep well +cut through the heart of the rock by those captives of old, and the +lovely view from the city wall whence we heard, spread over almost a +full quarter of an hour, the multitudinous chimes of the city, had all +helped to wipe out from our minds the incident of the slain kitten. + +We were the only visitors who had entered the Torture Tower that +morning—so at least said the old custodian—and as we had the place all +to ourselves were able to make a minute and more satisfactory survey +than would have otherwise been possible. The custodian, looking to us +as the sole source of his gains for the day, was willing to meet our +wishes in any way. The Torture Tower is truly a grim place, even now +when many thousands of visitors have sent a stream of life, and the joy +that follows life, into the place; but at the time I mention it wore +its grimmest and most gruesome aspect. The dust of ages seemed to have +settled on it, and the darkness and the horror of its memories seem to +have become sentient in a way that would have satisfied the Pantheistic +souls of Philo or Spinoza. The lower chamber where we entered was +seemingly, in its normal state, filled with incarnate darkness; even +the hot sunlight streaming in through the door seemed to be lost in the +vast thickness of the walls, and only showed the masonry rough as when +the builder’s scaffolding had come down, but coated with dust and +marked here and there with patches of dark stain which, if walls could +speak, could have given their own dread memories of fear and pain. We +were glad to pass up the dusty wooden staircase, the custodian leaving +the outer door open to light us somewhat on our way; for to our eyes +the one long-wick’d, evil-smelling candle stuck in a sconce on the wall +gave an inadequate light. When we came up through the open trap in the +corner of the chamber overhead, Amelia held on to me so tightly that I +could actually feel her heart beat. I must say for my own part that I +was not surprised at her fear, for this room was even more gruesome +than that below. Here there was certainly more light, but only just +sufficient to realise the horrible surroundings of the place. The +builders of the tower had evidently intended that only they who should +gain the top should have any of the joys of light and prospect. There, +as we had noticed from below, were ranges of windows, albeit of +mediaeval smallness, but elsewhere in the tower were only a very few +narrow slits such as were habitual in places of mediaeval defence. A +few of these only lit the chamber, and these so high up in the wall +that from no part could the sky be seen through the thickness of the +walls. In racks, and leaning in disorder against the walls, were a +number of headsmen’s swords, great double-handed weapons with broad +blade and keen edge. Hard by were several blocks whereon the necks of +the victims had lain, with here and there deep notches where the steel +had bitten through the guard of flesh and shored into the wood. Round +the chamber, placed in all sorts of irregular ways, were many +implements of torture which made one’s heart ache to see—chairs full of +spikes which gave instant and excruciating pain; chairs and couches +with dull knobs whose torture was seemingly less, but which, though +slower, were equally efficacious; racks, belts, boots, gloves, collars, +all made for compressing at will; steel baskets in which the head could +be slowly crushed into a pulp if necessary; watchmen’s hooks with long +handle and knife that cut at resistance—this a speciality of the old +Nurnberg police system; and many, many other devices for man’s injury +to man. Amelia grew quite pale with the horror of the things, but +fortunately did not faint, for being a little overcome she sat down on +a torture chair, but jumped up again with a shriek, all tendency to +faint gone. We both pretended that it was the injury done to her dress +by the dust of the chair, and the rusty spikes which had upset her, and +Mr. Hutcheson acquiesced in accepting the explanation with a +kind-hearted laugh. + +But the central object in the whole of this chamber of horrors was the +engine known as the Iron Virgin, which stood near the centre of the +room. It was a rudely-shaped figure of a woman, something of the bell +order, or, to make a closer comparison, of the figure of Mrs. Noah in +the children’s Ark, but without that slimness of waist and perfect +_rondeur_ of hip which marks the aesthetic type of the Noah family. One +would hardly have recognised it as intended for a human figure at all +had not the founder shaped on the forehead a rude semblance of a +woman’s face. This machine was coated with rust without, and covered +with dust; a rope was fastened to a ring in the front of the figure, +about where the waist should have been, and was drawn through a pulley, +fastened on the wooden pillar which sustained the flooring above. The +custodian pulling this rope showed that a section of the front was +hinged like a door at one side; we then saw that the engine was of +considerable thickness, leaving just room enough inside for a man to be +placed. The door was of equal thickness and of great weight, for it +took the custodian all his strength, aided though he was by the +contrivance of the pulley, to open it. This weight was partly due to +the fact that the door was of manifest purpose hung so as to throw its +weight downwards, so that it might shut of its own accord when the +strain was released. The inside was honeycombed with rust—nay more, the +rust alone that comes through time would hardly have eaten so deep into +the iron walls; the rust of the cruel stains was deep indeed! It was +only, however, when we came to look at the inside of the door that the +diabolical intention was manifest to the full. Here were several long +spikes, square and massive, broad at the base and sharp at the points, +placed in such a position that when the door should close the upper +ones would pierce the eyes of the victim, and the lower ones his heart +and vitals. The sight was too much for poor Amelia, and this time she +fainted dead off, and I had to carry her down the stairs, and place her +on a bench outside till she recovered. That she felt it to the quick +was afterwards shown by the fact that my eldest son bears to this day a +rude birthmark on his breast, which has, by family consent, been +accepted as representing the Nurnberg Virgin. + +When we got back to the chamber we found Hutcheson still opposite the +Iron Virgin; he had been evidently philosophising, and now gave us the +benefit of his thought in the shape of a sort of exordium. + +“Wall, I guess I’ve been learnin’ somethin’ here while madam has been +gettin’ over her faint. “Pears to me that we’re a long way behind the +times on our side of the big drink. We uster think out on the plains +that the Injun could give us points in tryin’ to make a man +uncomfortable; but I guess your old mediaeval law-and-order party could +raise him every time. Splinters was pretty good in his bluff on the +squaw, but this here young miss held a straight flush all high on him. +The points of them spikes air sharp enough still, though even the edges +air eaten out by what uster be on them. It’d be a good thing for our +Indian section to get some specimens of this here play-toy to send +round to the Reservations jest to knock the stuffin’ out of the bucks, +and the squaws too, by showing them as how old civilisation lays over +them at their best. Guess but I’ll get in that box a minute jest to see +how it feels!” + +“Oh no! no!” said Amelia. “It is too terrible!” + +“Guess, ma’am, nothin’s too terrible to the explorin’ mind. I’ve been +in some queer places in my time. Spent a night inside a dead horse +while a prairie fire swept over me in Montana Territory—an’ another +time slept inside a dead buffler when the Comanches was on the war path +an’ I didn’t keer to leave my kyard on them. I’ve been two days in a +caved-in tunnel in the Billy Broncho gold mine in New Mexico, an’ was +one of the four shut up for three parts of a day in the caisson what +slid over on her side when we was settin’ the foundations of the +Buffalo Bridge. I’ve not funked an odd experience yet, an’ I don’t +propose to begin now!” + +We saw that he was set on the experiment, so I said: “Well, hurry up, +old man, and get through it quick!” + +“All right, General,” said he, “but I calculate we ain’t quite ready +yet. The gentlemen, my predecessors, what stood in that thar canister, +didn’t volunteer for the office—not much! And I guess there was some +ornamental tyin’ up before the big stroke was made. I want to go into +this thing fair and square, so I must get fixed up proper first. I dare +say this old galoot can rise some string and tie me up accordin’ to +sample?” + +This was said interrogatively to the old custodian, but the latter, who +understood the drift of his speech, though perhaps not appreciating to +the full the niceties of dialect and imagery, shook his head. His +protest was, however, only formal and made to be overcome. The American +thrust a gold piece into his hand, saying: “Take it, pard! it’s your +pot; and don’t be skeer’d. This ain’t no necktie party that you’re +asked to assist in!” He produced some thin frayed rope and proceeded to +bind our companion with sufficient strictness for the purpose. When the +upper part of his body was bound, Hutcheson said: + +“Hold on a moment, Judge. Guess I’m too heavy for you to tote into the +canister. You jest let me walk in, and then you can wash up regardin’ +my legs!” + +Whilst speaking he had backed himself into the opening which was just +enough to hold him. It was a close fit and no mistake. Amelia looked on +with fear in her eyes, but she evidently did not like to say anything. +Then the custodian completed his task by tying the American’s feet +together so that he was now absolutely helpless and fixed in his +voluntary prison. He seemed to really enjoy it, and the incipient smile +which was habitual to his face blossomed into actuality as he said: + +“Guess this here Eve was made out of the rib of a dwarf! There ain’t +much room for a full-grown citizen of the United States to hustle. We +uster make our coffins more roomier in Idaho territory. Now, Judge, you +jest begin to let this door down, slow, on to me. I want to feel the +same pleasure as the other jays had when those spikes began to move +toward their eyes!” + +“Oh no! no! no!” broke in Amelia hysterically. “It is too terrible! I +can’t bear to see it!—I can’t! I can’t!” But the American was obdurate. +“Say, Colonel,” said he, “why not take Madame for a little promenade? I +wouldn’t hurt her feelin’s for the world; but now that I am here, +havin’ kem eight thousand miles, wouldn’t it be too hard to give up the +very experience I’ve been pinin’ an’ pantin’ fur? A man can’t get to +feel like canned goods every time! Me and the Judge here’ll fix up this +thing in no time, an’ then you’ll come back, an’ we’ll all laugh +together!” + +Once more the resolution that is born of curiosity triumphed, and +Amelia stayed holding tight to my arm and shivering whilst the +custodian began to slacken slowly inch by inch the rope that held back +the iron door. Hutcheson’s face was positively radiant as his eyes +followed the first movement of the spikes. + +“Wall!” he said, “I guess I’ve not had enjoyment like this since I left +Noo York. Bar a scrap with a French sailor at Wapping—an’ that warn’t +much of a picnic neither—I’ve not had a show fur real pleasure in this +dod-rotted Continent, where there ain’t no b’ars nor no Injuns, an’ +wheer nary man goes heeled. Slow there, Judge! Don’t you rush this +business! I want a show for my money this game—I du!” + +The custodian must have had in him some of the blood of his +predecessors in that ghastly tower, for he worked the engine with a +deliberate and excruciating slowness which after five minutes, in which +the outer edge of the door had not moved half as many inches, began to +overcome Amelia. I saw her lips whiten, and felt her hold upon my arm +relax. I looked around an instant for a place whereon to lay her, and +when I looked at her again found that her eye had become fixed on the +side of the Virgin. Following its direction I saw the black cat +crouching out of sight. Her green eyes shone like danger lamps in the +gloom of the place, and their colour was heightened by the blood which +still smeared her coat and reddened her mouth. I cried out: + +“The cat! look out for the cat!” for even then she sprang out before +the engine. At this moment she looked like a triumphant demon. Her eyes +blazed with ferocity, her hair bristled out till she seemed twice her +normal size, and her tail lashed about as does a tiger’s when the +quarry is before it. Elias P. Hutcheson when he saw her was amused, and +his eyes positively sparkled with fun as he said: + +“Darned if the squaw hain’t got on all her war paint! Jest give her a +shove off if she comes any of her tricks on me, for I’m so fixed +everlastingly by the boss, that durn my skin if I can keep my eyes from +her if she wants them! Easy there, Judge! don’t you slack that ar rope +or I’m euchered!” + +At this moment Amelia completed her faint, and I had to clutch hold of +her round the waist or she would have fallen to the floor. Whilst +attending to her I saw the black cat crouching for a spring, and jumped +up to turn the creature out. + +But at that instant, with a sort of hellish scream, she hurled herself, +not as we expected at Hutcheson, but straight at the face of the +custodian. Her claws seemed to be tearing wildly as one sees in the +Chinese drawings of the dragon rampant, and as I looked I saw one of +them light on the poor man’s eye, and actually tear through it and down +his cheek, leaving a wide band of red where the blood seemed to spurt +from every vein. + +With a yell of sheer terror which came quicker than even his sense of +pain, the man leaped back, dropping as he did so the rope which held +back the iron door. I jumped for it, but was too late, for the cord ran +like lightning through the pulley-block, and the heavy mass fell +forward from its own weight. + +As the door closed I caught a glimpse of our poor companion’s face. He +seemed frozen with terror. His eyes stared with a horrible anguish as +if dazed, and no sound came from his lips. + +And then the spikes did their work. Happily the end was quick, for when +I wrenched open the door they had pierced so deep that they had locked +in the bones of the skull through which they had crushed, and actually +tore him—it—out of his iron prison till, bound as he was, he fell at +full length with a sickly thud upon the floor, the face turning upward +as he fell. + +I rushed to my wife, lifted her up and carried her out, for I feared +for her very reason if she should wake from her faint to such a scene. +I laid her on the bench outside and ran back. Leaning against the +wooden column was the custodian moaning in pain whilst he held his +reddening handkerchief to his eyes. And sitting on the head of the poor +American was the cat, purring loudly as she licked the blood which +trickled through the gashed socket of his eyes. + +I think no one will call me cruel because I seized one of the old +executioner’s swords and shore her in two as she sat. + + + + +The Secret of the Growing Gold + + +When Margaret Delandre went to live at Brent’s Rock the whole +neighbourhood awoke to the pleasure of an entirely new scandal. +Scandals in connection with either the Delandre family or the Brents of +Brent’s Rock, were not few; and if the secret history of the county had +been written in full both names would have been found well represented. +It is true that the status of each was so different that they might +have belonged to different continents—or to different worlds for the +matter of that—for hitherto their orbits had never crossed. The Brents +were accorded by the whole section of the country a unique social +dominance, and had ever held themselves as high above the yeoman class +to which Margaret Delandre belonged, as a blue-blooded Spanish hidalgo +out-tops his peasant tenantry. + +The Delandres had an ancient record and were proud of it in their way +as the Brents were of theirs. But the family had never risen above +yeomanry; and although they had been once well-to-do in the good old +times of foreign wars and protection, their fortunes had withered under +the scorching of the free trade sun and the “piping times of peace.” +They had, as the elder members used to assert, “stuck to the land”, +with the result that they had taken root in it, body and soul. In fact, +they, having chosen the life of vegetables, had flourished as +vegetation does—blossomed and thrived in the good season and suffered +in the bad. Their holding, Dander’s Croft, seemed to have been worked +out, and to be typical of the family which had inhabited it. The latter +had declined generation after generation, sending out now and again +some abortive shoot of unsatisfied energy in the shape of a soldier or +sailor, who had worked his way to the minor grades of the services and +had there stopped, cut short either from unheeding gallantry in action +or from that destroying cause to men without breeding or youthful +care—the recognition of a position above them which they feel unfitted +to fill. So, little by little, the family dropped lower and lower, the +men brooding and dissatisfied, and drinking themselves into the grave, +the women drudging at home, or marrying beneath them—or worse. In +process of time all disappeared, leaving only two in the Croft, Wykham +Delandre and his sister Margaret. The man and woman seemed to have +inherited in masculine and feminine form respectively the evil tendency +of their race, sharing in common the principles, though manifesting +them in different ways, of sullen passion, voluptuousness and +recklessness. + +The history of the Brents had been something similar, but showing the +causes of decadence in their aristocratic and not their plebeian forms. +They, too, had sent their shoots to the wars; but their positions had +been different and they had often attained honour—for without flaw they +were gallant, and brave deeds were done by them before the selfish +dissipation which marked them had sapped their vigour. + +The present head of the family—if family it could now be called when +one remained of the direct line—was Geoffrey Brent. He was almost a +type of worn out race, manifesting in some ways its most brilliant +qualities, and in others its utter degradation. He might be fairly +compared with some of those antique Italian nobles whom the painters +have preserved to us with their courage, their unscrupulousness, their +refinement of lust and cruelty—the voluptuary actual with the fiend +potential. He was certainly handsome, with that dark, aquiline, +commanding beauty which women so generally recognise as dominant. With +men he was distant and cold; but such a bearing never deters womankind. +The inscrutable laws of sex have so arranged that even a timid woman is +not afraid of a fierce and haughty man. And so it was that there was +hardly a woman of any kind or degree, who lived within view of Brent’s +Rock, who did not cherish some form of secret admiration for the +handsome wastrel. The category was a wide one, for Brent’s Rock rose up +steeply from the midst of a level region and for a circuit of a hundred +miles it lay on the horizon, with its high old towers and steep roofs +cutting the level edge of wood and hamlet, and far-scattered mansions. + +So long as Geoffrey Brent confined his dissipations to London and Paris +and Vienna—anywhere out of sight and sound of his home—opinion was +silent. It is easy to listen to far off echoes unmoved, and we can +treat them with disbelief, or scorn, or disdain, or whatever attitude +of coldness may suit our purpose. But when the scandal came close home +it was another matter; and the feelings of independence and integrity +which is in people of every community which is not utterly spoiled, +asserted itself and demanded that condemnation should be expressed. +Still there was a certain reticence in all, and no more notice was +taken of the existing facts than was absolutely necessary. Margaret +Delandre bore herself so fearlessly and so openly—she accepted her +position as the justified companion of Geoffrey Brent so naturally that +people came to believe that she was secretly married to him, and +therefore thought it wiser to hold their tongues lest time should +justify her and also make her an active enemy. + +The one person who, by his interference, could have settled all doubts +was debarred by circumstances from interfering in the matter. Wykham +Delandre had quarrelled with his sister—or perhaps it was that she had +quarrelled with him—and they were on terms not merely of armed +neutrality but of bitter hatred. The quarrel had been antecedent to +Margaret going to Brent’s Rock. She and Wykham had almost come to +blows. There had certainly been threats on one side and on the other; +and in the end Wykham, overcome with passion, had ordered his sister to +leave his house. She had risen straightway, and, without waiting to +pack up even her own personal belongings, had walked out of the house. +On the threshold she had paused for a moment to hurl a bitter threat at +Wykham that he would rue in shame and despair to the last hour of his +life his act of that day. Some weeks had since passed; and it was +understood in the neighbourhood that Margaret had gone to London, when +she suddenly appeared driving out with Geoffrey Brent, and the entire +neighbourhood knew before nightfall that she had taken up her abode at +the Rock. It was no subject of surprise that Brent had come back +unexpectedly, for such was his usual custom. Even his own servants +never knew when to expect him, for there was a private door, of which +he alone had the key, by which he sometimes entered without anyone in +the house being aware of his coming. This was his usual method of +appearing after a long absence. + +Wykham Delandre was furious at the news. He vowed vengeance—and to keep +his mind level with his passion drank deeper than ever. He tried +several times to see his sister, but she contemptuously refused to meet +him. He tried to have an interview with Brent and was refused by him +also. Then he tried to stop him in the road, but without avail, for +Geoffrey was not a man to be stopped against his will. Several actual +encounters took place between the two men, and many more were +threatened and avoided. At last Wykham Delandre settled down to a +morose, vengeful acceptance of the situation. + +Neither Margaret nor Geoffrey was of a pacific temperament, and it was +not long before there began to be quarrels between them. One thing +would lead to another, and wine flowed freely at Brent’s Rock. Now and +again the quarrels would assume a bitter aspect, and threats would be +exchanged in uncompromising language that fairly awed the listening +servants. But such quarrels generally ended where domestic altercations +do, in reconciliation, and in a mutual respect for the fighting +qualities proportionate to their manifestation. Fighting for its own +sake is found by a certain class of persons, all the world over, to be +a matter of absorbing interest, and there is no reason to believe that +domestic conditions minimise its potency. Geoffrey and Margaret made +occasional absences from Brent’s Rock, and on each of these occasions +Wykham Delandre also absented himself; but as he generally heard of the +absence too late to be of any service, he returned home each time in a +more bitter and discontented frame of mind than before. + +At last there came a time when the absence from Brent’s Rock became +longer than before. Only a few days earlier there had been a quarrel, +exceeding in bitterness anything which had gone before; but this, too, +had been made up, and a trip on the Continent had been mentioned before +the servants. After a few days Wykham Delandre also went away, and it +was some weeks before he returned. It was noticed that he was full of +some new importance—satisfaction, exaltation—they hardly knew how to +call it. He went straightway to Brent’s Rock, and demanded to see +Geoffrey Brent, and on being told that he had not yet returned, said, +with a grim decision which the servants noted: + +“I shall come again. My news is solid—it can wait!” and turned away. +Week after week went by, and month after month; and then there came a +rumour, certified later on, that an accident had occurred in the +Zermatt valley. Whilst crossing a dangerous pass the carriage +containing an English lady and the driver had fallen over a precipice, +the gentleman of the party, Mr. Geoffrey Brent, having been fortunately +saved as he had been walking up the hill to ease the horses. He gave +information, and search was made. The broken rail, the excoriated +roadway, the marks where the horses had struggled on the decline before +finally pitching over into the torrent—all told the sad tale. It was a +wet season, and there had been much snow in the winter, so that the +river was swollen beyond its usual volume, and the eddies of the stream +were packed with ice. All search was made, and finally the wreck of the +carriage and the body of one horse were found in an eddy of the river. +Later on the body of the driver was found on the sandy, torrent-swept +waste near Täsch; but the body of the lady, like that of the other +horse, had quite disappeared, and was—what was left of it by that +time—whirling amongst the eddies of the Rhone on its way down to the +Lake of Geneva. + +Wykham Delandre made all the enquiries possible, but could not find any +trace of the missing woman. He found, however, in the books of the +various hotels the name of “Mr. and Mrs. Geoffrey Brent”. And he had a +stone erected at Zermatt to his sister’s memory, under her married +name, and a tablet put up in the church at Bretten, the parish in which +both Brent’s Rock and Dander’s Croft were situated. + +There was a lapse of nearly a year, after the excitement of the matter +had worn away, and the whole neighbourhood had gone on its accustomed +way. Brent was still absent, and Delandre more drunken, more morose, +and more revengeful than before. + +Then there was a new excitement. Brent’s Rock was being made ready for +a new mistress. It was officially announced by Geoffrey himself in a +letter to the Vicar, that he had been married some months before to an +Italian lady, and that they were then on their way home. Then a small +army of workmen invaded the house; and hammer and plane sounded, and a +general air of size and paint pervaded the atmosphere. One wing of the +old house, the south, was entirely re-done; and then the great body of +the workmen departed, leaving only materials for the doing of the old +hall when Geoffrey Brent should have returned, for he had directed that +the decoration was only to be done under his own eyes. He had brought +with him accurate drawings of a hall in the house of his bride’s +father, for he wished to reproduce for her the place to which she had +been accustomed. As the moulding had all to be re-done, some +scaffolding poles and boards were brought in and laid on one side of +the great hall, and also a great wooden tank or box for mixing the +lime, which was laid in bags beside it. + +When the new mistress of Brent’s Rock arrived the bells of the church +rang out, and there was a general jubilation. She was a beautiful +creature, full of the poetry and fire and passion of the South; and the +few English words which she had learned were spoken in such a sweet and +pretty broken way that she won the hearts of the people almost as much +by the music of her voice as by the melting beauty of her dark eyes. + +Geoffrey Brent seemed more happy than he had ever before appeared; but +there was a dark, anxious look on his face that was new to those who +knew him of old, and he started at times as though at some noise that +was unheard by others. + +And so months passed and the whisper grew that at last Brent’s Rock was +to have an heir. Geoffrey was very tender to his wife, and the new bond +between them seemed to soften him. He took more interest in his tenants +and their needs than he had ever done; and works of charity on his part +as well as on his sweet young wife’s were not lacking. He seemed to +have set all his hopes on the child that was coming, and as he looked +deeper into the future the dark shadow that had come over his face +seemed to die gradually away. + +All the time Wykham Delandre nursed his revenge. Deep in his heart had +grown up a purpose of vengeance which only waited an opportunity to +crystallise and take a definite shape. His vague idea was somehow +centred in the wife of Brent, for he knew that he could strike him best +through those he loved, and the coming time seemed to hold in its womb +the opportunity for which he longed. One night he sat alone in the +living-room of his house. It had once been a handsome room in its way, +but time and neglect had done their work and it was now little better +than a ruin, without dignity or picturesqueness of any kind. He had +been drinking heavily for some time and was more than half stupefied. +He thought he heard a noise as of someone at the door and looked up. +Then he called half savagely to come in; but there was no response. +With a muttered blasphemy he renewed his potations. Presently he forgot +all around him, sank into a daze, but suddenly awoke to see standing +before him someone or something like a battered, ghostly edition of his +sister. For a few moments there came upon him a sort of fear. The woman +before him, with distorted features and burning eyes seemed hardly +human, and the only thing that seemed a reality of his sister, as she +had been, was her wealth of golden hair, and this was now streaked with +grey. She eyed her brother with a long, cold stare; and he, too, as he +looked and began to realise the actuality of her presence, found the +hatred of her which he had had, once again surging up in his heart. All +the brooding passion of the past year seemed to find a voice at once as +he asked her: + +“Why are you here? You’re dead and buried.” + +“I am here, Wykham Delandre, for no love of you, but because I hate +another even more than I do you!” A great passion blazed in her eyes. + +“Him?” he asked, in so fierce a whisper that even the woman was for an +instant startled till she regained her calm. + +“Yes, him!” she answered. “But make no mistake, my revenge is my own; +and I merely use you to help me to it.” Wykham asked suddenly: + +“Did he marry you?” + +The woman’s distorted face broadened out in a ghastly attempt at a +smile. It was a hideous mockery, for the broken features and seamed +scars took strange shapes and strange colours, and queer lines of white +showed out as the straining muscles pressed on the old cicatrices. + +“So you would like to know! It would please your pride to feel that +your sister was truly married! Well, you shall not know. That was my +revenge on you, and I do not mean to change it by a hair’s breadth. I +have come here tonight simply to let you know that I am alive, so that +if any violence be done me where I am going there may be a witness.” + +“Where are you going?” demanded her brother. + +“That is my affair! and I have not the least intention of letting you +know!” Wykham stood up, but the drink was on him and he reeled and +fell. As he lay on the floor he announced his intention of following +his sister; and with an outburst of splenetic humour told her that he +would follow her through the darkness by the light of her hair, and of +her beauty. At this she turned on him, and said that there were others +beside him that would rue her hair and her beauty too. “As he will,” +she hissed; “for the hair remains though the beauty be gone. When he +withdrew the lynch-pin and sent us over the precipice into the torrent, +he had little thought of my beauty. Perhaps his beauty would be scarred +like mine were he whirled, as I was, among the rocks of the Visp, and +frozen on the ice pack in the drift of the river. But let him beware! +His time is coming!” and with a fierce gesture she flung open the door +and passed out into the night. + +Later on that night, Mrs. Brent, who was but half-asleep, became +suddenly awake and spoke to her husband: + +“Geoffrey, was not that the click of a lock somewhere below our +window?” + +But Geoffrey—though she thought that he, too, had started at the +noise—seemed sound asleep, and breathed heavily. Again Mrs. Brent +dozed; but this time awoke to the fact that her husband had arisen and +was partially dressed. He was deadly pale, and when the light of the +lamp which he had in his hand fell on his face, she was frightened at +the look in his eyes. + +“What is it, Geoffrey? What dost thou?” she asked. + +“Hush! little one,” he answered, in a strange, hoarse voice. “Go to +sleep. I am restless, and wish to finish some work I left undone.” + +“Bring it here, my husband,” she said; “I am lonely and I fear when +thou art away.” + +For reply he merely kissed her and went out, closing the door behind +him. She lay awake for awhile, and then nature asserted itself, and she +slept. + +Suddenly she started broad awake with the memory in her ears of a +smothered cry from somewhere not far off. She jumped up and ran to the +door and listened, but there was no sound. She grew alarmed for her +husband, and called out: “Geoffrey! Geoffrey!” + +After a few moments the door of the great hall opened, and Geoffrey +appeared at it, but without his lamp. + +“Hush!” he said, in a sort of whisper, and his voice was harsh and +stern. “Hush! Get to bed! I am working, and must not be disturbed. Go +to sleep, and do not wake the house!” + +With a chill in her heart—for the harshness of her husband’s voice was +new to her—she crept back to bed and lay there trembling, too +frightened to cry, and listened to every sound. There was a long pause +of silence, and then the sound of some iron implement striking muffled +blows! Then there came a clang of a heavy stone falling, followed by a +muffled curse. Then a dragging sound, and then more noise of stone on +stone. She lay all the while in an agony of fear, and her heart beat +dreadfully. She heard a curious sort of scraping sound; and then there +was silence. Presently the door opened gently, and Geoffrey appeared. +His wife pretended to be asleep; but through her eyelashes she saw him +wash from his hands something white that looked like lime. + +In the morning he made no allusion to the previous night, and she was +afraid to ask any question. + +From that day there seemed some shadow over Geoffrey Brent. He neither +ate nor slept as he had been accustomed, and his former habit of +turning suddenly as though someone were speaking from behind him +revived. The old hall seemed to have some kind of fascination for him. +He used to go there many times in the day, but grew impatient if +anyone, even his wife, entered it. When the builder’s foreman came to +inquire about continuing his work Geoffrey was out driving; the man +went into the hall, and when Geoffrey returned the servant told him of +his arrival and where he was. With a frightful oath he pushed the +servant aside and hurried up to the old hall. The workman met him +almost at the door; and as Geoffrey burst into the room he ran against +him. The man apologised: + +“Beg pardon, sir, but I was just going out to make some enquiries. I +directed twelve sacks of lime to be sent here, but I see there are only +ten.” + +“Damn the ten sacks and the twelve too!” was the ungracious and +incomprehensible rejoinder. + +The workman looked surprised, and tried to turn the conversation. + +“I see, sir, there is a little matter which our people must have done; +but the governor will of course see it set right at his own cost.” + +“What do you mean?” + +“That “ere “arth-stone, sir: Some idiot must have put a scaffold pole +on it and cracked it right down the middle, and it’s thick enough you’d +think to stand hanythink.” Geoffrey was silent for quite a minute, and +then said in a constrained voice and with much gentler manner: + +“Tell your people that I am not going on with the work in the hall at +present. I want to leave it as it is for a while longer.” + +“All right sir. I’ll send up a few of our chaps to take away these +poles and lime bags and tidy the place up a bit.” + +“No! No!” said Geoffrey, “leave them where they are. I shall send and +tell you when you are to get on with the work.” So the foreman went +away, and his comment to his master was: + +“I’d send in the bill, sir, for the work already done. “Pears to me +that money’s a little shaky in that quarter.” + +Once or twice Delandre tried to stop Brent on the road, and, at last, +finding that he could not attain his object rode after the carriage, +calling out: + +“What has become of my sister, your wife?” Geoffrey lashed his horses +into a gallop, and the other, seeing from his white face and from his +wife’s collapse almost into a faint that his object was attained, rode +away with a scowl and a laugh. + +That night when Geoffrey went into the hall he passed over to the great +fireplace, and all at once started back with a smothered cry. Then with +an effort he pulled himself together and went away, returning with a +light. He bent down over the broken hearth-stone to see if the +moonlight falling through the storied window had in any way deceived +him. Then with a groan of anguish he sank to his knees. + +There, sure enough, through the crack in the broken stone were +protruding a multitude of threads of golden hair just tinged with grey! + +He was disturbed by a noise at the door, and looking round, saw his +wife standing in the doorway. In the desperation of the moment he took +action to prevent discovery, and lighting a match at the lamp, stooped +down and burned away the hair that rose through the broken stone. Then +rising nonchalantly as he could, he pretended surprise at seeing his +wife beside him. + +For the next week he lived in an agony; for, whether by accident or +design, he could not find himself alone in the hall for any length of +time. At each visit the hair had grown afresh through the crack, and he +had to watch it carefully lest his terrible secret should be +discovered. He tried to find a receptacle for the body of the murdered +woman outside the house, but someone always interrupted him; and once, +when he was coming out of the private doorway, he was met by his wife, +who began to question him about it, and manifested surprise that she +should not have before noticed the key which he now reluctantly showed +her. Geoffrey dearly and passionately loved his wife, so that any +possibility of her discovering his dread secrets, or even of doubting +him, filled him with anguish; and after a couple of days had passed, he +could not help coming to the conclusion that, at least, she suspected +something. + +That very evening she came into the hall after her drive and found him +there sitting moodily by the deserted fireplace. She spoke to him +directly. + +“Geoffrey, I have been spoken to by that fellow Delandre, and he says +horrible things. He tells to me that a week ago his sister returned to +his house, the wreck and ruin of her former self, with only her golden +hair as of old, and announced some fell intention. He asked me where +she is—and oh, Geoffrey, she is dead, she is dead! So how can she have +returned? Oh! I am in dread, and I know not where to turn!” + +For answer, Geoffrey burst into a torrent of blasphemy which made her +shudder. He cursed Delandre and his sister and all their kind, and in +especial he hurled curse after curse on her golden hair. + +“Oh, hush! hush!” she said, and was then silent, for she feared her +husband when she saw the evil effect of his humour. Geoffrey in the +torrent of his anger stood up and moved away from the hearth; but +suddenly stopped as he saw a new look of terror in his wife’s eyes. He +followed their glance, and then he too, shuddered—for there on the +broken hearth-stone lay a golden streak as the point of the hair rose +though the crack. + +“Look, look!” she shrieked. “Is it some ghost of the dead! Come +away—come away!” and seizing her husband by the wrist with the frenzy +of madness, she pulled him from the room. + +That night she was in a raging fever. The doctor of the district +attended her at once, and special aid was telegraphed for to London. +Geoffrey was in despair, and in his anguish at the danger of his young +wife almost forgot his own crime and its consequences. In the evening +the doctor had to leave to attend to others; but he left Geoffrey in +charge of his wife. His last words were: + +“Remember, you must humour her till I come in the morning, or till some +other doctor has her case in hand. What you have to dread is another +attack of emotion. See that she is kept warm. Nothing more can be +done.” + +Late in the evening, when the rest of the household had retired, +Geoffrey’s wife got up from her bed and called to her husband. + +“Come!” she said. “Come to the old hall! I know where the gold comes +from! I want to see it grow!” + +Geoffrey would fain have stopped her, but he feared for her life or +reason on the one hand, and lest in a paroxysm she should shriek out +her terrible suspicion, and seeing that it was useless to try to +prevent her, wrapped a warm rug around her and went with her to the old +hall. When they entered, she turned and shut the door and locked it. + +“We want no strangers amongst us three tonight!” she whispered with a +wan smile. + +“We three! nay we are but two,” said Geoffrey with a shudder; he feared +to say more. + +“Sit here,” said his wife as she put out the light. “Sit here by the +hearth and watch the gold growing. The silver moonlight is jealous! +See, it steals along the floor towards the gold—our gold!” Geoffrey +looked with growing horror, and saw that during the hours that had +passed the golden hair had protruded further through the broken +hearth-stone. He tried to hide it by placing his feet over the broken +place; and his wife, drawing her chair beside him, leant over and laid +her head on his shoulder. + +“Now do not stir, dear,” she said; “let us sit still and watch. We +shall find the secret of the growing gold!” He passed his arm round her +and sat silent; and as the moonlight stole along the floor she sank to +sleep. + +He feared to wake her; and so sat silent and miserable as the hours +stole away. + +Before his horror-struck eyes the golden-hair from the broken stone +grew and grew; and as it increased, so his heart got colder and colder, +till at last he had not power to stir, and sat with eyes full of terror +watching his doom. + + +In the morning when the London doctor came, neither Geoffrey nor his +wife could be found. Search was made in all the rooms, but without +avail. As a last resource the great door of the old hall was broken +open, and those who entered saw a grim and sorry sight. + +There by the deserted hearth Geoffrey Brent and his young wife sat cold +and white and dead. Her face was peaceful, and her eyes were closed in +sleep; but his face was a sight that made all who saw it shudder, for +there was on it a look of unutterable horror. The eyes were open and +stared glassily at his feet, which were twined with tresses of golden +hair, streaked with grey, which came through the broken hearth-stone. + + + + +The Gipsy Prophecy + + +“I really think,” said the Doctor, “that, at any rate, one of us should +go and try whether or not the thing is an imposture.” + +“Good!” said Considine. “After dinner we will take our cigars and +stroll over to the camp.” + +Accordingly, when the dinner was over, and the _La Tour_ finished, +Joshua Considine and his friend, Dr Burleigh, went over to the east +side of the moor, where the gipsy encampment lay. As they were leaving, +Mary Considine, who had walked as far as the end of the garden where it +opened into the laneway, called after her husband: + +“Mind, Joshua, you are to give them a fair chance, but don’t give them +any clue to a fortune—and don’t you get flirting with any of the gipsy +maidens—and take care to keep Gerald out of harm.” + +For answer Considine held up his hand, as if taking a stage oath, and +whistled the air of the old song, “The Gipsy Countess.” Gerald joined +in the strain, and then, breaking into merry laughter, the two men +passed along the laneway to the common, turning now and then to wave +their hands to Mary, who leaned over the gate, in the twilight, looking +after them. + +It was a lovely evening in the summer; the very air was full of rest +and quiet happiness, as though an outward type of the peacefulness and +joy which made a heaven of the home of the young married folk. +Considine’s life had not been an eventful one. The only disturbing +element which he had ever known was in his wooing of Mary Winston, and +the long-continued objection of her ambitious parents, who expected a +brilliant match for their only daughter. When Mr. and Mrs. Winston had +discovered the attachment of the young barrister, they had tried to +keep the young people apart by sending their daughter away for a long +round of visits, having made her promise not to correspond with her +lover during her absence. Love, however, had stood the test. Neither +absence nor neglect seemed to cool the passion of the young man, and +jealousy seemed a thing unknown to his sanguine nature; so, after a +long period of waiting, the parents had given in, and the young folk +were married. + +They had been living in the cottage a few months, and were just +beginning to feel at home. Gerald Burleigh, Joshua’s old college chum, +and himself a sometime victim of Mary’s beauty, had arrived a week +before, to stay with them for as long a time as he could tear himself +away from his work in London. + +When her husband had quite disappeared Mary went into the house, and, +sitting down at the piano, gave an hour to Mendelssohn. + +It was but a short walk across the common, and before the cigars +required renewing the two men had reached the gipsy camp. The place was +as picturesque as gipsy camps—when in villages and when business is +good—usually are. There were some few persons round the fire, investing +their money in prophecy, and a large number of others, poorer or more +parsimonious, who stayed just outside the bounds but near enough to see +all that went on. + +As the two gentlemen approached, the villagers, who knew Joshua, made +way a little, and a pretty, keen-eyed gipsy girl tripped up and asked +to tell their fortunes. Joshua held out his hand, but the girl, without +seeming to see it, stared at his face in a very odd manner. Gerald +nudged him: + +“You must cross her hand with silver,” he said. “It is one of the most +important parts of the mystery.” Joshua took from his pocket a +half-crown and held it out to her, but, without looking at it, she +answered: + +“You have to cross the gipsy’s hand with gold.” + +Gerald laughed. “You are at a premium as a subject,” he said. Joshua +was of the kind of man—the universal kind—who can tolerate being stared +at by a pretty girl; so, with some little deliberation, he answered: + +“All right; here you are, my pretty girl; but you must give me a real +good fortune for it,” and he handed her a half sovereign, which she +took, saying: + +“It is not for me to give good fortune or bad, but only to read what +the Stars have said.” She took his right hand and turned it palm +upward; but the instant her eyes met it she dropped it as though it had +been red hot, and, with a startled look, glided swiftly away. Lifting +the curtain of the large tent, which occupied the centre of the camp, +she disappeared within. + +“Sold again!” said the cynical Gerald. Joshua stood a little amazed, +and not altogether satisfied. They both watched the large tent. In a +few moments there emerged from the opening not the young girl, but a +stately looking woman of middle age and commanding presence. + +The instant she appeared the whole camp seemed to stand still. The +clamour of tongues, the laughter and noise of the work were, for a +second or two, arrested, and every man or woman who sat, or crouched, +or lay, stood up and faced the imperial looking gipsy. + +“The Queen, of course,” murmured Gerald. “We are in luck tonight.” The +gipsy Queen threw a searching glance around the camp, and then, without +hesitating an instant, came straight over and stood before Joshua. + +“Hold out your hand,” she said in a commanding tone. + +Again Gerald spoke, _sotto voce_: “I have not been spoken to in that +way since I was at school.” + +“Your hand must be crossed with gold.” + +“A hundred per cent. at this game,” whispered Gerald, as Joshua laid +another half sovereign on his upturned palm. + +The gipsy looked at the hand with knitted brows; then suddenly looking +up into his face, said: + +“Have you a strong will—have you a true heart that can be brave for one +you love?” + +“I hope so; but I am afraid I have not vanity enough to say ‘yes’.” + +“Then I will answer for you; for I read resolution in your +face—resolution desperate and determined if need be. You have a wife +you love?” + +“Yes,” emphatically. + +“Then leave her at once—never see her face again. Go from her now, +while love is fresh and your heart is free from wicked intent. Go +quick—go far, and never see her face again!” + +Joshua drew away his hand quickly, and said, “Thank you!” stiffly but +sarcastically, as he began to move away. + +“I say!” said Gerald, “you’re not going like that, old man; no use in +being indignant with the Stars or their prophet—and, moreover, your +sovereign—what of it? At least, hear the matter out.” + +“Silence, ribald!” commanded the Queen, “you know not what you do. Let +him go—and go ignorant, if he will not be warned.” + +Joshua immediately turned back. “At all events, we will see this thing +out,” he said. “Now, madam, you have given me advice, but I paid for a +fortune.” + +“Be warned!” said the gipsy. “The Stars have been silent for long; let +the mystery still wrap them round.” + +“My dear madam, I do not get within touch of a mystery every day, and I +prefer for my money knowledge rather than ignorance. I can get the +latter commodity for nothing when I want any of it.” + +Gerald echoed the sentiment. “As for me I have a large and unsaleable +stock on hand.” + +The gipsy Queen eyed the two men sternly, and then said: “As you wish. +You have chosen for yourself, and have met warning with scorn, and +appeal with levity. On your own heads be the doom!” + +“Amen!” said Gerald. + +With an imperious gesture the Queen took Joshua’s hand again, and began +to tell his fortune. + +“I see here the flowing of blood; it will flow before long; it is +running in my sight. It flows through the broken circle of a severed +ring.” + +“Go on!” said Joshua, smiling. Gerald was silent. + +“Must I speak plainer?” + +“Certainly; we commonplace mortals want something definite. The Stars +are a long way off, and their words get somewhat dulled in the +message.” + +The gipsy shuddered, and then spoke impressively. “This is the hand of +a murderer—the murderer of his wife!” She dropped the hand and turned +away. + +Joshua laughed. “Do you know,” said he, “I think if I were you I should +prophesy some jurisprudence into my system. For instance, you say ‘this +hand is the hand of a murderer.’ Well, whatever it may be in the +future—or potentially—it is at present not one. You ought to give your +prophecy in such terms as ‘the hand which will be a murderer’s’, or, +rather, ‘the hand of one who will be the murderer of his wife’. The +Stars are really not good on technical questions.” + +The gipsy made no reply of any kind, but, with drooping head and +despondent mien, walked slowly to her tent, and, lifting the curtain, +disappeared. + +Without speaking the two men turned homewards, and walked across the +moor. Presently, after some little hesitation, Gerald spoke. + +“Of course, old man, this is all a joke; a ghastly one, but still a +joke. But would it not be well to keep it to ourselves?” + +“How do you mean?” + +“Well, not tell your wife. It might alarm her.” + +“Alarm her! My dear Gerald, what are you thinking of? Why, she would +not be alarmed or afraid of me if all the gipsies that ever didn’t come +from Bohemia agreed that I was to murder her, or even to have a hard +thought of her, whilst so long as she was saying ‘Jack Robinson.’” + +Gerald remonstrated. “Old fellow, women are superstitious—far more than +we men are; and, also they are blessed—or cursed—with a nervous system +to which we are strangers. I see too much of it in my work not to +realise it. Take my advice and do not let her know, or you will +frighten her.” + +Joshua’s lips unconsciously hardened as he answered: “My dear fellow, I +would not have a secret from my wife. Why, it would be the beginning of +a new order of things between us. We have no secrets from each other. +If we ever have, then you may begin to look out for something odd +between us.” + +“Still,” said Gerald, “at the risk of unwelcome interference, I say +again be warned in time.” + +“The gipsy’s very words,” said Joshua. “You and she seem quite of one +accord. Tell me, old man, is this a put-up thing? You told me of the +gipsy camp—did you arrange it all with Her Majesty?” This was said with +an air of bantering earnestness. Gerald assured him that he only heard +of the camp that morning; but he made fun of every answer of his +friend, and, in the process of this raillery, the time passed, and they +entered the cottage. + +Mary was sitting at the piano but not playing. The dim twilight had +waked some very tender feelings in her breast, and her eyes were full +of gentle tears. When the men came in she stole over to her husband’s +side and kissed him. Joshua struck a tragic attitude. + +“Mary,” he said in a deep voice, “before you approach me, listen to the +words of Fate. The Stars have spoken and the doom is sealed.” + +“What is it, dear? Tell me the fortune, but do not frighten me.” + +“Not at all, my dear; but there is a truth which it is well that you +should know. Nay, it is necessary so that all your arrangements can be +made beforehand, and everything be decently done and in order.” + +“Go on, dear; I am listening.” + +“Mary Considine, your effigy may yet be seen at Madame Tussaud’s. The +juris-imprudent Stars have announced their fell tidings that this hand +is red with blood—your blood. Mary! Mary! my God!” He sprang forward, +but too late to catch her as she fell fainting on the floor. + +“I told you,” said Gerald. “You don’t know them as well as I do.” + +After a little while Mary recovered from her swoon, but only to fall +into strong hysterics, in which she laughed and wept and raved and +cried, “Keep him from me—from me, Joshua, my husband,” and many other +words of entreaty and of fear. + +Joshua Considine was in a state of mind bordering on agony, and when at +last Mary became calm he knelt by her and kissed her feet and hands and +hair and called her all the sweet names and said all the tender things +his lips could frame. All that night he sat by her bedside and held her +hand. Far through the night and up to the early morning she kept waking +from sleep and crying out as if in fear, till she was comforted by the +consciousness that her husband was watching beside her. + +Breakfast was late the next morning, but during it Joshua received a +telegram which required him to drive over to Withering, nearly twenty +miles. He was loth to go; but Mary would not hear of his remaining, and +so before noon he drove off in his dog-cart alone. + +When he was gone Mary retired to her room. She did not appear at lunch, +but when afternoon tea was served on the lawn under the great weeping +willow, she came to join her guest. She was looking quite recovered +from her illness of the evening before. After some casual remarks, she +said to Gerald: “Of course it was very silly about last night, but I +could not help feeling frightened. Indeed I would feel so still if I +let myself think of it. But, after all these people may only imagine +things, and I have got a test that can hardly fail to show that the +prediction is false—if indeed it be false,” she added sadly. + +“What is your plan?” asked Gerald. + +“I shall go myself to the gipsy camp, and have my fortune told by the +Queen.” + +“Capital. May I go with you?” + +“Oh, no! That would spoil it. She might know you and guess at me, and +suit her utterance accordingly. I shall go alone this afternoon.” + +When the afternoon was gone Mary Considine took her way to the gipsy +encampment. Gerald went with her as far as the near edge of the common, +and returned alone. + +Half-an-hour had hardly elapsed when Mary entered the drawing-room, +where he lay on a sofa reading. She was ghastly pale and was in a state +of extreme excitement. Hardly had she passed over the threshold when +she collapsed and sank moaning on the carpet. Gerald rushed to aid her, +but by a great effort she controlled herself and motioned him to be +silent. He waited, and his ready attention to her wish seemed to be her +best help, for, in a few minutes, she had somewhat recovered, and was +able to tell him what had passed. + +“When I got to the camp,” she said, “there did not seem to be a soul +about, I went into the centre and stood there. Suddenly a tall woman +stood beside me. ‘Something told me I was wanted!’ she said. I held out +my hand and laid a piece of silver on it. She took from her neck a +small golden trinket and laid it there also; and then, seizing the two, +threw them into the stream that ran by. Then she took my hand in hers +and spoke: ‘Naught but blood in this guilty place,’ and turned away. I +caught hold of her and asked her to tell me more. After some +hesitation, she said: ‘Alas! alas! I see you lying at your husband’s +feet, and his hands are red with blood.’” + +Gerald did not feel at all at ease, and tried to laugh it off. +“Surely,” he said, “this woman has a craze about murder.” + +“Do not laugh,” said Mary, “I cannot bear it,” and then, as if with a +sudden impulse, she left the room. + +Not long after Joshua returned, bright and cheery, and as hungry as a +hunter after his long drive. His presence cheered his wife, who seemed +much brighter, but she did not mention the episode of the visit to the +gipsy camp, so Gerald did not mention it either. As if by tacit consent +the subject was not alluded to during the evening. But there was a +strange, settled look on Mary’s face, which Gerald could not but +observe. + +In the morning Joshua came down to breakfast later than usual. Mary had +been up and about the house from an early hour; but as the time drew on +she seemed to get a little nervous and now and again threw around an +anxious look. + +Gerald could not help noticing that none of those at breakfast could +get on satisfactorily with their food. It was not altogether that the +chops were tough, but that the knives were all so blunt. Being a guest, +he, of course, made no sign; but presently saw Joshua draw his thumb +across the edge of his knife in an unconscious sort of way. At the +action Mary turned pale and almost fainted. + +After breakfast they all went out on the lawn. Mary was making up a +bouquet, and said to her husband, “Get me a few of the tea-roses, +dear.” + +Joshua pulled down a cluster from the front of the house. The stem +bent, but was too tough to break. He put his hand in his pocket to get +his knife; but in vain. “Lend me your knife, Gerald,” he said. But +Gerald had not got one, so he went into the breakfast room and took one +from the table. He came out feeling its edge and grumbling. “What on +earth has happened to all the knives—the edges seem all ground off?” +Mary turned away hurriedly and entered the house. + +Joshua tried to sever the stalk with the blunt knife as country cooks +sever the necks of fowl—as schoolboys cut twine. With a little effort +he finished the task. The cluster of roses grew thick, so he determined +to gather a great bunch. + +He could not find a single sharp knife in the sideboard where the +cutlery was kept, so he called Mary, and when she came, told her the +state of things. She looked so agitated and so miserable that he could +not help knowing the truth, and, as if astounded and hurt, asked her: + +“Do you mean to say that _you_ have done it?” + +She broke in, “Oh, Joshua, I was so afraid.” + +He paused, and a set, white look came over his face. “Mary!” said he, +“is this all the trust you have in me? I would not have believed it.” + +“Oh, Joshua! Joshua!” she cried entreatingly, “forgive me,” and wept +bitterly. + +Joshua thought a moment and then said: “I see how it is. We shall +better end this or we shall all go mad.” + +He ran into the drawing-room. + +“Where are you going?” almost screamed Mary. + +Gerald saw what he meant—that he would not be tied to blunt instruments +by the force of a superstition, and was not surprised when he saw him +come out through the French window, bearing in his hand a large Ghourka +knife, which usually lay on the centre table, and which his brother had +sent him from Northern India. It was one of those great hunting-knives +which worked such havoc, at close quarters with the enemies of the +loyal Ghourkas during the mutiny, of great weight but so evenly +balanced in the hand as to seem light, and with an edge like a razor. +With one of these knives a Ghourka can cut a sheep in two. + +When Mary saw him come out of the room with the weapon in his hand she +screamed in an agony of fright, and the hysterics of last night were +promptly renewed. + +Joshua ran toward her, and, seeing her falling, threw down the knife +and tried to catch her. + +However, he was just a second too late, and the two men cried out in +horror simultaneously as they saw her fall upon the naked blade. + +When Gerald rushed over he found that in falling her left hand had +struck the blade, which lay partly upwards on the grass. Some of the +small veins were cut through, and the blood gushed freely from the +wound. As he was tying it up he pointed out to Joshua that the wedding +ring was severed by the steel. + +They carried her fainting to the house. When, after a while, she came +out, with her arm in a sling, she was peaceful in her mind and happy. +She said to her husband: + +“The gipsy was wonderfully near the truth; too near for the real thing +ever to occur now, dear.” + +Joshua bent over and kissed the wounded hand. + + + + +The Coming of Abel Behenna + + +The little Cornish port of Pencastle was bright in the early April, +when the sun had seemingly come to stay after a long and bitter winter. +Boldly and blackly the rock stood out against a background of shaded +blue, where the sky fading into mist met the far horizon. The sea was +of true Cornish hue—sapphire, save where it became deep emerald green +in the fathomless depths under the cliffs, where the seal caves opened +their grim jaws. On the slopes the grass was parched and brown. The +spikes of furze bushes were ashy grey, but the golden yellow of their +flowers streamed along the hillside, dipping out in lines as the rock +cropped up, and lessening into patches and dots till finally it died +away all together where the sea winds swept round the jutting cliffs +and cut short the vegetation as though with an ever-working aerial +shears. The whole hillside, with its body of brown and flashes of +yellow, was just like a colossal yellow-hammer. + +The little harbour opened from the sea between towering cliffs, and +behind a lonely rock, pierced with many caves and blow-holes through +which the sea in storm time sent its thunderous voice, together with a +fountain of drifting spume. Hence, it wound westwards in a serpentine +course, guarded at its entrance by two little curving piers to left and +right. These were roughly built of dark slates placed endways and held +together with great beams bound with iron bands. Thence, it flowed up +the rocky bed of the stream whose winter torrents had of old cut out +its way amongst the hills. This stream was deep at first, with here and +there, where it widened, patches of broken rock exposed at low water, +full of holes where crabs and lobsters were to be found at the ebb of +the tide. From amongst the rocks rose sturdy posts, used for warping in +the little coasting vessels which frequented the port. Higher up, the +stream still flowed deeply, for the tide ran far inland, but always +calmly for all the force of the wildest storm was broken below. Some +quarter mile inland the stream was deep at high water, but at low tide +there were at each side patches of the same broken rock as lower down, +through the chinks of which the sweet water of the natural stream +trickled and murmured after the tide had ebbed away. Here, too, rose +mooring posts for the fishermen’s boats. At either side of the river +was a row of cottages down almost on the level of high tide. They were +pretty cottages, strongly and snugly built, with trim narrow gardens in +front, full of old-fashioned plants, flowering currants, coloured +primroses, wallflower, and stonecrop. Over the fronts of many of them +climbed clematis and wisteria. The window sides and door posts of all +were as white as snow, and the little pathway to each was paved with +light coloured stones. At some of the doors were tiny porches, whilst +at others were rustic seats cut from tree trunks or from old barrels; +in nearly every case the window ledges were filled with boxes or pots +of flowers or foliage plants. + +Two men lived in cottages exactly opposite each other across the +stream. Two men, both young, both good-looking, both prosperous, and +who had been companions and rivals from their boyhood. Abel Behenna was +dark with the gypsy darkness which the Phœnician mining wanderers left +in their track; Eric Sanson—which the local antiquarian said was a +corruption of Sagamanson—was fair, with the ruddy hue which marked the +path of the wild Norseman. These two seemed to have singled out each +other from the very beginning to work and strive together, to fight for +each other and to stand back to back in all endeavours. They had now +put the coping-stone on their Temple of Unity by falling in love with +the same girl. Sarah Trefusis was certainly the prettiest girl in +Pencastle, and there was many a young man who would gladly have tried +his fortune with her, but that there were two to contend against, and +each of these the strongest and most resolute man in the port—except +the other. The average young man thought that this was very hard, and +on account of it bore no good will to either of the three principals: +whilst the average young woman who had, lest worse should befall, to +put up with the grumbling of her sweetheart, and the sense of being +only second best which it implied, did not either, be sure, regard +Sarah with friendly eye. Thus it came, in the course of a year or so, +for rustic courtship is a slow process, that the two men and woman +found themselves thrown much together. They were all satisfied, so it +did not matter, and Sarah, who was vain and something frivolous, took +care to have her revenge on both men and women in a quiet way. When a +young woman in her “walking out” can only boast one not-quite-satisfied +young man, it is no particular pleasure to her to see her escort cast +sheep’s eyes at a better-looking girl supported by two devoted swains. + +At length there came a time which Sarah dreaded, and which she had +tried to keep distant—the time when she had to make her choice between +the two men. She liked them both, and, indeed, either of them might +have satisfied the ideas of even a more exacting girl. But her mind was +so constituted that she thought more of what she might lose, than of +what she might gain; and whenever she thought she had made up her mind +she became instantly assailed with doubts as to the wisdom of her +choice. Always the man whom she had presumably lost became endowed +afresh with a newer and more bountiful crop of advantages than had ever +arisen from the possibility of his acceptance. She promised each man +that on her birthday she would give him his answer, and that day, the +11th of April, had now arrived. The promises had been given singly and +confidentially, but each was given to a man who was not likely to +forget. Early in the morning she found both men hovering round her +door. Neither had taken the other into his confidence, and each was +simply seeking an early opportunity of getting his answer, and +advancing his suit if necessary. Damon, as a rule, does not take +Pythias with him when making a proposal; and in the heart of each man +his own affairs had a claim far above any requirements of friendship. +So, throughout the day, they kept seeing each other out. The position +was doubtless somewhat embarrassing to Sarah, and though the +satisfaction of her vanity that she should be thus adored was very +pleasing, yet there were moments when she was annoyed with both men for +being so persistent. Her only consolation at such moments was that she +saw, through the elaborate smiles of the other girls when in passing +they noticed her door thus doubly guarded, the jealousy which filled +their hearts. Sarah’s mother was a person of commonplace and sordid +ideas, and, seeing all along the state of affairs, her one intention, +persistently expressed to her daughter in the plainest words, was to so +arrange matters that Sarah should get all that was possible out of both +men. With this purpose she had cunningly kept herself as far as +possible in the background in the matter of her daughter’s wooings, and +watched in silence. At first Sarah had been indignant with her for her +sordid views; but, as usual, her weak nature gave way before +persistence, and she had now got to the stage of acceptance. She was +not surprised when her mother whispered to her in the little yard +behind the house:— + +“Go up the hillside for a while; I want to talk to these two. They’re +both red-hot for ye, and now’s the time to get things fixed!” Sarah +began a feeble remonstrance, but her mother cut her short. + +“I tell ye, girl, that my mind is made up! Both these men want ye, and +only one can have ye, but before ye choose it’ll be so arranged that +ye’ll have all that both have got! Don’t argy, child! Go up the +hillside, and when ye come back I’ll have it fixed—I see a way quite +easy!” So Sarah went up the hillside through the narrow paths between +the golden furze, and Mrs. Trefusis joined the two men in the +living-room of the little house. + +She opened the attack with the desperate courage which is in all +mothers when they think for their children, howsoever mean the thoughts +may be. + +“Ye two men, ye’re both in love with my Sarah!” + +Their bashful silence gave consent to the barefaced proposition. She +went on. + +“Neither of ye has much!” Again they tacitly acquiesced in the soft +impeachment. + +“I don’t know that either of ye could keep a wife!” Though neither said +a word their looks and bearing expressed distinct dissent. Mrs. +Trefusis went on: + +“But if ye’d put what ye both have together ye’d make a comfortable +home for one of ye—and Sarah!” She eyed the men keenly, with her +cunning eyes half shut, as she spoke; then satisfied from her scrutiny +that the idea was accepted she went on quickly, as if to prevent +argument: + +“The girl likes ye both, and mayhap it’s hard for her to choose. Why +don’t ye toss up for her? First put your money together—ye’ve each got +a bit put by, I know. Let the lucky man take the lot and trade with it +a bit, and then come home and marry her. Neither of ye’s afraid, I +suppose! And neither of ye’ll say that he won’t do that much for the +girl that ye both say ye love!” + +Abel broke the silence: + +“It don’t seem the square thing to toss for the girl! She wouldn’t like +it herself, and it doesn’t seem—seem respectful like to her—” Eric +interrupted. He was conscious that his chance was not so good as Abel’s +in case Sarah should wish to choose between them: + +“Are ye afraid of the hazard?” + +“Not me!” said Abel, boldly. Mrs. Trefusis, seeing that her idea was +beginning to work, followed up the advantage. + +“It is settled that ye put yer money together to make a home for her, +whether ye toss for her or leave it for her to choose?” + +“Yes,” said Eric quickly, and Abel agreed with equal sturdiness. Mrs. +Trefusis’ little cunning eyes twinkled. She heard Sarah’s step in the +yard, and said: + +“Well! here she comes, and I leave it to her.” And she went out. + +During her brief walk on the hillside Sarah had been trying to make up +her mind. She was feeling almost angry with both men for being the +cause of her difficulty, and as she came into the room said shortly: + +“I want to have a word with you both—come to the Flagstaff Rock, where +we can be alone.” She took her hat and went out of the house up the +winding path to the steep rock crowned with a high flagstaff, where +once the wreckers’ fire basket used to burn. This was the rock which +formed the northern jaw of the little harbour. There was only room on +the path for two abreast, and it marked the state of things pretty well +when, by a sort of implied arrangement, Sarah went first, and the two +men followed, walking abreast and keeping step. By this time, each +man’s heart was boiling with jealousy. When they came to the top of the +rock, Sarah stood against the flagstaff, and the two young men stood +opposite her. She had chosen her position with knowledge and intention, +for there was no room for anyone to stand beside her. They were all +silent for a while; then Sarah began to laugh and said:— + +“I promised the both of you to give you an answer to-day. I’ve been +thinking and thinking and thinking, till I began to get angry with you +both for plaguing me so; and even now I don’t seem any nearer than ever +I was to making up my mind.” Eric said suddenly: + +“Let us toss for it, lass!” Sarah showed no indignation whatever at the +proposition; her mother’s eternal suggestion had schooled her to the +acceptance of something of the kind, and her weak nature made it easy +to her to grasp at any way out of the difficulty. She stood with +downcast eyes idly picking at the sleeve of her dress, seeming to have +tacitly acquiesced in the proposal. Both men instinctively realising +this pulled each a coin from his pocket, spun it in the air, and +dropped his other hand over the palm on which it lay. For a few seconds +they remained thus, all silent; then Abel, who was the more thoughtful +of the men, spoke: + +“Sarah! is this good?” As he spoke he removed the upper hand from the +coin and placed the latter back in his pocket. Sarah was nettled. + +“Good or bad, it’s good enough for me! Take it or leave it as you +like,” she said, to which he replied quickly: + +“Nay lass! Aught that concerns you is good enow for me. I did but think +of you lest you might have pain or disappointment hereafter. If you +love Eric better nor me, in God’s name say so, and I think I’m man enow +to stand aside. Likewise, if I’m the one, don’t make us both miserable +for life!” Face to face with a difficulty, Sarah’s weak nature +proclaimed itself; she put her hands before her face and began to cry, +saying— + +“It was my mother. She keeps telling me!” The silence which followed +was broken by Eric, who said hotly to Abel: + +“Let the lass alone, can’t you? If she wants to choose this way, let +her. It’s good enough for me—and for you, too! She’s said it now, and +must abide by it!” Hereupon Sarah turned upon him in sudden fury, and +cried: + +“Hold your tongue! what is it to you, at any rate?” and she resumed her +crying. Eric was so flabbergasted that he had not a word to say, but +stood looking particularly foolish, with his mouth open and his hands +held out with the coin still between them. All were silent till Sarah, +taking her hands from her face laughed hysterically and said: + +“As you two can’t make up your minds, I’m going home!” and she turned +to go. + +“Stop,” said Abel, in an authoritative voice. “Eric, you hold the coin, +and I’ll cry. Now, before we settle it, let us clearly understand: the +man who wins takes all the money that we both have got, brings it to +Bristol and ships on a voyage and trades with it. Then he comes back +and marries Sarah, and they two keep all, whatever there may be, as the +result of the trading. Is this what we understand?” + +“Yes,” said Eric. + +“I’ll marry him on my next birthday,” said Sarah. Having said it the +intolerably mercenary spirit of her action seemed to strike her, and +impulsively she turned away with a bright blush. Fire seemed to sparkle +in the eyes of both men. Said Eric: “A year so be! The man that wins is +to have one year.” + +“Toss!” cried Abel, and the coin spun in the air. Eric caught it, and +again held it between his outstretched hands. + +“Heads!” cried Abel, a pallor sweeping over his face as he spoke. As he +leaned forward to look Sarah leaned forward too, and their heads almost +touched. He could feel her hair blowing on his cheek, and it thrilled +through him like fire. Eric lifted his upper hand; the coin lay with +its head up. Abel stepped forward and took Sarah in his arms. With a +curse Eric hurled the coin far into the sea. Then he leaned against the +flagstaff and scowled at the others with his hands thrust deep into his +pockets. Abel whispered wild words of passion and delight into Sarah’s +ears, and as she listened she began to believe that fortune had rightly +interpreted the wishes of her secret heart, and that she loved Abel +best. + +Presently Abel looked up and caught sight of Eric’s face as the last +ray of sunset struck it. The red light intensified the natural +ruddiness of his complexion, and he looked as though he were steeped in +blood. Abel did not mind his scowl, for now that his own heart was at +rest he could feel unalloyed pity for his friend. He stepped over +meaning to comfort him, and held out his hand, saying: + +“It was my chance, old lad. Don’t grudge it me. I’ll try to make Sarah +a happy woman, and you shall be a brother to us both!” + +“Brother be damned!” was all the answer Eric made, as he turned away. +When he had gone a few steps down the rocky path he turned and came +back. Standing before Abel and Sarah, who had their arms round each +other, he said: + +“You have a year. Make the most of it! And be sure you’re in time to +claim your wife! Be back to have your banns up in time to be married on +the 11th April. If you’re not, I tell you I shall have my banns up, and +you may get back too late.” + +“What do you mean, Eric? You are mad!” + +“No more mad than you are, Abel Behenna. You go, that’s your chance! I +stay, that’s mine! I don’t mean to let the grass grow under my feet. +Sarah cared no more for you than for me five minutes ago, and she may +come back to that five minutes after you’re gone! You won by a point +only—the game may change.” + +“The game won’t change!” said Abel shortly. “Sarah, you’ll be true to +me? You won’t marry till I return?” + +“For a year!” added Eric, quickly, “that’s the bargain.” + +“I promise for the year,” said Sarah. A dark look came over Abel’s +face, and he was about to speak, but he mastered himself and smiled. + +“I mustn’t be too hard or get angry tonight! Come, Eric! we played and +fought together. I won fairly. I played fairly all the game of our +wooing! You know that as well as I do; and now when I am going away, I +shall look to my old and true comrade to help me when I am gone!” + +“I’ll help you none,” said Eric, “so help me God!” + +“It was God helped me,” said Abel simply. + +“Then let Him go on helping you,” said Eric angrily. “The Devil is good +enough for me!” and without another word he rushed down the steep path +and disappeared behind the rocks. + +When he had gone Abel hoped for some tender passage with Sarah, but the +first remark she made chilled him. + +“How lonely it all seems without Eric!” and this note sounded till he +had left her at home—and after. + +Early on the next morning Abel heard a noise at his door, and on going +out saw Eric walking rapidly away: a small canvas bag full of gold and +silver lay on the threshold; on a small slip of paper pinned to it was +written: + +“Take the money and go. I stay. God for you! The Devil for me! Remember +the 11th of April.—ERIC SANSON.” That afternoon Abel went off to +Bristol, and a week later sailed on the _Star of the Sea_ bound for +Pahang. His money—including that which had been Eric’s—was on board in +the shape of a venture of cheap toys. He had been advised by a shrewd +old mariner of Bristol whom he knew, and who knew the ways of the +Chersonese, who predicted that every penny invested would be returned +with a shilling to boot. + +As the year wore on Sarah became more and more disturbed in her mind. +Eric was always at hand to make love to her in his own persistent, +masterful manner, and to this she did not object. Only one letter came +from Abel, to say that his venture had proved successful, and that he +had sent some two hundred pounds to the bank at Bristol, and was +trading with fifty pounds still remaining in goods for China, whither +the _Star of the Sea_ was bound and whence she would return to Bristol. +He suggested that Eric’s share of the venture should be returned to him +with his share of the profits. This proposition was treated with anger +by Eric, and as simply childish by Sarah’s mother. + +More than six months had since then elapsed, but no other letter had +come, and Eric’s hopes which had been dashed down by the letter from +Pahang, began to rise again. He perpetually assailed Sarah with an +“if!” If Abel did not return, would she then marry him? If the 11th +April went by without Abel being in the port, would she give him over? +If Abel had taken his fortune, and married another girl on the head of +it, would she marry him, Eric, as soon as the truth were known? And so +on in an endless variety of possibilities. The power of the strong will +and the determined purpose over the woman’s weaker nature became in +time manifest. Sarah began to lose her faith in Abel and to regard Eric +as a possible husband; and a possible husband is in a woman’s eye +different to all other men. A new affection for him began to arise in +her breast, and the daily familiarities of permitted courtship +furthered the growing affection. Sarah began to regard Abel as rather a +rock in the road of her life, and had it not been for her mother’s +constantly reminding her of the good fortune already laid by in the +Bristol Bank she would have tried to have shut her eyes altogether to +the fact of Abel’s existence. + +The 11th April was Saturday, so that in order to have the marriage on +that day it would be necessary that the banns should be called on +Sunday, 22nd March. From the beginning of that month Eric kept +perpetually on the subject of Abel’s absence, and his outspoken opinion +that the latter was either dead or married began to become a reality to +the woman’s mind. As the first half of the month wore on Eric became +more jubilant, and after church on the 15th he took Sarah for a walk to +the Flagstaff Rock. There he asserted himself strongly: + +“I told Abel, and you too, that if he was not here to put up his banns +in time for the eleventh, I would put up mine for the twelfth. Now the +time has come when I mean to do it. He hasn’t kept his word”—here Sarah +struck in out of her weakness and indecision: + +“He hasn’t broken it yet!” Eric ground his teeth with anger. + +“If you mean to stick up for him,” he said, as he smote his hands +savagely on the flagstaff, which sent forth a shivering murmur, “well +and good. I’ll keep my part of the bargain. On Sunday I shall give +notice of the banns, and you can deny them in the church if you will. +If Abel is in Pencastle on the eleventh, he can have them cancelled, +and his own put up; but till then, I take my course, and woe to anyone +who stands in my way!” With that he flung himself down the rocky +pathway, and Sarah could not but admire his Viking strength and spirit, +as, crossing the hill, he strode away along the cliffs towards Bude. + +During the week no news was heard of Abel, and on Saturday Eric gave +notice of the banns of marriage between himself and Sarah Trefusis. The +clergyman would have remonstrated with him, for although nothing formal +had been told to the neighbours, it had been understood since Abel’s +departure that on his return he was to marry Sarah; but Eric would not +discuss the question. + +“It is a painful subject, sir,” he said with a firmness which the +parson, who was a very young man, could not but be swayed by. “Surely +there is nothing against Sarah or me. Why should there be any bones +made about the matter?” The parson said no more, and on the next day he +read out the banns for the first time amidst an audible buzz from the +congregation. Sarah was present, contrary to custom, and though she +blushed furiously enjoyed her triumph over the other girls whose banns +had not yet come. Before the week was over she began to make her +wedding dress. Eric used to come and look at her at work and the sight +thrilled through him. He used to say all sorts of pretty things to her +at such times, and there were to both delicious moments of love-making. + +The banns were read a second time on the 29th, and Eric’s hope grew +more and more fixed though there were to him moments of acute despair +when he realised that the cup of happiness might be dashed from his +lips at any moment, right up to the last. At such times he was full of +passion—desperate and remorseless—and he ground his teeth and clenched +his hands in a wild way as though some taint of the old Berserker fury +of his ancestors still lingered in his blood. On the Thursday of that +week he looked in on Sarah and found her, amid a flood of sunshine, +putting finishing touches to her white wedding gown. His own heart was +full of gaiety, and the sight of the woman who was so soon to be his +own so occupied, filled him with a joy unspeakable, and he felt faint +with languorous ecstasy. Bending over he kissed Sarah on the mouth, and +then whispered in her rosy ear— + +“Your wedding dress, Sarah! And for me!” As he drew back to admire her +she looked up saucily, and said to him— + +“Perhaps not for you. There is more than a week yet for Abel!” and then +cried out in dismay, for with a wild gesture and a fierce oath Eric +dashed out of the house, banging the door behind him. The incident +disturbed Sarah more than she could have thought possible, for it awoke +all her fears and doubts and indecision afresh. She cried a little, and +put by her dress, and to soothe herself went out to sit for a while on +the summit of the Flagstaff Rock. When she arrived she found there a +little group anxiously discussing the weather. The sea was calm and the +sun bright, but across the sea were strange lines of darkness and +light, and close in to shore the rocks were fringed with foam, which +spread out in great white curves and circles as the currents drifted. +The wind had backed, and came in sharp, cold puffs. The blow-hole, +which ran under the Flagstaff Rock, from the rocky bay without to the +harbour within, was booming at intervals, and the seagulls were +screaming ceaselessly as they wheeled about the entrance of the port. + +“It looks bad,” she heard an old fisherman say to the coastguard. “I +seen it just like this once before, when the East Indiaman _Coromandel_ +went to pieces in Dizzard Bay!” Sarah did not wait to hear more. She +was of a timid nature where danger was concerned, and could not bear to +hear of wrecks and disasters. She went home and resumed the completion +of her dress, secretly determined to appease Eric when she should meet +him with a sweet apology—and to take the earliest opportunity of being +even with him after her marriage. The old fisherman’s weather prophecy +was justified. That night at dusk a wild storm came on. The sea rose +and lashed the western coasts from Skye to Scilly and left a tale of +disaster everywhere. The sailors and fishermen of Pencastle all turned +out on the rocks and cliffs and watched eagerly. Presently, by a flash +of lightning, a “ketch” was seen drifting under only a jib about +half-a-mile outside the port. All eyes and all glasses were +concentrated on her, waiting for the next flash, and when it came a +chorus went up that it was the _Lovely Alice_, trading between Bristol +and Penzance, and touching at all the little ports between. “God help +them!” said the harbour-master, “for nothing in this world can save +them when they are between Bude and Tintagel and the wind on shore!” +The coastguards exerted themselves, and, aided by brave hearts and +willing hands, they brought the rocket apparatus up on the summit of +the Flagstaff Rock. Then they burned blue lights so that those on board +might see the harbour opening in case they could make any effort to +reach it. They worked gallantly enough on board; but no skill or +strength of man could avail. Before many minutes were over the _Lovely +Alice_ rushed to her doom on the great island rock that guarded the +mouth of the port. The screams of those on board were faintly borne on +the tempest as they flung themselves into the sea in a last chance for +life. The blue lights were kept burning, and eager eyes peered into the +depths of the waters in case any face could be seen; and ropes were +held ready to fling out in aid. But never a face was seen, and the +willing arms rested idle. Eric was there amongst his fellows. His old +Icelandic origin was never more apparent than in that wild hour. He +took a rope, and shouted in the ear of the harbour-master: + +“I shall go down on the rock over the seal cave. The tide is running +up, and someone may drift in there!” + +“Keep back, man!” came the answer. “Are you mad? One slip on that rock +and you are lost: and no man could keep his feet in the dark on such a +place in such a tempest!” + +“Not a bit,” came the reply. “You remember how Abel Behenna saved me +there on a night like this when my boat went on the Gull Rock. He +dragged me up from the deep water in the seal cave, and now someone may +drift in there again as I did,” and he was gone into the darkness. The +projecting rock hid the light on the Flagstaff Rock, but he knew his +way too well to miss it. His boldness and sureness of foot standing to +him, he shortly stood on the great round-topped rock cut away beneath +by the action of the waves over the entrance of the seal cave, where +the water was fathomless. There he stood in comparative safety, for the +concave shape of the rock beat back the waves with their own force, and +though the water below him seemed to boil like a seething cauldron, +just beyond the spot there was a space of almost calm. The rock, too, +seemed here to shut off the sound of the gale, and he listened as well +as watched. As he stood there ready, with his coil of rope poised to +throw, he thought he heard below him, just beyond the whirl of the +water, a faint, despairing cry. He echoed it with a shout that rang +into the night. Then he waited for the flash of lightning, and as it +passed flung his rope out into the darkness where he had seen a face +rising through the swirl of the foam. The rope was caught, for he felt +a pull on it, and he shouted again in his mighty voice: + +“Tie it round your waist, and I shall pull you up.” Then when he felt +that it was fast he moved along the rock to the far side of the sea +cave, where the deep water was something stiller, and where he could +get foothold secure enough to drag the rescued man on the overhanging +rock. He began to pull, and shortly he knew from the rope taken in that +the man he was now rescuing must soon be close to the top of the rock. +He steadied himself for a moment, and drew a long breath, that he might +at the next effort complete the rescue. He had just bent his back to +the work when a flash of lightning revealed to each other the two +men—the rescuer and the rescued. + +Eric Sanson and Abel Behenna were face to face—and none knew of the +meeting save themselves; and God. + +On the instant a wave of passion swept through Eric’s heart. All his +hopes were shattered, and with the hatred of Cain his eyes looked out. +He saw in the instant of recognition the joy in Abel’s face that his +was the hand to succour him, and this intensified his hate. Whilst the +passion was on him he started back, and the rope ran out between his +hands. His moment of hate was followed by an impulse of his better +manhood, but it was too late. + +Before he could recover himself, Abel encumbered with the rope that +should have aided him, was plunged with a despairing cry back into the +darkness of the devouring sea. + +Then, feeling all the madness and the doom of Cain upon him, Eric +rushed back over the rocks, heedless of the danger and eager only for +one thing—to be amongst other people whose living noises would shut out +that last cry which seemed to ring still in his ears. When he regained +the Flagstaff Rock the men surrounded him, and through the fury of the +storm he heard the harbour-master say:— + +“We feared you were lost when we heard a cry! How white you are! Where +is your rope? Was there anyone drifted in?” + +“No one,” he shouted in answer, for he felt that he could never explain +that he had let his old comrade slip back into the sea, and at the very +place and under the very circumstances in which that comrade had saved +his own life. He hoped by one bold lie to set the matter at rest for +ever. There was no one to bear witness—and if he should have to carry +that still white face in his eyes and that despairing cry in his ears +for evermore—at least none should know of it. “No one,” he cried, more +loudly still. “I slipped on the rock, and the rope fell into the sea!” +So saying he left them, and, rushing down the steep path, gained his +own cottage and locked himself within. + +The remainder of that night he passed lying on his bed—dressed and +motionless—staring upwards, and seeming to see through the darkness a +pale face gleaming wet in the lightning, with its glad recognition +turning to ghastly despair, and to hear a cry which never ceased to +echo in his soul. + +In the morning the storm was over and all was smiling again, except +that the sea was still boisterous with its unspent fury. Great pieces +of wreck drifted into the port, and the sea around the island rock was +strewn with others. Two bodies also drifted into the harbour—one the +master of the wrecked ketch, the other a strange seaman whom no one +knew. + +Sarah saw nothing of Eric till the evening, and then he only looked in +for a minute. He did not come into the house, but simply put his head +in through the open window. + +“Well, Sarah,” he called out in a loud voice, though to her it did not +ring truly, “is the wedding dress done? Sunday week, mind! Sunday +week!” + +Sarah was glad to have the reconciliation so easy; but, womanlike, when +she saw the storm was over and her own fears groundless, she at once +repeated the cause of offence. + +“Sunday so be it,” she said without looking up, “if Abel isn’t there on +Saturday!” Then she looked up saucily, though her heart was full of +fear of another outburst on the part of her impetuous lover. But the +window was empty; Eric had taken himself off, and with a pout she +resumed her work. She saw Eric no more till Sunday afternoon, after the +banns had been called the third time, when he came up to her before all +the people with an air of proprietorship which half-pleased and +half-annoyed her. + +“Not yet, mister!” she said, pushing him away, as the other girls +giggled. “Wait till Sunday next, if you please—the day after Saturday!” +she added, looking at him saucily. The girls giggled again, and the +young men guffawed. They thought it was the snub that touched him so +that he became as white as a sheet as he turned away. But Sarah, who +knew more than they did, laughed, for she saw triumph through the spasm +of pain that overspread his face. + +The week passed uneventfully; however, as Saturday drew nigh Sarah had +occasional moments of anxiety, and as to Eric he went about at +night-time like a man possessed. He restrained himself when others were +by, but now and again he went down amongst the rocks and caves and +shouted aloud. This seemed to relieve him somewhat, and he was better +able to restrain himself for some time after. All Saturday he stayed in +his own house and never left it. As he was to be married on the morrow, +the neighbours thought it was shyness on his part, and did not trouble +or notice him. Only once was he disturbed, and that was when the chief +boatman came to him and sat down, and after a pause said: + +“Eric, I was over in Bristol yesterday. I was in the ropemaker’s +getting a coil to replace the one you lost the night of the storm, and +there I saw Michael Heavens of this place, who is a salesman there. He +told me that Abel Behenna had come home the week ere last on the _Star +of the Sea_ from Canton, and that he had lodged a sight of money in the +Bristol Bank in the name of Sarah Behenna. He told Michael so +himself—and that he had taken passage on the _Lovely Alice_ to +Pencastle. “Bear up, man,” for Eric had with a groan dropped his head +on his knees, with his face between his hands. “He was your old +comrade, I know, but you couldn’t help him. He must have gone down with +the rest that awful night. I thought I’d better tell you, lest it might +come some other way, and you might keep Sarah Trefusis from being +frightened. They were good friends once, and women take these things to +heart. It would not do to let her be pained with such a thing on her +wedding day!” Then he rose and went away, leaving Eric still sitting +disconsolately with his head on his knees. + +“Poor fellow!” murmured the chief boatman to himself; “he takes it to +heart. Well, well! right enough! They were true comrades once, and Abel +saved him!” + +The afternoon of that day, when the children had left school, they +strayed as usual on half-holidays along the quay and the paths by the +cliffs. Presently some of them came running in a state of great +excitement to the harbour, where a few men were unloading a coal ketch, +and a great many were superintending the operation. One of the children +called out: + +“There is a porpoise in the harbour mouth! We saw it come through the +blow-hole! It had a long tail, and was deep under the water!” + +“It was no porpoise,” said another; “it was a seal; but it had a long +tail! It came out of the seal cave!” The other children bore various +testimony, but on two points they were unanimous—it, whatever “it” was, +had come through the blow-hole deep under the water, and had a long, +thin tail—a tail so long that they could not see the end of it. There +was much unmerciful chaffing of the children by the men on this point, +but as it was evident that they had seen something, quite a number of +persons, young and old, male and female, went along the high paths on +either side of the harbour mouth to catch a glimpse of this new +addition to the fauna of the sea, a long-tailed porpoise or seal. The +tide was now coming in. There was a slight breeze, and the surface of +the water was rippled so that it was only at moments that anyone could +see clearly into the deep water. After a spell of watching a woman +called out that she saw something moving up the channel, just below +where she was standing. There was a stampede to the spot, but by the +time the crowd had gathered the breeze had freshened, and it was +impossible to see with any distinctness below the surface of the water. +On being questioned the woman described what she had seen, but in such +an incoherent way that the whole thing was put down as an effect of +imagination; had it not been for the children’s report she would not +have been credited at all. Her semi-hysterical statement that what she +saw was “like a pig with the entrails out” was only thought anything of +by an old coastguard, who shook his head but did not make any remark. +For the remainder of the daylight this man was seen always on the bank, +looking into the water, but always with disappointment manifest on his +face. + +Eric arose early on the next morning—he had not slept all night, and it +was a relief to him to move about in the light. He shaved himself with +a hand that did not tremble, and dressed himself in his wedding +clothes. There was a haggard look on his face, and he seemed as though +he had grown years older in the last few days. Still there was a wild, +uneasy light of triumph in his eyes, and he kept murmuring to himself +over and over again: + +“This is my wedding-day! Abel cannot claim her now—living or +dead!—living or dead! Living or dead!” He sat in his arm-chair, waiting +with an uncanny quietness for the church hour to arrive. When the bell +began to ring he arose and passed out of his house, closing the door +behind him. He looked at the river and saw the tide had just turned. In +the church he sat with Sarah and her mother, holding Sarah’s hand +tightly in his all the time, as though he feared to lose her. When the +service was over they stood up together, and were married in the +presence of the entire congregation; for no one left the church. Both +made the responses clearly—Eric’s being even on the defiant side. When +the wedding was over Sarah took her husband’s arm, and they walked away +together, the boys and younger girls being cuffed by their elders into +a decorous behaviour, for they would fain have followed close behind +their heels. + +The way from the church led down to the back of Eric’s cottage, a +narrow passage being between it and that of his next neighbour. When +the bridal couple had passed through this the remainder of the +congregation, who had followed them at a little distance, were startled +by a long, shrill scream from the bride. They rushed through the +passage and found her on the bank with wild eyes, pointing to the river +bed opposite Eric Sanson’s door. + +The falling tide had deposited there the body of Abel Behenna stark +upon the broken rocks. The rope trailing from its waist had been +twisted by the current round the mooring post, and had held it back +whilst the tide had ebbed away from it. The right elbow had fallen in a +chink in the rock, leaving the hand outstretched toward Sarah, with the +open palm upward as though it were extended to receive hers, the pale +drooping fingers open to the clasp. + +All that happened afterwards was never quite known to Sarah Sanson. +Whenever she would try to recollect there would become a buzzing in her +ears and a dimness in her eyes, and all would pass away. The only thing +that she could remember of it all—and this she never forgot—was Eric’s +breathing heavily, with his face whiter than that of the dead man, as +he muttered under his breath: + +“Devil’s help! Devil’s faith! Devil’s price!” + + + + +The Burial of the Rats + + +Leaving Paris by the Orleans road, cross the Enceinte, and, turning to +the right, you find yourself in a somewhat wild and not at all savoury +district. Right and left, before and behind, on every side rise great +heaps of dust and waste accumulated by the process of time. + +Paris has its night as well as its day life, and the sojourner who +enters his hotel in the Rue de Rivoli or the Rue St. Honore late at +night or leaves it early in the morning, can guess, in coming near +Montrouge—if he has not done so already—the purpose of those great +waggons that look like boilers on wheels which he finds halting +everywhere as he passes. + +Every city has its peculiar institutions created out of its own needs; +and one of the most notable institutions of Paris is its rag-picking +population. In the early morning—and Parisian life commences at an +early hour—may be seen in most streets standing on the pathway opposite +every court and alley and between every few houses, as still in some +American cities, even in parts of New York, large wooden boxes into +which the domestics or tenement-holders empty the accumulated dust of +the past day. Round these boxes gather and pass on, when the work is +done, to fresh fields of labour and pastures new, squalid +hungry-looking men and women, the implements of whose craft consist of +a coarse bag or basket slung over the shoulder and a little rake with +which they turn over and probe and examine in the minutest manner the +dustbins. They pick up and deposit in their baskets, by aid of their +rakes, whatever they may find, with the same facility as a Chinaman +uses his chopsticks. + +Paris is a city of centralisation—and centralisation and classification +are closely allied. In the early times, when centralisation is becoming +a fact, its forerunner is classification. All things which are similar +or analogous become grouped together, and from the grouping of groups +rises one whole or central point. We see radiating many long arms with +innumerable tentaculae, and in the centre rises a gigantic head with a +comprehensive brain and keen eyes to look on every side and ears +sensitive to hear—and a voracious mouth to swallow. + +Other cities resemble all the birds and beasts and fishes whose +appetites and digestions are normal. Paris alone is the analogical +apotheosis of the octopus. Product of centralisation carried to an _ad +absurdum_, it fairly represents the devil fish; and in no respects is +the resemblance more curious than in the similarity of the digestive +apparatus. + +Those intelligent tourists who, having surrendered their individuality +into the hands of Messrs. Cook or Gaze, “do” Paris in three days, are +often puzzled to know how it is that the dinner which in London would +cost about six shillings, can be had for three francs in a café in the +Palais Royal. They need have no more wonder if they will but consider +the classification which is a theoretic speciality of Parisian life, +and adopt all round the fact from which the chiffonier has his genesis. + +The Paris of 1850 was not like the Paris of to-day, and those who see +the Paris of Napoleon and Baron Hausseman can hardly realise the +existence of the state of things forty-five years ago. + +Amongst other things, however, which have not changed are those +districts where the waste is gathered. Dust is dust all the world over, +in every age, and the family likeness of dust-heaps is perfect. The +traveller, therefore, who visits the environs of Montrouge can go go +back in fancy without difficulty to the year 1850. + +In this year I was making a prolonged stay in Paris. I was very much in +love with a young lady who, though she returned my passion, so far +yielded to the wishes of her parents that she had promised not to see +me or to correspond with me for a year. I, too, had been compelled to +accede to these conditions under a vague hope of parental approval. +During the term of probation I had promised to remain out of the +country and not to write to my dear one until the expiration of the +year. + +Naturally the time went heavily with me. There was not one of my own +family or circle who could tell me of Alice, and none of her own folk +had, I am sorry to say, sufficient generosity to send me even an +occasional word of comfort regarding her health and well-being. I spent +six months wandering about Europe, but as I could find no satisfactory +distraction in travel, I determined to come to Paris, where, at least, +I would be within easy hail of London in case any good fortune should +call me thither before the appointed time. That “hope deferred maketh +the heart sick” was never better exemplified than in my case, for in +addition to the perpetual longing to see the face I loved there was +always with me a harrowing anxiety lest some accident should prevent me +showing Alice in due time that I had, throughout the long period of +probation, been faithful to her trust and my own love. Thus, every +adventure which I undertook had a fierce pleasure of its own, for it +was fraught with possible consequences greater than it would have +ordinarily borne. + +Like all travellers I exhausted the places of most interest in the +first month of my stay, and was driven in the second month to look for +amusement whithersoever I might. Having made sundry journeys to the +better-known suburbs, I began to see that there was a _terra +incognita_, in so far as the guide book was concerned, in the social +wilderness lying between these attractive points. Accordingly I began +to systematise my researches, and each day took up the thread of my +exploration at the place where I had on the previous day dropped it. + +In the process of time my wanderings led me near Montrouge, and I saw +that hereabouts lay the Ultima Thule of social exploration—a country as +little known as that round the source of the White Nile. And so I +determined to investigate philosophically the chiffonier—his habitat, +his life, and his means of life. + +The job was an unsavoury one, difficult of accomplishment, and with +little hope of adequate reward. However, despite reason, obstinacy +prevailed, and I entered into my new investigation with a keener energy +than I could have summoned to aid me in any investigation leading to +any end, valuable or worthy. + +One day, late in a fine afternoon, toward the end of September, I +entered the holy of holies of the city of dust. The place was evidently +the recognised abode of a number of chiffoniers, for some sort of +arrangement was manifested in the formation of the dust heaps near the +road. I passed amongst these heaps, which stood like orderly sentries, +determined to penetrate further and trace dust to its ultimate +location. + +As I passed along I saw behind the dust heaps a few forms that flitted +to and fro, evidently watching with interest the advent of any stranger +to such a place. The district was like a small Switzerland, and as I +went forward my tortuous course shut out the path behind me. + +Presently I got into what seemed a small city or community of +chiffoniers. There were a number of shanties or huts, such as may be +met with in the remote parts of the Bog of Allan—rude places with +wattled walls, plastered with mud and roofs of rude thatch made from +stable refuse—such places as one would not like to enter for any +consideration, and which even in water-colour could only look +picturesque if judiciously treated. In the midst of these huts was one +of the strangest adaptations—I cannot say habitations—I had ever seen. +An immense old wardrobe, the colossal remnant of some boudoir of +Charles VII, or Henry II, had been converted into a dwelling-house. The +double doors lay open, so that the entire ménage was open to public +view. In the open half of the wardrobe was a common sitting-room of +some four feet by six, in which sat, smoking their pipes round a +charcoal brazier, no fewer than six old soldiers of the First Republic, +with their uniforms torn and worn threadbare. Evidently they were of +the _mauvais sujet_ class; their bleary eyes and limp jaws told plainly +of a common love of absinthe; and their eyes had that haggard, worn +look of slumbering ferocity which follows hard in the wake of drink. +The other side stood as of old, with its shelves intact, save that they +were cut to half their depth, and in each shelf of which there were +six, was a bed made with rags and straw. The half-dozen of worthies who +inhabited this structure looked at me curiously as I passed; and when I +looked back after going a little way I saw their heads together in a +whispered conference. I did not like the look of this at all, for the +place was very lonely, and the men looked very, very villainous. +However, I did not see any cause for fear, and went on my way, +penetrating further and further into the Sahara. The way was tortuous +to a degree, and from going round in a series of semi-circles, as one +goes in skating with the Dutch roll, I got rather confused with regard +to the points of the compass. + +When I had penetrated a little way I saw, as I turned the corner of a +half-made heap, sitting on a heap of straw an old soldier with +threadbare coat. + +“Hallo!” said I to myself; “the First Republic is well represented here +in its soldiery.” + +As I passed him the old man never even looked up at me, but gazed on +the ground with stolid persistency. Again I remarked to myself: “See +what a life of rude warfare can do! This old man’s curiosity is a thing +of the past.” + +When I had gone a few steps, however, I looked back suddenly, and saw +that curiosity was not dead, for the veteran had raised his head and +was regarding me with a very queer expression. He seemed to me to look +very like one of the six worthies in the press. When he saw me looking +he dropped his head; and without thinking further of him I went on my +way, satisfied that there was a strange likeness between these old +warriors. + +Presently I met another old soldier in a similar manner. He, too, did +not notice me whilst I was passing. + +By this time it was getting late in the afternoon, and I began to think +of retracing my steps. Accordingly I turned to go back, but could see a +number of tracks leading between different mounds and could not +ascertain which of them I should take. In my perplexity I wanted to see +someone of whom to ask the way, but could see no one. I determined to +go on a few mounds further and so try to see someone—not a veteran. + +I gained my object, for after going a couple of hundred yards I saw +before me a single shanty such as I had seen before—with, however, the +difference that this was not one for living in, but merely a roof with +three walls open in front. From the evidences which the neighbourhood +exhibited I took it to be a place for sorting. Within it was an old +woman wrinkled and bent with age; I approached her to ask the way. + +She rose as I came close and I asked her my way. She immediately +commenced a conversation; and it occurred to me that here in the very +centre of the Kingdom of Dust was the place to gather details of the +history of Parisian rag-picking—particularly as I could do so from the +lips of one who looked like the oldest inhabitant. + +I began my inquiries, and the old woman gave me most interesting +answers—she had been one of the ceteuces who sat daily before the +guillotine and had taken an active part among the women who signalised +themselves by their violence in the revolution. While we were talking +she said suddenly: “But m’sieur must be tired standing,” and dusted a +rickety old stool for me to sit down. I hardly liked to do so for many +reasons; but the poor old woman was so civil that I did not like to run +the risk of hurting her by refusing, and moreover the conversation of +one who had been at the taking of the Bastille was so interesting that +I sat down and so our conversation went on. + +While we were talking an old man—older and more bent and wrinkled even +than the woman—appeared from behind the shanty. “Here is Pierre,” said +she. “M’sieur can hear stories now if he wishes, for Pierre was in +everything, from the Bastille to Waterloo.” The old man took another +stool at my request and we plunged into a sea of revolutionary +reminiscences. This old man, albeit clothed like a scarecrow, was like +any one of the six veterans. + +I was now sitting in the centre of the low hut with the woman on my +left hand and the man on my right, each of them being somewhat in front +of me. The place was full of all sorts of curious objects of lumber, +and of many things that I wished far away. In one corner was a heap of +rags which seemed to move from the number of vermin it contained, and +in the other a heap of bones whose odour was something shocking. Every +now and then, glancing at the heaps, I could see the gleaming eyes of +some of the rats which infested the place. These loathsome objects were +bad enough, but what looked even more dreadful was an old butcher’s axe +with an iron handle stained with clots of blood leaning up against the +wall on the right hand side. Still, these things did not give me much +concern. The talk of the two old people was so fascinating that I +stayed on and on, till the evening came and the dust heaps threw dark +shadows over the vales between them. + +After a time I began to grow uneasy. I could not tell how or why, but +somehow I did not feel satisfied. Uneasiness is an instinct and means +warning. The psychic faculties are often the sentries of the intellect, +and when they sound alarm the reason begins to act, although perhaps +not consciously. + +This was so with me. I began to bethink me where I was and by what +surrounded, and to wonder how I should fare in case I should be +attacked; and then the thought suddenly burst upon me, although without +any overt cause, that I was in danger. Prudence whispered: “Be still +and make no sign,” and so I was still and made no sign, for I knew that +four cunning eyes were on me. “Four eyes—if not more.” My God, what a +horrible thought! The whole shanty might be surrounded on three sides +with villains! I might be in the midst of a band of such desperadoes as +only half a century of periodic revolution can produce. + +With a sense of danger my intellect and observation quickened, and I +grew more watchful than was my wont. I noticed that the old woman’s +eyes were constantly wandering towards my hands. I looked at them too, +and saw the cause—my rings. On my left little finger I had a large +signet and on the right a good diamond. + +I thought that if there was any danger my first care was to avert +suspicion. Accordingly I began to work the conversation round to +rag-picking—to the drains—of the things found there; and so by easy +stages to jewels. Then, seizing a favourable opportunity, I asked the +old woman if she knew anything of such things. She answered that she +did, a little. I held out my right hand, and, showing her the diamond, +asked her what she thought of that. She answered that her eyes were +bad, and stooped over my hand. I said as nonchalantly as I could: +“Pardon me! You will see better thus!” and taking it off handed it to +her. An unholy light came into her withered old face, as she touched +it. She stole one glance at me swift and keen as a flash of lightning. + +She bent over the ring for a moment, her face quite concealed as though +examining it. The old man looked straight out of the front of the +shanty before him, at the same time fumbling in his pockets and +producing a screw of tobacco in a paper and a pipe, which he proceeded +to fill. I took advantage of the pause and the momentary rest from the +searching eyes on my face to look carefully round the place, now dim +and shadowy in the gloaming. There still lay all the heaps of varied +reeking foulness; there the terrible blood-stained axe leaning against +the wall in the right hand corner, and everywhere, despite the gloom, +the baleful glitter of the eyes of the rats. I could see them even +through some of the chinks of the boards at the back low down close to +the ground. But stay! these latter eyes seemed more than usually large +and bright and baleful! + +For an instant my heart stood still, and I felt in that whirling +condition of mind in which one feels a sort of spiritual drunkenness, +and as though the body is only maintained erect in that there is no +time for it to fall before recovery. Then, in another second, I was +calm—coldly calm, with all my energies in full vigour, with a +self-control which I felt to be perfect and with all my feeling and +instincts alert. + +Now I knew the full extent of my danger: I was watched and surrounded +by desperate people! I could not even guess at how many of them were +lying there on the ground behind the shanty, waiting for the moment to +strike. I knew that I was big and strong, and they knew it, too. They +knew also, as I did, that I was an Englishman and would make a fight +for it; and so we waited. I had, I felt, gained an advantage in the +last few seconds, for I knew my danger and understood the situation. +Now, I thought, is the test of my courage—the enduring test: the +fighting test may come later! + +The old woman raised her head and said to me in a satisfied kind of +way: + +“A very fine ring, indeed—a beautiful ring! Oh, me! I once had such +rings, plenty of them, and bracelets and earrings! Oh! for in those +fine days I led the town a dance! But they’ve forgotten me now! They’ve +forgotten me! They? Why they never heard of me! Perhaps their +grandfathers remember me, some of them!” and she laughed a harsh, +croaking laugh. And then I am bound to say that she astonished me, for +she handed me back the ring with a certain suggestion of old-fashioned +grace which was not without its pathos. + +The old man eyed her with a sort of sudden ferocity, half rising from +his stool, and said to me suddenly and hoarsely: + +“Let me see!” + +I was about to hand the ring when the old woman said: + +“No! no, do not give it to Pierre! Pierre is eccentric. He loses +things; and such a pretty ring!” + +“Cat!” said the old man, savagely. Suddenly the old woman said, rather +more loudly than was necessary: + +“Wait! I shall tell you something about a ring.” There was something in +the sound of her voice that jarred upon me. Perhaps it was my +hyper-sensitiveness, wrought up as I was to such a pitch of nervous +excitement, but I seemed to think that she was not addressing me. As I +stole a glance round the place I saw the eyes of the rats in the bone +heaps, but missed the eyes along the back. But even as I looked I saw +them again appear. The old woman’s “Wait!” had given me a respite from +attack, and the men had sunk back to their reclining posture. + +“I once lost a ring—a beautiful diamond hoop that had belonged to a +queen, and which was given to me by a farmer of the taxes, who +afterwards cut his throat because I sent him away. I thought it must +have been stolen, and taxed my people; but I could get no trace. The +police came and suggested that it had found its way to the drain. We +descended—I in my fine clothes, for I would not trust them with my +beautiful ring! I know more of the drains since then, and of rats, too! +but I shall never forget the horror of that place—alive with blazing +eyes, a wall of them just outside the light of our torches. Well, we +got beneath my house. We searched the outlet of the drain, and there in +the filth found my ring, and we came out. + +“But we found something else also before we came! As we were coming +toward the opening a lot of sewer rats—human ones this time—came +towards us. They told the police that one of their number had gone into +the drain, but had not returned. He had gone in only shortly before we +had, and, if lost, could hardly be far off. They asked help to seek +him, so we turned back. They tried to prevent me going, but I insisted. +It was a new excitement, and had I not recovered my ring? Not far did +we go till we came on something. There was but little water, and the +bottom of the drain was raised with brick, rubbish, and much matter of +the kind. He had made a fight for it, even when his torch had gone out. +But they were too many for him! They had not been long about it! The +bones were still warm; but they were picked clean. They had even eaten +their own dead ones and there were bones of rats as well as of the man. +They took it cool enough those other—the human ones—and joked of their +comrade when they found him dead, though they would have helped him +living. Bah! what matters it—life or death?” + +“And had you no fear?” I asked her. + +“Fear!” she said with a laugh. “Me have fear? Ask Pierre! But I was +younger then, and, as I came through that horrible drain with its wall +of greedy eyes, always moving with the circle of the light from the +torches, I did not feel easy. I kept on before the men, though! It is a +way I have! I never let the men get it before me. All I want is a +chance and a means! And they ate him up—took every trace away except +the bones; and no one knew it, nor no sound of him was ever heard!” +Here she broke into a chuckling fit of the ghastliest merriment which +it was ever my lot to hear and see. A great poetess describes her +heroine singing: “Oh! to see or hear her singing! Scarce I know which +is the divinest.” + +And I can apply the same idea to the old crone—in all save the +divinity, for I scarce could tell which was the most hellish—the harsh, +malicious, satisfied, cruel laugh, or the leering grin, and the +horrible square opening of the mouth like a tragic mask, and the yellow +gleam of the few discoloured teeth in the shapeless gums. In that laugh +and with that grin and the chuckling satisfaction I knew as well as if +it had been spoken to me in words of thunder that my murder was +settled, and the murderers only bided the proper time for its +accomplishment. I could read between the lines of her gruesome story +the commands to her accomplices. “Wait,” she seemed to say, “bide your +time. I shall strike the first blow. Find the weapon for me, and I +shall make the opportunity! He shall not escape! Keep him quiet, and +then no one will be wiser. There will be no outcry, and the rats will +do their work!” + +It was growing darker and darker; the night was coming. I stole a +glance round the shanty, still all the same! The bloody axe in the +corner, the heaps of filth, and the eyes on the bone heaps and in the +crannies of the floor. + +Pierre had been still ostensibly filling his pipe; he now struck a +light and began to puff away at it. The old woman said: + +“Dear heart, how dark it is! Pierre, like a good lad, light the lamp!” + +Pierre got up and with the lighted match in his hand touched the wick +of a lamp which hung at one side of the entrance to the shanty, and +which had a reflector that threw the light all over the place. It was +evidently that which was used for their sorting at night. + +“Not that, stupid! Not that! the lantern!” she called out to him. + +He immediately blew it out, saying: “All right, mother I’ll find it,” +and he hustled about the left corner of the room—the old woman saying +through the darkness: + +“The lantern! the lantern! Oh! That is the light that is most useful to +us poor folks. The lantern was the friend of the revolution! It is the +friend of the chiffonier! It helps us when all else fails.” + +Hardly had she said the word when there was a kind of creaking of the +whole place, and something was steadily dragged over the roof. + +Again I seemed to read between the lines of her words. I knew the +lesson of the lantern. + +“One of you get on the roof with a noose and strangle him as he passes +out if we fail within.” + +As I looked out of the opening I saw the loop of a rope outlined black +against the lurid sky. I was now, indeed, beset! + +Pierre was not long in finding the lantern. I kept my eyes fixed +through the darkness on the old woman. Pierre struck his light, and by +its flash I saw the old woman raise from the ground beside her where it +had mysteriously appeared, and then hide in the folds of her gown, a +long sharp knife or dagger. It seemed to be like a butcher’s sharpening +iron fined to a keen point. + +The lantern was lit. + +“Bring it here, Pierre,” she said. “Place it in the doorway where we +can see it. See how nice it is! It shuts out the darkness from us; it +is just right!” + +Just right for her and her purposes! It threw all its light on my face, +leaving in gloom the faces of both Pierre and the woman, who sat +outside of me on each side. + +I felt that the time of action was approaching, but I knew now that the +first signal and movement would come from the woman, and so watched +her. + +I was all unarmed, but I had made up my mind what to do. At the first +movement I would seize the butcher’s axe in the right-hand corner and +fight my way out. At least, I would die hard. I stole a glance round to +fix its exact locality so that I could not fail to seize it at the +first effort, for then, if ever, time and accuracy would be precious. + +Good God! It was gone! All the horror of the situation burst upon me; +but the bitterest thought of all was that if the issue of the terrible +position should be against me Alice would infallibly suffer. Either she +would believe me false—and any lover, or any one who has ever been one, +can imagine the bitterness of the thought—or else she would go on +loving long after I had been lost to her and to the world, so that her +life would be broken and embittered, shattered with disappointment and +despair. The very magnitude of the pain braced me up and nerved me to +bear the dread scrutiny of the plotters. + +I think I did not betray myself. The old woman was watching me as a cat +does a mouse; she had her right hand hidden in the folds of her gown, +clutching, I knew, that long, cruel-looking dagger. Had she seen any +disappointment in my face she would, I felt, have known that the moment +had come, and would have sprung on me like a tigress, certain of taking +me unprepared. + +I looked out into the night, and there I saw new cause for danger. +Before and around the hut were at a little distance some shadowy forms; +they were quite still, but I knew that they were all alert and on +guard. Small chance for me now in that direction. + +Again I stole a glance round the place. In moments of great excitement +and of great danger, which is excitement, the mind works very quickly, +and the keenness of the faculties which depend on the mind grows in +proportion. I now felt this. In an instant I took in the whole +situation. I saw that the axe had been taken through a small hole made +in one of the rotten boards. How rotten they must be to allow of such a +thing being done without a particle of noise. + +The hut was a regular murder-trap, and was guarded all around. A +garroter lay on the roof ready to entangle me with his noose if I +should escape the dagger of the old hag. In front the way was guarded +by I know not how many watchers. And at the back was a row of desperate +men—I had seen their eyes still through the crack in the boards of the +floor, when last I looked—as they lay prone waiting for the signal to +start erect. If it was to be ever, now for it! + +As nonchalantly as I could I turned slightly on my stool so as to get +my right leg well under me. Then with a sudden jump, turning my head, +and guarding it with my hands, and with the fighting instinct of the +knights of old, I breathed my lady’s name, and hurled myself against +the back wall of the hut. + +Watchful as they were, the suddenness of my movement surprised both +Pierre and the old woman. As I crashed through the rotten timbers I saw +the old woman rise with a leap like a tiger and heard her low gasp of +baffled rage. My feet lit on something that moved, and as I jumped away +I knew that I had stepped on the back of one of the row of men lying on +their faces outside the hut. I was torn with nails and splinters, but +otherwise unhurt. Breathless I rushed up the mound in front of me, +hearing as I went the dull crash of the shanty as it collapsed into a +mass. + +It was a nightmare climb. The mound, though but low, was awfully steep, +and with each step I took the mass of dust and cinders tore down with +me and gave way under my feet. The dust rose and choked me; it was +sickening, fœtid, awful; but my climb was, I felt, for life or death, +and I struggled on. The seconds seemed hours; but the few moments I had +in starting, combined with my youth and strength, gave me a great +advantage, and, though several forms struggled after me in deadly +silence which was more dreadful than any sound, I easily reached the +top. Since then I have climbed the cone of Vesuvius, and as I struggled +up that dreary steep amid the sulphurous fumes the memory of that awful +night at Montrouge came back to me so vividly that I almost grew faint. + +The mound was one of the tallest in the region of dust, and as I +struggled to the top, panting for breath and with my heart beating like +a sledge-hammer, I saw away to my left the dull red gleam of the sky, +and nearer still the flashing of lights. Thank God! I knew where I was +now and where lay the road to Paris! + +For two or three seconds I paused and looked back. My pursuers were +still well behind me, but struggling up resolutely, and in deadly +silence. Beyond, the shanty was a wreck—a mass of timber and moving +forms. I could see it well, for flames were already bursting out; the +rags and straw had evidently caught fire from the lantern. Still +silence there! Not a sound! These old wretches could die game, anyhow. + +I had no time for more than a passing glance, for as I cast an eye +round the mound preparatory to making my descent I saw several dark +forms rushing round on either side to cut me off on my way. It was now +a race for life. They were trying to head me on my way to Paris, and +with the instinct of the moment I dashed down to the right-hand side. I +was just in time, for, though I came as it seemed to me down the steep +in a few steps, the wary old men who were watching me turned back, and +one, as I rushed by into the opening between the two mounds in front, +almost struck me a blow with that terrible butcher’s axe. There could +surely not be two such weapons about! + +Then began a really horrible chase. I easily ran ahead of the old men, +and even when some younger ones and a few women joined in the hunt I +easily distanced them. But I did not know the way, and I could not even +guide myself by the light in the sky, for I was running away from it. I +had heard that, unless of conscious purpose, hunted men turn always to +the left, and so I found it now; and so, I suppose, knew also my +pursuers, who were more animals than men, and with cunning or instinct +had found out such secrets for themselves: for on finishing a quick +spurt, after which I intended to take a moment’s breathing space, I +suddenly saw ahead of me two or three forms swiftly passing behind a +mound to the right. + +I was in the spider’s web now indeed! But with the thought of this new +danger came the resource of the hunted, and so I darted down the next +turning to the right. I continued in this direction for some hundred +yards, and then, making a turn to the left again, felt certain that I +had, at any rate, avoided the danger of being surrounded. + +But not of pursuit, for on came the rabble after me, steady, dogged, +relentless, and still in grim silence. + +In the greater darkness the mounds seemed now to be somewhat smaller +than before, although—for the night was closing—they looked bigger in +proportion. I was now well ahead of my pursuers, so I made a dart up +the mound in front. + +Oh joy of joys! I was close to the edge of this inferno of dustheaps. +Away behind me the red light of Paris was in the sky, and towering up +behind rose the heights of Montmarte—a dim light, with here and there +brilliant points like stars. + +Restored to vigour in a moment, I ran over the few remaining mounds of +decreasing size, and found myself on the level land beyond. Even then, +however, the prospect was not inviting. All before me was dark and +dismal, and I had evidently come on one of those dank, low-lying waste +places which are found here and there in the neighbourhood of great +cities. Places of waste and desolation, where the space is required for +the ultimate agglomeration of all that is noxious, and the ground is so +poor as to create no desire of occupancy even in the lowest squatter. +With eyes accustomed to the gloom of the evening, and away now from the +shadows of those dreadful dustheaps, I could see much more easily than +I could a little while ago. It might have been, of course, that the +glare in the sky of the lights of Paris, though the city was some miles +away, was reflected here. Howsoever it was, I saw well enough to take +bearings for certainly some little distance around me. + +In front was a bleak, flat waste that seemed almost dead level, with +here and there the dark shimmering of stagnant pools. Seemingly far off +on the right, amid a small cluster of scattered lights, rose a dark +mass of Fort Montrouge, and away to the left in the dim distance, +pointed with stray gleams from cottage windows, the lights in the sky +showed the locality of Bicêtre. A moment’s thought decided me to take +to the right and try to reach Montrouge. There at least would be some +sort of safety, and I might possibly long before come on some of the +cross roads which I knew. Somewhere, not far off, must lie the +strategic road made to connect the outlying chain of forts circling the +city. + +Then I looked back. Coming over the mounds, and outlined black against +the glare of the Parisian horizon, I saw several moving figures, and +still a way to the right several more deploying out between me and my +destination. They evidently meant to cut me off in this direction, and +so my choice became constricted; it lay now between going straight +ahead or turning to the left. Stooping to the ground, so as to get the +advantage of the horizon as a line of sight, I looked carefully in this +direction, but could detect no sign of my enemies. I argued that as +they had not guarded or were not trying to guard that point, there was +evidently danger to me there already. So I made up my mind to go +straight on before me. + +It was not an inviting prospect, and as I went on the reality grew +worse. The ground became soft and oozy, and now and again gave way +beneath me in a sickening kind of way. I seemed somehow to be going +down, for I saw round me places seemingly more elevated than where I +was, and this in a place which from a little way back seemed dead +level. I looked around, but could see none of my pursuers. This was +strange, for all along these birds of the night had followed me through +the darkness as well as though it was broad daylight. How I blamed +myself for coming out in my light-coloured tourist suit of tweed. The +silence, and my not being able to see my enemies, whilst I felt that +they were watching me, grew appalling, and in the hope of some one not +of this ghastly crew hearing me I raised my voice and shouted several +times. There was not the slightest response; not even an echo rewarded +my efforts. For a while I stood stock still and kept my eyes in one +direction. On one of the rising places around me I saw something dark +move along, then another, and another. This was to my left, and +seemingly moving to head me off. + +I thought that again I might with my skill as a runner elude my enemies +at this game, and so with all my speed darted forward. + +Splash! + +My feet had given way in a mass of slimy rubbish, and I had fallen +headlong into a reeking, stagnant pool. The water and the mud in which +my arms sank up to the elbows was filthy and nauseous beyond +description, and in the suddenness of my fall I had actually swallowed +some of the filthy stuff, which nearly choked me, and made me gasp for +breath. Never shall I forget the moments during which I stood trying to +recover myself almost fainting from the fœtid odour of the filthy pool, +whose white mist rose ghostlike around. Worst of all, with the acute +despair of the hunted animal when he sees the pursuing pack closing on +him, I saw before my eyes whilst I stood helpless the dark forms of my +pursuers moving swiftly to surround me. + +It is curious how our minds work on odd matters even when the energies +of thought are seemingly concentrated on some terrible and pressing +need. I was in momentary peril of my life: my safety depended on my +action, and my choice of alternatives coming now with almost every step +I took, and yet I could not but think of the strange dogged persistency +of these old men. Their silent resolution, their steadfast, grim, +persistency even in such a cause commanded, as well as fear, even a +measure of respect. What must they have been in the vigour of their +youth. I could understand now that whirlwind rush on the bridge of +Arcola, that scornful exclamation of the Old Guard at Waterloo! +Unconscious cerebration has its own pleasures, even at such moments; +but fortunately it does not in any way clash with the thought from +which action springs. + +I realised at a glance that so far I was defeated in my object, my +enemies as yet had won. They had succeeded in surrounding me on three +sides, and were bent on driving me off to the left-hand, where there +was already some danger for me, for they had left no guard. I accepted +the alternative—it was a case of Hobson’s choice and run. I had to keep +the lower ground, for my pursuers were on the higher places. However, +though the ooze and broken ground impeded me my youth and training made +me able to hold my ground, and by keeping a diagonal line I not only +kept them from gaining on me but even began to distance them. This gave +me new heart and strength, and by this time habitual training was +beginning to tell and my second wind had come. Before me the ground +rose slightly. I rushed up the slope and found before me a waste of +watery slime, with a low dyke or bank looking black and grim beyond. I +felt that if I could but reach that dyke in safety I could there, with +solid ground under my feet and some kind of path to guide me, find with +comparative ease a way out of my troubles. After a glance right and +left and seeing no one near, I kept my eyes for a few minutes to their +rightful work of aiding my feet whilst I crossed the swamp. It was +rough, hard work, but there was little danger, merely toil; and a short +time took me to the dyke. I rushed up the slope exulting; but here +again I met a new shock. On either side of me rose a number of +crouching figures. From right and left they rushed at me. Each body +held a rope. + +The cordon was nearly complete. I could pass on neither side, and the +end was near. + +There was only one chance, and I took it. I hurled myself across the +dyke, and escaping out of the very clutches of my foes threw myself +into the stream. + +At any other time I should have thought that water foul and filthy, but +now it was as welcome as the most crystal stream to the parched +traveller. It was a highway of safety! + +My pursuers rushed after me. Had only one of them held the rope it +would have been all up with me, for he could have entangled me before I +had time to swim a stroke; but the many hands holding it embarrassed +and delayed them, and when the rope struck the water I heard the splash +well behind me. A few minutes’ hard swimming took me across the stream. +Refreshed with the immersion and encouraged by the escape, I climbed +the dyke in comparative gaiety of spirits. + +From the top I looked back. Through the darkness I saw my assailants +scattering up and down along the dyke. The pursuit was evidently not +ended, and again I had to choose my course. Beyond the dyke where I +stood was a wild, swampy space very similar to that which I had +crossed. I determined to shun such a place, and thought for a moment +whether I would take up or down the dyke. I thought I heard a sound—the +muffled sound of oars, so I listened, and then shouted. + +No response; but the sound ceased. My enemies had evidently got a boat +of some kind. As they were on the up side of me I took the down path +and began to run. As I passed to the left of where I had entered the +water I heard several splashes, soft and stealthy, like the sound a rat +makes as he plunges into the stream, but vastly greater; and as I +looked I saw the dark sheen of the water broken by the ripples of +several advancing heads. Some of my enemies were swimming the stream +also. + +And now behind me, up the stream, the silence was broken by the quick +rattle and creak of oars; my enemies were in hot pursuit. I put my best +leg foremost and ran on. After a break of a couple of minutes I looked +back, and by a gleam of light through the ragged clouds I saw several +dark forms climbing the bank behind me. The wind had now begun to rise, +and the water beside me was ruffled and beginning to break in tiny +waves on the bank. I had to keep my eyes pretty well on the ground +before me, lest I should stumble, for I knew that to stumble was death. +After a few minutes I looked back behind me. On the dyke were only a +few dark figures, but crossing the waste, swampy ground were many more. +What new danger this portended I did not know—could only guess. Then as +I ran it seemed to me that my track kept ever sloping away to the +right. I looked up ahead and saw that the river was much wider than +before, and that the dyke on which I stood fell quite away, and beyond +it was another stream on whose near bank I saw some of the dark forms +now across the marsh. I was on an island of some kind. + +My situation was now indeed terrible, for my enemies had hemmed me in +on every side. Behind came the quickening roll of the oars, as though +my pursuers knew that the end was close. Around me on every side was +desolation; there was not a roof or light, as far as I could see. Far +off to the right rose some dark mass, but what it was I knew not. For a +moment I paused to think what I should do, not for more, for my +pursuers were drawing closer. Then my mind was made up. I slipped down +the bank and took to the water. I struck out straight ahead so as to +gain the current by clearing the backwater of the island, for such I +presume it was, when I had passed into the stream. I waited till a +cloud came driving across the moon and leaving all in darkness. Then I +took off my hat and laid it softly on the water floating with the +stream, and a second after dived to the right and struck out under +water with all my might. I was, I suppose, half a minute under water, +and when I rose came up as softly as I could, and turning, looked back. +There went my light brown hat floating merrily away. Close behind it +came a rickety old boat, driven furiously by a pair of oars. The moon +was still partly obscured by the drifting clouds, but in the partial +light I could see a man in the bows holding aloft ready to strike what +appeared to me to be that same dreadful pole-axe which I had before +escaped. As I looked the boat drew closer, closer, and the man struck +savagely. The hat disappeared. The man fell forward, almost out of the +boat. His comrades dragged him in but without the axe, and then as I +turned with all my energies bent on reaching the further bank, I heard +the fierce whirr of the muttered “Sacre!” which marked the anger of my +baffled pursuers. + +That was the first sound I had heard from human lips during all this +dreadful chase, and full as it was of menace and danger to me it was a +welcome sound for it broke that awful silence which shrouded and +appalled me. It was as though an overt sign that my opponents were men +and not ghosts, and that with them I had, at least, the chance of a +man, though but one against many. + +But now that the spell of silence was broken the sounds came thick and +fast. From boat to shore and back from shore to boat came quick +question and answer, all in the fiercest whispers. I looked back—a +fatal thing to do—for in the instant someone caught sight of my face, +which showed white on the dark water, and shouted. Hands pointed to me, +and in a moment or two the boat was under weigh, and following hard +after me. I had but a little way to go, but quicker and quicker came +the boat after me. A few more strokes and I would be on the shore, but +I felt the oncoming of the boat, and expected each second to feel the +crash of an oar or other weapon on my head. Had I not seen that +dreadful axe disappear in the water I do not think that I could have +won the shore. I heard the muttered curses of those not rowing and the +laboured breath of the rowers. With one supreme effort for life or +liberty I touched the bank and sprang up it. There was not a single +second to spare, for hard behind me the boat grounded and several dark +forms sprang after me. I gained the top of the dyke, and keeping to the +left ran on again. The boat put off and followed down the stream. +Seeing this I feared danger in this direction, and quickly turning, ran +down the dyke on the other side, and after passing a short stretch of +marshy ground gained a wild, open flat country and sped on. + +Still behind me came on my relentless pursuers. Far away, below me, I +saw the same dark mass as before, but now grown closer and greater. My +heart gave a great thrill of delight, for I knew that it must be the +fortress of Bicêtre, and with new courage I ran on. I had heard that +between each and all of the protecting forts of Paris there are +strategic ways, deep sunk roads where soldiers marching should be +sheltered from an enemy. I knew that if I could gain this road I would +be safe, but in the darkness I could not see any sign of it, so, in +blind hope of striking it, I ran on. + +Presently I came to the edge of a deep cut, and found that down below +me ran a road guarded on each side by a ditch of water fenced on either +side by a straight, high wall. + +Getting fainter and dizzier, I ran on; the ground got more broken—more +and more still, till I staggered and fell, and rose again, and ran on +in the blind anguish of the hunted. Again the thought of Alice nerved +me. I would not be lost and wreck her life: I would fight and struggle +for life to the bitter end. With a great effort I caught the top of the +wall. As, scrambling like a catamount, I drew myself up, I actually +felt a hand touch the sole of my foot. I was now on a sort of causeway, +and before me I saw a dim light. Blind and dizzy, I ran on, staggered, +and fell, rising, covered with dust and blood. + +“Halt la!” + +The words sounded like a voice from heaven. A blaze of light seemed to +enwrap me, and I shouted with joy. + +“Qui va la?” The rattle of musketry, the flash of steel before my eyes. +Instinctively I stopped, though close behind me came a rush of my +pursuers. + +Another word or two, and out from a gateway poured, as it seemed to me, +a tide of red and blue, as the guard turned out. All around seemed +blazing with light, and the flash of steel, the clink and rattle of +arms, and the loud, harsh voices of command. As I fell forward, utterly +exhausted, a soldier caught me. I looked back in dreadful expectation, +and saw the mass of dark forms disappearing into the night. Then I must +have fainted. When I recovered my senses I was in the guard room. They +gave me brandy, and after a while I was able to tell them something of +what had passed. Then a commissary of police appeared, apparently out +of the empty air, as is the way of the Parisian police officer. He +listened attentively, and then had a moment’s consultation with the +officer in command. Apparently they were agreed, for they asked me if I +were ready now to come with them. + +“Where to?” I asked, rising to go. + +“Back to the dust heaps. We shall, perhaps, catch them yet!” + +“I shall try!” said I. + +He eyed me for a moment keenly, and said suddenly: + +“Would you like to wait a while or till tomorrow, young Englishman?” +This touched me to the quick, as, perhaps, he intended, and I jumped to +my feet. + +“Come now!” I said; “now! now! An Englishman is always ready for his +duty!” + +The commissary was a good fellow, as well as a shrewd one; he slapped +my shoulder kindly. “Brave garçon!” he said. “Forgive me, but I knew +what would do you most good. The guard is ready. Come!” + +And so, passing right through the guard room, and through a long +vaulted passage, we were out into the night. A few of the men in front +had powerful lanterns. Through courtyards and down a sloping way we +passed out through a low archway to a sunken road, the same that I had +seen in my flight. The order was given to get at the double, and with a +quick, springing stride, half run, half walk, the soldiers went swiftly +along. I felt my strength renewed again—such is the difference between +hunter and hunted. A very short distance took us to a low-lying pontoon +bridge across the stream, and evidently very little higher up than I +had struck it. Some effort had evidently been made to damage it, for +the ropes had all been cut, and one of the chains had been broken. I +heard the officer say to the commissary: + +“We are just in time! A few more minutes, and they would have destroyed +the bridge. Forward, quicker still!” and on we went. Again we reached a +pontoon on the winding stream; as we came up we heard the hollow boom +of the metal drums as the efforts to destroy the bridge was again +renewed. A word of command was given, and several men raised their +rifles. + +“Fire!” A volley rang out. There was a muffled cry, and the dark forms +dispersed. But the evil was done, and we saw the far end of the pontoon +swing into the stream. This was a serious delay, and it was nearly an +hour before we had renewed ropes and restored the bridge sufficiently +to allow us to cross. + +We renewed the chase. Quicker, quicker we went towards the dust heaps. + +After a time we came to a place that I knew. There were the remains of +a fire—a few smouldering wood ashes still cast a red glow, but the bulk +of the ashes were cold. I knew the site of the hut and the hill behind +it up which I had rushed, and in the flickering glow the eyes of the +rats still shone with a sort of phosphorescence. The commissary spoke a +word to the officer, and he cried: + +“Halt!” + +The soldiers were ordered to spread around and watch, and then we +commenced to examine the ruins. The commissary himself began to lift +away the charred boards and rubbish. These the soldiers took and piled +together. Presently he started back, then bent down and rising beckoned +me. + +“See!” he said. + +It was a gruesome sight. There lay a skeleton face downwards, a woman +by the lines—an old woman by the coarse fibre of the bone. Between the +ribs rose a long spike-like dagger made from a butcher’s sharpening +knife, its keen point buried in the spine. + +“You will observe,” said the commissary to the officer and to me as he +took out his note book, “that the woman must have fallen on her dagger. +The rats are many here—see their eyes glistening among that heap of +bones—and you will also notice”—I shuddered as he placed his hand on +the skeleton—“that but little time was lost by them, for the bones are +scarcely cold!” + +There was no other sign of any one near, living or dead; and so +deploying again into line the soldiers passed on. Presently we came to +the hut made of the old wardrobe. We approached. In five of the six +compartments was an old man sleeping—sleeping so soundly that even the +glare of the lanterns did not wake them. Old and grim and grizzled they +looked, with their gaunt, wrinkled, bronzed faces and their white +moustaches. + +The officer called out harshly and loudly a word of command, and in an +instant each one of them was on his feet before us and standing at +“attention!” + +“What do you here?” + +“We sleep,” was the answer. + +“Where are the other chiffoniers?” asked the commissary. + +“Gone to work.” + +“And you?” + +“We are on guard!” + +“Peste!” laughed the officer grimly, as he looked at the old men one +after the other in the face and added with cool deliberate cruelty: +“Asleep on duty! Is this the manner of the Old Guard? No wonder, then, +a Waterloo!” + +By the gleam of the lantern I saw the grim old faces grow deadly pale, +and almost shuddered at the look in the eyes of the old men as the +laugh of the soldiers echoed the grim pleasantry of the officer. + +I felt in that moment that I was in some measure avenged. + +For a moment they looked as if they would throw themselves on the +taunter, but years of their life had schooled them and they remained +still. + +“You are but five,” said the commissary; “where is the sixth?” The +answer came with a grim chuckle. + +“He is there!” and the speaker pointed to the bottom of the wardrobe. +“He died last night. You won’t find much of him. The burial of the rats +is quick!” + +The commissary stooped and looked in. Then he turned to the officer and +said calmly: + +“We may as well go back. No trace here now; nothing to prove that man +was the one wounded by your soldiers’ bullets! Probably they murdered +him to cover up the trace. See!” again he stooped and placed his hands +on the skeleton. “The rats work quickly and they are many. These bones +are warm!” + +I shuddered, and so did many more of those around me. + +“Form!” said the officer, and so in marching order, with the lanterns +swinging in front and the manacled veterans in the midst, with steady +tramp we took ourselves out of the dustheaps and turned backward to the +fortress of Bicêtre. + + +My year of probation has long since ended, and Alice is my wife. But +when I look back upon that trying twelvemonth one of the most vivid +incidents that memory recalls is that associated with my visit to the +City of Dust. + + + + +A Dream of Red Hands + + +The first opinion given to me regarding Jacob Settle was a simple +descriptive statement, “He’s a down-in-the-mouth chap”: but I found +that it embodied the thoughts and ideas of all his fellow-workmen. +There was in the phrase a certain easy tolerance, an absence of +positive feeling of any kind, rather than any complete opinion, which +marked pretty accurately the man’s place in public esteem. Still, there +was some dissimilarity between this and his appearance which +unconsciously set me thinking, and by degrees, as I saw more of the +place and the workmen, I came to have a special interest in him. He +was, I found, for ever doing kindnesses, not involving money expenses +beyond his humble means, but in the manifold ways of forethought and +forbearance and self-repression which are of the truer charities of +life. Women and children trusted him implicitly, though, strangely +enough, he rather shunned them, except when anyone was sick, and then +he made his appearance to help if he could, timidly and awkwardly. He +led a very solitary life, keeping house by himself in a tiny cottage, +or rather hut, of one room, far on the edge of the moorland. His +existence seemed so sad and solitary that I wished to cheer it up, and +for the purpose took the occasion when we had both been sitting up with +a child, injured by me through accident, to offer to lend him books. He +gladly accepted, and as we parted in the grey of the dawn I felt that +something of mutual confidence had been established between us. + +The books were always most carefully and punctually returned, and in +time Jacob Settle and I became quite friends. Once or twice as I +crossed the moorland on Sundays I looked in on him; but on such +occasions he was shy and ill at ease so that I felt diffident about +calling to see him. He would never under any circumstances come into my +own lodgings. + +One Sunday afternoon, I was coming back from a long walk beyond the +moor, and as I passed Settle’s cottage stopped at the door to say “How +do you do?” to him. As the door was shut, I thought that he was out, +and merely knocked for form’s sake, or through habit, not expecting to +get any answer. To my surprise, I heard a feeble voice from within, +though what was said I could not hear. I entered at once, and found +Jacob lying half-dressed upon his bed. He was as pale as death, and the +sweat was simply rolling off his face. His hands were unconsciously +gripping the bedclothes as a drowning man holds on to whatever he may +grasp. As I came in he half arose, with a wild, hunted look in his +eyes, which were wide open and staring, as though something of horror +had come before him; but when he recognised me he sank back on the +couch with a smothered sob of relief and closed his eyes. I stood by +him for a while, quite a minute or two, while he gasped. Then he opened +his eyes and looked at me, but with such a despairing, woeful +expression that, as I am a living man, I would have rather seen that +frozen look of horror. I sat down beside him and asked after his +health. For a while he would not answer me except to say that he was +not ill; but then, after scrutinising me closely, he half arose on his +elbow and said: + +“I thank you kindly, sir, but I’m simply telling you the truth. I am +not ill, as men call it, though God knows whether there be not worse +sicknesses than doctors know of. I’ll tell you, as you are so kind, but +I trust that you won’t even mention such a thing to a living soul, for +it might work me more and greater woe. I am suffering from a bad +dream.” + +“A bad dream!” I said, hoping to cheer him; “but dreams pass away with +the light—even with waking.” There I stopped, for before he spoke I saw +the answer in his desolate look round the little place. + +“No! no! that’s all well for people that live in comfort and with those +they love around them. It is a thousand times worse for those who live +alone and have to do so. What cheer is there for me, waking here in the +silence of the night, with the wide moor around me full of voices and +full of faces that make my waking a worse dream than my sleep? Ah, +young sir, you have no past that can send its legions to people the +darkness and the empty space, and I pray the good God that you may +never have!” As he spoke, there was such an almost irresistible gravity +of conviction in his manner that I abandoned my remonstrance about his +solitary life. I felt that I was in the presence of some secret +influence which I could not fathom. To my relief, for I knew not what +to say, he went on: + +“Two nights past have I dreamed it. It was hard enough the first night, +but I came through it. Last night the expectation was in itself almost +worse than the dream—until the dream came, and then it swept away every +remembrance of lesser pain. I stayed awake till just before the dawn, +and then it came again, and ever since I have been in such an agony as +I am sure the dying feel, and with it all the dread of tonight.” Before +he had got to the end of the sentence my mind was made up, and I felt +that I could speak to him more cheerfully. + +“Try and get to sleep early tonight—in fact, before the evening has +passed away. The sleep will refresh you, and I promise you there will +not be any bad dreams after tonight.” He shook his head hopelessly, so +I sat a little longer and then left him. + +When I got home I made my arrangements for the night, for I had made up +my mind to share Jacob Settle’s lonely vigil in his cottage on the +moor. I judged that if he got to sleep before sunset he would wake well +before midnight, and so, just as the bells of the city were striking +eleven, I stood opposite his door armed with a bag, in which were my +supper, an extra large flask, a couple of candles, and a book. The +moonlight was bright, and flooded the whole moor, till it was almost as +light as day; but ever and anon black clouds drove across the sky, and +made a darkness which by comparison seemed almost tangible. I opened +the door softly, and entered without waking Jacob, who lay asleep with +his white face upward. He was still, and again bathed in sweat. I tried +to imagine what visions were passing before those closed eyes which +could bring with them the misery and woe which were stamped on the +face, but fancy failed me, and I waited for the awakening. It came +suddenly, and in a fashion which touched me to the quick, for the +hollow groan that broke from the man’s white lips as he half arose and +sank back was manifestly the realisation or completion of some train of +thought which had gone before. + +“If this be dreaming,” said I to myself, “then it must be based on some +very terrible reality. What can have been that unhappy fact that he +spoke of?” + +While I thus spoke, he realised that I was with him. It struck me as +strange that he had no period of that doubt as to whether dream or +reality surrounded him which commonly marks an expected environment of +waking men. With a positive cry of joy, he seized my hand and held it +in his two wet, trembling hands, as a frightened child clings on to +someone whom it loves. I tried to soothe him: + +“There, there! it is all right. I have come to stay with you tonight, +and together we will try to fight this evil dream.” He let go my hand +suddenly, and sank back on his bed and covered his eyes with his hands. + +“Fight it?—the evil dream! Ah! no, sir, no! No mortal power can fight +that dream, for it comes from God—and is burned in here;” and he beat +upon his forehead. Then he went on: + +“It is the same dream, ever the same, and yet it grows in its power to +torture me every time it comes.” + +“What is the dream?” I asked, thinking that the speaking of it might +give him some relief, but he shrank away from me, and after a long +pause said: + +“No, I had better not tell it. It may not come again.” + +There was manifestly something to conceal from me—something that lay +behind the dream, so I answered: + +“All right. I hope you have seen the last of it. But if it should come +again, you will tell me, will you not? I ask, not out of curiosity, but +because I think it may relieve you to speak.” He answered with what I +thought was almost an undue amount of solemnity: + +“If it comes again, I shall tell you all.” + +Then I tried to get his mind away from the subject to more mundane +things, so I produced supper, and made him share it with me, including +the contents of the flask. After a little he braced up, and when I lit +my cigar, having given him another, we smoked a full hour, and talked +of many things. Little by little the comfort of his body stole over his +mind, and I could see sleep laying her gentle hands on his eyelids. He +felt it, too, and told me that now he felt all right, and I might +safely leave him; but I told him that, right or wrong, I was going to +see in the daylight. So I lit my other candle, and began to read as he +fell asleep. + +By degrees I got interested in my book, so interested that presently I +was startled by its dropping out of my hands. I looked and saw that +Jacob was still asleep, and I was rejoiced to see that there was on his +face a look of unwonted happiness, while his lips seemed to move with +unspoken words. Then I turned to my work again, and again woke, but +this time to feel chilled to my very marrow by hearing the voice from +the bed beside me: + +“Not with those red hands! Never! never!” On looking at him, I found +that he was still asleep. He woke, however, in an instant, and did not +seem surprised to see me; there was again that strange apathy as to his +surroundings. Then I said: + +“Settle, tell me your dream. You may speak freely, for I shall hold +your confidence sacred. While we both live I shall never mention what +you may choose to tell me.” + +He replied: + +“I said I would; but I had better tell you first what goes before the +dream, that you may understand. I was a schoolmaster when I was a very +young man; it was only a parish school in a little village in the West +Country. No need to mention any names. Better not. I was engaged to be +married to a young girl whom I loved and almost reverenced. It was the +old story. While we were waiting for the time when we could afford to +set up house together, another man came along. He was nearly as young +as I was, and handsome, and a gentleman, with all a gentleman’s +attractive ways for a woman of our class. He would go fishing, and she +would meet him while I was at my work in school. I reasoned with her +and implored her to give him up. I offered to get married at once and +go away and begin the world in a strange country; but she would not +listen to anything I could say, and I could see that she was infatuated +with him. Then I took it on myself to meet the man and ask him to deal +well with the girl, for I thought he might mean honestly by her, so +that there might be no talk or chance of talk on the part of others. I +went where I should meet him with none by, and we met!” Here Jacob +Settle had to pause, for something seemed to rise in his throat, and he +almost gasped for breath. Then he went on: + +“Sir, as God is above us, there was no selfish thought in my heart that +day, I loved my pretty Mabel too well to be content with a part of her +love, and I had thought of my own unhappiness too often not to have +come to realise that, whatever might come to her, my hope was gone. He +was insolent to me—you, sir, who are a gentleman, cannot know, perhaps, +how galling can be the insolence of one who is above you in station—but +I bore with that. I implored him to deal well with the girl, for what +might be only a pastime of an idle hour with him might be the breaking +of her heart. For I never had a thought of her truth, or that the worst +of harm could come to her—it was only the unhappiness to her heart I +feared. But when I asked him when he intended to marry her his laughter +galled me so that I lost my temper and told him that I would not stand +by and see her life made unhappy. Then he grew angry too, and in his +anger said such cruel things of her that then and there I swore he +should not live to do her harm. God knows how it came about, for in +such moments of passion it is hard to remember the steps from a word to +a blow, but I found myself standing over his dead body, with my hands +crimson with the blood that welled from his torn throat. We were alone +and he was a stranger, with none of his kin to seek for him and murder +does not always out—not all at once. His bones may be whitening still, +for all I know, in the pool of the river where I left him. No one +suspected his absence, or why it was, except my poor Mabel, and she +dared not speak. But it was all in vain, for when I came back again +after an absence of months—for I could not live in the place—I learned +that her shame had come and that she had died in it. Hitherto I had +been borne up by the thought that my ill deed had saved her future, but +now, when I learned that I had been too late, and that my poor love was +smirched with that man’s sin, I fled away with the sense of my useless +guilt upon me more heavily than I could bear. Ah! sir, you that have +not done such a sin don’t know what it is to carry it with you. You may +think that custom makes it easy to you, but it is not so. It grows and +grows with every hour, till it becomes intolerable, and with it +growing, too, the feeling that you must for ever stand outside Heaven. +You don’t know what that means, and I pray God that you never may. +Ordinary men, to whom all things are possible, don’t often, if ever, +think of Heaven. It is a name, and nothing more, and they are content +to wait and let things be, but to those who are doomed to be shut out +for ever you cannot think what it means, you cannot guess or measure +the terrible endless longing to see the gates opened, and to be able to +join the white figures within. + +“And this brings me to my dream. It seemed that the portal was before +me, with great gates of massive steel with bars of the thickness of a +mast, rising to the very clouds, and so close that between them was +just a glimpse of a crystal grotto, on whose shining walls were figured +many white-clad forms with faces radiant with joy. When I stood before +the gate my heart and my soul were so full of rapture and longing that +I forgot. And there stood at the gate two mighty angels with sweeping +wings, and, oh! so stern of countenance. They held each in one hand a +flaming sword, and in the other the latchet, which moved to and fro at +their lightest touch. Nearer were figures all draped in black, with +heads covered so that only the eyes were seen, and they handed to each +who came white garments such as the angels wear. A low murmur came that +told that all should put on their own robes, and without soil, or the +angels would not pass them in, but would smite them down with the +flaming swords. I was eager to don my own garment, and hurriedly threw +it over me and stepped swiftly to the gate; but it moved not, and the +angels, loosing the latchet, pointed to my dress, I looked down, and +was aghast, for the whole robe was smeared with blood. My hands were +red; they glittered with the blood that dripped from them as on that +day by the river bank. And then the angels raised their flaming swords +to smite me down, and the horror was complete—I awoke. Again, and +again, and again, that awful dream comes to me. I never learn from the +experience, I never remember, but at the beginning the hope is ever +there to make the end more appalling; and I know that the dream does +not come out of the common darkness where the dreams abide, but that it +is sent from God as a punishment! Never, never shall I be able to pass +the gate, for the soil on the angel garments must ever come from these +bloody hands!” + +I listened as in a spell as Jacob Settle spoke. There was something so +far away in the tone of his voice—something so dreamy and mystic in the +eyes that looked as if through me at some spirit beyond—something so +lofty in his very diction and in such marked contrast to his workworn +clothes and his poor surroundings that I wondered if the whole thing +were not a dream. + +We were both silent for a long time. I kept looking at the man before +me in growing wonderment. Now that his confession had been made, his +soul, which had been crushed to the very earth, seemed to leap back +again to uprightness with some resilient force. I suppose I ought to +have been horrified with his story, but, strange to say, I was not. It +certainly is not pleasant to be made the recipient of the confidence of +a murderer, but this poor fellow seemed to have had, not only so much +provocation, but so much self-denying purpose in his deed of blood that +I did not feel called upon to pass judgment upon him. My purpose was to +comfort, so I spoke out with what calmness I could, for my heart was +beating fast and heavily: + +“You need not despair, Jacob Settle. God is very good, and His mercy is +great. Live on and work on in the hope that some day you may feel that +you have atoned for the past.” Here I paused, for I could see that +deep, natural sleep this time, was creeping upon him. “Go to sleep,” I +said; “I shall watch with you here and we shall have no more evil +dreams tonight.” + +He made an effort to pull himself together, and answered: + +“I don’t know how to thank you for your goodness to me this night, but +I think you had best leave me now. I’ll try and sleep this out; I feel +a weight off my mind since I have told you all. If there’s anything of +the man left in me, I must try and fight out life alone.” + +“I’ll go tonight, as you wish it,” I said; “but take my advice, and do +not live in such a solitary way. Go among men and women; live among +them. Share their joys and sorrows, and it will help you to forget. +This solitude will make you melancholy mad.” + +“I will!” he answered, half unconsciously, for sleep was overmastering +him. + +I turned to go, and he looked after me. When I had touched the latch I +dropped it, and, coming back to the bed, held out my hand. He grasped +it with both his as he rose to a sitting posture, and I said my +goodnight, trying to cheer him: + +“Heart, man, heart! There is work in the world for you to do, Jacob +Settle. You can wear those white robes yet and pass through that gate +of steel!” + +Then I left him. + +A week after I found his cottage deserted, and on asking at the works +was told that he had “gone north”, no one exactly knew whither. + +Two years afterwards, I was staying for a few days with my friend Dr. +Munro in Glasgow. He was a busy man, and could not spare much time for +going about with me, so I spent my days in excursions to the Trossachs +and Loch Katrine and down the Clyde. On the second last evening of my +stay I came back somewhat later than I had arranged, but found that my +host was late too. The maid told me that he had been sent for to the +hospital—a case of accident at the gas-works, and the dinner was +postponed an hour; so telling her I would stroll down to find her +master and walk back with him, I went out. At the hospital I found him +washing his hands preparatory to starting for home. Casually, I asked +him what his case was. + +“Oh, the usual thing! A rotten rope and men’s lives of no account. Two +men were working in a gasometer, when the rope that held their +scaffolding broke. It must have occurred just before the dinner hour, +for no one noticed their absence till the men had returned. There was +about seven feet of water in the gasometer, so they had a hard fight +for it, poor fellows. However, one of them was alive, just alive, but +we have had a hard job to pull him through. It seems that he owes his +life to his mate, for I have never heard of greater heroism. They swam +together while their strength lasted, but at the end they were so done +up that even the lights above, and the men slung with ropes, coming +down to help them, could not keep them up. But one of them stood on the +bottom and held up his comrade over his head, and those few breaths +made all the difference between life and death. They were a shocking +sight when they were taken out, for that water is like a purple dye +with the gas and the tar. The man upstairs looked as if he had been +washed in blood. Ugh!” + +“And the other?” + +“Oh, he’s worse still. But he must have been a very noble fellow. That +struggle under the water must have been fearful; one can see that by +the way the blood has been drawn from the extremities. It makes the +idea of the _Stigmata_ possible to look at him. Resolution like this +could, you would think, do anything in the world. Ay! it might almost +unbar the gates of Heaven. Look here, old man, it is not a very +pleasant sight, especially just before dinner, but you are a writer, +and this is an odd case. Here is something you would not like to miss, +for in all human probability you will never see anything like it +again.” While he was speaking he had brought me into the mortuary of +the hospital. + +On the bier lay a body covered with a white sheet, which was wrapped +close round it. + +“Looks like a chrysalis, don’t it? I say, Jack, if there be anything in +the old myth that a soul is typified by a butterfly, well, then the one +that this chrysalis sent forth was a very noble specimen and took all +the sunlight on its wings. See here!” He uncovered the face. Horrible, +indeed, it looked, as though stained with blood. But I knew him at +once, Jacob Settle! My friend pulled the winding sheet further down. + +The hands were crossed on the purple breast as they had been reverently +placed by some tender-hearted person. As I saw them my heart throbbed +with a great exultation, for the memory of his harrowing dream rushed +across my mind. There was no stain now on those poor, brave hands, for +they were blanched white as snow. + +And somehow as I looked I felt that the evil dream was all over. That +noble soul had won a way through the gate at last. The white robe had +now no stain from the hands that had put it on. + + + + +Crooken Sands + + +Mr Arthur Fernlee Markam, who took what was known as the Red House +above the Mains of Crooken, was a London merchant, and being +essentially a cockney, thought it necessary when he went for the summer +holidays to Scotland to provide an entire rig-out as a Highland +chieftain, as manifested in chromolithographs and on the music-hall +stage. He had once seen in the Empire the Great Prince—“The Bounder +King”—bring down the house by appearing as “The MacSlogan of that Ilk,” +and singing the celebrated Scotch song, “There’s naething like haggis +to mak a mon dry!” and he had ever since preserved in his mind a +faithful image of the picturesque and warlike appearance which he +presented. Indeed, if the true inwardness of Mr. Markam’s mind on the +subject of his selection of Aberdeenshire as a summer resort were +known, it would be found that in the foreground of the holiday locality +which his fancy painted stalked the many hued figure of the MacSlogan +of that Ilk. However, be this as it may, a very kind fortune—certainly +so far as external beauty was concerned—led him to the choice of +Crooken Bay. It is a lovely spot, between Aberdeen and Peterhead, just +under the rock-bound headland whence the long, dangerous reefs known as +The Spurs run out into the North Sea. Between this and the “Mains of +Crooken”—a village sheltered by the northern cliffs—lies the deep bay, +backed with a multitude of bent-grown dunes where the rabbits are to be +found in thousands. Thus at either end of the bay is a rocky +promontory, and when the dawn or the sunset falls on the rocks of red +syenite the effect is very lovely. The bay itself is floored with level +sand and the tide runs far out, leaving a smooth waste of hard sand on +which are dotted here and there the stake nets and bag nets of the +salmon fishers. At one end of the bay there is a little group or +cluster of rocks whose heads are raised something above high water, +except when in rough weather the waves come over them green. At low +tide they are exposed down to sand level; and here is perhaps the only +little bit of dangerous sand on this part of the eastern coast. Between +the rocks, which are apart about some fifty feet, is a small quicksand, +which, like the Goodwins, is dangerous only with the incoming tide. It +extends outwards till it is lost in the sea, and inwards till it fades +away in the hard sand of the upper beach. On the slope of the hill +which rises beyond the dunes, midway between the Spurs and the Port of +Crooken, is the Red House. It rises from the midst of a clump of +fir-trees which protect it on three sides, leaving the whole sea front +open. A trim old-fashioned garden stretches down to the roadway, on +crossing which a grassy path, which can be used for light vehicles, +threads a way to the shore, winding amongst the sand hills. + +When the Markam family arrived at the Red House after their thirty-six +hours of pitching on the Aberdeen steamer _Ban Righ_ from Blackwall, +with the subsequent train to Yellon and drive of a dozen miles, they +all agreed that they had never seen a more delightful spot. The general +satisfaction was more marked as at that very time none of the family +were, for several reasons, inclined to find favourable anything or any +place over the Scottish border. Though the family was a large one, the +prosperity of the business allowed them all sorts of personal luxuries, +amongst which was a wide latitude in the way of dress. The frequency of +the Markam girls’ new frocks was a source of envy to their bosom +friends and of joy to themselves. + +Arthur Fernlee Markam had not taken his family into his confidence +regarding his new costume. He was not quite certain that he should be +free from ridicule, or at least from sarcasm, and as he was sensitive +on the subject, he thought it better to be actually in the suitable +environment before he allowed the full splendour to burst upon them. He +had taken some pains, to insure the completeness of the Highland +costume. For the purpose he had paid many visits to “The Scotch +All-Wool Tartan Clothing Mart” which had been lately established in +Copthall-court by the Messrs. MacCallum More and Roderick MacDhu. He +had anxious consultations with the head of the firm—MacCallum as he +called himself, resenting any such additions as “Mr.” or “Esquire.” The +known stock of buckles, buttons, straps, brooches and ornaments of all +kinds were examined in critical detail; and at last an eagle’s feather +of sufficiently magnificent proportions was discovered, and the +equipment was complete. It was only when he saw the finished costume, +with the vivid hues of the tartan seemingly modified into comparative +sobriety by the multitude of silver fittings, the cairngorm brooches, +the philibeg, dirk and sporran that he was fully and absolutely +satisfied with his choice. At first he had thought of the Royal Stuart +dress tartan, but abandoned it on the MacCallum pointing out that if he +should happen to be in the neighbourhood of Balmoral it might lead to +complications. The MacCallum, who, by the way, spoke with a remarkable +cockney accent, suggested other plaids in turn; but now that the other +question of accuracy had been raised, Mr. Markam foresaw difficulties +if he should by chance find himself in the locality of the clan whose +colours he had usurped. The MacCallum at last undertook to have, at +Markam’s expense, a special pattern woven which would not be exactly +the same as any existing tartan, though partaking of the +characteristics of many. It was based on the Royal Stuart, but +contained suggestions as to simplicity of pattern from the Macalister +and Ogilvie clans, and as to neutrality of colour from the clans of +Buchanan, Macbeth, Chief of Macintosh and Macleod. When the specimen +had been shown to Markam he had feared somewhat lest it should strike +the eye of his domestic circle as gaudy; but as Roderick MacDhu fell +into perfect ecstasies over its beauty he did not make any objection to +the completion of the piece. He thought, and wisely, that if a genuine +Scotchman like MacDhu liked it, it must be right—especially as the +junior partner was a man very much of his own build and appearance. +When the MacCallum was receiving his cheque—which, by the way, was a +pretty stiff one—he remarked: + +“I’ve taken the liberty of having some more of the stuff woven in case +you or any of your friends should want it.” Markam was gratified, and +told him that he should be only too happy if the beautiful stuff which +they had originated between them should become a favourite, as he had +no doubt it would in time. He might make and sell as much as he would. + +Markam tried the dress on in his office one evening after the clerks +had all gone home. He was pleased, though a little frightened, at the +result. The MacCallum had done his work thoroughly, and there was +nothing omitted that could add to the martial dignity of the wearer. + +“I shall not, of course, take the claymore and the pistols with me on +ordinary occasions,” said Markam to himself as he began to undress. He +determined that he would wear the dress for the first time on landing +in Scotland, and accordingly on the morning when the _Ban Righ_ was +hanging off the Girdle Ness lighthouse, waiting for the tide to enter +the port of Aberdeen, he emerged from his cabin in all the gaudy +splendour of his new costume. The first comment he heard was from one +of his own sons, who did not recognise him at first. + +“Here’s a guy! Great Scott! It’s the governor!” And the boy fled +forthwith and tried to bury his laughter under a cushion in the saloon. +Markam was a good sailor and had not suffered from the pitching of the +boat, so that his naturally rubicund face was even more rosy by the +conscious blush which suffused his cheeks when he had found himself at +once the cynosure of all eyes. He could have wished that he had not +been so bold for he knew from the cold that there was a big bare spot +under one side of his jauntily worn Glengarry cap. However, he faced +the group of strangers boldly. He was not, outwardly, upset even when +some of the comments reached his ears. + +“He’s off his bloomin’ chump,” said a cockney in a suit of exaggerated +plaid. + +“There’s flies on him,” said a tall thin Yankee, pale with +sea-sickness, who was on his way to take up his residence for a time as +close as he could get to the gates of Balmoral. + +“Happy thought! Let us fill our mulls; now’s the chance!” said a young +Oxford man on his way home to Inverness. But presently Mr. Markam heard +the voice of his eldest daughter. + +“Where is he? Where is he?” and she came tearing along the deck with +her hat blowing behind her. Her face showed signs of agitation, for her +mother had just been telling her of her father’s condition; but when +she saw him she instantly burst into laughter so violent that it ended +in a fit of hysterics. Something of the same kind happened to each of +the other children. When they had all had their turn Mr. Markam went to +his cabin and sent his wife’s maid to tell each member of the family +that he wanted to see them at once. They all made their appearance, +suppressing their feelings as well as they could. He said to them very +quietly: + +“My dears, don’t I provide you all with ample allowances?” + +“Yes, father!” they all answered gravely, “no one could be more +generous!” + +“Don’t I let you dress as you please?” + +“Yes, father!”—this a little sheepishly. + +“Then, my dears, don’t you think it would be nicer and kinder of you +not to try and make me feel uncomfortable, even if I do assume a dress +which is ridiculous in your eyes, though quite common enough in the +country where we are about to sojourn?” There was no answer except that +which appeared in their hanging heads. He was a good father and they +all knew it. He was quite satisfied and went on: + +“There, now, run away and enjoy yourselves! We shan’t have another word +about it.” Then he went on deck again and stood bravely the fire of +ridicule which he recognised around him, though nothing more was said +within his hearing. + +The astonishment and the amusement which his get-up occasioned on the +_Ban Righ_ was, however, nothing to that which it created in Aberdeen. +The boys and loafers, and women with babies, who waited at the landing +shed, followed _en masse_ as the Markam party took their way to the +railway station; even the porters with their old-fashioned knots and +their new-fashioned barrows, who await the traveller at the foot of the +gang-plank, followed in wondering delight. Fortunately the Peterhead +train was just about to start, so that the martyrdom was not +unnecessarily prolonged. In the carriage the glorious Highland costume +was unseen, and as there were but few persons at the station at Yellon, +all went well there. When, however, the carriage drew near the Mains of +Crooken and the fisher folk had run to their doors to see who it was +that was passing, the excitement exceeded all bounds. The children with +one impulse waved their bonnets and ran shouting behind the carriage; +the men forsook their nets and their baiting and followed; the women +clutched their babies, and followed also. The horses were tired after +their long journey to Yellon and back, and the hill was steep, so that +there was ample time for the crowd to gather and even to pass on ahead. + +Mrs. Markam and the elder girls would have liked to make some protest +or to do something to relieve their feelings of chagrin at the ridicule +which they saw on all faces, but there was a look of fixed +determination on the face of the seeming Highlander which awed them a +little, and they were silent. It might have been that the eagle’s +feather, even when arising above the bald head, the cairngorm brooch +even on the fat shoulder, and the claymore, dirk and pistols, even when +belted round the extensive paunch and protruding from the stocking on +the sturdy calf, fulfilled their existence as symbols of martial and +terrifying import! When the party arrived at the gate of the Red House +there awaited them a crowd of Crooken inhabitants, hatless and +respectfully silent; the remainder of the population was painfully +toiling up the hill. The silence was broken by only one sound, that of +a man with a deep voice. + +“Man! but he’s forgotten the pipes!” + +The servants had arrived some days before, and all things were in +readiness. In the glow consequent on a good lunch after a hard journey +all the disagreeables of travel and all the chagrin consequent on the +adoption of the obnoxious costume were forgotten. + +That afternoon Markam, still clad in full array, walked through the +Mains of Crooken. He was all alone, for, strange to say, his wife and +both daughters had sick headaches, and were, as he was told, lying down +to rest after the fatigue of the journey. His eldest son, who claimed +to be a young man, had gone out by himself to explore the surroundings +of the place, and one of the boys could not be found. The other boy, on +being told that his father had sent for him to come for a walk, had +managed—by accident, of course—to fall into the water butt, and had to +be dried and rigged out afresh. His clothes not having been as yet +unpacked this was of course impossible without delay. + +Mr. Markam was not quite satisfied with his walk. He could not meet any +of his neighbours. It was not that there were not enough people about, +for every house and cottage seemed to be full; but the people when in +the open were either in their doorways some distance behind him, or on +the roadway a long distance in front. As he passed he could see the +tops of heads and the whites of eyes in the windows or round the +corners of doors. The only interview which he had was anything but a +pleasant one. This was with an odd sort of old man who was hardly ever +heard to speak except to join in the “Amens” in the meeting-house. His +sole occupation seemed to be to wait at the window of the post-office +from eight o’clock in the morning till the arrival of the mail at one, +when he carried the letter-bag to a neighbouring baronial castle. The +remainder of his day was spent on a seat in a draughty part of the +port, where the offal of the fish, the refuse of the bait, and the +house rubbish was thrown, and where the ducks were accustomed to hold +high revel. + +When Saft Tammie beheld him coming he raised his eyes, which were +generally fixed on the nothing which lay on the roadway opposite his +seat, and, seeming dazzled as if by a burst of sunshine, rubbed them +and shaded them with his hand. Then he started up and raised his hand +aloft in a denunciatory manner as he spoke:— + +“‘Vanity of vanities, saith the preacher. All is vanity.’ Mon, be +warned in time! ‘Behold the lilies of the field, they toil not, neither +do they spin, yet Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of +these.’ Mon! Mon! Thy vanity is as the quicksand which swallows up all +which comes within its spell. Beware vanity! Beware the quicksand, +which yawneth for thee, and which will swallow thee up! See thyself! +Learn thine own vanity! Meet thyself face to face, and then in that +moment thou shalt learn the fatal force of thy vanity. Learn it, know +it, and repent ere the quicksand swallow thee!” Then without another +word he went back to his seat and sat there immovable and +expressionless as before. + +Markam could not but feel a little upset by this tirade. Only that it +was spoken by a seeming madman, he would have put it down to some +eccentric exhibition of Scottish humour or impudence; but the gravity +of the message—for it seemed nothing else—made such a reading +impossible. He was, however, determined not to give in to ridicule, and +although he had not yet seen anything in Scotland to remind him even of +a kilt, he determined to wear his Highland dress. When he returned +home, in less than half-an-hour, he found that every member of the +family was, despite the headaches, out taking a walk. He took the +opportunity afforded by their absence of locking himself in his +dressing-room, took off the Highland dress, and, putting on a suit of +flannels, lit a cigar and had a snooze. He was awakened by the noise of +the family coming in, and at once donning his dress made his appearance +in the drawing-room for tea. + +He did not go out again that afternoon; but after dinner he put on his +dress again—he had, of course dressed for dinner as usual—and went by +himself for a walk on the sea-shore. He had by this time come to the +conclusion that he would get by degrees accustomed to the Highland +dress before making it his ordinary wear. The moon was up and he easily +followed the path through the sand-hills, and shortly struck the shore. +The tide was out and the beach firm as a rock, so he strolled +southwards to nearly the end of the bay. Here he was attracted by two +isolated rocks some little way out from the edge of the dunes, so he +strolled towards them. When he reached the nearest one he climbed it, +and, sitting there elevated some fifteen or twenty feet over the waste +of sand, enjoyed the lovely, peaceful prospect. The moon was rising +behind the headland of Pennyfold, and its light was just touching the +top of the furthermost rock of the Spurs some three-quarters of a mile +out; the rest of the rocks were in dark shadow. As the moon rose over +the headland, the rocks of the Spurs and then the beach by degrees +became flooded with light. + +For a good while Mr. Markam sat and looked at the rising moon and the +growing area of light which followed its rise. Then he turned and faced +eastwards and sat with his chin in his hand looking seawards, and +revelling in the peace and beauty and freedom of the scene. The roar of +London—the darkness and the strife and weariness of London life—seemed +to have passed quite away, and he lived at the moment a freer and +higher life. He looked at the glistening water as it stole its way over +the flat waste of sand, coming closer and closer insensibly—the tide +had turned. Presently he heard a distant shouting along the beach very +far off. + +“The fishermen calling to each other,” he said to himself and looked +around. As he did so he got a horrible shock, for though just then a +cloud sailed across the moon he saw, in spite of the sudden darkness +around him, his own image. For an instant, on the top of the opposite +rock he could see the bald back of the head and the Glengarry cap with +the immense eagle’s feather. As he staggered back his foot slipped, and +he began to slide down towards the sand between the two rocks. He took +no concern as to falling, for the sand was really only a few feet below +him, and his mind was occupied with the figure or simulacrum of +himself, which had already disappeared. As the easiest way of reaching +_terra firma_ he prepared to jump the remainder of the distance. All +this had taken but a second, but the brain works quickly, and even as +he gathered himself for the spring he saw the sand below him lying so +marbly level shake and shiver in an odd way. A sudden fear overcame +him; his knees failed, and instead of jumping he slid miserably down +the rock, scratching his bare legs as he went. His feet touched the +sand—went through it like water—and he was down below his knees before +he realised that he was in a quicksand. Wildly he grasped at the rock +to keep himself from sinking further, and fortunately there was a +jutting spur or edge which he was able to grasp instinctively. To this +he clung in grim desperation. He tried to shout, but his breath would +not come, till after a great effort his voice rang out. Again he +shouted, and it seemed as if the sound of his own voice gave him new +courage, for he was able to hold on to the rock for a longer time than +he thought possible—though he held on only in blind desperation. He +was, however, beginning to find his grasp weakening, when, joy of joys! +his shout was answered by a rough voice from just above him. + +“God be thankit, I’m nae too late!” and a fisherman with great +thigh-boots came hurriedly climbing over the rock. In an instant he +recognised the gravity of the danger, and with a cheering “Haud fast, +mon! I’m comin’!” scrambled down till he found a firm foothold. Then +with one strong hand holding the rock above, he leaned down, and +catching Markam’s wrist, called out to him, “Haud to me, mon! Haud to +me wi’ ither hond!” + +Then he lent his great strength, and with a steady, sturdy pull, +dragged him out of the hungry quicksand and placed him safe upon the +rock. Hardly giving him time to draw breath, he pulled and pushed +him—never letting him go for an instant—over the rock into the firm +sand beyond it, and finally deposited him, still shaking from the +magnitude of his danger, high upon the beach. Then he began to speak: + +“Mon! but I was just in time. If I had no laucht at yon foolish lads +and begun to rin at the first you’d a bin sinkin’ doon to the bowels o’ +the airth be the noo! Wully Beagrie thocht you was a ghaist, and Tom +MacPhail swore ye was only like a goblin on a puddick-steel! ‘Na!’ said +I. ‘Yon’s but the daft Englishman—the loony that had escapit frae the +waxwarks.’ I was thinkin’ that bein’ strange and silly—if not a +whole-made feel—ye’d no ken the ways o’ the quicksan’! I shouted till +warn ye, and then ran to drag ye aff, if need be. But God be thankit, +be ye fule or only half-daft wi’ yer vanity, that I was no that late!” +and he reverently lifted his cap as he spoke. + +Mr. Markam was deeply touched and thankful for his escape from a +horrible death; but the sting of the charge of vanity thus made once +more against him came through his humility. He was about to reply +angrily, when suddenly a great awe fell upon him as he remembered the +warning words of the half-crazy letter-carrier: “Meet thyself face to +face, and repent ere the quicksand shall swallow thee!” + +Here, too, he remembered the image of himself that he had seen and the +sudden danger from the deadly quicksand that had followed. He was +silent a full minute, and then said: + +“My good fellow, I owe you my life!” + +The answer came with reverence from the hardy fisherman, “Na! Na! Ye +owe that to God; but, as for me, I’m only too glad till be the humble +instrument o’ His mercy.” + +“But you will let me thank you,” said Mr. Markam, taking both the great +hands of his deliverer in his and holding them tight. “My heart is too +full as yet, and my nerves are too much shaken to let me say much; but, +believe me, I am very, very grateful!” It was quite evident that the +poor old fellow was deeply touched, for the tears were running down his +cheeks. + +The fisherman said, with a rough but true courtesy: + +“Ay, sir! thank me and ye will—if it’ll do yer poor heart good. An’ I’m +thinking that if it were me I’d be thankful too. But, sir, as for me I +need no thanks. I am glad, so I am!” + +That Arthur Fernlee Markam was really thankful and grateful was shown +practically later on. Within a week’s time there sailed into Port +Crooken the finest fishing smack that had ever been seen in the harbour +of Peterhead. She was fully found with sails and gear of all kinds, and +with nets of the best. Her master and men went away by the coach, after +having left with the salmon-fisher’s wife the papers which made her +over to him. + +As Mr. Markam and the salmon-fisher walked together along the shore the +former asked his companion not to mention the fact that he had been in +such imminent danger, for that it would only distress his dear wife and +children. He said that he would warn them all of the quicksand, and for +that purpose he, then and there, asked questions about it till he felt +that his information on the subject was complete. Before they parted he +asked his companion if he had happened to see a second figure, dressed +like himself on the other rock as he had approached to succour him. + +“Na! Na!” came the answer, “there is nae sic another fule in these +parts. Nor has there been since the time o’ Jamie Fleeman—him that was +fule to the Laird o’ Udny. Why, mon! sic a heathenish dress as ye have +on till ye has nae been seen in these pairts within the memory o’ mon. +An’ I’m thinkin’ that sic a dress never was for sittin’ on the cauld +rock, as ye done beyont. Mon! but do ye no fear the rheumatism or the +lumbagy wi’ floppin’ doon on to the cauld stanes wi’ yer bare flesh? I +was thinking that it was daft ye waur when I see ye the mornin’ doon be +the port, but it’s fule or eediot ye maun be for the like o’ thot!” Mr. +Markam did not care to argue the point, and as they were now close to +his own home he asked the salmon-fisher to have a glass of whisky—which +he did—and they parted for the night. He took good care to warn all his +family of the quicksand, telling them that he had himself been in some +danger from it. + +All that night he never slept. He heard the hours strike one after the +other; but try how he would he could not get to sleep. Over and over +again he went through the horrible episode of the quicksand, from the +time that Saft Tammie had broken his habitual silence to preach to him +of the sin of vanity and to warn him. The question kept ever arising in +his mind: “Am I then so vain as to be in the ranks of the foolish?” and +the answer ever came in the words of the crazy prophet: “‘Vanity of +vanities! All is vanity.’ Meet thyself face to face, and repent ere the +quicksand shall swallow thee!” Somehow a feeling of doom began to shape +itself in his mind that he would yet perish in that same quicksand, for +there he had already met himself face to face. + +In the grey of the morning he dozed off, but it was evident that he +continued the subject in his dreams, for he was fully awakened by his +wife, who said: + +“Do sleep quietly! That blessed Highland suit has got on your brain. +Don’t talk in your sleep, if you can help it!” He was somehow conscious +of a glad feeling, as if some terrible weight had been lifted from him, +but he did not know any cause of it. He asked his wife what he had said +in his sleep, and she answered: + +“You said it often enough, goodness knows, for one to remember it—‘Not +face to face! I saw the eagle plume over the bald head! There is hope +yet! Not face to face!’ Go to sleep! Do!” And then he did go to sleep, +for he seemed to realise that the prophecy of the crazy man had not yet +been fulfilled. He had not met himself face to face—as yet at all +events. + +He was awakened early by a maid who came to tell him that there was a +fisherman at the door who wanted to see him. He dressed himself as +quickly as he could—for he was not yet expert with the Highland +dress—and hurried down, not wishing to keep the salmon-fisher waiting. +He was surprised and not altogether pleased to find that his visitor +was none other than Saft Tammie, who at once opened fire on him: + +“I maun gang awa’ t’ the post; but I thocht that I would waste an hour +on ye, and ca’ roond just to see if ye waur still that fou wi’ vanity +as on the nicht gane by. An I see that ye’ve no learned the lesson. +Well! the time is comin’, sure eneucht! However I have all the time i’ +the marnins to my ain sel’, so I’ll aye look roond jist till see how ye +gang yer ain gait to the quicksan’, and then to the de’il! I’m aff till +ma wark the noo!” And he went straightway, leaving Mr. Markam +considerably vexed, for the maids within earshot were vainly trying to +conceal their giggles. He had fairly made up his mind to wear on that +day ordinary clothes, but the visit of Saft Tammie reversed his +decision. He would show them all that he was not a coward, and he would +go on as he had begun—come what might. When he came to breakfast in +full martial panoply the children, one and all, held down their heads +and the backs of their necks became very red indeed. As, however, none +of them laughed—except Titus, the youngest boy, who was seized with a +fit of hysterical choking and was promptly banished from the room—he +could not reprove them, but began to break his egg with a sternly +determined air. It was unfortunate that as his wife was handing him a +cup of tea one of the buttons of his sleeve caught in the lace of her +morning wrapper, with the result that the hot tea was spilt over his +bare knees. Not unnaturally, he made use of a swear word, whereupon his +wife, somewhat nettled, spoke out: + +“Well, Arthur, if you will make such an idiot of yourself with that +ridiculous costume what else can you expect? You are not accustomed to +it—and you never will be!” In answer he began an indignant speech with: +“Madam!” but he got no further, for now that the subject was broached, +Mrs. Markam intended to have her say out. It was not a pleasant say, +and, truth to tell, it was not said in a pleasant manner. A wife’s +manner seldom is pleasant when she undertakes to tell what she +considers “truths” to her husband. The result was that Arthur Fernlee +Markam undertook, then and there, that during his stay in Scotland he +would wear no other costume than the one she abused. Woman-like his +wife had the last word—given in this case with tears: + +“Very well, Arthur! Of course you will do as you choose. Make me as +ridiculous as you can, and spoil the poor girls’ chances in life. Young +men don’t seem to care, as a general rule, for an idiot father-in-law! +But I must warn you that your vanity will some day get a rude shock—if +indeed you are not before then in an asylum or dead!” + +It was manifest after a few days that Mr. Markam would have to take the +major part of his outdoor exercise by himself. The girls now and again +took a walk with him, chiefly in the early morning or late at night, or +on a wet day when there would be no one about; they professed to be +willing to go out at all times, but somehow something always seemed to +occur to prevent it. The boys could never be found at all on such +occasions, and as to Mrs. Markam she sternly refused to go out with him +on any consideration so long as he should continue to make a fool of +himself. On the Sunday he dressed himself in his habitual broadcloth, +for he rightly felt that church was not a place for angry feelings; but +on Monday morning he resumed his Highland garb. By this time he would +have given a good deal if he had never thought of the dress, but his +British obstinacy was strong, and he would not give in. Saft Tammie +called at his house every morning, and, not being able to see him nor +to have any message taken to him, used to call back in the afternoon +when the letter-bag had been delivered and watched for his going out. +On such occasions he never failed to warn him against his vanity in the +same words which he had used at the first. Before many days were over +Mr. Markam had come to look upon him as little short of a scourge. + +By the time the week was out the enforced partial solitude, the +constant chagrin, and the never-ending brooding which was thus +engendered, began to make Mr. Markam quite ill. He was too proud to +take any of his family into his confidence since they had in his view +treated him very badly. Then he did not sleep well at night, and when +he did sleep he had constantly bad dreams. Merely to assure himself +that his pluck was not failing him he made it a practice to visit the +quicksand at least once every day; he hardly ever failed to go there +the last thing at night. It was perhaps this habit that wrought the +quicksand with its terrible experience so perpetually into his dreams. +More and more vivid these became, till on waking at times he could +hardly realise that he had not been actually in the flesh to visit the +fatal spot. He sometimes thought that he might have been walking in his +sleep. + +One night his dream was so vivid that when he awoke he could not +believe that it had only been a dream. He shut his eyes again and +again, but each time the vision, if it was a vision, or the reality, if +it was a reality, would rise before him. The moon was shining full and +yellow over the quicksand as he approached it; he could see the expanse +of light shaken and disturbed and full of black shadows as the liquid +sand quivered and trembled and wrinkled and eddied as was its wont +between its pauses of marble calm. As he drew close to it another +figure came towards it from the opposite side with equal footsteps. He +saw that it was his own figure, his very self, and in silent terror, +compelled by what force he knew not, he advanced—charmed as the bird is +by the snake, mesmerised or hypnotised—to meet this other self. As he +felt the yielding sand closing over him he awoke in the agony of death, +trembling with fear, and, strange to say, with the silly man’s prophecy +seeming to sound in his ears: “‘Vanity of vanities! All is vanity!’ See +thyself and repent ere the quicksand swallow thee!” + +So convinced was he that this was no dream that he arose, early as it +was, and dressing himself without disturbing his wife took his way to +the shore. His heart fell when he came across a series of footsteps on +the sands, which he at once recognised as his own. There was the same +wide heel, the same square toe; he had no doubt now that he had +actually been there, and half horrified, and half in a state of dreamy +stupor, he followed the footsteps, and found them lost in the edge of +the yielding quicksand. This gave him a terrible shock, for there were +no return steps marked on the sand, and he felt that there was some +dread mystery which he could not penetrate, and the penetration of +which would, he feared, undo him. + +In this state of affairs he took two wrong courses. Firstly he kept his +trouble to himself, and, as none of his family had any clue to it, +every innocent word or expression which they used supplied fuel to the +consuming fire of his imagination. Secondly he began to read books +professing to bear upon the mysteries of dreaming and of mental +phenomena generally, with the result that every wild imagination of +every crank or half-crazy philosopher became a living germ of unrest in +the fertilising soil of his disordered brain. Thus negatively and +positively all things began to work to a common end. Not the least of +his disturbing causes was Saft Tammie, who had now become at certain +times of the day a fixture at his gate. After a while, being interested +in the previous state of this individual, he made inquiries regarding +his past with the following result. + +Saft Tammie was popularly believed to be the son of a laird in one of +the counties round the Firth of Forth. He had been partially educated +for the ministry, but for some cause which no one ever knew threw up +his prospects suddenly, and, going to Peterhead in its days of whaling +prosperity, had there taken service on a whaler. Here off and on he had +remained for some years, getting gradually more and more silent in his +habits, till finally his shipmates protested against so taciturn a +mate, and he had found service amongst the fishing smacks of the +northern fleet. He had worked for many years at the fishing with always +the reputation of being “a wee bit daft,” till at length he had +gradually settled down at Crooken, where the laird, doubtless knowing +something of his family history, had given him a job which practically +made him a pensioner. The minister who gave the information finished +thus:— + +“It is a very strange thing, but the man seems to have some odd kind of +gift. Whether it be that ‘second sight’ which we Scotch people are so +prone to believe in, or some other occult form of knowledge, I know +not, but nothing of a disastrous tendency ever occurs in this place but +the men with whom he lives are able to quote after the event some +saying of his which certainly appears to have foretold it. He gets +uneasy or excited—wakes up, in fact—when death is in the air!” + +This did not in any way tend to lessen Mr. Markam’s concern, but on the +contrary seemed to impress the prophecy more deeply on his mind. Of all +the books which he had read on his new subject of study none interested +him so much as a German one _Die Döppleganger_, by Dr. Heinrich von +Aschenberg, formerly of Bonn. Here he learned for the first time of +cases where men had led a double existence—each nature being quite +apart from the other—the body being always a reality with one spirit, +and a simulacrum with the other. Needless to say that Mr. Markam +realised this theory as exactly suiting his own case. The glimpse which +he had of his own back the night of his escape from the quicksand—his +own footmarks disappearing into the quicksand with no return steps +visible—the prophecy of Saft Tammie about his meeting himself and +perishing in the quicksand—all lent aid to the conviction that he was +in his own person an instance of the döppleganger. Being then conscious +of a double life he took steps to prove its existence to his own +satisfaction. To this end on one night before going to bed he wrote his +name in chalk on the soles of his shoes. That night he dreamed of the +quicksand, and of his visiting it—dreamed so vividly that on walking in +the grey of the dawn he could not believe that he had not been there. +Arising, without disturbing his wife, he sought his shoes. + +The chalk signatures were undisturbed! He dressed himself and stole out +softly. This time the tide was in, so he crossed the dunes and struck +the shore on the further side of the quicksand. There, oh, horror of +horrors! he saw his own footprints dying into the abyss! + +He went home a desperately sad man. It seemed incredible that he, an +elderly commercial man, who had passed a long and uneventful life in +the pursuit of business in the midst of roaring, practical London, +should thus find himself enmeshed in mystery and horror, and that he +should discover that he had two existences. He could not speak of his +trouble even to his own wife, for well he knew that she would at once +require the fullest particulars of that other life—the one which she +did not know; and that she would at the start not only imagine but +charge him with all manner of infidelities on the head of it. And so +his brooding grew deeper and deeper still. One evening—the tide then +going out and the moon being at the full—he was sitting waiting for +dinner when the maid announced that Saft Tammie was making a +disturbance outside because he would not be let in to see him. He was +very indignant, but did not like the maid to think that he had any fear +on the subject, and so told her to bring him in. Tammie entered, +walking more briskly than ever with his head up and a look of vigorous +decision in the eyes that were so generally cast down. As soon as he +entered he said: + +“I have come to see ye once again—once again; and there ye sit, still +just like a cockatoo on a pairch. Weel, mon, I forgie ye! Mind ye that, +I forgie ye!” And without a word more he turned and walked out of the +house, leaving the master in speechless indignation. + +After dinner he determined to pay another visit to the quicksand—he +would not allow even to himself that he was afraid to go. And so, about +nine o’clock, in full array, he marched to the beach, and passing over +the sands sat on the skirt of the nearer rock. The full moon was behind +him and its light lit up the bay so that its fringe of foam, the dark +outline of the headland, and the stakes of the salmon-nets were all +emphasised. In the brilliant yellow glow the lights in the windows of +Port Crooken and in those of the distant castle of the laird trembled +like stars through the sky. For a long time he sat and drank in the +beauty of the scene, and his soul seemed to feel a peace that it had +not known for many days. All the pettiness and annoyance and silly +fears of the past weeks seemed blotted out, and a new holy calm took +the vacant place. In this sweet and solemn mood he reviewed his late +action calmly, and felt ashamed of himself for his vanity and for the +obstinacy which had followed it. And then and there he made up his mind +that the present would be the last time he would wear the costume which +had estranged him from those whom he loved, and which had caused him so +many hours and days of chagrin, vexation, and pain. + +But almost as soon as he arrived at this conclusion another voice +seemed to speak within him and mockingly to ask him if he should ever +get the chance to wear the suit again—that it was too late—he had +chosen his course and must now abide the issue. + +“It is not too late,” came the quick answer of his better self; and +full of the thought, he rose up to go home and divest himself of the +now hateful costume right away. He paused for one look at the beautiful +scene. The light lay pale and mellow, softening every outline of rock +and tree and house-top, and deepening the shadows into velvety-black, +and lighting, as with a pale flame, the incoming tide, that now crept +fringe-like across the flat waste of sand. Then he left the rock and +stepped out for the shore. + +But as he did so a frightful spasm of horror shook him, and for an +instant the blood rushing to his head shut out all the light of the +full moon. Once more he saw that fatal image of himself moving beyond +the quicksand from the opposite rock to the shore. The shock was all +the greater for the contrast with the spell of peace which he had just +enjoyed; and, almost paralysed in every sense, he stood and watched the +fatal vision and the wrinkly, crawling quicksand that seemed to writhe +and yearn for something that lay between. There could be no mistake +this time, for though the moon behind threw the face into shadow he +could see there the same shaven cheeks as his own, and the small stubby +moustache of a few weeks’ growth. The light shone on the brilliant +tartan, and on the eagle’s plume. Even the bald space at one side of +the Glengarry cap glistened, as did the cairngorm brooch on the +shoulder and the tops of the silver buttons. As he looked he felt his +feet slightly sinking, for he was still near the edge of the belt of +quicksand, and he stepped back. As he did so the other figure stepped +forward, so that the space between them was preserved. + +So the two stood facing each other, as though in some weird +fascination; and in the rushing of the blood through his brain Markam +seemed to hear the words of the prophecy: “See thyself face to face, +and repent ere the quicksand swallow thee.” He did stand face to face +with himself, he had repented—and now he was sinking in the quicksand! +The warning and prophecy were coming true. + +Above him the seagulls screamed, circling round the fringe of the +incoming tide, and the sound being entirely mortal recalled him to +himself. On the instant he stepped back a few quick steps, for as yet +only his feet were merged in the soft sand. As he did so the other +figure stepped forward, and coming within the deadly grip of the +quicksand began to sink. It seemed to Markam that he was looking at +himself going down to his doom, and on the instant the anguish of his +soul found vent in a terrible cry. There was at the same instant a +terrible cry from the other figure, and as Markam threw up his hands +the figure did the same. With horror-struck eyes he saw him sink deeper +into the quicksand; and then, impelled by what power he knew not, he +advanced again towards the sand to meet his fate. But as his more +forward foot began to sink he heard again the cries of the seagulls +which seemed to restore his benumbed faculties. With a mighty effort he +drew his foot out of the sand which seemed to clutch it, leaving his +shoe behind, and then in sheer terror he turned and ran from the place, +never stopping till his breath and strength failed him, and he sank +half swooning on the grassy path through the sandhills. + + +Arthur Markam made up his mind not to tell his family of his terrible +adventure—until at least such time as he should be complete master of +himself. Now that the fatal double—his other self—had been engulfed in +the quicksand he felt something like his old peace of mind. + +That night he slept soundly and did not dream at all; and in the +morning was quite his old self. It really seemed as though his newer +and worser self had disappeared for ever; and strangely enough Saft +Tammie was absent from his post that morning and never appeared there +again, but sat in his old place watching nothing, as of old, with +lack-lustre eye. In accordance with his resolution he did not wear his +Highland suit again, but one evening tied it up in a bundle, claymore, +dirk and philibeg and all, and bringing it secretly with him threw it +into the quicksand. With a feeling of intense pleasure he saw it sucked +below the sand, which closed above it into marble smoothness. Then he +went home and announced cheerily to his family assembled for evening +prayers: + +“Well! my dears, you will be glad to hear that I have abandoned my idea +of wearing the Highland dress. I see now what a vain old fool I was and +how ridiculous I made myself! You shall never see it again!” + +“Where is it, father?” asked one of the girls, wishing to say something +so that such a self-sacrificing announcement as her father’s should not +be passed in absolute silence. His answer was so sweetly given that the +girl rose from her seat and came and kissed him. It was: + +“In the quicksand, my dear! and I hope that my worser self is buried +there along with it—for ever.” + + +The remainder of the summer was passed at Crooken with delight by all +the family, and on his return to town Mr. Markam had almost forgotten +the whole of the incident of the quicksand, and all touching on it, +when one day he got a letter from the MacCallum More which caused him +much thought, though he said nothing of it to his family, and left it, +for certain reasons, unanswered. It ran as follows:— + +“The MacCallum More and Roderick MacDhu. +“The Scotch All-Wool Tartan Clothing Mart. +Copthall Court, E.C., +30th September, 1892. + +“Dear Sir,—I trust you will pardon the liberty which I take in writing +to you, but I am desirous of making an inquiry, and I am informed that +you have been sojourning during the summer in Aberdeenshire (Scotland, +N.B.). My partner, Mr. Roderick MacDhu—as he appears for business +reasons on our bill-heads and in our advertisements, his real name +being Emmanuel Moses Marks of London—went early last month to Scotland +(N.B.) for a tour, but as I have only once heard from him, shortly +after his departure, I am anxious lest any misfortune may have befallen +him. As I have been unable to obtain any news of him on making all +inquiries in my power, I venture to appeal to you. His letter was +written in deep dejection of spirit, and mentioned that he feared a +judgment had come upon him for wishing to appear as a Scotchman on +Scottish soil, as he had one moonlight night shortly after his arrival +seen his “wraith”. He evidently alluded to the fact that before his +departure he had procured for himself a Highland costume similar to +that which we had the honour to supply to you, with which, as perhaps +you will remember, he was much struck. He may, however, never have worn +it, as he was, to my own knowledge, diffident about putting it on, and +even went so far as to tell me that he would at first only venture to +wear it late at night or very early in the morning, and then only in +remote places, until such time as he should get accustomed to it. +Unfortunately he did not advise me of his route so that I am in +complete ignorance of his whereabouts; and I venture to ask if you may +have seen or heard of a Highland costume similar to your own having +been seen anywhere in the neighbourhood in which I am told you have +recently purchased the estate which you temporarily occupied. I shall +not expect an answer to this letter unless you can give me some +information regarding my friend and partner, so pray do not trouble to +reply unless there be cause. I am encouraged to think that he may have +been in your neighbourhood as, though his letter is not dated, the +envelope is marked with the postmark of ‘Yellon’ which I find is in +Aberdeenshire, and not far from the Mains of Crooken. + +“I have the honour to be, dear sir, +“Yours very respectfully, +“Joshua Sheeny Cohen Benjamin +“(The MacCallum More.)” + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Dracula's Guest, by Bram Stoker + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 10150 *** diff --git a/10150-h/10150-h.htm b/10150-h/10150-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7364332 --- /dev/null +++ b/10150-h/10150-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,5641 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8" /> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> +<title>The Project Gutenberg EBook of Dracula's Guest, by Bram Stoker</title> + +<style type="text/css"> + +body { margin-left: 20%; + margin-right: 20%; + text-align: justify; } + +h1, h2, h3, h4, h5 {text-align: center; font-style: normal; font-weight: +normal; line-height: 1.5; margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: .5em;} + +h1 {font-size: 300%; + margin-top: 0.6em; + margin-bottom: 0.6em; + letter-spacing: 0.12em; + word-spacing: 0.2em; + text-indent: 0em;} +h2 {font-size: 150%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 1em;} +h3 {font-size: 130%; margin-top: 1em;} +h4 {font-size: 120%;} +h5 {font-size: 110%;} + +.no-break {page-break-before: avoid;} /* for epubs */ + +div.chapter {page-break-before: always; margin-top: 4em;} + +hr {width: 80%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;} + +p {text-indent: 1em; + margin-top: 0.25em; + margin-bottom: 0.25em; } + +a:link {color:blue; text-decoration:none} +a:visited {color:blue; text-decoration:none} +a:hover {color:red} + +</style> + +</head> + +<body> +<div>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 10150 ***</div> + +<h1>Dracula’s Guest</h1> + +<h2 class="no-break">by Bram Stoker</h2> + +<h3>First published 1914</h3> + +<hr /> + +<h4>To MY SON</h4> + +<hr /> + +<h2>Contents</h2> + +<table summary="" style=""> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#pref01">PREFACE</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap01">Dracula’s Guest</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap02">The Judge’s House</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap03">The Squaw</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap04">The Secret of the Growing Gold</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap05">The Gipsy Prophecy</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap06">The Coming of Abel Behenna</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap07">The Burial of the Rats</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap08">A Dream of Red Hands</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap09">Crooken Sands</a></td> +</tr> + +</table> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="pref01"></a>PREFACE</h2> + +<p> +A few months before the lamented death of my husband—I might say even +as the shadow of death was over him—he planned three series of short +stories for publication, and the present volume is one of them. To his +original list of stories in this book, I have added an hitherto +unpublished episode from <i>Dracula</i>. It was originally excised owing to +the length of the book, and may prove of interest to the many readers of +what is considered my husband’s most remarkable work. The other stories +have already been published in English and American periodicals. Had my +husband lived longer, he might have seen fit to revise this work, which +is mainly from the earlier years of his strenuous life. But, as fate has +entrusted to me the issuing of it, I consider it fitting and proper to +let it go forth practically as it was left by him.</p> + +<p style="text-align: right; padding-right: 3em;">FLORENCE BRAM STOKER</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap01"></a>Dracula’s Guest</h2> + +<p>When we started for our drive the sun was shining brightly on Munich, +and the air was full of the joyousness of early summer. Just as we were +about to depart, Herr Delbrück (the maître d’hôtel of the Quatre +Saisons, where I was staying) came down, bareheaded, to the carriage +and, after wishing me a pleasant drive, said to the coachman, still +holding his hand on the handle of the carriage door:</p> + +<p>“Remember you are back by nightfall. The sky looks bright but there is a +shiver in the north wind that says there may be a sudden storm. But I am +sure you will not be late.” Here he smiled, and added, “for you know +what night it is.”</p> + +<p>Johann answered with an emphatic, “Ja, mein Herr,” and, touching his +hat, drove off quickly. When we had cleared the town, I said, after +signalling to him to stop:</p> + +<p>“Tell me, Johann, what is tonight?”</p> + +<p>He crossed himself, as he answered laconically: “Walpurgis nacht.” Then +he took out his watch, a great, old-fashioned German silver thing as big +as a turnip, and looked at it, with his eyebrows gathered together and a +little impatient shrug of his shoulders. I realised that this was his +way of respectfully protesting against the unnecessary delay, and sank +back in the carriage, merely motioning him to proceed. He started off +rapidly, as if to make up for lost time. Every now and then the horses +seemed to throw up their heads and sniffed the air suspiciously. On such +occasions I often looked round in alarm. The road was pretty bleak, for +we were traversing a sort of high, wind-swept plateau. As we drove, I +saw a road that looked but little used, and which seemed to dip through +a little, winding valley. It looked so inviting that, even at the risk +of offending him, I called Johann to stop—and when he had pulled up, I +told him I would like to drive down that road. He made all sorts of +excuses, and frequently crossed himself as he spoke. This somewhat +piqued my curiosity, so I asked him various questions. He answered +fencingly, and repeatedly looked at his watch in protest. Finally I +said:</p> + +<p>“Well, Johann, I want to go down this road. I shall not ask you to come +unless you like; but tell me why you do not like to go, that is all I +ask.” For answer he seemed to throw himself off the box, so quickly did +he reach the ground. Then he stretched out his hands appealingly to me, +and implored me not to go. There was just enough of English mixed with +the German for me to understand the drift of his talk. He seemed always +just about to tell me something—the very idea of which evidently +frightened him; but each time he pulled himself up, saying, as he +crossed himself: “Walpurgis-Nacht!”</p> + +<p>I tried to argue with him, but it was difficult to argue with a man when +I did not know his language. The advantage certainly rested with him, +for although he began to speak in English, of a very crude and broken +kind, he always got excited and broke into his native tongue—and every +time he did so, he looked at his watch. Then the horses became restless +and sniffed the air. At this he grew very pale, and, looking around in a +frightened way, he suddenly jumped forward, took them by the bridles and +led them on some twenty feet. I followed, and asked why he had done +this. For answer he crossed himself, pointed to the spot we had left and +drew his carriage in the direction of the other road, indicating a +cross, and said, first in German, then in English: “Buried him—him what +killed themselves.”</p> + +<p>I remembered the old custom of burying suicides at cross-roads: “Ah! I +see, a suicide. How interesting!” But for the life of me I could not +make out why the horses were frightened.</p> + +<p>Whilst we were talking, we heard a sort of sound between a yelp and a +bark. It was far away; but the horses got very restless, and it took +Johann all his time to quiet them. He was pale, and said, “It sounds +like a wolf—but yet there are no wolves here now.”</p> + +<p>“No?” I said, questioning him; “isn’t it long since the wolves were so +near the city?”</p> + +<p>“Long, long,” he answered, “in the spring and summer; but with the snow +the wolves have been here not so long.”</p> + +<p>Whilst he was petting the horses and trying to quiet them, dark clouds +drifted rapidly across the sky. The sunshine passed away, and a breath +of cold wind seemed to drift past us. It was only a breath, however, and +more in the nature of a warning than a fact, for the sun came out +brightly again. Johann looked under his lifted hand at the horizon and +said:</p> + +<p>“The storm of snow, he comes before long time.” Then he looked at his +watch again, and, straightway holding his reins firmly—for the horses +were still pawing the ground restlessly and shaking their heads—he +climbed to his box as though the time had come for proceeding on our +journey.</p> + +<p>I felt a little obstinate and did not at once get into the carriage.</p> + +<p>“Tell me,” I said, “about this place where the road leads,” and I +pointed down.</p> + +<p>Again he crossed himself and mumbled a prayer, before he answered, “It +is unholy.”</p> + +<p>“What is unholy?” I enquired.</p> + +<p>“The village.”</p> + +<p>“Then there is a village?”</p> + +<p>“No, no. No one lives there hundreds of years.” My curiosity was piqued, +“But you said there was a village.”</p> + +<p>“There was.”</p> + +<p>“Where is it now?”</p> + +<p>Whereupon he burst out into a long story in German and English, so mixed +up that I could not quite understand exactly what he said, but roughly I +gathered that long ago, hundreds of years, men had died there and been +buried in their graves; and sounds were heard under the clay, and when +the graves were opened, men and women were found rosy with life, and +their mouths red with blood. And so, in haste to save their lives (aye, +and their souls!—and here he crossed himself) those who were left fled +away to other places, where the living lived, and the dead were dead and +not—not something. He was evidently afraid to speak the last words. As +he proceeded with his narration, he grew more and more excited. It +seemed as if his imagination had got hold of him, and he ended in a +perfect paroxysm of fear—white-faced, perspiring, trembling and looking +round him, as if expecting that some dreadful presence would manifest +itself there in the bright sunshine on the open plain. Finally, in an +agony of desperation, he cried:</p> + +<p>“Walpurgis nacht!” and pointed to the carriage for me to get in. All my +English blood rose at this, and, standing back, I said:</p> + +<p>“You are afraid, Johann—you are afraid. Go home; I shall return alone; +the walk will do me good.” The carriage door was open. I took from the +seat my oak walking-stick—which I always carry on my holiday +excursions—and closed the door, pointing back to Munich, and said, “Go +home, Johann—Walpurgis-nacht doesn’t concern Englishmen.”</p> + +<p>The horses were now more restive than ever, and Johann was trying to +hold them in, while excitedly imploring me not to do anything so +foolish. I pitied the poor fellow, he was deeply in earnest; but all the +same I could not help laughing. His English was quite gone now. In his +anxiety he had forgotten that his only means of making me understand was +to talk my language, so he jabbered away in his native German. It began +to be a little tedious. After giving the direction, “Home!” I turned to +go down the cross-road into the valley.</p> + +<p>With a despairing gesture, Johann turned his horses towards Munich. I +leaned on my stick and looked after him. He went slowly along the road +for a while: then there came over the crest of the hill a man tall and +thin. I could see so much in the distance. When he drew near the horses, +they began to jump and kick about, then to scream with terror. Johann +could not hold them in; they bolted down the road, running away madly. I +watched them out of sight, then looked for the stranger, but I found +that he, too, was gone.</p> + +<p>With a light heart I turned down the side road through the deepening +valley to which Johann had objected. There was not the slightest reason, +that I could see, for his objection; and I daresay I tramped for a +couple of hours without thinking of time or distance, and certainly +without seeing a person or a house. So far as the place was concerned, +it was desolation itself. But I did not notice this particularly till, +on turning a bend in the road, I came upon a scattered fringe of wood; +then I recognised that I had been impressed unconsciously by the +desolation of the region through which I had passed.</p> + +<p>I sat down to rest myself, and began to look around. It struck me that +it was considerably colder than it had been at the commencement of my +walk—a sort of sighing sound seemed to be around me, with, now and +then, high overhead, a sort of muffled roar. Looking upwards I noticed +that great thick clouds were drifting rapidly across the sky from North +to South at a great height. There were signs of coming storm in some +lofty stratum of the air. I was a little chilly, and, thinking that it +was the sitting still after the exercise of walking, I resumed my +journey.</p> + +<p>The ground I passed over was now much more picturesque. There were no +striking objects that the eye might single out; but in all there was a +charm of beauty. I took little heed of time and it was only when the +deepening twilight forced itself upon me that I began to think of how I +should find my way home. The brightness of the day had gone. The air was +cold, and the drifting of clouds high overhead was more marked. They +were accompanied by a sort of far-away rushing sound, through which +seemed to come at intervals that mysterious cry which the driver had +said came from a wolf. For a while I hesitated. I had said I would see +the deserted village, so on I went, and presently came on a wide stretch +of open country, shut in by hills all around. Their sides were covered +with trees which spread down to the plain, dotting, in clumps, the +gentler slopes and hollows which showed here and there. I followed with +my eye the winding of the road, and saw that it curved close to one of +the densest of these clumps and was lost behind it.</p> + +<p>As I looked there came a cold shiver in the air, and the snow began to +fall. I thought of the miles and miles of bleak country I had passed, +and then hurried on to seek the shelter of the wood in front. Darker and +darker grew the sky, and faster and heavier fell the snow, till the +earth before and around me was a glistening white carpet the further +edge of which was lost in misty vagueness. The road was here but crude, +and when on the level its boundaries were not so marked, as when it +passed through the cuttings; and in a little while I found that I must +have strayed from it, for I missed underfoot the hard surface, and my +feet sank deeper in the grass and moss. Then the wind grew stronger and +blew with ever increasing force, till I was fain to run before it. The +air became icy-cold, and in spite of my exercise I began to suffer. The +snow was now falling so thickly and whirling around me in such rapid +eddies that I could hardly keep my eyes open. Every now and then the +heavens were torn asunder by vivid lightning, and in the flashes I could +see ahead of me a great mass of trees, chiefly yew and cypress all +heavily coated with snow.</p> + +<p>I was soon amongst the shelter of the trees, and there, in comparative +silence, I could hear the rush of the wind high overhead. Presently the +blackness of the storm had become merged in the darkness of the night. +By-and-by the storm seemed to be passing away: it now only came in +fierce puffs or blasts. At such moments the weird sound of the wolf +appeared to be echoed by many similar sounds around me.</p> + +<p>Now and again, through the black mass of drifting cloud, came a +straggling ray of moonlight, which lit up the expanse, and showed me +that I was at the edge of a dense mass of cypress and yew trees. As the +snow had ceased to fall, I walked out from the shelter and began to +investigate more closely. It appeared to me that, amongst so many old +foundations as I had passed, there might be still standing a house in +which, though in ruins, I could find some sort of shelter for a while. +As I skirted the edge of the copse, I found that a low wall encircled +it, and following this I presently found an opening. Here the cypresses +formed an alley leading up to a square mass of some kind of building. +Just as I caught sight of this, however, the drifting clouds obscured +the moon, and I passed up the path in darkness. The wind must have grown +colder, for I felt myself shiver as I walked; but there was hope of +shelter, and I groped my way blindly on.</p> + +<p>I stopped, for there was a sudden stillness. The storm had passed; and, +perhaps in sympathy with nature’s silence, my heart seemed to cease to +beat. But this was only momentarily; for suddenly the moonlight broke +through the clouds, showing me that I was in a graveyard, and that the +square object before me was a great massive tomb of marble, as white as +the snow that lay on and all around it. With the moonlight there came a +fierce sigh of the storm, which appeared to resume its course with a +long, low howl, as of many dogs or wolves. I was awed and shocked, and +felt the cold perceptibly grow upon me till it seemed to grip me by the +heart. Then while the flood of moonlight still fell on the marble tomb, +the storm gave further evidence of renewing, as though it was returning +on its track. Impelled by some sort of fascination, I approached the +sepulchre to see what it was, and why such a thing stood alone in such a +place. I walked around it, and read, over the Doric door, in German:</p> + +<p style="text-align: center;">COUNTESS DOLINGEN OF GRATZ<br /> +IN STYRIA<br /> +SOUGHT AND FOUND DEATH<br /> +1801</p> + +<p>On the top of the tomb, seemingly driven through the solid marble—for +the structure was composed of a few vast blocks of stone—was a great +iron spike or stake. On going to the back I saw, graven in great Russian +letters:</p> + +<p style="text-align: center;">“The dead travel fast.”</p> + +<p>There was something so weird and uncanny about the whole thing that it +gave me a turn and made me feel quite faint. I began to wish, for the +first time, that I had taken Johann’s advice. Here a thought struck me, +which came under almost mysterious circumstances and with a terrible +shock. This was Walpurgis Night!</p> + +<p>Walpurgis Night, when, according to the belief of millions of people, +the devil was abroad—when the graves were opened and the dead came +forth and walked. When all evil things of earth and air and water held +revel. This very place the driver had specially shunned. This was the +depopulated village of centuries ago. This was where the suicide lay; +and this was the place where I was alone—unmanned, shivering with cold +in a shroud of snow with a wild storm gathering again upon me! It took +all my philosophy, all the religion I had been taught, all my courage, +not to collapse in a paroxysm of fright.</p> + +<p>And now a perfect tornado burst upon me. The ground shook as though +thousands of horses thundered across it; and this time the storm bore on +its icy wings, not snow, but great hailstones which drove with such +violence that they might have come from the thongs of Balearic +slingers—hailstones that beat down leaf and branch and made the shelter +of the cypresses of no more avail than though their stems were +standing-corn. At the first I had rushed to the nearest tree; but I was +soon fain to leave it and seek the only spot that seemed to afford +refuge, the deep Doric doorway of the marble tomb. There, crouching +against the massive bronze door, I gained a certain amount of protection +from the beating of the hailstones, for now they only drove against me +as they ricocheted from the ground and the side of the marble.</p> + +<p>As I leaned against the door, it moved slightly and opened inwards. The +shelter of even a tomb was welcome in that pitiless tempest, and I was +about to enter it when there came a flash of forked-lightning that lit +up the whole expanse of the heavens. In the instant, as I am a living +man, I saw, as my eyes were turned into the darkness of the tomb, a +beautiful woman, with rounded cheeks and red lips, seemingly sleeping on +a bier. As the thunder broke overhead, I was grasped as by the hand of a +giant and hurled out into the storm. The whole thing was so sudden that, +before I could realise the shock, moral as well as physical, I found the +hailstones beating me down. At the same time I had a strange, dominating +feeling that I was not alone. I looked towards the tomb. Just then there +came another blinding flash, which seemed to strike the iron stake that +surmounted the tomb and to pour through to the earth, blasting and +crumbling the marble, as in a burst of flame. The dead woman rose for a +moment of agony, while she was lapped in the flame, and her bitter +scream of pain was drowned in the thundercrash. The last thing I heard +was this mingling of dreadful sound, as again I was seized in the +giant-grasp and dragged away, while the hailstones beat on me, and the +air around seemed reverberant with the howling of wolves. The last sight +that I remembered was a vague, white, moving mass, as if all the graves +around me had sent out the phantoms of their sheeted-dead, and that they +were closing in on me through the white cloudiness of the driving hail.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p>Gradually there came a sort of vague beginning of consciousness; then a +sense of weariness that was dreadful. For a time I remembered nothing; +but slowly my senses returned. My feet seemed positively racked with +pain, yet I could not move them. They seemed to be numbed. There was an +icy feeling at the back of my neck and all down my spine, and my ears, +like my feet, were dead, yet in torment; but there was in my breast a +sense of warmth which was, by comparison, delicious. It was as a +nightmare—a physical nightmare, if one may use such an expression; for +some heavy weight on my chest made it difficult for me to breathe.</p> + +<p>This period of semi-lethargy seemed to remain a long time, and as it +faded away I must have slept or swooned. Then came a sort of loathing, +like the first stage of sea-sickness, and a wild desire to be free from +something—I knew not what. A vast stillness enveloped me, as though all +the world were asleep or dead—only broken by the low panting as of some +animal close to me. I felt a warm rasping at my throat, then came a +consciousness of the awful truth, which chilled me to the heart and sent +the blood surging up through my brain. Some great animal was lying on me +and now licking my throat. I feared to stir, for some instinct of +prudence bade me lie still; but the brute seemed to realise that there +was now some change in me, for it raised its head. Through my eyelashes +I saw above me the two great flaming eyes of a gigantic wolf. Its sharp +white teeth gleamed in the gaping red mouth, and I could feel its hot +breath fierce and acrid upon me.</p> + +<p>For another spell of time I remembered no more. Then I became conscious +of a low growl, followed by a yelp, renewed again and again. Then, +seemingly very far away, I heard a “Holloa! holloa!” as of many voices +calling in unison. Cautiously I raised my head and looked in the +direction whence the sound came; but the cemetery blocked my view. The +wolf still continued to yelp in a strange way, and a red glare began to +move round the grove of cypresses, as though following the sound. As the +voices drew closer, the wolf yelped faster and louder. I feared to make +either sound or motion. Nearer came the red glow, over the white pall +which stretched into the darkness around me. Then all at once from +beyond the trees there came at a trot a troop of horsemen bearing +torches. The wolf rose from my breast and made for the cemetery. I saw +one of the horsemen (soldiers by their caps and their long military +cloaks) raise his carbine and take aim. A companion knocked up his arm, +and I heard the ball whizz over my head. He had evidently taken my body +for that of the wolf. Another sighted the animal as it slunk away, and a +shot followed. Then, at a gallop, the troop rode forward—some towards +me, others following the wolf as it disappeared amongst the snow-clad +cypresses.</p> + +<p>As they drew nearer I tried to move, but was powerless, although I could +see and hear all that went on around me. Two or three of the soldiers +jumped from their horses and knelt beside me. One of them raised my +head, and placed his hand over my heart.</p> + +<p>“Good news, comrades!” he cried. “His heart still beats!”</p> + +<p>Then some brandy was poured down my throat; it put vigour into me, and I +was able to open my eyes fully and look around. Lights and shadows were +moving among the trees, and I heard men call to one another. They drew +together, uttering frightened exclamations; and the lights flashed as +the others came pouring out of the cemetery pell-mell, like men +possessed. When the further ones came close to us, those who were around +me asked them eagerly:</p> + +<p>“Well, have you found him?”</p> + +<p>The reply rang out hurriedly:</p> + +<p>“No! no! Come away quick—quick! This is no place to stay, and on this +of all nights!”</p> + +<p>“What was it?” was the question, asked in all manner of keys. The answer +came variously and all indefinitely as though the men were moved by some +common impulse to speak, yet were restrained by some common fear from +giving their thoughts.</p> + +<p>“It—it—indeed!” gibbered one, whose wits had plainly given out for the +moment.</p> + +<p>“A wolf—and yet not a wolf!” another put in shudderingly.</p> + +<p>“No use trying for him without the sacred bullet,” a third remarked in a +more ordinary manner.</p> + +<p>“Serve us right for coming out on this night! Truly we have earned our +thousand marks!” were the ejaculations of a fourth.</p> + +<p>“There was blood on the broken marble,” another said after a pause—“the +lightning never brought that there. And for him—is he safe? Look at his +throat! See, comrades, the wolf has been lying on him and keeping his +blood warm.”</p> + +<p>The officer looked at my throat and replied:</p> + +<p>“He is all right; the skin is not pierced. What does it all mean? We +should never have found him but for the yelping of the wolf.”</p> + +<p>“What became of it?” asked the man who was holding up my head, and who +seemed the least panic-stricken of the party, for his hands were steady +and without tremor. On his sleeve was the chevron of a petty officer.</p> + +<p>“It went to its home,” answered the man, whose long face was pallid, and +who actually shook with terror as he glanced around him fearfully. +“There are graves enough there in which it may lie. Come, comrades—come +quickly! Let us leave this cursed spot.”</p> + +<p>The officer raised me to a sitting posture, as he uttered a word of +command; then several men placed me upon a horse. He sprang to the +saddle behind me, took me in his arms, gave the word to advance; and, +turning our faces away from the cypresses, we rode away in swift, +military order.</p> + +<p>As yet my tongue refused its office, and I was perforce silent. I must +have fallen asleep; for the next thing I remembered was finding myself +standing up, supported by a soldier on each side of me. It was almost +broad daylight, and to the north a red streak of sunlight was reflected, +like a path of blood, over the waste of snow. The officer was telling +the men to say nothing of what they had seen, except that they found an +English stranger, guarded by a large dog.</p> + +<p>“Dog! that was no dog,” cut in the man who had exhibited such fear. “I +think I know a wolf when I see one.”</p> + +<p>The young officer answered calmly: “I said a dog.”</p> + +<p>“Dog!” reiterated the other ironically. It was evident that his courage +was rising with the sun; and, pointing to me, he said, “Look at his +throat. Is that the work of a dog, master?”</p> + +<p>Instinctively I raised my hand to my throat, and as I touched it I cried +out in pain. The men crowded round to look, some stooping down from +their saddles; and again there came the calm voice of the young officer:</p> + +<p>“A dog, as I said. If aught else were said we should only be laughed +at.”</p> + +<p>I was then mounted behind a trooper, and we rode on into the suburbs of +Munich. Here we came across a stray carriage, into which I was lifted, +and it was driven off to the Quatre Saisons—the young officer +accompanying me, whilst a trooper followed with his horse, and the +others rode off to their barracks.</p> + +<p>When we arrived, Herr Delbrück rushed so quickly down the steps to meet +me, that it was apparent he had been watching within. Taking me by both +hands he solicitously led me in. The officer saluted me and was turning +to withdraw, when I recognised his purpose, and insisted that he should +come to my rooms. Over a glass of wine I warmly thanked him and his +brave comrades for saving me. He replied simply that he was more than +glad, and that Herr Delbrück had at the first taken steps to make all +the searching party pleased; at which ambiguous utterance the maître +d’hôtel smiled, while the officer pleaded duty and withdrew.</p> + +<p>“But Herr Delbrück,” I enquired, “how and why was it that the soldiers +searched for me?”</p> + +<p>He shrugged his shoulders, as if in depreciation of his own deed, as he +replied:</p> + +<p>“I was so fortunate as to obtain leave from the commander of the +regiment in which I served, to ask for volunteers.”</p> + +<p>“But how did you know I was lost?” I asked.</p> + +<p>“The driver came hither with the remains of his carriage, which had been +upset when the horses ran away.”</p> + +<p>“But surely you would not send a search-party of soldiers merely on this +account?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, no!” he answered; “but even before the coachman arrived, I had this +telegram from the Boyar whose guest you are,” and he took from his +pocket a telegram which he handed to me, and I read:</p> + +<blockquote> +<p style="text-align: right; padding-right: 2.5em;"><i>Bistritz</i>.</p> +<p>Be careful of my guest—his safety is most precious to me. Should aught +happen to him, or if he be missed, spare nothing to find him and ensure +his safety. He is English and therefore adventurous. There are often +dangers from snow and wolves and night. Lose not a moment if you suspect +harm to him. I answer your zeal with my fortune.—<i>Dracula</i>.</p></blockquote> + +<p>As I held the telegram in my hand, the room seemed to whirl around me; +and, if the attentive maître d’hôtel had not caught me, I think I should +have fallen. There was something so strange in all this, something so +weird and impossible to imagine, that there grew on me a sense of my +being in some way the sport of opposite forces—the mere vague idea of +which seemed in a way to paralyse me. I was certainly under some form of +mysterious protection. From a distant country had come, in the very nick +of time, a message that took me out of the danger of the snow-sleep and +the jaws of the wolf. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap02"></a>The Judge’s House</h2> + +<p>When the time for his examination drew near Malcolm Malcolmson made up +his mind to go somewhere to read by himself. He feared the attractions +of the seaside, and also he feared completely rural isolation, for of +old he knew it charms, and so he determined to find some unpretentious +little town where there would be nothing to distract him. He refrained +from asking suggestions from any of his friends, for he argued that each +would recommend some place of which he had knowledge, and where he had +already acquaintances. As Malcolmson wished to avoid friends he had no +wish to encumber himself with the attention of friends’ friends, and so +he determined to look out for a place for himself. He packed a +portmanteau with some clothes and all the books he required, and then +took ticket for the first name on the local time-table which he did not +know.</p> + +<p>When at the end of three hours’ journey he alighted at Benchurch, he +felt satisfied that he had so far obliterated his tracks as to be sure +of having a peaceful opportunity of pursuing his studies. He went +straight to the one inn which the sleepy little place contained, and put +up for the night. Benchurch was a market town, and once in three weeks +was crowded to excess, but for the remainder of the twenty-one days it +was as attractive as a desert. Malcolmson looked around the day after +his arrival to try to find quarters more isolated than even so quiet an +inn as “The Good Traveller” afforded. There was only one place which +took his fancy, and it certainly satisfied his wildest ideas regarding +quiet; in fact, quiet was not the proper word to apply to it—desolation +was the only term conveying any suitable idea of its isolation. It was +an old rambling, heavy-built house of the Jacobean style, with heavy +gables and windows, unusually small, and set higher than was customary +in such houses, and was surrounded with a high brick wall massively +built. Indeed, on examination, it looked more like a fortified house +than an ordinary dwelling. But all these things pleased Malcolmson. +“Here,” he thought, “is the very spot I have been looking for, and if I +can get opportunity of using it I shall be happy.” His joy was increased +when he realised beyond doubt that it was not at present inhabited.</p> + +<p>From the post-office he got the name of the agent, who was rarely +surprised at the application to rent a part of the old house. Mr. +Carnford, the local lawyer and agent, was a genial old gentleman, and +frankly confessed his delight at anyone being willing to live in the +house.</p> + +<p>“To tell you the truth,” said he, “I should be only too happy, on behalf +of the owners, to let anyone have the house rent free for a term of +years if only to accustom the people here to see it inhabited. It has +been so long empty that some kind of absurd prejudice has grown up about +it, and this can be best put down by its occupation—if only,” he added +with a sly glance at Malcolmson, “by a scholar like yourself, who wants +its quiet for a time.”</p> + +<p>Malcolmson thought it needless to ask the agent about the “absurd +prejudice”; he knew he would get more information, if he should require +it, on that subject from other quarters. He paid his three months’ rent, +got a receipt, and the name of an old woman who would probably undertake +to “do” for him, and came away with the keys in his pocket. He then went +to the landlady of the inn, who was a cheerful and most kindly person, +and asked her advice as to such stores and provisions as he would be +likely to require. She threw up her hands in amazement when he told her +where he was going to settle himself.</p> + +<p>“Not in the Judge’s House!” she said, and grew pale as she spoke. He +explained the locality of the house, saying that he did not know its +name. When he had finished she answered:</p> + +<p>“Aye, sure enough—sure enough the very place! It is the Judge’s House +sure enough.” He asked her to tell him about the place, why so called, +and what there was against it. She told him that it was so called +locally because it had been many years before—how long she could not +say, as she was herself from another part of the country, but she +thought it must have been a hundred years or more—the abode of a judge +who was held in great terror on account of his harsh sentences and his +hostility to prisoners at Assizes. As to what there was against the +house itself she could not tell. She had often asked, but no one could +inform her; but there was a general feeling that there was <i>something</i>, +and for her own part she would not take all the money in Drinkwater’s +Bank and stay in the house an hour by herself. Then she apologised to +Malcolmson for her disturbing talk.</p> + +<p>“It is too bad of me, sir, and you—and a young gentlemen, too—if you +will pardon me saying it, going to live there all alone. If you were my +boy—and you’ll excuse me for saying it—you wouldn’t sleep there a +night, not if I had to go there myself and pull the big alarm bell +that’s on the roof!” The good creature was so manifestly in earnest, and +was so kindly in her intentions, that Malcolmson, although amused, was +touched. He told her kindly how much he appreciated her interest in him, +and added:</p> + +<p>“But, my dear Mrs. Witham, indeed you need not be concerned about me! A +man who is reading for the Mathematical Tripos has too much to think of +to be disturbed by any of these mysterious ‘somethings’, and his work is +of too exact and prosaic a kind to allow of his having any corner in his +mind for mysteries of any kind. Harmonical Progression, Permutations and +Combinations, and Elliptic Functions have sufficient mysteries for me!” +Mrs. Witham kindly undertook to see after his commissions, and he went +himself to look for the old woman who had been recommended to him. When +he returned to the Judge’s House with her, after an interval of a couple +of hours, he found Mrs. Witham herself waiting with several men and boys +carrying parcels, and an upholsterer’s man with a bed in a car, for she +said, though tables and chairs might be all very well, a bed that hadn’t +been aired for mayhap fifty years was not proper for young bones to lie +on. She was evidently curious to see the inside of the house; and though +manifestly so afraid of the “somethings” that at the slightest sound she +clutched on to Malcolmson, whom she never left for a moment, went over +the whole place.</p> + +<p>After his examination of the house, Malcolmson decided to take up his +abode in the great dining-room, which was big enough to serve for all +his requirements; and Mrs. Witham, with the aid of the charwoman, Mrs. +Dempster, proceeded to arrange matters. When the hampers were brought in +and unpacked, Malcolmson saw that with much kind forethought she had +sent from her own kitchen sufficient provisions to last for a few days. +Before going she expressed all sorts of kind wishes; and at the door +turned and said:</p> + +<p>“And perhaps, sir, as the room is big and draughty it might be well to +have one of those big screens put round your bed at night—though, truth +to tell, I would die myself if I were to be so shut in with all kinds +of—of ‘things’, that put their heads round the sides, or over the top, +and look on me!” The image which she had called up was too much for her +nerves, and she fled incontinently.</p> + +<p>Mrs. Dempster sniffed in a superior manner as the landlady disappeared, +and remarked that for her own part she wasn’t afraid of all the bogies +in the kingdom.</p> + +<p>“I’ll tell you what it is, sir,” she said; “bogies is all kinds and +sorts of things—except bogies! Rats and mice, and beetles; and creaky +doors, and loose slates, and broken panes, and stiff drawer handles, +that stay out when you pull them and then fall down in the middle of the +night. Look at the wainscot of the room! It is old—hundreds of years +old! Do you think there’s no rats and beetles there! And do you imagine, +sir, that you won’t see none of them? Rats is bogies, I tell you, and +bogies is rats; and don’t you get to think anything else!”</p> + +<p>“Mrs. Dempster,” said Malcolmson gravely, making her a polite bow, “you +know more than a Senior Wrangler! And let me say, that, as a mark of +esteem for your indubitable soundness of head and heart, I shall, when I +go, give you possession of this house, and let you stay here by yourself +for the last two months of my tenancy, for four weeks will serve my +purpose.”</p> + +<p>“Thank you kindly, sir!” she answered, “but I couldn’t sleep away from +home a night. I am in Greenhow’s Charity, and if I slept a night away +from my rooms I should lose all I have got to live on. The rules is very +strict; and there’s too many watching for a vacancy for me to run any +risks in the matter. Only for that, sir, I’d gladly come here and attend +on you altogether during your stay.”</p> + +<p>“My good woman,” said Malcolmson hastily, “I have come here on purpose +to obtain solitude; and believe me that I am grateful to the late +Greenhow for having so organised his admirable charity—whatever it +is—that I am perforce denied the opportunity of suffering from such a +form of temptation! Saint Anthony himself could not be more rigid on the +point!”</p> + +<p>The old woman laughed harshly. “Ah, you young gentlemen,” she said, “you +don’t fear for naught; and belike you’ll get all the solitude you want +here.” She set to work with her cleaning; and by nightfall, when +Malcolmson returned from his walk—he always had one of his books to +study as he walked—he found the room swept and tidied, a fire burning +in the old hearth, the lamp lit, and the table spread for supper with +Mrs. Witham’s excellent fare. “This is comfort, indeed,” he said, as he +rubbed his hands.</p> + +<p>When he had finished his supper, and lifted the tray to the other end of +the great oak dining-table, he got out his books again, put fresh wood +on the fire, trimmed his lamp, and set himself down to a spell of real +hard work. He went on without pause till about eleven o’clock, when he +knocked off for a bit to fix his fire and lamp, and to make himself a +cup of tea. He had always been a tea-drinker, and during his college +life had sat late at work and had taken tea late. The rest was a great +luxury to him, and he enjoyed it with a sense of delicious, voluptuous +ease. The renewed fire leaped and sparkled, and threw quaint shadows +through the great old room; and as he sipped his hot tea he revelled in +the sense of isolation from his kind. Then it was that he began to +notice for the first time what a noise the rats were making.</p> + +<p>“Surely,” he thought, “they cannot have been at it all the time I was +reading. Had they been, I must have noticed it!” Presently, when the +noise increased, he satisfied himself that it was really new. It was +evident that at first the rats had been frightened at the presence of a +stranger, and the light of fire and lamp; but that as the time went on +they had grown bolder and were now disporting themselves as was their +wont.</p> + +<p>How busy they were! and hark to the strange noises! Up and down behind +the old wainscot, over the ceiling and under the floor they raced, and +gnawed, and scratched! Malcolmson smiled to himself as he recalled to +mind the saying of Mrs. Dempster, “Bogies is rats, and rats is bogies!” +The tea began to have its effect of intellectual and nervous stimulus, +he saw with joy another long spell of work to be done before the night +was past, and in the sense of security which it gave him, he allowed +himself the luxury of a good look round the room. He took his lamp in +one hand, and went all around, wondering that so quaint and beautiful an +old house had been so long neglected. The carving of the oak on the +panels of the wainscot was fine, and on and round the doors and windows +it was beautiful and of rare merit. There were some old pictures on the +walls, but they were coated so thick with dust and dirt that he could +not distinguish any detail of them, though he held his lamp as high as +he could over his head. Here and there as he went round he saw some +crack or hole blocked for a moment by the face of a rat with its bright +eyes glittering in the light, but in an instant it was gone, and a +squeak and a scamper followed. The thing that most struck him, however, +was the rope of the great alarm bell on the roof, which hung down in a +corner of the room on the right-hand side of the fireplace. He pulled up +close to the hearth a great high-backed carved oak chair, and sat down +to his last cup of tea. When this was done he made up the fire, and went +back to his work, sitting at the corner of the table, having the fire to +his left. For a little while the rats disturbed him somewhat with their +perpetual scampering, but he got accustomed to the noise as one does to +the ticking of a clock or to the roar of moving water; and he became so +immersed in his work that everything in the world, except the problem +which he was trying to solve, passed away from him.</p> + +<p>He suddenly looked up, his problem was still unsolved, and there was in +the air that sense of the hour before the dawn, which is so dread to +doubtful life. The noise of the rats had ceased. Indeed it seemed to him +that it must have ceased but lately and that it was the sudden cessation +which had disturbed him. The fire had fallen low, but still it threw out +a deep red glow. As he looked he started in spite of his <i>sang froid</i>.</p> + +<p>There on the great high-backed carved oak chair by the right side of the +fireplace sat an enormous rat, steadily glaring at him with baleful +eyes. He made a motion to it as though to hunt it away, but it did not +stir. Then he made the motion of throwing something. Still it did not +stir, but showed its great white teeth angrily, and its cruel eyes shone +in the lamplight with an added vindictiveness.</p> + +<p>Malcolmson felt amazed, and seizing the poker from the hearth ran at it +to kill it. Before, however, he could strike it, the rat, with a squeak +that sounded like the concentration of hate, jumped upon the floor, and, +running up the rope of the alarm bell, disappeared in the darkness +beyond the range of the green-shaded lamp. Instantly, strange to say, +the noisy scampering of the rats in the wainscot began again.</p> + +<p>By this time Malcolmson’s mind was quite off the problem; and as a +shrill cock-crow outside told him of the approach of morning, he went to +bed and to sleep.</p> + +<p>He slept so sound that he was not even waked by Mrs. Dempster coming in +to make up his room. It was only when she had tidied up the place and +got his breakfast ready and tapped on the screen which closed in his bed +that he woke. He was a little tired still after his night’s hard work, +but a strong cup of tea soon freshened him up and, taking his book, he +went out for his morning walk, bringing with him a few sandwiches lest +he should not care to return till dinner time. He found a quiet walk +between high elms some way outside the town, and here he spent the +greater part of the day studying his Laplace. On his return he looked in +to see Mrs. Witham and to thank her for her kindness. When she saw him +coming through the diamond-paned bay window of her sanctum she came out +to meet him and asked him in. She looked at him searchingly and shook +her head as she said:</p> + +<p>“You must not overdo it, sir. You are paler this morning than you should +be. Too late hours and too hard work on the brain isn’t good for any +man! But tell me, sir, how did you pass the night? Well, I hope? But my +heart! sir, I was glad when Mrs. Dempster told me this morning that you +were all right and sleeping sound when she went in.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, I was all right,” he answered smiling, “the ‘somethings’ didn’t +worry me, as yet. Only the rats; and they had a circus, I tell you, all +over the place. There was one wicked looking old devil that sat up on my +own chair by the fire, and wouldn’t go till I took the poker to him, and +then he ran up the rope of the alarm bell and got to somewhere up the +wall or the ceiling—I couldn’t see where, it was so dark.”</p> + +<p>“Mercy on us,” said Mrs. Witham, “an old devil, and sitting on a chair +by the fireside! Take care, sir! take care! There’s many a true word +spoken in jest.”</p> + +<p>“How do you mean? Pon my word I don’t understand.”</p> + +<p>“An old devil! The old devil, perhaps. There! sir, you needn’t laugh,” +for Malcolmson had broken into a hearty peal. “You young folks thinks it +easy to laugh at things that makes older ones shudder. Never mind, sir! +never mind! Please God, you’ll laugh all the time. It’s what I wish you +myself!” and the good lady beamed all over in sympathy with his +enjoyment, her fears gone for a moment.</p> + +<p>“Oh, forgive me!” said Malcolmson presently. “Don’t think me rude; but +the idea was too much for me—that the old devil himself was on the +chair last night!” And at the thought he laughed again. Then he went home +to dinner.</p> + +<p> +This evening the scampering of the rats began earlier; indeed it had been going +on before his arrival, and only ceased whilst his presence by its freshness +disturbed them. After dinner he sat by the fire for a while and had a smoke; +and then, having cleared his table, began to work as before. Tonight the rats +disturbed him more than they had done on the previous night. How they scampered +up and down and under and over! How they squeaked, and scratched, and gnawed! +How they, getting bolder by degrees, came to the mouths of their holes and to +the chinks and cracks and crannies in the wainscoting till their eyes shone +like tiny lamps as the firelight rose and fell. But to him, now doubtless +accustomed to them, their eyes were not wicked; only their playfulness touched +him. Sometimes the boldest of them made sallies out on the floor or along the +mouldings of the wainscot. Now and again as they disturbed him Malcolmson made +a sound to frighten them, smiting the table with his hand or giving a fierce +“Hsh, hsh,” so that they fled straightway to their holes. +</p> + +<p>And so the early part of the night wore on; and despite the noise +Malcolmson got more and more immersed in his work.</p> + +<p>All at once he stopped, as on the previous night, being overcome by a +sudden sense of silence. There was not the faintest sound of gnaw, or +scratch, or squeak. The silence was as of the grave. He remembered the +odd occurrence of the previous night, and instinctively he looked at the +chair standing close by the fireside. And then a very odd sensation +thrilled through him.</p> + +<p>There, on the great old high-backed carved oak chair beside the +fireplace sat the same enormous rat, steadily glaring at him with +baleful eyes.</p> + +<p>Instinctively he took the nearest thing to his hand, a book of +logarithms, and flung it at it. The book was badly aimed and the rat did +not stir, so again the poker performance of the previous night was +repeated; and again the rat, being closely pursued, fled up the rope of +the alarm bell. Strangely too, the departure of this rat was instantly +followed by the renewal of the noise made by the general rat community. +On this occasion, as on the previous one, Malcolmson could not see at +what part of the room the rat disappeared, for the green shade of his +lamp left the upper part of the room in darkness, and the fire had +burned low.</p> + +<p>On looking at his watch he found it was close on midnight; and, not +sorry for the <i>divertissement</i>, he made up his fire and made himself his +nightly pot of tea. He had got through a good spell of work, and thought +himself entitled to a cigarette; and so he sat on the great oak chair +before the fire and enjoyed it. Whilst smoking he began to think that he +would like to know where the rat disappeared to, for he had certain +ideas for the morrow not entirely disconnected with a rat-trap. +Accordingly he lit another lamp and placed it so that it would shine +well into the right-hand corner of the wall by the fireplace. Then he +got all the books he had with him, and placed them handy to throw at the +vermin. Finally he lifted the rope of the alarm bell and placed the end +of it on the table, fixing the extreme end under the lamp. As he handled +it he could not help noticing how pliable it was, especially for so +strong a rope, and one not in use. “You could hang a man with it,” he +thought to himself. When his preparations were made he looked around, +and said complacently:</p> + +<p>“There now, my friend, I think we shall learn something of you this +time!” He began his work again, and though as before somewhat disturbed +at first by the noise of the rats, soon lost himself in his propositions +and problems.</p> + +<p>Again he was called to his immediate surroundings suddenly. This time it +might not have been the sudden silence only which took his attention; +there was a slight movement of the rope, and the lamp moved. Without +stirring, he looked to see if his pile of books was within range, and +then cast his eye along the rope. As he looked he saw the great rat drop +from the rope on the oak arm-chair and sit there glaring at him. He +raised a book in his right hand, and taking careful aim, flung it at the +rat. The latter, with a quick movement, sprang aside and dodged the +missile. He then took another book, and a third, and flung them one +after another at the rat, but each time unsuccessfully. At last, as he +stood with a book poised in his hand to throw, the rat squeaked and +seemed afraid. This made Malcolmson more than ever eager to strike, and +the book flew and struck the rat a resounding blow. It gave a terrified +squeak, and turning on his pursuer a look of terrible malevolence, ran +up the chair-back and made a great jump to the rope of the alarm bell +and ran up it like lightning. The lamp rocked under the sudden strain, +but it was a heavy one and did not topple over. Malcolmson kept his eyes +on the rat, and saw it by the light of the second lamp leap to a +moulding of the wainscot and disappear through a hole in one of the +great pictures which hung on the wall, obscured and invisible through +its coating of dirt and dust.</p> + +<p>“I shall look up my friend’s habitation in the morning,” said the +student, as he went over to collect his books. “The third picture from +the fireplace; I shall not forget.” He picked up the books one by one, +commenting on them as he lifted them. “<i>Conic Sections</i> he does not +mind, nor <i>Cycloidal Oscillations</i>, nor the <i>Principia</i>, nor +<i>Quaternions</i>, nor <i>Thermodynamics</i>. Now for the book that fetched him!” +Malcolmson took it up and looked at it. As he did so he started, and a +sudden pallor overspread his face. He looked round uneasily and shivered +slightly, as he murmured to himself:</p> + +<p>“The Bible my mother gave me! What an odd coincidence.” He sat down to +work again, and the rats in the wainscot renewed their gambols. They did +not disturb him, however; somehow their presence gave him a sense of +companionship. But he could not attend to his work, and after striving +to master the subject on which he was engaged gave it up in despair, and +went to bed as the first streak of dawn stole in through the eastern +window.</p> + +<p>He slept heavily but uneasily, and dreamed much; and when Mrs. Dempster +woke him late in the morning he seemed ill at ease, and for a few +minutes did not seem to realise exactly where he was. His first request +rather surprised the servant.</p> + +<p>“Mrs. Dempster, when I am out to-day I wish you would get the steps and +dust or wash those pictures—specially that one the third from the +fireplace—I want to see what they are.”</p> + +<p>Late in the afternoon Malcolmson worked at his books in the shaded walk, +and the cheerfulness of the previous day came back to him as the day +wore on, and he found that his reading was progressing well. He had +worked out to a satisfactory conclusion all the problems which had as +yet baffled him, and it was in a state of jubilation that he paid a +visit to Mrs. Witham at “The Good Traveller”. He found a stranger in the +cosy sitting-room with the landlady, who was introduced to him as Dr. +Thornhill. She was not quite at ease, and this, combined with the +doctor’s plunging at once into a series of questions, made Malcolmson +come to the conclusion that his presence was not an accident, so without +preliminary he said:</p> + +<p>“Dr. Thornhill, I shall with pleasure answer you any question you may +choose to ask me if you will answer me one question first.”</p> + +<p>The doctor seemed surprised, but he smiled and answered at once, “Done! +What is it?”</p> + +<p>“Did Mrs. Witham ask you to come here and see me and advise me?”</p> + +<p>Dr. Thornhill for a moment was taken aback, and Mrs. Witham got fiery +red and turned away; but the doctor was a frank and ready man, and he +answered at once and openly.</p> + +<p>“She did: but she didn’t intend you to know it. I suppose it was my +clumsy haste that made you suspect. She told me that she did not like +the idea of your being in that house all by yourself, and that she +thought you took too much strong tea. In fact, she wants me to advise +you if possible to give up the tea and the very late hours. I was a keen +student in my time, so I suppose I may take the liberty of a college +man, and without offence, advise you not quite as a stranger.”</p> + +<p>Malcolmson with a bright smile held out his hand. “Shake! as they say in +America,” he said. “I must thank you for your kindness and Mrs. Witham +too, and your kindness deserves a return on my part. I promise to take +no more strong tea—no tea at all till you let me—and I shall go to bed +tonight at one o’clock at latest. Will that do?”</p> + +<p>“Capital,” said the doctor. “Now tell us all that you noticed in the old +house,” and so Malcolmson then and there told in minute detail all that +had happened in the last two nights. He was interrupted every now and +then by some exclamation from Mrs. Witham, till finally when he told of +the episode of the Bible the landlady’s pent-up emotions found vent in a +shriek; and it was not till a stiff glass of brandy and water had been +administered that she grew composed again. Dr. Thornhill listened with a +face of growing gravity, and when the narrative was complete and Mrs. +Witham had been restored he asked:</p> + +<p>“The rat always went up the rope of the alarm bell?”</p> + +<p>“Always.”</p> + +<p>“I suppose you know,” said the Doctor after a pause, “what the rope is?”</p> + +<p>“No!”</p> + +<p>“It is,” said the Doctor slowly, “the very rope which the hangman used +for all the victims of the Judge’s judicial rancour!” Here he was +interrupted by another scream from Mrs. Witham, and steps had to be +taken for her recovery. Malcolmson having looked at his watch, and found +that it was close to his dinner hour, had gone home before her complete +recovery.</p> + +<p>When Mrs. Witham was herself again she almost assailed the Doctor with +angry questions as to what he meant by putting such horrible ideas into +the poor young man’s mind. “He has quite enough there already to upset +him,” she added. Dr. Thornhill replied:</p> + +<p>“My dear madam, I had a distinct purpose in it! I wanted to draw his +attention to the bell rope, and to fix it there. It may be that he is in +a highly overwrought state, and has been studying too much, although I +am bound to say that he seems as sound and healthy a young man, mentally +and bodily, as ever I saw—but then the rats—and that suggestion of the +devil.” The doctor shook his head and went on. “I would have offered to +go and stay the first night with him but that I felt sure it would have +been a cause of offence. He may get in the night some strange fright or +hallucination; and if he does I want him to pull that rope. All alone as +he is it will give us warning, and we may reach him in time to be of +service. I shall be sitting up pretty late tonight and shall keep my +ears open. Do not be alarmed if Benchurch gets a surprise before +morning.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, Doctor, what do you mean? What do you mean?”</p> + +<p>“I mean this; that possibly—nay, more probably—we shall hear the great +alarm bell from the Judge’s House tonight,” and the Doctor made about as +effective an exit as could be thought of.</p> + +<p>When Malcolmson arrived home he found that it was a little after his +usual time, and Mrs. Dempster had gone away—the rules of Greenhow’s +Charity were not to be neglected. He was glad to see that the place was +bright and tidy with a cheerful fire and a well-trimmed lamp. The +evening was colder than might have been expected in April, and a heavy +wind was blowing with such rapidly-increasing strength that there was +every promise of a storm during the night. For a few minutes after his +entrance the noise of the rats ceased; but so soon as they became +accustomed to his presence they began again. He was glad to hear them, +for he felt once more the feeling of companionship in their noise, and +his mind ran back to the strange fact that they only ceased to manifest +themselves when that other—the great rat with the baleful eyes—came +upon the scene. The reading-lamp only was lit and its green shade kept +the ceiling and the upper part of the room in darkness, so that the +cheerful light from the hearth spreading over the floor and shining on +the white cloth laid over the end of the table was warm and cheery. +Malcolmson sat down to his dinner with a good appetite and a buoyant +spirit. After his dinner and a cigarette he sat steadily down to work, +determined not to let anything disturb him, for he remembered his +promise to the doctor, and made up his mind to make the best of the time +at his disposal.</p> + +<p>For an hour or so he worked all right, and then his thoughts began to +wander from his books. The actual circumstances around him, the calls on +his physical attention, and his nervous susceptibility were not to be +denied. By this time the wind had become a gale, and the gale a storm. +The old house, solid though it was, seemed to shake to its foundations, +and the storm roared and raged through its many chimneys and its queer +old gables, producing strange, unearthly sounds in the empty rooms and +corridors. Even the great alarm bell on the roof must have felt the +force of the wind, for the rope rose and fell slightly, as though the +bell were moved a little from time to time and the limber rope fell on +the oak floor with a hard and hollow sound.</p> + +<p>As Malcolmson listened to it he bethought himself of the doctor’s words, +“It is the rope which the hangman used for the victims of the Judge’s +judicial rancour,” and he went over to the corner of the fireplace and +took it in his hand to look at it. There seemed a sort of deadly +interest in it, and as he stood there he lost himself for a moment in +speculation as to who these victims were, and the grim wish of the Judge +to have such a ghastly relic ever under his eyes. As he stood there the +swaying of the bell on the roof still lifted the rope now and again; but +presently there came a new sensation—a sort of tremor in the rope, as +though something was moving along it.</p> + +<p>Looking up instinctively Malcolmson saw the great rat coming slowly down +towards him, glaring at him steadily. He dropped the rope and started +back with a muttered curse, and the rat turning ran up the rope again +and disappeared, and at the same instant Malcolmson became conscious +that the noise of the rats, which had ceased for a while, began again.</p> + +<p>All this set him thinking, and it occurred to him that he had not +investigated the lair of the rat or looked at the pictures, as he had +intended. He lit the other lamp without the shade, and, holding it up +went and stood opposite the third picture from the fireplace on the +right-hand side where he had seen the rat disappear on the previous +night.</p> + +<p>At the first glance he started back so suddenly that he almost dropped +the lamp, and a deadly pallor overspread his face. His knees shook, and +heavy drops of sweat came on his forehead, and he trembled like an +aspen. But he was young and plucky, and pulled himself together, and +after the pause of a few seconds stepped forward again, raised the lamp, +and examined the picture which had been dusted and washed, and now stood +out clearly.</p> + +<p>It was of a judge dressed in his robes of scarlet and ermine. His face +was strong and merciless, evil, crafty, and vindictive, with a sensual +mouth, hooked nose of ruddy colour, and shaped like the beak of a bird +of prey. The rest of the face was of a cadaverous colour. The eyes were +of peculiar brilliance and with a terribly malignant expression. As he +looked at them, Malcolmson grew cold, for he saw there the very +counterpart of the eyes of the great rat. The lamp almost fell from his +hand, he saw the rat with its baleful eyes peering out through the hole +in the corner of the picture, and noted the sudden cessation of the +noise of the other rats. However, he pulled himself together, and went +on with his examination of the picture.</p> + +<p>The Judge was seated in a great high-backed carved oak chair, on the +right-hand side of a great stone fireplace where, in the corner, a rope +hung down from the ceiling, its end lying coiled on the floor. With a +feeling of something like horror, Malcolmson recognised the scene of the +room as it stood, and gazed around him in an awestruck manner as though +he expected to find some strange presence behind him. Then he looked +over to the corner of the fireplace—and with a loud cry he let the lamp +fall from his hand.</p> + +<p>There, in the Judge’s arm-chair, with the rope hanging behind, sat the +rat with the Judge’s baleful eyes, now intensified and with a fiendish +leer. Save for the howling of the storm without there was silence.</p> + +<p>The fallen lamp recalled Malcolmson to himself. Fortunately it was of +metal, and so the oil was not spilt. However, the practical need of +attending to it settled at once his nervous apprehensions. When he had +turned it out, he wiped his brow and thought for a moment.</p> + +<p>“This will not do,” he said to himself. “If I go on like this I shall +become a crazy fool. This must stop! I promised the doctor I would not +take tea. Faith, he was pretty right! My nerves must have been getting +into a queer state. Funny I did not notice it. I never felt better in my +life. However, it is all right now, and I shall not be such a fool +again.”</p> + +<p>Then he mixed himself a good stiff glass of brandy and water and +resolutely sat down to his work.</p> + +<p>It was nearly an hour when he looked up from his book, disturbed by the +sudden stillness. Without, the wind howled and roared louder than ever, +and the rain drove in sheets against the windows, beating like hail on +the glass; but within there was no sound whatever save the echo of the +wind as it roared in the great chimney, and now and then a hiss as a few +raindrops found their way down the chimney in a lull of the storm. The +fire had fallen low and had ceased to flame, though it threw out a red +glow. Malcolmson listened attentively, and presently heard a thin, +squeaking noise, very faint. It came from the corner of the room where +the rope hung down, and he thought it was the creaking of the rope on +the floor as the swaying of the bell raised and lowered it. Looking up, +however, he saw in the dim light the great rat clinging to the rope and +gnawing it. The rope was already nearly gnawed through—he could see the +lighter colour where the strands were laid bare. As he looked the job +was completed, and the severed end of the rope fell clattering on the +oaken floor, whilst for an instant the great rat remained like a knob or +tassel at the end of the rope, which now began to sway to and fro. +Malcolmson felt for a moment another pang of terror as he thought that +now the possibility of calling the outer world to his assistance was cut +off, but an intense anger took its place, and seizing the book he was +reading he hurled it at the rat. The blow was well aimed, but before the +missile could reach him the rat dropped off and struck the floor with a +soft thud. Malcolmson instantly rushed over towards him, but it darted +away and disappeared in the darkness of the shadows of the room. +Malcolmson felt that his work was over for the night, and determined +then and there to vary the monotony of the proceedings by a hunt for the +rat, and took off the green shade of the lamp so as to insure a wider +spreading light. As he did so the gloom of the upper part of the room +was relieved, and in the new flood of light, great by comparison with +the previous darkness, the pictures on the wall stood out boldly. From +where he stood, Malcolmson saw right opposite to him the third picture +on the wall from the right of the fireplace. He rubbed his eyes in +surprise, and then a great fear began to come upon him.</p> + +<p>In the centre of the picture was a great irregular patch of brown +canvas, as fresh as when it was stretched on the frame. The background +was as before, with chair and chimney-corner and rope, but the figure of +the Judge had disappeared.</p> + +<p>Malcolmson, almost in a chill of horror, turned slowly round, and then +he began to shake and tremble like a man in a palsy. His strength seemed +to have left him, and he was incapable of action or movement, hardly +even of thought. He could only see and hear.</p> + +<p>There, on the great high-backed carved oak chair sat the Judge in his +robes of scarlet and ermine, with his baleful eyes glaring vindictively, +and a smile of triumph on the resolute, cruel mouth, as he lifted with +his hands a <i>black cap</i>. Malcolmson felt as if the blood was running +from his heart, as one does in moments of prolonged suspense. There was +a singing in his ears. Without, he could hear the roar and howl of the +tempest, and through it, swept on the storm, came the striking of +midnight by the great chimes in the market place. He stood for a space +of time that seemed to him endless still as a statue, and with +wide-open, horror-struck eyes, breathless. As the clock struck, so the +smile of triumph on the Judge’s face intensified, and at the last stroke +of midnight he placed the black cap on his head.</p> + +<p>Slowly and deliberately the Judge rose from his chair and picked up the +piece of the rope of the alarm bell which lay on the floor, drew it +through his hands as if he enjoyed its touch, and then deliberately +began to knot one end of it, fashioning it into a noose. This he +tightened and tested with his foot, pulling hard at it till he was +satisfied and then making a running noose of it, which he held in his +hand. Then he began to move along the table on the opposite side to +Malcolmson keeping his eyes on him until he had passed him, when with a +quick movement he stood in front of the door. Malcolmson then began to +feel that he was trapped, and tried to think of what he should do. There +was some fascination in the Judge’s eyes, which he never took off him, +and he had, perforce, to look. He saw the Judge approach—still keeping +between him and the door—and raise the noose and throw it towards him +as if to entangle him. With a great effort he made a quick movement to +one side, and saw the rope fall beside him, and heard it strike the +oaken floor. Again the Judge raised the noose and tried to ensnare him, +ever keeping his baleful eyes fixed on him, and each time by a mighty +effort the student just managed to evade it. So this went on for many +times, the Judge seeming never discouraged nor discomposed at failure, +but playing as a cat does with a mouse. At last in despair, which had +reached its climax, Malcolmson cast a quick glance round him. The lamp +seemed to have blazed up, and there was a fairly good light in the room. +At the many rat-holes and in the chinks and crannies of the wainscot he +saw the rats’ eyes; and this aspect, that was purely physical, gave him +a gleam of comfort. He looked around and saw that the rope of the great +alarm bell was laden with rats. Every inch of it was covered with them, +and more and more were pouring through the small circular hole in the +ceiling whence it emerged, so that with their weight the bell was +beginning to sway.</p> + +<p>Hark! it had swayed till the clapper had touched the bell. The sound was +but a tiny one, but the bell was only beginning to sway, and it would +increase.</p> + +<p>At the sound the Judge, who had been keeping his eyes fixed on +Malcolmson, looked up, and a scowl of diabolical anger overspread his +face. His eyes fairly glowed like hot coals, and he stamped his foot +with a sound that seemed to make the house shake. A dreadful peal of +thunder broke overhead as he raised the rope again, whilst the rats kept +running up and down the rope as though working against time. This time, +instead of throwing it, he drew close to his victim, and held open the +noose as he approached. As he came closer there seemed something +paralysing in his very presence, and Malcolmson stood rigid as a corpse. +He felt the Judge’s icy fingers touch his throat as he adjusted the +rope. The noose tightened—tightened. Then the Judge, taking the rigid +form of the student in his arms, carried him over and placed him +standing in the oak chair, and stepping up beside him, put his hand up +and caught the end of the swaying rope of the alarm bell. As he raised +his hand the rats fled squeaking, and disappeared through the hole in +the ceiling. Taking the end of the noose which was round Malcolmson’s +neck he tied it to the hanging-bell rope, and then descending pulled +away the chair.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p>When the alarm bell of the Judge’s House began to sound a crowd soon +assembled. Lights and torches of various kinds appeared, and soon a +silent crowd was hurrying to the spot. They knocked loudly at the door, +but there was no reply. Then they burst in the door, and poured into the +great dining-room, the doctor at the head.</p> + +<p>There at the end of the rope of the great alarm bell hung the body of +the student, and on the face of the Judge in the picture was a malignant +smile. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap03"></a>The Squaw</h2> + +<p> +Nurnberg at the time was not so much exploited as it has been since +then. Irving had not been playing <i>Faust</i>, and the very name of the old +town was hardly known to the great bulk of the travelling public. My +wife and I being in the second week of our honeymoon, naturally wanted +someone else to join our party, so that when the cheery stranger, Elias +P. Hutcheson, hailing from Isthmian City, Bleeding Gulch, Maple Tree +County, Neb. turned up at the station at Frankfort, and casually +remarked that he was going on to see the most all-fired old Methuselah +of a town in Yurrup, and that he guessed that so much travelling alone +was enough to send an intelligent, active citizen into the melancholy +ward of a daft house, we took the pretty broad hint and suggested that +we should join forces. We found, on comparing notes afterwards, that we +had each intended to speak with some diffidence or hesitation so as not +to appear too eager, such not being a good compliment to the success of +our married life; but the effect was entirely marred by our both +beginning to speak at the same instant—stopping simultaneously and then +going on together again. Anyhow, no matter how, it was done; and Elias +P. Hutcheson became one of our party. Straightway Amelia and I found the +pleasant benefit; instead of quarrelling, as we had been doing, we found +that the restraining influence of a third party was such that we now +took every opportunity of spooning in odd corners. Amelia declares that +ever since she has, as the result of that experience, advised all her +friends to take a friend on the honeymoon. Well, we “did” Nurnberg +together, and much enjoyed the racy remarks of our Transatlantic friend, +who, from his quaint speech and his wonderful stock of adventures, might +have stepped out of a novel. We kept for the last object of interest in +the city to be visited the Burg, and on the day appointed for the visit +strolled round the outer wall of the city by the eastern side.</p> + +<p>The Burg is seated on a rock dominating the town and an immensely deep +fosse guards it on the northern side. Nurnberg has been happy in that it +was never sacked; had it been it would certainly not be so spick and +span perfect as it is at present. The ditch has not been used for +centuries, and now its base is spread with tea-gardens and orchards, of +which some of the trees are of quite respectable growth. As we wandered +round the wall, dawdling in the hot July sunshine, we often paused to +admire the views spread before us, and in especial the great plain +covered with towns and villages and bounded with a blue line of hills, +like a landscape of Claude Lorraine. From this we always turned with new +delight to the city itself, with its myriad of quaint old gables and +acre-wide red roofs dotted with dormer windows, tier upon tier. A little +to our right rose the towers of the Burg, and nearer still, standing +grim, the Torture Tower, which was, and is, perhaps, the most +interesting place in the city. For centuries the tradition of the Iron +Virgin of Nurnberg has been handed down as an instance of the horrors of +cruelty of which man is capable; we had long looked forward to seeing +it; and here at last was its home.</p> + +<p>In one of our pauses we leaned over the wall of the moat and looked +down. The garden seemed quite fifty or sixty feet below us, and the sun +pouring into it with an intense, moveless heat like that of an oven. +Beyond rose the grey, grim wall seemingly of endless height, and losing +itself right and left in the angles of bastion and counterscarp. Trees +and bushes crowned the wall, and above again towered the lofty houses on +whose massive beauty Time has only set the hand of approval. The sun was +hot and we were lazy; time was our own, and we lingered, leaning on the +wall. Just below us was a pretty sight—a great black cat lying +stretched in the sun, whilst round her gambolled prettily a tiny black +kitten. The mother would wave her tail for the kitten to play with, or +would raise her feet and push away the little one as an encouragement to +further play. They were just at the foot of the wall, and Elias P. +Hutcheson, in order to help the play, stooped and took from the walk a +moderate sized pebble.</p> + +<p>“See!” he said, “I will drop it near the kitten, and they will both +wonder where it came from.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, be careful,” said my wife; “you might hit the dear little thing!”</p> + +<p>“Not me, ma’am,” said Elias P. “Why, I’m as tender as a Maine +cherry-tree. Lor, bless ye. I wouldn’t hurt the poor pooty little +critter more’n I’d scalp a baby. An’ you may bet your variegated socks +on that! See, I’ll drop it fur away on the outside so’s not to go near +her!” Thus saying, he leaned over and held his arm out at full length +and dropped the stone. It may be that there is some attractive force +which draws lesser matters to greater; or more probably that the wall +was not plump but sloped to its base—we not noticing the inclination +from above; but the stone fell with a sickening thud that came up to us +through the hot air, right on the kitten’s head, and shattered out its +little brains then and there. The black cat cast a swift upward glance, +and we saw her eyes like green fire fixed an instant on Elias P. +Hutcheson; and then her attention was given to the kitten, which lay +still with just a quiver of her tiny limbs, whilst a thin red stream +trickled from a gaping wound. With a muffled cry, such as a human being +might give, she bent over the kitten licking its wounds and moaning. +Suddenly she seemed to realise that it was dead, and again threw her +eyes up at us. I shall never forget the sight, for she looked the +perfect incarnation of hate. Her green eyes blazed with lurid fire, and +the white, sharp teeth seemed to almost shine through the blood which +dabbled her mouth and whiskers. She gnashed her teeth, and her claws +stood out stark and at full length on every paw. Then she made a wild +rush up the wall as if to reach us, but when the momentum ended fell +back, and further added to her horrible appearance for she fell on the +kitten, and rose with her black fur smeared with its brains and blood. +Amelia turned quite faint, and I had to lift her back from the wall. +There was a seat close by in shade of a spreading plane-tree, and here I +placed her whilst she composed herself. Then I went back to Hutcheson, +who stood without moving, looking down on the angry cat below.</p> + +<p>As I joined him, he said:</p> + +<p>“Wall, I guess that air the savagest beast I ever see—’cept once when +an Apache squaw had an edge on a half-breed what they nicknamed +‘Splinters’ “cos of the way he fixed up her papoose which he stole on a +raid just to show that he appreciated the way they had given his mother +the fire torture. She got that kinder look so set on her face that it +jest seemed to grow there. She followed Splinters mor’n three year till +at last the braves got him and handed him over to her. They did say that +no man, white or Injun, had ever been so long a-dying under the tortures +of the Apaches. The only time I ever see her smile was when I wiped her +out. I kem on the camp just in time to see Splinters pass in his checks, +and he wasn’t sorry to go either. He was a hard citizen, and though I +never could shake with him after that papoose business—for it was +bitter bad, and he should have been a white man, for he looked like +one—I see he had got paid out in full. Durn me, but I took a piece of +his hide from one of his skinnin’ posts an’ had it made into a +pocket-book. It’s here now!” and he slapped the breast pocket of his +coat.</p> + +<p>Whilst he was speaking the cat was continuing her frantic efforts to get +up the wall. She would take a run back and then charge up, sometimes +reaching an incredible height. She did not seem to mind the heavy fall +which she got each time but started with renewed vigour; and at every +tumble her appearance became more horrible. Hutcheson was a kind-hearted +man—my wife and I had both noticed little acts of kindness to animals +as well as to persons—and he seemed concerned at the state of fury to +which the cat had wrought herself.</p> + +<p>“Wall, now!” he said, “I du declare that that poor critter seems quite +desperate. There! there! poor thing, it was all an accident—though that +won’t bring back your little one to you. Say! I wouldn’t have had such a +thing happen for a thousand! Just shows what a clumsy fool of a man can +do when he tries to play! Seems I’m too darned slipperhanded to even +play with a cat. Say Colonel!” it was a pleasant way he had to bestow +titles freely—“I hope your wife don’t hold no grudge against me on +account of this unpleasantness? Why, I wouldn’t have had it occur on no +account.”</p> + +<p>He came over to Amelia and apologised profusely, and she with her usual +kindness of heart hastened to assure him that she quite understood that +it was an accident. Then we all went again to the wall and looked over.</p> + +<p>The cat missing Hutcheson’s face had drawn back across the moat, and was +sitting on her haunches as though ready to spring. Indeed, the very +instant she saw him she did spring, and with a blind unreasoning fury, +which would have been grotesque, only that it was so frightfully real. +She did not try to run up the wall, but simply launched herself at him +as though hate and fury could lend her wings to pass straight through +the great distance between them. Amelia, womanlike, got quite concerned, +and said to Elias P. in a warning voice:</p> + +<p>“Oh! you must be very careful. That animal would try to kill you if she +were here; her eyes look like positive murder.”</p> + +<p>He laughed out jovially. “Excuse me, ma’am,” he said, “but I can’t help +laughin’. Fancy a man that has fought grizzlies an’ Injuns bein’ careful +of bein’ murdered by a cat!”</p> + +<p>When the cat heard him laugh, her whole demeanour seemed to change. She +no longer tried to jump or run up the wall, but went quietly over, and +sitting again beside the dead kitten began to lick and fondle it as +though it were alive.</p> + +<p>“See!” said I, “the effect of a really strong man. Even that animal in +the midst of her fury recognises the voice of a master, and bows to +him!”</p> + +<p>“Like a squaw!” was the only comment of Elias P. Hutcheson, as we moved +on our way round the city fosse. Every now and then we looked over the +wall and each time saw the cat following us. At first she had kept going +back to the dead kitten, and then as the distance grew greater took it +in her mouth and so followed. After a while, however, she abandoned +this, for we saw her following all alone; she had evidently hidden the +body somewhere. Amelia’s alarm grew at the cat’s persistence, and more +than once she repeated her warning; but the American always laughed with +amusement, till finally, seeing that she was beginning to be worried, he +said:</p> + +<p>“I say, ma’am, you needn’t be skeered over that cat. I go heeled, I du!” +Here he slapped his pistol pocket at the back of his lumbar region. “Why +sooner’n have you worried, I’ll shoot the critter, right here, an’ risk +the police interferin’ with a citizen of the United States for carryin’ +arms contrairy to reg’lations!” As he spoke he looked over the wall, but +the cat on seeing him, retreated, with a growl, into a bed of tall +flowers, and was hidden. He went on: “Blest if that ar critter ain’t got +more sense of what’s good for her than most Christians. I guess we’ve +seen the last of her! You bet, she’ll go back now to that busted kitten +and have a private funeral of it, all to herself!”</p> + +<p>Amelia did not like to say more, lest he might, in mistaken kindness to +her, fulfil his threat of shooting the cat: and so we went on and +crossed the little wooden bridge leading to the gateway whence ran the +steep paved roadway between the Burg and the pentagonal Torture Tower. +As we crossed the bridge we saw the cat again down below us. When she +saw us her fury seemed to return, and she made frantic efforts to get up +the steep wall. Hutcheson laughed as he looked down at her, and said:</p> + +<p>“Goodbye, old girl. Sorry I injured your feelin’s, but you’ll get over +it in time! So long!” And then we passed through the long, dim archway +and came to the gate of the Burg.</p> + +<p>When we came out again after our survey of this most beautiful old place +which not even the well-intentioned efforts of the Gothic restorers of +forty years ago have been able to spoil—though their restoration was +then glaring white—we seemed to have quite forgotten the unpleasant +episode of the morning. The old lime tree with its great trunk gnarled +with the passing of nearly nine centuries, the deep well cut through the +heart of the rock by those captives of old, and the lovely view from the +city wall whence we heard, spread over almost a full quarter of an hour, +the multitudinous chimes of the city, had all helped to wipe out from +our minds the incident of the slain kitten.</p> + +<p>We were the only visitors who had entered the Torture Tower that +morning—so at least said the old custodian—and as we had the place all +to ourselves were able to make a minute and more satisfactory survey +than would have otherwise been possible. The custodian, looking to us as +the sole source of his gains for the day, was willing to meet our wishes +in any way. The Torture Tower is truly a grim place, even now when many +thousands of visitors have sent a stream of life, and the joy that +follows life, into the place; but at the time I mention it wore its +grimmest and most gruesome aspect. The dust of ages seemed to have +settled on it, and the darkness and the horror of its memories seem to +have become sentient in a way that would have satisfied the Pantheistic +souls of Philo or Spinoza. The lower chamber where we entered was +seemingly, in its normal state, filled with incarnate darkness; even the +hot sunlight streaming in through the door seemed to be lost in the vast +thickness of the walls, and only showed the masonry rough as when the +builder’s scaffolding had come down, but coated with dust and marked +here and there with patches of dark stain which, if walls could speak, +could have given their own dread memories of fear and pain. We were glad +to pass up the dusty wooden staircase, the custodian leaving the outer +door open to light us somewhat on our way; for to our eyes the one +long-wick’d, evil-smelling candle stuck in a sconce on the wall gave an +inadequate light. When we came up through the open trap in the corner of +the chamber overhead, Amelia held on to me so tightly that I could +actually feel her heart beat. I must say for my own part that I was not +surprised at her fear, for this room was even more gruesome than that +below. Here there was certainly more light, but only just sufficient to +realise the horrible surroundings of the place. The builders of the +tower had evidently intended that only they who should gain the top +should have any of the joys of light and prospect. There, as we had +noticed from below, were ranges of windows, albeit of mediaeval +smallness, but elsewhere in the tower were only a very few narrow slits +such as were habitual in places of mediaeval defence. A few of these +only lit the chamber, and these so high up in the wall that from no part +could the sky be seen through the thickness of the walls. In racks, and +leaning in disorder against the walls, were a number of headsmen’s +swords, great double-handed weapons with broad blade and keen edge. Hard +by were several blocks whereon the necks of the victims had lain, with +here and there deep notches where the steel had bitten through the guard +of flesh and shored into the wood. Round the chamber, placed in all +sorts of irregular ways, were many implements of torture which made +one’s heart ache to see—chairs full of spikes which gave instant and +excruciating pain; chairs and couches with dull knobs whose torture was +seemingly less, but which, though slower, were equally efficacious; +racks, belts, boots, gloves, collars, all made for compressing at will; +steel baskets in which the head could be slowly crushed into a pulp if +necessary; watchmen’s hooks with long handle and knife that cut at +resistance—this a speciality of the old Nurnberg police system; and +many, many other devices for man’s injury to man. Amelia grew quite pale +with the horror of the things, but fortunately did not faint, for being +a little overcome she sat down on a torture chair, but jumped up again +with a shriek, all tendency to faint gone. We both pretended that it was +the injury done to her dress by the dust of the chair, and the rusty +spikes which had upset her, and Mr. Hutcheson acquiesced in accepting +the explanation with a kind-hearted laugh.</p> + +<p>But the central object in the whole of this chamber of horrors was the +engine known as the Iron Virgin, which stood near the centre of the +room. It was a rudely-shaped figure of a woman, something of the bell +order, or, to make a closer comparison, of the figure of Mrs. Noah in +the children’s Ark, but without that slimness of waist and perfect +<i>rondeur</i> of hip which marks the aesthetic type of the Noah family. One +would hardly have recognised it as intended for a human figure at all +had not the founder shaped on the forehead a rude semblance of a woman’s +face. This machine was coated with rust without, and covered with dust; +a rope was fastened to a ring in the front of the figure, about where +the waist should have been, and was drawn through a pulley, fastened on +the wooden pillar which sustained the flooring above. The custodian +pulling this rope showed that a section of the front was hinged like a +door at one side; we then saw that the engine was of considerable +thickness, leaving just room enough inside for a man to be placed. The +door was of equal thickness and of great weight, for it took the +custodian all his strength, aided though he was by the contrivance of +the pulley, to open it. This weight was partly due to the fact that the +door was of manifest purpose hung so as to throw its weight downwards, +so that it might shut of its own accord when the strain was released. +The inside was honeycombed with rust—nay more, the rust alone that +comes through time would hardly have eaten so deep into the iron walls; +the rust of the cruel stains was deep indeed! It was only, however, when +we came to look at the inside of the door that the diabolical intention +was manifest to the full. Here were several long spikes, square and +massive, broad at the base and sharp at the points, placed in such a +position that when the door should close the upper ones would pierce the +eyes of the victim, and the lower ones his heart and vitals. The sight +was too much for poor Amelia, and this time she fainted dead off, and I +had to carry her down the stairs, and place her on a bench outside till +she recovered. That she felt it to the quick was afterwards shown by the +fact that my eldest son bears to this day a rude birthmark on his +breast, which has, by family consent, been accepted as representing the +Nurnberg Virgin.</p> + +<p>When we got back to the chamber we found Hutcheson still opposite the +Iron Virgin; he had been evidently philosophising, and now gave us the +benefit of his thought in the shape of a sort of exordium.</p> + +<p>“Wall, I guess I’ve been learnin’ somethin’ here while madam has been +gettin’ over her faint. “Pears to me that we’re a long way behind the +times on our side of the big drink. We uster think out on the plains +that the Injun could give us points in tryin’ to make a man +uncomfortable; but I guess your old mediaeval law-and-order party could +raise him every time. Splinters was pretty good in his bluff on the +squaw, but this here young miss held a straight flush all high on him. +The points of them spikes air sharp enough still, though even the edges +air eaten out by what uster be on them. It’d be a good thing for our +Indian section to get some specimens of this here play-toy to send round +to the Reservations jest to knock the stuffin’ out of the bucks, and the +squaws too, by showing them as how old civilisation lays over them at +their best. Guess but I’ll get in that box a minute jest to see how it +feels!”</p> + +<p>“Oh no! no!” said Amelia. “It is too terrible!”</p> + +<p>“Guess, ma’am, nothin’s too terrible to the explorin’ mind. I’ve been in +some queer places in my time. Spent a night inside a dead horse while a +prairie fire swept over me in Montana Territory—an’ another time +slept inside a dead buffler when the Comanches was on the war path an’ I +didn’t keer to leave my kyard on them. I’ve been two days in a caved-in +tunnel in the Billy Broncho gold mine in New Mexico, an’ was one of the +four shut up for three parts of a day in the caisson what slid over on +her side when we was settin’ the foundations of the Buffalo Bridge. I’ve +not funked an odd experience yet, an’ I don’t propose to begin now!”</p> + +<p>We saw that he was set on the experiment, so I said: “Well, hurry up, +old man, and get through it quick!”</p> + +<p>“All right, General,” said he, “but I calculate we ain’t quite ready +yet. The gentlemen, my predecessors, what stood in that thar canister, +didn’t volunteer for the office—not much! And I guess there was some +ornamental tyin’ up before the big stroke was made. I want to go into +this thing fair and square, so I must get fixed up proper first. I dare +say this old galoot can rise some string and tie me up accordin’ to +sample?”</p> + +<p>This was said interrogatively to the old custodian, but the latter, who +understood the drift of his speech, though perhaps not appreciating to +the full the niceties of dialect and imagery, shook his head. His +protest was, however, only formal and made to be overcome. The American +thrust a gold piece into his hand, saying: “Take it, pard! it’s your +pot; and don’t be skeer’d. This ain’t no necktie party that you’re asked +to assist in!” He produced some thin frayed rope and proceeded to bind +our companion with sufficient strictness for the purpose. When the upper +part of his body was bound, Hutcheson said:</p> + +<p>“Hold on a moment, Judge. Guess I’m too heavy for you to tote into the +canister. You jest let me walk in, and then you can wash up regardin’ my +legs!”</p> + +<p>Whilst speaking he had backed himself into the opening which was just +enough to hold him. It was a close fit and no mistake. Amelia looked on +with fear in her eyes, but she evidently did not like to say anything. +Then the custodian completed his task by tying the American’s feet +together so that he was now absolutely helpless and fixed in his +voluntary prison. He seemed to really enjoy it, and the incipient smile +which was habitual to his face blossomed into actuality as he said:</p> + +<p>“Guess this here Eve was made out of the rib of a dwarf! There ain’t +much room for a full-grown citizen of the United States to hustle. We +uster make our coffins more roomier in Idaho territory. Now, Judge, you +jest begin to let this door down, slow, on to me. I want to feel the +same pleasure as the other jays had when those spikes began to move +toward their eyes!”</p> + +<p>“Oh no! no! no!” broke in Amelia hysterically. “It is too terrible! I +can’t bear to see it!—I can’t! I can’t!” But the American was obdurate. +“Say, Colonel,” said he, “why not take Madame for a little promenade? I +wouldn’t hurt her feelin’s for the world; but now that I am here, havin’ +kem eight thousand miles, wouldn’t it be too hard to give up the very +experience I’ve been pinin’ an’ pantin’ fur? A man can’t get to feel +like canned goods every time! Me and the Judge here’ll fix up this thing +in no time, an’ then you’ll come back, an’ we’ll all laugh together!”</p> + +<p>Once more the resolution that is born of curiosity triumphed, and Amelia +stayed holding tight to my arm and shivering whilst the custodian began +to slacken slowly inch by inch the rope that held back the iron door. +Hutcheson’s face was positively radiant as his eyes followed the first +movement of the spikes.</p> + +<p>“Wall!” he said, “I guess I’ve not had enjoyment like this since I left +Noo York. Bar a scrap with a French sailor at Wapping—an’ that warn’t +much of a picnic neither—I’ve not had a show fur real pleasure in this +dod-rotted Continent, where there ain’t no b’ars nor no Injuns, an’ +wheer nary man goes heeled. Slow there, Judge! Don’t you rush this +business! I want a show for my money this game—I du!”</p> + +<p>The custodian must have had in him some of the blood of his predecessors +in that ghastly tower, for he worked the engine with a deliberate and +excruciating slowness which after five minutes, in which the outer edge +of the door had not moved half as many inches, began to overcome Amelia. +I saw her lips whiten, and felt her hold upon my arm relax. I looked +around an instant for a place whereon to lay her, and when I looked at +her again found that her eye had become fixed on the side of the Virgin. +Following its direction I saw the black cat crouching out of sight. Her +green eyes shone like danger lamps in the gloom of the place, and their +colour was heightened by the blood which still smeared her coat and +reddened her mouth. I cried out:</p> + +<p>“The cat! look out for the cat!” for even then she sprang out before the +engine. At this moment she looked like a triumphant demon. Her eyes +blazed with ferocity, her hair bristled out till she seemed twice her +normal size, and her tail lashed about as does a tiger’s when the quarry +is before it. Elias P. Hutcheson when he saw her was amused, and his +eyes positively sparkled with fun as he said:</p> + +<p>“Darned if the squaw hain’t got on all her war paint! Jest give her a +shove off if she comes any of her tricks on me, for I’m so fixed +everlastingly by the boss, that durn my skin if I can keep my eyes from +her if she wants them! Easy there, Judge! don’t you slack that ar rope +or I’m euchered!”</p> + +<p>At this moment Amelia completed her faint, and I had to clutch hold of +her round the waist or she would have fallen to the floor. Whilst +attending to her I saw the black cat crouching for a spring, and jumped +up to turn the creature out.</p> + +<p>But at that instant, with a sort of hellish scream, she hurled herself, +not as we expected at Hutcheson, but straight at the face of the +custodian. Her claws seemed to be tearing wildly as one sees in the +Chinese drawings of the dragon rampant, and as I looked I saw one of +them light on the poor man’s eye, and actually tear through it and down +his cheek, leaving a wide band of red where the blood seemed to spurt +from every vein.</p> + +<p>With a yell of sheer terror which came quicker than even his sense of +pain, the man leaped back, dropping as he did so the rope which held +back the iron door. I jumped for it, but was too late, for the cord ran +like lightning through the pulley-block, and the heavy mass fell forward +from its own weight.</p> + +<p>As the door closed I caught a glimpse of our poor companion’s face. He +seemed frozen with terror. His eyes stared with a horrible anguish as if +dazed, and no sound came from his lips.</p> + +<p>And then the spikes did their work. Happily the end was quick, for when +I wrenched open the door they had pierced so deep that they had locked +in the bones of the skull through which they had crushed, and actually +tore him—it—out of his iron prison till, bound as he was, he fell at +full length with a sickly thud upon the floor, the face turning upward +as he fell.</p> + +<p>I rushed to my wife, lifted her up and carried her out, for I feared for +her very reason if she should wake from her faint to such a scene. I +laid her on the bench outside and ran back. Leaning against the wooden +column was the custodian moaning in pain whilst he held his reddening +handkerchief to his eyes. And sitting on the head of the poor American +was the cat, purring loudly as she licked the blood which trickled +through the gashed socket of his eyes.</p> + +<p>I think no one will call me cruel because I seized one of the old +executioner’s swords and shore her in two as she sat. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap04"></a>The Secret of the Growing Gold</h2> + +<p> +When Margaret Delandre went to live at Brent’s Rock the whole +neighbourhood awoke to the pleasure of an entirely new scandal. Scandals +in connection with either the Delandre family or the Brents of Brent’s +Rock, were not few; and if the secret history of the county had been +written in full both names would have been found well represented. It is +true that the status of each was so different that they might have +belonged to different continents—or to different worlds for the matter +of that—for hitherto their orbits had never crossed. The Brents were +accorded by the whole section of the country a unique social dominance, +and had ever held themselves as high above the yeoman class to which +Margaret Delandre belonged, as a blue-blooded Spanish hidalgo out-tops +his peasant tenantry.</p> + +<p>The Delandres had an ancient record and were proud of it in their way as +the Brents were of theirs. But the family had never risen above +yeomanry; and although they had been once well-to-do in the good old +times of foreign wars and protection, their fortunes had withered under +the scorching of the free trade sun and the “piping times of peace.” +They had, as the elder members used to assert, “stuck to the land”, with +the result that they had taken root in it, body and soul. In fact, they, +having chosen the life of vegetables, had flourished as vegetation +does—blossomed and thrived in the good season and suffered in the bad. +Their holding, Dander’s Croft, seemed to have been worked out, and to be +typical of the family which had inhabited it. The latter had declined +generation after generation, sending out now and again some abortive +shoot of unsatisfied energy in the shape of a soldier or sailor, who had +worked his way to the minor grades of the services and had there +stopped, cut short either from unheeding gallantry in action or from +that destroying cause to men without breeding or youthful care—the +recognition of a position above them which they feel unfitted to fill. +So, little by little, the family dropped lower and lower, the men +brooding and dissatisfied, and drinking themselves into the grave, the +women drudging at home, or marrying beneath them—or worse. In process +of time all disappeared, leaving only two in the Croft, Wykham Delandre +and his sister Margaret. The man and woman seemed to have inherited in +masculine and feminine form respectively the evil tendency of their +race, sharing in common the principles, though manifesting them in +different ways, of sullen passion, voluptuousness and recklessness.</p> + +<p>The history of the Brents had been something similar, but showing the +causes of decadence in their aristocratic and not their plebeian forms. +They, too, had sent their shoots to the wars; but their positions had +been different and they had often attained honour—for without flaw they +were gallant, and brave deeds were done by them before the selfish +dissipation which marked them had sapped their vigour.</p> + +<p>The present head of the family—if family it could now be called when +one remained of the direct line—was Geoffrey Brent. He was almost a +type of worn out race, manifesting in some ways its most brilliant +qualities, and in others its utter degradation. He might be fairly +compared with some of those antique Italian nobles whom the painters +have preserved to us with their courage, their unscrupulousness, their +refinement of lust and cruelty—the voluptuary actual with the fiend +potential. He was certainly handsome, with that dark, aquiline, +commanding beauty which women so generally recognise as dominant. With +men he was distant and cold; but such a bearing never deters womankind. +The inscrutable laws of sex have so arranged that even a timid woman is +not afraid of a fierce and haughty man. And so it was that there was +hardly a woman of any kind or degree, who lived within view of Brent’s +Rock, who did not cherish some form of secret admiration for the +handsome wastrel. The category was a wide one, for Brent’s Rock rose up +steeply from the midst of a level region and for a circuit of a hundred +miles it lay on the horizon, with its high old towers and steep roofs +cutting the level edge of wood and hamlet, and far-scattered mansions.</p> + +<p>So long as Geoffrey Brent confined his dissipations to London and Paris +and Vienna—anywhere out of sight and sound of his home—opinion was +silent. It is easy to listen to far off echoes unmoved, and we can treat +them with disbelief, or scorn, or disdain, or whatever attitude of +coldness may suit our purpose. But when the scandal came close home it +was another matter; and the feelings of independence and integrity which +is in people of every community which is not utterly spoiled, asserted +itself and demanded that condemnation should be expressed. Still there +was a certain reticence in all, and no more notice was taken of the +existing facts than was absolutely necessary. Margaret Delandre bore +herself so fearlessly and so openly—she accepted her position as the +justified companion of Geoffrey Brent so naturally that people came to +believe that she was secretly married to him, and therefore thought it +wiser to hold their tongues lest time should justify her and also make +her an active enemy.</p> + +<p>The one person who, by his interference, could have settled all doubts +was debarred by circumstances from interfering in the matter. Wykham +Delandre had quarrelled with his sister—or perhaps it was that she had +quarrelled with him—and they were on terms not merely of armed +neutrality but of bitter hatred. The quarrel had been antecedent to +Margaret going to Brent’s Rock. She and Wykham had almost come to blows. +There had certainly been threats on one side and on the other; and in +the end Wykham, overcome with passion, had ordered his sister to leave +his house. She had risen straightway, and, without waiting to pack up +even her own personal belongings, had walked out of the house. On the +threshold she had paused for a moment to hurl a bitter threat at Wykham +that he would rue in shame and despair to the last hour of his life his +act of that day. Some weeks had since passed; and it was understood in +the neighbourhood that Margaret had gone to London, when she suddenly +appeared driving out with Geoffrey Brent, and the entire neighbourhood +knew before nightfall that she had taken up her abode at the Rock. It +was no subject of surprise that Brent had come back unexpectedly, for +such was his usual custom. Even his own servants never knew when to +expect him, for there was a private door, of which he alone had the key, +by which he sometimes entered without anyone in the house being aware of +his coming. This was his usual method of appearing after a long absence.</p> + +<p>Wykham Delandre was furious at the news. He vowed vengeance—and to keep +his mind level with his passion drank deeper than ever. He tried several +times to see his sister, but she contemptuously refused to meet him. He +tried to have an interview with Brent and was refused by him also. Then +he tried to stop him in the road, but without avail, for Geoffrey was +not a man to be stopped against his will. Several actual encounters took +place between the two men, and many more were threatened and avoided. At +last Wykham Delandre settled down to a morose, vengeful acceptance of +the situation.</p> + +<p>Neither Margaret nor Geoffrey was of a pacific temperament, and it was +not long before there began to be quarrels between them. One thing would +lead to another, and wine flowed freely at Brent’s Rock. Now and again +the quarrels would assume a bitter aspect, and threats would be +exchanged in uncompromising language that fairly awed the listening +servants. But such quarrels generally ended where domestic altercations +do, in reconciliation, and in a mutual respect for the fighting +qualities proportionate to their manifestation. Fighting for its own +sake is found by a certain class of persons, all the world over, to be a +matter of absorbing interest, and there is no reason to believe that +domestic conditions minimise its potency. Geoffrey and Margaret made +occasional absences from Brent’s Rock, and on each of these occasions +Wykham Delandre also absented himself; but as he generally heard of the +absence too late to be of any service, he returned home each time in a +more bitter and discontented frame of mind than before.</p> + +<p>At last there came a time when the absence from Brent’s Rock became +longer than before. Only a few days earlier there had been a quarrel, +exceeding in bitterness anything which had gone before; but this, too, +had been made up, and a trip on the Continent had been mentioned before +the servants. After a few days Wykham Delandre also went away, and it +was some weeks before he returned. It was noticed that he was full of +some new importance—satisfaction, exaltation—they hardly knew how to +call it. He went straightway to Brent’s Rock, and demanded to see +Geoffrey Brent, and on being told that he had not yet returned, said, +with a grim decision which the servants noted:</p> + +<p>“I shall come again. My news is solid—it can wait!” and turned away. +Week after week went by, and month after month; and then there came a +rumour, certified later on, that an accident had occurred in the Zermatt +valley. Whilst crossing a dangerous pass the carriage containing an +English lady and the driver had fallen over a precipice, the gentleman +of the party, Mr. Geoffrey Brent, having been fortunately saved as he +had been walking up the hill to ease the horses. He gave information, +and search was made. The broken rail, the excoriated roadway, the marks +where the horses had struggled on the decline before finally pitching +over into the torrent—all told the sad tale. It was a wet season, and +there had been much snow in the winter, so that the river was swollen +beyond its usual volume, and the eddies of the stream were packed with +ice. All search was made, and finally the wreck of the carriage and the +body of one horse were found in an eddy of the river. Later on the body +of the driver was found on the sandy, torrent-swept waste near Täsch; +but the body of the lady, like that of the other horse, had quite +disappeared, and was—what was left of it by that time—whirling amongst +the eddies of the Rhone on its way down to the Lake of Geneva.</p> + +<p>Wykham Delandre made all the enquiries possible, but could not find any +trace of the missing woman. He found, however, in the books of the +various hotels the name of “Mr. and Mrs. Geoffrey Brent”. And he had a +stone erected at Zermatt to his sister’s memory, under her married name, +and a tablet put up in the church at Bretten, the parish in which both +Brent’s Rock and Dander’s Croft were situated.</p> + +<p>There was a lapse of nearly a year, after the excitement of the matter +had worn away, and the whole neighbourhood had gone on its accustomed +way. Brent was still absent, and Delandre more drunken, more morose, and +more revengeful than before.</p> + +<p>Then there was a new excitement. Brent’s Rock was being made ready for a +new mistress. It was officially announced by Geoffrey himself in a +letter to the Vicar, that he had been married some months before to an +Italian lady, and that they were then on their way home. Then a small +army of workmen invaded the house; and hammer and plane sounded, and a +general air of size and paint pervaded the atmosphere. One wing of the +old house, the south, was entirely re-done; and then the great body of +the workmen departed, leaving only materials for the doing of the old +hall when Geoffrey Brent should have returned, for he had directed that +the decoration was only to be done under his own eyes. He had brought +with him accurate drawings of a hall in the house of his bride’s father, +for he wished to reproduce for her the place to which she had been +accustomed. As the moulding had all to be re-done, some scaffolding +poles and boards were brought in and laid on one side of the great hall, +and also a great wooden tank or box for mixing the lime, which was laid +in bags beside it.</p> + +<p>When the new mistress of Brent’s Rock arrived the bells of the church +rang out, and there was a general jubilation. She was a beautiful +creature, full of the poetry and fire and passion of the South; and the +few English words which she had learned were spoken in such a sweet and +pretty broken way that she won the hearts of the people almost as much +by the music of her voice as by the melting beauty of her dark eyes.</p> + +<p>Geoffrey Brent seemed more happy than he had ever before appeared; but +there was a dark, anxious look on his face that was new to those who +knew him of old, and he started at times as though at some noise that +was unheard by others.</p> + +<p>And so months passed and the whisper grew that at last Brent’s Rock was +to have an heir. Geoffrey was very tender to his wife, and the new bond +between them seemed to soften him. He took more interest in his tenants +and their needs than he had ever done; and works of charity on his part +as well as on his sweet young wife’s were not lacking. He seemed to have +set all his hopes on the child that was coming, and as he looked deeper +into the future the dark shadow that had come over his face seemed to +die gradually away.</p> + +<p>All the time Wykham Delandre nursed his revenge. Deep in his heart had +grown up a purpose of vengeance which only waited an opportunity to +crystallise and take a definite shape. His vague idea was somehow +centred in the wife of Brent, for he knew that he could strike him best +through those he loved, and the coming time seemed to hold in its womb +the opportunity for which he longed. One night he sat alone in the +living-room of his house. It had once been a handsome room in its way, +but time and neglect had done their work and it was now little better +than a ruin, without dignity or picturesqueness of any kind. He had been +drinking heavily for some time and was more than half stupefied. He +thought he heard a noise as of someone at the door and looked up. Then +he called half savagely to come in; but there was no response. With a +muttered blasphemy he renewed his potations. Presently he forgot all +around him, sank into a daze, but suddenly awoke to see standing before +him someone or something like a battered, ghostly edition of his sister. +For a few moments there came upon him a sort of fear. The woman before +him, with distorted features and burning eyes seemed hardly human, and +the only thing that seemed a reality of his sister, as she had been, was +her wealth of golden hair, and this was now streaked with grey. She eyed +her brother with a long, cold stare; and he, too, as he looked and began +to realise the actuality of her presence, found the hatred of her which +he had had, once again surging up in his heart. All the brooding passion +of the past year seemed to find a voice at once as he asked her:</p> + +<p>“Why are you here? You’re dead and buried.”</p> + +<p>“I am here, Wykham Delandre, for no love of you, but because I hate +another even more than I do you!” A great passion blazed in her eyes.</p> + +<p>“Him?” he asked, in so fierce a whisper that even the woman was for an +instant startled till she regained her calm.</p> + +<p>“Yes, him!” she answered. “But make no mistake, my revenge is my own; +and I merely use you to help me to it.” Wykham asked suddenly:</p> + +<p>“Did he marry you?”</p> + +<p>The woman’s distorted face broadened out in a ghastly attempt at a +smile. It was a hideous mockery, for the broken features and seamed +scars took strange shapes and strange colours, and queer lines of white +showed out as the straining muscles pressed on the old cicatrices.</p> + +<p>“So you would like to know! It would please your pride to feel that your +sister was truly married! Well, you shall not know. That was my revenge +on you, and I do not mean to change it by a hair’s breadth. I have come +here tonight simply to let you know that I am alive, so that if any +violence be done me where I am going there may be a witness.”</p> + +<p>“Where are you going?” demanded her brother.</p> + +<p>“That is my affair! and I have not the least intention of letting you +know!” Wykham stood up, but the drink was on him and he reeled and fell. +As he lay on the floor he announced his intention of following his +sister; and with an outburst of splenetic humour told her that he would +follow her through the darkness by the light of her hair, and of her +beauty. At this she turned on him, and said that there were others +beside him that would rue her hair and her beauty too. “As he will,” she +hissed; “for the hair remains though the beauty be gone. When he +withdrew the lynch-pin and sent us over the precipice into the torrent, +he had little thought of my beauty. Perhaps his beauty would be scarred +like mine were he whirled, as I was, among the rocks of the Visp, and +frozen on the ice pack in the drift of the river. But let him beware! +His time is coming!” and with a fierce gesture she flung open the door +and passed out into the night.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p>Later on that night, Mrs. Brent, who was but half-asleep, became +suddenly awake and spoke to her husband:</p> + +<p>“Geoffrey, was not that the click of a lock somewhere below our window?”</p> + +<p>But Geoffrey—though she thought that he, too, had started at the +noise—seemed sound asleep, and breathed heavily. Again Mrs. Brent +dozed; but this time awoke to the fact that her husband had arisen and +was partially dressed. He was deadly pale, and when the light of the +lamp which he had in his hand fell on his face, she was frightened at +the look in his eyes.</p> + +<p>“What is it, Geoffrey? What dost thou?” she asked.</p> + +<p>“Hush! little one,” he answered, in a strange, hoarse voice. “Go to +sleep. I am restless, and wish to finish some work I left undone.”</p> + +<p>“Bring it here, my husband,” she said; “I am lonely and I fear when thou +art away.”</p> + +<p>For reply he merely kissed her and went out, closing the door behind +him. She lay awake for awhile, and then nature asserted itself, and she +slept.</p> + +<p>Suddenly she started broad awake with the memory in her ears of a +smothered cry from somewhere not far off. She jumped up and ran to the +door and listened, but there was no sound. She grew alarmed for her +husband, and called out: “Geoffrey! Geoffrey!”</p> + +<p>After a few moments the door of the great hall opened, and Geoffrey +appeared at it, but without his lamp.</p> + +<p>“Hush!” he said, in a sort of whisper, and his voice was harsh and +stern. “Hush! Get to bed! I am working, and must not be disturbed. Go to +sleep, and do not wake the house!”</p> + +<p>With a chill in her heart—for the harshness of her husband’s voice was +new to her—she crept back to bed and lay there trembling, too +frightened to cry, and listened to every sound. There was a long pause +of silence, and then the sound of some iron implement striking muffled +blows! Then there came a clang of a heavy stone falling, followed by a +muffled curse. Then a dragging sound, and then more noise of stone on +stone. She lay all the while in an agony of fear, and her heart beat +dreadfully. She heard a curious sort of scraping sound; and then there +was silence. Presently the door opened gently, and Geoffrey appeared. +His wife pretended to be asleep; but through her eyelashes she saw him +wash from his hands something white that looked like lime.</p> + +<p>In the morning he made no allusion to the previous night, and she was +afraid to ask any question.</p> + +<p>From that day there seemed some shadow over Geoffrey Brent. He neither +ate nor slept as he had been accustomed, and his former habit of turning +suddenly as though someone were speaking from behind him revived. The +old hall seemed to have some kind of fascination for him. He used to go +there many times in the day, but grew impatient if anyone, even his +wife, entered it. When the builder’s foreman came to inquire about +continuing his work Geoffrey was out driving; the man went into the +hall, and when Geoffrey returned the servant told him of his arrival and +where he was. With a frightful oath he pushed the servant aside and +hurried up to the old hall. The workman met him almost at the door; and +as Geoffrey burst into the room he ran against him. The man apologised:</p> + +<p>“Beg pardon, sir, but I was just going out to make some enquiries. I +directed twelve sacks of lime to be sent here, but I see there are only +ten.”</p> + +<p>“Damn the ten sacks and the twelve too!” was the ungracious and +incomprehensible rejoinder.</p> + +<p>The workman looked surprised, and tried to turn the conversation.</p> + +<p>“I see, sir, there is a little matter which our people must have done; +but the governor will of course see it set right at his own cost.”</p> + +<p>“What do you mean?”</p> + +<p>“That “ere “arth-stone, sir: Some idiot must have put a scaffold pole on +it and cracked it right down the middle, and it’s thick enough you’d +think to stand hanythink.” Geoffrey was silent for quite a minute, and +then said in a constrained voice and with much gentler manner:</p> + +<p>“Tell your people that I am not going on with the work in the hall at +present. I want to leave it as it is for a while longer.”</p> + +<p>“All right sir. I’ll send up a few of our chaps to take away these poles +and lime bags and tidy the place up a bit.”</p> + +<p>“No! No!” said Geoffrey, “leave them where they are. I shall send and +tell you when you are to get on with the work.” So the foreman went +away, and his comment to his master was:</p> + +<p>“I’d send in the bill, sir, for the work already done. “Pears to me that +money’s a little shaky in that quarter.”</p> + +<p>Once or twice Delandre tried to stop Brent on the road, and, at last, +finding that he could not attain his object rode after the carriage, +calling out:</p> + +<p>“What has become of my sister, your wife?” Geoffrey lashed his horses +into a gallop, and the other, seeing from his white face and from his +wife’s collapse almost into a faint that his object was attained, rode +away with a scowl and a laugh.</p> + +<p>That night when Geoffrey went into the hall he passed over to the great +fireplace, and all at once started back with a smothered cry. Then with +an effort he pulled himself together and went away, returning with a +light. He bent down over the broken hearth-stone to see if the moonlight +falling through the storied window had in any way deceived him. Then +with a groan of anguish he sank to his knees.</p> + +<p>There, sure enough, through the crack in the broken stone were +protruding a multitude of threads of golden hair just tinged with grey!</p> + +<p>He was disturbed by a noise at the door, and looking round, saw his wife +standing in the doorway. In the desperation of the moment he took action +to prevent discovery, and lighting a match at the lamp, stooped down and +burned away the hair that rose through the broken stone. Then rising +nonchalantly as he could, he pretended surprise at seeing his wife +beside him.</p> + +<p>For the next week he lived in an agony; for, whether by accident or +design, he could not find himself alone in the hall for any length of +time. At each visit the hair had grown afresh through the crack, and he +had to watch it carefully lest his terrible secret should be discovered. +He tried to find a receptacle for the body of the murdered woman outside +the house, but someone always interrupted him; and once, when he was +coming out of the private doorway, he was met by his wife, who began to +question him about it, and manifested surprise that she should not have +before noticed the key which he now reluctantly showed her. Geoffrey +dearly and passionately loved his wife, so that any possibility of her +discovering his dread secrets, or even of doubting him, filled him with +anguish; and after a couple of days had passed, he could not help coming +to the conclusion that, at least, she suspected something.</p> + +<p>That very evening she came into the hall after her drive and found him +there sitting moodily by the deserted fireplace. She spoke to him +directly.</p> + +<p>“Geoffrey, I have been spoken to by that fellow Delandre, and he says +horrible things. He tells to me that a week ago his sister returned to +his house, the wreck and ruin of her former self, with only her golden +hair as of old, and announced some fell intention. He asked me where she +is—and oh, Geoffrey, she is dead, she is dead! So how can she have +returned? Oh! I am in dread, and I know not where to turn!”</p> + +<p>For answer, Geoffrey burst into a torrent of blasphemy which made her +shudder. He cursed Delandre and his sister and all their kind, and in +especial he hurled curse after curse on her golden hair.</p> + +<p>“Oh, hush! hush!” she said, and was then silent, for she feared her +husband when she saw the evil effect of his humour. Geoffrey in the +torrent of his anger stood up and moved away from the hearth; but +suddenly stopped as he saw a new look of terror in his wife’s eyes. He +followed their glance, and then he too, shuddered—for there on the +broken hearth-stone lay a golden streak as the point of the hair rose +though the crack.</p> + +<p>“Look, look!” she shrieked. “Is it some ghost of the dead! Come +away—come away!” and seizing her husband by the wrist with the frenzy +of madness, she pulled him from the room.</p> + +<p>That night she was in a raging fever. The doctor of the district +attended her at once, and special aid was telegraphed for to London. +Geoffrey was in despair, and in his anguish at the danger of his young +wife almost forgot his own crime and its consequences. In the evening +the doctor had to leave to attend to others; but he left Geoffrey in +charge of his wife. His last words were:</p> + +<p>“Remember, you must humour her till I come in the morning, or till some +other doctor has her case in hand. What you have to dread is another +attack of emotion. See that she is kept warm. Nothing more can be done.”</p> + +<p>Late in the evening, when the rest of the household had retired, +Geoffrey’s wife got up from her bed and called to her husband.</p> + +<p>“Come!” she said. “Come to the old hall! I know where the gold comes +from! I want to see it grow!”</p> + +<p>Geoffrey would fain have stopped her, but he feared for her life or +reason on the one hand, and lest in a paroxysm she should shriek out her +terrible suspicion, and seeing that it was useless to try to prevent +her, wrapped a warm rug around her and went with her to the old hall. +When they entered, she turned and shut the door and locked it.</p> + +<p>“We want no strangers amongst us three tonight!” she whispered with a +wan smile.</p> + +<p>“We three! nay we are but two,” said Geoffrey with a shudder; he feared +to say more.</p> + +<p>“Sit here,” said his wife as she put out the light. “Sit here by the +hearth and watch the gold growing. The silver moonlight is jealous! See, +it steals along the floor towards the gold—our gold!” Geoffrey looked +with growing horror, and saw that during the hours that had passed the +golden hair had protruded further through the broken hearth-stone. He +tried to hide it by placing his feet over the broken place; and his +wife, drawing her chair beside him, leant over and laid her head on his +shoulder.</p> + +<p>“Now do not stir, dear,” she said; “let us sit still and watch. We shall +find the secret of the growing gold!” He passed his arm round her and +sat silent; and as the moonlight stole along the floor she sank to +sleep.</p> + +<p>He feared to wake her; and so sat silent and miserable as the hours +stole away.</p> + +<p>Before his horror-struck eyes the golden-hair from the broken stone grew +and grew; and as it increased, so his heart got colder and colder, till +at last he had not power to stir, and sat with eyes full of terror +watching his doom.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p>In the morning when the London doctor came, neither Geoffrey nor his +wife could be found. Search was made in all the rooms, but without +avail. As a last resource the great door of the old hall was broken +open, and those who entered saw a grim and sorry sight.</p> + +<p>There by the deserted hearth Geoffrey Brent and his young wife sat cold +and white and dead. Her face was peaceful, and her eyes were closed in +sleep; but his face was a sight that made all who saw it shudder, for +there was on it a look of unutterable horror. The eyes were open and +stared glassily at his feet, which were twined with tresses of golden +hair, streaked with grey, which came through the broken hearth-stone. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap05"></a>The Gipsy Prophecy</h2> + +<p> +“I really think,” said the Doctor, “that, at any rate, one of us should +go and try whether or not the thing is an imposture.”</p> + +<p>“Good!” said Considine. “After dinner we will take our cigars and stroll +over to the camp.”</p> + +<p>Accordingly, when the dinner was over, and the <i>La Tour</i> finished, +Joshua Considine and his friend, Dr Burleigh, went over to the east side +of the moor, where the gipsy encampment lay. As they were leaving, Mary +Considine, who had walked as far as the end of the garden where it +opened into the laneway, called after her husband:</p> + +<p>“Mind, Joshua, you are to give them a fair chance, but don’t give them +any clue to a fortune—and don’t you get flirting with any of the gipsy +maidens—and take care to keep Gerald out of harm.”</p> + +<p> +For answer Considine held up his hand, as if taking a stage oath, and whistled +the air of the old song, “The Gipsy Countess.” Gerald joined in the strain, and +then, breaking into merry laughter, the two men passed along the laneway to the +common, turning now and then to wave their hands to Mary, who leaned over the +gate, in the twilight, looking after them. +</p> + +<p>It was a lovely evening in the summer; the very air was full of rest and +quiet happiness, as though an outward type of the peacefulness and joy +which made a heaven of the home of the young married folk. Considine’s +life had not been an eventful one. The only disturbing element which he +had ever known was in his wooing of Mary Winston, and the long-continued +objection of her ambitious parents, who expected a brilliant match for +their only daughter. When Mr. and Mrs. Winston had discovered the +attachment of the young barrister, they had tried to keep the young +people apart by sending their daughter away for a long round of visits, +having made her promise not to correspond with her lover during her +absence. Love, however, had stood the test. Neither absence nor neglect +seemed to cool the passion of the young man, and jealousy seemed a thing +unknown to his sanguine nature; so, after a long period of waiting, the +parents had given in, and the young folk were married.</p> + +<p>They had been living in the cottage a few months, and were just +beginning to feel at home. Gerald Burleigh, Joshua’s old college chum, +and himself a sometime victim of Mary’s beauty, had arrived a week +before, to stay with them for as long a time as he could tear himself +away from his work in London.</p> + +<p>When her husband had quite disappeared Mary went into the house, and, +sitting down at the piano, gave an hour to Mendelssohn.</p> + +<p>It was but a short walk across the common, and before the cigars +required renewing the two men had reached the gipsy camp. The place was +as picturesque as gipsy camps—when in villages and when business is +good—usually are. There were some few persons round the fire, investing +their money in prophecy, and a large number of others, poorer or more +parsimonious, who stayed just outside the bounds but near enough to see +all that went on.</p> + +<p>As the two gentlemen approached, the villagers, who knew Joshua, made +way a little, and a pretty, keen-eyed gipsy girl tripped up and asked to +tell their fortunes. Joshua held out his hand, but the girl, without +seeming to see it, stared at his face in a very odd manner. Gerald +nudged him:</p> + +<p>“You must cross her hand with silver,” he said. “It is one of the most +important parts of the mystery.” Joshua took from his pocket a +half-crown and held it out to her, but, without looking at it, she +answered:</p> + +<p>“You have to cross the gipsy’s hand with gold.”</p> + +<p>Gerald laughed. “You are at a premium as a subject,” he said. Joshua was +of the kind of man—the universal kind—who can tolerate being stared at +by a pretty girl; so, with some little deliberation, he answered:</p> + +<p>“All right; here you are, my pretty girl; but you must give me a real +good fortune for it,” and he handed her a half sovereign, which she +took, saying:</p> + +<p>“It is not for me to give good fortune or bad, but only to read what the +Stars have said.” She took his right hand and turned it palm upward; but +the instant her eyes met it she dropped it as though it had been red +hot, and, with a startled look, glided swiftly away. Lifting the curtain +of the large tent, which occupied the centre of the camp, she +disappeared within.</p> + +<p>“Sold again!” said the cynical Gerald. Joshua stood a little amazed, and +not altogether satisfied. They both watched the large tent. In a few +moments there emerged from the opening not the young girl, but a stately +looking woman of middle age and commanding presence.</p> + +<p>The instant she appeared the whole camp seemed to stand still. The +clamour of tongues, the laughter and noise of the work were, for a +second or two, arrested, and every man or woman who sat, or crouched, or +lay, stood up and faced the imperial looking gipsy.</p> + +<p>“The Queen, of course,” murmured Gerald. “We are in luck tonight.” The +gipsy Queen threw a searching glance around the camp, and then, without +hesitating an instant, came straight over and stood before Joshua.</p> + +<p>“Hold out your hand,” she said in a commanding tone.</p> + +<p>Again Gerald spoke, <i>sotto voce</i>: “I have not been spoken to in that way +since I was at school.”</p> + +<p>“Your hand must be crossed with gold.”</p> + +<p>“A hundred per cent. at this game,” whispered Gerald, as Joshua laid +another half sovereign on his upturned palm.</p> + +<p>The gipsy looked at the hand with knitted brows; then suddenly looking +up into his face, said:</p> + +<p>“Have you a strong will—have you a true heart that can be brave for one +you love?”</p> + +<p>“I hope so; but I am afraid I have not vanity enough to say ‘yes’.”</p> + +<p>“Then I will answer for you; for I read resolution in your +face—resolution desperate and determined if need be. You have a wife +you love?”</p> + +<p>“Yes,” emphatically.</p> + +<p>“Then leave her at once—never see her face again. Go from her now, +while love is fresh and your heart is free from wicked intent. Go +quick—go far, and never see her face again!”</p> + +<p>Joshua drew away his hand quickly, and said, “Thank you!” stiffly but +sarcastically, as he began to move away.</p> + +<p>“I say!” said Gerald, “you’re not going like that, old man; no use in +being indignant with the Stars or their prophet—and, moreover, your +sovereign—what of it? At least, hear the matter out.”</p> + +<p>“Silence, ribald!” commanded the Queen, “you know not what you do. Let +him go—and go ignorant, if he will not be warned.”</p> + +<p>Joshua immediately turned back. “At all events, we will see this thing +out,” he said. “Now, madam, you have given me advice, but I paid for a +fortune.”</p> + +<p>“Be warned!” said the gipsy. “The Stars have been silent for long; let +the mystery still wrap them round.”</p> + +<p>“My dear madam, I do not get within touch of a mystery every day, and I +prefer for my money knowledge rather than ignorance. I can get the +latter commodity for nothing when I want any of it.”</p> + +<p>Gerald echoed the sentiment. “As for me I have a large and unsaleable +stock on hand.”</p> + +<p>The gipsy Queen eyed the two men sternly, and then said: “As you wish. +You have chosen for yourself, and have met warning with scorn, and +appeal with levity. On your own heads be the doom!”</p> + +<p>“Amen!” said Gerald.</p> + +<p>With an imperious gesture the Queen took Joshua’s hand again, and began +to tell his fortune.</p> + +<p>“I see here the flowing of blood; it will flow before long; it is +running in my sight. It flows through the broken circle of a severed +ring.”</p> + +<p>“Go on!” said Joshua, smiling. Gerald was silent.</p> + +<p>“Must I speak plainer?”</p> + +<p>“Certainly; we commonplace mortals want something definite. The Stars +are a long way off, and their words get somewhat dulled in the message.”</p> + +<p>The gipsy shuddered, and then spoke impressively. “This is the hand of a +murderer—the murderer of his wife!” She dropped the hand and turned +away.</p> + +<p>Joshua laughed. “Do you know,” said he, “I think if I were you I should +prophesy some jurisprudence into my system. For instance, you say ‘this +hand is the hand of a murderer.’ Well, whatever it may be in the +future—or potentially—it is at present not one. You ought to give your +prophecy in such terms as ‘the hand which will be a murderer’s’, or, +rather, ‘the hand of one who will be the murderer of his wife’. The +Stars are really not good on technical questions.”</p> + +<p>The gipsy made no reply of any kind, but, with drooping head and +despondent mien, walked slowly to her tent, and, lifting the curtain, +disappeared.</p> + +<p>Without speaking the two men turned homewards, and walked across the +moor. Presently, after some little hesitation, Gerald spoke.</p> + +<p>“Of course, old man, this is all a joke; a ghastly one, but still a +joke. But would it not be well to keep it to ourselves?”</p> + +<p>“How do you mean?”</p> + +<p>“Well, not tell your wife. It might alarm her.”</p> + +<p> +“Alarm her! My dear Gerald, what are you thinking of? Why, she would not +be alarmed or afraid of me if all the gipsies that ever didn’t come from +Bohemia agreed that I was to murder her, or even to have a hard thought +of her, whilst so long as she was saying ‘Jack Robinson.’” +</p> + +<p>Gerald remonstrated. “Old fellow, women are superstitious—far more than +we men are; and, also they are blessed—or cursed—with a nervous system +to which we are strangers. I see too much of it in my work not to +realise it. Take my advice and do not let her know, or you will frighten +her.”</p> + +<p>Joshua’s lips unconsciously hardened as he answered: “My dear fellow, I +would not have a secret from my wife. Why, it would be the beginning of +a new order of things between us. We have no secrets from each other. If +we ever have, then you may begin to look out for something odd between +us.”</p> + +<p>“Still,” said Gerald, “at the risk of unwelcome interference, I say +again be warned in time.”</p> + +<p>“The gipsy’s very words,” said Joshua. “You and she seem quite of one +accord. Tell me, old man, is this a put-up thing? You told me of the +gipsy camp—did you arrange it all with Her Majesty?” This was said with +an air of bantering earnestness. Gerald assured him that he only heard +of the camp that morning; but he made fun of every answer of his friend, +and, in the process of this raillery, the time passed, and they entered +the cottage.</p> + +<p>Mary was sitting at the piano but not playing. The dim twilight had +waked some very tender feelings in her breast, and her eyes were full of +gentle tears. When the men came in she stole over to her husband’s side +and kissed him. Joshua struck a tragic attitude.</p> + +<p>“Mary,” he said in a deep voice, “before you approach me, listen to the +words of Fate. The Stars have spoken and the doom is sealed.”</p> + +<p>“What is it, dear? Tell me the fortune, but do not frighten me.”</p> + +<p>“Not at all, my dear; but there is a truth which it is well that you +should know. Nay, it is necessary so that all your arrangements can be +made beforehand, and everything be decently done and in order.”</p> + +<p>“Go on, dear; I am listening.”</p> + +<p>“Mary Considine, your effigy may yet be seen at Madame Tussaud’s. The +juris-imprudent Stars have announced their fell tidings that this hand +is red with blood—your blood. Mary! Mary! my God!” He sprang forward, +but too late to catch her as she fell fainting on the floor.</p> + +<p>“I told you,” said Gerald. “You don’t know them as well as I do.”</p> + +<p>After a little while Mary recovered from her swoon, but only to fall +into strong hysterics, in which she laughed and wept and raved and +cried, “Keep him from me—from me, Joshua, my husband,” and many other +words of entreaty and of fear.</p> + +<p>Joshua Considine was in a state of mind bordering on agony, and when at +last Mary became calm he knelt by her and kissed her feet and hands and +hair and called her all the sweet names and said all the tender things +his lips could frame. All that night he sat by her bedside and held her +hand. Far through the night and up to the early morning she kept waking +from sleep and crying out as if in fear, till she was comforted by the +consciousness that her husband was watching beside her.</p> + +<p>Breakfast was late the next morning, but during it Joshua received a +telegram which required him to drive over to Withering, nearly twenty +miles. He was loth to go; but Mary would not hear of his remaining, and +so before noon he drove off in his dog-cart alone.</p> + +<p>When he was gone Mary retired to her room. She did not appear at lunch, +but when afternoon tea was served on the lawn under the great weeping +willow, she came to join her guest. She was looking quite recovered from +her illness of the evening before. After some casual remarks, she said +to Gerald: “Of course it was very silly about last night, but I could +not help feeling frightened. Indeed I would feel so still if I let +myself think of it. But, after all these people may only imagine things, +and I have got a test that can hardly fail to show that the prediction +is false—if indeed it be false,” she added sadly.</p> + +<p>“What is your plan?” asked Gerald.</p> + +<p>“I shall go myself to the gipsy camp, and have my fortune told by the +Queen.”</p> + +<p>“Capital. May I go with you?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, no! That would spoil it. She might know you and guess at me, and +suit her utterance accordingly. I shall go alone this afternoon.”</p> + +<p>When the afternoon was gone Mary Considine took her way to the gipsy +encampment. Gerald went with her as far as the near edge of the common, +and returned alone.</p> + +<p>Half-an-hour had hardly elapsed when Mary entered the drawing-room, +where he lay on a sofa reading. She was ghastly pale and was in a state +of extreme excitement. Hardly had she passed over the threshold when she +collapsed and sank moaning on the carpet. Gerald rushed to aid her, but +by a great effort she controlled herself and motioned him to be silent. +He waited, and his ready attention to her wish seemed to be her best +help, for, in a few minutes, she had somewhat recovered, and was able to +tell him what had passed.</p> + +<p>“When I got to the camp,” she said, “there did not seem to be a soul +about, I went into the centre and stood there. Suddenly a tall woman +stood beside me. ‘Something told me I was wanted!’ she said. I held out +my hand and laid a piece of silver on it. She took from her neck a small +golden trinket and laid it there also; and then, seizing the two, threw +them into the stream that ran by. Then she took my hand in hers and +spoke: ‘Naught but blood in this guilty place,’ and turned away. I +caught hold of her and asked her to tell me more. After some hesitation, +she said: ‘Alas! alas! I see you lying at your husband’s feet, and his +hands are red with blood.’”</p> + +<p>Gerald did not feel at all at ease, and tried to laugh it off. “Surely,” +he said, “this woman has a craze about murder.”</p> + +<p>“Do not laugh,” said Mary, “I cannot bear it,” and then, as if with a +sudden impulse, she left the room.</p> + +<p>Not long after Joshua returned, bright and cheery, and as hungry as a +hunter after his long drive. His presence cheered his wife, who seemed +much brighter, but she did not mention the episode of the visit to the +gipsy camp, so Gerald did not mention it either. As if by tacit consent +the subject was not alluded to during the evening. But there was a +strange, settled look on Mary’s face, which Gerald could not but +observe.</p> + +<p>In the morning Joshua came down to breakfast later than usual. Mary had +been up and about the house from an early hour; but as the time drew on +she seemed to get a little nervous and now and again threw around an +anxious look.</p> + +<p>Gerald could not help noticing that none of those at breakfast could get +on satisfactorily with their food. It was not altogether that the chops +were tough, but that the knives were all so blunt. Being a guest, he, of +course, made no sign; but presently saw Joshua draw his thumb across the +edge of his knife in an unconscious sort of way. At the action Mary +turned pale and almost fainted.</p> + +<p>After breakfast they all went out on the lawn. Mary was making up a +bouquet, and said to her husband, “Get me a few of the tea-roses, dear.”</p> + +<p>Joshua pulled down a cluster from the front of the house. The stem bent, +but was too tough to break. He put his hand in his pocket to get his +knife; but in vain. “Lend me your knife, Gerald,” he said. But Gerald +had not got one, so he went into the breakfast room and took one from +the table. He came out feeling its edge and grumbling. “What on earth +has happened to all the knives—the edges seem all ground off?” Mary +turned away hurriedly and entered the house.</p> + +<p>Joshua tried to sever the stalk with the blunt knife as country cooks +sever the necks of fowl—as schoolboys cut twine. With a little effort +he finished the task. The cluster of roses grew thick, so he determined +to gather a great bunch.</p> + +<p>He could not find a single sharp knife in the sideboard where the +cutlery was kept, so he called Mary, and when she came, told her the +state of things. She looked so agitated and so miserable that he could +not help knowing the truth, and, as if astounded and hurt, asked her:</p> + +<p>“Do you mean to say that <i>you</i> have done it?”</p> + +<p>She broke in, “Oh, Joshua, I was so afraid.”</p> + +<p>He paused, and a set, white look came over his face. “Mary!” said he, +“is this all the trust you have in me? I would not have believed it.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, Joshua! Joshua!” she cried entreatingly, “forgive me,” and wept +bitterly.</p> + +<p>Joshua thought a moment and then said: “I see how it is. We shall better +end this or we shall all go mad.”</p> + +<p>He ran into the drawing-room.</p> + +<p>“Where are you going?” almost screamed Mary.</p> + +<p>Gerald saw what he meant—that he would not be tied to blunt instruments +by the force of a superstition, and was not surprised when he saw him +come out through the French window, bearing in his hand a large Ghourka +knife, which usually lay on the centre table, and which his brother had +sent him from Northern India. It was one of those great hunting-knives +which worked such havoc, at close quarters with the enemies of the loyal +Ghourkas during the mutiny, of great weight but so evenly balanced in +the hand as to seem light, and with an edge like a razor. With one of +these knives a Ghourka can cut a sheep in two.</p> + +<p>When Mary saw him come out of the room with the weapon in his hand she +screamed in an agony of fright, and the hysterics of last night were +promptly renewed.</p> + +<p>Joshua ran toward her, and, seeing her falling, threw down the knife and +tried to catch her.</p> + +<p>However, he was just a second too late, and the two men cried out in +horror simultaneously as they saw her fall upon the naked blade.</p> + +<p>When Gerald rushed over he found that in falling her left hand had +struck the blade, which lay partly upwards on the grass. Some of the +small veins were cut through, and the blood gushed freely from the +wound. As he was tying it up he pointed out to Joshua that the wedding +ring was severed by the steel.</p> + +<p>They carried her fainting to the house. When, after a while, she came +out, with her arm in a sling, she was peaceful in her mind and happy. +She said to her husband:</p> + +<p>“The gipsy was wonderfully near the truth; too near for the real thing +ever to occur now, dear.”</p> + +<p>Joshua bent over and kissed the wounded hand. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap06"></a>The Coming of Abel Behenna</h2> + +<p> +The little Cornish port of Pencastle was bright in the early April, when +the sun had seemingly come to stay after a long and bitter winter. +Boldly and blackly the rock stood out against a background of shaded +blue, where the sky fading into mist met the far horizon. The sea was of +true Cornish hue—sapphire, save where it became deep emerald green in +the fathomless depths under the cliffs, where the seal caves opened +their grim jaws. On the slopes the grass was parched and brown. The +spikes of furze bushes were ashy grey, but the golden yellow of their +flowers streamed along the hillside, dipping out in lines as the rock +cropped up, and lessening into patches and dots till finally it died +away all together where the sea winds swept round the jutting cliffs and +cut short the vegetation as though with an ever-working aerial shears. +The whole hillside, with its body of brown and flashes of yellow, was +just like a colossal yellow-hammer.</p> + +<p>The little harbour opened from the sea between towering cliffs, and +behind a lonely rock, pierced with many caves and blow-holes through +which the sea in storm time sent its thunderous voice, together with a +fountain of drifting spume. Hence, it wound westwards in a serpentine +course, guarded at its entrance by two little curving piers to left and +right. These were roughly built of dark slates placed endways and held +together with great beams bound with iron bands. Thence, it flowed up +the rocky bed of the stream whose winter torrents had of old cut out its +way amongst the hills. This stream was deep at first, with here and +there, where it widened, patches of broken rock exposed at low water, +full of holes where crabs and lobsters were to be found at the ebb of +the tide. From amongst the rocks rose sturdy posts, used for warping in +the little coasting vessels which frequented the port. Higher up, the +stream still flowed deeply, for the tide ran far inland, but always +calmly for all the force of the wildest storm was broken below. Some +quarter mile inland the stream was deep at high water, but at low tide +there were at each side patches of the same broken rock as lower down, +through the chinks of which the sweet water of the natural stream +trickled and murmured after the tide had ebbed away. Here, too, rose +mooring posts for the fishermen’s boats. At either side of the river was +a row of cottages down almost on the level of high tide. They were +pretty cottages, strongly and snugly built, with trim narrow gardens in +front, full of old-fashioned plants, flowering currants, coloured +primroses, wallflower, and stonecrop. Over the fronts of many of them +climbed clematis and wisteria. The window sides and door posts of all +were as white as snow, and the little pathway to each was paved with +light coloured stones. At some of the doors were tiny porches, whilst at +others were rustic seats cut from tree trunks or from old barrels; in +nearly every case the window ledges were filled with boxes or pots of +flowers or foliage plants.</p> + +<p>Two men lived in cottages exactly opposite each other across the stream. +Two men, both young, both good-looking, both prosperous, and who had +been companions and rivals from their boyhood. Abel Behenna was dark +with the gypsy darkness which the Phœnician mining wanderers left in +their track; Eric Sanson—which the local antiquarian said was a +corruption of Sagamanson—was fair, with the ruddy hue which marked the +path of the wild Norseman. These two seemed to have singled out each +other from the very beginning to work and strive together, to fight for +each other and to stand back to back in all endeavours. They had now put +the coping-stone on their Temple of Unity by falling in love with the +same girl. Sarah Trefusis was certainly the prettiest girl in Pencastle, +and there was many a young man who would gladly have tried his fortune +with her, but that there were two to contend against, and each of these +the strongest and most resolute man in the port—except the other. The +average young man thought that this was very hard, and on account of it +bore no good will to either of the three principals: whilst the average +young woman who had, lest worse should befall, to put up with the +grumbling of her sweetheart, and the sense of being only second best +which it implied, did not either, be sure, regard Sarah with friendly +eye. Thus it came, in the course of a year or so, for rustic courtship +is a slow process, that the two men and woman found themselves thrown +much together. They were all satisfied, so it did not matter, and Sarah, +who was vain and something frivolous, took care to have her revenge on +both men and women in a quiet way. When a young woman in her “walking +out” can only boast one not-quite-satisfied young man, it is no +particular pleasure to her to see her escort cast sheep’s eyes at a +better-looking girl supported by two devoted swains.</p> + +<p>At length there came a time which Sarah dreaded, and which she had tried +to keep distant—the time when she had to make her choice between the +two men. She liked them both, and, indeed, either of them might have +satisfied the ideas of even a more exacting girl. But her mind was so +constituted that she thought more of what she might lose, than of what +she might gain; and whenever she thought she had made up her mind she +became instantly assailed with doubts as to the wisdom of her choice. +Always the man whom she had presumably lost became endowed afresh with a +newer and more bountiful crop of advantages than had ever arisen from +the possibility of his acceptance. She promised each man that on her +birthday she would give him his answer, and that day, the 11th of April, +had now arrived. The promises had been given singly and confidentially, +but each was given to a man who was not likely to forget. Early in the +morning she found both men hovering round her door. Neither had taken +the other into his confidence, and each was simply seeking an early +opportunity of getting his answer, and advancing his suit if necessary. +Damon, as a rule, does not take Pythias with him when making a proposal; +and in the heart of each man his own affairs had a claim far above any +requirements of friendship. So, throughout the day, they kept seeing +each other out. The position was doubtless somewhat embarrassing to +Sarah, and though the satisfaction of her vanity that she should be thus +adored was very pleasing, yet there were moments when she was annoyed +with both men for being so persistent. Her only consolation at such +moments was that she saw, through the elaborate smiles of the other +girls when in passing they noticed her door thus doubly guarded, the +jealousy which filled their hearts. Sarah’s mother was a person of +commonplace and sordid ideas, and, seeing all along the state of +affairs, her one intention, persistently expressed to her daughter in +the plainest words, was to so arrange matters that Sarah should get all +that was possible out of both men. With this purpose she had cunningly +kept herself as far as possible in the background in the matter of her +daughter’s wooings, and watched in silence. At first Sarah had been +indignant with her for her sordid views; but, as usual, her weak nature +gave way before persistence, and she had now got to the stage of +acceptance. She was not surprised when her mother whispered to her in +the little yard behind the house:—</p> + +<p>“Go up the hillside for a while; I want to talk to these two. They’re +both red-hot for ye, and now’s the time to get things fixed!” Sarah +began a feeble remonstrance, but her mother cut her short.</p> + +<p>“I tell ye, girl, that my mind is made up! Both these men want ye, and +only one can have ye, but before ye choose it’ll be so arranged that +ye’ll have all that both have got! Don’t argy, child! Go up the +hillside, and when ye come back I’ll have it fixed—I see a way quite +easy!” So Sarah went up the hillside through the narrow paths between +the golden furze, and Mrs. Trefusis joined the two men in the +living-room of the little house.</p> + +<p>She opened the attack with the desperate courage which is in all mothers +when they think for their children, howsoever mean the thoughts may be.</p> + +<p>“Ye two men, ye’re both in love with my Sarah!”</p> + +<p>Their bashful silence gave consent to the barefaced proposition. She +went on.</p> + +<p>“Neither of ye has much!” Again they tacitly acquiesced in the soft +impeachment.</p> + +<p>“I don’t know that either of ye could keep a wife!” Though neither said +a word their looks and bearing expressed distinct dissent. Mrs. Trefusis +went on:</p> + +<p>“But if ye’d put what ye both have together ye’d make a comfortable home +for one of ye—and Sarah!” She eyed the men keenly, with her cunning +eyes half shut, as she spoke; then satisfied from her scrutiny that the +idea was accepted she went on quickly, as if to prevent argument:</p> + +<p>“The girl likes ye both, and mayhap it’s hard for her to choose. Why +don’t ye toss up for her? First put your money together—ye’ve each got +a bit put by, I know. Let the lucky man take the lot and trade with it a +bit, and then come home and marry her. Neither of ye’s afraid, I +suppose! And neither of ye’ll say that he won’t do that much for the +girl that ye both say ye love!”</p> + +<p>Abel broke the silence:</p> + +<p>“It don’t seem the square thing to toss for the girl! She wouldn’t like +it herself, and it doesn’t seem—seem respectful like to her—” Eric +interrupted. He was conscious that his chance was not so good as Abel’s +in case Sarah should wish to choose between them:</p> + +<p>“Are ye afraid of the hazard?”</p> + +<p>“Not me!” said Abel, boldly. Mrs. Trefusis, seeing that her idea was +beginning to work, followed up the advantage.</p> + +<p>“It is settled that ye put yer money together to make a home for her, +whether ye toss for her or leave it for her to choose?”</p> + +<p>“Yes,” said Eric quickly, and Abel agreed with equal sturdiness. Mrs. +Trefusis’ little cunning eyes twinkled. She heard Sarah’s step in the +yard, and said:</p> + +<p>“Well! here she comes, and I leave it to her.” And she went out.</p> + +<p>During her brief walk on the hillside Sarah had been trying to make up +her mind. She was feeling almost angry with both men for being the cause +of her difficulty, and as she came into the room said shortly:</p> + +<p>“I want to have a word with you both—come to the Flagstaff Rock, where +we can be alone.” She took her hat and went out of the house up the +winding path to the steep rock crowned with a high flagstaff, where once +the wreckers’ fire basket used to burn. This was the rock which formed +the northern jaw of the little harbour. There was only room on the path +for two abreast, and it marked the state of things pretty well when, by +a sort of implied arrangement, Sarah went first, and the two men +followed, walking abreast and keeping step. By this time, each man’s +heart was boiling with jealousy. When they came to the top of the rock, +Sarah stood against the flagstaff, and the two young men stood opposite +her. She had chosen her position with knowledge and intention, for there +was no room for anyone to stand beside her. They were all silent for a +while; then Sarah began to laugh and said:—</p> + +<p>“I promised the both of you to give you an answer to-day. I’ve been +thinking and thinking and thinking, till I began to get angry with you +both for plaguing me so; and even now I don’t seem any nearer than ever +I was to making up my mind.” Eric said suddenly:</p> + +<p>“Let us toss for it, lass!” Sarah showed no indignation whatever at the +proposition; her mother’s eternal suggestion had schooled her to the +acceptance of something of the kind, and her weak nature made it easy to +her to grasp at any way out of the difficulty. She stood with downcast +eyes idly picking at the sleeve of her dress, seeming to have tacitly +acquiesced in the proposal. Both men instinctively realising this pulled +each a coin from his pocket, spun it in the air, and dropped his other +hand over the palm on which it lay. For a few seconds they remained +thus, all silent; then Abel, who was the more thoughtful of the men, +spoke:</p> + +<p>“Sarah! is this good?” As he spoke he removed the upper hand from the +coin and placed the latter back in his pocket. Sarah was nettled.</p> + +<p>“Good or bad, it’s good enough for me! Take it or leave it as you like,” +she said, to which he replied quickly:</p> + +<p>“Nay lass! Aught that concerns you is good enow for me. I did but think +of you lest you might have pain or disappointment hereafter. If you love +Eric better nor me, in God’s name say so, and I think I’m man enow to +stand aside. Likewise, if I’m the one, don’t make us both miserable for +life!” Face to face with a difficulty, Sarah’s weak nature proclaimed +itself; she put her hands before her face and began to cry, saying—</p> + +<p>“It was my mother. She keeps telling me!” The silence which followed was +broken by Eric, who said hotly to Abel:</p> + +<p>“Let the lass alone, can’t you? If she wants to choose this way, let +her. It’s good enough for me—and for you, too! She’s said it now, and +must abide by it!” Hereupon Sarah turned upon him in sudden fury, and +cried:</p> + +<p>“Hold your tongue! what is it to you, at any rate?” and she resumed her +crying. Eric was so flabbergasted that he had not a word to say, but +stood looking particularly foolish, with his mouth open and his hands +held out with the coin still between them. All were silent till Sarah, +taking her hands from her face laughed hysterically and said:</p> + +<p>“As you two can’t make up your minds, I’m going home!” and she turned to +go.</p> + +<p>“Stop,” said Abel, in an authoritative voice. “Eric, you hold the coin, +and I’ll cry. Now, before we settle it, let us clearly understand: the +man who wins takes all the money that we both have got, brings it to +Bristol and ships on a voyage and trades with it. Then he comes back and +marries Sarah, and they two keep all, whatever there may be, as the +result of the trading. Is this what we understand?”</p> + +<p>“Yes,” said Eric.</p> + +<p>“I’ll marry him on my next birthday,” said Sarah. Having said it the +intolerably mercenary spirit of her action seemed to strike her, and +impulsively she turned away with a bright blush. Fire seemed to sparkle +in the eyes of both men. Said Eric: “A year so be! The man that wins is +to have one year.”</p> + +<p>“Toss!” cried Abel, and the coin spun in the air. Eric caught it, and +again held it between his outstretched hands.</p> + +<p>“Heads!” cried Abel, a pallor sweeping over his face as he spoke. As he +leaned forward to look Sarah leaned forward too, and their heads almost +touched. He could feel her hair blowing on his cheek, and it thrilled +through him like fire. Eric lifted his upper hand; the coin lay with its +head up. Abel stepped forward and took Sarah in his arms. With a curse +Eric hurled the coin far into the sea. Then he leaned against the +flagstaff and scowled at the others with his hands thrust deep into his +pockets. Abel whispered wild words of passion and delight into Sarah’s +ears, and as she listened she began to believe that fortune had rightly +interpreted the wishes of her secret heart, and that she loved Abel +best.</p> + +<p>Presently Abel looked up and caught sight of Eric’s face as the last ray +of sunset struck it. The red light intensified the natural ruddiness of +his complexion, and he looked as though he were steeped in blood. Abel +did not mind his scowl, for now that his own heart was at rest he could +feel unalloyed pity for his friend. He stepped over meaning to comfort +him, and held out his hand, saying:</p> + +<p>“It was my chance, old lad. Don’t grudge it me. I’ll try to make Sarah a +happy woman, and you shall be a brother to us both!”</p> + +<p>“Brother be damned!” was all the answer Eric made, as he turned away. +When he had gone a few steps down the rocky path he turned and came +back. Standing before Abel and Sarah, who had their arms round each +other, he said:</p> + +<p>“You have a year. Make the most of it! And be sure you’re in time to +claim your wife! Be back to have your banns up in time to be married on +the 11th April. If you’re not, I tell you I shall have my banns up, and +you may get back too late.”</p> + +<p>“What do you mean, Eric? You are mad!”</p> + +<p>“No more mad than you are, Abel Behenna. You go, that’s your chance! I +stay, that’s mine! I don’t mean to let the grass grow under my feet. +Sarah cared no more for you than for me five minutes ago, and she may +come back to that five minutes after you’re gone! You won by a point +only—the game may change.”</p> + +<p>“The game won’t change!” said Abel shortly. “Sarah, you’ll be true to +me? You won’t marry till I return?”</p> + +<p>“For a year!” added Eric, quickly, “that’s the bargain.”</p> + +<p>“I promise for the year,” said Sarah. A dark look came over Abel’s face, +and he was about to speak, but he mastered himself and smiled.</p> + +<p>“I mustn’t be too hard or get angry tonight! Come, Eric! we played and +fought together. I won fairly. I played fairly all the game of our +wooing! You know that as well as I do; and now when I am going away, I +shall look to my old and true comrade to help me when I am gone!”</p> + +<p>“I’ll help you none,” said Eric, “so help me God!”</p> + +<p>“It was God helped me,” said Abel simply.</p> + +<p>“Then let Him go on helping you,” said Eric angrily. “The Devil is good +enough for me!” and without another word he rushed down the steep path +and disappeared behind the rocks.</p> + +<p>When he had gone Abel hoped for some tender passage with Sarah, but the +first remark she made chilled him.</p> + +<p>“How lonely it all seems without Eric!” and this note sounded till he +had left her at home—and after.</p> + +<p>Early on the next morning Abel heard a noise at his door, and on going +out saw Eric walking rapidly away: a small canvas bag full of gold and +silver lay on the threshold; on a small slip of paper pinned to it was +written:</p> + +<p>“Take the money and go. I stay. God for you! The Devil for me! Remember +the 11th of April.—ERIC SANSON.” That afternoon Abel went off to +Bristol, and a week later sailed on the <i>Star of the Sea</i> bound for +Pahang. His money—including that which had been Eric’s—was on board in +the shape of a venture of cheap toys. He had been advised by a shrewd +old mariner of Bristol whom he knew, and who knew the ways of the +Chersonese, who predicted that every penny invested would be returned +with a shilling to boot.</p> + +<p>As the year wore on Sarah became more and more disturbed in her mind. +Eric was always at hand to make love to her in his own persistent, +masterful manner, and to this she did not object. Only one letter came +from Abel, to say that his venture had proved successful, and that he +had sent some two hundred pounds to the bank at Bristol, and was trading +with fifty pounds still remaining in goods for China, whither the <i>Star +of the Sea</i> was bound and whence she would return to Bristol. He +suggested that Eric’s share of the venture should be returned to him +with his share of the profits. This proposition was treated with anger +by Eric, and as simply childish by Sarah’s mother.</p> + +<p>More than six months had since then elapsed, but no other letter had +come, and Eric’s hopes which had been dashed down by the letter from +Pahang, began to rise again. He perpetually assailed Sarah with an “if!” +If Abel did not return, would she then marry him? If the 11th April went +by without Abel being in the port, would she give him over? If Abel had +taken his fortune, and married another girl on the head of it, would she +marry him, Eric, as soon as the truth were known? And so on in an +endless variety of possibilities. The power of the strong will and the +determined purpose over the woman’s weaker nature became in time +manifest. Sarah began to lose her faith in Abel and to regard Eric as a +possible husband; and a possible husband is in a woman’s eye different +to all other men. A new affection for him began to arise in her breast, +and the daily familiarities of permitted courtship furthered the growing +affection. Sarah began to regard Abel as rather a rock in the road of +her life, and had it not been for her mother’s constantly reminding her +of the good fortune already laid by in the Bristol Bank she would have +tried to have shut her eyes altogether to the fact of Abel’s existence.</p> + +<p>The 11th April was Saturday, so that in order to have the marriage on +that day it would be necessary that the banns should be called on +Sunday, 22nd March. From the beginning of that month Eric kept +perpetually on the subject of Abel’s absence, and his outspoken opinion +that the latter was either dead or married began to become a reality to +the woman’s mind. As the first half of the month wore on Eric became +more jubilant, and after church on the 15th he took Sarah for a walk to +the Flagstaff Rock. There he asserted himself strongly:</p> + +<p>“I told Abel, and you too, that if he was not here to put up his banns +in time for the eleventh, I would put up mine for the twelfth. Now the +time has come when I mean to do it. He hasn’t kept his word”—here Sarah +struck in out of her weakness and indecision:</p> + +<p>“He hasn’t broken it yet!” Eric ground his teeth with anger.</p> + +<p>“If you mean to stick up for him,” he said, as he smote his hands +savagely on the flagstaff, which sent forth a shivering murmur, “well +and good. I’ll keep my part of the bargain. On Sunday I shall give +notice of the banns, and you can deny them in the church if you will. If +Abel is in Pencastle on the eleventh, he can have them cancelled, and +his own put up; but till then, I take my course, and woe to anyone who +stands in my way!” With that he flung himself down the rocky pathway, +and Sarah could not but admire his Viking strength and spirit, as, +crossing the hill, he strode away along the cliffs towards Bude.</p> + +<p>During the week no news was heard of Abel, and on Saturday Eric gave +notice of the banns of marriage between himself and Sarah Trefusis. The +clergyman would have remonstrated with him, for although nothing formal +had been told to the neighbours, it had been understood since Abel’s +departure that on his return he was to marry Sarah; but Eric would not +discuss the question.</p> + +<p>“It is a painful subject, sir,” he said with a firmness which the +parson, who was a very young man, could not but be swayed by. “Surely +there is nothing against Sarah or me. Why should there be any bones made +about the matter?” The parson said no more, and on the next day he read +out the banns for the first time amidst an audible buzz from the +congregation. Sarah was present, contrary to custom, and though she +blushed furiously enjoyed her triumph over the other girls whose banns +had not yet come. Before the week was over she began to make her wedding +dress. Eric used to come and look at her at work and the sight thrilled +through him. He used to say all sorts of pretty things to her at such +times, and there were to both delicious moments of love-making.</p> + +<p>The banns were read a second time on the 29th, and Eric’s hope grew more +and more fixed though there were to him moments of acute despair when he +realised that the cup of happiness might be dashed from his lips at any +moment, right up to the last. At such times he was full of +passion—desperate and remorseless—and he ground his teeth and clenched +his hands in a wild way as though some taint of the old Berserker fury +of his ancestors still lingered in his blood. On the Thursday of that +week he looked in on Sarah and found her, amid a flood of sunshine, +putting finishing touches to her white wedding gown. His own heart was +full of gaiety, and the sight of the woman who was so soon to be his own +so occupied, filled him with a joy unspeakable, and he felt faint with +languorous ecstasy. Bending over he kissed Sarah on the mouth, and then +whispered in her rosy ear—</p> + +<p>“Your wedding dress, Sarah! And for me!” As he drew back to admire her +she looked up saucily, and said to him—</p> + +<p>“Perhaps not for you. There is more than a week yet for Abel!” and then +cried out in dismay, for with a wild gesture and a fierce oath Eric +dashed out of the house, banging the door behind him. The incident +disturbed Sarah more than she could have thought possible, for it awoke +all her fears and doubts and indecision afresh. She cried a little, and +put by her dress, and to soothe herself went out to sit for a while on +the summit of the Flagstaff Rock. When she arrived she found there a +little group anxiously discussing the weather. The sea was calm and the +sun bright, but across the sea were strange lines of darkness and light, +and close in to shore the rocks were fringed with foam, which spread out +in great white curves and circles as the currents drifted. The wind had +backed, and came in sharp, cold puffs. The blow-hole, which ran under +the Flagstaff Rock, from the rocky bay without to the harbour within, +was booming at intervals, and the seagulls were screaming ceaselessly as +they wheeled about the entrance of the port.</p> + +<p>“It looks bad,” she heard an old fisherman say to the coastguard. “I +seen it just like this once before, when the East Indiaman <i>Coromandel</i> +went to pieces in Dizzard Bay!” Sarah did not wait to hear more. She was +of a timid nature where danger was concerned, and could not bear to hear +of wrecks and disasters. She went home and resumed the completion of her +dress, secretly determined to appease Eric when she should meet him with +a sweet apology—and to take the earliest opportunity of being even with +him after her marriage. The old fisherman’s weather prophecy was +justified. That night at dusk a wild storm came on. The sea rose and +lashed the western coasts from Skye to Scilly and left a tale of +disaster everywhere. The sailors and fishermen of Pencastle all turned +out on the rocks and cliffs and watched eagerly. Presently, by a flash +of lightning, a “ketch” was seen drifting under only a jib about +half-a-mile outside the port. All eyes and all glasses were concentrated +on her, waiting for the next flash, and when it came a chorus went up +that it was the <i>Lovely Alice</i>, trading between Bristol and Penzance, +and touching at all the little ports between. “God help them!” said the +harbour-master, “for nothing in this world can save them when they are +between Bude and Tintagel and the wind on shore!” The coastguards +exerted themselves, and, aided by brave hearts and willing hands, they +brought the rocket apparatus up on the summit of the Flagstaff Rock. +Then they burned blue lights so that those on board might see the +harbour opening in case they could make any effort to reach it. They +worked gallantly enough on board; but no skill or strength of man could +avail. Before many minutes were over the <i>Lovely Alice</i> rushed to her +doom on the great island rock that guarded the mouth of the port. The +screams of those on board were faintly borne on the tempest as they +flung themselves into the sea in a last chance for life. The blue lights +were kept burning, and eager eyes peered into the depths of the waters +in case any face could be seen; and ropes were held ready to fling out +in aid. But never a face was seen, and the willing arms rested idle. +Eric was there amongst his fellows. His old Icelandic origin was never +more apparent than in that wild hour. He took a rope, and shouted in the +ear of the harbour-master:</p> + +<p>“I shall go down on the rock over the seal cave. The tide is running up, +and someone may drift in there!”</p> + +<p>“Keep back, man!” came the answer. “Are you mad? One slip on that rock +and you are lost: and no man could keep his feet in the dark on such a +place in such a tempest!”</p> + +<p>“Not a bit,” came the reply. “You remember how Abel Behenna saved me +there on a night like this when my boat went on the Gull Rock. He +dragged me up from the deep water in the seal cave, and now someone may +drift in there again as I did,” and he was gone into the darkness. The +projecting rock hid the light on the Flagstaff Rock, but he knew his way +too well to miss it. His boldness and sureness of foot standing to him, +he shortly stood on the great round-topped rock cut away beneath by the +action of the waves over the entrance of the seal cave, where the water +was fathomless. There he stood in comparative safety, for the concave +shape of the rock beat back the waves with their own force, and though +the water below him seemed to boil like a seething cauldron, just beyond +the spot there was a space of almost calm. The rock, too, seemed here to +shut off the sound of the gale, and he listened as well as watched. As +he stood there ready, with his coil of rope poised to throw, he thought +he heard below him, just beyond the whirl of the water, a faint, +despairing cry. He echoed it with a shout that rang into the night. Then +he waited for the flash of lightning, and as it passed flung his rope +out into the darkness where he had seen a face rising through the swirl +of the foam. The rope was caught, for he felt a pull on it, and he +shouted again in his mighty voice:</p> + +<p>“Tie it round your waist, and I shall pull you up.” Then when he felt +that it was fast he moved along the rock to the far side of the sea +cave, where the deep water was something stiller, and where he could get +foothold secure enough to drag the rescued man on the overhanging rock. +He began to pull, and shortly he knew from the rope taken in that the +man he was now rescuing must soon be close to the top of the rock. He +steadied himself for a moment, and drew a long breath, that he might at +the next effort complete the rescue. He had just bent his back to the +work when a flash of lightning revealed to each other the two men—the +rescuer and the rescued.</p> + +<p>Eric Sanson and Abel Behenna were face to face—and none knew of the +meeting save themselves; and God.</p> + +<p>On the instant a wave of passion swept through Eric’s heart. All his +hopes were shattered, and with the hatred of Cain his eyes looked out. +He saw in the instant of recognition the joy in Abel’s face that his was +the hand to succour him, and this intensified his hate. Whilst the +passion was on him he started back, and the rope ran out between his +hands. His moment of hate was followed by an impulse of his better +manhood, but it was too late.</p> + +<p>Before he could recover himself, Abel encumbered with the rope that +should have aided him, was plunged with a despairing cry back into the +darkness of the devouring sea.</p> + +<p>Then, feeling all the madness and the doom of Cain upon him, Eric rushed +back over the rocks, heedless of the danger and eager only for one +thing—to be amongst other people whose living noises would shut out +that last cry which seemed to ring still in his ears. When he regained +the Flagstaff Rock the men surrounded him, and through the fury of the +storm he heard the harbour-master say:—</p> + +<p>“We feared you were lost when we heard a cry! How white you are! Where +is your rope? Was there anyone drifted in?”</p> + +<p>“No one,” he shouted in answer, for he felt that he could never explain +that he had let his old comrade slip back into the sea, and at the very +place and under the very circumstances in which that comrade had saved +his own life. He hoped by one bold lie to set the matter at rest for +ever. There was no one to bear witness—and if he should have to carry +that still white face in his eyes and that despairing cry in his ears +for evermore—at least none should know of it. “No one,” he cried, more +loudly still. “I slipped on the rock, and the rope fell into the sea!” +So saying he left them, and, rushing down the steep path, gained his own +cottage and locked himself within.</p> + +<p>The remainder of that night he passed lying on his bed—dressed and +motionless—staring upwards, and seeming to see through the darkness a +pale face gleaming wet in the lightning, with its glad recognition +turning to ghastly despair, and to hear a cry which never ceased to echo +in his soul.</p> + +<p>In the morning the storm was over and all was smiling again, except that +the sea was still boisterous with its unspent fury. Great pieces of +wreck drifted into the port, and the sea around the island rock was +strewn with others. Two bodies also drifted into the harbour—one the +master of the wrecked ketch, the other a strange seaman whom no one +knew.</p> + +<p>Sarah saw nothing of Eric till the evening, and then he only looked in +for a minute. He did not come into the house, but simply put his head in +through the open window.</p> + +<p>“Well, Sarah,” he called out in a loud voice, though to her it did not +ring truly, “is the wedding dress done? Sunday week, mind! Sunday week!”</p> + +<p>Sarah was glad to have the reconciliation so easy; but, womanlike, when +she saw the storm was over and her own fears groundless, she at once +repeated the cause of offence.</p> + +<p>“Sunday so be it,” she said without looking up, “if Abel isn’t there on +Saturday!” Then she looked up saucily, though her heart was full of fear +of another outburst on the part of her impetuous lover. But the window +was empty; Eric had taken himself off, and with a pout she resumed her +work. She saw Eric no more till Sunday afternoon, after the banns had +been called the third time, when he came up to her before all the people +with an air of proprietorship which half-pleased and half-annoyed her.</p> + +<p>“Not yet, mister!” she said, pushing him away, as the other girls +giggled. “Wait till Sunday next, if you please—the day after Saturday!” +she added, looking at him saucily. The girls giggled again, and the +young men guffawed. They thought it was the snub that touched him so +that he became as white as a sheet as he turned away. But Sarah, who +knew more than they did, laughed, for she saw triumph through the spasm +of pain that overspread his face.</p> + +<p>The week passed uneventfully; however, as Saturday drew nigh Sarah had +occasional moments of anxiety, and as to Eric he went about at +night-time like a man possessed. He restrained himself when others were +by, but now and again he went down amongst the rocks and caves and +shouted aloud. This seemed to relieve him somewhat, and he was better +able to restrain himself for some time after. All Saturday he stayed in +his own house and never left it. As he was to be married on the morrow, +the neighbours thought it was shyness on his part, and did not trouble +or notice him. Only once was he disturbed, and that was when the chief +boatman came to him and sat down, and after a pause said:</p> + +<p>“Eric, I was over in Bristol yesterday. I was in the ropemaker’s getting +a coil to replace the one you lost the night of the storm, and there I +saw Michael Heavens of this place, who is a salesman there. He told me +that Abel Behenna had come home the week ere last on the <i>Star of the +Sea</i> from Canton, and that he had lodged a sight of money in the Bristol +Bank in the name of Sarah Behenna. He told Michael so himself—and that +he had taken passage on the <i>Lovely Alice</i> to Pencastle. “Bear up, man,” +for Eric had with a groan dropped his head on his knees, with his face +between his hands. “He was your old comrade, I know, but you couldn’t +help him. He must have gone down with the rest that awful night. I +thought I’d better tell you, lest it might come some other way, and you +might keep Sarah Trefusis from being frightened. They were good friends +once, and women take these things to heart. It would not do to let her +be pained with such a thing on her wedding day!” Then he rose and went +away, leaving Eric still sitting disconsolately with his head on his +knees.</p> + +<p>“Poor fellow!” murmured the chief boatman to himself; “he takes it to +heart. Well, well! right enough! They were true comrades once, and Abel +saved him!”</p> + +<p>The afternoon of that day, when the children had left school, they +strayed as usual on half-holidays along the quay and the paths by the +cliffs. Presently some of them came running in a state of great +excitement to the harbour, where a few men were unloading a coal ketch, +and a great many were superintending the operation. One of the children +called out:</p> + +<p>“There is a porpoise in the harbour mouth! We saw it come through the +blow-hole! It had a long tail, and was deep under the water!”</p> + +<p>“It was no porpoise,” said another; “it was a seal; but it had a long +tail! It came out of the seal cave!” The other children bore various +testimony, but on two points they were unanimous—it, whatever “it” was, +had come through the blow-hole deep under the water, and had a long, +thin tail—a tail so long that they could not see the end of it. There +was much unmerciful chaffing of the children by the men on this point, +but as it was evident that they had seen something, quite a number of +persons, young and old, male and female, went along the high paths on +either side of the harbour mouth to catch a glimpse of this new addition +to the fauna of the sea, a long-tailed porpoise or seal. The tide was +now coming in. There was a slight breeze, and the surface of the water +was rippled so that it was only at moments that anyone could see clearly +into the deep water. After a spell of watching a woman called out that +she saw something moving up the channel, just below where she was +standing. There was a stampede to the spot, but by the time the crowd +had gathered the breeze had freshened, and it was impossible to see with +any distinctness below the surface of the water. On being questioned the +woman described what she had seen, but in such an incoherent way that +the whole thing was put down as an effect of imagination; had it not +been for the children’s report she would not have been credited at all. +Her semi-hysterical statement that what she saw was “like a pig with the +entrails out” was only thought anything of by an old coastguard, who +shook his head but did not make any remark. For the remainder of the +daylight this man was seen always on the bank, looking into the water, +but always with disappointment manifest on his face.</p> + +<p>Eric arose early on the next morning—he had not slept all night, and it +was a relief to him to move about in the light. He shaved himself with a +hand that did not tremble, and dressed himself in his wedding clothes. +There was a haggard look on his face, and he seemed as though he had +grown years older in the last few days. Still there was a wild, uneasy +light of triumph in his eyes, and he kept murmuring to himself over and +over again:</p> + +<p>“This is my wedding-day! Abel cannot claim her now—living or +dead!—living or dead! Living or dead!” He sat in his arm-chair, waiting +with an uncanny quietness for the church hour to arrive. When the bell +began to ring he arose and passed out of his house, closing the door +behind him. He looked at the river and saw the tide had just turned. In +the church he sat with Sarah and her mother, holding Sarah’s hand +tightly in his all the time, as though he feared to lose her. When the +service was over they stood up together, and were married in the +presence of the entire congregation; for no one left the church. Both +made the responses clearly—Eric’s being even on the defiant side. When +the wedding was over Sarah took her husband’s arm, and they walked away +together, the boys and younger girls being cuffed by their elders into a +decorous behaviour, for they would fain have followed close behind their +heels.</p> + +<p>The way from the church led down to the back of Eric’s cottage, a narrow +passage being between it and that of his next neighbour. When the bridal +couple had passed through this the remainder of the congregation, who +had followed them at a little distance, were startled by a long, shrill +scream from the bride. They rushed through the passage and found her on +the bank with wild eyes, pointing to the river bed opposite Eric +Sanson’s door.</p> + +<p>The falling tide had deposited there the body of Abel Behenna stark upon +the broken rocks. The rope trailing from its waist had been twisted by +the current round the mooring post, and had held it back whilst the tide +had ebbed away from it. The right elbow had fallen in a chink in the +rock, leaving the hand outstretched toward Sarah, with the open palm +upward as though it were extended to receive hers, the pale drooping +fingers open to the clasp.</p> + +<p>All that happened afterwards was never quite known to Sarah Sanson. +Whenever she would try to recollect there would become a buzzing in her +ears and a dimness in her eyes, and all would pass away. The only thing +that she could remember of it all—and this she never forgot—was Eric’s +breathing heavily, with his face whiter than that of the dead man, as he +muttered under his breath:</p> + +<p> +“Devil’s help! Devil’s faith! Devil’s price!” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap07"></a>The Burial of the Rats</h2> + +<p> +Leaving Paris by the Orleans road, cross the Enceinte, and, turning to +the right, you find yourself in a somewhat wild and not at all savoury +district. Right and left, before and behind, on every side rise great +heaps of dust and waste accumulated by the process of time.</p> + +<p>Paris has its night as well as its day life, and the sojourner who +enters his hotel in the Rue de Rivoli or the Rue St. Honore late at +night or leaves it early in the morning, can guess, in coming near +Montrouge—if he has not done so already—the purpose of those great +waggons that look like boilers on wheels which he finds halting +everywhere as he passes.</p> + +<p>Every city has its peculiar institutions created out of its own needs; +and one of the most notable institutions of Paris is its rag-picking +population. In the early morning—and Parisian life commences at an +early hour—may be seen in most streets standing on the pathway opposite +every court and alley and between every few houses, as still in some +American cities, even in parts of New York, large wooden boxes into +which the domestics or tenement-holders empty the accumulated dust of +the past day. Round these boxes gather and pass on, when the work is +done, to fresh fields of labour and pastures new, squalid hungry-looking +men and women, the implements of whose craft consist of a coarse bag or +basket slung over the shoulder and a little rake with which they turn +over and probe and examine in the minutest manner the dustbins. They +pick up and deposit in their baskets, by aid of their rakes, whatever +they may find, with the same facility as a Chinaman uses his chopsticks.</p> + +<p>Paris is a city of centralisation—and centralisation and classification +are closely allied. In the early times, when centralisation is becoming +a fact, its forerunner is classification. All things which are similar +or analogous become grouped together, and from the grouping of groups +rises one whole or central point. We see radiating many long arms with +innumerable tentaculae, and in the centre rises a gigantic head with a +comprehensive brain and keen eyes to look on every side and ears +sensitive to hear—and a voracious mouth to swallow.</p> + +<p>Other cities resemble all the birds and beasts and fishes whose +appetites and digestions are normal. Paris alone is the analogical +apotheosis of the octopus. Product of centralisation carried to an <i>ad +absurdum</i>, it fairly represents the devil fish; and in no respects is +the resemblance more curious than in the similarity of the digestive +apparatus.</p> + +<p>Those intelligent tourists who, having surrendered their individuality +into the hands of Messrs. Cook or Gaze, “do” Paris in three days, are +often puzzled to know how it is that the dinner which in London would +cost about six shillings, can be had for three francs in a café in the +Palais Royal. They need have no more wonder if they will but consider +the classification which is a theoretic speciality of Parisian life, and +adopt all round the fact from which the chiffonier has his genesis.</p> + +<p>The Paris of 1850 was not like the Paris of to-day, and those who see +the Paris of Napoleon and Baron Hausseman can hardly realise the +existence of the state of things forty-five years ago.</p> + +<p>Amongst other things, however, which have not changed are those +districts where the waste is gathered. Dust is dust all the world over, +in every age, and the family likeness of dust-heaps is perfect. The +traveller, therefore, who visits the environs of Montrouge can go go +back in fancy without difficulty to the year 1850.</p> + +<p>In this year I was making a prolonged stay in Paris. I was very much in +love with a young lady who, though she returned my passion, so far +yielded to the wishes of her parents that she had promised not to see me +or to correspond with me for a year. I, too, had been compelled to +accede to these conditions under a vague hope of parental approval. +During the term of probation I had promised to remain out of the country +and not to write to my dear one until the expiration of the year.</p> + +<p>Naturally the time went heavily with me. There was not one of my own +family or circle who could tell me of Alice, and none of her own folk +had, I am sorry to say, sufficient generosity to send me even an +occasional word of comfort regarding her health and well-being. I spent +six months wandering about Europe, but as I could find no satisfactory +distraction in travel, I determined to come to Paris, where, at least, I +would be within easy hail of London in case any good fortune should call +me thither before the appointed time. That “hope deferred maketh the +heart sick” was never better exemplified than in my case, for in +addition to the perpetual longing to see the face I loved there was +always with me a harrowing anxiety lest some accident should prevent me +showing Alice in due time that I had, throughout the long period of +probation, been faithful to her trust and my own love. Thus, every +adventure which I undertook had a fierce pleasure of its own, for it was +fraught with possible consequences greater than it would have ordinarily +borne.</p> + +<p>Like all travellers I exhausted the places of most interest in the first +month of my stay, and was driven in the second month to look for +amusement whithersoever I might. Having made sundry journeys to the +better-known suburbs, I began to see that there was a <i>terra incognita</i>, +in so far as the guide book was concerned, in the social wilderness +lying between these attractive points. Accordingly I began to +systematise my researches, and each day took up the thread of my +exploration at the place where I had on the previous day dropped it.</p> + +<p>In the process of time my wanderings led me near Montrouge, and I saw +that hereabouts lay the Ultima Thule of social exploration—a country as +little known as that round the source of the White Nile. And so I +determined to investigate philosophically the chiffonier—his habitat, +his life, and his means of life.</p> + +<p>The job was an unsavoury one, difficult of accomplishment, and with +little hope of adequate reward. However, despite reason, obstinacy +prevailed, and I entered into my new investigation with a keener energy +than I could have summoned to aid me in any investigation leading to any +end, valuable or worthy.</p> + +<p>One day, late in a fine afternoon, toward the end of September, I +entered the holy of holies of the city of dust. The place was evidently +the recognised abode of a number of chiffoniers, for some sort of +arrangement was manifested in the formation of the dust heaps near the +road. I passed amongst these heaps, which stood like orderly sentries, +determined to penetrate further and trace dust to its ultimate location.</p> + +<p>As I passed along I saw behind the dust heaps a few forms that flitted +to and fro, evidently watching with interest the advent of any stranger +to such a place. The district was like a small Switzerland, and as I +went forward my tortuous course shut out the path behind me.</p> + +<p>Presently I got into what seemed a small city or community of +chiffoniers. There were a number of shanties or huts, such as may be met +with in the remote parts of the Bog of Allan—rude places with wattled +walls, plastered with mud and roofs of rude thatch made from stable +refuse—such places as one would not like to enter for any +consideration, and which even in water-colour could only look +picturesque if judiciously treated. In the midst of these huts was one +of the strangest adaptations—I cannot say habitations—I had ever seen. +An immense old wardrobe, the colossal remnant of some boudoir of Charles +VII, or Henry II, had been converted into a dwelling-house. The double +doors lay open, so that the entire ménage was open to public view. In +the open half of the wardrobe was a common sitting-room of some four +feet by six, in which sat, smoking their pipes round a charcoal brazier, +no fewer than six old soldiers of the First Republic, with their +uniforms torn and worn threadbare. Evidently they were of the <i>mauvais +sujet</i> class; their bleary eyes and limp jaws told plainly of a common +love of absinthe; and their eyes had that haggard, worn look of +slumbering ferocity which follows hard in the wake of drink. The other +side stood as of old, with its shelves intact, save that they were cut +to half their depth, and in each shelf of which there were six, was a +bed made with rags and straw. The half-dozen of worthies who inhabited +this structure looked at me curiously as I passed; and when I looked +back after going a little way I saw their heads together in a whispered +conference. I did not like the look of this at all, for the place was +very lonely, and the men looked very, very villainous. However, I did +not see any cause for fear, and went on my way, penetrating further and +further into the Sahara. The way was tortuous to a degree, and from +going round in a series of semi-circles, as one goes in skating with the +Dutch roll, I got rather confused with regard to the points of the +compass.</p> + +<p>When I had penetrated a little way I saw, as I turned the corner of a +half-made heap, sitting on a heap of straw an old soldier with +threadbare coat.</p> + +<p>“Hallo!” said I to myself; “the First Republic is well represented here +in its soldiery.”</p> + +<p>As I passed him the old man never even looked up at me, but gazed on the +ground with stolid persistency. Again I remarked to myself: “See what a +life of rude warfare can do! This old man’s curiosity is a thing of the +past.”</p> + +<p>When I had gone a few steps, however, I looked back suddenly, and saw +that curiosity was not dead, for the veteran had raised his head and was +regarding me with a very queer expression. He seemed to me to look very +like one of the six worthies in the press. When he saw me looking he +dropped his head; and without thinking further of him I went on my way, +satisfied that there was a strange likeness between these old warriors.</p> + +<p>Presently I met another old soldier in a similar manner. He, too, did +not notice me whilst I was passing.</p> + +<p>By this time it was getting late in the afternoon, and I began to think +of retracing my steps. Accordingly I turned to go back, but could see a +number of tracks leading between different mounds and could not +ascertain which of them I should take. In my perplexity I wanted to see +someone of whom to ask the way, but could see no one. I determined to go +on a few mounds further and so try to see someone—not a veteran.</p> + +<p>I gained my object, for after going a couple of hundred yards I saw +before me a single shanty such as I had seen before—with, however, the +difference that this was not one for living in, but merely a roof with +three walls open in front. From the evidences which the neighbourhood +exhibited I took it to be a place for sorting. Within it was an old +woman wrinkled and bent with age; I approached her to ask the way.</p> + +<p>She rose as I came close and I asked her my way. She immediately +commenced a conversation; and it occurred to me that here in the very +centre of the Kingdom of Dust was the place to gather details of the +history of Parisian rag-picking—particularly as I could do so from the +lips of one who looked like the oldest inhabitant.</p> + +<p>I began my inquiries, and the old woman gave me most interesting +answers—she had been one of the ceteuces who sat daily before the +guillotine and had taken an active part among the women who signalised +themselves by their violence in the revolution. While we were talking +she said suddenly: “But m’sieur must be tired standing,” and dusted a +rickety old stool for me to sit down. I hardly liked to do so for many +reasons; but the poor old woman was so civil that I did not like to run +the risk of hurting her by refusing, and moreover the conversation of +one who had been at the taking of the Bastille was so interesting that I +sat down and so our conversation went on.</p> + +<p>While we were talking an old man—older and more bent and wrinkled even +than the woman—appeared from behind the shanty. “Here is Pierre,” said +she. “M’sieur can hear stories now if he wishes, for Pierre was in +everything, from the Bastille to Waterloo.” The old man took another +stool at my request and we plunged into a sea of revolutionary +reminiscences. This old man, albeit clothed like a scarecrow, was like +any one of the six veterans.</p> + +<p>I was now sitting in the centre of the low hut with the woman on my left +hand and the man on my right, each of them being somewhat in front of +me. The place was full of all sorts of curious objects of lumber, and of +many things that I wished far away. In one corner was a heap of rags +which seemed to move from the number of vermin it contained, and in the +other a heap of bones whose odour was something shocking. Every now and +then, glancing at the heaps, I could see the gleaming eyes of some of +the rats which infested the place. These loathsome objects were bad +enough, but what looked even more dreadful was an old butcher’s axe with +an iron handle stained with clots of blood leaning up against the wall +on the right hand side. Still, these things did not give me much +concern. The talk of the two old people was so fascinating that I stayed +on and on, till the evening came and the dust heaps threw dark shadows +over the vales between them.</p> + +<p>After a time I began to grow uneasy. I could not tell how or why, but +somehow I did not feel satisfied. Uneasiness is an instinct and means +warning. The psychic faculties are often the sentries of the intellect, +and when they sound alarm the reason begins to act, although perhaps not +consciously.</p> + +<p>This was so with me. I began to bethink me where I was and by what +surrounded, and to wonder how I should fare in case I should be +attacked; and then the thought suddenly burst upon me, although without +any overt cause, that I was in danger. Prudence whispered: “Be still and +make no sign,” and so I was still and made no sign, for I knew that four +cunning eyes were on me. “Four eyes—if not more.” My God, what a +horrible thought! The whole shanty might be surrounded on three sides +with villains! I might be in the midst of a band of such desperadoes as +only half a century of periodic revolution can produce.</p> + +<p>With a sense of danger my intellect and observation quickened, and I +grew more watchful than was my wont. I noticed that the old woman’s eyes +were constantly wandering towards my hands. I looked at them too, and +saw the cause—my rings. On my left little finger I had a large signet +and on the right a good diamond.</p> + +<p>I thought that if there was any danger my first care was to avert +suspicion. Accordingly I began to work the conversation round to +rag-picking—to the drains—of the things found there; and so by easy +stages to jewels. Then, seizing a favourable opportunity, I asked the +old woman if she knew anything of such things. She answered that she +did, a little. I held out my right hand, and, showing her the diamond, +asked her what she thought of that. She answered that her eyes were bad, +and stooped over my hand. I said as nonchalantly as I could: “Pardon me! +You will see better thus!” and taking it off handed it to her. An unholy +light came into her withered old face, as she touched it. She stole one +glance at me swift and keen as a flash of lightning.</p> + +<p>She bent over the ring for a moment, her face quite concealed as though +examining it. The old man looked straight out of the front of the shanty +before him, at the same time fumbling in his pockets and producing a +screw of tobacco in a paper and a pipe, which he proceeded to fill. I +took advantage of the pause and the momentary rest from the searching +eyes on my face to look carefully round the place, now dim and shadowy +in the gloaming. There still lay all the heaps of varied reeking +foulness; there the terrible blood-stained axe leaning against the wall +in the right hand corner, and everywhere, despite the gloom, the baleful +glitter of the eyes of the rats. I could see them even through some of +the chinks of the boards at the back low down close to the ground. But +stay! these latter eyes seemed more than usually large and bright and +baleful!</p> + +<p>For an instant my heart stood still, and I felt in that whirling +condition of mind in which one feels a sort of spiritual drunkenness, +and as though the body is only maintained erect in that there is no time +for it to fall before recovery. Then, in another second, I was calm—coldly +calm, with all my energies in full vigour, with a self-control +which I felt to be perfect and with all my feeling and instincts alert.</p> + +<p>Now I knew the full extent of my danger: I was watched and surrounded by +desperate people! I could not even guess at how many of them were lying +there on the ground behind the shanty, waiting for the moment to strike. +I knew that I was big and strong, and they knew it, too. They knew also, +as I did, that I was an Englishman and would make a fight for it; and so +we waited. I had, I felt, gained an advantage in the last few seconds, +for I knew my danger and understood the situation. Now, I thought, is +the test of my courage—the enduring test: the fighting test may come +later!</p> + +<p>The old woman raised her head and said to me in a satisfied kind of way:</p> + +<p>“A very fine ring, indeed—a beautiful ring! Oh, me! I once had such +rings, plenty of them, and bracelets and earrings! Oh! for in those fine +days I led the town a dance! But they’ve forgotten me now! They’ve +forgotten me! They? Why they never heard of me! Perhaps their +grandfathers remember me, some of them!” and she laughed a harsh, +croaking laugh. And then I am bound to say that she astonished me, for +she handed me back the ring with a certain suggestion of old-fashioned +grace which was not without its pathos.</p> + +<p>The old man eyed her with a sort of sudden ferocity, half rising from +his stool, and said to me suddenly and hoarsely:</p> + +<p>“Let me see!”</p> + +<p>I was about to hand the ring when the old woman said:</p> + +<p>“No! no, do not give it to Pierre! Pierre is eccentric. He loses things; +and such a pretty ring!”</p> + +<p>“Cat!” said the old man, savagely. Suddenly the old woman said, rather +more loudly than was necessary:</p> + +<p>“Wait! I shall tell you something about a ring.” There was something in +the sound of her voice that jarred upon me. Perhaps it was my +hyper-sensitiveness, wrought up as I was to such a pitch of nervous +excitement, but I seemed to think that she was not addressing me. As I +stole a glance round the place I saw the eyes of the rats in the bone +heaps, but missed the eyes along the back. But even as I looked I saw +them again appear. The old woman’s “Wait!” had given me a respite from +attack, and the men had sunk back to their reclining posture.</p> + +<p>“I once lost a ring—a beautiful diamond hoop that had belonged to a queen, +and which was given to me by a farmer of the taxes, who afterwards cut +his throat because I sent him away. I thought it must have been stolen, +and taxed my people; but I could get no trace. The police came and +suggested that it had found its way to the drain. We descended—I in my +fine clothes, for I would not trust them with my beautiful ring! I know +more of the drains since then, and of rats, too! but I shall never +forget the horror of that place—alive with blazing eyes, a wall of them +just outside the light of our torches. Well, we got beneath my house. We +searched the outlet of the drain, and there in the filth found my ring, +and we came out.</p> + +<p>“But we found something else also before we came! As we were coming +toward the opening a lot of sewer rats—human ones this time—came +towards us. They told the police that one of their number had gone into +the drain, but had not returned. He had gone in only shortly before we +had, and, if lost, could hardly be far off. They asked help to seek him, +so we turned back. They tried to prevent me going, but I insisted. It +was a new excitement, and had I not recovered my ring? Not far did we go +till we came on something. There was but little water, and the bottom of +the drain was raised with brick, rubbish, and much matter of the kind. +He had made a fight for it, even when his torch had gone out. But they +were too many for him! They had not been long about it! The bones were +still warm; but they were picked clean. They had even eaten their own +dead ones and there were bones of rats as well as of the man. They took +it cool enough those other—the human ones—and joked of their comrade +when they found him dead, though they would have helped him living. Bah! +what matters it—life or death?”</p> + +<p>“And had you no fear?” I asked her.</p> + +<p>“Fear!” she said with a laugh. “Me have fear? Ask Pierre! But I was +younger then, and, as I came through that horrible drain with its wall +of greedy eyes, always moving with the circle of the light from the +torches, I did not feel easy. I kept on before the men, though! It is a +way I have! I never let the men get it before me. All I want is a chance +and a means! And they ate him up—took every trace away except the +bones; and no one knew it, nor no sound of him was ever heard!” Here she +broke into a chuckling fit of the ghastliest merriment which it was ever +my lot to hear and see. A great poetess describes her heroine singing: +“Oh! to see or hear her singing! Scarce I know which is the divinest.”</p> + +<p>And I can apply the same idea to the old crone—in all save the +divinity, for I scarce could tell which was the most hellish—the harsh, +malicious, satisfied, cruel laugh, or the leering grin, and the horrible +square opening of the mouth like a tragic mask, and the yellow gleam of +the few discoloured teeth in the shapeless gums. In that laugh and with +that grin and the chuckling satisfaction I knew as well as if it had +been spoken to me in words of thunder that my murder was settled, and +the murderers only bided the proper time for its accomplishment. I could +read between the lines of her gruesome story the commands to her +accomplices. “Wait,” she seemed to say, “bide your time. I shall strike +the first blow. Find the weapon for me, and I shall make the +opportunity! He shall not escape! Keep him quiet, and then no one will +be wiser. There will be no outcry, and the rats will do their work!”</p> + +<p>It was growing darker and darker; the night was coming. I stole a glance +round the shanty, still all the same! The bloody axe in the corner, the +heaps of filth, and the eyes on the bone heaps and in the crannies of +the floor.</p> + +<p>Pierre had been still ostensibly filling his pipe; he now struck a light +and began to puff away at it. The old woman said:</p> + +<p>“Dear heart, how dark it is! Pierre, like a good lad, light the lamp!”</p> + +<p>Pierre got up and with the lighted match in his hand touched the wick of +a lamp which hung at one side of the entrance to the shanty, and which +had a reflector that threw the light all over the place. It was +evidently that which was used for their sorting at night.</p> + +<p>“Not that, stupid! Not that! the lantern!” she called out to him.</p> + +<p>He immediately blew it out, saying: “All right, mother I’ll find it,” +and he hustled about the left corner of the room—the old woman saying +through the darkness:</p> + +<p>“The lantern! the lantern! Oh! That is the light that is most useful to +us poor folks. The lantern was the friend of the revolution! It is the +friend of the chiffonier! It helps us when all else fails.”</p> + +<p>Hardly had she said the word when there was a kind of creaking of the +whole place, and something was steadily dragged over the roof.</p> + +<p>Again I seemed to read between the lines of her words. I knew the lesson +of the lantern.</p> + +<p>“One of you get on the roof with a noose and strangle him as he passes +out if we fail within.”</p> + +<p>As I looked out of the opening I saw the loop of a rope outlined black +against the lurid sky. I was now, indeed, beset!</p> + +<p>Pierre was not long in finding the lantern. I kept my eyes fixed through +the darkness on the old woman. Pierre struck his light, and by its flash +I saw the old woman raise from the ground beside her where it had +mysteriously appeared, and then hide in the folds of her gown, a long +sharp knife or dagger. It seemed to be like a butcher’s sharpening iron +fined to a keen point.</p> + +<p>The lantern was lit.</p> + +<p>“Bring it here, Pierre,” she said. “Place it in the doorway where we can +see it. See how nice it is! It shuts out the darkness from us; it is +just right!”</p> + +<p>Just right for her and her purposes! It threw all its light on my face, +leaving in gloom the faces of both Pierre and the woman, who sat outside +of me on each side.</p> + +<p>I felt that the time of action was approaching, but I knew now that the +first signal and movement would come from the woman, and so watched her.</p> + +<p>I was all unarmed, but I had made up my mind what to do. At the first +movement I would seize the butcher’s axe in the right-hand corner and +fight my way out. At least, I would die hard. I stole a glance round to +fix its exact locality so that I could not fail to seize it at the first +effort, for then, if ever, time and accuracy would be precious.</p> + +<p>Good God! It was gone! All the horror of the situation burst upon me; +but the bitterest thought of all was that if the issue of the terrible +position should be against me Alice would infallibly suffer. Either she +would believe me false—and any lover, or any one who has ever been one, +can imagine the bitterness of the thought—or else she would go on +loving long after I had been lost to her and to the world, so that her +life would be broken and embittered, shattered with disappointment and +despair. The very magnitude of the pain braced me up and nerved me to +bear the dread scrutiny of the plotters.</p> + +<p>I think I did not betray myself. The old woman was watching me as a cat +does a mouse; she had her right hand hidden in the folds of her gown, +clutching, I knew, that long, cruel-looking dagger. Had she seen any +disappointment in my face she would, I felt, have known that the moment +had come, and would have sprung on me like a tigress, certain of taking +me unprepared.</p> + +<p>I looked out into the night, and there I saw new cause for danger. +Before and around the hut were at a little distance some shadowy forms; +they were quite still, but I knew that they were all alert and on guard. +Small chance for me now in that direction.</p> + +<p>Again I stole a glance round the place. In moments of great excitement +and of great danger, which is excitement, the mind works very quickly, +and the keenness of the faculties which depend on the mind grows in +proportion. I now felt this. In an instant I took in the whole +situation. I saw that the axe had been taken through a small hole made +in one of the rotten boards. How rotten they must be to allow of such a +thing being done without a particle of noise.</p> + +<p>The hut was a regular murder-trap, and was guarded all around. A +garroter lay on the roof ready to entangle me with his noose if I should +escape the dagger of the old hag. In front the way was guarded by I know +not how many watchers. And at the back was a row of desperate men—I had +seen their eyes still through the crack in the boards of the floor, when +last I looked—as they lay prone waiting for the signal to start erect. +If it was to be ever, now for it!</p> + +<p>As nonchalantly as I could I turned slightly on my stool so as to get my +right leg well under me. Then with a sudden jump, turning my head, and +guarding it with my hands, and with the fighting instinct of the knights +of old, I breathed my lady’s name, and hurled myself against the back +wall of the hut.</p> + +<p>Watchful as they were, the suddenness of my movement surprised both +Pierre and the old woman. As I crashed through the rotten timbers I saw +the old woman rise with a leap like a tiger and heard her low gasp of +baffled rage. My feet lit on something that moved, and as I jumped away +I knew that I had stepped on the back of one of the row of men lying on +their faces outside the hut. I was torn with nails and splinters, but +otherwise unhurt. Breathless I rushed up the mound in front of me, +hearing as I went the dull crash of the shanty as it collapsed into a +mass.</p> + +<p>It was a nightmare climb. The mound, though but low, was awfully steep, +and with each step I took the mass of dust and cinders tore down with me +and gave way under my feet. The dust rose and choked me; it was +sickening, fœtid, awful; but my climb was, I felt, for life or death, +and I struggled on. The seconds seemed hours; but the few moments I had +in starting, combined with my youth and strength, gave me a great +advantage, and, though several forms struggled after me in deadly +silence which was more dreadful than any sound, I easily reached the +top. Since then I have climbed the cone of Vesuvius, and as I struggled +up that dreary steep amid the sulphurous fumes the memory of that awful +night at Montrouge came back to me so vividly that I almost grew faint.</p> + +<p>The mound was one of the tallest in the region of dust, and as I +struggled to the top, panting for breath and with my heart beating like +a sledge-hammer, I saw away to my left the dull red gleam of the sky, +and nearer still the flashing of lights. Thank God! I knew where I was +now and where lay the road to Paris!</p> + +<p>For two or three seconds I paused and looked back. My pursuers were +still well behind me, but struggling up resolutely, and in deadly +silence. Beyond, the shanty was a wreck—a mass of timber and moving +forms. I could see it well, for flames were already bursting out; the +rags and straw had evidently caught fire from the lantern. Still silence +there! Not a sound! These old wretches could die game, anyhow.</p> + +<p>I had no time for more than a passing glance, for as I cast an eye round +the mound preparatory to making my descent I saw several dark forms +rushing round on either side to cut me off on my way. It was now a race +for life. They were trying to head me on my way to Paris, and with the +instinct of the moment I dashed down to the right-hand side. I was just +in time, for, though I came as it seemed to me down the steep in a few +steps, the wary old men who were watching me turned back, and one, as I +rushed by into the opening between the two mounds in front, almost +struck me a blow with that terrible butcher’s axe. There could surely +not be two such weapons about!</p> + +<p>Then began a really horrible chase. I easily ran ahead of the old men, +and even when some younger ones and a few women joined in the hunt I +easily distanced them. But I did not know the way, and I could not even +guide myself by the light in the sky, for I was running away from it. I +had heard that, unless of conscious purpose, hunted men turn always to +the left, and so I found it now; and so, I suppose, knew also my +pursuers, who were more animals than men, and with cunning or instinct +had found out such secrets for themselves: for on finishing a quick +spurt, after which I intended to take a moment’s breathing space, I +suddenly saw ahead of me two or three forms swiftly passing behind a +mound to the right.</p> + +<p>I was in the spider’s web now indeed! But with the thought of this new +danger came the resource of the hunted, and so I darted down the next +turning to the right. I continued in this direction for some hundred +yards, and then, making a turn to the left again, felt certain that I +had, at any rate, avoided the danger of being surrounded.</p> + +<p>But not of pursuit, for on came the rabble after me, steady, dogged, +relentless, and still in grim silence.</p> + +<p>In the greater darkness the mounds seemed now to be somewhat smaller +than before, although—for the night was closing—they looked bigger in +proportion. I was now well ahead of my pursuers, so I made a dart up the +mound in front.</p> + +<p>Oh joy of joys! I was close to the edge of this inferno of dustheaps. +Away behind me the red light of Paris was in the sky, and towering up +behind rose the heights of Montmarte—a dim light, with here and there +brilliant points like stars.</p> + +<p>Restored to vigour in a moment, I ran over the few remaining mounds of +decreasing size, and found myself on the level land beyond. Even then, +however, the prospect was not inviting. All before me was dark and +dismal, and I had evidently come on one of those dank, low-lying waste +places which are found here and there in the neighbourhood of great +cities. Places of waste and desolation, where the space is required for +the ultimate agglomeration of all that is noxious, and the ground is so +poor as to create no desire of occupancy even in the lowest squatter. +With eyes accustomed to the gloom of the evening, and away now from the +shadows of those dreadful dustheaps, I could see much more easily than I +could a little while ago. It might have been, of course, that the glare +in the sky of the lights of Paris, though the city was some miles away, +was reflected here. Howsoever it was, I saw well enough to take bearings +for certainly some little distance around me.</p> + +<p>In front was a bleak, flat waste that seemed almost dead level, with +here and there the dark shimmering of stagnant pools. Seemingly far off +on the right, amid a small cluster of scattered lights, rose a dark mass +of Fort Montrouge, and away to the left in the dim distance, pointed +with stray gleams from cottage windows, the lights in the sky showed the +locality of Bicêtre. A moment’s thought decided me to take to the right +and try to reach Montrouge. There at least would be some sort of safety, +and I might possibly long before come on some of the cross roads which I +knew. Somewhere, not far off, must lie the strategic road made to +connect the outlying chain of forts circling the city.</p> + +<p>Then I looked back. Coming over the mounds, and outlined black against +the glare of the Parisian horizon, I saw several moving figures, and +still a way to the right several more deploying out between me and my +destination. They evidently meant to cut me off in this direction, and +so my choice became constricted; it lay now between going straight ahead +or turning to the left. Stooping to the ground, so as to get the +advantage of the horizon as a line of sight, I looked carefully in this +direction, but could detect no sign of my enemies. I argued that as they +had not guarded or were not trying to guard that point, there was +evidently danger to me there already. So I made up my mind to go +straight on before me.</p> + +<p>It was not an inviting prospect, and as I went on the reality grew +worse. The ground became soft and oozy, and now and again gave way +beneath me in a sickening kind of way. I seemed somehow to be going +down, for I saw round me places seemingly more elevated than where I +was, and this in a place which from a little way back seemed dead level. +I looked around, but could see none of my pursuers. This was strange, +for all along these birds of the night had followed me through the +darkness as well as though it was broad daylight. How I blamed myself +for coming out in my light-coloured tourist suit of tweed. The silence, +and my not being able to see my enemies, whilst I felt that they were +watching me, grew appalling, and in the hope of some one not of this +ghastly crew hearing me I raised my voice and shouted several times. +There was not the slightest response; not even an echo rewarded my +efforts. For a while I stood stock still and kept my eyes in one +direction. On one of the rising places around me I saw something dark +move along, then another, and another. This was to my left, and +seemingly moving to head me off.</p> + +<p>I thought that again I might with my skill as a runner elude my enemies +at this game, and so with all my speed darted forward.</p> + +<p>Splash!</p> + +<p>My feet had given way in a mass of slimy rubbish, and I had fallen +headlong into a reeking, stagnant pool. The water and the mud in which +my arms sank up to the elbows was filthy and nauseous beyond +description, and in the suddenness of my fall I had actually swallowed +some of the filthy stuff, which nearly choked me, and made me gasp for +breath. Never shall I forget the moments during which I stood trying to +recover myself almost fainting from the fœtid odour of the filthy pool, +whose white mist rose ghostlike around. Worst of all, with the acute +despair of the hunted animal when he sees the pursuing pack closing on +him, I saw before my eyes whilst I stood helpless the dark forms of my +pursuers moving swiftly to surround me.</p> + +<p>It is curious how our minds work on odd matters even when the energies +of thought are seemingly concentrated on some terrible and pressing +need. I was in momentary peril of my life: my safety depended on my +action, and my choice of alternatives coming now with almost every step +I took, and yet I could not but think of the strange dogged persistency +of these old men. Their silent resolution, their steadfast, grim, +persistency even in such a cause commanded, as well as fear, even a +measure of respect. What must they have been in the vigour of their +youth. I could understand now that whirlwind rush on the bridge of +Arcola, that scornful exclamation of the Old Guard at Waterloo! +Unconscious cerebration has its own pleasures, even at such moments; but +fortunately it does not in any way clash with the thought from which +action springs.</p> + +<p>I realised at a glance that so far I was defeated in my object, my +enemies as yet had won. They had succeeded in surrounding me on three +sides, and were bent on driving me off to the left-hand, where there was +already some danger for me, for they had left no guard. I accepted the +alternative—it was a case of Hobson’s choice and run. I had to keep the +lower ground, for my pursuers were on the higher places. However, though +the ooze and broken ground impeded me my youth and training made me able +to hold my ground, and by keeping a diagonal line I not only kept them +from gaining on me but even began to distance them. This gave me new +heart and strength, and by this time habitual training was beginning to +tell and my second wind had come. Before me the ground rose slightly. I +rushed up the slope and found before me a waste of watery slime, with a +low dyke or bank looking black and grim beyond. I felt that if I could +but reach that dyke in safety I could there, with solid ground under my +feet and some kind of path to guide me, find with comparative ease a way +out of my troubles. After a glance right and left and seeing no one +near, I kept my eyes for a few minutes to their rightful work of aiding +my feet whilst I crossed the swamp. It was rough, hard work, but there +was little danger, merely toil; and a short time took me to the dyke. I +rushed up the slope exulting; but here again I met a new shock. On +either side of me rose a number of crouching figures. From right and +left they rushed at me. Each body held a rope.</p> + +<p>The cordon was nearly complete. I could pass on neither side, and the +end was near.</p> + +<p>There was only one chance, and I took it. I hurled myself across the +dyke, and escaping out of the very clutches of my foes threw myself into +the stream.</p> + +<p>At any other time I should have thought that water foul and filthy, but +now it was as welcome as the most crystal stream to the parched +traveller. It was a highway of safety!</p> + +<p>My pursuers rushed after me. Had only one of them held the rope it would +have been all up with me, for he could have entangled me before I had +time to swim a stroke; but the many hands holding it embarrassed and +delayed them, and when the rope struck the water I heard the splash well +behind me. A few minutes’ hard swimming took me across the stream. +Refreshed with the immersion and encouraged by the escape, I climbed the +dyke in comparative gaiety of spirits.</p> + +<p>From the top I looked back. Through the darkness I saw my assailants +scattering up and down along the dyke. The pursuit was evidently not +ended, and again I had to choose my course. Beyond the dyke where I +stood was a wild, swampy space very similar to that which I had crossed. +I determined to shun such a place, and thought for a moment whether I +would take up or down the dyke. I thought I heard a sound—the muffled +sound of oars, so I listened, and then shouted.</p> + +<p>No response; but the sound ceased. My enemies had evidently got a boat +of some kind. As they were on the up side of me I took the down path and +began to run. As I passed to the left of where I had entered the water I +heard several splashes, soft and stealthy, like the sound a rat makes as +he plunges into the stream, but vastly greater; and as I looked I saw +the dark sheen of the water broken by the ripples of several advancing +heads. Some of my enemies were swimming the stream also.</p> + +<p>And now behind me, up the stream, the silence was broken by the quick +rattle and creak of oars; my enemies were in hot pursuit. I put my best +leg foremost and ran on. After a break of a couple of minutes I looked +back, and by a gleam of light through the ragged clouds I saw several +dark forms climbing the bank behind me. The wind had now begun to rise, +and the water beside me was ruffled and beginning to break in tiny waves +on the bank. I had to keep my eyes pretty well on the ground before me, +lest I should stumble, for I knew that to stumble was death. After a few +minutes I looked back behind me. On the dyke were only a few dark +figures, but crossing the waste, swampy ground were many more. What new +danger this portended I did not know—could only guess. Then as I ran it +seemed to me that my track kept ever sloping away to the right. I looked +up ahead and saw that the river was much wider than before, and that the +dyke on which I stood fell quite away, and beyond it was another stream +on whose near bank I saw some of the dark forms now across the marsh. I +was on an island of some kind.</p> + +<p>My situation was now indeed terrible, for my enemies had hemmed me in on +every side. Behind came the quickening roll of the oars, as though my +pursuers knew that the end was close. Around me on every side was +desolation; there was not a roof or light, as far as I could see. Far +off to the right rose some dark mass, but what it was I knew not. For a +moment I paused to think what I should do, not for more, for my pursuers +were drawing closer. Then my mind was made up. I slipped down the bank +and took to the water. I struck out straight ahead so as to gain the +current by clearing the backwater of the island, for such I presume it +was, when I had passed into the stream. I waited till a cloud came +driving across the moon and leaving all in darkness. Then I took off my +hat and laid it softly on the water floating with the stream, and a +second after dived to the right and struck out under water with all my +might. I was, I suppose, half a minute under water, and when I rose came +up as softly as I could, and turning, looked back. There went my light +brown hat floating merrily away. Close behind it came a rickety old +boat, driven furiously by a pair of oars. The moon was still partly +obscured by the drifting clouds, but in the partial light I could see a +man in the bows holding aloft ready to strike what appeared to me to be +that same dreadful pole-axe which I had before escaped. As I looked the +boat drew closer, closer, and the man struck savagely. The hat +disappeared. The man fell forward, almost out of the boat. His comrades +dragged him in but without the axe, and then as I turned with all my +energies bent on reaching the further bank, I heard the fierce whirr of +the muttered “Sacre!” which marked the anger of my baffled pursuers.</p> + +<p>That was the first sound I had heard from human lips during all this +dreadful chase, and full as it was of menace and danger to me it was a +welcome sound for it broke that awful silence which shrouded and +appalled me. It was as though an overt sign that my opponents were men +and not ghosts, and that with them I had, at least, the chance of a man, +though but one against many.</p> + +<p>But now that the spell of silence was broken the sounds came thick and +fast. From boat to shore and back from shore to boat came quick question +and answer, all in the fiercest whispers. I looked back—a fatal thing +to do—for in the instant someone caught sight of my face, which showed +white on the dark water, and shouted. Hands pointed to me, and in a +moment or two the boat was under weigh, and following hard after me. I +had but a little way to go, but quicker and quicker came the boat after +me. A few more strokes and I would be on the shore, but I felt the +oncoming of the boat, and expected each second to feel the crash of an +oar or other weapon on my head. Had I not seen that dreadful axe +disappear in the water I do not think that I could have won the shore. I +heard the muttered curses of those not rowing and the laboured breath of +the rowers. With one supreme effort for life or liberty I touched the +bank and sprang up it. There was not a single second to spare, for hard +behind me the boat grounded and several dark forms sprang after me. I +gained the top of the dyke, and keeping to the left ran on again. The +boat put off and followed down the stream. Seeing this I feared danger +in this direction, and quickly turning, ran down the dyke on the other +side, and after passing a short stretch of marshy ground gained a wild, +open flat country and sped on.</p> + +<p>Still behind me came on my relentless pursuers. Far away, below me, I +saw the same dark mass as before, but now grown closer and greater. My +heart gave a great thrill of delight, for I knew that it must be the +fortress of Bicêtre, and with new courage I ran on. I had heard that +between each and all of the protecting forts of Paris there are +strategic ways, deep sunk roads where soldiers marching should be +sheltered from an enemy. I knew that if I could gain this road I would +be safe, but in the darkness I could not see any sign of it, so, in +blind hope of striking it, I ran on.</p> + +<p>Presently I came to the edge of a deep cut, and found that down below me +ran a road guarded on each side by a ditch of water fenced on either +side by a straight, high wall.</p> + +<p>Getting fainter and dizzier, I ran on; the ground got more broken—more +and more still, till I staggered and fell, and rose again, and ran on in +the blind anguish of the hunted. Again the thought of Alice nerved me. I +would not be lost and wreck her life: I would fight and struggle for +life to the bitter end. With a great effort I caught the top of the +wall. As, scrambling like a catamount, I drew myself up, I actually felt +a hand touch the sole of my foot. I was now on a sort of causeway, and +before me I saw a dim light. Blind and dizzy, I ran on, staggered, and +fell, rising, covered with dust and blood.</p> + +<p>“Halt la!”</p> + +<p>The words sounded like a voice from heaven. A blaze of light seemed to +enwrap me, and I shouted with joy.</p> + +<p>“Qui va la?” The rattle of musketry, the flash of steel before my eyes. +Instinctively I stopped, though close behind me came a rush of my +pursuers.</p> + +<p>Another word or two, and out from a gateway poured, as it seemed to me, +a tide of red and blue, as the guard turned out. All around seemed +blazing with light, and the flash of steel, the clink and rattle of +arms, and the loud, harsh voices of command. As I fell forward, utterly +exhausted, a soldier caught me. I looked back in dreadful expectation, +and saw the mass of dark forms disappearing into the night. Then I must +have fainted. When I recovered my senses I was in the guard room. They +gave me brandy, and after a while I was able to tell them something of +what had passed. Then a commissary of police appeared, apparently out of +the empty air, as is the way of the Parisian police officer. He listened +attentively, and then had a moment’s consultation with the officer in +command. Apparently they were agreed, for they asked me if I were ready +now to come with them.</p> + +<p>“Where to?” I asked, rising to go.</p> + +<p>“Back to the dust heaps. We shall, perhaps, catch them yet!”</p> + +<p>“I shall try!” said I.</p> + +<p>He eyed me for a moment keenly, and said suddenly:</p> + +<p>“Would you like to wait a while or till tomorrow, young Englishman?” +This touched me to the quick, as, perhaps, he intended, and I jumped to +my feet.</p> + +<p>“Come now!” I said; “now! now! An Englishman is always ready for his +duty!”</p> + +<p>The commissary was a good fellow, as well as a shrewd one; he slapped my +shoulder kindly. “Brave garçon!” he said. “Forgive me, but I knew what +would do you most good. The guard is ready. Come!”</p> + +<p>And so, passing right through the guard room, and through a long vaulted +passage, we were out into the night. A few of the men in front had +powerful lanterns. Through courtyards and down a sloping way we passed +out through a low archway to a sunken road, the same that I had seen in +my flight. The order was given to get at the double, and with a quick, +springing stride, half run, half walk, the soldiers went swiftly along. +I felt my strength renewed again—such is the difference between hunter +and hunted. A very short distance took us to a low-lying pontoon bridge +across the stream, and evidently very little higher up than I had struck +it. Some effort had evidently been made to damage it, for the ropes had +all been cut, and one of the chains had been broken. I heard the officer +say to the commissary:</p> + +<p>“We are just in time! A few more minutes, and they would have destroyed +the bridge. Forward, quicker still!” and on we went. Again we reached a +pontoon on the winding stream; as we came up we heard the hollow boom of +the metal drums as the efforts to destroy the bridge was again renewed. +A word of command was given, and several men raised their rifles.</p> + +<p>“Fire!” A volley rang out. There was a muffled cry, and the dark forms +dispersed. But the evil was done, and we saw the far end of the pontoon +swing into the stream. This was a serious delay, and it was nearly an +hour before we had renewed ropes and restored the bridge sufficiently to +allow us to cross.</p> + +<p>We renewed the chase. Quicker, quicker we went towards the dust heaps.</p> + +<p>After a time we came to a place that I knew. There were the remains of a +fire—a few smouldering wood ashes still cast a red glow, but the bulk +of the ashes were cold. I knew the site of the hut and the hill behind +it up which I had rushed, and in the flickering glow the eyes of the +rats still shone with a sort of phosphorescence. The commissary spoke a +word to the officer, and he cried:</p> + +<p>“Halt!”</p> + +<p>The soldiers were ordered to spread around and watch, and then we +commenced to examine the ruins. The commissary himself began to lift +away the charred boards and rubbish. These the soldiers took and piled +together. Presently he started back, then bent down and rising beckoned +me.</p> + +<p>“See!” he said.</p> + +<p>It was a gruesome sight. There lay a skeleton face downwards, a woman by +the lines—an old woman by the coarse fibre of the bone. Between the +ribs rose a long spike-like dagger made from a butcher’s sharpening +knife, its keen point buried in the spine.</p> + +<p>“You will observe,” said the commissary to the officer and to me as he +took out his note book, “that the woman must have fallen on her dagger. +The rats are many here—see their eyes glistening among that heap of +bones—and you will also notice”—I shuddered as he placed his hand on +the skeleton—“that but little time was lost by them, for the bones are +scarcely cold!”</p> + +<p>There was no other sign of any one near, living or dead; and so +deploying again into line the soldiers passed on. Presently we came to +the hut made of the old wardrobe. We approached. In five of the six +compartments was an old man sleeping—sleeping so soundly that even the +glare of the lanterns did not wake them. Old and grim and grizzled they +looked, with their gaunt, wrinkled, bronzed faces and their white +moustaches.</p> + +<p>The officer called out harshly and loudly a word of command, and in an +instant each one of them was on his feet before us and standing at +“attention!”</p> + +<p>“What do you here?”</p> + +<p>“We sleep,” was the answer.</p> + +<p>“Where are the other chiffoniers?” asked the commissary.</p> + +<p>“Gone to work.”</p> + +<p>“And you?”</p> + +<p>“We are on guard!”</p> + +<p>“Peste!” laughed the officer grimly, as he looked at the old men one +after the other in the face and added with cool deliberate cruelty: +“Asleep on duty! Is this the manner of the Old Guard? No wonder, then, a +Waterloo!”</p> + +<p>By the gleam of the lantern I saw the grim old faces grow deadly pale, +and almost shuddered at the look in the eyes of the old men as the laugh +of the soldiers echoed the grim pleasantry of the officer.</p> + +<p>I felt in that moment that I was in some measure avenged.</p> + +<p>For a moment they looked as if they would throw themselves on the +taunter, but years of their life had schooled them and they remained +still.</p> + +<p>“You are but five,” said the commissary; “where is the sixth?” The +answer came with a grim chuckle.</p> + +<p>“He is there!” and the speaker pointed to the bottom of the wardrobe. +“He died last night. You won’t find much of him. The burial of the rats +is quick!”</p> + +<p>The commissary stooped and looked in. Then he turned to the officer and +said calmly:</p> + +<p>“We may as well go back. No trace here now; nothing to prove that man +was the one wounded by your soldiers’ bullets! Probably they murdered +him to cover up the trace. See!” again he stooped and placed his hands +on the skeleton. “The rats work quickly and they are many. These bones +are warm!”</p> + +<p>I shuddered, and so did many more of those around me.</p> + +<p>“Form!” said the officer, and so in marching order, with the lanterns +swinging in front and the manacled veterans in the midst, with steady +tramp we took ourselves out of the dustheaps and turned backward to the +fortress of Bicêtre.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p>My year of probation has long since ended, and Alice is my wife. But +when I look back upon that trying twelvemonth one of the most vivid +incidents that memory recalls is that associated with my visit to the +City of Dust. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap08"></a>A Dream of Red Hands</h2> + +<p> +The first opinion given to me regarding Jacob Settle was a simple +descriptive statement, “He’s a down-in-the-mouth chap”: but I found that +it embodied the thoughts and ideas of all his fellow-workmen. There was +in the phrase a certain easy tolerance, an absence of positive feeling +of any kind, rather than any complete opinion, which marked pretty +accurately the man’s place in public esteem. Still, there was some +dissimilarity between this and his appearance which unconsciously set me +thinking, and by degrees, as I saw more of the place and the workmen, I +came to have a special interest in him. He was, I found, for ever doing +kindnesses, not involving money expenses beyond his humble means, but in +the manifold ways of forethought and forbearance and self-repression +which are of the truer charities of life. Women and children trusted him +implicitly, though, strangely enough, he rather shunned them, except +when anyone was sick, and then he made his appearance to help if he +could, timidly and awkwardly. He led a very solitary life, keeping house +by himself in a tiny cottage, or rather hut, of one room, far on the +edge of the moorland. His existence seemed so sad and solitary that I +wished to cheer it up, and for the purpose took the occasion when we had +both been sitting up with a child, injured by me through accident, to +offer to lend him books. He gladly accepted, and as we parted in the +grey of the dawn I felt that something of mutual confidence had been +established between us.</p> + +<p>The books were always most carefully and punctually returned, and in +time Jacob Settle and I became quite friends. Once or twice as I crossed +the moorland on Sundays I looked in on him; but on such occasions he was +shy and ill at ease so that I felt diffident about calling to see him. +He would never under any circumstances come into my own lodgings.</p> + +<p>One Sunday afternoon, I was coming back from a long walk beyond the +moor, and as I passed Settle’s cottage stopped at the door to say “How +do you do?” to him. As the door was shut, I thought that he was out, and +merely knocked for form’s sake, or through habit, not expecting to get +any answer. To my surprise, I heard a feeble voice from within, though +what was said I could not hear. I entered at once, and found Jacob lying +half-dressed upon his bed. He was as pale as death, and the sweat was +simply rolling off his face. His hands were unconsciously gripping the +bedclothes as a drowning man holds on to whatever he may grasp. As I +came in he half arose, with a wild, hunted look in his eyes, which were +wide open and staring, as though something of horror had come before +him; but when he recognised me he sank back on the couch with a +smothered sob of relief and closed his eyes. I stood by him for a while, +quite a minute or two, while he gasped. Then he opened his eyes and +looked at me, but with such a despairing, woeful expression that, as I +am a living man, I would have rather seen that frozen look of horror. I +sat down beside him and asked after his health. For a while he would not +answer me except to say that he was not ill; but then, after +scrutinising me closely, he half arose on his elbow and said:</p> + +<p>“I thank you kindly, sir, but I’m simply telling you the truth. I am not +ill, as men call it, though God knows whether there be not worse +sicknesses than doctors know of. I’ll tell you, as you are so kind, but +I trust that you won’t even mention such a thing to a living soul, for +it might work me more and greater woe. I am suffering from a bad dream.”</p> + +<p>“A bad dream!” I said, hoping to cheer him; “but dreams pass away with +the light—even with waking.” There I stopped, for before he spoke I saw +the answer in his desolate look round the little place.</p> + +<p>“No! no! that’s all well for people that live in comfort and with those +they love around them. It is a thousand times worse for those who live +alone and have to do so. What cheer is there for me, waking here in the +silence of the night, with the wide moor around me full of voices and +full of faces that make my waking a worse dream than my sleep? Ah, young +sir, you have no past that can send its legions to people the darkness +and the empty space, and I pray the good God that you may never have!” +As he spoke, there was such an almost irresistible gravity of conviction +in his manner that I abandoned my remonstrance about his solitary life. +I felt that I was in the presence of some secret influence which I could +not fathom. To my relief, for I knew not what to say, he went on:</p> + +<p>“Two nights past have I dreamed it. It was hard enough the first night, +but I came through it. Last night the expectation was in itself almost +worse than the dream—until the dream came, and then it swept away every +remembrance of lesser pain. I stayed awake till just before the dawn, +and then it came again, and ever since I have been in such an agony as I +am sure the dying feel, and with it all the dread of tonight.” Before he +had got to the end of the sentence my mind was made up, and I felt that +I could speak to him more cheerfully.</p> + +<p>“Try and get to sleep early tonight—in fact, before the evening has +passed away. The sleep will refresh you, and I promise you there will +not be any bad dreams after tonight.” He shook his head hopelessly, so I +sat a little longer and then left him.</p> + +<p>When I got home I made my arrangements for the night, for I had made up +my mind to share Jacob Settle’s lonely vigil in his cottage on the moor. +I judged that if he got to sleep before sunset he would wake well before +midnight, and so, just as the bells of the city were striking eleven, I +stood opposite his door armed with a bag, in which were my supper, an +extra large flask, a couple of candles, and a book. The moonlight was +bright, and flooded the whole moor, till it was almost as light as day; +but ever and anon black clouds drove across the sky, and made a darkness +which by comparison seemed almost tangible. I opened the door softly, +and entered without waking Jacob, who lay asleep with his white face +upward. He was still, and again bathed in sweat. I tried to imagine what +visions were passing before those closed eyes which could bring with +them the misery and woe which were stamped on the face, but fancy failed +me, and I waited for the awakening. It came suddenly, and in a fashion +which touched me to the quick, for the hollow groan that broke from the +man’s white lips as he half arose and sank back was manifestly the +realisation or completion of some train of thought which had gone +before.</p> + +<p>“If this be dreaming,” said I to myself, “then it must be based on some +very terrible reality. What can have been that unhappy fact that he +spoke of?”</p> + +<p>While I thus spoke, he realised that I was with him. It struck me as +strange that he had no period of that doubt as to whether dream or +reality surrounded him which commonly marks an expected environment of +waking men. With a positive cry of joy, he seized my hand and held it in +his two wet, trembling hands, as a frightened child clings on to someone +whom it loves. I tried to soothe him:</p> + +<p>“There, there! it is all right. I have come to stay with you tonight, +and together we will try to fight this evil dream.” He let go my hand +suddenly, and sank back on his bed and covered his eyes with his hands.</p> + +<p>“Fight it?—the evil dream! Ah! no, sir, no! No mortal power can fight +that dream, for it comes from God—and is burned in here;” and he beat +upon his forehead. Then he went on:</p> + +<p>“It is the same dream, ever the same, and yet it grows in its power to +torture me every time it comes.”</p> + +<p>“What is the dream?” I asked, thinking that the speaking of it might +give him some relief, but he shrank away from me, and after a long pause +said:</p> + +<p>“No, I had better not tell it. It may not come again.”</p> + +<p>There was manifestly something to conceal from me—something that lay +behind the dream, so I answered:</p> + +<p>“All right. I hope you have seen the last of it. But if it should come +again, you will tell me, will you not? I ask, not out of curiosity, but +because I think it may relieve you to speak.” He answered with what I +thought was almost an undue amount of solemnity:</p> + +<p>“If it comes again, I shall tell you all.”</p> + +<p>Then I tried to get his mind away from the subject to more mundane +things, so I produced supper, and made him share it with me, including +the contents of the flask. After a little he braced up, and when I lit +my cigar, having given him another, we smoked a full hour, and talked of +many things. Little by little the comfort of his body stole over his +mind, and I could see sleep laying her gentle hands on his eyelids. He +felt it, too, and told me that now he felt all right, and I might safely +leave him; but I told him that, right or wrong, I was going to see in +the daylight. So I lit my other candle, and began to read as he fell +asleep.</p> + +<p>By degrees I got interested in my book, so interested that presently I +was startled by its dropping out of my hands. I looked and saw that +Jacob was still asleep, and I was rejoiced to see that there was on his +face a look of unwonted happiness, while his lips seemed to move with +unspoken words. Then I turned to my work again, and again woke, but this +time to feel chilled to my very marrow by hearing the voice from the bed +beside me:</p> + +<p>“Not with those red hands! Never! never!” On looking at him, I found +that he was still asleep. He woke, however, in an instant, and did not +seem surprised to see me; there was again that strange apathy as to his +surroundings. Then I said:</p> + +<p>“Settle, tell me your dream. You may speak freely, for I shall hold your +confidence sacred. While we both live I shall never mention what you may +choose to tell me.”</p> + +<p>He replied:</p> + +<p>“I said I would; but I had better tell you first what goes before the +dream, that you may understand. I was a schoolmaster when I was a very +young man; it was only a parish school in a little village in the West +Country. No need to mention any names. Better not. I was engaged to be +married to a young girl whom I loved and almost reverenced. It was the +old story. While we were waiting for the time when we could afford to +set up house together, another man came along. He was nearly as young as +I was, and handsome, and a gentleman, with all a gentleman’s attractive +ways for a woman of our class. He would go fishing, and she would meet +him while I was at my work in school. I reasoned with her and implored +her to give him up. I offered to get married at once and go away and +begin the world in a strange country; but she would not listen to +anything I could say, and I could see that she was infatuated with him. +Then I took it on myself to meet the man and ask him to deal well with +the girl, for I thought he might mean honestly by her, so that there +might be no talk or chance of talk on the part of others. I went where I +should meet him with none by, and we met!” Here Jacob Settle had to +pause, for something seemed to rise in his throat, and he almost gasped +for breath. Then he went on:</p> + +<p>“Sir, as God is above us, there was no selfish thought in my heart that +day, I loved my pretty Mabel too well to be content with a part of her +love, and I had thought of my own unhappiness too often not to have come +to realise that, whatever might come to her, my hope was gone. He was +insolent to me—you, sir, who are a gentleman, cannot know, perhaps, how +galling can be the insolence of one who is above you in station—but I +bore with that. I implored him to deal well with the girl, for what +might be only a pastime of an idle hour with him might be the breaking +of her heart. For I never had a thought of her truth, or that the worst +of harm could come to her—it was only the unhappiness to her heart I feared. +But when I asked him when he intended to marry her his laughter galled +me so that I lost my temper and told him that I would not stand by and +see her life made unhappy. Then he grew angry too, and in his anger said +such cruel things of her that then and there I swore he should not live +to do her harm. God knows how it came about, for in such moments of +passion it is hard to remember the steps from a word to a blow, but I +found myself standing over his dead body, with my hands crimson with the +blood that welled from his torn throat. We were alone and he was a +stranger, with none of his kin to seek for him and murder does not +always out—not all at once. His bones may be whitening still, for all I +know, in the pool of the river where I left him. No one suspected his +absence, or why it was, except my poor Mabel, and she dared not speak. +But it was all in vain, for when I came back again after an absence of +months—for I could not live in the place—I learned that her shame had +come and that she had died in it. Hitherto I had been borne up by the +thought that my ill deed had saved her future, but now, when I learned +that I had been too late, and that my poor love was smirched with that +man’s sin, I fled away with the sense of my useless guilt upon me more +heavily than I could bear. Ah! sir, you that have not done such a sin +don’t know what it is to carry it with you. You may think that custom +makes it easy to you, but it is not so. It grows and grows with every +hour, till it becomes intolerable, and with it growing, too, the feeling +that you must for ever stand outside Heaven. You don’t know what that +means, and I pray God that you never may. Ordinary men, to whom all +things are possible, don’t often, if ever, think of Heaven. It is a +name, and nothing more, and they are content to wait and let things be, +but to those who are doomed to be shut out for ever you cannot think +what it means, you cannot guess or measure the terrible endless longing +to see the gates opened, and to be able to join the white figures +within.</p> + +<p>“And this brings me to my dream. It seemed that the portal was before +me, with great gates of massive steel with bars of the thickness of a +mast, rising to the very clouds, and so close that between them was just +a glimpse of a crystal grotto, on whose shining walls were figured many +white-clad forms with faces radiant with joy. When I stood before the +gate my heart and my soul were so full of rapture and longing that I +forgot. And there stood at the gate two mighty angels with sweeping +wings, and, oh! so stern of countenance. They held each in one hand a +flaming sword, and in the other the latchet, which moved to and fro at +their lightest touch. Nearer were figures all draped in black, with +heads covered so that only the eyes were seen, and they handed to each +who came white garments such as the angels wear. A low murmur came that +told that all should put on their own robes, and without soil, or the +angels would not pass them in, but would smite them down with the +flaming swords. I was eager to don my own garment, and hurriedly threw +it over me and stepped swiftly to the gate; but it moved not, and the +angels, loosing the latchet, pointed to my dress, I looked down, and was +aghast, for the whole robe was smeared with blood. My hands were red; +they glittered with the blood that dripped from them as on that day by +the river bank. And then the angels raised their flaming swords to smite +me down, and the horror was complete—I awoke. Again, and again, and +again, that awful dream comes to me. I never learn from the experience, +I never remember, but at the beginning the hope is ever there to make +the end more appalling; and I know that the dream does not come out of +the common darkness where the dreams abide, but that it is sent from God +as a punishment! Never, never shall I be able to pass the gate, for the +soil on the angel garments must ever come from these bloody hands!”</p> + +<p>I listened as in a spell as Jacob Settle spoke. There was something so +far away in the tone of his voice—something so dreamy and mystic in the +eyes that looked as if through me at some spirit beyond—something so +lofty in his very diction and in such marked contrast to his workworn +clothes and his poor surroundings that I wondered if the whole thing +were not a dream.</p> + +<p>We were both silent for a long time. I kept looking at the man before me +in growing wonderment. Now that his confession had been made, his soul, +which had been crushed to the very earth, seemed to leap back again to +uprightness with some resilient force. I suppose I ought to have been +horrified with his story, but, strange to say, I was not. It certainly +is not pleasant to be made the recipient of the confidence of a +murderer, but this poor fellow seemed to have had, not only so much +provocation, but so much self-denying purpose in his deed of blood that +I did not feel called upon to pass judgment upon him. My purpose was to +comfort, so I spoke out with what calmness I could, for my heart was +beating fast and heavily:</p> + +<p>“You need not despair, Jacob Settle. God is very good, and His mercy is +great. Live on and work on in the hope that some day you may feel that +you have atoned for the past.” Here I paused, for I could see that deep, +natural sleep this time, was creeping upon him. “Go to sleep,” I said; +“I shall watch with you here and we shall have no more evil dreams +tonight.”</p> + +<p>He made an effort to pull himself together, and answered:</p> + +<p>“I don’t know how to thank you for your goodness to me this night, but I +think you had best leave me now. I’ll try and sleep this out; I feel a +weight off my mind since I have told you all. If there’s anything of the +man left in me, I must try and fight out life alone.”</p> + +<p>“I’ll go tonight, as you wish it,” I said; “but take my advice, and do +not live in such a solitary way. Go among men and women; live among +them. Share their joys and sorrows, and it will help you to forget. This +solitude will make you melancholy mad.”</p> + +<p>“I will!” he answered, half unconsciously, for sleep was overmastering +him.</p> + +<p>I turned to go, and he looked after me. When I had touched the latch I +dropped it, and, coming back to the bed, held out my hand. He grasped it +with both his as he rose to a sitting posture, and I said my goodnight, +trying to cheer him:</p> + +<p>“Heart, man, heart! There is work in the world for you to do, Jacob +Settle. You can wear those white robes yet and pass through that gate of +steel!”</p> + +<p>Then I left him.</p> + +<p>A week after I found his cottage deserted, and on asking at the works +was told that he had “gone north”, no one exactly knew whither.</p> + +<p>Two years afterwards, I was staying for a few days with my friend Dr. +Munro in Glasgow. He was a busy man, and could not spare much time for +going about with me, so I spent my days in excursions to the Trossachs +and Loch Katrine and down the Clyde. On the second last evening of my +stay I came back somewhat later than I had arranged, but found that my +host was late too. The maid told me that he had been sent for to the +hospital—a case of accident at the gas-works, and the dinner was +postponed an hour; so telling her I would stroll down to find her master +and walk back with him, I went out. At the hospital I found him washing +his hands preparatory to starting for home. Casually, I asked him what +his case was.</p> + +<p>“Oh, the usual thing! A rotten rope and men’s lives of no account. Two +men were working in a gasometer, when the rope that held their +scaffolding broke. It must have occurred just before the dinner hour, +for no one noticed their absence till the men had returned. There was +about seven feet of water in the gasometer, so they had a hard fight for +it, poor fellows. However, one of them was alive, just alive, but we +have had a hard job to pull him through. It seems that he owes his life +to his mate, for I have never heard of greater heroism. They swam +together while their strength lasted, but at the end they were so done +up that even the lights above, and the men slung with ropes, coming down +to help them, could not keep them up. But one of them stood on the +bottom and held up his comrade over his head, and those few breaths made +all the difference between life and death. They were a shocking sight +when they were taken out, for that water is like a purple dye with the +gas and the tar. The man upstairs looked as if he had been washed in +blood. Ugh!”</p> + +<p>“And the other?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, he’s worse still. But he must have been a very noble fellow. That +struggle under the water must have been fearful; one can see that by the +way the blood has been drawn from the extremities. It makes the idea of +the <i>Stigmata</i> possible to look at him. Resolution like this could, you +would think, do anything in the world. Ay! it might almost unbar the +gates of Heaven. Look here, old man, it is not a very pleasant sight, +especially just before dinner, but you are a writer, and this is an odd +case. Here is something you would not like to miss, for in all human +probability you will never see anything like it again.” While he was +speaking he had brought me into the mortuary of the hospital.</p> + +<p>On the bier lay a body covered with a white sheet, which was wrapped +close round it.</p> + +<p>“Looks like a chrysalis, don’t it? I say, Jack, if there be anything in +the old myth that a soul is typified by a butterfly, well, then the one +that this chrysalis sent forth was a very noble specimen and took all +the sunlight on its wings. See here!” He uncovered the face. Horrible, +indeed, it looked, as though stained with blood. But I knew him at once, +Jacob Settle! My friend pulled the winding sheet further down.</p> + +<p>The hands were crossed on the purple breast as they had been reverently +placed by some tender-hearted person. As I saw them my heart throbbed +with a great exultation, for the memory of his harrowing dream rushed +across my mind. There was no stain now on those poor, brave hands, for +they were blanched white as snow.</p> + +<p>And somehow as I looked I felt that the evil dream was all over. That +noble soul had won a way through the gate at last. The white robe had +now no stain from the hands that had put it on. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap09"></a>Crooken Sands</h2> + +<p> +Mr Arthur Fernlee Markam, who took what was known as the Red House above +the Mains of Crooken, was a London merchant, and being essentially a +cockney, thought it necessary when he went for the summer holidays to +Scotland to provide an entire rig-out as a Highland chieftain, as +manifested in chromolithographs and on the music-hall stage. He had once +seen in the Empire the Great Prince—“The Bounder King”—bring down the +house by appearing as “The MacSlogan of that Ilk,” and singing the +celebrated Scotch song, “There’s naething like haggis to mak a mon dry!” +and he had ever since preserved in his mind a faithful image of the +picturesque and warlike appearance which he presented. Indeed, if the +true inwardness of Mr. Markam’s mind on the subject of his selection of +Aberdeenshire as a summer resort were known, it would be found that in +the foreground of the holiday locality which his fancy painted stalked +the many hued figure of the MacSlogan of that Ilk. However, be this as +it may, a very kind fortune—certainly so far as external beauty was +concerned—led him to the choice of Crooken Bay. It is a lovely spot, +between Aberdeen and Peterhead, just under the rock-bound headland +whence the long, dangerous reefs known as The Spurs run out into the +North Sea. Between this and the “Mains of Crooken”—a village sheltered +by the northern cliffs—lies the deep bay, backed with a multitude of +bent-grown dunes where the rabbits are to be found in thousands. Thus at +either end of the bay is a rocky promontory, and when the dawn or the +sunset falls on the rocks of red syenite the effect is very lovely. The +bay itself is floored with level sand and the tide runs far out, leaving +a smooth waste of hard sand on which are dotted here and there the stake +nets and bag nets of the salmon fishers. At one end of the bay there is +a little group or cluster of rocks whose heads are raised something +above high water, except when in rough weather the waves come over them +green. At low tide they are exposed down to sand level; and here is +perhaps the only little bit of dangerous sand on this part of the +eastern coast. Between the rocks, which are apart about some fifty feet, +is a small quicksand, which, like the Goodwins, is dangerous only with +the incoming tide. It extends outwards till it is lost in the sea, and +inwards till it fades away in the hard sand of the upper beach. On the +slope of the hill which rises beyond the dunes, midway between the Spurs +and the Port of Crooken, is the Red House. It rises from the midst of a +clump of fir-trees which protect it on three sides, leaving the whole +sea front open. A trim old-fashioned garden stretches down to the +roadway, on crossing which a grassy path, which can be used for light +vehicles, threads a way to the shore, winding amongst the sand hills.</p> + +<p>When the Markam family arrived at the Red House after their thirty-six +hours of pitching on the Aberdeen steamer <i>Ban Righ</i> from Blackwall, +with the subsequent train to Yellon and drive of a dozen miles, they all +agreed that they had never seen a more delightful spot. The general +satisfaction was more marked as at that very time none of the family +were, for several reasons, inclined to find favourable anything or any +place over the Scottish border. Though the family was a large one, the +prosperity of the business allowed them all sorts of personal luxuries, +amongst which was a wide latitude in the way of dress. The frequency of +the Markam girls’ new frocks was a source of envy to their bosom friends +and of joy to themselves.</p> + +<p>Arthur Fernlee Markam had not taken his family into his confidence +regarding his new costume. He was not quite certain that he should be +free from ridicule, or at least from sarcasm, and as he was sensitive on +the subject, he thought it better to be actually in the suitable +environment before he allowed the full splendour to burst upon them. He +had taken some pains, to insure the completeness of the Highland +costume. For the purpose he had paid many visits to “The Scotch All-Wool +Tartan Clothing Mart” which had been lately established in +Copthall-court by the Messrs. MacCallum More and Roderick MacDhu. He had +anxious consultations with the head of the firm—MacCallum as he called +himself, resenting any such additions as “Mr.” or “Esquire.” The known +stock of buckles, buttons, straps, brooches and ornaments of all kinds +were examined in critical detail; and at last an eagle’s feather of +sufficiently magnificent proportions was discovered, and the equipment +was complete. It was only when he saw the finished costume, with the +vivid hues of the tartan seemingly modified into comparative sobriety by +the multitude of silver fittings, the cairngorm brooches, the philibeg, +dirk and sporran that he was fully and absolutely satisfied with his +choice. At first he had thought of the Royal Stuart dress tartan, but +abandoned it on the MacCallum pointing out that if he should happen to +be in the neighbourhood of Balmoral it might lead to complications. The +MacCallum, who, by the way, spoke with a remarkable cockney accent, +suggested other plaids in turn; but now that the other question of +accuracy had been raised, Mr. Markam foresaw difficulties if he should +by chance find himself in the locality of the clan whose colours he had +usurped. The MacCallum at last undertook to have, at Markam’s expense, a +special pattern woven which would not be exactly the same as any +existing tartan, though partaking of the characteristics of many. It was +based on the Royal Stuart, but contained suggestions as to simplicity of +pattern from the Macalister and Ogilvie clans, and as to neutrality of +colour from the clans of Buchanan, Macbeth, Chief of Macintosh and +Macleod. When the specimen had been shown to Markam he had feared +somewhat lest it should strike the eye of his domestic circle as gaudy; +but as Roderick MacDhu fell into perfect ecstasies over its beauty he +did not make any objection to the completion of the piece. He thought, +and wisely, that if a genuine Scotchman like MacDhu liked it, it must be +right—especially as the junior partner was a man very much of his own +build and appearance. When the MacCallum was receiving his +cheque—which, by the way, was a pretty stiff one—he remarked:</p> + +<p>“I’ve taken the liberty of having some more of the stuff woven in case +you or any of your friends should want it.” Markam was gratified, and +told him that he should be only too happy if the beautiful stuff which +they had originated between them should become a favourite, as he had no +doubt it would in time. He might make and sell as much as he would.</p> + +<p>Markam tried the dress on in his office one evening after the clerks had +all gone home. He was pleased, though a little frightened, at the +result. The MacCallum had done his work thoroughly, and there was +nothing omitted that could add to the martial dignity of the wearer.</p> + +<p>“I shall not, of course, take the claymore and the pistols with me on +ordinary occasions,” said Markam to himself as he began to undress. He +determined that he would wear the dress for the first time on landing in +Scotland, and accordingly on the morning when the <i>Ban Righ</i> was hanging +off the Girdle Ness lighthouse, waiting for the tide to enter the port +of Aberdeen, he emerged from his cabin in all the gaudy splendour of his +new costume. The first comment he heard was from one of his own sons, +who did not recognise him at first.</p> + +<p>“Here’s a guy! Great Scott! It’s the governor!” And the boy fled +forthwith and tried to bury his laughter under a cushion in the saloon. +Markam was a good sailor and had not suffered from the pitching of the +boat, so that his naturally rubicund face was even more rosy by the +conscious blush which suffused his cheeks when he had found himself at +once the cynosure of all eyes. He could have wished that he had not been +so bold for he knew from the cold that there was a big bare spot under +one side of his jauntily worn Glengarry cap. However, he faced the group +of strangers boldly. He was not, outwardly, upset even when some of the +comments reached his ears.</p> + +<p>“He’s off his bloomin’ chump,” said a cockney in a suit of exaggerated +plaid.</p> + +<p>“There’s flies on him,” said a tall thin Yankee, pale with sea-sickness, +who was on his way to take up his residence for a time as close as he +could get to the gates of Balmoral.</p> + +<p>“Happy thought! Let us fill our mulls; now’s the chance!” said a young +Oxford man on his way home to Inverness. But presently Mr. Markam heard +the voice of his eldest daughter.</p> + +<p>“Where is he? Where is he?” and she came tearing along the deck with her +hat blowing behind her. Her face showed signs of agitation, for her +mother had just been telling her of her father’s condition; but when she +saw him she instantly burst into laughter so violent that it ended in a +fit of hysterics. Something of the same kind happened to each of the +other children. When they had all had their turn Mr. Markam went to his +cabin and sent his wife’s maid to tell each member of the family that he +wanted to see them at once. They all made their appearance, suppressing +their feelings as well as they could. He said to them very quietly:</p> + +<p>“My dears, don’t I provide you all with ample allowances?”</p> + +<p>“Yes, father!” they all answered gravely, “no one could be more +generous!”</p> + +<p>“Don’t I let you dress as you please?”</p> + +<p>“Yes, father!”—this a little sheepishly.</p> + +<p>“Then, my dears, don’t you think it would be nicer and kinder of you not +to try and make me feel uncomfortable, even if I do assume a dress which +is ridiculous in your eyes, though quite common enough in the country +where we are about to sojourn?” There was no answer except that which +appeared in their hanging heads. He was a good father and they all knew +it. He was quite satisfied and went on:</p> + +<p>“There, now, run away and enjoy yourselves! We shan’t have another word +about it.” Then he went on deck again and stood bravely the fire of +ridicule which he recognised around him, though nothing more was said +within his hearing.</p> + +<p>The astonishment and the amusement which his get-up occasioned on the +<i>Ban Righ</i> was, however, nothing to that which it created in Aberdeen. +The boys and loafers, and women with babies, who waited at the landing +shed, followed <i>en masse</i> as the Markam party took their way to the +railway station; even the porters with their old-fashioned knots and +their new-fashioned barrows, who await the traveller at the foot of the +gang-plank, followed in wondering delight. Fortunately the Peterhead +train was just about to start, so that the martyrdom was not +unnecessarily prolonged. In the carriage the glorious Highland costume +was unseen, and as there were but few persons at the station at Yellon, +all went well there. When, however, the carriage drew near the Mains of +Crooken and the fisher folk had run to their doors to see who it was +that was passing, the excitement exceeded all bounds. The children with +one impulse waved their bonnets and ran shouting behind the carriage; +the men forsook their nets and their baiting and followed; the women +clutched their babies, and followed also. The horses were tired after +their long journey to Yellon and back, and the hill was steep, so that +there was ample time for the crowd to gather and even to pass on ahead.</p> + +<p>Mrs. Markam and the elder girls would have liked to make some protest or +to do something to relieve their feelings of chagrin at the ridicule +which they saw on all faces, but there was a look of fixed determination +on the face of the seeming Highlander which awed them a little, and they +were silent. It might have been that the eagle’s feather, even when +arising above the bald head, the cairngorm brooch even on the fat +shoulder, and the claymore, dirk and pistols, even when belted round the +extensive paunch and protruding from the stocking on the sturdy calf, +fulfilled their existence as symbols of martial and terrifying import! +When the party arrived at the gate of the Red House there awaited them a +crowd of Crooken inhabitants, hatless and respectfully silent; the +remainder of the population was painfully toiling up the hill. The +silence was broken by only one sound, that of a man with a deep voice.</p> + +<p>“Man! but he’s forgotten the pipes!”</p> + +<p>The servants had arrived some days before, and all things were in +readiness. In the glow consequent on a good lunch after a hard journey +all the disagreeables of travel and all the chagrin consequent on the +adoption of the obnoxious costume were forgotten.</p> + +<p>That afternoon Markam, still clad in full array, walked through the +Mains of Crooken. He was all alone, for, strange to say, his wife and +both daughters had sick headaches, and were, as he was told, lying down +to rest after the fatigue of the journey. His eldest son, who claimed to +be a young man, had gone out by himself to explore the surroundings of +the place, and one of the boys could not be found. The other boy, on +being told that his father had sent for him to come for a walk, had +managed—by accident, of course—to fall into the water butt, and had to +be dried and rigged out afresh. His clothes not having been as yet +unpacked this was of course impossible without delay.</p> + +<p>Mr. Markam was not quite satisfied with his walk. He could not meet any +of his neighbours. It was not that there were not enough people about, +for every house and cottage seemed to be full; but the people when in +the open were either in their doorways some distance behind him, or on +the roadway a long distance in front. As he passed he could see the tops +of heads and the whites of eyes in the windows or round the corners of +doors. The only interview which he had was anything but a pleasant one. +This was with an odd sort of old man who was hardly ever heard to speak +except to join in the “Amens” in the meeting-house. His sole occupation +seemed to be to wait at the window of the post-office from eight o’clock +in the morning till the arrival of the mail at one, when he carried the +letter-bag to a neighbouring baronial castle. The remainder of his day +was spent on a seat in a draughty part of the port, where the offal of +the fish, the refuse of the bait, and the house rubbish was thrown, and +where the ducks were accustomed to hold high revel.</p> + +<p>When Saft Tammie beheld him coming he raised his eyes, which were +generally fixed on the nothing which lay on the roadway opposite his +seat, and, seeming dazzled as if by a burst of sunshine, rubbed them and +shaded them with his hand. Then he started up and raised his hand aloft +in a denunciatory manner as he spoke:—</p> + +<p>“‘Vanity of vanities, saith the preacher. All is vanity.’ Mon, be warned +in time! ‘Behold the lilies of the field, they toil not, neither do they +spin, yet Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these.’ +Mon! Mon! Thy vanity is as the quicksand which swallows up all which +comes within its spell. Beware vanity! Beware the quicksand, which +yawneth for thee, and which will swallow thee up! See thyself! Learn +thine own vanity! Meet thyself face to face, and then in that moment +thou shalt learn the fatal force of thy vanity. Learn it, know it, and +repent ere the quicksand swallow thee!” Then without another word he +went back to his seat and sat there immovable and expressionless as +before.</p> + +<p>Markam could not but feel a little upset by this tirade. Only that it +was spoken by a seeming madman, he would have put it down to some +eccentric exhibition of Scottish humour or impudence; but the gravity of +the message—for it seemed nothing else—made such a reading impossible. +He was, however, determined not to give in to ridicule, and although he +had not yet seen anything in Scotland to remind him even of a kilt, he +determined to wear his Highland dress. When he returned home, in less +than half-an-hour, he found that every member of the family was, despite +the headaches, out taking a walk. He took the opportunity afforded by +their absence of locking himself in his dressing-room, took off the +Highland dress, and, putting on a suit of flannels, lit a cigar and had +a snooze. He was awakened by the noise of the family coming in, and at +once donning his dress made his appearance in the drawing-room for tea.</p> + +<p>He did not go out again that afternoon; but after dinner he put on his +dress again—he had, of course dressed for dinner as usual—and went by +himself for a walk on the sea-shore. He had by this time come to the +conclusion that he would get by degrees accustomed to the Highland dress +before making it his ordinary wear. The moon was up and he easily +followed the path through the sand-hills, and shortly struck the shore. +The tide was out and the beach firm as a rock, so he strolled southwards +to nearly the end of the bay. Here he was attracted by two isolated +rocks some little way out from the edge of the dunes, so he strolled +towards them. When he reached the nearest one he climbed it, and, +sitting there elevated some fifteen or twenty feet over the waste of +sand, enjoyed the lovely, peaceful prospect. The moon was rising behind +the headland of Pennyfold, and its light was just touching the top of +the furthermost rock of the Spurs some three-quarters of a mile out; the +rest of the rocks were in dark shadow. As the moon rose over the +headland, the rocks of the Spurs and then the beach by degrees became +flooded with light.</p> + +<p>For a good while Mr. Markam sat and looked at the rising moon and the +growing area of light which followed its rise. Then he turned and faced +eastwards and sat with his chin in his hand looking seawards, and +revelling in the peace and beauty and freedom of the scene. The roar of +London—the darkness and the strife and weariness of London life—seemed +to have passed quite away, and he lived at the moment a freer and higher +life. He looked at the glistening water as it stole its way over the +flat waste of sand, coming closer and closer insensibly—the tide had +turned. Presently he heard a distant shouting along the beach very far +off.</p> + +<p>“The fishermen calling to each other,” he said to himself and looked +around. As he did so he got a horrible shock, for though just then a +cloud sailed across the moon he saw, in spite of the sudden darkness +around him, his own image. For an instant, on the top of the opposite +rock he could see the bald back of the head and the Glengarry cap with +the immense eagle’s feather. As he staggered back his foot slipped, and +he began to slide down towards the sand between the two rocks. He took +no concern as to falling, for the sand was really only a few feet below +him, and his mind was occupied with the figure or simulacrum of himself, +which had already disappeared. As the easiest way of reaching <i>terra +firma</i> he prepared to jump the remainder of the distance. All this had +taken but a second, but the brain works quickly, and even as he gathered +himself for the spring he saw the sand below him lying so marbly level +shake and shiver in an odd way. A sudden fear overcame him; his knees +failed, and instead of jumping he slid miserably down the rock, +scratching his bare legs as he went. His feet touched the sand—went +through it like water—and he was down below his knees before he +realised that he was in a quicksand. Wildly he grasped at the rock to +keep himself from sinking further, and fortunately there was a jutting +spur or edge which he was able to grasp instinctively. To this he clung +in grim desperation. He tried to shout, but his breath would not come, +till after a great effort his voice rang out. Again he shouted, and it +seemed as if the sound of his own voice gave him new courage, for he was +able to hold on to the rock for a longer time than he thought +possible—though he held on only in blind desperation. He was, however, +beginning to find his grasp weakening, when, joy of joys! his shout was +answered by a rough voice from just above him.</p> + +<p>“God be thankit, I’m nae too late!” and a fisherman with great +thigh-boots came hurriedly climbing over the rock. In an instant he +recognised the gravity of the danger, and with a cheering “Haud fast, +mon! I’m comin’!” scrambled down till he found a firm foothold. Then +with one strong hand holding the rock above, he leaned down, and +catching Markam’s wrist, called out to him, “Haud to me, mon! Haud to me +wi’ ither hond!”</p> + +<p>Then he lent his great strength, and with a steady, sturdy pull, dragged +him out of the hungry quicksand and placed him safe upon the rock. +Hardly giving him time to draw breath, he pulled and pushed him—never +letting him go for an instant—over the rock into the firm sand beyond +it, and finally deposited him, still shaking from the magnitude of his +danger, high upon the beach. Then he began to speak:</p> + +<p>“Mon! but I was just in time. If I had no laucht at yon foolish lads and +begun to rin at the first you’d a bin sinkin’ doon to the bowels o’ the +airth be the noo! Wully Beagrie thocht you was a ghaist, and Tom +MacPhail swore ye was only like a goblin on a puddick-steel! ‘Na!’ said +I. ‘Yon’s but the daft Englishman—the loony that had escapit frae the +waxwarks.’ I was thinkin’ that bein’ strange and silly—if not a +whole-made feel—ye’d no ken the ways o’ the quicksan’! I shouted till +warn ye, and then ran to drag ye aff, if need be. But God be thankit, be +ye fule or only half-daft wi’ yer vanity, that I was no that late!” and +he reverently lifted his cap as he spoke.</p> + +<p>Mr. Markam was deeply touched and thankful for his escape from a +horrible death; but the sting of the charge of vanity thus made once +more against him came through his humility. He was about to reply +angrily, when suddenly a great awe fell upon him as he remembered the +warning words of the half-crazy letter-carrier: “Meet thyself face to +face, and repent ere the quicksand shall swallow thee!”</p> + +<p>Here, too, he remembered the image of himself that he had seen and the +sudden danger from the deadly quicksand that had followed. He was silent +a full minute, and then said:</p> + +<p>“My good fellow, I owe you my life!”</p> + +<p>The answer came with reverence from the hardy fisherman, “Na! Na! Ye owe +that to God; but, as for me, I’m only too glad till be the humble +instrument o’ His mercy.”</p> + +<p>“But you will let me thank you,” said Mr. Markam, taking both the great +hands of his deliverer in his and holding them tight. “My heart is too +full as yet, and my nerves are too much shaken to let me say much; but, +believe me, I am very, very grateful!” It was quite evident that the +poor old fellow was deeply touched, for the tears were running down his +cheeks.</p> + +<p>The fisherman said, with a rough but true courtesy:</p> + +<p>“Ay, sir! thank me and ye will—if it’ll do yer poor heart good. An’ I’m +thinking that if it were me I’d be thankful too. But, sir, as for me I +need no thanks. I am glad, so I am!”</p> + +<p>That Arthur Fernlee Markam was really thankful and grateful was shown +practically later on. Within a week’s time there sailed into Port +Crooken the finest fishing smack that had ever been seen in the harbour +of Peterhead. She was fully found with sails and gear of all kinds, and +with nets of the best. Her master and men went away by the coach, after +having left with the salmon-fisher’s wife the papers which made her over +to him.</p> + +<p>As Mr. Markam and the salmon-fisher walked together along the shore the +former asked his companion not to mention the fact that he had been in +such imminent danger, for that it would only distress his dear wife and +children. He said that he would warn them all of the quicksand, and for +that purpose he, then and there, asked questions about it till he felt +that his information on the subject was complete. Before they parted he +asked his companion if he had happened to see a second figure, dressed +like himself on the other rock as he had approached to succour him.</p> + +<p>“Na! Na!” came the answer, “there is nae sic another fule in these +parts. Nor has there been since the time o’ Jamie Fleeman—him that was +fule to the Laird o’ Udny. Why, mon! sic a heathenish dress as ye have +on till ye has nae been seen in these pairts within the memory o’ mon. +An’ I’m thinkin’ that sic a dress never was for sittin’ on the cauld +rock, as ye done beyont. Mon! but do ye no fear the rheumatism or the +lumbagy wi’ floppin’ doon on to the cauld stanes wi’ yer bare flesh? I +was thinking that it was daft ye waur when I see ye the mornin’ doon be +the port, but it’s fule or eediot ye maun be for the like o’ thot!” Mr. +Markam did not care to argue the point, and as they were now close to +his own home he asked the salmon-fisher to have a glass of whisky—which +he did—and they parted for the night. He took good care to warn all his +family of the quicksand, telling them that he had himself been in some +danger from it.</p> + +<p>All that night he never slept. He heard the hours strike one after the +other; but try how he would he could not get to sleep. Over and over +again he went through the horrible episode of the quicksand, from the +time that Saft Tammie had broken his habitual silence to preach to him +of the sin of vanity and to warn him. The question kept ever arising in +his mind: “Am I then so vain as to be in the ranks of the foolish?” and +the answer ever came in the words of the crazy prophet: “‘Vanity of +vanities! All is vanity.’ Meet thyself face to face, and repent ere the +quicksand shall swallow thee!” Somehow a feeling of doom began to shape +itself in his mind that he would yet perish in that same quicksand, for +there he had already met himself face to face.</p> + +<p>In the grey of the morning he dozed off, but it was evident that he +continued the subject in his dreams, for he was fully awakened by his +wife, who said:</p> + +<p>“Do sleep quietly! That blessed Highland suit has got on your brain. +Don’t talk in your sleep, if you can help it!” He was somehow conscious +of a glad feeling, as if some terrible weight had been lifted from him, +but he did not know any cause of it. He asked his wife what he had said +in his sleep, and she answered:</p> + +<p>“You said it often enough, goodness knows, for one to remember it—‘Not +face to face! I saw the eagle plume over the bald head! There is hope +yet! Not face to face!’ Go to sleep! Do!” And then he did go to sleep, +for he seemed to realise that the prophecy of the crazy man had not yet +been fulfilled. He had not met himself face to face—as yet at all +events.</p> + +<p>He was awakened early by a maid who came to tell him that there was a +fisherman at the door who wanted to see him. He dressed himself as +quickly as he could—for he was not yet expert with the Highland +dress—and hurried down, not wishing to keep the salmon-fisher waiting. +He was surprised and not altogether pleased to find that his visitor was +none other than Saft Tammie, who at once opened fire on him:</p> + +<p>“I maun gang awa’ t’ the post; but I thocht that I would waste an hour +on ye, and ca’ roond just to see if ye waur still that fou wi’ vanity as +on the nicht gane by. An I see that ye’ve no learned the lesson. Well! +the time is comin’, sure eneucht! However I have all the time i’ the +marnins to my ain sel’, so I’ll aye look roond jist till see how ye gang +yer ain gait to the quicksan’, and then to the de’il! I’m aff till ma +wark the noo!” And he went straightway, leaving Mr. Markam considerably +vexed, for the maids within earshot were vainly trying to conceal their +giggles. He had fairly made up his mind to wear on that day ordinary +clothes, but the visit of Saft Tammie reversed his decision. He would +show them all that he was not a coward, and he would go on as he had +begun—come what might. When he came to breakfast in full martial +panoply the children, one and all, held down their heads and the backs +of their necks became very red indeed. As, however, none of them +laughed—except Titus, the youngest boy, who was seized with a fit of +hysterical choking and was promptly banished from the room—he could not +reprove them, but began to break his egg with a sternly determined air. +It was unfortunate that as his wife was handing him a cup of tea one of +the buttons of his sleeve caught in the lace of her morning wrapper, +with the result that the hot tea was spilt over his bare knees. Not +unnaturally, he made use of a swear word, whereupon his wife, somewhat +nettled, spoke out:</p> + +<p>“Well, Arthur, if you will make such an idiot of yourself with that +ridiculous costume what else can you expect? You are not accustomed to +it—and you never will be!” In answer he began an indignant speech with: +“Madam!” but he got no further, for now that the subject was broached, +Mrs. Markam intended to have her say out. It was not a pleasant say, +and, truth to tell, it was not said in a pleasant manner. A wife’s +manner seldom is pleasant when she undertakes to tell what she considers +“truths” to her husband. The result was that Arthur Fernlee Markam +undertook, then and there, that during his stay in Scotland he would +wear no other costume than the one she abused. Woman-like his wife had +the last word—given in this case with tears:</p> + +<p>“Very well, Arthur! Of course you will do as you choose. Make me as +ridiculous as you can, and spoil the poor girls’ chances in life. Young +men don’t seem to care, as a general rule, for an idiot father-in-law! +But I must warn you that your vanity will some day get a rude shock—if +indeed you are not before then in an asylum or dead!”</p> + +<p>It was manifest after a few days that Mr. Markam would have to take the +major part of his outdoor exercise by himself. The girls now and again +took a walk with him, chiefly in the early morning or late at night, or +on a wet day when there would be no one about; they professed to be +willing to go out at all times, but somehow something always seemed to +occur to prevent it. The boys could never be found at all on such +occasions, and as to Mrs. Markam she sternly refused to go out with him +on any consideration so long as he should continue to make a fool of +himself. On the Sunday he dressed himself in his habitual broadcloth, +for he rightly felt that church was not a place for angry feelings; but +on Monday morning he resumed his Highland garb. By this time he would +have given a good deal if he had never thought of the dress, but his +British obstinacy was strong, and he would not give in. Saft Tammie +called at his house every morning, and, not being able to see him nor to +have any message taken to him, used to call back in the afternoon when +the letter-bag had been delivered and watched for his going out. On such +occasions he never failed to warn him against his vanity in the same +words which he had used at the first. Before many days were over Mr. +Markam had come to look upon him as little short of a scourge.</p> + +<p>By the time the week was out the enforced partial solitude, the constant +chagrin, and the never-ending brooding which was thus engendered, began +to make Mr. Markam quite ill. He was too proud to take any of his family +into his confidence since they had in his view treated him very badly. +Then he did not sleep well at night, and when he did sleep he had +constantly bad dreams. Merely to assure himself that his pluck was not +failing him he made it a practice to visit the quicksand at least once +every day; he hardly ever failed to go there the last thing at night. It +was perhaps this habit that wrought the quicksand with its terrible +experience so perpetually into his dreams. More and more vivid these +became, till on waking at times he could hardly realise that he had not +been actually in the flesh to visit the fatal spot. He sometimes thought +that he might have been walking in his sleep.</p> + +<p>One night his dream was so vivid that when he awoke he could not believe +that it had only been a dream. He shut his eyes again and again, but +each time the vision, if it was a vision, or the reality, if it was a +reality, would rise before him. The moon was shining full and yellow +over the quicksand as he approached it; he could see the expanse of +light shaken and disturbed and full of black shadows as the liquid sand +quivered and trembled and wrinkled and eddied as was its wont between +its pauses of marble calm. As he drew close to it another figure came +towards it from the opposite side with equal footsteps. He saw that it +was his own figure, his very self, and in silent terror, compelled by +what force he knew not, he advanced—charmed as the bird is by the +snake, mesmerised or hypnotised—to meet this other self. As he felt the +yielding sand closing over him he awoke in the agony of death, trembling +with fear, and, strange to say, with the silly man’s prophecy seeming to +sound in his ears: “‘Vanity of vanities! All is vanity!’ See thyself and +repent ere the quicksand swallow thee!”</p> + +<p>So convinced was he that this was no dream that he arose, early as it +was, and dressing himself without disturbing his wife took his way to +the shore. His heart fell when he came across a series of footsteps on +the sands, which he at once recognised as his own. There was the same +wide heel, the same square toe; he had no doubt now that he had actually +been there, and half horrified, and half in a state of dreamy stupor, he +followed the footsteps, and found them lost in the edge of the yielding +quicksand. This gave him a terrible shock, for there were no return +steps marked on the sand, and he felt that there was some dread mystery +which he could not penetrate, and the penetration of which would, he +feared, undo him.</p> + +<p>In this state of affairs he took two wrong courses. Firstly he kept his +trouble to himself, and, as none of his family had any clue to it, every +innocent word or expression which they used supplied fuel to the +consuming fire of his imagination. Secondly he began to read books +professing to bear upon the mysteries of dreaming and of mental +phenomena generally, with the result that every wild imagination of +every crank or half-crazy philosopher became a living germ of unrest in +the fertilising soil of his disordered brain. Thus negatively and +positively all things began to work to a common end. Not the least of +his disturbing causes was Saft Tammie, who had now become at certain +times of the day a fixture at his gate. After a while, being interested +in the previous state of this individual, he made inquiries regarding +his past with the following result.</p> + +<p>Saft Tammie was popularly believed to be the son of a laird in one of +the counties round the Firth of Forth. He had been partially educated +for the ministry, but for some cause which no one ever knew threw up his +prospects suddenly, and, going to Peterhead in its days of whaling +prosperity, had there taken service on a whaler. Here off and on he had +remained for some years, getting gradually more and more silent in his +habits, till finally his shipmates protested against so taciturn a mate, +and he had found service amongst the fishing smacks of the northern +fleet. He had worked for many years at the fishing with always the +reputation of being “a wee bit daft,” till at length he had gradually +settled down at Crooken, where the laird, doubtless knowing something of +his family history, had given him a job which practically made him a +pensioner. The minister who gave the information finished thus:—</p> + +<p>“It is a very strange thing, but the man seems to have some odd kind of +gift. Whether it be that ‘second sight’ which we Scotch people are so +prone to believe in, or some other occult form of knowledge, I know not, +but nothing of a disastrous tendency ever occurs in this place but the +men with whom he lives are able to quote after the event some saying of +his which certainly appears to have foretold it. He gets uneasy or +excited—wakes up, in fact—when death is in the air!”</p> + +<p>This did not in any way tend to lessen Mr. Markam’s concern, but on the +contrary seemed to impress the prophecy more deeply on his mind. Of all +the books which he had read on his new subject of study none interested +him so much as a German one <i>Die Döppleganger</i>, by Dr. Heinrich von +Aschenberg, formerly of Bonn. Here he learned for the first time of +cases where men had led a double existence—each nature being quite +apart from the other—the body being always a reality with one spirit, +and a simulacrum with the other. Needless to say that Mr. Markam +realised this theory as exactly suiting his own case. The glimpse which +he had of his own back the night of his escape from the quicksand—his +own footmarks disappearing into the quicksand with no return steps +visible—the prophecy of Saft Tammie about his meeting himself and +perishing in the quicksand—all lent aid to the conviction that he was +in his own person an instance of the döppleganger. Being then conscious +of a double life he took steps to prove its existence to his own +satisfaction. To this end on one night before going to bed he wrote his +name in chalk on the soles of his shoes. That night he dreamed of the +quicksand, and of his visiting it—dreamed so vividly that on walking in +the grey of the dawn he could not believe that he had not been there. +Arising, without disturbing his wife, he sought his shoes.</p> + +<p>The chalk signatures were undisturbed! He dressed himself and stole out +softly. This time the tide was in, so he crossed the dunes and struck +the shore on the further side of the quicksand. There, oh, horror of +horrors! he saw his own footprints dying into the abyss!</p> + +<p>He went home a desperately sad man. It seemed incredible that he, an +elderly commercial man, who had passed a long and uneventful life in the +pursuit of business in the midst of roaring, practical London, should +thus find himself enmeshed in mystery and horror, and that he should +discover that he had two existences. He could not speak of his trouble +even to his own wife, for well he knew that she would at once require +the fullest particulars of that other life—the one which she did not +know; and that she would at the start not only imagine but charge him +with all manner of infidelities on the head of it. And so his brooding +grew deeper and deeper still. One evening—the tide then going out and +the moon being at the full—he was sitting waiting for dinner when the +maid announced that Saft Tammie was making a disturbance outside because +he would not be let in to see him. He was very indignant, but did not +like the maid to think that he had any fear on the subject, and so told +her to bring him in. Tammie entered, walking more briskly than ever with +his head up and a look of vigorous decision in the eyes that were so +generally cast down. As soon as he entered he said:</p> + +<p>“I have come to see ye once again—once again; and there ye sit, still +just like a cockatoo on a pairch. Weel, mon, I forgie ye! Mind ye that, +I forgie ye!” And without a word more he turned and walked out of the +house, leaving the master in speechless indignation.</p> + +<p>After dinner he determined to pay another visit to the quicksand—he +would not allow even to himself that he was afraid to go. And so, about +nine o’clock, in full array, he marched to the beach, and passing over +the sands sat on the skirt of the nearer rock. The full moon was behind +him and its light lit up the bay so that its fringe of foam, the dark +outline of the headland, and the stakes of the salmon-nets were all +emphasised. In the brilliant yellow glow the lights in the windows of +Port Crooken and in those of the distant castle of the laird trembled +like stars through the sky. For a long time he sat and drank in the +beauty of the scene, and his soul seemed to feel a peace that it had not +known for many days. All the pettiness and annoyance and silly fears of +the past weeks seemed blotted out, and a new holy calm took the vacant +place. In this sweet and solemn mood he reviewed his late action calmly, +and felt ashamed of himself for his vanity and for the obstinacy which +had followed it. And then and there he made up his mind that the present +would be the last time he would wear the costume which had estranged him +from those whom he loved, and which had caused him so many hours and +days of chagrin, vexation, and pain.</p> + +<p>But almost as soon as he arrived at this conclusion another voice seemed +to speak within him and mockingly to ask him if he should ever get the +chance to wear the suit again—that it was too late—he had chosen his +course and must now abide the issue.</p> + +<p>“It is not too late,” came the quick answer of his better self; and full +of the thought, he rose up to go home and divest himself of the now +hateful costume right away. He paused for one look at the beautiful +scene. The light lay pale and mellow, softening every outline of rock +and tree and house-top, and deepening the shadows into velvety-black, +and lighting, as with a pale flame, the incoming tide, that now crept +fringe-like across the flat waste of sand. Then he left the rock and +stepped out for the shore.</p> + +<p>But as he did so a frightful spasm of horror shook him, and for an +instant the blood rushing to his head shut out all the light of the full +moon. Once more he saw that fatal image of himself moving beyond the +quicksand from the opposite rock to the shore. The shock was all the +greater for the contrast with the spell of peace which he had just +enjoyed; and, almost paralysed in every sense, he stood and watched the +fatal vision and the wrinkly, crawling quicksand that seemed to writhe +and yearn for something that lay between. There could be no mistake this +time, for though the moon behind threw the face into shadow he could see +there the same shaven cheeks as his own, and the small stubby moustache +of a few weeks’ growth. The light shone on the brilliant tartan, and on +the eagle’s plume. Even the bald space at one side of the Glengarry cap +glistened, as did the cairngorm brooch on the shoulder and the tops of +the silver buttons. As he looked he felt his feet slightly sinking, for +he was still near the edge of the belt of quicksand, and he stepped +back. As he did so the other figure stepped forward, so that the space +between them was preserved.</p> + +<p>So the two stood facing each other, as though in some weird fascination; +and in the rushing of the blood through his brain Markam seemed to hear +the words of the prophecy: “See thyself face to face, and repent ere the +quicksand swallow thee.” He did stand face to face with himself, he had +repented—and now he was sinking in the quicksand! The warning and +prophecy were coming true.</p> + +<p>Above him the seagulls screamed, circling round the fringe of the +incoming tide, and the sound being entirely mortal recalled him to +himself. On the instant he stepped back a few quick steps, for as yet +only his feet were merged in the soft sand. As he did so the other +figure stepped forward, and coming within the deadly grip of the +quicksand began to sink. It seemed to Markam that he was looking at +himself going down to his doom, and on the instant the anguish of his +soul found vent in a terrible cry. There was at the same instant a +terrible cry from the other figure, and as Markam threw up his hands the +figure did the same. With horror-struck eyes he saw him sink deeper into +the quicksand; and then, impelled by what power he knew not, he advanced +again towards the sand to meet his fate. But as his more forward foot +began to sink he heard again the cries of the seagulls which seemed to +restore his benumbed faculties. With a mighty effort he drew his foot +out of the sand which seemed to clutch it, leaving his shoe behind, and +then in sheer terror he turned and ran from the place, never stopping +till his breath and strength failed him, and he sank half swooning on +the grassy path through the sandhills.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p>Arthur Markam made up his mind not to tell his family of his terrible +adventure—until at least such time as he should be complete master of +himself. Now that the fatal double—his other self—had been engulfed in +the quicksand he felt something like his old peace of mind.</p> + +<p>That night he slept soundly and did not dream at all; and in the morning +was quite his old self. It really seemed as though his newer and worser +self had disappeared for ever; and strangely enough Saft Tammie was +absent from his post that morning and never appeared there again, but +sat in his old place watching nothing, as of old, with lack-lustre eye. +In accordance with his resolution he did not wear his Highland suit +again, but one evening tied it up in a bundle, claymore, dirk and +philibeg and all, and bringing it secretly with him threw it into the +quicksand. With a feeling of intense pleasure he saw it sucked below the +sand, which closed above it into marble smoothness. Then he went home +and announced cheerily to his family assembled for evening prayers:</p> + +<p>“Well! my dears, you will be glad to hear that I have abandoned my idea +of wearing the Highland dress. I see now what a vain old fool I was and +how ridiculous I made myself! You shall never see it again!”</p> + +<p>“Where is it, father?” asked one of the girls, wishing to say something +so that such a self-sacrificing announcement as her father’s should not +be passed in absolute silence. His answer was so sweetly given that the +girl rose from her seat and came and kissed him. It was:</p> + +<p>“In the quicksand, my dear! and I hope that my worser self is buried +there along with it—for ever.”</p> + +<hr /> + +<p>The remainder of the summer was passed at Crooken with delight by all +the family, and on his return to town Mr. Markam had almost forgotten +the whole of the incident of the quicksand, and all touching on it, when +one day he got a letter from the MacCallum More which caused him much +thought, though he said nothing of it to his family, and left it, for +certain reasons, unanswered. It ran as follows:—</p> + +<blockquote> +<p><span style="margin-left: 1em;">“The MacCallum More and Roderick MacDhu.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">“The Scotch All-Wool Tartan Clothing Mart.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 6em;">Copthall Court, E.C.,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 8em;">30th September, 1892.</span><br /></p> + +<p>“Dear Sir,—I trust you will pardon the liberty which I take in writing +to you, but I am desirous of making an inquiry, and I am informed that +you have been sojourning during the summer in Aberdeenshire (Scotland, +N.B.). My partner, Mr. Roderick MacDhu—as he appears for business +reasons on our bill-heads and in our advertisements, his real name being +Emmanuel Moses Marks of London—went early last month to Scotland (N.B.) +for a tour, but as I have only once heard from him, shortly after his +departure, I am anxious lest any misfortune may have befallen him. As I +have been unable to obtain any news of him on making all inquiries in my +power, I venture to appeal to you. His letter was written in deep +dejection of spirit, and mentioned that he feared a judgment had come +upon him for wishing to appear as a Scotchman on Scottish soil, as he +had one moonlight night shortly after his arrival seen his “wraith”. He +evidently alluded to the fact that before his departure he had procured +for himself a Highland costume similar to that which we had the honour +to supply to you, with which, as perhaps you will remember, he was much +struck. He may, however, never have worn it, as he was, to my own +knowledge, diffident about putting it on, and even went so far as to +tell me that he would at first only venture to wear it late at night or +very early in the morning, and then only in remote places, until such +time as he should get accustomed to it. Unfortunately he did not advise +me of his route so that I am in complete ignorance of his whereabouts; +and I venture to ask if you may have seen or heard of a Highland costume +similar to your own having been seen anywhere in the neighbourhood in +which I am told you have recently purchased the estate which you +temporarily occupied. I shall not expect an answer to this letter unless +you can give me some information regarding my friend and partner, so +pray do not trouble to reply unless there be cause. I am encouraged to +think that he may have been in your neighbourhood as, though his letter +is not dated, the envelope is marked with the postmark of ‘Yellon’ which +I find is in Aberdeenshire, and not far from the Mains of Crooken.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">“I have the honour to be, dear sir,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">“Yours very respectfully,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 6em; font-variant: small-caps;">“Joshua Sheeny Cohen Benjamin</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 8em;">“(The MacCallum More.)”</span><br /> +</p> +</blockquote> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 10150 ***</div> +</body> + +</html> + + diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f583f17 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #10150 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/10150) diff --git a/old/10150-0.txt b/old/10150-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..622b5bd --- /dev/null +++ b/old/10150-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5985 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Dracula's Guest, by Bram Stoker + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most +other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions +whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of +the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at +www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have +to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. + +Title: Dracula's Guest + +Author: Bram Stoker + +Release Date: November 20, 2003 [EBook #10150] +[Most recently updated: November 26, 2020] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DRACULA'S GUEST *** + + + + +E-text prepared by Bill Keir, Susan Woodring, +and the Project Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team +and revised by Jeannie Howse + + + + +Dracula’s Guest + +by Bram Stoker + + +First published 1914 + +To MY SON + +Contents + + PREFACE + Dracula’s Guest + The Judge’s House + The Squaw + The Secret of the Growing Gold + The Gipsy Prophecy + The Coming of Abel Behenna + The Burial of the Rats + A Dream of Red Hands + Crooken Sands + + + + +PREFACE + + +A few months before the lamented death of my husband—I might say even +as the shadow of death was over him—he planned three series of short +stories for publication, and the present volume is one of them. To his +original list of stories in this book, I have added an hitherto +unpublished episode from _Dracula_. It was originally excised owing to +the length of the book, and may prove of interest to the many readers +of what is considered my husband’s most remarkable work. The other +stories have already been published in English and American +periodicals. Had my husband lived longer, he might have seen fit to +revise this work, which is mainly from the earlier years of his +strenuous life. But, as fate has entrusted to me the issuing of it, I +consider it fitting and proper to let it go forth practically as it was +left by him. + +FLORENCE BRAM STOKER + + + + +Dracula’s Guest + + +When we started for our drive the sun was shining brightly on Munich, +and the air was full of the joyousness of early summer. Just as we were +about to depart, Herr Delbrück (the maître d’hôtel of the Quatre +Saisons, where I was staying) came down, bareheaded, to the carriage +and, after wishing me a pleasant drive, said to the coachman, still +holding his hand on the handle of the carriage door: + +“Remember you are back by nightfall. The sky looks bright but there is +a shiver in the north wind that says there may be a sudden storm. But I +am sure you will not be late.” Here he smiled, and added, “for you know +what night it is.” + +Johann answered with an emphatic, “Ja, mein Herr,” and, touching his +hat, drove off quickly. When we had cleared the town, I said, after +signalling to him to stop: + +“Tell me, Johann, what is tonight?” + +He crossed himself, as he answered laconically: “Walpurgis nacht.” Then +he took out his watch, a great, old-fashioned German silver thing as +big as a turnip, and looked at it, with his eyebrows gathered together +and a little impatient shrug of his shoulders. I realised that this was +his way of respectfully protesting against the unnecessary delay, and +sank back in the carriage, merely motioning him to proceed. He started +off rapidly, as if to make up for lost time. Every now and then the +horses seemed to throw up their heads and sniffed the air suspiciously. +On such occasions I often looked round in alarm. The road was pretty +bleak, for we were traversing a sort of high, wind-swept plateau. As we +drove, I saw a road that looked but little used, and which seemed to +dip through a little, winding valley. It looked so inviting that, even +at the risk of offending him, I called Johann to stop—and when he had +pulled up, I told him I would like to drive down that road. He made all +sorts of excuses, and frequently crossed himself as he spoke. This +somewhat piqued my curiosity, so I asked him various questions. He +answered fencingly, and repeatedly looked at his watch in protest. +Finally I said: + +“Well, Johann, I want to go down this road. I shall not ask you to come +unless you like; but tell me why you do not like to go, that is all I +ask.” For answer he seemed to throw himself off the box, so quickly did +he reach the ground. Then he stretched out his hands appealingly to me, +and implored me not to go. There was just enough of English mixed with +the German for me to understand the drift of his talk. He seemed always +just about to tell me something—the very idea of which evidently +frightened him; but each time he pulled himself up, saying, as he +crossed himself: “Walpurgis-Nacht!” + +I tried to argue with him, but it was difficult to argue with a man +when I did not know his language. The advantage certainly rested with +him, for although he began to speak in English, of a very crude and +broken kind, he always got excited and broke into his native tongue—and +every time he did so, he looked at his watch. Then the horses became +restless and sniffed the air. At this he grew very pale, and, looking +around in a frightened way, he suddenly jumped forward, took them by +the bridles and led them on some twenty feet. I followed, and asked why +he had done this. For answer he crossed himself, pointed to the spot we +had left and drew his carriage in the direction of the other road, +indicating a cross, and said, first in German, then in English: “Buried +him—him what killed themselves.” + +I remembered the old custom of burying suicides at cross-roads: “Ah! I +see, a suicide. How interesting!” But for the life of me I could not +make out why the horses were frightened. + +Whilst we were talking, we heard a sort of sound between a yelp and a +bark. It was far away; but the horses got very restless, and it took +Johann all his time to quiet them. He was pale, and said, “It sounds +like a wolf—but yet there are no wolves here now.” + +“No?” I said, questioning him; “isn’t it long since the wolves were so +near the city?” + +“Long, long,” he answered, “in the spring and summer; but with the snow +the wolves have been here not so long.” + +Whilst he was petting the horses and trying to quiet them, dark clouds +drifted rapidly across the sky. The sunshine passed away, and a breath +of cold wind seemed to drift past us. It was only a breath, however, +and more in the nature of a warning than a fact, for the sun came out +brightly again. Johann looked under his lifted hand at the horizon and +said: + +“The storm of snow, he comes before long time.” Then he looked at his +watch again, and, straightway holding his reins firmly—for the horses +were still pawing the ground restlessly and shaking their heads—he +climbed to his box as though the time had come for proceeding on our +journey. + +I felt a little obstinate and did not at once get into the carriage. + +“Tell me,” I said, “about this place where the road leads,” and I +pointed down. + +Again he crossed himself and mumbled a prayer, before he answered, “It +is unholy.” + +“What is unholy?” I enquired. + +“The village.” + +“Then there is a village?” + +“No, no. No one lives there hundreds of years.” My curiosity was +piqued, “But you said there was a village.” + +“There was.” + +“Where is it now?” + +Whereupon he burst out into a long story in German and English, so +mixed up that I could not quite understand exactly what he said, but +roughly I gathered that long ago, hundreds of years, men had died there +and been buried in their graves; and sounds were heard under the clay, +and when the graves were opened, men and women were found rosy with +life, and their mouths red with blood. And so, in haste to save their +lives (aye, and their souls!—and here he crossed himself) those who +were left fled away to other places, where the living lived, and the +dead were dead and not—not something. He was evidently afraid to speak +the last words. As he proceeded with his narration, he grew more and +more excited. It seemed as if his imagination had got hold of him, and +he ended in a perfect paroxysm of fear—white-faced, perspiring, +trembling and looking round him, as if expecting that some dreadful +presence would manifest itself there in the bright sunshine on the open +plain. Finally, in an agony of desperation, he cried: + +“Walpurgis nacht!” and pointed to the carriage for me to get in. All my +English blood rose at this, and, standing back, I said: + +“You are afraid, Johann—you are afraid. Go home; I shall return alone; +the walk will do me good.” The carriage door was open. I took from the +seat my oak walking-stick—which I always carry on my holiday +excursions—and closed the door, pointing back to Munich, and said, “Go +home, Johann—Walpurgis-nacht doesn’t concern Englishmen.” + +The horses were now more restive than ever, and Johann was trying to +hold them in, while excitedly imploring me not to do anything so +foolish. I pitied the poor fellow, he was deeply in earnest; but all +the same I could not help laughing. His English was quite gone now. In +his anxiety he had forgotten that his only means of making me +understand was to talk my language, so he jabbered away in his native +German. It began to be a little tedious. After giving the direction, +“Home!” I turned to go down the cross-road into the valley. + +With a despairing gesture, Johann turned his horses towards Munich. I +leaned on my stick and looked after him. He went slowly along the road +for a while: then there came over the crest of the hill a man tall and +thin. I could see so much in the distance. When he drew near the +horses, they began to jump and kick about, then to scream with terror. +Johann could not hold them in; they bolted down the road, running away +madly. I watched them out of sight, then looked for the stranger, but I +found that he, too, was gone. + +With a light heart I turned down the side road through the deepening +valley to which Johann had objected. There was not the slightest +reason, that I could see, for his objection; and I daresay I tramped +for a couple of hours without thinking of time or distance, and +certainly without seeing a person or a house. So far as the place was +concerned, it was desolation itself. But I did not notice this +particularly till, on turning a bend in the road, I came upon a +scattered fringe of wood; then I recognised that I had been impressed +unconsciously by the desolation of the region through which I had +passed. + +I sat down to rest myself, and began to look around. It struck me that +it was considerably colder than it had been at the commencement of my +walk—a sort of sighing sound seemed to be around me, with, now and +then, high overhead, a sort of muffled roar. Looking upwards I noticed +that great thick clouds were drifting rapidly across the sky from North +to South at a great height. There were signs of coming storm in some +lofty stratum of the air. I was a little chilly, and, thinking that it +was the sitting still after the exercise of walking, I resumed my +journey. + +The ground I passed over was now much more picturesque. There were no +striking objects that the eye might single out; but in all there was a +charm of beauty. I took little heed of time and it was only when the +deepening twilight forced itself upon me that I began to think of how I +should find my way home. The brightness of the day had gone. The air +was cold, and the drifting of clouds high overhead was more marked. +They were accompanied by a sort of far-away rushing sound, through +which seemed to come at intervals that mysterious cry which the driver +had said came from a wolf. For a while I hesitated. I had said I would +see the deserted village, so on I went, and presently came on a wide +stretch of open country, shut in by hills all around. Their sides were +covered with trees which spread down to the plain, dotting, in clumps, +the gentler slopes and hollows which showed here and there. I followed +with my eye the winding of the road, and saw that it curved close to +one of the densest of these clumps and was lost behind it. + +As I looked there came a cold shiver in the air, and the snow began to +fall. I thought of the miles and miles of bleak country I had passed, +and then hurried on to seek the shelter of the wood in front. Darker +and darker grew the sky, and faster and heavier fell the snow, till the +earth before and around me was a glistening white carpet the further +edge of which was lost in misty vagueness. The road was here but crude, +and when on the level its boundaries were not so marked, as when it +passed through the cuttings; and in a little while I found that I must +have strayed from it, for I missed underfoot the hard surface, and my +feet sank deeper in the grass and moss. Then the wind grew stronger and +blew with ever increasing force, till I was fain to run before it. The +air became icy-cold, and in spite of my exercise I began to suffer. The +snow was now falling so thickly and whirling around me in such rapid +eddies that I could hardly keep my eyes open. Every now and then the +heavens were torn asunder by vivid lightning, and in the flashes I +could see ahead of me a great mass of trees, chiefly yew and cypress +all heavily coated with snow. + +I was soon amongst the shelter of the trees, and there, in comparative +silence, I could hear the rush of the wind high overhead. Presently the +blackness of the storm had become merged in the darkness of the night. +By-and-by the storm seemed to be passing away: it now only came in +fierce puffs or blasts. At such moments the weird sound of the wolf +appeared to be echoed by many similar sounds around me. + +Now and again, through the black mass of drifting cloud, came a +straggling ray of moonlight, which lit up the expanse, and showed me +that I was at the edge of a dense mass of cypress and yew trees. As the +snow had ceased to fall, I walked out from the shelter and began to +investigate more closely. It appeared to me that, amongst so many old +foundations as I had passed, there might be still standing a house in +which, though in ruins, I could find some sort of shelter for a while. +As I skirted the edge of the copse, I found that a low wall encircled +it, and following this I presently found an opening. Here the cypresses +formed an alley leading up to a square mass of some kind of building. +Just as I caught sight of this, however, the drifting clouds obscured +the moon, and I passed up the path in darkness. The wind must have +grown colder, for I felt myself shiver as I walked; but there was hope +of shelter, and I groped my way blindly on. + +I stopped, for there was a sudden stillness. The storm had passed; and, +perhaps in sympathy with nature’s silence, my heart seemed to cease to +beat. But this was only momentarily; for suddenly the moonlight broke +through the clouds, showing me that I was in a graveyard, and that the +square object before me was a great massive tomb of marble, as white as +the snow that lay on and all around it. With the moonlight there came a +fierce sigh of the storm, which appeared to resume its course with a +long, low howl, as of many dogs or wolves. I was awed and shocked, and +felt the cold perceptibly grow upon me till it seemed to grip me by the +heart. Then while the flood of moonlight still fell on the marble tomb, +the storm gave further evidence of renewing, as though it was returning +on its track. Impelled by some sort of fascination, I approached the +sepulchre to see what it was, and why such a thing stood alone in such +a place. I walked around it, and read, over the Doric door, in German: + +COUNTESS DOLINGEN OF GRATZ +IN STYRIA +SOUGHT AND FOUND DEATH +1801 + +On the top of the tomb, seemingly driven through the solid marble—for +the structure was composed of a few vast blocks of stone—was a great +iron spike or stake. On going to the back I saw, graven in great +Russian letters: + +“The dead travel fast.” + +There was something so weird and uncanny about the whole thing that it +gave me a turn and made me feel quite faint. I began to wish, for the +first time, that I had taken Johann’s advice. Here a thought struck me, +which came under almost mysterious circumstances and with a terrible +shock. This was Walpurgis Night! + +Walpurgis Night, when, according to the belief of millions of people, +the devil was abroad—when the graves were opened and the dead came +forth and walked. When all evil things of earth and air and water held +revel. This very place the driver had specially shunned. This was the +depopulated village of centuries ago. This was where the suicide lay; +and this was the place where I was alone—unmanned, shivering with cold +in a shroud of snow with a wild storm gathering again upon me! It took +all my philosophy, all the religion I had been taught, all my courage, +not to collapse in a paroxysm of fright. + +And now a perfect tornado burst upon me. The ground shook as though +thousands of horses thundered across it; and this time the storm bore +on its icy wings, not snow, but great hailstones which drove with such +violence that they might have come from the thongs of Balearic +slingers—hailstones that beat down leaf and branch and made the shelter +of the cypresses of no more avail than though their stems were +standing-corn. At the first I had rushed to the nearest tree; but I was +soon fain to leave it and seek the only spot that seemed to afford +refuge, the deep Doric doorway of the marble tomb. There, crouching +against the massive bronze door, I gained a certain amount of +protection from the beating of the hailstones, for now they only drove +against me as they ricocheted from the ground and the side of the +marble. + +As I leaned against the door, it moved slightly and opened inwards. The +shelter of even a tomb was welcome in that pitiless tempest, and I was +about to enter it when there came a flash of forked-lightning that lit +up the whole expanse of the heavens. In the instant, as I am a living +man, I saw, as my eyes were turned into the darkness of the tomb, a +beautiful woman, with rounded cheeks and red lips, seemingly sleeping +on a bier. As the thunder broke overhead, I was grasped as by the hand +of a giant and hurled out into the storm. The whole thing was so sudden +that, before I could realise the shock, moral as well as physical, I +found the hailstones beating me down. At the same time I had a strange, +dominating feeling that I was not alone. I looked towards the tomb. +Just then there came another blinding flash, which seemed to strike the +iron stake that surmounted the tomb and to pour through to the earth, +blasting and crumbling the marble, as in a burst of flame. The dead +woman rose for a moment of agony, while she was lapped in the flame, +and her bitter scream of pain was drowned in the thundercrash. The last +thing I heard was this mingling of dreadful sound, as again I was +seized in the giant-grasp and dragged away, while the hailstones beat +on me, and the air around seemed reverberant with the howling of +wolves. The last sight that I remembered was a vague, white, moving +mass, as if all the graves around me had sent out the phantoms of their +sheeted-dead, and that they were closing in on me through the white +cloudiness of the driving hail. + +Gradually there came a sort of vague beginning of consciousness; then a +sense of weariness that was dreadful. For a time I remembered nothing; +but slowly my senses returned. My feet seemed positively racked with +pain, yet I could not move them. They seemed to be numbed. There was an +icy feeling at the back of my neck and all down my spine, and my ears, +like my feet, were dead, yet in torment; but there was in my breast a +sense of warmth which was, by comparison, delicious. It was as a +nightmare—a physical nightmare, if one may use such an expression; for +some heavy weight on my chest made it difficult for me to breathe. + +This period of semi-lethargy seemed to remain a long time, and as it +faded away I must have slept or swooned. Then came a sort of loathing, +like the first stage of sea-sickness, and a wild desire to be free from +something—I knew not what. A vast stillness enveloped me, as though all +the world were asleep or dead—only broken by the low panting as of some +animal close to me. I felt a warm rasping at my throat, then came a +consciousness of the awful truth, which chilled me to the heart and +sent the blood surging up through my brain. Some great animal was lying +on me and now licking my throat. I feared to stir, for some instinct of +prudence bade me lie still; but the brute seemed to realise that there +was now some change in me, for it raised its head. Through my eyelashes +I saw above me the two great flaming eyes of a gigantic wolf. Its sharp +white teeth gleamed in the gaping red mouth, and I could feel its hot +breath fierce and acrid upon me. + +For another spell of time I remembered no more. Then I became conscious +of a low growl, followed by a yelp, renewed again and again. Then, +seemingly very far away, I heard a “Holloa! holloa!” as of many voices +calling in unison. Cautiously I raised my head and looked in the +direction whence the sound came; but the cemetery blocked my view. The +wolf still continued to yelp in a strange way, and a red glare began to +move round the grove of cypresses, as though following the sound. As +the voices drew closer, the wolf yelped faster and louder. I feared to +make either sound or motion. Nearer came the red glow, over the white +pall which stretched into the darkness around me. Then all at once from +beyond the trees there came at a trot a troop of horsemen bearing +torches. The wolf rose from my breast and made for the cemetery. I saw +one of the horsemen (soldiers by their caps and their long military +cloaks) raise his carbine and take aim. A companion knocked up his arm, +and I heard the ball whizz over my head. He had evidently taken my body +for that of the wolf. Another sighted the animal as it slunk away, and +a shot followed. Then, at a gallop, the troop rode forward—some towards +me, others following the wolf as it disappeared amongst the snow-clad +cypresses. + +As they drew nearer I tried to move, but was powerless, although I +could see and hear all that went on around me. Two or three of the +soldiers jumped from their horses and knelt beside me. One of them +raised my head, and placed his hand over my heart. + +“Good news, comrades!” he cried. “His heart still beats!” + +Then some brandy was poured down my throat; it put vigour into me, and +I was able to open my eyes fully and look around. Lights and shadows +were moving among the trees, and I heard men call to one another. They +drew together, uttering frightened exclamations; and the lights flashed +as the others came pouring out of the cemetery pell-mell, like men +possessed. When the further ones came close to us, those who were +around me asked them eagerly: + +“Well, have you found him?” + +The reply rang out hurriedly: + +“No! no! Come away quick—quick! This is no place to stay, and on this +of all nights!” + +“What was it?” was the question, asked in all manner of keys. The +answer came variously and all indefinitely as though the men were moved +by some common impulse to speak, yet were restrained by some common +fear from giving their thoughts. + +“It—it—indeed!” gibbered one, whose wits had plainly given out for the +moment. + +“A wolf—and yet not a wolf!” another put in shudderingly. + +“No use trying for him without the sacred bullet,” a third remarked in +a more ordinary manner. + +“Serve us right for coming out on this night! Truly we have earned our +thousand marks!” were the ejaculations of a fourth. + +“There was blood on the broken marble,” another said after a pause—“the +lightning never brought that there. And for him—is he safe? Look at his +throat! See, comrades, the wolf has been lying on him and keeping his +blood warm.” + +The officer looked at my throat and replied: + +“He is all right; the skin is not pierced. What does it all mean? We +should never have found him but for the yelping of the wolf.” + +“What became of it?” asked the man who was holding up my head, and who +seemed the least panic-stricken of the party, for his hands were steady +and without tremor. On his sleeve was the chevron of a petty officer. + +“It went to its home,” answered the man, whose long face was pallid, +and who actually shook with terror as he glanced around him fearfully. +“There are graves enough there in which it may lie. Come, comrades—come +quickly! Let us leave this cursed spot.” + +The officer raised me to a sitting posture, as he uttered a word of +command; then several men placed me upon a horse. He sprang to the +saddle behind me, took me in his arms, gave the word to advance; and, +turning our faces away from the cypresses, we rode away in swift, +military order. + +As yet my tongue refused its office, and I was perforce silent. I must +have fallen asleep; for the next thing I remembered was finding myself +standing up, supported by a soldier on each side of me. It was almost +broad daylight, and to the north a red streak of sunlight was +reflected, like a path of blood, over the waste of snow. The officer +was telling the men to say nothing of what they had seen, except that +they found an English stranger, guarded by a large dog. + +“Dog! that was no dog,” cut in the man who had exhibited such fear. “I +think I know a wolf when I see one.” + +The young officer answered calmly: “I said a dog.” + +“Dog!” reiterated the other ironically. It was evident that his courage +was rising with the sun; and, pointing to me, he said, “Look at his +throat. Is that the work of a dog, master?” + +Instinctively I raised my hand to my throat, and as I touched it I +cried out in pain. The men crowded round to look, some stooping down +from their saddles; and again there came the calm voice of the young +officer: + +“A dog, as I said. If aught else were said we should only be laughed +at.” + +I was then mounted behind a trooper, and we rode on into the suburbs of +Munich. Here we came across a stray carriage, into which I was lifted, +and it was driven off to the Quatre Saisons—the young officer +accompanying me, whilst a trooper followed with his horse, and the +others rode off to their barracks. + +When we arrived, Herr Delbrück rushed so quickly down the steps to meet +me, that it was apparent he had been watching within. Taking me by both +hands he solicitously led me in. The officer saluted me and was turning +to withdraw, when I recognised his purpose, and insisted that he should +come to my rooms. Over a glass of wine I warmly thanked him and his +brave comrades for saving me. He replied simply that he was more than +glad, and that Herr Delbrück had at the first taken steps to make all +the searching party pleased; at which ambiguous utterance the maître +d’hôtel smiled, while the officer pleaded duty and withdrew. + +“But Herr Delbrück,” I enquired, “how and why was it that the soldiers +searched for me?” + +He shrugged his shoulders, as if in depreciation of his own deed, as he +replied: + +“I was so fortunate as to obtain leave from the commander of the +regiment in which I served, to ask for volunteers.” + +“But how did you know I was lost?” I asked. + +“The driver came hither with the remains of his carriage, which had +been upset when the horses ran away.” + +“But surely you would not send a search-party of soldiers merely on +this account?” + +“Oh, no!” he answered; “but even before the coachman arrived, I had +this telegram from the Boyar whose guest you are,” and he took from his +pocket a telegram which he handed to me, and I read: + +_Bistritz_. +Be careful of my guest—his safety is most precious to me. Should aught +happen to him, or if he be missed, spare nothing to find him and ensure +his safety. He is English and therefore adventurous. There are often +dangers from snow and wolves and night. Lose not a moment if you +suspect harm to him. I answer your zeal with my fortune.—_Dracula_. + +As I held the telegram in my hand, the room seemed to whirl around me; +and, if the attentive maître d’hôtel had not caught me, I think I +should have fallen. There was something so strange in all this, +something so weird and impossible to imagine, that there grew on me a +sense of my being in some way the sport of opposite forces—the mere +vague idea of which seemed in a way to paralyse me. I was certainly +under some form of mysterious protection. From a distant country had +come, in the very nick of time, a message that took me out of the +danger of the snow-sleep and the jaws of the wolf. + + + + +The Judge’s House + + +When the time for his examination drew near Malcolm Malcolmson made up +his mind to go somewhere to read by himself. He feared the attractions +of the seaside, and also he feared completely rural isolation, for of +old he knew it charms, and so he determined to find some unpretentious +little town where there would be nothing to distract him. He refrained +from asking suggestions from any of his friends, for he argued that +each would recommend some place of which he had knowledge, and where he +had already acquaintances. As Malcolmson wished to avoid friends he had +no wish to encumber himself with the attention of friends’ friends, and +so he determined to look out for a place for himself. He packed a +portmanteau with some clothes and all the books he required, and then +took ticket for the first name on the local time-table which he did not +know. + +When at the end of three hours’ journey he alighted at Benchurch, he +felt satisfied that he had so far obliterated his tracks as to be sure +of having a peaceful opportunity of pursuing his studies. He went +straight to the one inn which the sleepy little place contained, and +put up for the night. Benchurch was a market town, and once in three +weeks was crowded to excess, but for the remainder of the twenty-one +days it was as attractive as a desert. Malcolmson looked around the day +after his arrival to try to find quarters more isolated than even so +quiet an inn as “The Good Traveller” afforded. There was only one place +which took his fancy, and it certainly satisfied his wildest ideas +regarding quiet; in fact, quiet was not the proper word to apply to +it—desolation was the only term conveying any suitable idea of its +isolation. It was an old rambling, heavy-built house of the Jacobean +style, with heavy gables and windows, unusually small, and set higher +than was customary in such houses, and was surrounded with a high brick +wall massively built. Indeed, on examination, it looked more like a +fortified house than an ordinary dwelling. But all these things pleased +Malcolmson. “Here,” he thought, “is the very spot I have been looking +for, and if I can get opportunity of using it I shall be happy.” His +joy was increased when he realised beyond doubt that it was not at +present inhabited. + +From the post-office he got the name of the agent, who was rarely +surprised at the application to rent a part of the old house. Mr. +Carnford, the local lawyer and agent, was a genial old gentleman, and +frankly confessed his delight at anyone being willing to live in the +house. + +“To tell you the truth,” said he, “I should be only too happy, on +behalf of the owners, to let anyone have the house rent free for a term +of years if only to accustom the people here to see it inhabited. It +has been so long empty that some kind of absurd prejudice has grown up +about it, and this can be best put down by its occupation—if only,” he +added with a sly glance at Malcolmson, “by a scholar like yourself, who +wants its quiet for a time.” + +Malcolmson thought it needless to ask the agent about the “absurd +prejudice”; he knew he would get more information, if he should require +it, on that subject from other quarters. He paid his three months’ +rent, got a receipt, and the name of an old woman who would probably +undertake to “do” for him, and came away with the keys in his pocket. +He then went to the landlady of the inn, who was a cheerful and most +kindly person, and asked her advice as to such stores and provisions as +he would be likely to require. She threw up her hands in amazement when +he told her where he was going to settle himself. + +“Not in the Judge’s House!” she said, and grew pale as she spoke. He +explained the locality of the house, saying that he did not know its +name. When he had finished she answered: + +“Aye, sure enough—sure enough the very place! It is the Judge’s House +sure enough.” He asked her to tell him about the place, why so called, +and what there was against it. She told him that it was so called +locally because it had been many years before—how long she could not +say, as she was herself from another part of the country, but she +thought it must have been a hundred years or more—the abode of a judge +who was held in great terror on account of his harsh sentences and his +hostility to prisoners at Assizes. As to what there was against the +house itself she could not tell. She had often asked, but no one could +inform her; but there was a general feeling that there was _something_, +and for her own part she would not take all the money in Drinkwater’s +Bank and stay in the house an hour by herself. Then she apologised to +Malcolmson for her disturbing talk. + +“It is too bad of me, sir, and you—and a young gentlemen, too—if you +will pardon me saying it, going to live there all alone. If you were my +boy—and you’ll excuse me for saying it—you wouldn’t sleep there a +night, not if I had to go there myself and pull the big alarm bell +that’s on the roof!” The good creature was so manifestly in earnest, +and was so kindly in her intentions, that Malcolmson, although amused, +was touched. He told her kindly how much he appreciated her interest in +him, and added: + +“But, my dear Mrs. Witham, indeed you need not be concerned about me! A +man who is reading for the Mathematical Tripos has too much to think of +to be disturbed by any of these mysterious ‘somethings’, and his work +is of too exact and prosaic a kind to allow of his having any corner in +his mind for mysteries of any kind. Harmonical Progression, +Permutations and Combinations, and Elliptic Functions have sufficient +mysteries for me!” Mrs. Witham kindly undertook to see after his +commissions, and he went himself to look for the old woman who had been +recommended to him. When he returned to the Judge’s House with her, +after an interval of a couple of hours, he found Mrs. Witham herself +waiting with several men and boys carrying parcels, and an +upholsterer’s man with a bed in a car, for she said, though tables and +chairs might be all very well, a bed that hadn’t been aired for mayhap +fifty years was not proper for young bones to lie on. She was evidently +curious to see the inside of the house; and though manifestly so afraid +of the “somethings” that at the slightest sound she clutched on to +Malcolmson, whom she never left for a moment, went over the whole +place. + +After his examination of the house, Malcolmson decided to take up his +abode in the great dining-room, which was big enough to serve for all +his requirements; and Mrs. Witham, with the aid of the charwoman, Mrs. +Dempster, proceeded to arrange matters. When the hampers were brought +in and unpacked, Malcolmson saw that with much kind forethought she had +sent from her own kitchen sufficient provisions to last for a few days. +Before going she expressed all sorts of kind wishes; and at the door +turned and said: + +“And perhaps, sir, as the room is big and draughty it might be well to +have one of those big screens put round your bed at night—though, truth +to tell, I would die myself if I were to be so shut in with all kinds +of—of ‘things’, that put their heads round the sides, or over the top, +and look on me!” The image which she had called up was too much for her +nerves, and she fled incontinently. + +Mrs. Dempster sniffed in a superior manner as the landlady disappeared, +and remarked that for her own part she wasn’t afraid of all the bogies +in the kingdom. + +“I’ll tell you what it is, sir,” she said; “bogies is all kinds and +sorts of things—except bogies! Rats and mice, and beetles; and creaky +doors, and loose slates, and broken panes, and stiff drawer handles, +that stay out when you pull them and then fall down in the middle of +the night. Look at the wainscot of the room! It is old—hundreds of +years old! Do you think there’s no rats and beetles there! And do you +imagine, sir, that you won’t see none of them? Rats is bogies, I tell +you, and bogies is rats; and don’t you get to think anything else!” + +“Mrs. Dempster,” said Malcolmson gravely, making her a polite bow, “you +know more than a Senior Wrangler! And let me say, that, as a mark of +esteem for your indubitable soundness of head and heart, I shall, when +I go, give you possession of this house, and let you stay here by +yourself for the last two months of my tenancy, for four weeks will +serve my purpose.” + +“Thank you kindly, sir!” she answered, “but I couldn’t sleep away from +home a night. I am in Greenhow’s Charity, and if I slept a night away +from my rooms I should lose all I have got to live on. The rules is +very strict; and there’s too many watching for a vacancy for me to run +any risks in the matter. Only for that, sir, I’d gladly come here and +attend on you altogether during your stay.” + +“My good woman,” said Malcolmson hastily, “I have come here on purpose +to obtain solitude; and believe me that I am grateful to the late +Greenhow for having so organised his admirable charity—whatever it +is—that I am perforce denied the opportunity of suffering from such a +form of temptation! Saint Anthony himself could not be more rigid on +the point!” + +The old woman laughed harshly. “Ah, you young gentlemen,” she said, +“you don’t fear for naught; and belike you’ll get all the solitude you +want here.” She set to work with her cleaning; and by nightfall, when +Malcolmson returned from his walk—he always had one of his books to +study as he walked—he found the room swept and tidied, a fire burning +in the old hearth, the lamp lit, and the table spread for supper with +Mrs. Witham’s excellent fare. “This is comfort, indeed,” he said, as he +rubbed his hands. + +When he had finished his supper, and lifted the tray to the other end +of the great oak dining-table, he got out his books again, put fresh +wood on the fire, trimmed his lamp, and set himself down to a spell of +real hard work. He went on without pause till about eleven o’clock, +when he knocked off for a bit to fix his fire and lamp, and to make +himself a cup of tea. He had always been a tea-drinker, and during his +college life had sat late at work and had taken tea late. The rest was +a great luxury to him, and he enjoyed it with a sense of delicious, +voluptuous ease. The renewed fire leaped and sparkled, and threw quaint +shadows through the great old room; and as he sipped his hot tea he +revelled in the sense of isolation from his kind. Then it was that he +began to notice for the first time what a noise the rats were making. + +“Surely,” he thought, “they cannot have been at it all the time I was +reading. Had they been, I must have noticed it!” Presently, when the +noise increased, he satisfied himself that it was really new. It was +evident that at first the rats had been frightened at the presence of a +stranger, and the light of fire and lamp; but that as the time went on +they had grown bolder and were now disporting themselves as was their +wont. + +How busy they were! and hark to the strange noises! Up and down behind +the old wainscot, over the ceiling and under the floor they raced, and +gnawed, and scratched! Malcolmson smiled to himself as he recalled to +mind the saying of Mrs. Dempster, “Bogies is rats, and rats is bogies!” +The tea began to have its effect of intellectual and nervous stimulus, +he saw with joy another long spell of work to be done before the night +was past, and in the sense of security which it gave him, he allowed +himself the luxury of a good look round the room. He took his lamp in +one hand, and went all around, wondering that so quaint and beautiful +an old house had been so long neglected. The carving of the oak on the +panels of the wainscot was fine, and on and round the doors and windows +it was beautiful and of rare merit. There were some old pictures on the +walls, but they were coated so thick with dust and dirt that he could +not distinguish any detail of them, though he held his lamp as high as +he could over his head. Here and there as he went round he saw some +crack or hole blocked for a moment by the face of a rat with its bright +eyes glittering in the light, but in an instant it was gone, and a +squeak and a scamper followed. The thing that most struck him, however, +was the rope of the great alarm bell on the roof, which hung down in a +corner of the room on the right-hand side of the fireplace. He pulled +up close to the hearth a great high-backed carved oak chair, and sat +down to his last cup of tea. When this was done he made up the fire, +and went back to his work, sitting at the corner of the table, having +the fire to his left. For a little while the rats disturbed him +somewhat with their perpetual scampering, but he got accustomed to the +noise as one does to the ticking of a clock or to the roar of moving +water; and he became so immersed in his work that everything in the +world, except the problem which he was trying to solve, passed away +from him. + +He suddenly looked up, his problem was still unsolved, and there was in +the air that sense of the hour before the dawn, which is so dread to +doubtful life. The noise of the rats had ceased. Indeed it seemed to +him that it must have ceased but lately and that it was the sudden +cessation which had disturbed him. The fire had fallen low, but still +it threw out a deep red glow. As he looked he started in spite of his +_sang froid_. + +There on the great high-backed carved oak chair by the right side of +the fireplace sat an enormous rat, steadily glaring at him with baleful +eyes. He made a motion to it as though to hunt it away, but it did not +stir. Then he made the motion of throwing something. Still it did not +stir, but showed its great white teeth angrily, and its cruel eyes +shone in the lamplight with an added vindictiveness. + +Malcolmson felt amazed, and seizing the poker from the hearth ran at it +to kill it. Before, however, he could strike it, the rat, with a squeak +that sounded like the concentration of hate, jumped upon the floor, +and, running up the rope of the alarm bell, disappeared in the darkness +beyond the range of the green-shaded lamp. Instantly, strange to say, +the noisy scampering of the rats in the wainscot began again. + +By this time Malcolmson’s mind was quite off the problem; and as a +shrill cock-crow outside told him of the approach of morning, he went +to bed and to sleep. + +He slept so sound that he was not even waked by Mrs. Dempster coming in +to make up his room. It was only when she had tidied up the place and +got his breakfast ready and tapped on the screen which closed in his +bed that he woke. He was a little tired still after his night’s hard +work, but a strong cup of tea soon freshened him up and, taking his +book, he went out for his morning walk, bringing with him a few +sandwiches lest he should not care to return till dinner time. He found +a quiet walk between high elms some way outside the town, and here he +spent the greater part of the day studying his Laplace. On his return +he looked in to see Mrs. Witham and to thank her for her kindness. When +she saw him coming through the diamond-paned bay window of her sanctum +she came out to meet him and asked him in. She looked at him +searchingly and shook her head as she said: + +“You must not overdo it, sir. You are paler this morning than you +should be. Too late hours and too hard work on the brain isn’t good for +any man! But tell me, sir, how did you pass the night? Well, I hope? +But my heart! sir, I was glad when Mrs. Dempster told me this morning +that you were all right and sleeping sound when she went in.” + +“Oh, I was all right,” he answered smiling, “the ‘somethings’ didn’t +worry me, as yet. Only the rats; and they had a circus, I tell you, all +over the place. There was one wicked looking old devil that sat up on +my own chair by the fire, and wouldn’t go till I took the poker to him, +and then he ran up the rope of the alarm bell and got to somewhere up +the wall or the ceiling—I couldn’t see where, it was so dark.” + +“Mercy on us,” said Mrs. Witham, “an old devil, and sitting on a chair +by the fireside! Take care, sir! take care! There’s many a true word +spoken in jest.” + +“How do you mean? Pon my word I don’t understand.” + +“An old devil! The old devil, perhaps. There! sir, you needn’t laugh,” +for Malcolmson had broken into a hearty peal. “You young folks thinks +it easy to laugh at things that makes older ones shudder. Never mind, +sir! never mind! Please God, you’ll laugh all the time. It’s what I +wish you myself!” and the good lady beamed all over in sympathy with +his enjoyment, her fears gone for a moment. + +“Oh, forgive me!” said Malcolmson presently. “Don’t think me rude; but +the idea was too much for me—that the old devil himself was on the +chair last night!” And at the thought he laughed again. Then he went +home to dinner. + +This evening the scampering of the rats began earlier; indeed it had +been going on before his arrival, and only ceased whilst his presence +by its freshness disturbed them. After dinner he sat by the fire for a +while and had a smoke; and then, having cleared his table, began to +work as before. Tonight the rats disturbed him more than they had done +on the previous night. How they scampered up and down and under and +over! How they squeaked, and scratched, and gnawed! How they, getting +bolder by degrees, came to the mouths of their holes and to the chinks +and cracks and crannies in the wainscoting till their eyes shone like +tiny lamps as the firelight rose and fell. But to him, now doubtless +accustomed to them, their eyes were not wicked; only their playfulness +touched him. Sometimes the boldest of them made sallies out on the +floor or along the mouldings of the wainscot. Now and again as they +disturbed him Malcolmson made a sound to frighten them, smiting the +table with his hand or giving a fierce “Hsh, hsh,” so that they fled +straightway to their holes. + +And so the early part of the night wore on; and despite the noise +Malcolmson got more and more immersed in his work. + +All at once he stopped, as on the previous night, being overcome by a +sudden sense of silence. There was not the faintest sound of gnaw, or +scratch, or squeak. The silence was as of the grave. He remembered the +odd occurrence of the previous night, and instinctively he looked at +the chair standing close by the fireside. And then a very odd sensation +thrilled through him. + +There, on the great old high-backed carved oak chair beside the +fireplace sat the same enormous rat, steadily glaring at him with +baleful eyes. + +Instinctively he took the nearest thing to his hand, a book of +logarithms, and flung it at it. The book was badly aimed and the rat +did not stir, so again the poker performance of the previous night was +repeated; and again the rat, being closely pursued, fled up the rope of +the alarm bell. Strangely too, the departure of this rat was instantly +followed by the renewal of the noise made by the general rat community. +On this occasion, as on the previous one, Malcolmson could not see at +what part of the room the rat disappeared, for the green shade of his +lamp left the upper part of the room in darkness, and the fire had +burned low. + +On looking at his watch he found it was close on midnight; and, not +sorry for the _divertissement_, he made up his fire and made himself +his nightly pot of tea. He had got through a good spell of work, and +thought himself entitled to a cigarette; and so he sat on the great oak +chair before the fire and enjoyed it. Whilst smoking he began to think +that he would like to know where the rat disappeared to, for he had +certain ideas for the morrow not entirely disconnected with a rat-trap. +Accordingly he lit another lamp and placed it so that it would shine +well into the right-hand corner of the wall by the fireplace. Then he +got all the books he had with him, and placed them handy to throw at +the vermin. Finally he lifted the rope of the alarm bell and placed the +end of it on the table, fixing the extreme end under the lamp. As he +handled it he could not help noticing how pliable it was, especially +for so strong a rope, and one not in use. “You could hang a man with +it,” he thought to himself. When his preparations were made he looked +around, and said complacently: + +“There now, my friend, I think we shall learn something of you this +time!” He began his work again, and though as before somewhat disturbed +at first by the noise of the rats, soon lost himself in his +propositions and problems. + +Again he was called to his immediate surroundings suddenly. This time +it might not have been the sudden silence only which took his +attention; there was a slight movement of the rope, and the lamp moved. +Without stirring, he looked to see if his pile of books was within +range, and then cast his eye along the rope. As he looked he saw the +great rat drop from the rope on the oak arm-chair and sit there glaring +at him. He raised a book in his right hand, and taking careful aim, +flung it at the rat. The latter, with a quick movement, sprang aside +and dodged the missile. He then took another book, and a third, and +flung them one after another at the rat, but each time unsuccessfully. +At last, as he stood with a book poised in his hand to throw, the rat +squeaked and seemed afraid. This made Malcolmson more than ever eager +to strike, and the book flew and struck the rat a resounding blow. It +gave a terrified squeak, and turning on his pursuer a look of terrible +malevolence, ran up the chair-back and made a great jump to the rope of +the alarm bell and ran up it like lightning. The lamp rocked under the +sudden strain, but it was a heavy one and did not topple over. +Malcolmson kept his eyes on the rat, and saw it by the light of the +second lamp leap to a moulding of the wainscot and disappear through a +hole in one of the great pictures which hung on the wall, obscured and +invisible through its coating of dirt and dust. + +“I shall look up my friend’s habitation in the morning,” said the +student, as he went over to collect his books. “The third picture from +the fireplace; I shall not forget.” He picked up the books one by one, +commenting on them as he lifted them. “_Conic Sections_ he does not +mind, nor _Cycloidal Oscillations_, nor the _Principia_, nor +_Quaternions_, nor _Thermodynamics_. Now for the book that fetched +him!” Malcolmson took it up and looked at it. As he did so he started, +and a sudden pallor overspread his face. He looked round uneasily and +shivered slightly, as he murmured to himself: + +“The Bible my mother gave me! What an odd coincidence.” He sat down to +work again, and the rats in the wainscot renewed their gambols. They +did not disturb him, however; somehow their presence gave him a sense +of companionship. But he could not attend to his work, and after +striving to master the subject on which he was engaged gave it up in +despair, and went to bed as the first streak of dawn stole in through +the eastern window. + +He slept heavily but uneasily, and dreamed much; and when Mrs. Dempster +woke him late in the morning he seemed ill at ease, and for a few +minutes did not seem to realise exactly where he was. His first request +rather surprised the servant. + +“Mrs. Dempster, when I am out to-day I wish you would get the steps and +dust or wash those pictures—specially that one the third from the +fireplace—I want to see what they are.” + +Late in the afternoon Malcolmson worked at his books in the shaded +walk, and the cheerfulness of the previous day came back to him as the +day wore on, and he found that his reading was progressing well. He had +worked out to a satisfactory conclusion all the problems which had as +yet baffled him, and it was in a state of jubilation that he paid a +visit to Mrs. Witham at “The Good Traveller”. He found a stranger in +the cosy sitting-room with the landlady, who was introduced to him as +Dr. Thornhill. She was not quite at ease, and this, combined with the +doctor’s plunging at once into a series of questions, made Malcolmson +come to the conclusion that his presence was not an accident, so +without preliminary he said: + +“Dr. Thornhill, I shall with pleasure answer you any question you may +choose to ask me if you will answer me one question first.” + +The doctor seemed surprised, but he smiled and answered at once, “Done! +What is it?” + +“Did Mrs. Witham ask you to come here and see me and advise me?” + +Dr. Thornhill for a moment was taken aback, and Mrs. Witham got fiery +red and turned away; but the doctor was a frank and ready man, and he +answered at once and openly. + +“She did: but she didn’t intend you to know it. I suppose it was my +clumsy haste that made you suspect. She told me that she did not like +the idea of your being in that house all by yourself, and that she +thought you took too much strong tea. In fact, she wants me to advise +you if possible to give up the tea and the very late hours. I was a +keen student in my time, so I suppose I may take the liberty of a +college man, and without offence, advise you not quite as a stranger.” + +Malcolmson with a bright smile held out his hand. “Shake! as they say +in America,” he said. “I must thank you for your kindness and Mrs. +Witham too, and your kindness deserves a return on my part. I promise +to take no more strong tea—no tea at all till you let me—and I shall go +to bed tonight at one o’clock at latest. Will that do?” + +“Capital,” said the doctor. “Now tell us all that you noticed in the +old house,” and so Malcolmson then and there told in minute detail all +that had happened in the last two nights. He was interrupted every now +and then by some exclamation from Mrs. Witham, till finally when he +told of the episode of the Bible the landlady’s pent-up emotions found +vent in a shriek; and it was not till a stiff glass of brandy and water +had been administered that she grew composed again. Dr. Thornhill +listened with a face of growing gravity, and when the narrative was +complete and Mrs. Witham had been restored he asked: + +“The rat always went up the rope of the alarm bell?” + +“Always.” + +“I suppose you know,” said the Doctor after a pause, “what the rope +is?” + +“No!” + +“It is,” said the Doctor slowly, “the very rope which the hangman used +for all the victims of the Judge’s judicial rancour!” Here he was +interrupted by another scream from Mrs. Witham, and steps had to be +taken for her recovery. Malcolmson having looked at his watch, and +found that it was close to his dinner hour, had gone home before her +complete recovery. + +When Mrs. Witham was herself again she almost assailed the Doctor with +angry questions as to what he meant by putting such horrible ideas into +the poor young man’s mind. “He has quite enough there already to upset +him,” she added. Dr. Thornhill replied: + +“My dear madam, I had a distinct purpose in it! I wanted to draw his +attention to the bell rope, and to fix it there. It may be that he is +in a highly overwrought state, and has been studying too much, although +I am bound to say that he seems as sound and healthy a young man, +mentally and bodily, as ever I saw—but then the rats—and that +suggestion of the devil.” The doctor shook his head and went on. “I +would have offered to go and stay the first night with him but that I +felt sure it would have been a cause of offence. He may get in the +night some strange fright or hallucination; and if he does I want him +to pull that rope. All alone as he is it will give us warning, and we +may reach him in time to be of service. I shall be sitting up pretty +late tonight and shall keep my ears open. Do not be alarmed if +Benchurch gets a surprise before morning.” + +“Oh, Doctor, what do you mean? What do you mean?” + +“I mean this; that possibly—nay, more probably—we shall hear the great +alarm bell from the Judge’s House tonight,” and the Doctor made about +as effective an exit as could be thought of. + +When Malcolmson arrived home he found that it was a little after his +usual time, and Mrs. Dempster had gone away—the rules of Greenhow’s +Charity were not to be neglected. He was glad to see that the place was +bright and tidy with a cheerful fire and a well-trimmed lamp. The +evening was colder than might have been expected in April, and a heavy +wind was blowing with such rapidly-increasing strength that there was +every promise of a storm during the night. For a few minutes after his +entrance the noise of the rats ceased; but so soon as they became +accustomed to his presence they began again. He was glad to hear them, +for he felt once more the feeling of companionship in their noise, and +his mind ran back to the strange fact that they only ceased to manifest +themselves when that other—the great rat with the baleful eyes—came +upon the scene. The reading-lamp only was lit and its green shade kept +the ceiling and the upper part of the room in darkness, so that the +cheerful light from the hearth spreading over the floor and shining on +the white cloth laid over the end of the table was warm and cheery. +Malcolmson sat down to his dinner with a good appetite and a buoyant +spirit. After his dinner and a cigarette he sat steadily down to work, +determined not to let anything disturb him, for he remembered his +promise to the doctor, and made up his mind to make the best of the +time at his disposal. + +For an hour or so he worked all right, and then his thoughts began to +wander from his books. The actual circumstances around him, the calls +on his physical attention, and his nervous susceptibility were not to +be denied. By this time the wind had become a gale, and the gale a +storm. The old house, solid though it was, seemed to shake to its +foundations, and the storm roared and raged through its many chimneys +and its queer old gables, producing strange, unearthly sounds in the +empty rooms and corridors. Even the great alarm bell on the roof must +have felt the force of the wind, for the rope rose and fell slightly, +as though the bell were moved a little from time to time and the limber +rope fell on the oak floor with a hard and hollow sound. + +As Malcolmson listened to it he bethought himself of the doctor’s +words, “It is the rope which the hangman used for the victims of the +Judge’s judicial rancour,” and he went over to the corner of the +fireplace and took it in his hand to look at it. There seemed a sort of +deadly interest in it, and as he stood there he lost himself for a +moment in speculation as to who these victims were, and the grim wish +of the Judge to have such a ghastly relic ever under his eyes. As he +stood there the swaying of the bell on the roof still lifted the rope +now and again; but presently there came a new sensation—a sort of +tremor in the rope, as though something was moving along it. + +Looking up instinctively Malcolmson saw the great rat coming slowly +down towards him, glaring at him steadily. He dropped the rope and +started back with a muttered curse, and the rat turning ran up the rope +again and disappeared, and at the same instant Malcolmson became +conscious that the noise of the rats, which had ceased for a while, +began again. + +All this set him thinking, and it occurred to him that he had not +investigated the lair of the rat or looked at the pictures, as he had +intended. He lit the other lamp without the shade, and, holding it up +went and stood opposite the third picture from the fireplace on the +right-hand side where he had seen the rat disappear on the previous +night. + +At the first glance he started back so suddenly that he almost dropped +the lamp, and a deadly pallor overspread his face. His knees shook, and +heavy drops of sweat came on his forehead, and he trembled like an +aspen. But he was young and plucky, and pulled himself together, and +after the pause of a few seconds stepped forward again, raised the +lamp, and examined the picture which had been dusted and washed, and +now stood out clearly. + +It was of a judge dressed in his robes of scarlet and ermine. His face +was strong and merciless, evil, crafty, and vindictive, with a sensual +mouth, hooked nose of ruddy colour, and shaped like the beak of a bird +of prey. The rest of the face was of a cadaverous colour. The eyes were +of peculiar brilliance and with a terribly malignant expression. As he +looked at them, Malcolmson grew cold, for he saw there the very +counterpart of the eyes of the great rat. The lamp almost fell from his +hand, he saw the rat with its baleful eyes peering out through the hole +in the corner of the picture, and noted the sudden cessation of the +noise of the other rats. However, he pulled himself together, and went +on with his examination of the picture. + +The Judge was seated in a great high-backed carved oak chair, on the +right-hand side of a great stone fireplace where, in the corner, a rope +hung down from the ceiling, its end lying coiled on the floor. With a +feeling of something like horror, Malcolmson recognised the scene of +the room as it stood, and gazed around him in an awestruck manner as +though he expected to find some strange presence behind him. Then he +looked over to the corner of the fireplace—and with a loud cry he let +the lamp fall from his hand. + +There, in the Judge’s arm-chair, with the rope hanging behind, sat the +rat with the Judge’s baleful eyes, now intensified and with a fiendish +leer. Save for the howling of the storm without there was silence. + +The fallen lamp recalled Malcolmson to himself. Fortunately it was of +metal, and so the oil was not spilt. However, the practical need of +attending to it settled at once his nervous apprehensions. When he had +turned it out, he wiped his brow and thought for a moment. + +“This will not do,” he said to himself. “If I go on like this I shall +become a crazy fool. This must stop! I promised the doctor I would not +take tea. Faith, he was pretty right! My nerves must have been getting +into a queer state. Funny I did not notice it. I never felt better in +my life. However, it is all right now, and I shall not be such a fool +again.” + +Then he mixed himself a good stiff glass of brandy and water and +resolutely sat down to his work. + +It was nearly an hour when he looked up from his book, disturbed by the +sudden stillness. Without, the wind howled and roared louder than ever, +and the rain drove in sheets against the windows, beating like hail on +the glass; but within there was no sound whatever save the echo of the +wind as it roared in the great chimney, and now and then a hiss as a +few raindrops found their way down the chimney in a lull of the storm. +The fire had fallen low and had ceased to flame, though it threw out a +red glow. Malcolmson listened attentively, and presently heard a thin, +squeaking noise, very faint. It came from the corner of the room where +the rope hung down, and he thought it was the creaking of the rope on +the floor as the swaying of the bell raised and lowered it. Looking up, +however, he saw in the dim light the great rat clinging to the rope and +gnawing it. The rope was already nearly gnawed through—he could see the +lighter colour where the strands were laid bare. As he looked the job +was completed, and the severed end of the rope fell clattering on the +oaken floor, whilst for an instant the great rat remained like a knob +or tassel at the end of the rope, which now began to sway to and fro. +Malcolmson felt for a moment another pang of terror as he thought that +now the possibility of calling the outer world to his assistance was +cut off, but an intense anger took its place, and seizing the book he +was reading he hurled it at the rat. The blow was well aimed, but +before the missile could reach him the rat dropped off and struck the +floor with a soft thud. Malcolmson instantly rushed over towards him, +but it darted away and disappeared in the darkness of the shadows of +the room. Malcolmson felt that his work was over for the night, and +determined then and there to vary the monotony of the proceedings by a +hunt for the rat, and took off the green shade of the lamp so as to +insure a wider spreading light. As he did so the gloom of the upper +part of the room was relieved, and in the new flood of light, great by +comparison with the previous darkness, the pictures on the wall stood +out boldly. From where he stood, Malcolmson saw right opposite to him +the third picture on the wall from the right of the fireplace. He +rubbed his eyes in surprise, and then a great fear began to come upon +him. + +In the centre of the picture was a great irregular patch of brown +canvas, as fresh as when it was stretched on the frame. The background +was as before, with chair and chimney-corner and rope, but the figure +of the Judge had disappeared. + +Malcolmson, almost in a chill of horror, turned slowly round, and then +he began to shake and tremble like a man in a palsy. His strength +seemed to have left him, and he was incapable of action or movement, +hardly even of thought. He could only see and hear. + +There, on the great high-backed carved oak chair sat the Judge in his +robes of scarlet and ermine, with his baleful eyes glaring +vindictively, and a smile of triumph on the resolute, cruel mouth, as +he lifted with his hands a _black cap_. Malcolmson felt as if the blood +was running from his heart, as one does in moments of prolonged +suspense. There was a singing in his ears. Without, he could hear the +roar and howl of the tempest, and through it, swept on the storm, came +the striking of midnight by the great chimes in the market place. He +stood for a space of time that seemed to him endless still as a statue, +and with wide-open, horror-struck eyes, breathless. As the clock +struck, so the smile of triumph on the Judge’s face intensified, and at +the last stroke of midnight he placed the black cap on his head. + +Slowly and deliberately the Judge rose from his chair and picked up the +piece of the rope of the alarm bell which lay on the floor, drew it +through his hands as if he enjoyed its touch, and then deliberately +began to knot one end of it, fashioning it into a noose. This he +tightened and tested with his foot, pulling hard at it till he was +satisfied and then making a running noose of it, which he held in his +hand. Then he began to move along the table on the opposite side to +Malcolmson keeping his eyes on him until he had passed him, when with a +quick movement he stood in front of the door. Malcolmson then began to +feel that he was trapped, and tried to think of what he should do. +There was some fascination in the Judge’s eyes, which he never took off +him, and he had, perforce, to look. He saw the Judge approach—still +keeping between him and the door—and raise the noose and throw it +towards him as if to entangle him. With a great effort he made a quick +movement to one side, and saw the rope fall beside him, and heard it +strike the oaken floor. Again the Judge raised the noose and tried to +ensnare him, ever keeping his baleful eyes fixed on him, and each time +by a mighty effort the student just managed to evade it. So this went +on for many times, the Judge seeming never discouraged nor discomposed +at failure, but playing as a cat does with a mouse. At last in despair, +which had reached its climax, Malcolmson cast a quick glance round him. +The lamp seemed to have blazed up, and there was a fairly good light in +the room. At the many rat-holes and in the chinks and crannies of the +wainscot he saw the rats’ eyes; and this aspect, that was purely +physical, gave him a gleam of comfort. He looked around and saw that +the rope of the great alarm bell was laden with rats. Every inch of it +was covered with them, and more and more were pouring through the small +circular hole in the ceiling whence it emerged, so that with their +weight the bell was beginning to sway. + +Hark! it had swayed till the clapper had touched the bell. The sound +was but a tiny one, but the bell was only beginning to sway, and it +would increase. + +At the sound the Judge, who had been keeping his eyes fixed on +Malcolmson, looked up, and a scowl of diabolical anger overspread his +face. His eyes fairly glowed like hot coals, and he stamped his foot +with a sound that seemed to make the house shake. A dreadful peal of +thunder broke overhead as he raised the rope again, whilst the rats +kept running up and down the rope as though working against time. This +time, instead of throwing it, he drew close to his victim, and held +open the noose as he approached. As he came closer there seemed +something paralysing in his very presence, and Malcolmson stood rigid +as a corpse. He felt the Judge’s icy fingers touch his throat as he +adjusted the rope. The noose tightened—tightened. Then the Judge, +taking the rigid form of the student in his arms, carried him over and +placed him standing in the oak chair, and stepping up beside him, put +his hand up and caught the end of the swaying rope of the alarm bell. +As he raised his hand the rats fled squeaking, and disappeared through +the hole in the ceiling. Taking the end of the noose which was round +Malcolmson’s neck he tied it to the hanging-bell rope, and then +descending pulled away the chair. + +When the alarm bell of the Judge’s House began to sound a crowd soon +assembled. Lights and torches of various kinds appeared, and soon a +silent crowd was hurrying to the spot. They knocked loudly at the door, +but there was no reply. Then they burst in the door, and poured into +the great dining-room, the doctor at the head. + +There at the end of the rope of the great alarm bell hung the body of +the student, and on the face of the Judge in the picture was a +malignant smile. + + + + +The Squaw + + +Nurnberg at the time was not so much exploited as it has been since +then. Irving had not been playing _Faust_, and the very name of the old +town was hardly known to the great bulk of the travelling public. My +wife and I being in the second week of our honeymoon, naturally wanted +someone else to join our party, so that when the cheery stranger, Elias +P. Hutcheson, hailing from Isthmian City, Bleeding Gulch, Maple Tree +County, Neb. turned up at the station at Frankfort, and casually +remarked that he was going on to see the most all-fired old Methuselah +of a town in Yurrup, and that he guessed that so much travelling alone +was enough to send an intelligent, active citizen into the melancholy +ward of a daft house, we took the pretty broad hint and suggested that +we should join forces. We found, on comparing notes afterwards, that we +had each intended to speak with some diffidence or hesitation so as not +to appear too eager, such not being a good compliment to the success of +our married life; but the effect was entirely marred by our both +beginning to speak at the same instant—stopping simultaneously and then +going on together again. Anyhow, no matter how, it was done; and Elias +P. Hutcheson became one of our party. Straightway Amelia and I found +the pleasant benefit; instead of quarrelling, as we had been doing, we +found that the restraining influence of a third party was such that we +now took every opportunity of spooning in odd corners. Amelia declares +that ever since she has, as the result of that experience, advised all +her friends to take a friend on the honeymoon. Well, we “did” Nurnberg +together, and much enjoyed the racy remarks of our Transatlantic +friend, who, from his quaint speech and his wonderful stock of +adventures, might have stepped out of a novel. We kept for the last +object of interest in the city to be visited the Burg, and on the day +appointed for the visit strolled round the outer wall of the city by +the eastern side. + +The Burg is seated on a rock dominating the town and an immensely deep +fosse guards it on the northern side. Nurnberg has been happy in that +it was never sacked; had it been it would certainly not be so spick and +span perfect as it is at present. The ditch has not been used for +centuries, and now its base is spread with tea-gardens and orchards, of +which some of the trees are of quite respectable growth. As we wandered +round the wall, dawdling in the hot July sunshine, we often paused to +admire the views spread before us, and in especial the great plain +covered with towns and villages and bounded with a blue line of hills, +like a landscape of Claude Lorraine. From this we always turned with +new delight to the city itself, with its myriad of quaint old gables +and acre-wide red roofs dotted with dormer windows, tier upon tier. A +little to our right rose the towers of the Burg, and nearer still, +standing grim, the Torture Tower, which was, and is, perhaps, the most +interesting place in the city. For centuries the tradition of the Iron +Virgin of Nurnberg has been handed down as an instance of the horrors +of cruelty of which man is capable; we had long looked forward to +seeing it; and here at last was its home. + +In one of our pauses we leaned over the wall of the moat and looked +down. The garden seemed quite fifty or sixty feet below us, and the sun +pouring into it with an intense, moveless heat like that of an oven. +Beyond rose the grey, grim wall seemingly of endless height, and losing +itself right and left in the angles of bastion and counterscarp. Trees +and bushes crowned the wall, and above again towered the lofty houses +on whose massive beauty Time has only set the hand of approval. The sun +was hot and we were lazy; time was our own, and we lingered, leaning on +the wall. Just below us was a pretty sight—a great black cat lying +stretched in the sun, whilst round her gambolled prettily a tiny black +kitten. The mother would wave her tail for the kitten to play with, or +would raise her feet and push away the little one as an encouragement +to further play. They were just at the foot of the wall, and Elias P. +Hutcheson, in order to help the play, stooped and took from the walk a +moderate sized pebble. + +“See!” he said, “I will drop it near the kitten, and they will both +wonder where it came from.” + +“Oh, be careful,” said my wife; “you might hit the dear little thing!” + +“Not me, ma’am,” said Elias P. “Why, I’m as tender as a Maine +cherry-tree. Lor, bless ye. I wouldn’t hurt the poor pooty little +critter more’n I’d scalp a baby. An’ you may bet your variegated socks +on that! See, I’ll drop it fur away on the outside so’s not to go near +her!” Thus saying, he leaned over and held his arm out at full length +and dropped the stone. It may be that there is some attractive force +which draws lesser matters to greater; or more probably that the wall +was not plump but sloped to its base—we not noticing the inclination +from above; but the stone fell with a sickening thud that came up to us +through the hot air, right on the kitten’s head, and shattered out its +little brains then and there. The black cat cast a swift upward glance, +and we saw her eyes like green fire fixed an instant on Elias P. +Hutcheson; and then her attention was given to the kitten, which lay +still with just a quiver of her tiny limbs, whilst a thin red stream +trickled from a gaping wound. With a muffled cry, such as a human being +might give, she bent over the kitten licking its wounds and moaning. +Suddenly she seemed to realise that it was dead, and again threw her +eyes up at us. I shall never forget the sight, for she looked the +perfect incarnation of hate. Her green eyes blazed with lurid fire, and +the white, sharp teeth seemed to almost shine through the blood which +dabbled her mouth and whiskers. She gnashed her teeth, and her claws +stood out stark and at full length on every paw. Then she made a wild +rush up the wall as if to reach us, but when the momentum ended fell +back, and further added to her horrible appearance for she fell on the +kitten, and rose with her black fur smeared with its brains and blood. +Amelia turned quite faint, and I had to lift her back from the wall. +There was a seat close by in shade of a spreading plane-tree, and here +I placed her whilst she composed herself. Then I went back to +Hutcheson, who stood without moving, looking down on the angry cat +below. + +As I joined him, he said: + +“Wall, I guess that air the savagest beast I ever see—’cept once when +an Apache squaw had an edge on a half-breed what they nicknamed +‘Splinters’ “cos of the way he fixed up her papoose which he stole on a +raid just to show that he appreciated the way they had given his mother +the fire torture. She got that kinder look so set on her face that it +jest seemed to grow there. She followed Splinters mor’n three year till +at last the braves got him and handed him over to her. They did say +that no man, white or Injun, had ever been so long a-dying under the +tortures of the Apaches. The only time I ever see her smile was when I +wiped her out. I kem on the camp just in time to see Splinters pass in +his checks, and he wasn’t sorry to go either. He was a hard citizen, +and though I never could shake with him after that papoose business—for +it was bitter bad, and he should have been a white man, for he looked +like one—I see he had got paid out in full. Durn me, but I took a piece +of his hide from one of his skinnin’ posts an’ had it made into a +pocket-book. It’s here now!” and he slapped the breast pocket of his +coat. + +Whilst he was speaking the cat was continuing her frantic efforts to +get up the wall. She would take a run back and then charge up, +sometimes reaching an incredible height. She did not seem to mind the +heavy fall which she got each time but started with renewed vigour; and +at every tumble her appearance became more horrible. Hutcheson was a +kind-hearted man—my wife and I had both noticed little acts of kindness +to animals as well as to persons—and he seemed concerned at the state +of fury to which the cat had wrought herself. + +“Wall, now!” he said, “I du declare that that poor critter seems quite +desperate. There! there! poor thing, it was all an accident—though that +won’t bring back your little one to you. Say! I wouldn’t have had such +a thing happen for a thousand! Just shows what a clumsy fool of a man +can do when he tries to play! Seems I’m too darned slipperhanded to +even play with a cat. Say Colonel!” it was a pleasant way he had to +bestow titles freely—“I hope your wife don’t hold no grudge against me +on account of this unpleasantness? Why, I wouldn’t have had it occur on +no account.” + +He came over to Amelia and apologised profusely, and she with her usual +kindness of heart hastened to assure him that she quite understood that +it was an accident. Then we all went again to the wall and looked over. + +The cat missing Hutcheson’s face had drawn back across the moat, and +was sitting on her haunches as though ready to spring. Indeed, the very +instant she saw him she did spring, and with a blind unreasoning fury, +which would have been grotesque, only that it was so frightfully real. +She did not try to run up the wall, but simply launched herself at him +as though hate and fury could lend her wings to pass straight through +the great distance between them. Amelia, womanlike, got quite +concerned, and said to Elias P. in a warning voice: + +“Oh! you must be very careful. That animal would try to kill you if she +were here; her eyes look like positive murder.” + +He laughed out jovially. “Excuse me, ma’am,” he said, “but I can’t help +laughin’. Fancy a man that has fought grizzlies an’ Injuns bein’ +careful of bein’ murdered by a cat!” + +When the cat heard him laugh, her whole demeanour seemed to change. She +no longer tried to jump or run up the wall, but went quietly over, and +sitting again beside the dead kitten began to lick and fondle it as +though it were alive. + +“See!” said I, “the effect of a really strong man. Even that animal in +the midst of her fury recognises the voice of a master, and bows to +him!” + +“Like a squaw!” was the only comment of Elias P. Hutcheson, as we moved +on our way round the city fosse. Every now and then we looked over the +wall and each time saw the cat following us. At first she had kept +going back to the dead kitten, and then as the distance grew greater +took it in her mouth and so followed. After a while, however, she +abandoned this, for we saw her following all alone; she had evidently +hidden the body somewhere. Amelia’s alarm grew at the cat’s +persistence, and more than once she repeated her warning; but the +American always laughed with amusement, till finally, seeing that she +was beginning to be worried, he said: + +“I say, ma’am, you needn’t be skeered over that cat. I go heeled, I +du!” Here he slapped his pistol pocket at the back of his lumbar +region. “Why sooner’n have you worried, I’ll shoot the critter, right +here, an’ risk the police interferin’ with a citizen of the United +States for carryin’ arms contrairy to reg’lations!” As he spoke he +looked over the wall, but the cat on seeing him, retreated, with a +growl, into a bed of tall flowers, and was hidden. He went on: “Blest +if that ar critter ain’t got more sense of what’s good for her than +most Christians. I guess we’ve seen the last of her! You bet, she’ll go +back now to that busted kitten and have a private funeral of it, all to +herself!” + +Amelia did not like to say more, lest he might, in mistaken kindness to +her, fulfil his threat of shooting the cat: and so we went on and +crossed the little wooden bridge leading to the gateway whence ran the +steep paved roadway between the Burg and the pentagonal Torture Tower. +As we crossed the bridge we saw the cat again down below us. When she +saw us her fury seemed to return, and she made frantic efforts to get +up the steep wall. Hutcheson laughed as he looked down at her, and +said: + +“Goodbye, old girl. Sorry I injured your feelin’s, but you’ll get over +it in time! So long!” And then we passed through the long, dim archway +and came to the gate of the Burg. + +When we came out again after our survey of this most beautiful old +place which not even the well-intentioned efforts of the Gothic +restorers of forty years ago have been able to spoil—though their +restoration was then glaring white—we seemed to have quite forgotten +the unpleasant episode of the morning. The old lime tree with its great +trunk gnarled with the passing of nearly nine centuries, the deep well +cut through the heart of the rock by those captives of old, and the +lovely view from the city wall whence we heard, spread over almost a +full quarter of an hour, the multitudinous chimes of the city, had all +helped to wipe out from our minds the incident of the slain kitten. + +We were the only visitors who had entered the Torture Tower that +morning—so at least said the old custodian—and as we had the place all +to ourselves were able to make a minute and more satisfactory survey +than would have otherwise been possible. The custodian, looking to us +as the sole source of his gains for the day, was willing to meet our +wishes in any way. The Torture Tower is truly a grim place, even now +when many thousands of visitors have sent a stream of life, and the joy +that follows life, into the place; but at the time I mention it wore +its grimmest and most gruesome aspect. The dust of ages seemed to have +settled on it, and the darkness and the horror of its memories seem to +have become sentient in a way that would have satisfied the Pantheistic +souls of Philo or Spinoza. The lower chamber where we entered was +seemingly, in its normal state, filled with incarnate darkness; even +the hot sunlight streaming in through the door seemed to be lost in the +vast thickness of the walls, and only showed the masonry rough as when +the builder’s scaffolding had come down, but coated with dust and +marked here and there with patches of dark stain which, if walls could +speak, could have given their own dread memories of fear and pain. We +were glad to pass up the dusty wooden staircase, the custodian leaving +the outer door open to light us somewhat on our way; for to our eyes +the one long-wick’d, evil-smelling candle stuck in a sconce on the wall +gave an inadequate light. When we came up through the open trap in the +corner of the chamber overhead, Amelia held on to me so tightly that I +could actually feel her heart beat. I must say for my own part that I +was not surprised at her fear, for this room was even more gruesome +than that below. Here there was certainly more light, but only just +sufficient to realise the horrible surroundings of the place. The +builders of the tower had evidently intended that only they who should +gain the top should have any of the joys of light and prospect. There, +as we had noticed from below, were ranges of windows, albeit of +mediaeval smallness, but elsewhere in the tower were only a very few +narrow slits such as were habitual in places of mediaeval defence. A +few of these only lit the chamber, and these so high up in the wall +that from no part could the sky be seen through the thickness of the +walls. In racks, and leaning in disorder against the walls, were a +number of headsmen’s swords, great double-handed weapons with broad +blade and keen edge. Hard by were several blocks whereon the necks of +the victims had lain, with here and there deep notches where the steel +had bitten through the guard of flesh and shored into the wood. Round +the chamber, placed in all sorts of irregular ways, were many +implements of torture which made one’s heart ache to see—chairs full of +spikes which gave instant and excruciating pain; chairs and couches +with dull knobs whose torture was seemingly less, but which, though +slower, were equally efficacious; racks, belts, boots, gloves, collars, +all made for compressing at will; steel baskets in which the head could +be slowly crushed into a pulp if necessary; watchmen’s hooks with long +handle and knife that cut at resistance—this a speciality of the old +Nurnberg police system; and many, many other devices for man’s injury +to man. Amelia grew quite pale with the horror of the things, but +fortunately did not faint, for being a little overcome she sat down on +a torture chair, but jumped up again with a shriek, all tendency to +faint gone. We both pretended that it was the injury done to her dress +by the dust of the chair, and the rusty spikes which had upset her, and +Mr. Hutcheson acquiesced in accepting the explanation with a +kind-hearted laugh. + +But the central object in the whole of this chamber of horrors was the +engine known as the Iron Virgin, which stood near the centre of the +room. It was a rudely-shaped figure of a woman, something of the bell +order, or, to make a closer comparison, of the figure of Mrs. Noah in +the children’s Ark, but without that slimness of waist and perfect +_rondeur_ of hip which marks the aesthetic type of the Noah family. One +would hardly have recognised it as intended for a human figure at all +had not the founder shaped on the forehead a rude semblance of a +woman’s face. This machine was coated with rust without, and covered +with dust; a rope was fastened to a ring in the front of the figure, +about where the waist should have been, and was drawn through a pulley, +fastened on the wooden pillar which sustained the flooring above. The +custodian pulling this rope showed that a section of the front was +hinged like a door at one side; we then saw that the engine was of +considerable thickness, leaving just room enough inside for a man to be +placed. The door was of equal thickness and of great weight, for it +took the custodian all his strength, aided though he was by the +contrivance of the pulley, to open it. This weight was partly due to +the fact that the door was of manifest purpose hung so as to throw its +weight downwards, so that it might shut of its own accord when the +strain was released. The inside was honeycombed with rust—nay more, the +rust alone that comes through time would hardly have eaten so deep into +the iron walls; the rust of the cruel stains was deep indeed! It was +only, however, when we came to look at the inside of the door that the +diabolical intention was manifest to the full. Here were several long +spikes, square and massive, broad at the base and sharp at the points, +placed in such a position that when the door should close the upper +ones would pierce the eyes of the victim, and the lower ones his heart +and vitals. The sight was too much for poor Amelia, and this time she +fainted dead off, and I had to carry her down the stairs, and place her +on a bench outside till she recovered. That she felt it to the quick +was afterwards shown by the fact that my eldest son bears to this day a +rude birthmark on his breast, which has, by family consent, been +accepted as representing the Nurnberg Virgin. + +When we got back to the chamber we found Hutcheson still opposite the +Iron Virgin; he had been evidently philosophising, and now gave us the +benefit of his thought in the shape of a sort of exordium. + +“Wall, I guess I’ve been learnin’ somethin’ here while madam has been +gettin’ over her faint. “Pears to me that we’re a long way behind the +times on our side of the big drink. We uster think out on the plains +that the Injun could give us points in tryin’ to make a man +uncomfortable; but I guess your old mediaeval law-and-order party could +raise him every time. Splinters was pretty good in his bluff on the +squaw, but this here young miss held a straight flush all high on him. +The points of them spikes air sharp enough still, though even the edges +air eaten out by what uster be on them. It’d be a good thing for our +Indian section to get some specimens of this here play-toy to send +round to the Reservations jest to knock the stuffin’ out of the bucks, +and the squaws too, by showing them as how old civilisation lays over +them at their best. Guess but I’ll get in that box a minute jest to see +how it feels!” + +“Oh no! no!” said Amelia. “It is too terrible!” + +“Guess, ma’am, nothin’s too terrible to the explorin’ mind. I’ve been +in some queer places in my time. Spent a night inside a dead horse +while a prairie fire swept over me in Montana Territory—an’ another +time slept inside a dead buffler when the Comanches was on the war path +an’ I didn’t keer to leave my kyard on them. I’ve been two days in a +caved-in tunnel in the Billy Broncho gold mine in New Mexico, an’ was +one of the four shut up for three parts of a day in the caisson what +slid over on her side when we was settin’ the foundations of the +Buffalo Bridge. I’ve not funked an odd experience yet, an’ I don’t +propose to begin now!” + +We saw that he was set on the experiment, so I said: “Well, hurry up, +old man, and get through it quick!” + +“All right, General,” said he, “but I calculate we ain’t quite ready +yet. The gentlemen, my predecessors, what stood in that thar canister, +didn’t volunteer for the office—not much! And I guess there was some +ornamental tyin’ up before the big stroke was made. I want to go into +this thing fair and square, so I must get fixed up proper first. I dare +say this old galoot can rise some string and tie me up accordin’ to +sample?” + +This was said interrogatively to the old custodian, but the latter, who +understood the drift of his speech, though perhaps not appreciating to +the full the niceties of dialect and imagery, shook his head. His +protest was, however, only formal and made to be overcome. The American +thrust a gold piece into his hand, saying: “Take it, pard! it’s your +pot; and don’t be skeer’d. This ain’t no necktie party that you’re +asked to assist in!” He produced some thin frayed rope and proceeded to +bind our companion with sufficient strictness for the purpose. When the +upper part of his body was bound, Hutcheson said: + +“Hold on a moment, Judge. Guess I’m too heavy for you to tote into the +canister. You jest let me walk in, and then you can wash up regardin’ +my legs!” + +Whilst speaking he had backed himself into the opening which was just +enough to hold him. It was a close fit and no mistake. Amelia looked on +with fear in her eyes, but she evidently did not like to say anything. +Then the custodian completed his task by tying the American’s feet +together so that he was now absolutely helpless and fixed in his +voluntary prison. He seemed to really enjoy it, and the incipient smile +which was habitual to his face blossomed into actuality as he said: + +“Guess this here Eve was made out of the rib of a dwarf! There ain’t +much room for a full-grown citizen of the United States to hustle. We +uster make our coffins more roomier in Idaho territory. Now, Judge, you +jest begin to let this door down, slow, on to me. I want to feel the +same pleasure as the other jays had when those spikes began to move +toward their eyes!” + +“Oh no! no! no!” broke in Amelia hysterically. “It is too terrible! I +can’t bear to see it!—I can’t! I can’t!” But the American was obdurate. +“Say, Colonel,” said he, “why not take Madame for a little promenade? I +wouldn’t hurt her feelin’s for the world; but now that I am here, +havin’ kem eight thousand miles, wouldn’t it be too hard to give up the +very experience I’ve been pinin’ an’ pantin’ fur? A man can’t get to +feel like canned goods every time! Me and the Judge here’ll fix up this +thing in no time, an’ then you’ll come back, an’ we’ll all laugh +together!” + +Once more the resolution that is born of curiosity triumphed, and +Amelia stayed holding tight to my arm and shivering whilst the +custodian began to slacken slowly inch by inch the rope that held back +the iron door. Hutcheson’s face was positively radiant as his eyes +followed the first movement of the spikes. + +“Wall!” he said, “I guess I’ve not had enjoyment like this since I left +Noo York. Bar a scrap with a French sailor at Wapping—an’ that warn’t +much of a picnic neither—I’ve not had a show fur real pleasure in this +dod-rotted Continent, where there ain’t no b’ars nor no Injuns, an’ +wheer nary man goes heeled. Slow there, Judge! Don’t you rush this +business! I want a show for my money this game—I du!” + +The custodian must have had in him some of the blood of his +predecessors in that ghastly tower, for he worked the engine with a +deliberate and excruciating slowness which after five minutes, in which +the outer edge of the door had not moved half as many inches, began to +overcome Amelia. I saw her lips whiten, and felt her hold upon my arm +relax. I looked around an instant for a place whereon to lay her, and +when I looked at her again found that her eye had become fixed on the +side of the Virgin. Following its direction I saw the black cat +crouching out of sight. Her green eyes shone like danger lamps in the +gloom of the place, and their colour was heightened by the blood which +still smeared her coat and reddened her mouth. I cried out: + +“The cat! look out for the cat!” for even then she sprang out before +the engine. At this moment she looked like a triumphant demon. Her eyes +blazed with ferocity, her hair bristled out till she seemed twice her +normal size, and her tail lashed about as does a tiger’s when the +quarry is before it. Elias P. Hutcheson when he saw her was amused, and +his eyes positively sparkled with fun as he said: + +“Darned if the squaw hain’t got on all her war paint! Jest give her a +shove off if she comes any of her tricks on me, for I’m so fixed +everlastingly by the boss, that durn my skin if I can keep my eyes from +her if she wants them! Easy there, Judge! don’t you slack that ar rope +or I’m euchered!” + +At this moment Amelia completed her faint, and I had to clutch hold of +her round the waist or she would have fallen to the floor. Whilst +attending to her I saw the black cat crouching for a spring, and jumped +up to turn the creature out. + +But at that instant, with a sort of hellish scream, she hurled herself, +not as we expected at Hutcheson, but straight at the face of the +custodian. Her claws seemed to be tearing wildly as one sees in the +Chinese drawings of the dragon rampant, and as I looked I saw one of +them light on the poor man’s eye, and actually tear through it and down +his cheek, leaving a wide band of red where the blood seemed to spurt +from every vein. + +With a yell of sheer terror which came quicker than even his sense of +pain, the man leaped back, dropping as he did so the rope which held +back the iron door. I jumped for it, but was too late, for the cord ran +like lightning through the pulley-block, and the heavy mass fell +forward from its own weight. + +As the door closed I caught a glimpse of our poor companion’s face. He +seemed frozen with terror. His eyes stared with a horrible anguish as +if dazed, and no sound came from his lips. + +And then the spikes did their work. Happily the end was quick, for when +I wrenched open the door they had pierced so deep that they had locked +in the bones of the skull through which they had crushed, and actually +tore him—it—out of his iron prison till, bound as he was, he fell at +full length with a sickly thud upon the floor, the face turning upward +as he fell. + +I rushed to my wife, lifted her up and carried her out, for I feared +for her very reason if she should wake from her faint to such a scene. +I laid her on the bench outside and ran back. Leaning against the +wooden column was the custodian moaning in pain whilst he held his +reddening handkerchief to his eyes. And sitting on the head of the poor +American was the cat, purring loudly as she licked the blood which +trickled through the gashed socket of his eyes. + +I think no one will call me cruel because I seized one of the old +executioner’s swords and shore her in two as she sat. + + + + +The Secret of the Growing Gold + + +When Margaret Delandre went to live at Brent’s Rock the whole +neighbourhood awoke to the pleasure of an entirely new scandal. +Scandals in connection with either the Delandre family or the Brents of +Brent’s Rock, were not few; and if the secret history of the county had +been written in full both names would have been found well represented. +It is true that the status of each was so different that they might +have belonged to different continents—or to different worlds for the +matter of that—for hitherto their orbits had never crossed. The Brents +were accorded by the whole section of the country a unique social +dominance, and had ever held themselves as high above the yeoman class +to which Margaret Delandre belonged, as a blue-blooded Spanish hidalgo +out-tops his peasant tenantry. + +The Delandres had an ancient record and were proud of it in their way +as the Brents were of theirs. But the family had never risen above +yeomanry; and although they had been once well-to-do in the good old +times of foreign wars and protection, their fortunes had withered under +the scorching of the free trade sun and the “piping times of peace.” +They had, as the elder members used to assert, “stuck to the land”, +with the result that they had taken root in it, body and soul. In fact, +they, having chosen the life of vegetables, had flourished as +vegetation does—blossomed and thrived in the good season and suffered +in the bad. Their holding, Dander’s Croft, seemed to have been worked +out, and to be typical of the family which had inhabited it. The latter +had declined generation after generation, sending out now and again +some abortive shoot of unsatisfied energy in the shape of a soldier or +sailor, who had worked his way to the minor grades of the services and +had there stopped, cut short either from unheeding gallantry in action +or from that destroying cause to men without breeding or youthful +care—the recognition of a position above them which they feel unfitted +to fill. So, little by little, the family dropped lower and lower, the +men brooding and dissatisfied, and drinking themselves into the grave, +the women drudging at home, or marrying beneath them—or worse. In +process of time all disappeared, leaving only two in the Croft, Wykham +Delandre and his sister Margaret. The man and woman seemed to have +inherited in masculine and feminine form respectively the evil tendency +of their race, sharing in common the principles, though manifesting +them in different ways, of sullen passion, voluptuousness and +recklessness. + +The history of the Brents had been something similar, but showing the +causes of decadence in their aristocratic and not their plebeian forms. +They, too, had sent their shoots to the wars; but their positions had +been different and they had often attained honour—for without flaw they +were gallant, and brave deeds were done by them before the selfish +dissipation which marked them had sapped their vigour. + +The present head of the family—if family it could now be called when +one remained of the direct line—was Geoffrey Brent. He was almost a +type of worn out race, manifesting in some ways its most brilliant +qualities, and in others its utter degradation. He might be fairly +compared with some of those antique Italian nobles whom the painters +have preserved to us with their courage, their unscrupulousness, their +refinement of lust and cruelty—the voluptuary actual with the fiend +potential. He was certainly handsome, with that dark, aquiline, +commanding beauty which women so generally recognise as dominant. With +men he was distant and cold; but such a bearing never deters womankind. +The inscrutable laws of sex have so arranged that even a timid woman is +not afraid of a fierce and haughty man. And so it was that there was +hardly a woman of any kind or degree, who lived within view of Brent’s +Rock, who did not cherish some form of secret admiration for the +handsome wastrel. The category was a wide one, for Brent’s Rock rose up +steeply from the midst of a level region and for a circuit of a hundred +miles it lay on the horizon, with its high old towers and steep roofs +cutting the level edge of wood and hamlet, and far-scattered mansions. + +So long as Geoffrey Brent confined his dissipations to London and Paris +and Vienna—anywhere out of sight and sound of his home—opinion was +silent. It is easy to listen to far off echoes unmoved, and we can +treat them with disbelief, or scorn, or disdain, or whatever attitude +of coldness may suit our purpose. But when the scandal came close home +it was another matter; and the feelings of independence and integrity +which is in people of every community which is not utterly spoiled, +asserted itself and demanded that condemnation should be expressed. +Still there was a certain reticence in all, and no more notice was +taken of the existing facts than was absolutely necessary. Margaret +Delandre bore herself so fearlessly and so openly—she accepted her +position as the justified companion of Geoffrey Brent so naturally that +people came to believe that she was secretly married to him, and +therefore thought it wiser to hold their tongues lest time should +justify her and also make her an active enemy. + +The one person who, by his interference, could have settled all doubts +was debarred by circumstances from interfering in the matter. Wykham +Delandre had quarrelled with his sister—or perhaps it was that she had +quarrelled with him—and they were on terms not merely of armed +neutrality but of bitter hatred. The quarrel had been antecedent to +Margaret going to Brent’s Rock. She and Wykham had almost come to +blows. There had certainly been threats on one side and on the other; +and in the end Wykham, overcome with passion, had ordered his sister to +leave his house. She had risen straightway, and, without waiting to +pack up even her own personal belongings, had walked out of the house. +On the threshold she had paused for a moment to hurl a bitter threat at +Wykham that he would rue in shame and despair to the last hour of his +life his act of that day. Some weeks had since passed; and it was +understood in the neighbourhood that Margaret had gone to London, when +she suddenly appeared driving out with Geoffrey Brent, and the entire +neighbourhood knew before nightfall that she had taken up her abode at +the Rock. It was no subject of surprise that Brent had come back +unexpectedly, for such was his usual custom. Even his own servants +never knew when to expect him, for there was a private door, of which +he alone had the key, by which he sometimes entered without anyone in +the house being aware of his coming. This was his usual method of +appearing after a long absence. + +Wykham Delandre was furious at the news. He vowed vengeance—and to keep +his mind level with his passion drank deeper than ever. He tried +several times to see his sister, but she contemptuously refused to meet +him. He tried to have an interview with Brent and was refused by him +also. Then he tried to stop him in the road, but without avail, for +Geoffrey was not a man to be stopped against his will. Several actual +encounters took place between the two men, and many more were +threatened and avoided. At last Wykham Delandre settled down to a +morose, vengeful acceptance of the situation. + +Neither Margaret nor Geoffrey was of a pacific temperament, and it was +not long before there began to be quarrels between them. One thing +would lead to another, and wine flowed freely at Brent’s Rock. Now and +again the quarrels would assume a bitter aspect, and threats would be +exchanged in uncompromising language that fairly awed the listening +servants. But such quarrels generally ended where domestic altercations +do, in reconciliation, and in a mutual respect for the fighting +qualities proportionate to their manifestation. Fighting for its own +sake is found by a certain class of persons, all the world over, to be +a matter of absorbing interest, and there is no reason to believe that +domestic conditions minimise its potency. Geoffrey and Margaret made +occasional absences from Brent’s Rock, and on each of these occasions +Wykham Delandre also absented himself; but as he generally heard of the +absence too late to be of any service, he returned home each time in a +more bitter and discontented frame of mind than before. + +At last there came a time when the absence from Brent’s Rock became +longer than before. Only a few days earlier there had been a quarrel, +exceeding in bitterness anything which had gone before; but this, too, +had been made up, and a trip on the Continent had been mentioned before +the servants. After a few days Wykham Delandre also went away, and it +was some weeks before he returned. It was noticed that he was full of +some new importance—satisfaction, exaltation—they hardly knew how to +call it. He went straightway to Brent’s Rock, and demanded to see +Geoffrey Brent, and on being told that he had not yet returned, said, +with a grim decision which the servants noted: + +“I shall come again. My news is solid—it can wait!” and turned away. +Week after week went by, and month after month; and then there came a +rumour, certified later on, that an accident had occurred in the +Zermatt valley. Whilst crossing a dangerous pass the carriage +containing an English lady and the driver had fallen over a precipice, +the gentleman of the party, Mr. Geoffrey Brent, having been fortunately +saved as he had been walking up the hill to ease the horses. He gave +information, and search was made. The broken rail, the excoriated +roadway, the marks where the horses had struggled on the decline before +finally pitching over into the torrent—all told the sad tale. It was a +wet season, and there had been much snow in the winter, so that the +river was swollen beyond its usual volume, and the eddies of the stream +were packed with ice. All search was made, and finally the wreck of the +carriage and the body of one horse were found in an eddy of the river. +Later on the body of the driver was found on the sandy, torrent-swept +waste near Täsch; but the body of the lady, like that of the other +horse, had quite disappeared, and was—what was left of it by that +time—whirling amongst the eddies of the Rhone on its way down to the +Lake of Geneva. + +Wykham Delandre made all the enquiries possible, but could not find any +trace of the missing woman. He found, however, in the books of the +various hotels the name of “Mr. and Mrs. Geoffrey Brent”. And he had a +stone erected at Zermatt to his sister’s memory, under her married +name, and a tablet put up in the church at Bretten, the parish in which +both Brent’s Rock and Dander’s Croft were situated. + +There was a lapse of nearly a year, after the excitement of the matter +had worn away, and the whole neighbourhood had gone on its accustomed +way. Brent was still absent, and Delandre more drunken, more morose, +and more revengeful than before. + +Then there was a new excitement. Brent’s Rock was being made ready for +a new mistress. It was officially announced by Geoffrey himself in a +letter to the Vicar, that he had been married some months before to an +Italian lady, and that they were then on their way home. Then a small +army of workmen invaded the house; and hammer and plane sounded, and a +general air of size and paint pervaded the atmosphere. One wing of the +old house, the south, was entirely re-done; and then the great body of +the workmen departed, leaving only materials for the doing of the old +hall when Geoffrey Brent should have returned, for he had directed that +the decoration was only to be done under his own eyes. He had brought +with him accurate drawings of a hall in the house of his bride’s +father, for he wished to reproduce for her the place to which she had +been accustomed. As the moulding had all to be re-done, some +scaffolding poles and boards were brought in and laid on one side of +the great hall, and also a great wooden tank or box for mixing the +lime, which was laid in bags beside it. + +When the new mistress of Brent’s Rock arrived the bells of the church +rang out, and there was a general jubilation. She was a beautiful +creature, full of the poetry and fire and passion of the South; and the +few English words which she had learned were spoken in such a sweet and +pretty broken way that she won the hearts of the people almost as much +by the music of her voice as by the melting beauty of her dark eyes. + +Geoffrey Brent seemed more happy than he had ever before appeared; but +there was a dark, anxious look on his face that was new to those who +knew him of old, and he started at times as though at some noise that +was unheard by others. + +And so months passed and the whisper grew that at last Brent’s Rock was +to have an heir. Geoffrey was very tender to his wife, and the new bond +between them seemed to soften him. He took more interest in his tenants +and their needs than he had ever done; and works of charity on his part +as well as on his sweet young wife’s were not lacking. He seemed to +have set all his hopes on the child that was coming, and as he looked +deeper into the future the dark shadow that had come over his face +seemed to die gradually away. + +All the time Wykham Delandre nursed his revenge. Deep in his heart had +grown up a purpose of vengeance which only waited an opportunity to +crystallise and take a definite shape. His vague idea was somehow +centred in the wife of Brent, for he knew that he could strike him best +through those he loved, and the coming time seemed to hold in its womb +the opportunity for which he longed. One night he sat alone in the +living-room of his house. It had once been a handsome room in its way, +but time and neglect had done their work and it was now little better +than a ruin, without dignity or picturesqueness of any kind. He had +been drinking heavily for some time and was more than half stupefied. +He thought he heard a noise as of someone at the door and looked up. +Then he called half savagely to come in; but there was no response. +With a muttered blasphemy he renewed his potations. Presently he forgot +all around him, sank into a daze, but suddenly awoke to see standing +before him someone or something like a battered, ghostly edition of his +sister. For a few moments there came upon him a sort of fear. The woman +before him, with distorted features and burning eyes seemed hardly +human, and the only thing that seemed a reality of his sister, as she +had been, was her wealth of golden hair, and this was now streaked with +grey. She eyed her brother with a long, cold stare; and he, too, as he +looked and began to realise the actuality of her presence, found the +hatred of her which he had had, once again surging up in his heart. All +the brooding passion of the past year seemed to find a voice at once as +he asked her: + +“Why are you here? You’re dead and buried.” + +“I am here, Wykham Delandre, for no love of you, but because I hate +another even more than I do you!” A great passion blazed in her eyes. + +“Him?” he asked, in so fierce a whisper that even the woman was for an +instant startled till she regained her calm. + +“Yes, him!” she answered. “But make no mistake, my revenge is my own; +and I merely use you to help me to it.” Wykham asked suddenly: + +“Did he marry you?” + +The woman’s distorted face broadened out in a ghastly attempt at a +smile. It was a hideous mockery, for the broken features and seamed +scars took strange shapes and strange colours, and queer lines of white +showed out as the straining muscles pressed on the old cicatrices. + +“So you would like to know! It would please your pride to feel that +your sister was truly married! Well, you shall not know. That was my +revenge on you, and I do not mean to change it by a hair’s breadth. I +have come here tonight simply to let you know that I am alive, so that +if any violence be done me where I am going there may be a witness.” + +“Where are you going?” demanded her brother. + +“That is my affair! and I have not the least intention of letting you +know!” Wykham stood up, but the drink was on him and he reeled and +fell. As he lay on the floor he announced his intention of following +his sister; and with an outburst of splenetic humour told her that he +would follow her through the darkness by the light of her hair, and of +her beauty. At this she turned on him, and said that there were others +beside him that would rue her hair and her beauty too. “As he will,” +she hissed; “for the hair remains though the beauty be gone. When he +withdrew the lynch-pin and sent us over the precipice into the torrent, +he had little thought of my beauty. Perhaps his beauty would be scarred +like mine were he whirled, as I was, among the rocks of the Visp, and +frozen on the ice pack in the drift of the river. But let him beware! +His time is coming!” and with a fierce gesture she flung open the door +and passed out into the night. + +Later on that night, Mrs. Brent, who was but half-asleep, became +suddenly awake and spoke to her husband: + +“Geoffrey, was not that the click of a lock somewhere below our +window?” + +But Geoffrey—though she thought that he, too, had started at the +noise—seemed sound asleep, and breathed heavily. Again Mrs. Brent +dozed; but this time awoke to the fact that her husband had arisen and +was partially dressed. He was deadly pale, and when the light of the +lamp which he had in his hand fell on his face, she was frightened at +the look in his eyes. + +“What is it, Geoffrey? What dost thou?” she asked. + +“Hush! little one,” he answered, in a strange, hoarse voice. “Go to +sleep. I am restless, and wish to finish some work I left undone.” + +“Bring it here, my husband,” she said; “I am lonely and I fear when +thou art away.” + +For reply he merely kissed her and went out, closing the door behind +him. She lay awake for awhile, and then nature asserted itself, and she +slept. + +Suddenly she started broad awake with the memory in her ears of a +smothered cry from somewhere not far off. She jumped up and ran to the +door and listened, but there was no sound. She grew alarmed for her +husband, and called out: “Geoffrey! Geoffrey!” + +After a few moments the door of the great hall opened, and Geoffrey +appeared at it, but without his lamp. + +“Hush!” he said, in a sort of whisper, and his voice was harsh and +stern. “Hush! Get to bed! I am working, and must not be disturbed. Go +to sleep, and do not wake the house!” + +With a chill in her heart—for the harshness of her husband’s voice was +new to her—she crept back to bed and lay there trembling, too +frightened to cry, and listened to every sound. There was a long pause +of silence, and then the sound of some iron implement striking muffled +blows! Then there came a clang of a heavy stone falling, followed by a +muffled curse. Then a dragging sound, and then more noise of stone on +stone. She lay all the while in an agony of fear, and her heart beat +dreadfully. She heard a curious sort of scraping sound; and then there +was silence. Presently the door opened gently, and Geoffrey appeared. +His wife pretended to be asleep; but through her eyelashes she saw him +wash from his hands something white that looked like lime. + +In the morning he made no allusion to the previous night, and she was +afraid to ask any question. + +From that day there seemed some shadow over Geoffrey Brent. He neither +ate nor slept as he had been accustomed, and his former habit of +turning suddenly as though someone were speaking from behind him +revived. The old hall seemed to have some kind of fascination for him. +He used to go there many times in the day, but grew impatient if +anyone, even his wife, entered it. When the builder’s foreman came to +inquire about continuing his work Geoffrey was out driving; the man +went into the hall, and when Geoffrey returned the servant told him of +his arrival and where he was. With a frightful oath he pushed the +servant aside and hurried up to the old hall. The workman met him +almost at the door; and as Geoffrey burst into the room he ran against +him. The man apologised: + +“Beg pardon, sir, but I was just going out to make some enquiries. I +directed twelve sacks of lime to be sent here, but I see there are only +ten.” + +“Damn the ten sacks and the twelve too!” was the ungracious and +incomprehensible rejoinder. + +The workman looked surprised, and tried to turn the conversation. + +“I see, sir, there is a little matter which our people must have done; +but the governor will of course see it set right at his own cost.” + +“What do you mean?” + +“That “ere “arth-stone, sir: Some idiot must have put a scaffold pole +on it and cracked it right down the middle, and it’s thick enough you’d +think to stand hanythink.” Geoffrey was silent for quite a minute, and +then said in a constrained voice and with much gentler manner: + +“Tell your people that I am not going on with the work in the hall at +present. I want to leave it as it is for a while longer.” + +“All right sir. I’ll send up a few of our chaps to take away these +poles and lime bags and tidy the place up a bit.” + +“No! No!” said Geoffrey, “leave them where they are. I shall send and +tell you when you are to get on with the work.” So the foreman went +away, and his comment to his master was: + +“I’d send in the bill, sir, for the work already done. “Pears to me +that money’s a little shaky in that quarter.” + +Once or twice Delandre tried to stop Brent on the road, and, at last, +finding that he could not attain his object rode after the carriage, +calling out: + +“What has become of my sister, your wife?” Geoffrey lashed his horses +into a gallop, and the other, seeing from his white face and from his +wife’s collapse almost into a faint that his object was attained, rode +away with a scowl and a laugh. + +That night when Geoffrey went into the hall he passed over to the great +fireplace, and all at once started back with a smothered cry. Then with +an effort he pulled himself together and went away, returning with a +light. He bent down over the broken hearth-stone to see if the +moonlight falling through the storied window had in any way deceived +him. Then with a groan of anguish he sank to his knees. + +There, sure enough, through the crack in the broken stone were +protruding a multitude of threads of golden hair just tinged with grey! + +He was disturbed by a noise at the door, and looking round, saw his +wife standing in the doorway. In the desperation of the moment he took +action to prevent discovery, and lighting a match at the lamp, stooped +down and burned away the hair that rose through the broken stone. Then +rising nonchalantly as he could, he pretended surprise at seeing his +wife beside him. + +For the next week he lived in an agony; for, whether by accident or +design, he could not find himself alone in the hall for any length of +time. At each visit the hair had grown afresh through the crack, and he +had to watch it carefully lest his terrible secret should be +discovered. He tried to find a receptacle for the body of the murdered +woman outside the house, but someone always interrupted him; and once, +when he was coming out of the private doorway, he was met by his wife, +who began to question him about it, and manifested surprise that she +should not have before noticed the key which he now reluctantly showed +her. Geoffrey dearly and passionately loved his wife, so that any +possibility of her discovering his dread secrets, or even of doubting +him, filled him with anguish; and after a couple of days had passed, he +could not help coming to the conclusion that, at least, she suspected +something. + +That very evening she came into the hall after her drive and found him +there sitting moodily by the deserted fireplace. She spoke to him +directly. + +“Geoffrey, I have been spoken to by that fellow Delandre, and he says +horrible things. He tells to me that a week ago his sister returned to +his house, the wreck and ruin of her former self, with only her golden +hair as of old, and announced some fell intention. He asked me where +she is—and oh, Geoffrey, she is dead, she is dead! So how can she have +returned? Oh! I am in dread, and I know not where to turn!” + +For answer, Geoffrey burst into a torrent of blasphemy which made her +shudder. He cursed Delandre and his sister and all their kind, and in +especial he hurled curse after curse on her golden hair. + +“Oh, hush! hush!” she said, and was then silent, for she feared her +husband when she saw the evil effect of his humour. Geoffrey in the +torrent of his anger stood up and moved away from the hearth; but +suddenly stopped as he saw a new look of terror in his wife’s eyes. He +followed their glance, and then he too, shuddered—for there on the +broken hearth-stone lay a golden streak as the point of the hair rose +though the crack. + +“Look, look!” she shrieked. “Is it some ghost of the dead! Come +away—come away!” and seizing her husband by the wrist with the frenzy +of madness, she pulled him from the room. + +That night she was in a raging fever. The doctor of the district +attended her at once, and special aid was telegraphed for to London. +Geoffrey was in despair, and in his anguish at the danger of his young +wife almost forgot his own crime and its consequences. In the evening +the doctor had to leave to attend to others; but he left Geoffrey in +charge of his wife. His last words were: + +“Remember, you must humour her till I come in the morning, or till some +other doctor has her case in hand. What you have to dread is another +attack of emotion. See that she is kept warm. Nothing more can be +done.” + +Late in the evening, when the rest of the household had retired, +Geoffrey’s wife got up from her bed and called to her husband. + +“Come!” she said. “Come to the old hall! I know where the gold comes +from! I want to see it grow!” + +Geoffrey would fain have stopped her, but he feared for her life or +reason on the one hand, and lest in a paroxysm she should shriek out +her terrible suspicion, and seeing that it was useless to try to +prevent her, wrapped a warm rug around her and went with her to the old +hall. When they entered, she turned and shut the door and locked it. + +“We want no strangers amongst us three tonight!” she whispered with a +wan smile. + +“We three! nay we are but two,” said Geoffrey with a shudder; he feared +to say more. + +“Sit here,” said his wife as she put out the light. “Sit here by the +hearth and watch the gold growing. The silver moonlight is jealous! +See, it steals along the floor towards the gold—our gold!” Geoffrey +looked with growing horror, and saw that during the hours that had +passed the golden hair had protruded further through the broken +hearth-stone. He tried to hide it by placing his feet over the broken +place; and his wife, drawing her chair beside him, leant over and laid +her head on his shoulder. + +“Now do not stir, dear,” she said; “let us sit still and watch. We +shall find the secret of the growing gold!” He passed his arm round her +and sat silent; and as the moonlight stole along the floor she sank to +sleep. + +He feared to wake her; and so sat silent and miserable as the hours +stole away. + +Before his horror-struck eyes the golden-hair from the broken stone +grew and grew; and as it increased, so his heart got colder and colder, +till at last he had not power to stir, and sat with eyes full of terror +watching his doom. + + +In the morning when the London doctor came, neither Geoffrey nor his +wife could be found. Search was made in all the rooms, but without +avail. As a last resource the great door of the old hall was broken +open, and those who entered saw a grim and sorry sight. + +There by the deserted hearth Geoffrey Brent and his young wife sat cold +and white and dead. Her face was peaceful, and her eyes were closed in +sleep; but his face was a sight that made all who saw it shudder, for +there was on it a look of unutterable horror. The eyes were open and +stared glassily at his feet, which were twined with tresses of golden +hair, streaked with grey, which came through the broken hearth-stone. + + + + +The Gipsy Prophecy + + +“I really think,” said the Doctor, “that, at any rate, one of us should +go and try whether or not the thing is an imposture.” + +“Good!” said Considine. “After dinner we will take our cigars and +stroll over to the camp.” + +Accordingly, when the dinner was over, and the _La Tour_ finished, +Joshua Considine and his friend, Dr Burleigh, went over to the east +side of the moor, where the gipsy encampment lay. As they were leaving, +Mary Considine, who had walked as far as the end of the garden where it +opened into the laneway, called after her husband: + +“Mind, Joshua, you are to give them a fair chance, but don’t give them +any clue to a fortune—and don’t you get flirting with any of the gipsy +maidens—and take care to keep Gerald out of harm.” + +For answer Considine held up his hand, as if taking a stage oath, and +whistled the air of the old song, “The Gipsy Countess.” Gerald joined +in the strain, and then, breaking into merry laughter, the two men +passed along the laneway to the common, turning now and then to wave +their hands to Mary, who leaned over the gate, in the twilight, looking +after them. + +It was a lovely evening in the summer; the very air was full of rest +and quiet happiness, as though an outward type of the peacefulness and +joy which made a heaven of the home of the young married folk. +Considine’s life had not been an eventful one. The only disturbing +element which he had ever known was in his wooing of Mary Winston, and +the long-continued objection of her ambitious parents, who expected a +brilliant match for their only daughter. When Mr. and Mrs. Winston had +discovered the attachment of the young barrister, they had tried to +keep the young people apart by sending their daughter away for a long +round of visits, having made her promise not to correspond with her +lover during her absence. Love, however, had stood the test. Neither +absence nor neglect seemed to cool the passion of the young man, and +jealousy seemed a thing unknown to his sanguine nature; so, after a +long period of waiting, the parents had given in, and the young folk +were married. + +They had been living in the cottage a few months, and were just +beginning to feel at home. Gerald Burleigh, Joshua’s old college chum, +and himself a sometime victim of Mary’s beauty, had arrived a week +before, to stay with them for as long a time as he could tear himself +away from his work in London. + +When her husband had quite disappeared Mary went into the house, and, +sitting down at the piano, gave an hour to Mendelssohn. + +It was but a short walk across the common, and before the cigars +required renewing the two men had reached the gipsy camp. The place was +as picturesque as gipsy camps—when in villages and when business is +good—usually are. There were some few persons round the fire, investing +their money in prophecy, and a large number of others, poorer or more +parsimonious, who stayed just outside the bounds but near enough to see +all that went on. + +As the two gentlemen approached, the villagers, who knew Joshua, made +way a little, and a pretty, keen-eyed gipsy girl tripped up and asked +to tell their fortunes. Joshua held out his hand, but the girl, without +seeming to see it, stared at his face in a very odd manner. Gerald +nudged him: + +“You must cross her hand with silver,” he said. “It is one of the most +important parts of the mystery.” Joshua took from his pocket a +half-crown and held it out to her, but, without looking at it, she +answered: + +“You have to cross the gipsy’s hand with gold.” + +Gerald laughed. “You are at a premium as a subject,” he said. Joshua +was of the kind of man—the universal kind—who can tolerate being stared +at by a pretty girl; so, with some little deliberation, he answered: + +“All right; here you are, my pretty girl; but you must give me a real +good fortune for it,” and he handed her a half sovereign, which she +took, saying: + +“It is not for me to give good fortune or bad, but only to read what +the Stars have said.” She took his right hand and turned it palm +upward; but the instant her eyes met it she dropped it as though it had +been red hot, and, with a startled look, glided swiftly away. Lifting +the curtain of the large tent, which occupied the centre of the camp, +she disappeared within. + +“Sold again!” said the cynical Gerald. Joshua stood a little amazed, +and not altogether satisfied. They both watched the large tent. In a +few moments there emerged from the opening not the young girl, but a +stately looking woman of middle age and commanding presence. + +The instant she appeared the whole camp seemed to stand still. The +clamour of tongues, the laughter and noise of the work were, for a +second or two, arrested, and every man or woman who sat, or crouched, +or lay, stood up and faced the imperial looking gipsy. + +“The Queen, of course,” murmured Gerald. “We are in luck tonight.” The +gipsy Queen threw a searching glance around the camp, and then, without +hesitating an instant, came straight over and stood before Joshua. + +“Hold out your hand,” she said in a commanding tone. + +Again Gerald spoke, _sotto voce_: “I have not been spoken to in that +way since I was at school.” + +“Your hand must be crossed with gold.” + +“A hundred per cent. at this game,” whispered Gerald, as Joshua laid +another half sovereign on his upturned palm. + +The gipsy looked at the hand with knitted brows; then suddenly looking +up into his face, said: + +“Have you a strong will—have you a true heart that can be brave for one +you love?” + +“I hope so; but I am afraid I have not vanity enough to say ‘yes’.” + +“Then I will answer for you; for I read resolution in your +face—resolution desperate and determined if need be. You have a wife +you love?” + +“Yes,” emphatically. + +“Then leave her at once—never see her face again. Go from her now, +while love is fresh and your heart is free from wicked intent. Go +quick—go far, and never see her face again!” + +Joshua drew away his hand quickly, and said, “Thank you!” stiffly but +sarcastically, as he began to move away. + +“I say!” said Gerald, “you’re not going like that, old man; no use in +being indignant with the Stars or their prophet—and, moreover, your +sovereign—what of it? At least, hear the matter out.” + +“Silence, ribald!” commanded the Queen, “you know not what you do. Let +him go—and go ignorant, if he will not be warned.” + +Joshua immediately turned back. “At all events, we will see this thing +out,” he said. “Now, madam, you have given me advice, but I paid for a +fortune.” + +“Be warned!” said the gipsy. “The Stars have been silent for long; let +the mystery still wrap them round.” + +“My dear madam, I do not get within touch of a mystery every day, and I +prefer for my money knowledge rather than ignorance. I can get the +latter commodity for nothing when I want any of it.” + +Gerald echoed the sentiment. “As for me I have a large and unsaleable +stock on hand.” + +The gipsy Queen eyed the two men sternly, and then said: “As you wish. +You have chosen for yourself, and have met warning with scorn, and +appeal with levity. On your own heads be the doom!” + +“Amen!” said Gerald. + +With an imperious gesture the Queen took Joshua’s hand again, and began +to tell his fortune. + +“I see here the flowing of blood; it will flow before long; it is +running in my sight. It flows through the broken circle of a severed +ring.” + +“Go on!” said Joshua, smiling. Gerald was silent. + +“Must I speak plainer?” + +“Certainly; we commonplace mortals want something definite. The Stars +are a long way off, and their words get somewhat dulled in the +message.” + +The gipsy shuddered, and then spoke impressively. “This is the hand of +a murderer—the murderer of his wife!” She dropped the hand and turned +away. + +Joshua laughed. “Do you know,” said he, “I think if I were you I should +prophesy some jurisprudence into my system. For instance, you say ‘this +hand is the hand of a murderer.’ Well, whatever it may be in the +future—or potentially—it is at present not one. You ought to give your +prophecy in such terms as ‘the hand which will be a murderer’s’, or, +rather, ‘the hand of one who will be the murderer of his wife’. The +Stars are really not good on technical questions.” + +The gipsy made no reply of any kind, but, with drooping head and +despondent mien, walked slowly to her tent, and, lifting the curtain, +disappeared. + +Without speaking the two men turned homewards, and walked across the +moor. Presently, after some little hesitation, Gerald spoke. + +“Of course, old man, this is all a joke; a ghastly one, but still a +joke. But would it not be well to keep it to ourselves?” + +“How do you mean?” + +“Well, not tell your wife. It might alarm her.” + +“Alarm her! My dear Gerald, what are you thinking of? Why, she would +not be alarmed or afraid of me if all the gipsies that ever didn’t come +from Bohemia agreed that I was to murder her, or even to have a hard +thought of her, whilst so long as she was saying ‘Jack Robinson.’” + +Gerald remonstrated. “Old fellow, women are superstitious—far more than +we men are; and, also they are blessed—or cursed—with a nervous system +to which we are strangers. I see too much of it in my work not to +realise it. Take my advice and do not let her know, or you will +frighten her.” + +Joshua’s lips unconsciously hardened as he answered: “My dear fellow, I +would not have a secret from my wife. Why, it would be the beginning of +a new order of things between us. We have no secrets from each other. +If we ever have, then you may begin to look out for something odd +between us.” + +“Still,” said Gerald, “at the risk of unwelcome interference, I say +again be warned in time.” + +“The gipsy’s very words,” said Joshua. “You and she seem quite of one +accord. Tell me, old man, is this a put-up thing? You told me of the +gipsy camp—did you arrange it all with Her Majesty?” This was said with +an air of bantering earnestness. Gerald assured him that he only heard +of the camp that morning; but he made fun of every answer of his +friend, and, in the process of this raillery, the time passed, and they +entered the cottage. + +Mary was sitting at the piano but not playing. The dim twilight had +waked some very tender feelings in her breast, and her eyes were full +of gentle tears. When the men came in she stole over to her husband’s +side and kissed him. Joshua struck a tragic attitude. + +“Mary,” he said in a deep voice, “before you approach me, listen to the +words of Fate. The Stars have spoken and the doom is sealed.” + +“What is it, dear? Tell me the fortune, but do not frighten me.” + +“Not at all, my dear; but there is a truth which it is well that you +should know. Nay, it is necessary so that all your arrangements can be +made beforehand, and everything be decently done and in order.” + +“Go on, dear; I am listening.” + +“Mary Considine, your effigy may yet be seen at Madame Tussaud’s. The +juris-imprudent Stars have announced their fell tidings that this hand +is red with blood—your blood. Mary! Mary! my God!” He sprang forward, +but too late to catch her as she fell fainting on the floor. + +“I told you,” said Gerald. “You don’t know them as well as I do.” + +After a little while Mary recovered from her swoon, but only to fall +into strong hysterics, in which she laughed and wept and raved and +cried, “Keep him from me—from me, Joshua, my husband,” and many other +words of entreaty and of fear. + +Joshua Considine was in a state of mind bordering on agony, and when at +last Mary became calm he knelt by her and kissed her feet and hands and +hair and called her all the sweet names and said all the tender things +his lips could frame. All that night he sat by her bedside and held her +hand. Far through the night and up to the early morning she kept waking +from sleep and crying out as if in fear, till she was comforted by the +consciousness that her husband was watching beside her. + +Breakfast was late the next morning, but during it Joshua received a +telegram which required him to drive over to Withering, nearly twenty +miles. He was loth to go; but Mary would not hear of his remaining, and +so before noon he drove off in his dog-cart alone. + +When he was gone Mary retired to her room. She did not appear at lunch, +but when afternoon tea was served on the lawn under the great weeping +willow, she came to join her guest. She was looking quite recovered +from her illness of the evening before. After some casual remarks, she +said to Gerald: “Of course it was very silly about last night, but I +could not help feeling frightened. Indeed I would feel so still if I +let myself think of it. But, after all these people may only imagine +things, and I have got a test that can hardly fail to show that the +prediction is false—if indeed it be false,” she added sadly. + +“What is your plan?” asked Gerald. + +“I shall go myself to the gipsy camp, and have my fortune told by the +Queen.” + +“Capital. May I go with you?” + +“Oh, no! That would spoil it. She might know you and guess at me, and +suit her utterance accordingly. I shall go alone this afternoon.” + +When the afternoon was gone Mary Considine took her way to the gipsy +encampment. Gerald went with her as far as the near edge of the common, +and returned alone. + +Half-an-hour had hardly elapsed when Mary entered the drawing-room, +where he lay on a sofa reading. She was ghastly pale and was in a state +of extreme excitement. Hardly had she passed over the threshold when +she collapsed and sank moaning on the carpet. Gerald rushed to aid her, +but by a great effort she controlled herself and motioned him to be +silent. He waited, and his ready attention to her wish seemed to be her +best help, for, in a few minutes, she had somewhat recovered, and was +able to tell him what had passed. + +“When I got to the camp,” she said, “there did not seem to be a soul +about, I went into the centre and stood there. Suddenly a tall woman +stood beside me. ‘Something told me I was wanted!’ she said. I held out +my hand and laid a piece of silver on it. She took from her neck a +small golden trinket and laid it there also; and then, seizing the two, +threw them into the stream that ran by. Then she took my hand in hers +and spoke: ‘Naught but blood in this guilty place,’ and turned away. I +caught hold of her and asked her to tell me more. After some +hesitation, she said: ‘Alas! alas! I see you lying at your husband’s +feet, and his hands are red with blood.’” + +Gerald did not feel at all at ease, and tried to laugh it off. +“Surely,” he said, “this woman has a craze about murder.” + +“Do not laugh,” said Mary, “I cannot bear it,” and then, as if with a +sudden impulse, she left the room. + +Not long after Joshua returned, bright and cheery, and as hungry as a +hunter after his long drive. His presence cheered his wife, who seemed +much brighter, but she did not mention the episode of the visit to the +gipsy camp, so Gerald did not mention it either. As if by tacit consent +the subject was not alluded to during the evening. But there was a +strange, settled look on Mary’s face, which Gerald could not but +observe. + +In the morning Joshua came down to breakfast later than usual. Mary had +been up and about the house from an early hour; but as the time drew on +she seemed to get a little nervous and now and again threw around an +anxious look. + +Gerald could not help noticing that none of those at breakfast could +get on satisfactorily with their food. It was not altogether that the +chops were tough, but that the knives were all so blunt. Being a guest, +he, of course, made no sign; but presently saw Joshua draw his thumb +across the edge of his knife in an unconscious sort of way. At the +action Mary turned pale and almost fainted. + +After breakfast they all went out on the lawn. Mary was making up a +bouquet, and said to her husband, “Get me a few of the tea-roses, +dear.” + +Joshua pulled down a cluster from the front of the house. The stem +bent, but was too tough to break. He put his hand in his pocket to get +his knife; but in vain. “Lend me your knife, Gerald,” he said. But +Gerald had not got one, so he went into the breakfast room and took one +from the table. He came out feeling its edge and grumbling. “What on +earth has happened to all the knives—the edges seem all ground off?” +Mary turned away hurriedly and entered the house. + +Joshua tried to sever the stalk with the blunt knife as country cooks +sever the necks of fowl—as schoolboys cut twine. With a little effort +he finished the task. The cluster of roses grew thick, so he determined +to gather a great bunch. + +He could not find a single sharp knife in the sideboard where the +cutlery was kept, so he called Mary, and when she came, told her the +state of things. She looked so agitated and so miserable that he could +not help knowing the truth, and, as if astounded and hurt, asked her: + +“Do you mean to say that _you_ have done it?” + +She broke in, “Oh, Joshua, I was so afraid.” + +He paused, and a set, white look came over his face. “Mary!” said he, +“is this all the trust you have in me? I would not have believed it.” + +“Oh, Joshua! Joshua!” she cried entreatingly, “forgive me,” and wept +bitterly. + +Joshua thought a moment and then said: “I see how it is. We shall +better end this or we shall all go mad.” + +He ran into the drawing-room. + +“Where are you going?” almost screamed Mary. + +Gerald saw what he meant—that he would not be tied to blunt instruments +by the force of a superstition, and was not surprised when he saw him +come out through the French window, bearing in his hand a large Ghourka +knife, which usually lay on the centre table, and which his brother had +sent him from Northern India. It was one of those great hunting-knives +which worked such havoc, at close quarters with the enemies of the +loyal Ghourkas during the mutiny, of great weight but so evenly +balanced in the hand as to seem light, and with an edge like a razor. +With one of these knives a Ghourka can cut a sheep in two. + +When Mary saw him come out of the room with the weapon in his hand she +screamed in an agony of fright, and the hysterics of last night were +promptly renewed. + +Joshua ran toward her, and, seeing her falling, threw down the knife +and tried to catch her. + +However, he was just a second too late, and the two men cried out in +horror simultaneously as they saw her fall upon the naked blade. + +When Gerald rushed over he found that in falling her left hand had +struck the blade, which lay partly upwards on the grass. Some of the +small veins were cut through, and the blood gushed freely from the +wound. As he was tying it up he pointed out to Joshua that the wedding +ring was severed by the steel. + +They carried her fainting to the house. When, after a while, she came +out, with her arm in a sling, she was peaceful in her mind and happy. +She said to her husband: + +“The gipsy was wonderfully near the truth; too near for the real thing +ever to occur now, dear.” + +Joshua bent over and kissed the wounded hand. + + + + +The Coming of Abel Behenna + + +The little Cornish port of Pencastle was bright in the early April, +when the sun had seemingly come to stay after a long and bitter winter. +Boldly and blackly the rock stood out against a background of shaded +blue, where the sky fading into mist met the far horizon. The sea was +of true Cornish hue—sapphire, save where it became deep emerald green +in the fathomless depths under the cliffs, where the seal caves opened +their grim jaws. On the slopes the grass was parched and brown. The +spikes of furze bushes were ashy grey, but the golden yellow of their +flowers streamed along the hillside, dipping out in lines as the rock +cropped up, and lessening into patches and dots till finally it died +away all together where the sea winds swept round the jutting cliffs +and cut short the vegetation as though with an ever-working aerial +shears. The whole hillside, with its body of brown and flashes of +yellow, was just like a colossal yellow-hammer. + +The little harbour opened from the sea between towering cliffs, and +behind a lonely rock, pierced with many caves and blow-holes through +which the sea in storm time sent its thunderous voice, together with a +fountain of drifting spume. Hence, it wound westwards in a serpentine +course, guarded at its entrance by two little curving piers to left and +right. These were roughly built of dark slates placed endways and held +together with great beams bound with iron bands. Thence, it flowed up +the rocky bed of the stream whose winter torrents had of old cut out +its way amongst the hills. This stream was deep at first, with here and +there, where it widened, patches of broken rock exposed at low water, +full of holes where crabs and lobsters were to be found at the ebb of +the tide. From amongst the rocks rose sturdy posts, used for warping in +the little coasting vessels which frequented the port. Higher up, the +stream still flowed deeply, for the tide ran far inland, but always +calmly for all the force of the wildest storm was broken below. Some +quarter mile inland the stream was deep at high water, but at low tide +there were at each side patches of the same broken rock as lower down, +through the chinks of which the sweet water of the natural stream +trickled and murmured after the tide had ebbed away. Here, too, rose +mooring posts for the fishermen’s boats. At either side of the river +was a row of cottages down almost on the level of high tide. They were +pretty cottages, strongly and snugly built, with trim narrow gardens in +front, full of old-fashioned plants, flowering currants, coloured +primroses, wallflower, and stonecrop. Over the fronts of many of them +climbed clematis and wisteria. The window sides and door posts of all +were as white as snow, and the little pathway to each was paved with +light coloured stones. At some of the doors were tiny porches, whilst +at others were rustic seats cut from tree trunks or from old barrels; +in nearly every case the window ledges were filled with boxes or pots +of flowers or foliage plants. + +Two men lived in cottages exactly opposite each other across the +stream. Two men, both young, both good-looking, both prosperous, and +who had been companions and rivals from their boyhood. Abel Behenna was +dark with the gypsy darkness which the Phœnician mining wanderers left +in their track; Eric Sanson—which the local antiquarian said was a +corruption of Sagamanson—was fair, with the ruddy hue which marked the +path of the wild Norseman. These two seemed to have singled out each +other from the very beginning to work and strive together, to fight for +each other and to stand back to back in all endeavours. They had now +put the coping-stone on their Temple of Unity by falling in love with +the same girl. Sarah Trefusis was certainly the prettiest girl in +Pencastle, and there was many a young man who would gladly have tried +his fortune with her, but that there were two to contend against, and +each of these the strongest and most resolute man in the port—except +the other. The average young man thought that this was very hard, and +on account of it bore no good will to either of the three principals: +whilst the average young woman who had, lest worse should befall, to +put up with the grumbling of her sweetheart, and the sense of being +only second best which it implied, did not either, be sure, regard +Sarah with friendly eye. Thus it came, in the course of a year or so, +for rustic courtship is a slow process, that the two men and woman +found themselves thrown much together. They were all satisfied, so it +did not matter, and Sarah, who was vain and something frivolous, took +care to have her revenge on both men and women in a quiet way. When a +young woman in her “walking out” can only boast one not-quite-satisfied +young man, it is no particular pleasure to her to see her escort cast +sheep’s eyes at a better-looking girl supported by two devoted swains. + +At length there came a time which Sarah dreaded, and which she had +tried to keep distant—the time when she had to make her choice between +the two men. She liked them both, and, indeed, either of them might +have satisfied the ideas of even a more exacting girl. But her mind was +so constituted that she thought more of what she might lose, than of +what she might gain; and whenever she thought she had made up her mind +she became instantly assailed with doubts as to the wisdom of her +choice. Always the man whom she had presumably lost became endowed +afresh with a newer and more bountiful crop of advantages than had ever +arisen from the possibility of his acceptance. She promised each man +that on her birthday she would give him his answer, and that day, the +11th of April, had now arrived. The promises had been given singly and +confidentially, but each was given to a man who was not likely to +forget. Early in the morning she found both men hovering round her +door. Neither had taken the other into his confidence, and each was +simply seeking an early opportunity of getting his answer, and +advancing his suit if necessary. Damon, as a rule, does not take +Pythias with him when making a proposal; and in the heart of each man +his own affairs had a claim far above any requirements of friendship. +So, throughout the day, they kept seeing each other out. The position +was doubtless somewhat embarrassing to Sarah, and though the +satisfaction of her vanity that she should be thus adored was very +pleasing, yet there were moments when she was annoyed with both men for +being so persistent. Her only consolation at such moments was that she +saw, through the elaborate smiles of the other girls when in passing +they noticed her door thus doubly guarded, the jealousy which filled +their hearts. Sarah’s mother was a person of commonplace and sordid +ideas, and, seeing all along the state of affairs, her one intention, +persistently expressed to her daughter in the plainest words, was to so +arrange matters that Sarah should get all that was possible out of both +men. With this purpose she had cunningly kept herself as far as +possible in the background in the matter of her daughter’s wooings, and +watched in silence. At first Sarah had been indignant with her for her +sordid views; but, as usual, her weak nature gave way before +persistence, and she had now got to the stage of acceptance. She was +not surprised when her mother whispered to her in the little yard +behind the house:— + +“Go up the hillside for a while; I want to talk to these two. They’re +both red-hot for ye, and now’s the time to get things fixed!” Sarah +began a feeble remonstrance, but her mother cut her short. + +“I tell ye, girl, that my mind is made up! Both these men want ye, and +only one can have ye, but before ye choose it’ll be so arranged that +ye’ll have all that both have got! Don’t argy, child! Go up the +hillside, and when ye come back I’ll have it fixed—I see a way quite +easy!” So Sarah went up the hillside through the narrow paths between +the golden furze, and Mrs. Trefusis joined the two men in the +living-room of the little house. + +She opened the attack with the desperate courage which is in all +mothers when they think for their children, howsoever mean the thoughts +may be. + +“Ye two men, ye’re both in love with my Sarah!” + +Their bashful silence gave consent to the barefaced proposition. She +went on. + +“Neither of ye has much!” Again they tacitly acquiesced in the soft +impeachment. + +“I don’t know that either of ye could keep a wife!” Though neither said +a word their looks and bearing expressed distinct dissent. Mrs. +Trefusis went on: + +“But if ye’d put what ye both have together ye’d make a comfortable +home for one of ye—and Sarah!” She eyed the men keenly, with her +cunning eyes half shut, as she spoke; then satisfied from her scrutiny +that the idea was accepted she went on quickly, as if to prevent +argument: + +“The girl likes ye both, and mayhap it’s hard for her to choose. Why +don’t ye toss up for her? First put your money together—ye’ve each got +a bit put by, I know. Let the lucky man take the lot and trade with it +a bit, and then come home and marry her. Neither of ye’s afraid, I +suppose! And neither of ye’ll say that he won’t do that much for the +girl that ye both say ye love!” + +Abel broke the silence: + +“It don’t seem the square thing to toss for the girl! She wouldn’t like +it herself, and it doesn’t seem—seem respectful like to her—” Eric +interrupted. He was conscious that his chance was not so good as Abel’s +in case Sarah should wish to choose between them: + +“Are ye afraid of the hazard?” + +“Not me!” said Abel, boldly. Mrs. Trefusis, seeing that her idea was +beginning to work, followed up the advantage. + +“It is settled that ye put yer money together to make a home for her, +whether ye toss for her or leave it for her to choose?” + +“Yes,” said Eric quickly, and Abel agreed with equal sturdiness. Mrs. +Trefusis’ little cunning eyes twinkled. She heard Sarah’s step in the +yard, and said: + +“Well! here she comes, and I leave it to her.” And she went out. + +During her brief walk on the hillside Sarah had been trying to make up +her mind. She was feeling almost angry with both men for being the +cause of her difficulty, and as she came into the room said shortly: + +“I want to have a word with you both—come to the Flagstaff Rock, where +we can be alone.” She took her hat and went out of the house up the +winding path to the steep rock crowned with a high flagstaff, where +once the wreckers’ fire basket used to burn. This was the rock which +formed the northern jaw of the little harbour. There was only room on +the path for two abreast, and it marked the state of things pretty well +when, by a sort of implied arrangement, Sarah went first, and the two +men followed, walking abreast and keeping step. By this time, each +man’s heart was boiling with jealousy. When they came to the top of the +rock, Sarah stood against the flagstaff, and the two young men stood +opposite her. She had chosen her position with knowledge and intention, +for there was no room for anyone to stand beside her. They were all +silent for a while; then Sarah began to laugh and said:— + +“I promised the both of you to give you an answer to-day. I’ve been +thinking and thinking and thinking, till I began to get angry with you +both for plaguing me so; and even now I don’t seem any nearer than ever +I was to making up my mind.” Eric said suddenly: + +“Let us toss for it, lass!” Sarah showed no indignation whatever at the +proposition; her mother’s eternal suggestion had schooled her to the +acceptance of something of the kind, and her weak nature made it easy +to her to grasp at any way out of the difficulty. She stood with +downcast eyes idly picking at the sleeve of her dress, seeming to have +tacitly acquiesced in the proposal. Both men instinctively realising +this pulled each a coin from his pocket, spun it in the air, and +dropped his other hand over the palm on which it lay. For a few seconds +they remained thus, all silent; then Abel, who was the more thoughtful +of the men, spoke: + +“Sarah! is this good?” As he spoke he removed the upper hand from the +coin and placed the latter back in his pocket. Sarah was nettled. + +“Good or bad, it’s good enough for me! Take it or leave it as you +like,” she said, to which he replied quickly: + +“Nay lass! Aught that concerns you is good enow for me. I did but think +of you lest you might have pain or disappointment hereafter. If you +love Eric better nor me, in God’s name say so, and I think I’m man enow +to stand aside. Likewise, if I’m the one, don’t make us both miserable +for life!” Face to face with a difficulty, Sarah’s weak nature +proclaimed itself; she put her hands before her face and began to cry, +saying— + +“It was my mother. She keeps telling me!” The silence which followed +was broken by Eric, who said hotly to Abel: + +“Let the lass alone, can’t you? If she wants to choose this way, let +her. It’s good enough for me—and for you, too! She’s said it now, and +must abide by it!” Hereupon Sarah turned upon him in sudden fury, and +cried: + +“Hold your tongue! what is it to you, at any rate?” and she resumed her +crying. Eric was so flabbergasted that he had not a word to say, but +stood looking particularly foolish, with his mouth open and his hands +held out with the coin still between them. All were silent till Sarah, +taking her hands from her face laughed hysterically and said: + +“As you two can’t make up your minds, I’m going home!” and she turned +to go. + +“Stop,” said Abel, in an authoritative voice. “Eric, you hold the coin, +and I’ll cry. Now, before we settle it, let us clearly understand: the +man who wins takes all the money that we both have got, brings it to +Bristol and ships on a voyage and trades with it. Then he comes back +and marries Sarah, and they two keep all, whatever there may be, as the +result of the trading. Is this what we understand?” + +“Yes,” said Eric. + +“I’ll marry him on my next birthday,” said Sarah. Having said it the +intolerably mercenary spirit of her action seemed to strike her, and +impulsively she turned away with a bright blush. Fire seemed to sparkle +in the eyes of both men. Said Eric: “A year so be! The man that wins is +to have one year.” + +“Toss!” cried Abel, and the coin spun in the air. Eric caught it, and +again held it between his outstretched hands. + +“Heads!” cried Abel, a pallor sweeping over his face as he spoke. As he +leaned forward to look Sarah leaned forward too, and their heads almost +touched. He could feel her hair blowing on his cheek, and it thrilled +through him like fire. Eric lifted his upper hand; the coin lay with +its head up. Abel stepped forward and took Sarah in his arms. With a +curse Eric hurled the coin far into the sea. Then he leaned against the +flagstaff and scowled at the others with his hands thrust deep into his +pockets. Abel whispered wild words of passion and delight into Sarah’s +ears, and as she listened she began to believe that fortune had rightly +interpreted the wishes of her secret heart, and that she loved Abel +best. + +Presently Abel looked up and caught sight of Eric’s face as the last +ray of sunset struck it. The red light intensified the natural +ruddiness of his complexion, and he looked as though he were steeped in +blood. Abel did not mind his scowl, for now that his own heart was at +rest he could feel unalloyed pity for his friend. He stepped over +meaning to comfort him, and held out his hand, saying: + +“It was my chance, old lad. Don’t grudge it me. I’ll try to make Sarah +a happy woman, and you shall be a brother to us both!” + +“Brother be damned!” was all the answer Eric made, as he turned away. +When he had gone a few steps down the rocky path he turned and came +back. Standing before Abel and Sarah, who had their arms round each +other, he said: + +“You have a year. Make the most of it! And be sure you’re in time to +claim your wife! Be back to have your banns up in time to be married on +the 11th April. If you’re not, I tell you I shall have my banns up, and +you may get back too late.” + +“What do you mean, Eric? You are mad!” + +“No more mad than you are, Abel Behenna. You go, that’s your chance! I +stay, that’s mine! I don’t mean to let the grass grow under my feet. +Sarah cared no more for you than for me five minutes ago, and she may +come back to that five minutes after you’re gone! You won by a point +only—the game may change.” + +“The game won’t change!” said Abel shortly. “Sarah, you’ll be true to +me? You won’t marry till I return?” + +“For a year!” added Eric, quickly, “that’s the bargain.” + +“I promise for the year,” said Sarah. A dark look came over Abel’s +face, and he was about to speak, but he mastered himself and smiled. + +“I mustn’t be too hard or get angry tonight! Come, Eric! we played and +fought together. I won fairly. I played fairly all the game of our +wooing! You know that as well as I do; and now when I am going away, I +shall look to my old and true comrade to help me when I am gone!” + +“I’ll help you none,” said Eric, “so help me God!” + +“It was God helped me,” said Abel simply. + +“Then let Him go on helping you,” said Eric angrily. “The Devil is good +enough for me!” and without another word he rushed down the steep path +and disappeared behind the rocks. + +When he had gone Abel hoped for some tender passage with Sarah, but the +first remark she made chilled him. + +“How lonely it all seems without Eric!” and this note sounded till he +had left her at home—and after. + +Early on the next morning Abel heard a noise at his door, and on going +out saw Eric walking rapidly away: a small canvas bag full of gold and +silver lay on the threshold; on a small slip of paper pinned to it was +written: + +“Take the money and go. I stay. God for you! The Devil for me! Remember +the 11th of April.—ERIC SANSON.” That afternoon Abel went off to +Bristol, and a week later sailed on the _Star of the Sea_ bound for +Pahang. His money—including that which had been Eric’s—was on board in +the shape of a venture of cheap toys. He had been advised by a shrewd +old mariner of Bristol whom he knew, and who knew the ways of the +Chersonese, who predicted that every penny invested would be returned +with a shilling to boot. + +As the year wore on Sarah became more and more disturbed in her mind. +Eric was always at hand to make love to her in his own persistent, +masterful manner, and to this she did not object. Only one letter came +from Abel, to say that his venture had proved successful, and that he +had sent some two hundred pounds to the bank at Bristol, and was +trading with fifty pounds still remaining in goods for China, whither +the _Star of the Sea_ was bound and whence she would return to Bristol. +He suggested that Eric’s share of the venture should be returned to him +with his share of the profits. This proposition was treated with anger +by Eric, and as simply childish by Sarah’s mother. + +More than six months had since then elapsed, but no other letter had +come, and Eric’s hopes which had been dashed down by the letter from +Pahang, began to rise again. He perpetually assailed Sarah with an +“if!” If Abel did not return, would she then marry him? If the 11th +April went by without Abel being in the port, would she give him over? +If Abel had taken his fortune, and married another girl on the head of +it, would she marry him, Eric, as soon as the truth were known? And so +on in an endless variety of possibilities. The power of the strong will +and the determined purpose over the woman’s weaker nature became in +time manifest. Sarah began to lose her faith in Abel and to regard Eric +as a possible husband; and a possible husband is in a woman’s eye +different to all other men. A new affection for him began to arise in +her breast, and the daily familiarities of permitted courtship +furthered the growing affection. Sarah began to regard Abel as rather a +rock in the road of her life, and had it not been for her mother’s +constantly reminding her of the good fortune already laid by in the +Bristol Bank she would have tried to have shut her eyes altogether to +the fact of Abel’s existence. + +The 11th April was Saturday, so that in order to have the marriage on +that day it would be necessary that the banns should be called on +Sunday, 22nd March. From the beginning of that month Eric kept +perpetually on the subject of Abel’s absence, and his outspoken opinion +that the latter was either dead or married began to become a reality to +the woman’s mind. As the first half of the month wore on Eric became +more jubilant, and after church on the 15th he took Sarah for a walk to +the Flagstaff Rock. There he asserted himself strongly: + +“I told Abel, and you too, that if he was not here to put up his banns +in time for the eleventh, I would put up mine for the twelfth. Now the +time has come when I mean to do it. He hasn’t kept his word”—here Sarah +struck in out of her weakness and indecision: + +“He hasn’t broken it yet!” Eric ground his teeth with anger. + +“If you mean to stick up for him,” he said, as he smote his hands +savagely on the flagstaff, which sent forth a shivering murmur, “well +and good. I’ll keep my part of the bargain. On Sunday I shall give +notice of the banns, and you can deny them in the church if you will. +If Abel is in Pencastle on the eleventh, he can have them cancelled, +and his own put up; but till then, I take my course, and woe to anyone +who stands in my way!” With that he flung himself down the rocky +pathway, and Sarah could not but admire his Viking strength and spirit, +as, crossing the hill, he strode away along the cliffs towards Bude. + +During the week no news was heard of Abel, and on Saturday Eric gave +notice of the banns of marriage between himself and Sarah Trefusis. The +clergyman would have remonstrated with him, for although nothing formal +had been told to the neighbours, it had been understood since Abel’s +departure that on his return he was to marry Sarah; but Eric would not +discuss the question. + +“It is a painful subject, sir,” he said with a firmness which the +parson, who was a very young man, could not but be swayed by. “Surely +there is nothing against Sarah or me. Why should there be any bones +made about the matter?” The parson said no more, and on the next day he +read out the banns for the first time amidst an audible buzz from the +congregation. Sarah was present, contrary to custom, and though she +blushed furiously enjoyed her triumph over the other girls whose banns +had not yet come. Before the week was over she began to make her +wedding dress. Eric used to come and look at her at work and the sight +thrilled through him. He used to say all sorts of pretty things to her +at such times, and there were to both delicious moments of love-making. + +The banns were read a second time on the 29th, and Eric’s hope grew +more and more fixed though there were to him moments of acute despair +when he realised that the cup of happiness might be dashed from his +lips at any moment, right up to the last. At such times he was full of +passion—desperate and remorseless—and he ground his teeth and clenched +his hands in a wild way as though some taint of the old Berserker fury +of his ancestors still lingered in his blood. On the Thursday of that +week he looked in on Sarah and found her, amid a flood of sunshine, +putting finishing touches to her white wedding gown. His own heart was +full of gaiety, and the sight of the woman who was so soon to be his +own so occupied, filled him with a joy unspeakable, and he felt faint +with languorous ecstasy. Bending over he kissed Sarah on the mouth, and +then whispered in her rosy ear— + +“Your wedding dress, Sarah! And for me!” As he drew back to admire her +she looked up saucily, and said to him— + +“Perhaps not for you. There is more than a week yet for Abel!” and then +cried out in dismay, for with a wild gesture and a fierce oath Eric +dashed out of the house, banging the door behind him. The incident +disturbed Sarah more than she could have thought possible, for it awoke +all her fears and doubts and indecision afresh. She cried a little, and +put by her dress, and to soothe herself went out to sit for a while on +the summit of the Flagstaff Rock. When she arrived she found there a +little group anxiously discussing the weather. The sea was calm and the +sun bright, but across the sea were strange lines of darkness and +light, and close in to shore the rocks were fringed with foam, which +spread out in great white curves and circles as the currents drifted. +The wind had backed, and came in sharp, cold puffs. The blow-hole, +which ran under the Flagstaff Rock, from the rocky bay without to the +harbour within, was booming at intervals, and the seagulls were +screaming ceaselessly as they wheeled about the entrance of the port. + +“It looks bad,” she heard an old fisherman say to the coastguard. “I +seen it just like this once before, when the East Indiaman _Coromandel_ +went to pieces in Dizzard Bay!” Sarah did not wait to hear more. She +was of a timid nature where danger was concerned, and could not bear to +hear of wrecks and disasters. She went home and resumed the completion +of her dress, secretly determined to appease Eric when she should meet +him with a sweet apology—and to take the earliest opportunity of being +even with him after her marriage. The old fisherman’s weather prophecy +was justified. That night at dusk a wild storm came on. The sea rose +and lashed the western coasts from Skye to Scilly and left a tale of +disaster everywhere. The sailors and fishermen of Pencastle all turned +out on the rocks and cliffs and watched eagerly. Presently, by a flash +of lightning, a “ketch” was seen drifting under only a jib about +half-a-mile outside the port. All eyes and all glasses were +concentrated on her, waiting for the next flash, and when it came a +chorus went up that it was the _Lovely Alice_, trading between Bristol +and Penzance, and touching at all the little ports between. “God help +them!” said the harbour-master, “for nothing in this world can save +them when they are between Bude and Tintagel and the wind on shore!” +The coastguards exerted themselves, and, aided by brave hearts and +willing hands, they brought the rocket apparatus up on the summit of +the Flagstaff Rock. Then they burned blue lights so that those on board +might see the harbour opening in case they could make any effort to +reach it. They worked gallantly enough on board; but no skill or +strength of man could avail. Before many minutes were over the _Lovely +Alice_ rushed to her doom on the great island rock that guarded the +mouth of the port. The screams of those on board were faintly borne on +the tempest as they flung themselves into the sea in a last chance for +life. The blue lights were kept burning, and eager eyes peered into the +depths of the waters in case any face could be seen; and ropes were +held ready to fling out in aid. But never a face was seen, and the +willing arms rested idle. Eric was there amongst his fellows. His old +Icelandic origin was never more apparent than in that wild hour. He +took a rope, and shouted in the ear of the harbour-master: + +“I shall go down on the rock over the seal cave. The tide is running +up, and someone may drift in there!” + +“Keep back, man!” came the answer. “Are you mad? One slip on that rock +and you are lost: and no man could keep his feet in the dark on such a +place in such a tempest!” + +“Not a bit,” came the reply. “You remember how Abel Behenna saved me +there on a night like this when my boat went on the Gull Rock. He +dragged me up from the deep water in the seal cave, and now someone may +drift in there again as I did,” and he was gone into the darkness. The +projecting rock hid the light on the Flagstaff Rock, but he knew his +way too well to miss it. His boldness and sureness of foot standing to +him, he shortly stood on the great round-topped rock cut away beneath +by the action of the waves over the entrance of the seal cave, where +the water was fathomless. There he stood in comparative safety, for the +concave shape of the rock beat back the waves with their own force, and +though the water below him seemed to boil like a seething cauldron, +just beyond the spot there was a space of almost calm. The rock, too, +seemed here to shut off the sound of the gale, and he listened as well +as watched. As he stood there ready, with his coil of rope poised to +throw, he thought he heard below him, just beyond the whirl of the +water, a faint, despairing cry. He echoed it with a shout that rang +into the night. Then he waited for the flash of lightning, and as it +passed flung his rope out into the darkness where he had seen a face +rising through the swirl of the foam. The rope was caught, for he felt +a pull on it, and he shouted again in his mighty voice: + +“Tie it round your waist, and I shall pull you up.” Then when he felt +that it was fast he moved along the rock to the far side of the sea +cave, where the deep water was something stiller, and where he could +get foothold secure enough to drag the rescued man on the overhanging +rock. He began to pull, and shortly he knew from the rope taken in that +the man he was now rescuing must soon be close to the top of the rock. +He steadied himself for a moment, and drew a long breath, that he might +at the next effort complete the rescue. He had just bent his back to +the work when a flash of lightning revealed to each other the two +men—the rescuer and the rescued. + +Eric Sanson and Abel Behenna were face to face—and none knew of the +meeting save themselves; and God. + +On the instant a wave of passion swept through Eric’s heart. All his +hopes were shattered, and with the hatred of Cain his eyes looked out. +He saw in the instant of recognition the joy in Abel’s face that his +was the hand to succour him, and this intensified his hate. Whilst the +passion was on him he started back, and the rope ran out between his +hands. His moment of hate was followed by an impulse of his better +manhood, but it was too late. + +Before he could recover himself, Abel encumbered with the rope that +should have aided him, was plunged with a despairing cry back into the +darkness of the devouring sea. + +Then, feeling all the madness and the doom of Cain upon him, Eric +rushed back over the rocks, heedless of the danger and eager only for +one thing—to be amongst other people whose living noises would shut out +that last cry which seemed to ring still in his ears. When he regained +the Flagstaff Rock the men surrounded him, and through the fury of the +storm he heard the harbour-master say:— + +“We feared you were lost when we heard a cry! How white you are! Where +is your rope? Was there anyone drifted in?” + +“No one,” he shouted in answer, for he felt that he could never explain +that he had let his old comrade slip back into the sea, and at the very +place and under the very circumstances in which that comrade had saved +his own life. He hoped by one bold lie to set the matter at rest for +ever. There was no one to bear witness—and if he should have to carry +that still white face in his eyes and that despairing cry in his ears +for evermore—at least none should know of it. “No one,” he cried, more +loudly still. “I slipped on the rock, and the rope fell into the sea!” +So saying he left them, and, rushing down the steep path, gained his +own cottage and locked himself within. + +The remainder of that night he passed lying on his bed—dressed and +motionless—staring upwards, and seeming to see through the darkness a +pale face gleaming wet in the lightning, with its glad recognition +turning to ghastly despair, and to hear a cry which never ceased to +echo in his soul. + +In the morning the storm was over and all was smiling again, except +that the sea was still boisterous with its unspent fury. Great pieces +of wreck drifted into the port, and the sea around the island rock was +strewn with others. Two bodies also drifted into the harbour—one the +master of the wrecked ketch, the other a strange seaman whom no one +knew. + +Sarah saw nothing of Eric till the evening, and then he only looked in +for a minute. He did not come into the house, but simply put his head +in through the open window. + +“Well, Sarah,” he called out in a loud voice, though to her it did not +ring truly, “is the wedding dress done? Sunday week, mind! Sunday +week!” + +Sarah was glad to have the reconciliation so easy; but, womanlike, when +she saw the storm was over and her own fears groundless, she at once +repeated the cause of offence. + +“Sunday so be it,” she said without looking up, “if Abel isn’t there on +Saturday!” Then she looked up saucily, though her heart was full of +fear of another outburst on the part of her impetuous lover. But the +window was empty; Eric had taken himself off, and with a pout she +resumed her work. She saw Eric no more till Sunday afternoon, after the +banns had been called the third time, when he came up to her before all +the people with an air of proprietorship which half-pleased and +half-annoyed her. + +“Not yet, mister!” she said, pushing him away, as the other girls +giggled. “Wait till Sunday next, if you please—the day after Saturday!” +she added, looking at him saucily. The girls giggled again, and the +young men guffawed. They thought it was the snub that touched him so +that he became as white as a sheet as he turned away. But Sarah, who +knew more than they did, laughed, for she saw triumph through the spasm +of pain that overspread his face. + +The week passed uneventfully; however, as Saturday drew nigh Sarah had +occasional moments of anxiety, and as to Eric he went about at +night-time like a man possessed. He restrained himself when others were +by, but now and again he went down amongst the rocks and caves and +shouted aloud. This seemed to relieve him somewhat, and he was better +able to restrain himself for some time after. All Saturday he stayed in +his own house and never left it. As he was to be married on the morrow, +the neighbours thought it was shyness on his part, and did not trouble +or notice him. Only once was he disturbed, and that was when the chief +boatman came to him and sat down, and after a pause said: + +“Eric, I was over in Bristol yesterday. I was in the ropemaker’s +getting a coil to replace the one you lost the night of the storm, and +there I saw Michael Heavens of this place, who is a salesman there. He +told me that Abel Behenna had come home the week ere last on the _Star +of the Sea_ from Canton, and that he had lodged a sight of money in the +Bristol Bank in the name of Sarah Behenna. He told Michael so +himself—and that he had taken passage on the _Lovely Alice_ to +Pencastle. “Bear up, man,” for Eric had with a groan dropped his head +on his knees, with his face between his hands. “He was your old +comrade, I know, but you couldn’t help him. He must have gone down with +the rest that awful night. I thought I’d better tell you, lest it might +come some other way, and you might keep Sarah Trefusis from being +frightened. They were good friends once, and women take these things to +heart. It would not do to let her be pained with such a thing on her +wedding day!” Then he rose and went away, leaving Eric still sitting +disconsolately with his head on his knees. + +“Poor fellow!” murmured the chief boatman to himself; “he takes it to +heart. Well, well! right enough! They were true comrades once, and Abel +saved him!” + +The afternoon of that day, when the children had left school, they +strayed as usual on half-holidays along the quay and the paths by the +cliffs. Presently some of them came running in a state of great +excitement to the harbour, where a few men were unloading a coal ketch, +and a great many were superintending the operation. One of the children +called out: + +“There is a porpoise in the harbour mouth! We saw it come through the +blow-hole! It had a long tail, and was deep under the water!” + +“It was no porpoise,” said another; “it was a seal; but it had a long +tail! It came out of the seal cave!” The other children bore various +testimony, but on two points they were unanimous—it, whatever “it” was, +had come through the blow-hole deep under the water, and had a long, +thin tail—a tail so long that they could not see the end of it. There +was much unmerciful chaffing of the children by the men on this point, +but as it was evident that they had seen something, quite a number of +persons, young and old, male and female, went along the high paths on +either side of the harbour mouth to catch a glimpse of this new +addition to the fauna of the sea, a long-tailed porpoise or seal. The +tide was now coming in. There was a slight breeze, and the surface of +the water was rippled so that it was only at moments that anyone could +see clearly into the deep water. After a spell of watching a woman +called out that she saw something moving up the channel, just below +where she was standing. There was a stampede to the spot, but by the +time the crowd had gathered the breeze had freshened, and it was +impossible to see with any distinctness below the surface of the water. +On being questioned the woman described what she had seen, but in such +an incoherent way that the whole thing was put down as an effect of +imagination; had it not been for the children’s report she would not +have been credited at all. Her semi-hysterical statement that what she +saw was “like a pig with the entrails out” was only thought anything of +by an old coastguard, who shook his head but did not make any remark. +For the remainder of the daylight this man was seen always on the bank, +looking into the water, but always with disappointment manifest on his +face. + +Eric arose early on the next morning—he had not slept all night, and it +was a relief to him to move about in the light. He shaved himself with +a hand that did not tremble, and dressed himself in his wedding +clothes. There was a haggard look on his face, and he seemed as though +he had grown years older in the last few days. Still there was a wild, +uneasy light of triumph in his eyes, and he kept murmuring to himself +over and over again: + +“This is my wedding-day! Abel cannot claim her now—living or +dead!—living or dead! Living or dead!” He sat in his arm-chair, waiting +with an uncanny quietness for the church hour to arrive. When the bell +began to ring he arose and passed out of his house, closing the door +behind him. He looked at the river and saw the tide had just turned. In +the church he sat with Sarah and her mother, holding Sarah’s hand +tightly in his all the time, as though he feared to lose her. When the +service was over they stood up together, and were married in the +presence of the entire congregation; for no one left the church. Both +made the responses clearly—Eric’s being even on the defiant side. When +the wedding was over Sarah took her husband’s arm, and they walked away +together, the boys and younger girls being cuffed by their elders into +a decorous behaviour, for they would fain have followed close behind +their heels. + +The way from the church led down to the back of Eric’s cottage, a +narrow passage being between it and that of his next neighbour. When +the bridal couple had passed through this the remainder of the +congregation, who had followed them at a little distance, were startled +by a long, shrill scream from the bride. They rushed through the +passage and found her on the bank with wild eyes, pointing to the river +bed opposite Eric Sanson’s door. + +The falling tide had deposited there the body of Abel Behenna stark +upon the broken rocks. The rope trailing from its waist had been +twisted by the current round the mooring post, and had held it back +whilst the tide had ebbed away from it. The right elbow had fallen in a +chink in the rock, leaving the hand outstretched toward Sarah, with the +open palm upward as though it were extended to receive hers, the pale +drooping fingers open to the clasp. + +All that happened afterwards was never quite known to Sarah Sanson. +Whenever she would try to recollect there would become a buzzing in her +ears and a dimness in her eyes, and all would pass away. The only thing +that she could remember of it all—and this she never forgot—was Eric’s +breathing heavily, with his face whiter than that of the dead man, as +he muttered under his breath: + +“Devil’s help! Devil’s faith! Devil’s price!” + + + + +The Burial of the Rats + + +Leaving Paris by the Orleans road, cross the Enceinte, and, turning to +the right, you find yourself in a somewhat wild and not at all savoury +district. Right and left, before and behind, on every side rise great +heaps of dust and waste accumulated by the process of time. + +Paris has its night as well as its day life, and the sojourner who +enters his hotel in the Rue de Rivoli or the Rue St. Honore late at +night or leaves it early in the morning, can guess, in coming near +Montrouge—if he has not done so already—the purpose of those great +waggons that look like boilers on wheels which he finds halting +everywhere as he passes. + +Every city has its peculiar institutions created out of its own needs; +and one of the most notable institutions of Paris is its rag-picking +population. In the early morning—and Parisian life commences at an +early hour—may be seen in most streets standing on the pathway opposite +every court and alley and between every few houses, as still in some +American cities, even in parts of New York, large wooden boxes into +which the domestics or tenement-holders empty the accumulated dust of +the past day. Round these boxes gather and pass on, when the work is +done, to fresh fields of labour and pastures new, squalid +hungry-looking men and women, the implements of whose craft consist of +a coarse bag or basket slung over the shoulder and a little rake with +which they turn over and probe and examine in the minutest manner the +dustbins. They pick up and deposit in their baskets, by aid of their +rakes, whatever they may find, with the same facility as a Chinaman +uses his chopsticks. + +Paris is a city of centralisation—and centralisation and classification +are closely allied. In the early times, when centralisation is becoming +a fact, its forerunner is classification. All things which are similar +or analogous become grouped together, and from the grouping of groups +rises one whole or central point. We see radiating many long arms with +innumerable tentaculae, and in the centre rises a gigantic head with a +comprehensive brain and keen eyes to look on every side and ears +sensitive to hear—and a voracious mouth to swallow. + +Other cities resemble all the birds and beasts and fishes whose +appetites and digestions are normal. Paris alone is the analogical +apotheosis of the octopus. Product of centralisation carried to an _ad +absurdum_, it fairly represents the devil fish; and in no respects is +the resemblance more curious than in the similarity of the digestive +apparatus. + +Those intelligent tourists who, having surrendered their individuality +into the hands of Messrs. Cook or Gaze, “do” Paris in three days, are +often puzzled to know how it is that the dinner which in London would +cost about six shillings, can be had for three francs in a café in the +Palais Royal. They need have no more wonder if they will but consider +the classification which is a theoretic speciality of Parisian life, +and adopt all round the fact from which the chiffonier has his genesis. + +The Paris of 1850 was not like the Paris of to-day, and those who see +the Paris of Napoleon and Baron Hausseman can hardly realise the +existence of the state of things forty-five years ago. + +Amongst other things, however, which have not changed are those +districts where the waste is gathered. Dust is dust all the world over, +in every age, and the family likeness of dust-heaps is perfect. The +traveller, therefore, who visits the environs of Montrouge can go go +back in fancy without difficulty to the year 1850. + +In this year I was making a prolonged stay in Paris. I was very much in +love with a young lady who, though she returned my passion, so far +yielded to the wishes of her parents that she had promised not to see +me or to correspond with me for a year. I, too, had been compelled to +accede to these conditions under a vague hope of parental approval. +During the term of probation I had promised to remain out of the +country and not to write to my dear one until the expiration of the +year. + +Naturally the time went heavily with me. There was not one of my own +family or circle who could tell me of Alice, and none of her own folk +had, I am sorry to say, sufficient generosity to send me even an +occasional word of comfort regarding her health and well-being. I spent +six months wandering about Europe, but as I could find no satisfactory +distraction in travel, I determined to come to Paris, where, at least, +I would be within easy hail of London in case any good fortune should +call me thither before the appointed time. That “hope deferred maketh +the heart sick” was never better exemplified than in my case, for in +addition to the perpetual longing to see the face I loved there was +always with me a harrowing anxiety lest some accident should prevent me +showing Alice in due time that I had, throughout the long period of +probation, been faithful to her trust and my own love. Thus, every +adventure which I undertook had a fierce pleasure of its own, for it +was fraught with possible consequences greater than it would have +ordinarily borne. + +Like all travellers I exhausted the places of most interest in the +first month of my stay, and was driven in the second month to look for +amusement whithersoever I might. Having made sundry journeys to the +better-known suburbs, I began to see that there was a _terra +incognita_, in so far as the guide book was concerned, in the social +wilderness lying between these attractive points. Accordingly I began +to systematise my researches, and each day took up the thread of my +exploration at the place where I had on the previous day dropped it. + +In the process of time my wanderings led me near Montrouge, and I saw +that hereabouts lay the Ultima Thule of social exploration—a country as +little known as that round the source of the White Nile. And so I +determined to investigate philosophically the chiffonier—his habitat, +his life, and his means of life. + +The job was an unsavoury one, difficult of accomplishment, and with +little hope of adequate reward. However, despite reason, obstinacy +prevailed, and I entered into my new investigation with a keener energy +than I could have summoned to aid me in any investigation leading to +any end, valuable or worthy. + +One day, late in a fine afternoon, toward the end of September, I +entered the holy of holies of the city of dust. The place was evidently +the recognised abode of a number of chiffoniers, for some sort of +arrangement was manifested in the formation of the dust heaps near the +road. I passed amongst these heaps, which stood like orderly sentries, +determined to penetrate further and trace dust to its ultimate +location. + +As I passed along I saw behind the dust heaps a few forms that flitted +to and fro, evidently watching with interest the advent of any stranger +to such a place. The district was like a small Switzerland, and as I +went forward my tortuous course shut out the path behind me. + +Presently I got into what seemed a small city or community of +chiffoniers. There were a number of shanties or huts, such as may be +met with in the remote parts of the Bog of Allan—rude places with +wattled walls, plastered with mud and roofs of rude thatch made from +stable refuse—such places as one would not like to enter for any +consideration, and which even in water-colour could only look +picturesque if judiciously treated. In the midst of these huts was one +of the strangest adaptations—I cannot say habitations—I had ever seen. +An immense old wardrobe, the colossal remnant of some boudoir of +Charles VII, or Henry II, had been converted into a dwelling-house. The +double doors lay open, so that the entire ménage was open to public +view. In the open half of the wardrobe was a common sitting-room of +some four feet by six, in which sat, smoking their pipes round a +charcoal brazier, no fewer than six old soldiers of the First Republic, +with their uniforms torn and worn threadbare. Evidently they were of +the _mauvais sujet_ class; their bleary eyes and limp jaws told plainly +of a common love of absinthe; and their eyes had that haggard, worn +look of slumbering ferocity which follows hard in the wake of drink. +The other side stood as of old, with its shelves intact, save that they +were cut to half their depth, and in each shelf of which there were +six, was a bed made with rags and straw. The half-dozen of worthies who +inhabited this structure looked at me curiously as I passed; and when I +looked back after going a little way I saw their heads together in a +whispered conference. I did not like the look of this at all, for the +place was very lonely, and the men looked very, very villainous. +However, I did not see any cause for fear, and went on my way, +penetrating further and further into the Sahara. The way was tortuous +to a degree, and from going round in a series of semi-circles, as one +goes in skating with the Dutch roll, I got rather confused with regard +to the points of the compass. + +When I had penetrated a little way I saw, as I turned the corner of a +half-made heap, sitting on a heap of straw an old soldier with +threadbare coat. + +“Hallo!” said I to myself; “the First Republic is well represented here +in its soldiery.” + +As I passed him the old man never even looked up at me, but gazed on +the ground with stolid persistency. Again I remarked to myself: “See +what a life of rude warfare can do! This old man’s curiosity is a thing +of the past.” + +When I had gone a few steps, however, I looked back suddenly, and saw +that curiosity was not dead, for the veteran had raised his head and +was regarding me with a very queer expression. He seemed to me to look +very like one of the six worthies in the press. When he saw me looking +he dropped his head; and without thinking further of him I went on my +way, satisfied that there was a strange likeness between these old +warriors. + +Presently I met another old soldier in a similar manner. He, too, did +not notice me whilst I was passing. + +By this time it was getting late in the afternoon, and I began to think +of retracing my steps. Accordingly I turned to go back, but could see a +number of tracks leading between different mounds and could not +ascertain which of them I should take. In my perplexity I wanted to see +someone of whom to ask the way, but could see no one. I determined to +go on a few mounds further and so try to see someone—not a veteran. + +I gained my object, for after going a couple of hundred yards I saw +before me a single shanty such as I had seen before—with, however, the +difference that this was not one for living in, but merely a roof with +three walls open in front. From the evidences which the neighbourhood +exhibited I took it to be a place for sorting. Within it was an old +woman wrinkled and bent with age; I approached her to ask the way. + +She rose as I came close and I asked her my way. She immediately +commenced a conversation; and it occurred to me that here in the very +centre of the Kingdom of Dust was the place to gather details of the +history of Parisian rag-picking—particularly as I could do so from the +lips of one who looked like the oldest inhabitant. + +I began my inquiries, and the old woman gave me most interesting +answers—she had been one of the ceteuces who sat daily before the +guillotine and had taken an active part among the women who signalised +themselves by their violence in the revolution. While we were talking +she said suddenly: “But m’sieur must be tired standing,” and dusted a +rickety old stool for me to sit down. I hardly liked to do so for many +reasons; but the poor old woman was so civil that I did not like to run +the risk of hurting her by refusing, and moreover the conversation of +one who had been at the taking of the Bastille was so interesting that +I sat down and so our conversation went on. + +While we were talking an old man—older and more bent and wrinkled even +than the woman—appeared from behind the shanty. “Here is Pierre,” said +she. “M’sieur can hear stories now if he wishes, for Pierre was in +everything, from the Bastille to Waterloo.” The old man took another +stool at my request and we plunged into a sea of revolutionary +reminiscences. This old man, albeit clothed like a scarecrow, was like +any one of the six veterans. + +I was now sitting in the centre of the low hut with the woman on my +left hand and the man on my right, each of them being somewhat in front +of me. The place was full of all sorts of curious objects of lumber, +and of many things that I wished far away. In one corner was a heap of +rags which seemed to move from the number of vermin it contained, and +in the other a heap of bones whose odour was something shocking. Every +now and then, glancing at the heaps, I could see the gleaming eyes of +some of the rats which infested the place. These loathsome objects were +bad enough, but what looked even more dreadful was an old butcher’s axe +with an iron handle stained with clots of blood leaning up against the +wall on the right hand side. Still, these things did not give me much +concern. The talk of the two old people was so fascinating that I +stayed on and on, till the evening came and the dust heaps threw dark +shadows over the vales between them. + +After a time I began to grow uneasy. I could not tell how or why, but +somehow I did not feel satisfied. Uneasiness is an instinct and means +warning. The psychic faculties are often the sentries of the intellect, +and when they sound alarm the reason begins to act, although perhaps +not consciously. + +This was so with me. I began to bethink me where I was and by what +surrounded, and to wonder how I should fare in case I should be +attacked; and then the thought suddenly burst upon me, although without +any overt cause, that I was in danger. Prudence whispered: “Be still +and make no sign,” and so I was still and made no sign, for I knew that +four cunning eyes were on me. “Four eyes—if not more.” My God, what a +horrible thought! The whole shanty might be surrounded on three sides +with villains! I might be in the midst of a band of such desperadoes as +only half a century of periodic revolution can produce. + +With a sense of danger my intellect and observation quickened, and I +grew more watchful than was my wont. I noticed that the old woman’s +eyes were constantly wandering towards my hands. I looked at them too, +and saw the cause—my rings. On my left little finger I had a large +signet and on the right a good diamond. + +I thought that if there was any danger my first care was to avert +suspicion. Accordingly I began to work the conversation round to +rag-picking—to the drains—of the things found there; and so by easy +stages to jewels. Then, seizing a favourable opportunity, I asked the +old woman if she knew anything of such things. She answered that she +did, a little. I held out my right hand, and, showing her the diamond, +asked her what she thought of that. She answered that her eyes were +bad, and stooped over my hand. I said as nonchalantly as I could: +“Pardon me! You will see better thus!” and taking it off handed it to +her. An unholy light came into her withered old face, as she touched +it. She stole one glance at me swift and keen as a flash of lightning. + +She bent over the ring for a moment, her face quite concealed as though +examining it. The old man looked straight out of the front of the +shanty before him, at the same time fumbling in his pockets and +producing a screw of tobacco in a paper and a pipe, which he proceeded +to fill. I took advantage of the pause and the momentary rest from the +searching eyes on my face to look carefully round the place, now dim +and shadowy in the gloaming. There still lay all the heaps of varied +reeking foulness; there the terrible blood-stained axe leaning against +the wall in the right hand corner, and everywhere, despite the gloom, +the baleful glitter of the eyes of the rats. I could see them even +through some of the chinks of the boards at the back low down close to +the ground. But stay! these latter eyes seemed more than usually large +and bright and baleful! + +For an instant my heart stood still, and I felt in that whirling +condition of mind in which one feels a sort of spiritual drunkenness, +and as though the body is only maintained erect in that there is no +time for it to fall before recovery. Then, in another second, I was +calm—coldly calm, with all my energies in full vigour, with a +self-control which I felt to be perfect and with all my feeling and +instincts alert. + +Now I knew the full extent of my danger: I was watched and surrounded +by desperate people! I could not even guess at how many of them were +lying there on the ground behind the shanty, waiting for the moment to +strike. I knew that I was big and strong, and they knew it, too. They +knew also, as I did, that I was an Englishman and would make a fight +for it; and so we waited. I had, I felt, gained an advantage in the +last few seconds, for I knew my danger and understood the situation. +Now, I thought, is the test of my courage—the enduring test: the +fighting test may come later! + +The old woman raised her head and said to me in a satisfied kind of +way: + +“A very fine ring, indeed—a beautiful ring! Oh, me! I once had such +rings, plenty of them, and bracelets and earrings! Oh! for in those +fine days I led the town a dance! But they’ve forgotten me now! They’ve +forgotten me! They? Why they never heard of me! Perhaps their +grandfathers remember me, some of them!” and she laughed a harsh, +croaking laugh. And then I am bound to say that she astonished me, for +she handed me back the ring with a certain suggestion of old-fashioned +grace which was not without its pathos. + +The old man eyed her with a sort of sudden ferocity, half rising from +his stool, and said to me suddenly and hoarsely: + +“Let me see!” + +I was about to hand the ring when the old woman said: + +“No! no, do not give it to Pierre! Pierre is eccentric. He loses +things; and such a pretty ring!” + +“Cat!” said the old man, savagely. Suddenly the old woman said, rather +more loudly than was necessary: + +“Wait! I shall tell you something about a ring.” There was something in +the sound of her voice that jarred upon me. Perhaps it was my +hyper-sensitiveness, wrought up as I was to such a pitch of nervous +excitement, but I seemed to think that she was not addressing me. As I +stole a glance round the place I saw the eyes of the rats in the bone +heaps, but missed the eyes along the back. But even as I looked I saw +them again appear. The old woman’s “Wait!” had given me a respite from +attack, and the men had sunk back to their reclining posture. + +“I once lost a ring—a beautiful diamond hoop that had belonged to a +queen, and which was given to me by a farmer of the taxes, who +afterwards cut his throat because I sent him away. I thought it must +have been stolen, and taxed my people; but I could get no trace. The +police came and suggested that it had found its way to the drain. We +descended—I in my fine clothes, for I would not trust them with my +beautiful ring! I know more of the drains since then, and of rats, too! +but I shall never forget the horror of that place—alive with blazing +eyes, a wall of them just outside the light of our torches. Well, we +got beneath my house. We searched the outlet of the drain, and there in +the filth found my ring, and we came out. + +“But we found something else also before we came! As we were coming +toward the opening a lot of sewer rats—human ones this time—came +towards us. They told the police that one of their number had gone into +the drain, but had not returned. He had gone in only shortly before we +had, and, if lost, could hardly be far off. They asked help to seek +him, so we turned back. They tried to prevent me going, but I insisted. +It was a new excitement, and had I not recovered my ring? Not far did +we go till we came on something. There was but little water, and the +bottom of the drain was raised with brick, rubbish, and much matter of +the kind. He had made a fight for it, even when his torch had gone out. +But they were too many for him! They had not been long about it! The +bones were still warm; but they were picked clean. They had even eaten +their own dead ones and there were bones of rats as well as of the man. +They took it cool enough those other—the human ones—and joked of their +comrade when they found him dead, though they would have helped him +living. Bah! what matters it—life or death?” + +“And had you no fear?” I asked her. + +“Fear!” she said with a laugh. “Me have fear? Ask Pierre! But I was +younger then, and, as I came through that horrible drain with its wall +of greedy eyes, always moving with the circle of the light from the +torches, I did not feel easy. I kept on before the men, though! It is a +way I have! I never let the men get it before me. All I want is a +chance and a means! And they ate him up—took every trace away except +the bones; and no one knew it, nor no sound of him was ever heard!” +Here she broke into a chuckling fit of the ghastliest merriment which +it was ever my lot to hear and see. A great poetess describes her +heroine singing: “Oh! to see or hear her singing! Scarce I know which +is the divinest.” + +And I can apply the same idea to the old crone—in all save the +divinity, for I scarce could tell which was the most hellish—the harsh, +malicious, satisfied, cruel laugh, or the leering grin, and the +horrible square opening of the mouth like a tragic mask, and the yellow +gleam of the few discoloured teeth in the shapeless gums. In that laugh +and with that grin and the chuckling satisfaction I knew as well as if +it had been spoken to me in words of thunder that my murder was +settled, and the murderers only bided the proper time for its +accomplishment. I could read between the lines of her gruesome story +the commands to her accomplices. “Wait,” she seemed to say, “bide your +time. I shall strike the first blow. Find the weapon for me, and I +shall make the opportunity! He shall not escape! Keep him quiet, and +then no one will be wiser. There will be no outcry, and the rats will +do their work!” + +It was growing darker and darker; the night was coming. I stole a +glance round the shanty, still all the same! The bloody axe in the +corner, the heaps of filth, and the eyes on the bone heaps and in the +crannies of the floor. + +Pierre had been still ostensibly filling his pipe; he now struck a +light and began to puff away at it. The old woman said: + +“Dear heart, how dark it is! Pierre, like a good lad, light the lamp!” + +Pierre got up and with the lighted match in his hand touched the wick +of a lamp which hung at one side of the entrance to the shanty, and +which had a reflector that threw the light all over the place. It was +evidently that which was used for their sorting at night. + +“Not that, stupid! Not that! the lantern!” she called out to him. + +He immediately blew it out, saying: “All right, mother I’ll find it,” +and he hustled about the left corner of the room—the old woman saying +through the darkness: + +“The lantern! the lantern! Oh! That is the light that is most useful to +us poor folks. The lantern was the friend of the revolution! It is the +friend of the chiffonier! It helps us when all else fails.” + +Hardly had she said the word when there was a kind of creaking of the +whole place, and something was steadily dragged over the roof. + +Again I seemed to read between the lines of her words. I knew the +lesson of the lantern. + +“One of you get on the roof with a noose and strangle him as he passes +out if we fail within.” + +As I looked out of the opening I saw the loop of a rope outlined black +against the lurid sky. I was now, indeed, beset! + +Pierre was not long in finding the lantern. I kept my eyes fixed +through the darkness on the old woman. Pierre struck his light, and by +its flash I saw the old woman raise from the ground beside her where it +had mysteriously appeared, and then hide in the folds of her gown, a +long sharp knife or dagger. It seemed to be like a butcher’s sharpening +iron fined to a keen point. + +The lantern was lit. + +“Bring it here, Pierre,” she said. “Place it in the doorway where we +can see it. See how nice it is! It shuts out the darkness from us; it +is just right!” + +Just right for her and her purposes! It threw all its light on my face, +leaving in gloom the faces of both Pierre and the woman, who sat +outside of me on each side. + +I felt that the time of action was approaching, but I knew now that the +first signal and movement would come from the woman, and so watched +her. + +I was all unarmed, but I had made up my mind what to do. At the first +movement I would seize the butcher’s axe in the right-hand corner and +fight my way out. At least, I would die hard. I stole a glance round to +fix its exact locality so that I could not fail to seize it at the +first effort, for then, if ever, time and accuracy would be precious. + +Good God! It was gone! All the horror of the situation burst upon me; +but the bitterest thought of all was that if the issue of the terrible +position should be against me Alice would infallibly suffer. Either she +would believe me false—and any lover, or any one who has ever been one, +can imagine the bitterness of the thought—or else she would go on +loving long after I had been lost to her and to the world, so that her +life would be broken and embittered, shattered with disappointment and +despair. The very magnitude of the pain braced me up and nerved me to +bear the dread scrutiny of the plotters. + +I think I did not betray myself. The old woman was watching me as a cat +does a mouse; she had her right hand hidden in the folds of her gown, +clutching, I knew, that long, cruel-looking dagger. Had she seen any +disappointment in my face she would, I felt, have known that the moment +had come, and would have sprung on me like a tigress, certain of taking +me unprepared. + +I looked out into the night, and there I saw new cause for danger. +Before and around the hut were at a little distance some shadowy forms; +they were quite still, but I knew that they were all alert and on +guard. Small chance for me now in that direction. + +Again I stole a glance round the place. In moments of great excitement +and of great danger, which is excitement, the mind works very quickly, +and the keenness of the faculties which depend on the mind grows in +proportion. I now felt this. In an instant I took in the whole +situation. I saw that the axe had been taken through a small hole made +in one of the rotten boards. How rotten they must be to allow of such a +thing being done without a particle of noise. + +The hut was a regular murder-trap, and was guarded all around. A +garroter lay on the roof ready to entangle me with his noose if I +should escape the dagger of the old hag. In front the way was guarded +by I know not how many watchers. And at the back was a row of desperate +men—I had seen their eyes still through the crack in the boards of the +floor, when last I looked—as they lay prone waiting for the signal to +start erect. If it was to be ever, now for it! + +As nonchalantly as I could I turned slightly on my stool so as to get +my right leg well under me. Then with a sudden jump, turning my head, +and guarding it with my hands, and with the fighting instinct of the +knights of old, I breathed my lady’s name, and hurled myself against +the back wall of the hut. + +Watchful as they were, the suddenness of my movement surprised both +Pierre and the old woman. As I crashed through the rotten timbers I saw +the old woman rise with a leap like a tiger and heard her low gasp of +baffled rage. My feet lit on something that moved, and as I jumped away +I knew that I had stepped on the back of one of the row of men lying on +their faces outside the hut. I was torn with nails and splinters, but +otherwise unhurt. Breathless I rushed up the mound in front of me, +hearing as I went the dull crash of the shanty as it collapsed into a +mass. + +It was a nightmare climb. The mound, though but low, was awfully steep, +and with each step I took the mass of dust and cinders tore down with +me and gave way under my feet. The dust rose and choked me; it was +sickening, fœtid, awful; but my climb was, I felt, for life or death, +and I struggled on. The seconds seemed hours; but the few moments I had +in starting, combined with my youth and strength, gave me a great +advantage, and, though several forms struggled after me in deadly +silence which was more dreadful than any sound, I easily reached the +top. Since then I have climbed the cone of Vesuvius, and as I struggled +up that dreary steep amid the sulphurous fumes the memory of that awful +night at Montrouge came back to me so vividly that I almost grew faint. + +The mound was one of the tallest in the region of dust, and as I +struggled to the top, panting for breath and with my heart beating like +a sledge-hammer, I saw away to my left the dull red gleam of the sky, +and nearer still the flashing of lights. Thank God! I knew where I was +now and where lay the road to Paris! + +For two or three seconds I paused and looked back. My pursuers were +still well behind me, but struggling up resolutely, and in deadly +silence. Beyond, the shanty was a wreck—a mass of timber and moving +forms. I could see it well, for flames were already bursting out; the +rags and straw had evidently caught fire from the lantern. Still +silence there! Not a sound! These old wretches could die game, anyhow. + +I had no time for more than a passing glance, for as I cast an eye +round the mound preparatory to making my descent I saw several dark +forms rushing round on either side to cut me off on my way. It was now +a race for life. They were trying to head me on my way to Paris, and +with the instinct of the moment I dashed down to the right-hand side. I +was just in time, for, though I came as it seemed to me down the steep +in a few steps, the wary old men who were watching me turned back, and +one, as I rushed by into the opening between the two mounds in front, +almost struck me a blow with that terrible butcher’s axe. There could +surely not be two such weapons about! + +Then began a really horrible chase. I easily ran ahead of the old men, +and even when some younger ones and a few women joined in the hunt I +easily distanced them. But I did not know the way, and I could not even +guide myself by the light in the sky, for I was running away from it. I +had heard that, unless of conscious purpose, hunted men turn always to +the left, and so I found it now; and so, I suppose, knew also my +pursuers, who were more animals than men, and with cunning or instinct +had found out such secrets for themselves: for on finishing a quick +spurt, after which I intended to take a moment’s breathing space, I +suddenly saw ahead of me two or three forms swiftly passing behind a +mound to the right. + +I was in the spider’s web now indeed! But with the thought of this new +danger came the resource of the hunted, and so I darted down the next +turning to the right. I continued in this direction for some hundred +yards, and then, making a turn to the left again, felt certain that I +had, at any rate, avoided the danger of being surrounded. + +But not of pursuit, for on came the rabble after me, steady, dogged, +relentless, and still in grim silence. + +In the greater darkness the mounds seemed now to be somewhat smaller +than before, although—for the night was closing—they looked bigger in +proportion. I was now well ahead of my pursuers, so I made a dart up +the mound in front. + +Oh joy of joys! I was close to the edge of this inferno of dustheaps. +Away behind me the red light of Paris was in the sky, and towering up +behind rose the heights of Montmarte—a dim light, with here and there +brilliant points like stars. + +Restored to vigour in a moment, I ran over the few remaining mounds of +decreasing size, and found myself on the level land beyond. Even then, +however, the prospect was not inviting. All before me was dark and +dismal, and I had evidently come on one of those dank, low-lying waste +places which are found here and there in the neighbourhood of great +cities. Places of waste and desolation, where the space is required for +the ultimate agglomeration of all that is noxious, and the ground is so +poor as to create no desire of occupancy even in the lowest squatter. +With eyes accustomed to the gloom of the evening, and away now from the +shadows of those dreadful dustheaps, I could see much more easily than +I could a little while ago. It might have been, of course, that the +glare in the sky of the lights of Paris, though the city was some miles +away, was reflected here. Howsoever it was, I saw well enough to take +bearings for certainly some little distance around me. + +In front was a bleak, flat waste that seemed almost dead level, with +here and there the dark shimmering of stagnant pools. Seemingly far off +on the right, amid a small cluster of scattered lights, rose a dark +mass of Fort Montrouge, and away to the left in the dim distance, +pointed with stray gleams from cottage windows, the lights in the sky +showed the locality of Bicêtre. A moment’s thought decided me to take +to the right and try to reach Montrouge. There at least would be some +sort of safety, and I might possibly long before come on some of the +cross roads which I knew. Somewhere, not far off, must lie the +strategic road made to connect the outlying chain of forts circling the +city. + +Then I looked back. Coming over the mounds, and outlined black against +the glare of the Parisian horizon, I saw several moving figures, and +still a way to the right several more deploying out between me and my +destination. They evidently meant to cut me off in this direction, and +so my choice became constricted; it lay now between going straight +ahead or turning to the left. Stooping to the ground, so as to get the +advantage of the horizon as a line of sight, I looked carefully in this +direction, but could detect no sign of my enemies. I argued that as +they had not guarded or were not trying to guard that point, there was +evidently danger to me there already. So I made up my mind to go +straight on before me. + +It was not an inviting prospect, and as I went on the reality grew +worse. The ground became soft and oozy, and now and again gave way +beneath me in a sickening kind of way. I seemed somehow to be going +down, for I saw round me places seemingly more elevated than where I +was, and this in a place which from a little way back seemed dead +level. I looked around, but could see none of my pursuers. This was +strange, for all along these birds of the night had followed me through +the darkness as well as though it was broad daylight. How I blamed +myself for coming out in my light-coloured tourist suit of tweed. The +silence, and my not being able to see my enemies, whilst I felt that +they were watching me, grew appalling, and in the hope of some one not +of this ghastly crew hearing me I raised my voice and shouted several +times. There was not the slightest response; not even an echo rewarded +my efforts. For a while I stood stock still and kept my eyes in one +direction. On one of the rising places around me I saw something dark +move along, then another, and another. This was to my left, and +seemingly moving to head me off. + +I thought that again I might with my skill as a runner elude my enemies +at this game, and so with all my speed darted forward. + +Splash! + +My feet had given way in a mass of slimy rubbish, and I had fallen +headlong into a reeking, stagnant pool. The water and the mud in which +my arms sank up to the elbows was filthy and nauseous beyond +description, and in the suddenness of my fall I had actually swallowed +some of the filthy stuff, which nearly choked me, and made me gasp for +breath. Never shall I forget the moments during which I stood trying to +recover myself almost fainting from the fœtid odour of the filthy pool, +whose white mist rose ghostlike around. Worst of all, with the acute +despair of the hunted animal when he sees the pursuing pack closing on +him, I saw before my eyes whilst I stood helpless the dark forms of my +pursuers moving swiftly to surround me. + +It is curious how our minds work on odd matters even when the energies +of thought are seemingly concentrated on some terrible and pressing +need. I was in momentary peril of my life: my safety depended on my +action, and my choice of alternatives coming now with almost every step +I took, and yet I could not but think of the strange dogged persistency +of these old men. Their silent resolution, their steadfast, grim, +persistency even in such a cause commanded, as well as fear, even a +measure of respect. What must they have been in the vigour of their +youth. I could understand now that whirlwind rush on the bridge of +Arcola, that scornful exclamation of the Old Guard at Waterloo! +Unconscious cerebration has its own pleasures, even at such moments; +but fortunately it does not in any way clash with the thought from +which action springs. + +I realised at a glance that so far I was defeated in my object, my +enemies as yet had won. They had succeeded in surrounding me on three +sides, and were bent on driving me off to the left-hand, where there +was already some danger for me, for they had left no guard. I accepted +the alternative—it was a case of Hobson’s choice and run. I had to keep +the lower ground, for my pursuers were on the higher places. However, +though the ooze and broken ground impeded me my youth and training made +me able to hold my ground, and by keeping a diagonal line I not only +kept them from gaining on me but even began to distance them. This gave +me new heart and strength, and by this time habitual training was +beginning to tell and my second wind had come. Before me the ground +rose slightly. I rushed up the slope and found before me a waste of +watery slime, with a low dyke or bank looking black and grim beyond. I +felt that if I could but reach that dyke in safety I could there, with +solid ground under my feet and some kind of path to guide me, find with +comparative ease a way out of my troubles. After a glance right and +left and seeing no one near, I kept my eyes for a few minutes to their +rightful work of aiding my feet whilst I crossed the swamp. It was +rough, hard work, but there was little danger, merely toil; and a short +time took me to the dyke. I rushed up the slope exulting; but here +again I met a new shock. On either side of me rose a number of +crouching figures. From right and left they rushed at me. Each body +held a rope. + +The cordon was nearly complete. I could pass on neither side, and the +end was near. + +There was only one chance, and I took it. I hurled myself across the +dyke, and escaping out of the very clutches of my foes threw myself +into the stream. + +At any other time I should have thought that water foul and filthy, but +now it was as welcome as the most crystal stream to the parched +traveller. It was a highway of safety! + +My pursuers rushed after me. Had only one of them held the rope it +would have been all up with me, for he could have entangled me before I +had time to swim a stroke; but the many hands holding it embarrassed +and delayed them, and when the rope struck the water I heard the splash +well behind me. A few minutes’ hard swimming took me across the stream. +Refreshed with the immersion and encouraged by the escape, I climbed +the dyke in comparative gaiety of spirits. + +From the top I looked back. Through the darkness I saw my assailants +scattering up and down along the dyke. The pursuit was evidently not +ended, and again I had to choose my course. Beyond the dyke where I +stood was a wild, swampy space very similar to that which I had +crossed. I determined to shun such a place, and thought for a moment +whether I would take up or down the dyke. I thought I heard a sound—the +muffled sound of oars, so I listened, and then shouted. + +No response; but the sound ceased. My enemies had evidently got a boat +of some kind. As they were on the up side of me I took the down path +and began to run. As I passed to the left of where I had entered the +water I heard several splashes, soft and stealthy, like the sound a rat +makes as he plunges into the stream, but vastly greater; and as I +looked I saw the dark sheen of the water broken by the ripples of +several advancing heads. Some of my enemies were swimming the stream +also. + +And now behind me, up the stream, the silence was broken by the quick +rattle and creak of oars; my enemies were in hot pursuit. I put my best +leg foremost and ran on. After a break of a couple of minutes I looked +back, and by a gleam of light through the ragged clouds I saw several +dark forms climbing the bank behind me. The wind had now begun to rise, +and the water beside me was ruffled and beginning to break in tiny +waves on the bank. I had to keep my eyes pretty well on the ground +before me, lest I should stumble, for I knew that to stumble was death. +After a few minutes I looked back behind me. On the dyke were only a +few dark figures, but crossing the waste, swampy ground were many more. +What new danger this portended I did not know—could only guess. Then as +I ran it seemed to me that my track kept ever sloping away to the +right. I looked up ahead and saw that the river was much wider than +before, and that the dyke on which I stood fell quite away, and beyond +it was another stream on whose near bank I saw some of the dark forms +now across the marsh. I was on an island of some kind. + +My situation was now indeed terrible, for my enemies had hemmed me in +on every side. Behind came the quickening roll of the oars, as though +my pursuers knew that the end was close. Around me on every side was +desolation; there was not a roof or light, as far as I could see. Far +off to the right rose some dark mass, but what it was I knew not. For a +moment I paused to think what I should do, not for more, for my +pursuers were drawing closer. Then my mind was made up. I slipped down +the bank and took to the water. I struck out straight ahead so as to +gain the current by clearing the backwater of the island, for such I +presume it was, when I had passed into the stream. I waited till a +cloud came driving across the moon and leaving all in darkness. Then I +took off my hat and laid it softly on the water floating with the +stream, and a second after dived to the right and struck out under +water with all my might. I was, I suppose, half a minute under water, +and when I rose came up as softly as I could, and turning, looked back. +There went my light brown hat floating merrily away. Close behind it +came a rickety old boat, driven furiously by a pair of oars. The moon +was still partly obscured by the drifting clouds, but in the partial +light I could see a man in the bows holding aloft ready to strike what +appeared to me to be that same dreadful pole-axe which I had before +escaped. As I looked the boat drew closer, closer, and the man struck +savagely. The hat disappeared. The man fell forward, almost out of the +boat. His comrades dragged him in but without the axe, and then as I +turned with all my energies bent on reaching the further bank, I heard +the fierce whirr of the muttered “Sacre!” which marked the anger of my +baffled pursuers. + +That was the first sound I had heard from human lips during all this +dreadful chase, and full as it was of menace and danger to me it was a +welcome sound for it broke that awful silence which shrouded and +appalled me. It was as though an overt sign that my opponents were men +and not ghosts, and that with them I had, at least, the chance of a +man, though but one against many. + +But now that the spell of silence was broken the sounds came thick and +fast. From boat to shore and back from shore to boat came quick +question and answer, all in the fiercest whispers. I looked back—a +fatal thing to do—for in the instant someone caught sight of my face, +which showed white on the dark water, and shouted. Hands pointed to me, +and in a moment or two the boat was under weigh, and following hard +after me. I had but a little way to go, but quicker and quicker came +the boat after me. A few more strokes and I would be on the shore, but +I felt the oncoming of the boat, and expected each second to feel the +crash of an oar or other weapon on my head. Had I not seen that +dreadful axe disappear in the water I do not think that I could have +won the shore. I heard the muttered curses of those not rowing and the +laboured breath of the rowers. With one supreme effort for life or +liberty I touched the bank and sprang up it. There was not a single +second to spare, for hard behind me the boat grounded and several dark +forms sprang after me. I gained the top of the dyke, and keeping to the +left ran on again. The boat put off and followed down the stream. +Seeing this I feared danger in this direction, and quickly turning, ran +down the dyke on the other side, and after passing a short stretch of +marshy ground gained a wild, open flat country and sped on. + +Still behind me came on my relentless pursuers. Far away, below me, I +saw the same dark mass as before, but now grown closer and greater. My +heart gave a great thrill of delight, for I knew that it must be the +fortress of Bicêtre, and with new courage I ran on. I had heard that +between each and all of the protecting forts of Paris there are +strategic ways, deep sunk roads where soldiers marching should be +sheltered from an enemy. I knew that if I could gain this road I would +be safe, but in the darkness I could not see any sign of it, so, in +blind hope of striking it, I ran on. + +Presently I came to the edge of a deep cut, and found that down below +me ran a road guarded on each side by a ditch of water fenced on either +side by a straight, high wall. + +Getting fainter and dizzier, I ran on; the ground got more broken—more +and more still, till I staggered and fell, and rose again, and ran on +in the blind anguish of the hunted. Again the thought of Alice nerved +me. I would not be lost and wreck her life: I would fight and struggle +for life to the bitter end. With a great effort I caught the top of the +wall. As, scrambling like a catamount, I drew myself up, I actually +felt a hand touch the sole of my foot. I was now on a sort of causeway, +and before me I saw a dim light. Blind and dizzy, I ran on, staggered, +and fell, rising, covered with dust and blood. + +“Halt la!” + +The words sounded like a voice from heaven. A blaze of light seemed to +enwrap me, and I shouted with joy. + +“Qui va la?” The rattle of musketry, the flash of steel before my eyes. +Instinctively I stopped, though close behind me came a rush of my +pursuers. + +Another word or two, and out from a gateway poured, as it seemed to me, +a tide of red and blue, as the guard turned out. All around seemed +blazing with light, and the flash of steel, the clink and rattle of +arms, and the loud, harsh voices of command. As I fell forward, utterly +exhausted, a soldier caught me. I looked back in dreadful expectation, +and saw the mass of dark forms disappearing into the night. Then I must +have fainted. When I recovered my senses I was in the guard room. They +gave me brandy, and after a while I was able to tell them something of +what had passed. Then a commissary of police appeared, apparently out +of the empty air, as is the way of the Parisian police officer. He +listened attentively, and then had a moment’s consultation with the +officer in command. Apparently they were agreed, for they asked me if I +were ready now to come with them. + +“Where to?” I asked, rising to go. + +“Back to the dust heaps. We shall, perhaps, catch them yet!” + +“I shall try!” said I. + +He eyed me for a moment keenly, and said suddenly: + +“Would you like to wait a while or till tomorrow, young Englishman?” +This touched me to the quick, as, perhaps, he intended, and I jumped to +my feet. + +“Come now!” I said; “now! now! An Englishman is always ready for his +duty!” + +The commissary was a good fellow, as well as a shrewd one; he slapped +my shoulder kindly. “Brave garçon!” he said. “Forgive me, but I knew +what would do you most good. The guard is ready. Come!” + +And so, passing right through the guard room, and through a long +vaulted passage, we were out into the night. A few of the men in front +had powerful lanterns. Through courtyards and down a sloping way we +passed out through a low archway to a sunken road, the same that I had +seen in my flight. The order was given to get at the double, and with a +quick, springing stride, half run, half walk, the soldiers went swiftly +along. I felt my strength renewed again—such is the difference between +hunter and hunted. A very short distance took us to a low-lying pontoon +bridge across the stream, and evidently very little higher up than I +had struck it. Some effort had evidently been made to damage it, for +the ropes had all been cut, and one of the chains had been broken. I +heard the officer say to the commissary: + +“We are just in time! A few more minutes, and they would have destroyed +the bridge. Forward, quicker still!” and on we went. Again we reached a +pontoon on the winding stream; as we came up we heard the hollow boom +of the metal drums as the efforts to destroy the bridge was again +renewed. A word of command was given, and several men raised their +rifles. + +“Fire!” A volley rang out. There was a muffled cry, and the dark forms +dispersed. But the evil was done, and we saw the far end of the pontoon +swing into the stream. This was a serious delay, and it was nearly an +hour before we had renewed ropes and restored the bridge sufficiently +to allow us to cross. + +We renewed the chase. Quicker, quicker we went towards the dust heaps. + +After a time we came to a place that I knew. There were the remains of +a fire—a few smouldering wood ashes still cast a red glow, but the bulk +of the ashes were cold. I knew the site of the hut and the hill behind +it up which I had rushed, and in the flickering glow the eyes of the +rats still shone with a sort of phosphorescence. The commissary spoke a +word to the officer, and he cried: + +“Halt!” + +The soldiers were ordered to spread around and watch, and then we +commenced to examine the ruins. The commissary himself began to lift +away the charred boards and rubbish. These the soldiers took and piled +together. Presently he started back, then bent down and rising beckoned +me. + +“See!” he said. + +It was a gruesome sight. There lay a skeleton face downwards, a woman +by the lines—an old woman by the coarse fibre of the bone. Between the +ribs rose a long spike-like dagger made from a butcher’s sharpening +knife, its keen point buried in the spine. + +“You will observe,” said the commissary to the officer and to me as he +took out his note book, “that the woman must have fallen on her dagger. +The rats are many here—see their eyes glistening among that heap of +bones—and you will also notice”—I shuddered as he placed his hand on +the skeleton—“that but little time was lost by them, for the bones are +scarcely cold!” + +There was no other sign of any one near, living or dead; and so +deploying again into line the soldiers passed on. Presently we came to +the hut made of the old wardrobe. We approached. In five of the six +compartments was an old man sleeping—sleeping so soundly that even the +glare of the lanterns did not wake them. Old and grim and grizzled they +looked, with their gaunt, wrinkled, bronzed faces and their white +moustaches. + +The officer called out harshly and loudly a word of command, and in an +instant each one of them was on his feet before us and standing at +“attention!” + +“What do you here?” + +“We sleep,” was the answer. + +“Where are the other chiffoniers?” asked the commissary. + +“Gone to work.” + +“And you?” + +“We are on guard!” + +“Peste!” laughed the officer grimly, as he looked at the old men one +after the other in the face and added with cool deliberate cruelty: +“Asleep on duty! Is this the manner of the Old Guard? No wonder, then, +a Waterloo!” + +By the gleam of the lantern I saw the grim old faces grow deadly pale, +and almost shuddered at the look in the eyes of the old men as the +laugh of the soldiers echoed the grim pleasantry of the officer. + +I felt in that moment that I was in some measure avenged. + +For a moment they looked as if they would throw themselves on the +taunter, but years of their life had schooled them and they remained +still. + +“You are but five,” said the commissary; “where is the sixth?” The +answer came with a grim chuckle. + +“He is there!” and the speaker pointed to the bottom of the wardrobe. +“He died last night. You won’t find much of him. The burial of the rats +is quick!” + +The commissary stooped and looked in. Then he turned to the officer and +said calmly: + +“We may as well go back. No trace here now; nothing to prove that man +was the one wounded by your soldiers’ bullets! Probably they murdered +him to cover up the trace. See!” again he stooped and placed his hands +on the skeleton. “The rats work quickly and they are many. These bones +are warm!” + +I shuddered, and so did many more of those around me. + +“Form!” said the officer, and so in marching order, with the lanterns +swinging in front and the manacled veterans in the midst, with steady +tramp we took ourselves out of the dustheaps and turned backward to the +fortress of Bicêtre. + + +My year of probation has long since ended, and Alice is my wife. But +when I look back upon that trying twelvemonth one of the most vivid +incidents that memory recalls is that associated with my visit to the +City of Dust. + + + + +A Dream of Red Hands + + +The first opinion given to me regarding Jacob Settle was a simple +descriptive statement, “He’s a down-in-the-mouth chap”: but I found +that it embodied the thoughts and ideas of all his fellow-workmen. +There was in the phrase a certain easy tolerance, an absence of +positive feeling of any kind, rather than any complete opinion, which +marked pretty accurately the man’s place in public esteem. Still, there +was some dissimilarity between this and his appearance which +unconsciously set me thinking, and by degrees, as I saw more of the +place and the workmen, I came to have a special interest in him. He +was, I found, for ever doing kindnesses, not involving money expenses +beyond his humble means, but in the manifold ways of forethought and +forbearance and self-repression which are of the truer charities of +life. Women and children trusted him implicitly, though, strangely +enough, he rather shunned them, except when anyone was sick, and then +he made his appearance to help if he could, timidly and awkwardly. He +led a very solitary life, keeping house by himself in a tiny cottage, +or rather hut, of one room, far on the edge of the moorland. His +existence seemed so sad and solitary that I wished to cheer it up, and +for the purpose took the occasion when we had both been sitting up with +a child, injured by me through accident, to offer to lend him books. He +gladly accepted, and as we parted in the grey of the dawn I felt that +something of mutual confidence had been established between us. + +The books were always most carefully and punctually returned, and in +time Jacob Settle and I became quite friends. Once or twice as I +crossed the moorland on Sundays I looked in on him; but on such +occasions he was shy and ill at ease so that I felt diffident about +calling to see him. He would never under any circumstances come into my +own lodgings. + +One Sunday afternoon, I was coming back from a long walk beyond the +moor, and as I passed Settle’s cottage stopped at the door to say “How +do you do?” to him. As the door was shut, I thought that he was out, +and merely knocked for form’s sake, or through habit, not expecting to +get any answer. To my surprise, I heard a feeble voice from within, +though what was said I could not hear. I entered at once, and found +Jacob lying half-dressed upon his bed. He was as pale as death, and the +sweat was simply rolling off his face. His hands were unconsciously +gripping the bedclothes as a drowning man holds on to whatever he may +grasp. As I came in he half arose, with a wild, hunted look in his +eyes, which were wide open and staring, as though something of horror +had come before him; but when he recognised me he sank back on the +couch with a smothered sob of relief and closed his eyes. I stood by +him for a while, quite a minute or two, while he gasped. Then he opened +his eyes and looked at me, but with such a despairing, woeful +expression that, as I am a living man, I would have rather seen that +frozen look of horror. I sat down beside him and asked after his +health. For a while he would not answer me except to say that he was +not ill; but then, after scrutinising me closely, he half arose on his +elbow and said: + +“I thank you kindly, sir, but I’m simply telling you the truth. I am +not ill, as men call it, though God knows whether there be not worse +sicknesses than doctors know of. I’ll tell you, as you are so kind, but +I trust that you won’t even mention such a thing to a living soul, for +it might work me more and greater woe. I am suffering from a bad +dream.” + +“A bad dream!” I said, hoping to cheer him; “but dreams pass away with +the light—even with waking.” There I stopped, for before he spoke I saw +the answer in his desolate look round the little place. + +“No! no! that’s all well for people that live in comfort and with those +they love around them. It is a thousand times worse for those who live +alone and have to do so. What cheer is there for me, waking here in the +silence of the night, with the wide moor around me full of voices and +full of faces that make my waking a worse dream than my sleep? Ah, +young sir, you have no past that can send its legions to people the +darkness and the empty space, and I pray the good God that you may +never have!” As he spoke, there was such an almost irresistible gravity +of conviction in his manner that I abandoned my remonstrance about his +solitary life. I felt that I was in the presence of some secret +influence which I could not fathom. To my relief, for I knew not what +to say, he went on: + +“Two nights past have I dreamed it. It was hard enough the first night, +but I came through it. Last night the expectation was in itself almost +worse than the dream—until the dream came, and then it swept away every +remembrance of lesser pain. I stayed awake till just before the dawn, +and then it came again, and ever since I have been in such an agony as +I am sure the dying feel, and with it all the dread of tonight.” Before +he had got to the end of the sentence my mind was made up, and I felt +that I could speak to him more cheerfully. + +“Try and get to sleep early tonight—in fact, before the evening has +passed away. The sleep will refresh you, and I promise you there will +not be any bad dreams after tonight.” He shook his head hopelessly, so +I sat a little longer and then left him. + +When I got home I made my arrangements for the night, for I had made up +my mind to share Jacob Settle’s lonely vigil in his cottage on the +moor. I judged that if he got to sleep before sunset he would wake well +before midnight, and so, just as the bells of the city were striking +eleven, I stood opposite his door armed with a bag, in which were my +supper, an extra large flask, a couple of candles, and a book. The +moonlight was bright, and flooded the whole moor, till it was almost as +light as day; but ever and anon black clouds drove across the sky, and +made a darkness which by comparison seemed almost tangible. I opened +the door softly, and entered without waking Jacob, who lay asleep with +his white face upward. He was still, and again bathed in sweat. I tried +to imagine what visions were passing before those closed eyes which +could bring with them the misery and woe which were stamped on the +face, but fancy failed me, and I waited for the awakening. It came +suddenly, and in a fashion which touched me to the quick, for the +hollow groan that broke from the man’s white lips as he half arose and +sank back was manifestly the realisation or completion of some train of +thought which had gone before. + +“If this be dreaming,” said I to myself, “then it must be based on some +very terrible reality. What can have been that unhappy fact that he +spoke of?” + +While I thus spoke, he realised that I was with him. It struck me as +strange that he had no period of that doubt as to whether dream or +reality surrounded him which commonly marks an expected environment of +waking men. With a positive cry of joy, he seized my hand and held it +in his two wet, trembling hands, as a frightened child clings on to +someone whom it loves. I tried to soothe him: + +“There, there! it is all right. I have come to stay with you tonight, +and together we will try to fight this evil dream.” He let go my hand +suddenly, and sank back on his bed and covered his eyes with his hands. + +“Fight it?—the evil dream! Ah! no, sir, no! No mortal power can fight +that dream, for it comes from God—and is burned in here;” and he beat +upon his forehead. Then he went on: + +“It is the same dream, ever the same, and yet it grows in its power to +torture me every time it comes.” + +“What is the dream?” I asked, thinking that the speaking of it might +give him some relief, but he shrank away from me, and after a long +pause said: + +“No, I had better not tell it. It may not come again.” + +There was manifestly something to conceal from me—something that lay +behind the dream, so I answered: + +“All right. I hope you have seen the last of it. But if it should come +again, you will tell me, will you not? I ask, not out of curiosity, but +because I think it may relieve you to speak.” He answered with what I +thought was almost an undue amount of solemnity: + +“If it comes again, I shall tell you all.” + +Then I tried to get his mind away from the subject to more mundane +things, so I produced supper, and made him share it with me, including +the contents of the flask. After a little he braced up, and when I lit +my cigar, having given him another, we smoked a full hour, and talked +of many things. Little by little the comfort of his body stole over his +mind, and I could see sleep laying her gentle hands on his eyelids. He +felt it, too, and told me that now he felt all right, and I might +safely leave him; but I told him that, right or wrong, I was going to +see in the daylight. So I lit my other candle, and began to read as he +fell asleep. + +By degrees I got interested in my book, so interested that presently I +was startled by its dropping out of my hands. I looked and saw that +Jacob was still asleep, and I was rejoiced to see that there was on his +face a look of unwonted happiness, while his lips seemed to move with +unspoken words. Then I turned to my work again, and again woke, but +this time to feel chilled to my very marrow by hearing the voice from +the bed beside me: + +“Not with those red hands! Never! never!” On looking at him, I found +that he was still asleep. He woke, however, in an instant, and did not +seem surprised to see me; there was again that strange apathy as to his +surroundings. Then I said: + +“Settle, tell me your dream. You may speak freely, for I shall hold +your confidence sacred. While we both live I shall never mention what +you may choose to tell me.” + +He replied: + +“I said I would; but I had better tell you first what goes before the +dream, that you may understand. I was a schoolmaster when I was a very +young man; it was only a parish school in a little village in the West +Country. No need to mention any names. Better not. I was engaged to be +married to a young girl whom I loved and almost reverenced. It was the +old story. While we were waiting for the time when we could afford to +set up house together, another man came along. He was nearly as young +as I was, and handsome, and a gentleman, with all a gentleman’s +attractive ways for a woman of our class. He would go fishing, and she +would meet him while I was at my work in school. I reasoned with her +and implored her to give him up. I offered to get married at once and +go away and begin the world in a strange country; but she would not +listen to anything I could say, and I could see that she was infatuated +with him. Then I took it on myself to meet the man and ask him to deal +well with the girl, for I thought he might mean honestly by her, so +that there might be no talk or chance of talk on the part of others. I +went where I should meet him with none by, and we met!” Here Jacob +Settle had to pause, for something seemed to rise in his throat, and he +almost gasped for breath. Then he went on: + +“Sir, as God is above us, there was no selfish thought in my heart that +day, I loved my pretty Mabel too well to be content with a part of her +love, and I had thought of my own unhappiness too often not to have +come to realise that, whatever might come to her, my hope was gone. He +was insolent to me—you, sir, who are a gentleman, cannot know, perhaps, +how galling can be the insolence of one who is above you in station—but +I bore with that. I implored him to deal well with the girl, for what +might be only a pastime of an idle hour with him might be the breaking +of her heart. For I never had a thought of her truth, or that the worst +of harm could come to her—it was only the unhappiness to her heart I +feared. But when I asked him when he intended to marry her his laughter +galled me so that I lost my temper and told him that I would not stand +by and see her life made unhappy. Then he grew angry too, and in his +anger said such cruel things of her that then and there I swore he +should not live to do her harm. God knows how it came about, for in +such moments of passion it is hard to remember the steps from a word to +a blow, but I found myself standing over his dead body, with my hands +crimson with the blood that welled from his torn throat. We were alone +and he was a stranger, with none of his kin to seek for him and murder +does not always out—not all at once. His bones may be whitening still, +for all I know, in the pool of the river where I left him. No one +suspected his absence, or why it was, except my poor Mabel, and she +dared not speak. But it was all in vain, for when I came back again +after an absence of months—for I could not live in the place—I learned +that her shame had come and that she had died in it. Hitherto I had +been borne up by the thought that my ill deed had saved her future, but +now, when I learned that I had been too late, and that my poor love was +smirched with that man’s sin, I fled away with the sense of my useless +guilt upon me more heavily than I could bear. Ah! sir, you that have +not done such a sin don’t know what it is to carry it with you. You may +think that custom makes it easy to you, but it is not so. It grows and +grows with every hour, till it becomes intolerable, and with it +growing, too, the feeling that you must for ever stand outside Heaven. +You don’t know what that means, and I pray God that you never may. +Ordinary men, to whom all things are possible, don’t often, if ever, +think of Heaven. It is a name, and nothing more, and they are content +to wait and let things be, but to those who are doomed to be shut out +for ever you cannot think what it means, you cannot guess or measure +the terrible endless longing to see the gates opened, and to be able to +join the white figures within. + +“And this brings me to my dream. It seemed that the portal was before +me, with great gates of massive steel with bars of the thickness of a +mast, rising to the very clouds, and so close that between them was +just a glimpse of a crystal grotto, on whose shining walls were figured +many white-clad forms with faces radiant with joy. When I stood before +the gate my heart and my soul were so full of rapture and longing that +I forgot. And there stood at the gate two mighty angels with sweeping +wings, and, oh! so stern of countenance. They held each in one hand a +flaming sword, and in the other the latchet, which moved to and fro at +their lightest touch. Nearer were figures all draped in black, with +heads covered so that only the eyes were seen, and they handed to each +who came white garments such as the angels wear. A low murmur came that +told that all should put on their own robes, and without soil, or the +angels would not pass them in, but would smite them down with the +flaming swords. I was eager to don my own garment, and hurriedly threw +it over me and stepped swiftly to the gate; but it moved not, and the +angels, loosing the latchet, pointed to my dress, I looked down, and +was aghast, for the whole robe was smeared with blood. My hands were +red; they glittered with the blood that dripped from them as on that +day by the river bank. And then the angels raised their flaming swords +to smite me down, and the horror was complete—I awoke. Again, and +again, and again, that awful dream comes to me. I never learn from the +experience, I never remember, but at the beginning the hope is ever +there to make the end more appalling; and I know that the dream does +not come out of the common darkness where the dreams abide, but that it +is sent from God as a punishment! Never, never shall I be able to pass +the gate, for the soil on the angel garments must ever come from these +bloody hands!” + +I listened as in a spell as Jacob Settle spoke. There was something so +far away in the tone of his voice—something so dreamy and mystic in the +eyes that looked as if through me at some spirit beyond—something so +lofty in his very diction and in such marked contrast to his workworn +clothes and his poor surroundings that I wondered if the whole thing +were not a dream. + +We were both silent for a long time. I kept looking at the man before +me in growing wonderment. Now that his confession had been made, his +soul, which had been crushed to the very earth, seemed to leap back +again to uprightness with some resilient force. I suppose I ought to +have been horrified with his story, but, strange to say, I was not. It +certainly is not pleasant to be made the recipient of the confidence of +a murderer, but this poor fellow seemed to have had, not only so much +provocation, but so much self-denying purpose in his deed of blood that +I did not feel called upon to pass judgment upon him. My purpose was to +comfort, so I spoke out with what calmness I could, for my heart was +beating fast and heavily: + +“You need not despair, Jacob Settle. God is very good, and His mercy is +great. Live on and work on in the hope that some day you may feel that +you have atoned for the past.” Here I paused, for I could see that +deep, natural sleep this time, was creeping upon him. “Go to sleep,” I +said; “I shall watch with you here and we shall have no more evil +dreams tonight.” + +He made an effort to pull himself together, and answered: + +“I don’t know how to thank you for your goodness to me this night, but +I think you had best leave me now. I’ll try and sleep this out; I feel +a weight off my mind since I have told you all. If there’s anything of +the man left in me, I must try and fight out life alone.” + +“I’ll go tonight, as you wish it,” I said; “but take my advice, and do +not live in such a solitary way. Go among men and women; live among +them. Share their joys and sorrows, and it will help you to forget. +This solitude will make you melancholy mad.” + +“I will!” he answered, half unconsciously, for sleep was overmastering +him. + +I turned to go, and he looked after me. When I had touched the latch I +dropped it, and, coming back to the bed, held out my hand. He grasped +it with both his as he rose to a sitting posture, and I said my +goodnight, trying to cheer him: + +“Heart, man, heart! There is work in the world for you to do, Jacob +Settle. You can wear those white robes yet and pass through that gate +of steel!” + +Then I left him. + +A week after I found his cottage deserted, and on asking at the works +was told that he had “gone north”, no one exactly knew whither. + +Two years afterwards, I was staying for a few days with my friend Dr. +Munro in Glasgow. He was a busy man, and could not spare much time for +going about with me, so I spent my days in excursions to the Trossachs +and Loch Katrine and down the Clyde. On the second last evening of my +stay I came back somewhat later than I had arranged, but found that my +host was late too. The maid told me that he had been sent for to the +hospital—a case of accident at the gas-works, and the dinner was +postponed an hour; so telling her I would stroll down to find her +master and walk back with him, I went out. At the hospital I found him +washing his hands preparatory to starting for home. Casually, I asked +him what his case was. + +“Oh, the usual thing! A rotten rope and men’s lives of no account. Two +men were working in a gasometer, when the rope that held their +scaffolding broke. It must have occurred just before the dinner hour, +for no one noticed their absence till the men had returned. There was +about seven feet of water in the gasometer, so they had a hard fight +for it, poor fellows. However, one of them was alive, just alive, but +we have had a hard job to pull him through. It seems that he owes his +life to his mate, for I have never heard of greater heroism. They swam +together while their strength lasted, but at the end they were so done +up that even the lights above, and the men slung with ropes, coming +down to help them, could not keep them up. But one of them stood on the +bottom and held up his comrade over his head, and those few breaths +made all the difference between life and death. They were a shocking +sight when they were taken out, for that water is like a purple dye +with the gas and the tar. The man upstairs looked as if he had been +washed in blood. Ugh!” + +“And the other?” + +“Oh, he’s worse still. But he must have been a very noble fellow. That +struggle under the water must have been fearful; one can see that by +the way the blood has been drawn from the extremities. It makes the +idea of the _Stigmata_ possible to look at him. Resolution like this +could, you would think, do anything in the world. Ay! it might almost +unbar the gates of Heaven. Look here, old man, it is not a very +pleasant sight, especially just before dinner, but you are a writer, +and this is an odd case. Here is something you would not like to miss, +for in all human probability you will never see anything like it +again.” While he was speaking he had brought me into the mortuary of +the hospital. + +On the bier lay a body covered with a white sheet, which was wrapped +close round it. + +“Looks like a chrysalis, don’t it? I say, Jack, if there be anything in +the old myth that a soul is typified by a butterfly, well, then the one +that this chrysalis sent forth was a very noble specimen and took all +the sunlight on its wings. See here!” He uncovered the face. Horrible, +indeed, it looked, as though stained with blood. But I knew him at +once, Jacob Settle! My friend pulled the winding sheet further down. + +The hands were crossed on the purple breast as they had been reverently +placed by some tender-hearted person. As I saw them my heart throbbed +with a great exultation, for the memory of his harrowing dream rushed +across my mind. There was no stain now on those poor, brave hands, for +they were blanched white as snow. + +And somehow as I looked I felt that the evil dream was all over. That +noble soul had won a way through the gate at last. The white robe had +now no stain from the hands that had put it on. + + + + +Crooken Sands + + +Mr Arthur Fernlee Markam, who took what was known as the Red House +above the Mains of Crooken, was a London merchant, and being +essentially a cockney, thought it necessary when he went for the summer +holidays to Scotland to provide an entire rig-out as a Highland +chieftain, as manifested in chromolithographs and on the music-hall +stage. He had once seen in the Empire the Great Prince—“The Bounder +King”—bring down the house by appearing as “The MacSlogan of that Ilk,” +and singing the celebrated Scotch song, “There’s naething like haggis +to mak a mon dry!” and he had ever since preserved in his mind a +faithful image of the picturesque and warlike appearance which he +presented. Indeed, if the true inwardness of Mr. Markam’s mind on the +subject of his selection of Aberdeenshire as a summer resort were +known, it would be found that in the foreground of the holiday locality +which his fancy painted stalked the many hued figure of the MacSlogan +of that Ilk. However, be this as it may, a very kind fortune—certainly +so far as external beauty was concerned—led him to the choice of +Crooken Bay. It is a lovely spot, between Aberdeen and Peterhead, just +under the rock-bound headland whence the long, dangerous reefs known as +The Spurs run out into the North Sea. Between this and the “Mains of +Crooken”—a village sheltered by the northern cliffs—lies the deep bay, +backed with a multitude of bent-grown dunes where the rabbits are to be +found in thousands. Thus at either end of the bay is a rocky +promontory, and when the dawn or the sunset falls on the rocks of red +syenite the effect is very lovely. The bay itself is floored with level +sand and the tide runs far out, leaving a smooth waste of hard sand on +which are dotted here and there the stake nets and bag nets of the +salmon fishers. At one end of the bay there is a little group or +cluster of rocks whose heads are raised something above high water, +except when in rough weather the waves come over them green. At low +tide they are exposed down to sand level; and here is perhaps the only +little bit of dangerous sand on this part of the eastern coast. Between +the rocks, which are apart about some fifty feet, is a small quicksand, +which, like the Goodwins, is dangerous only with the incoming tide. It +extends outwards till it is lost in the sea, and inwards till it fades +away in the hard sand of the upper beach. On the slope of the hill +which rises beyond the dunes, midway between the Spurs and the Port of +Crooken, is the Red House. It rises from the midst of a clump of +fir-trees which protect it on three sides, leaving the whole sea front +open. A trim old-fashioned garden stretches down to the roadway, on +crossing which a grassy path, which can be used for light vehicles, +threads a way to the shore, winding amongst the sand hills. + +When the Markam family arrived at the Red House after their thirty-six +hours of pitching on the Aberdeen steamer _Ban Righ_ from Blackwall, +with the subsequent train to Yellon and drive of a dozen miles, they +all agreed that they had never seen a more delightful spot. The general +satisfaction was more marked as at that very time none of the family +were, for several reasons, inclined to find favourable anything or any +place over the Scottish border. Though the family was a large one, the +prosperity of the business allowed them all sorts of personal luxuries, +amongst which was a wide latitude in the way of dress. The frequency of +the Markam girls’ new frocks was a source of envy to their bosom +friends and of joy to themselves. + +Arthur Fernlee Markam had not taken his family into his confidence +regarding his new costume. He was not quite certain that he should be +free from ridicule, or at least from sarcasm, and as he was sensitive +on the subject, he thought it better to be actually in the suitable +environment before he allowed the full splendour to burst upon them. He +had taken some pains, to insure the completeness of the Highland +costume. For the purpose he had paid many visits to “The Scotch +All-Wool Tartan Clothing Mart” which had been lately established in +Copthall-court by the Messrs. MacCallum More and Roderick MacDhu. He +had anxious consultations with the head of the firm—MacCallum as he +called himself, resenting any such additions as “Mr.” or “Esquire.” The +known stock of buckles, buttons, straps, brooches and ornaments of all +kinds were examined in critical detail; and at last an eagle’s feather +of sufficiently magnificent proportions was discovered, and the +equipment was complete. It was only when he saw the finished costume, +with the vivid hues of the tartan seemingly modified into comparative +sobriety by the multitude of silver fittings, the cairngorm brooches, +the philibeg, dirk and sporran that he was fully and absolutely +satisfied with his choice. At first he had thought of the Royal Stuart +dress tartan, but abandoned it on the MacCallum pointing out that if he +should happen to be in the neighbourhood of Balmoral it might lead to +complications. The MacCallum, who, by the way, spoke with a remarkable +cockney accent, suggested other plaids in turn; but now that the other +question of accuracy had been raised, Mr. Markam foresaw difficulties +if he should by chance find himself in the locality of the clan whose +colours he had usurped. The MacCallum at last undertook to have, at +Markam’s expense, a special pattern woven which would not be exactly +the same as any existing tartan, though partaking of the +characteristics of many. It was based on the Royal Stuart, but +contained suggestions as to simplicity of pattern from the Macalister +and Ogilvie clans, and as to neutrality of colour from the clans of +Buchanan, Macbeth, Chief of Macintosh and Macleod. When the specimen +had been shown to Markam he had feared somewhat lest it should strike +the eye of his domestic circle as gaudy; but as Roderick MacDhu fell +into perfect ecstasies over its beauty he did not make any objection to +the completion of the piece. He thought, and wisely, that if a genuine +Scotchman like MacDhu liked it, it must be right—especially as the +junior partner was a man very much of his own build and appearance. +When the MacCallum was receiving his cheque—which, by the way, was a +pretty stiff one—he remarked: + +“I’ve taken the liberty of having some more of the stuff woven in case +you or any of your friends should want it.” Markam was gratified, and +told him that he should be only too happy if the beautiful stuff which +they had originated between them should become a favourite, as he had +no doubt it would in time. He might make and sell as much as he would. + +Markam tried the dress on in his office one evening after the clerks +had all gone home. He was pleased, though a little frightened, at the +result. The MacCallum had done his work thoroughly, and there was +nothing omitted that could add to the martial dignity of the wearer. + +“I shall not, of course, take the claymore and the pistols with me on +ordinary occasions,” said Markam to himself as he began to undress. He +determined that he would wear the dress for the first time on landing +in Scotland, and accordingly on the morning when the _Ban Righ_ was +hanging off the Girdle Ness lighthouse, waiting for the tide to enter +the port of Aberdeen, he emerged from his cabin in all the gaudy +splendour of his new costume. The first comment he heard was from one +of his own sons, who did not recognise him at first. + +“Here’s a guy! Great Scott! It’s the governor!” And the boy fled +forthwith and tried to bury his laughter under a cushion in the saloon. +Markam was a good sailor and had not suffered from the pitching of the +boat, so that his naturally rubicund face was even more rosy by the +conscious blush which suffused his cheeks when he had found himself at +once the cynosure of all eyes. He could have wished that he had not +been so bold for he knew from the cold that there was a big bare spot +under one side of his jauntily worn Glengarry cap. However, he faced +the group of strangers boldly. He was not, outwardly, upset even when +some of the comments reached his ears. + +“He’s off his bloomin’ chump,” said a cockney in a suit of exaggerated +plaid. + +“There’s flies on him,” said a tall thin Yankee, pale with +sea-sickness, who was on his way to take up his residence for a time as +close as he could get to the gates of Balmoral. + +“Happy thought! Let us fill our mulls; now’s the chance!” said a young +Oxford man on his way home to Inverness. But presently Mr. Markam heard +the voice of his eldest daughter. + +“Where is he? Where is he?” and she came tearing along the deck with +her hat blowing behind her. Her face showed signs of agitation, for her +mother had just been telling her of her father’s condition; but when +she saw him she instantly burst into laughter so violent that it ended +in a fit of hysterics. Something of the same kind happened to each of +the other children. When they had all had their turn Mr. Markam went to +his cabin and sent his wife’s maid to tell each member of the family +that he wanted to see them at once. They all made their appearance, +suppressing their feelings as well as they could. He said to them very +quietly: + +“My dears, don’t I provide you all with ample allowances?” + +“Yes, father!” they all answered gravely, “no one could be more +generous!” + +“Don’t I let you dress as you please?” + +“Yes, father!”—this a little sheepishly. + +“Then, my dears, don’t you think it would be nicer and kinder of you +not to try and make me feel uncomfortable, even if I do assume a dress +which is ridiculous in your eyes, though quite common enough in the +country where we are about to sojourn?” There was no answer except that +which appeared in their hanging heads. He was a good father and they +all knew it. He was quite satisfied and went on: + +“There, now, run away and enjoy yourselves! We shan’t have another word +about it.” Then he went on deck again and stood bravely the fire of +ridicule which he recognised around him, though nothing more was said +within his hearing. + +The astonishment and the amusement which his get-up occasioned on the +_Ban Righ_ was, however, nothing to that which it created in Aberdeen. +The boys and loafers, and women with babies, who waited at the landing +shed, followed _en masse_ as the Markam party took their way to the +railway station; even the porters with their old-fashioned knots and +their new-fashioned barrows, who await the traveller at the foot of the +gang-plank, followed in wondering delight. Fortunately the Peterhead +train was just about to start, so that the martyrdom was not +unnecessarily prolonged. In the carriage the glorious Highland costume +was unseen, and as there were but few persons at the station at Yellon, +all went well there. When, however, the carriage drew near the Mains of +Crooken and the fisher folk had run to their doors to see who it was +that was passing, the excitement exceeded all bounds. The children with +one impulse waved their bonnets and ran shouting behind the carriage; +the men forsook their nets and their baiting and followed; the women +clutched their babies, and followed also. The horses were tired after +their long journey to Yellon and back, and the hill was steep, so that +there was ample time for the crowd to gather and even to pass on ahead. + +Mrs. Markam and the elder girls would have liked to make some protest +or to do something to relieve their feelings of chagrin at the ridicule +which they saw on all faces, but there was a look of fixed +determination on the face of the seeming Highlander which awed them a +little, and they were silent. It might have been that the eagle’s +feather, even when arising above the bald head, the cairngorm brooch +even on the fat shoulder, and the claymore, dirk and pistols, even when +belted round the extensive paunch and protruding from the stocking on +the sturdy calf, fulfilled their existence as symbols of martial and +terrifying import! When the party arrived at the gate of the Red House +there awaited them a crowd of Crooken inhabitants, hatless and +respectfully silent; the remainder of the population was painfully +toiling up the hill. The silence was broken by only one sound, that of +a man with a deep voice. + +“Man! but he’s forgotten the pipes!” + +The servants had arrived some days before, and all things were in +readiness. In the glow consequent on a good lunch after a hard journey +all the disagreeables of travel and all the chagrin consequent on the +adoption of the obnoxious costume were forgotten. + +That afternoon Markam, still clad in full array, walked through the +Mains of Crooken. He was all alone, for, strange to say, his wife and +both daughters had sick headaches, and were, as he was told, lying down +to rest after the fatigue of the journey. His eldest son, who claimed +to be a young man, had gone out by himself to explore the surroundings +of the place, and one of the boys could not be found. The other boy, on +being told that his father had sent for him to come for a walk, had +managed—by accident, of course—to fall into the water butt, and had to +be dried and rigged out afresh. His clothes not having been as yet +unpacked this was of course impossible without delay. + +Mr. Markam was not quite satisfied with his walk. He could not meet any +of his neighbours. It was not that there were not enough people about, +for every house and cottage seemed to be full; but the people when in +the open were either in their doorways some distance behind him, or on +the roadway a long distance in front. As he passed he could see the +tops of heads and the whites of eyes in the windows or round the +corners of doors. The only interview which he had was anything but a +pleasant one. This was with an odd sort of old man who was hardly ever +heard to speak except to join in the “Amens” in the meeting-house. His +sole occupation seemed to be to wait at the window of the post-office +from eight o’clock in the morning till the arrival of the mail at one, +when he carried the letter-bag to a neighbouring baronial castle. The +remainder of his day was spent on a seat in a draughty part of the +port, where the offal of the fish, the refuse of the bait, and the +house rubbish was thrown, and where the ducks were accustomed to hold +high revel. + +When Saft Tammie beheld him coming he raised his eyes, which were +generally fixed on the nothing which lay on the roadway opposite his +seat, and, seeming dazzled as if by a burst of sunshine, rubbed them +and shaded them with his hand. Then he started up and raised his hand +aloft in a denunciatory manner as he spoke:— + +“‘Vanity of vanities, saith the preacher. All is vanity.’ Mon, be +warned in time! ‘Behold the lilies of the field, they toil not, neither +do they spin, yet Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of +these.’ Mon! Mon! Thy vanity is as the quicksand which swallows up all +which comes within its spell. Beware vanity! Beware the quicksand, +which yawneth for thee, and which will swallow thee up! See thyself! +Learn thine own vanity! Meet thyself face to face, and then in that +moment thou shalt learn the fatal force of thy vanity. Learn it, know +it, and repent ere the quicksand swallow thee!” Then without another +word he went back to his seat and sat there immovable and +expressionless as before. + +Markam could not but feel a little upset by this tirade. Only that it +was spoken by a seeming madman, he would have put it down to some +eccentric exhibition of Scottish humour or impudence; but the gravity +of the message—for it seemed nothing else—made such a reading +impossible. He was, however, determined not to give in to ridicule, and +although he had not yet seen anything in Scotland to remind him even of +a kilt, he determined to wear his Highland dress. When he returned +home, in less than half-an-hour, he found that every member of the +family was, despite the headaches, out taking a walk. He took the +opportunity afforded by their absence of locking himself in his +dressing-room, took off the Highland dress, and, putting on a suit of +flannels, lit a cigar and had a snooze. He was awakened by the noise of +the family coming in, and at once donning his dress made his appearance +in the drawing-room for tea. + +He did not go out again that afternoon; but after dinner he put on his +dress again—he had, of course dressed for dinner as usual—and went by +himself for a walk on the sea-shore. He had by this time come to the +conclusion that he would get by degrees accustomed to the Highland +dress before making it his ordinary wear. The moon was up and he easily +followed the path through the sand-hills, and shortly struck the shore. +The tide was out and the beach firm as a rock, so he strolled +southwards to nearly the end of the bay. Here he was attracted by two +isolated rocks some little way out from the edge of the dunes, so he +strolled towards them. When he reached the nearest one he climbed it, +and, sitting there elevated some fifteen or twenty feet over the waste +of sand, enjoyed the lovely, peaceful prospect. The moon was rising +behind the headland of Pennyfold, and its light was just touching the +top of the furthermost rock of the Spurs some three-quarters of a mile +out; the rest of the rocks were in dark shadow. As the moon rose over +the headland, the rocks of the Spurs and then the beach by degrees +became flooded with light. + +For a good while Mr. Markam sat and looked at the rising moon and the +growing area of light which followed its rise. Then he turned and faced +eastwards and sat with his chin in his hand looking seawards, and +revelling in the peace and beauty and freedom of the scene. The roar of +London—the darkness and the strife and weariness of London life—seemed +to have passed quite away, and he lived at the moment a freer and +higher life. He looked at the glistening water as it stole its way over +the flat waste of sand, coming closer and closer insensibly—the tide +had turned. Presently he heard a distant shouting along the beach very +far off. + +“The fishermen calling to each other,” he said to himself and looked +around. As he did so he got a horrible shock, for though just then a +cloud sailed across the moon he saw, in spite of the sudden darkness +around him, his own image. For an instant, on the top of the opposite +rock he could see the bald back of the head and the Glengarry cap with +the immense eagle’s feather. As he staggered back his foot slipped, and +he began to slide down towards the sand between the two rocks. He took +no concern as to falling, for the sand was really only a few feet below +him, and his mind was occupied with the figure or simulacrum of +himself, which had already disappeared. As the easiest way of reaching +_terra firma_ he prepared to jump the remainder of the distance. All +this had taken but a second, but the brain works quickly, and even as +he gathered himself for the spring he saw the sand below him lying so +marbly level shake and shiver in an odd way. A sudden fear overcame +him; his knees failed, and instead of jumping he slid miserably down +the rock, scratching his bare legs as he went. His feet touched the +sand—went through it like water—and he was down below his knees before +he realised that he was in a quicksand. Wildly he grasped at the rock +to keep himself from sinking further, and fortunately there was a +jutting spur or edge which he was able to grasp instinctively. To this +he clung in grim desperation. He tried to shout, but his breath would +not come, till after a great effort his voice rang out. Again he +shouted, and it seemed as if the sound of his own voice gave him new +courage, for he was able to hold on to the rock for a longer time than +he thought possible—though he held on only in blind desperation. He +was, however, beginning to find his grasp weakening, when, joy of joys! +his shout was answered by a rough voice from just above him. + +“God be thankit, I’m nae too late!” and a fisherman with great +thigh-boots came hurriedly climbing over the rock. In an instant he +recognised the gravity of the danger, and with a cheering “Haud fast, +mon! I’m comin’!” scrambled down till he found a firm foothold. Then +with one strong hand holding the rock above, he leaned down, and +catching Markam’s wrist, called out to him, “Haud to me, mon! Haud to +me wi’ ither hond!” + +Then he lent his great strength, and with a steady, sturdy pull, +dragged him out of the hungry quicksand and placed him safe upon the +rock. Hardly giving him time to draw breath, he pulled and pushed +him—never letting him go for an instant—over the rock into the firm +sand beyond it, and finally deposited him, still shaking from the +magnitude of his danger, high upon the beach. Then he began to speak: + +“Mon! but I was just in time. If I had no laucht at yon foolish lads +and begun to rin at the first you’d a bin sinkin’ doon to the bowels o’ +the airth be the noo! Wully Beagrie thocht you was a ghaist, and Tom +MacPhail swore ye was only like a goblin on a puddick-steel! ‘Na!’ said +I. ‘Yon’s but the daft Englishman—the loony that had escapit frae the +waxwarks.’ I was thinkin’ that bein’ strange and silly—if not a +whole-made feel—ye’d no ken the ways o’ the quicksan’! I shouted till +warn ye, and then ran to drag ye aff, if need be. But God be thankit, +be ye fule or only half-daft wi’ yer vanity, that I was no that late!” +and he reverently lifted his cap as he spoke. + +Mr. Markam was deeply touched and thankful for his escape from a +horrible death; but the sting of the charge of vanity thus made once +more against him came through his humility. He was about to reply +angrily, when suddenly a great awe fell upon him as he remembered the +warning words of the half-crazy letter-carrier: “Meet thyself face to +face, and repent ere the quicksand shall swallow thee!” + +Here, too, he remembered the image of himself that he had seen and the +sudden danger from the deadly quicksand that had followed. He was +silent a full minute, and then said: + +“My good fellow, I owe you my life!” + +The answer came with reverence from the hardy fisherman, “Na! Na! Ye +owe that to God; but, as for me, I’m only too glad till be the humble +instrument o’ His mercy.” + +“But you will let me thank you,” said Mr. Markam, taking both the great +hands of his deliverer in his and holding them tight. “My heart is too +full as yet, and my nerves are too much shaken to let me say much; but, +believe me, I am very, very grateful!” It was quite evident that the +poor old fellow was deeply touched, for the tears were running down his +cheeks. + +The fisherman said, with a rough but true courtesy: + +“Ay, sir! thank me and ye will—if it’ll do yer poor heart good. An’ I’m +thinking that if it were me I’d be thankful too. But, sir, as for me I +need no thanks. I am glad, so I am!” + +That Arthur Fernlee Markam was really thankful and grateful was shown +practically later on. Within a week’s time there sailed into Port +Crooken the finest fishing smack that had ever been seen in the harbour +of Peterhead. She was fully found with sails and gear of all kinds, and +with nets of the best. Her master and men went away by the coach, after +having left with the salmon-fisher’s wife the papers which made her +over to him. + +As Mr. Markam and the salmon-fisher walked together along the shore the +former asked his companion not to mention the fact that he had been in +such imminent danger, for that it would only distress his dear wife and +children. He said that he would warn them all of the quicksand, and for +that purpose he, then and there, asked questions about it till he felt +that his information on the subject was complete. Before they parted he +asked his companion if he had happened to see a second figure, dressed +like himself on the other rock as he had approached to succour him. + +“Na! Na!” came the answer, “there is nae sic another fule in these +parts. Nor has there been since the time o’ Jamie Fleeman—him that was +fule to the Laird o’ Udny. Why, mon! sic a heathenish dress as ye have +on till ye has nae been seen in these pairts within the memory o’ mon. +An’ I’m thinkin’ that sic a dress never was for sittin’ on the cauld +rock, as ye done beyont. Mon! but do ye no fear the rheumatism or the +lumbagy wi’ floppin’ doon on to the cauld stanes wi’ yer bare flesh? I +was thinking that it was daft ye waur when I see ye the mornin’ doon be +the port, but it’s fule or eediot ye maun be for the like o’ thot!” Mr. +Markam did not care to argue the point, and as they were now close to +his own home he asked the salmon-fisher to have a glass of whisky—which +he did—and they parted for the night. He took good care to warn all his +family of the quicksand, telling them that he had himself been in some +danger from it. + +All that night he never slept. He heard the hours strike one after the +other; but try how he would he could not get to sleep. Over and over +again he went through the horrible episode of the quicksand, from the +time that Saft Tammie had broken his habitual silence to preach to him +of the sin of vanity and to warn him. The question kept ever arising in +his mind: “Am I then so vain as to be in the ranks of the foolish?” and +the answer ever came in the words of the crazy prophet: “‘Vanity of +vanities! All is vanity.’ Meet thyself face to face, and repent ere the +quicksand shall swallow thee!” Somehow a feeling of doom began to shape +itself in his mind that he would yet perish in that same quicksand, for +there he had already met himself face to face. + +In the grey of the morning he dozed off, but it was evident that he +continued the subject in his dreams, for he was fully awakened by his +wife, who said: + +“Do sleep quietly! That blessed Highland suit has got on your brain. +Don’t talk in your sleep, if you can help it!” He was somehow conscious +of a glad feeling, as if some terrible weight had been lifted from him, +but he did not know any cause of it. He asked his wife what he had said +in his sleep, and she answered: + +“You said it often enough, goodness knows, for one to remember it—‘Not +face to face! I saw the eagle plume over the bald head! There is hope +yet! Not face to face!’ Go to sleep! Do!” And then he did go to sleep, +for he seemed to realise that the prophecy of the crazy man had not yet +been fulfilled. He had not met himself face to face—as yet at all +events. + +He was awakened early by a maid who came to tell him that there was a +fisherman at the door who wanted to see him. He dressed himself as +quickly as he could—for he was not yet expert with the Highland +dress—and hurried down, not wishing to keep the salmon-fisher waiting. +He was surprised and not altogether pleased to find that his visitor +was none other than Saft Tammie, who at once opened fire on him: + +“I maun gang awa’ t’ the post; but I thocht that I would waste an hour +on ye, and ca’ roond just to see if ye waur still that fou wi’ vanity +as on the nicht gane by. An I see that ye’ve no learned the lesson. +Well! the time is comin’, sure eneucht! However I have all the time i’ +the marnins to my ain sel’, so I’ll aye look roond jist till see how ye +gang yer ain gait to the quicksan’, and then to the de’il! I’m aff till +ma wark the noo!” And he went straightway, leaving Mr. Markam +considerably vexed, for the maids within earshot were vainly trying to +conceal their giggles. He had fairly made up his mind to wear on that +day ordinary clothes, but the visit of Saft Tammie reversed his +decision. He would show them all that he was not a coward, and he would +go on as he had begun—come what might. When he came to breakfast in +full martial panoply the children, one and all, held down their heads +and the backs of their necks became very red indeed. As, however, none +of them laughed—except Titus, the youngest boy, who was seized with a +fit of hysterical choking and was promptly banished from the room—he +could not reprove them, but began to break his egg with a sternly +determined air. It was unfortunate that as his wife was handing him a +cup of tea one of the buttons of his sleeve caught in the lace of her +morning wrapper, with the result that the hot tea was spilt over his +bare knees. Not unnaturally, he made use of a swear word, whereupon his +wife, somewhat nettled, spoke out: + +“Well, Arthur, if you will make such an idiot of yourself with that +ridiculous costume what else can you expect? You are not accustomed to +it—and you never will be!” In answer he began an indignant speech with: +“Madam!” but he got no further, for now that the subject was broached, +Mrs. Markam intended to have her say out. It was not a pleasant say, +and, truth to tell, it was not said in a pleasant manner. A wife’s +manner seldom is pleasant when she undertakes to tell what she +considers “truths” to her husband. The result was that Arthur Fernlee +Markam undertook, then and there, that during his stay in Scotland he +would wear no other costume than the one she abused. Woman-like his +wife had the last word—given in this case with tears: + +“Very well, Arthur! Of course you will do as you choose. Make me as +ridiculous as you can, and spoil the poor girls’ chances in life. Young +men don’t seem to care, as a general rule, for an idiot father-in-law! +But I must warn you that your vanity will some day get a rude shock—if +indeed you are not before then in an asylum or dead!” + +It was manifest after a few days that Mr. Markam would have to take the +major part of his outdoor exercise by himself. The girls now and again +took a walk with him, chiefly in the early morning or late at night, or +on a wet day when there would be no one about; they professed to be +willing to go out at all times, but somehow something always seemed to +occur to prevent it. The boys could never be found at all on such +occasions, and as to Mrs. Markam she sternly refused to go out with him +on any consideration so long as he should continue to make a fool of +himself. On the Sunday he dressed himself in his habitual broadcloth, +for he rightly felt that church was not a place for angry feelings; but +on Monday morning he resumed his Highland garb. By this time he would +have given a good deal if he had never thought of the dress, but his +British obstinacy was strong, and he would not give in. Saft Tammie +called at his house every morning, and, not being able to see him nor +to have any message taken to him, used to call back in the afternoon +when the letter-bag had been delivered and watched for his going out. +On such occasions he never failed to warn him against his vanity in the +same words which he had used at the first. Before many days were over +Mr. Markam had come to look upon him as little short of a scourge. + +By the time the week was out the enforced partial solitude, the +constant chagrin, and the never-ending brooding which was thus +engendered, began to make Mr. Markam quite ill. He was too proud to +take any of his family into his confidence since they had in his view +treated him very badly. Then he did not sleep well at night, and when +he did sleep he had constantly bad dreams. Merely to assure himself +that his pluck was not failing him he made it a practice to visit the +quicksand at least once every day; he hardly ever failed to go there +the last thing at night. It was perhaps this habit that wrought the +quicksand with its terrible experience so perpetually into his dreams. +More and more vivid these became, till on waking at times he could +hardly realise that he had not been actually in the flesh to visit the +fatal spot. He sometimes thought that he might have been walking in his +sleep. + +One night his dream was so vivid that when he awoke he could not +believe that it had only been a dream. He shut his eyes again and +again, but each time the vision, if it was a vision, or the reality, if +it was a reality, would rise before him. The moon was shining full and +yellow over the quicksand as he approached it; he could see the expanse +of light shaken and disturbed and full of black shadows as the liquid +sand quivered and trembled and wrinkled and eddied as was its wont +between its pauses of marble calm. As he drew close to it another +figure came towards it from the opposite side with equal footsteps. He +saw that it was his own figure, his very self, and in silent terror, +compelled by what force he knew not, he advanced—charmed as the bird is +by the snake, mesmerised or hypnotised—to meet this other self. As he +felt the yielding sand closing over him he awoke in the agony of death, +trembling with fear, and, strange to say, with the silly man’s prophecy +seeming to sound in his ears: “‘Vanity of vanities! All is vanity!’ See +thyself and repent ere the quicksand swallow thee!” + +So convinced was he that this was no dream that he arose, early as it +was, and dressing himself without disturbing his wife took his way to +the shore. His heart fell when he came across a series of footsteps on +the sands, which he at once recognised as his own. There was the same +wide heel, the same square toe; he had no doubt now that he had +actually been there, and half horrified, and half in a state of dreamy +stupor, he followed the footsteps, and found them lost in the edge of +the yielding quicksand. This gave him a terrible shock, for there were +no return steps marked on the sand, and he felt that there was some +dread mystery which he could not penetrate, and the penetration of +which would, he feared, undo him. + +In this state of affairs he took two wrong courses. Firstly he kept his +trouble to himself, and, as none of his family had any clue to it, +every innocent word or expression which they used supplied fuel to the +consuming fire of his imagination. Secondly he began to read books +professing to bear upon the mysteries of dreaming and of mental +phenomena generally, with the result that every wild imagination of +every crank or half-crazy philosopher became a living germ of unrest in +the fertilising soil of his disordered brain. Thus negatively and +positively all things began to work to a common end. Not the least of +his disturbing causes was Saft Tammie, who had now become at certain +times of the day a fixture at his gate. After a while, being interested +in the previous state of this individual, he made inquiries regarding +his past with the following result. + +Saft Tammie was popularly believed to be the son of a laird in one of +the counties round the Firth of Forth. He had been partially educated +for the ministry, but for some cause which no one ever knew threw up +his prospects suddenly, and, going to Peterhead in its days of whaling +prosperity, had there taken service on a whaler. Here off and on he had +remained for some years, getting gradually more and more silent in his +habits, till finally his shipmates protested against so taciturn a +mate, and he had found service amongst the fishing smacks of the +northern fleet. He had worked for many years at the fishing with always +the reputation of being “a wee bit daft,” till at length he had +gradually settled down at Crooken, where the laird, doubtless knowing +something of his family history, had given him a job which practically +made him a pensioner. The minister who gave the information finished +thus:— + +“It is a very strange thing, but the man seems to have some odd kind of +gift. Whether it be that ‘second sight’ which we Scotch people are so +prone to believe in, or some other occult form of knowledge, I know +not, but nothing of a disastrous tendency ever occurs in this place but +the men with whom he lives are able to quote after the event some +saying of his which certainly appears to have foretold it. He gets +uneasy or excited—wakes up, in fact—when death is in the air!” + +This did not in any way tend to lessen Mr. Markam’s concern, but on the +contrary seemed to impress the prophecy more deeply on his mind. Of all +the books which he had read on his new subject of study none interested +him so much as a German one _Die Döppleganger_, by Dr. Heinrich von +Aschenberg, formerly of Bonn. Here he learned for the first time of +cases where men had led a double existence—each nature being quite +apart from the other—the body being always a reality with one spirit, +and a simulacrum with the other. Needless to say that Mr. Markam +realised this theory as exactly suiting his own case. The glimpse which +he had of his own back the night of his escape from the quicksand—his +own footmarks disappearing into the quicksand with no return steps +visible—the prophecy of Saft Tammie about his meeting himself and +perishing in the quicksand—all lent aid to the conviction that he was +in his own person an instance of the döppleganger. Being then conscious +of a double life he took steps to prove its existence to his own +satisfaction. To this end on one night before going to bed he wrote his +name in chalk on the soles of his shoes. That night he dreamed of the +quicksand, and of his visiting it—dreamed so vividly that on walking in +the grey of the dawn he could not believe that he had not been there. +Arising, without disturbing his wife, he sought his shoes. + +The chalk signatures were undisturbed! He dressed himself and stole out +softly. This time the tide was in, so he crossed the dunes and struck +the shore on the further side of the quicksand. There, oh, horror of +horrors! he saw his own footprints dying into the abyss! + +He went home a desperately sad man. It seemed incredible that he, an +elderly commercial man, who had passed a long and uneventful life in +the pursuit of business in the midst of roaring, practical London, +should thus find himself enmeshed in mystery and horror, and that he +should discover that he had two existences. He could not speak of his +trouble even to his own wife, for well he knew that she would at once +require the fullest particulars of that other life—the one which she +did not know; and that she would at the start not only imagine but +charge him with all manner of infidelities on the head of it. And so +his brooding grew deeper and deeper still. One evening—the tide then +going out and the moon being at the full—he was sitting waiting for +dinner when the maid announced that Saft Tammie was making a +disturbance outside because he would not be let in to see him. He was +very indignant, but did not like the maid to think that he had any fear +on the subject, and so told her to bring him in. Tammie entered, +walking more briskly than ever with his head up and a look of vigorous +decision in the eyes that were so generally cast down. As soon as he +entered he said: + +“I have come to see ye once again—once again; and there ye sit, still +just like a cockatoo on a pairch. Weel, mon, I forgie ye! Mind ye that, +I forgie ye!” And without a word more he turned and walked out of the +house, leaving the master in speechless indignation. + +After dinner he determined to pay another visit to the quicksand—he +would not allow even to himself that he was afraid to go. And so, about +nine o’clock, in full array, he marched to the beach, and passing over +the sands sat on the skirt of the nearer rock. The full moon was behind +him and its light lit up the bay so that its fringe of foam, the dark +outline of the headland, and the stakes of the salmon-nets were all +emphasised. In the brilliant yellow glow the lights in the windows of +Port Crooken and in those of the distant castle of the laird trembled +like stars through the sky. For a long time he sat and drank in the +beauty of the scene, and his soul seemed to feel a peace that it had +not known for many days. All the pettiness and annoyance and silly +fears of the past weeks seemed blotted out, and a new holy calm took +the vacant place. In this sweet and solemn mood he reviewed his late +action calmly, and felt ashamed of himself for his vanity and for the +obstinacy which had followed it. And then and there he made up his mind +that the present would be the last time he would wear the costume which +had estranged him from those whom he loved, and which had caused him so +many hours and days of chagrin, vexation, and pain. + +But almost as soon as he arrived at this conclusion another voice +seemed to speak within him and mockingly to ask him if he should ever +get the chance to wear the suit again—that it was too late—he had +chosen his course and must now abide the issue. + +“It is not too late,” came the quick answer of his better self; and +full of the thought, he rose up to go home and divest himself of the +now hateful costume right away. He paused for one look at the beautiful +scene. The light lay pale and mellow, softening every outline of rock +and tree and house-top, and deepening the shadows into velvety-black, +and lighting, as with a pale flame, the incoming tide, that now crept +fringe-like across the flat waste of sand. Then he left the rock and +stepped out for the shore. + +But as he did so a frightful spasm of horror shook him, and for an +instant the blood rushing to his head shut out all the light of the +full moon. Once more he saw that fatal image of himself moving beyond +the quicksand from the opposite rock to the shore. The shock was all +the greater for the contrast with the spell of peace which he had just +enjoyed; and, almost paralysed in every sense, he stood and watched the +fatal vision and the wrinkly, crawling quicksand that seemed to writhe +and yearn for something that lay between. There could be no mistake +this time, for though the moon behind threw the face into shadow he +could see there the same shaven cheeks as his own, and the small stubby +moustache of a few weeks’ growth. The light shone on the brilliant +tartan, and on the eagle’s plume. Even the bald space at one side of +the Glengarry cap glistened, as did the cairngorm brooch on the +shoulder and the tops of the silver buttons. As he looked he felt his +feet slightly sinking, for he was still near the edge of the belt of +quicksand, and he stepped back. As he did so the other figure stepped +forward, so that the space between them was preserved. + +So the two stood facing each other, as though in some weird +fascination; and in the rushing of the blood through his brain Markam +seemed to hear the words of the prophecy: “See thyself face to face, +and repent ere the quicksand swallow thee.” He did stand face to face +with himself, he had repented—and now he was sinking in the quicksand! +The warning and prophecy were coming true. + +Above him the seagulls screamed, circling round the fringe of the +incoming tide, and the sound being entirely mortal recalled him to +himself. On the instant he stepped back a few quick steps, for as yet +only his feet were merged in the soft sand. As he did so the other +figure stepped forward, and coming within the deadly grip of the +quicksand began to sink. It seemed to Markam that he was looking at +himself going down to his doom, and on the instant the anguish of his +soul found vent in a terrible cry. There was at the same instant a +terrible cry from the other figure, and as Markam threw up his hands +the figure did the same. With horror-struck eyes he saw him sink deeper +into the quicksand; and then, impelled by what power he knew not, he +advanced again towards the sand to meet his fate. But as his more +forward foot began to sink he heard again the cries of the seagulls +which seemed to restore his benumbed faculties. With a mighty effort he +drew his foot out of the sand which seemed to clutch it, leaving his +shoe behind, and then in sheer terror he turned and ran from the place, +never stopping till his breath and strength failed him, and he sank +half swooning on the grassy path through the sandhills. + + +Arthur Markam made up his mind not to tell his family of his terrible +adventure—until at least such time as he should be complete master of +himself. Now that the fatal double—his other self—had been engulfed in +the quicksand he felt something like his old peace of mind. + +That night he slept soundly and did not dream at all; and in the +morning was quite his old self. It really seemed as though his newer +and worser self had disappeared for ever; and strangely enough Saft +Tammie was absent from his post that morning and never appeared there +again, but sat in his old place watching nothing, as of old, with +lack-lustre eye. In accordance with his resolution he did not wear his +Highland suit again, but one evening tied it up in a bundle, claymore, +dirk and philibeg and all, and bringing it secretly with him threw it +into the quicksand. With a feeling of intense pleasure he saw it sucked +below the sand, which closed above it into marble smoothness. Then he +went home and announced cheerily to his family assembled for evening +prayers: + +“Well! my dears, you will be glad to hear that I have abandoned my idea +of wearing the Highland dress. I see now what a vain old fool I was and +how ridiculous I made myself! You shall never see it again!” + +“Where is it, father?” asked one of the girls, wishing to say something +so that such a self-sacrificing announcement as her father’s should not +be passed in absolute silence. His answer was so sweetly given that the +girl rose from her seat and came and kissed him. It was: + +“In the quicksand, my dear! and I hope that my worser self is buried +there along with it—for ever.” + + +The remainder of the summer was passed at Crooken with delight by all +the family, and on his return to town Mr. Markam had almost forgotten +the whole of the incident of the quicksand, and all touching on it, +when one day he got a letter from the MacCallum More which caused him +much thought, though he said nothing of it to his family, and left it, +for certain reasons, unanswered. It ran as follows:— + +“The MacCallum More and Roderick MacDhu. +“The Scotch All-Wool Tartan Clothing Mart. +Copthall Court, E.C., +30th September, 1892. + +“Dear Sir,—I trust you will pardon the liberty which I take in writing +to you, but I am desirous of making an inquiry, and I am informed that +you have been sojourning during the summer in Aberdeenshire (Scotland, +N.B.). My partner, Mr. Roderick MacDhu—as he appears for business +reasons on our bill-heads and in our advertisements, his real name +being Emmanuel Moses Marks of London—went early last month to Scotland +(N.B.) for a tour, but as I have only once heard from him, shortly +after his departure, I am anxious lest any misfortune may have befallen +him. As I have been unable to obtain any news of him on making all +inquiries in my power, I venture to appeal to you. His letter was +written in deep dejection of spirit, and mentioned that he feared a +judgment had come upon him for wishing to appear as a Scotchman on +Scottish soil, as he had one moonlight night shortly after his arrival +seen his “wraith”. He evidently alluded to the fact that before his +departure he had procured for himself a Highland costume similar to +that which we had the honour to supply to you, with which, as perhaps +you will remember, he was much struck. He may, however, never have worn +it, as he was, to my own knowledge, diffident about putting it on, and +even went so far as to tell me that he would at first only venture to +wear it late at night or very early in the morning, and then only in +remote places, until such time as he should get accustomed to it. +Unfortunately he did not advise me of his route so that I am in +complete ignorance of his whereabouts; and I venture to ask if you may +have seen or heard of a Highland costume similar to your own having +been seen anywhere in the neighbourhood in which I am told you have +recently purchased the estate which you temporarily occupied. I shall +not expect an answer to this letter unless you can give me some +information regarding my friend and partner, so pray do not trouble to +reply unless there be cause. I am encouraged to think that he may have +been in your neighbourhood as, though his letter is not dated, the +envelope is marked with the postmark of ‘Yellon’ which I find is in +Aberdeenshire, and not far from the Mains of Crooken. + +“I have the honour to be, dear sir, +“Yours very respectfully, +“Joshua Sheeny Cohen Benjamin +“(The MacCallum More.)” + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Dracula's Guest, by Bram Stoker + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DRACULA'S GUEST *** + +***** This file should be named 10150-0.txt or 10150-0.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/1/0/1/5/10150/ + +E-text prepared by Bill Keir, Susan Woodring, +and the Project Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team +and revised by Jeannie Howse + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will +be renamed. + +Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright +law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, +so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United +States without permission and without paying copyright +royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part +of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, +and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive +specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this +eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook +for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, +performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given +away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks +not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the +trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. + +START: FULL LICENSE + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full +Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at +www.gutenberg.org/license. + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or +destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your +possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a +Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound +by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the +person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph +1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this +agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the +Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection +of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual +works in the collection are in the public domain in the United +States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the +United States and you are located in the United States, we do not +claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, +displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as +all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope +that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting +free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm +works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the +Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily +comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the +same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when +you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are +in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, +check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this +agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, +distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any +other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no +representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any +country outside the United States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other +immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear +prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work +on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, +performed, viewed, copied or distributed: + + This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and + most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no + restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it + under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this + eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the + United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you + are located before using this ebook. + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is +derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not +contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the +copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in +the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are +redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply +either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or +obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm +trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any +additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms +will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works +posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the +beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including +any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access +to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format +other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official +version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site +(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense +to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means +of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain +Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the +full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +provided that + +* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed + to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has + agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid + within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are + legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty + payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in + Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg + Literary Archive Foundation." + +* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all + copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue + all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm + works. + +* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of + any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of + receipt of the work. + +* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than +are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing +from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The +Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm +trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project +Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may +contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate +or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or +other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or +cannot be read by your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium +with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you +with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in +lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person +or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second +opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If +the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing +without further opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO +OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of +damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement +violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the +agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or +limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or +unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the +remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in +accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the +production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, +including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of +the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this +or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or +additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any +Defect you cause. + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of +computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It +exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations +from people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future +generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see +Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at +www.gutenberg.org + + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by +U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the +mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its +volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous +locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt +Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to +date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and +official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND +DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular +state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To +donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project +Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be +freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and +distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of +volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in +the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not +necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper +edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search +facility: www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + diff --git a/old/10150-0.zip b/old/10150-0.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2cd72e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/10150-0.zip diff --git a/old/10150-h.zip b/old/10150-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..56cd951 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/10150-h.zip diff --git a/old/10150-h/10150-h.htm b/old/10150-h/10150-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a7edfc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/10150-h/10150-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,6049 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> +<title>The Project Gutenberg EBook of Dracula's Guest, by Bram Stoker</title> + +<style type="text/css"> + +body { margin-left: 20%; + margin-right: 20%; + text-align: justify; } + +h1, h2, h3, h4, h5 {text-align: center; font-style: normal; font-weight: +normal; line-height: 1.5; margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: .5em;} + +h1 {font-size: 300%; + margin-top: 0.6em; + margin-bottom: 0.6em; + letter-spacing: 0.12em; + word-spacing: 0.2em; + text-indent: 0em;} +h2 {font-size: 150%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 1em;} +h3 {font-size: 130%; margin-top: 1em;} +h4 {font-size: 120%;} +h5 {font-size: 110%;} + +.no-break {page-break-before: avoid;} /* for epubs */ + +div.chapter {page-break-before: always; margin-top: 4em;} + +hr {width: 80%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;} + +p {text-indent: 1em; + margin-top: 0.25em; + margin-bottom: 0.25em; } + +a:link {color:blue; text-decoration:none} +a:visited {color:blue; text-decoration:none} +a:hover {color:red} + +</style> + +</head> + +<body> + +<pre> +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Dracula's Guest, by Bram Stoker + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most +other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions +whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of +the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at +www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have +to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. + +Title: Dracula's Guest + +Author: Bram Stoker + +Release Date: November 20, 2003 [EBook #10150] +[Most recently updated: November 26, 2020] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DRACULA'S GUEST *** + + + + +E-text prepared by Bill Keir, Susan Woodring, +and the Project Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team +and revised by Jeannie Howse + + + + +</pre> + +<h1>Dracula’s Guest</h1> + +<h2 class="no-break">by Bram Stoker</h2> + +<h3>First published 1914</h3> + +<hr /> + +<h4>To MY SON</h4> + +<hr /> + +<h2>Contents</h2> + +<table summary="" style=""> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#pref01">PREFACE</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap01">Dracula’s Guest</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap02">The Judge’s House</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap03">The Squaw</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap04">The Secret of the Growing Gold</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap05">The Gipsy Prophecy</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap06">The Coming of Abel Behenna</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap07">The Burial of the Rats</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap08">A Dream of Red Hands</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap09">Crooken Sands</a></td> +</tr> + +</table> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="pref01"></a>PREFACE</h2> + +<p> +A few months before the lamented death of my husband—I might say even +as the shadow of death was over him—he planned three series of short +stories for publication, and the present volume is one of them. To his +original list of stories in this book, I have added an hitherto +unpublished episode from <i>Dracula</i>. It was originally excised owing to +the length of the book, and may prove of interest to the many readers of +what is considered my husband’s most remarkable work. The other stories +have already been published in English and American periodicals. Had my +husband lived longer, he might have seen fit to revise this work, which +is mainly from the earlier years of his strenuous life. But, as fate has +entrusted to me the issuing of it, I consider it fitting and proper to +let it go forth practically as it was left by him.</p> + +<p style="text-align: right; padding-right: 3em;">FLORENCE BRAM STOKER</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap01"></a>Dracula’s Guest</h2> + +<p>When we started for our drive the sun was shining brightly on Munich, +and the air was full of the joyousness of early summer. Just as we were +about to depart, Herr Delbrück (the maître d’hôtel of the Quatre +Saisons, where I was staying) came down, bareheaded, to the carriage +and, after wishing me a pleasant drive, said to the coachman, still +holding his hand on the handle of the carriage door:</p> + +<p>“Remember you are back by nightfall. The sky looks bright but there is a +shiver in the north wind that says there may be a sudden storm. But I am +sure you will not be late.” Here he smiled, and added, “for you know +what night it is.”</p> + +<p>Johann answered with an emphatic, “Ja, mein Herr,” and, touching his +hat, drove off quickly. When we had cleared the town, I said, after +signalling to him to stop:</p> + +<p>“Tell me, Johann, what is tonight?”</p> + +<p>He crossed himself, as he answered laconically: “Walpurgis nacht.” Then +he took out his watch, a great, old-fashioned German silver thing as big +as a turnip, and looked at it, with his eyebrows gathered together and a +little impatient shrug of his shoulders. I realised that this was his +way of respectfully protesting against the unnecessary delay, and sank +back in the carriage, merely motioning him to proceed. He started off +rapidly, as if to make up for lost time. Every now and then the horses +seemed to throw up their heads and sniffed the air suspiciously. On such +occasions I often looked round in alarm. The road was pretty bleak, for +we were traversing a sort of high, wind-swept plateau. As we drove, I +saw a road that looked but little used, and which seemed to dip through +a little, winding valley. It looked so inviting that, even at the risk +of offending him, I called Johann to stop—and when he had pulled up, I +told him I would like to drive down that road. He made all sorts of +excuses, and frequently crossed himself as he spoke. This somewhat +piqued my curiosity, so I asked him various questions. He answered +fencingly, and repeatedly looked at his watch in protest. Finally I +said:</p> + +<p>“Well, Johann, I want to go down this road. I shall not ask you to come +unless you like; but tell me why you do not like to go, that is all I +ask.” For answer he seemed to throw himself off the box, so quickly did +he reach the ground. Then he stretched out his hands appealingly to me, +and implored me not to go. There was just enough of English mixed with +the German for me to understand the drift of his talk. He seemed always +just about to tell me something—the very idea of which evidently +frightened him; but each time he pulled himself up, saying, as he +crossed himself: “Walpurgis-Nacht!”</p> + +<p>I tried to argue with him, but it was difficult to argue with a man when +I did not know his language. The advantage certainly rested with him, +for although he began to speak in English, of a very crude and broken +kind, he always got excited and broke into his native tongue—and every +time he did so, he looked at his watch. Then the horses became restless +and sniffed the air. At this he grew very pale, and, looking around in a +frightened way, he suddenly jumped forward, took them by the bridles and +led them on some twenty feet. I followed, and asked why he had done +this. For answer he crossed himself, pointed to the spot we had left and +drew his carriage in the direction of the other road, indicating a +cross, and said, first in German, then in English: “Buried him—him what +killed themselves.”</p> + +<p>I remembered the old custom of burying suicides at cross-roads: “Ah! I +see, a suicide. How interesting!” But for the life of me I could not +make out why the horses were frightened.</p> + +<p>Whilst we were talking, we heard a sort of sound between a yelp and a +bark. It was far away; but the horses got very restless, and it took +Johann all his time to quiet them. He was pale, and said, “It sounds +like a wolf—but yet there are no wolves here now.”</p> + +<p>“No?” I said, questioning him; “isn’t it long since the wolves were so +near the city?”</p> + +<p>“Long, long,” he answered, “in the spring and summer; but with the snow +the wolves have been here not so long.”</p> + +<p>Whilst he was petting the horses and trying to quiet them, dark clouds +drifted rapidly across the sky. The sunshine passed away, and a breath +of cold wind seemed to drift past us. It was only a breath, however, and +more in the nature of a warning than a fact, for the sun came out +brightly again. Johann looked under his lifted hand at the horizon and +said:</p> + +<p>“The storm of snow, he comes before long time.” Then he looked at his +watch again, and, straightway holding his reins firmly—for the horses +were still pawing the ground restlessly and shaking their heads—he +climbed to his box as though the time had come for proceeding on our +journey.</p> + +<p>I felt a little obstinate and did not at once get into the carriage.</p> + +<p>“Tell me,” I said, “about this place where the road leads,” and I +pointed down.</p> + +<p>Again he crossed himself and mumbled a prayer, before he answered, “It +is unholy.”</p> + +<p>“What is unholy?” I enquired.</p> + +<p>“The village.”</p> + +<p>“Then there is a village?”</p> + +<p>“No, no. No one lives there hundreds of years.” My curiosity was piqued, +“But you said there was a village.”</p> + +<p>“There was.”</p> + +<p>“Where is it now?”</p> + +<p>Whereupon he burst out into a long story in German and English, so mixed +up that I could not quite understand exactly what he said, but roughly I +gathered that long ago, hundreds of years, men had died there and been +buried in their graves; and sounds were heard under the clay, and when +the graves were opened, men and women were found rosy with life, and +their mouths red with blood. And so, in haste to save their lives (aye, +and their souls!—and here he crossed himself) those who were left fled +away to other places, where the living lived, and the dead were dead and +not—not something. He was evidently afraid to speak the last words. As +he proceeded with his narration, he grew more and more excited. It +seemed as if his imagination had got hold of him, and he ended in a +perfect paroxysm of fear—white-faced, perspiring, trembling and looking +round him, as if expecting that some dreadful presence would manifest +itself there in the bright sunshine on the open plain. Finally, in an +agony of desperation, he cried:</p> + +<p>“Walpurgis nacht!” and pointed to the carriage for me to get in. All my +English blood rose at this, and, standing back, I said:</p> + +<p>“You are afraid, Johann—you are afraid. Go home; I shall return alone; +the walk will do me good.” The carriage door was open. I took from the +seat my oak walking-stick—which I always carry on my holiday +excursions—and closed the door, pointing back to Munich, and said, “Go +home, Johann—Walpurgis-nacht doesn’t concern Englishmen.”</p> + +<p>The horses were now more restive than ever, and Johann was trying to +hold them in, while excitedly imploring me not to do anything so +foolish. I pitied the poor fellow, he was deeply in earnest; but all the +same I could not help laughing. His English was quite gone now. In his +anxiety he had forgotten that his only means of making me understand was +to talk my language, so he jabbered away in his native German. It began +to be a little tedious. After giving the direction, “Home!” I turned to +go down the cross-road into the valley.</p> + +<p>With a despairing gesture, Johann turned his horses towards Munich. I +leaned on my stick and looked after him. He went slowly along the road +for a while: then there came over the crest of the hill a man tall and +thin. I could see so much in the distance. When he drew near the horses, +they began to jump and kick about, then to scream with terror. Johann +could not hold them in; they bolted down the road, running away madly. I +watched them out of sight, then looked for the stranger, but I found +that he, too, was gone.</p> + +<p>With a light heart I turned down the side road through the deepening +valley to which Johann had objected. There was not the slightest reason, +that I could see, for his objection; and I daresay I tramped for a +couple of hours without thinking of time or distance, and certainly +without seeing a person or a house. So far as the place was concerned, +it was desolation itself. But I did not notice this particularly till, +on turning a bend in the road, I came upon a scattered fringe of wood; +then I recognised that I had been impressed unconsciously by the +desolation of the region through which I had passed.</p> + +<p>I sat down to rest myself, and began to look around. It struck me that +it was considerably colder than it had been at the commencement of my +walk—a sort of sighing sound seemed to be around me, with, now and +then, high overhead, a sort of muffled roar. Looking upwards I noticed +that great thick clouds were drifting rapidly across the sky from North +to South at a great height. There were signs of coming storm in some +lofty stratum of the air. I was a little chilly, and, thinking that it +was the sitting still after the exercise of walking, I resumed my +journey.</p> + +<p>The ground I passed over was now much more picturesque. There were no +striking objects that the eye might single out; but in all there was a +charm of beauty. I took little heed of time and it was only when the +deepening twilight forced itself upon me that I began to think of how I +should find my way home. The brightness of the day had gone. The air was +cold, and the drifting of clouds high overhead was more marked. They +were accompanied by a sort of far-away rushing sound, through which +seemed to come at intervals that mysterious cry which the driver had +said came from a wolf. For a while I hesitated. I had said I would see +the deserted village, so on I went, and presently came on a wide stretch +of open country, shut in by hills all around. Their sides were covered +with trees which spread down to the plain, dotting, in clumps, the +gentler slopes and hollows which showed here and there. I followed with +my eye the winding of the road, and saw that it curved close to one of +the densest of these clumps and was lost behind it.</p> + +<p>As I looked there came a cold shiver in the air, and the snow began to +fall. I thought of the miles and miles of bleak country I had passed, +and then hurried on to seek the shelter of the wood in front. Darker and +darker grew the sky, and faster and heavier fell the snow, till the +earth before and around me was a glistening white carpet the further +edge of which was lost in misty vagueness. The road was here but crude, +and when on the level its boundaries were not so marked, as when it +passed through the cuttings; and in a little while I found that I must +have strayed from it, for I missed underfoot the hard surface, and my +feet sank deeper in the grass and moss. Then the wind grew stronger and +blew with ever increasing force, till I was fain to run before it. The +air became icy-cold, and in spite of my exercise I began to suffer. The +snow was now falling so thickly and whirling around me in such rapid +eddies that I could hardly keep my eyes open. Every now and then the +heavens were torn asunder by vivid lightning, and in the flashes I could +see ahead of me a great mass of trees, chiefly yew and cypress all +heavily coated with snow.</p> + +<p>I was soon amongst the shelter of the trees, and there, in comparative +silence, I could hear the rush of the wind high overhead. Presently the +blackness of the storm had become merged in the darkness of the night. +By-and-by the storm seemed to be passing away: it now only came in +fierce puffs or blasts. At such moments the weird sound of the wolf +appeared to be echoed by many similar sounds around me.</p> + +<p>Now and again, through the black mass of drifting cloud, came a +straggling ray of moonlight, which lit up the expanse, and showed me +that I was at the edge of a dense mass of cypress and yew trees. As the +snow had ceased to fall, I walked out from the shelter and began to +investigate more closely. It appeared to me that, amongst so many old +foundations as I had passed, there might be still standing a house in +which, though in ruins, I could find some sort of shelter for a while. +As I skirted the edge of the copse, I found that a low wall encircled +it, and following this I presently found an opening. Here the cypresses +formed an alley leading up to a square mass of some kind of building. +Just as I caught sight of this, however, the drifting clouds obscured +the moon, and I passed up the path in darkness. The wind must have grown +colder, for I felt myself shiver as I walked; but there was hope of +shelter, and I groped my way blindly on.</p> + +<p>I stopped, for there was a sudden stillness. The storm had passed; and, +perhaps in sympathy with nature’s silence, my heart seemed to cease to +beat. But this was only momentarily; for suddenly the moonlight broke +through the clouds, showing me that I was in a graveyard, and that the +square object before me was a great massive tomb of marble, as white as +the snow that lay on and all around it. With the moonlight there came a +fierce sigh of the storm, which appeared to resume its course with a +long, low howl, as of many dogs or wolves. I was awed and shocked, and +felt the cold perceptibly grow upon me till it seemed to grip me by the +heart. Then while the flood of moonlight still fell on the marble tomb, +the storm gave further evidence of renewing, as though it was returning +on its track. Impelled by some sort of fascination, I approached the +sepulchre to see what it was, and why such a thing stood alone in such a +place. I walked around it, and read, over the Doric door, in German:</p> + +<p style="text-align: center;">COUNTESS DOLINGEN OF GRATZ<br /> +IN STYRIA<br /> +SOUGHT AND FOUND DEATH<br /> +1801</p> + +<p>On the top of the tomb, seemingly driven through the solid marble—for +the structure was composed of a few vast blocks of stone—was a great +iron spike or stake. On going to the back I saw, graven in great Russian +letters:</p> + +<p style="text-align: center;">“The dead travel fast.”</p> + +<p>There was something so weird and uncanny about the whole thing that it +gave me a turn and made me feel quite faint. I began to wish, for the +first time, that I had taken Johann’s advice. Here a thought struck me, +which came under almost mysterious circumstances and with a terrible +shock. This was Walpurgis Night!</p> + +<p>Walpurgis Night, when, according to the belief of millions of people, +the devil was abroad—when the graves were opened and the dead came +forth and walked. When all evil things of earth and air and water held +revel. This very place the driver had specially shunned. This was the +depopulated village of centuries ago. This was where the suicide lay; +and this was the place where I was alone—unmanned, shivering with cold +in a shroud of snow with a wild storm gathering again upon me! It took +all my philosophy, all the religion I had been taught, all my courage, +not to collapse in a paroxysm of fright.</p> + +<p>And now a perfect tornado burst upon me. The ground shook as though +thousands of horses thundered across it; and this time the storm bore on +its icy wings, not snow, but great hailstones which drove with such +violence that they might have come from the thongs of Balearic +slingers—hailstones that beat down leaf and branch and made the shelter +of the cypresses of no more avail than though their stems were +standing-corn. At the first I had rushed to the nearest tree; but I was +soon fain to leave it and seek the only spot that seemed to afford +refuge, the deep Doric doorway of the marble tomb. There, crouching +against the massive bronze door, I gained a certain amount of protection +from the beating of the hailstones, for now they only drove against me +as they ricocheted from the ground and the side of the marble.</p> + +<p>As I leaned against the door, it moved slightly and opened inwards. The +shelter of even a tomb was welcome in that pitiless tempest, and I was +about to enter it when there came a flash of forked-lightning that lit +up the whole expanse of the heavens. In the instant, as I am a living +man, I saw, as my eyes were turned into the darkness of the tomb, a +beautiful woman, with rounded cheeks and red lips, seemingly sleeping on +a bier. As the thunder broke overhead, I was grasped as by the hand of a +giant and hurled out into the storm. The whole thing was so sudden that, +before I could realise the shock, moral as well as physical, I found the +hailstones beating me down. At the same time I had a strange, dominating +feeling that I was not alone. I looked towards the tomb. Just then there +came another blinding flash, which seemed to strike the iron stake that +surmounted the tomb and to pour through to the earth, blasting and +crumbling the marble, as in a burst of flame. The dead woman rose for a +moment of agony, while she was lapped in the flame, and her bitter +scream of pain was drowned in the thundercrash. The last thing I heard +was this mingling of dreadful sound, as again I was seized in the +giant-grasp and dragged away, while the hailstones beat on me, and the +air around seemed reverberant with the howling of wolves. The last sight +that I remembered was a vague, white, moving mass, as if all the graves +around me had sent out the phantoms of their sheeted-dead, and that they +were closing in on me through the white cloudiness of the driving hail.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p>Gradually there came a sort of vague beginning of consciousness; then a +sense of weariness that was dreadful. For a time I remembered nothing; +but slowly my senses returned. My feet seemed positively racked with +pain, yet I could not move them. They seemed to be numbed. There was an +icy feeling at the back of my neck and all down my spine, and my ears, +like my feet, were dead, yet in torment; but there was in my breast a +sense of warmth which was, by comparison, delicious. It was as a +nightmare—a physical nightmare, if one may use such an expression; for +some heavy weight on my chest made it difficult for me to breathe.</p> + +<p>This period of semi-lethargy seemed to remain a long time, and as it +faded away I must have slept or swooned. Then came a sort of loathing, +like the first stage of sea-sickness, and a wild desire to be free from +something—I knew not what. A vast stillness enveloped me, as though all +the world were asleep or dead—only broken by the low panting as of some +animal close to me. I felt a warm rasping at my throat, then came a +consciousness of the awful truth, which chilled me to the heart and sent +the blood surging up through my brain. Some great animal was lying on me +and now licking my throat. I feared to stir, for some instinct of +prudence bade me lie still; but the brute seemed to realise that there +was now some change in me, for it raised its head. Through my eyelashes +I saw above me the two great flaming eyes of a gigantic wolf. Its sharp +white teeth gleamed in the gaping red mouth, and I could feel its hot +breath fierce and acrid upon me.</p> + +<p>For another spell of time I remembered no more. Then I became conscious +of a low growl, followed by a yelp, renewed again and again. Then, +seemingly very far away, I heard a “Holloa! holloa!” as of many voices +calling in unison. Cautiously I raised my head and looked in the +direction whence the sound came; but the cemetery blocked my view. The +wolf still continued to yelp in a strange way, and a red glare began to +move round the grove of cypresses, as though following the sound. As the +voices drew closer, the wolf yelped faster and louder. I feared to make +either sound or motion. Nearer came the red glow, over the white pall +which stretched into the darkness around me. Then all at once from +beyond the trees there came at a trot a troop of horsemen bearing +torches. The wolf rose from my breast and made for the cemetery. I saw +one of the horsemen (soldiers by their caps and their long military +cloaks) raise his carbine and take aim. A companion knocked up his arm, +and I heard the ball whizz over my head. He had evidently taken my body +for that of the wolf. Another sighted the animal as it slunk away, and a +shot followed. Then, at a gallop, the troop rode forward—some towards +me, others following the wolf as it disappeared amongst the snow-clad +cypresses.</p> + +<p>As they drew nearer I tried to move, but was powerless, although I could +see and hear all that went on around me. Two or three of the soldiers +jumped from their horses and knelt beside me. One of them raised my +head, and placed his hand over my heart.</p> + +<p>“Good news, comrades!” he cried. “His heart still beats!”</p> + +<p>Then some brandy was poured down my throat; it put vigour into me, and I +was able to open my eyes fully and look around. Lights and shadows were +moving among the trees, and I heard men call to one another. They drew +together, uttering frightened exclamations; and the lights flashed as +the others came pouring out of the cemetery pell-mell, like men +possessed. When the further ones came close to us, those who were around +me asked them eagerly:</p> + +<p>“Well, have you found him?”</p> + +<p>The reply rang out hurriedly:</p> + +<p>“No! no! Come away quick—quick! This is no place to stay, and on this +of all nights!”</p> + +<p>“What was it?” was the question, asked in all manner of keys. The answer +came variously and all indefinitely as though the men were moved by some +common impulse to speak, yet were restrained by some common fear from +giving their thoughts.</p> + +<p>“It—it—indeed!” gibbered one, whose wits had plainly given out for the +moment.</p> + +<p>“A wolf—and yet not a wolf!” another put in shudderingly.</p> + +<p>“No use trying for him without the sacred bullet,” a third remarked in a +more ordinary manner.</p> + +<p>“Serve us right for coming out on this night! Truly we have earned our +thousand marks!” were the ejaculations of a fourth.</p> + +<p>“There was blood on the broken marble,” another said after a pause—“the +lightning never brought that there. And for him—is he safe? Look at his +throat! See, comrades, the wolf has been lying on him and keeping his +blood warm.”</p> + +<p>The officer looked at my throat and replied:</p> + +<p>“He is all right; the skin is not pierced. What does it all mean? We +should never have found him but for the yelping of the wolf.”</p> + +<p>“What became of it?” asked the man who was holding up my head, and who +seemed the least panic-stricken of the party, for his hands were steady +and without tremor. On his sleeve was the chevron of a petty officer.</p> + +<p>“It went to its home,” answered the man, whose long face was pallid, and +who actually shook with terror as he glanced around him fearfully. +“There are graves enough there in which it may lie. Come, comrades—come +quickly! Let us leave this cursed spot.”</p> + +<p>The officer raised me to a sitting posture, as he uttered a word of +command; then several men placed me upon a horse. He sprang to the +saddle behind me, took me in his arms, gave the word to advance; and, +turning our faces away from the cypresses, we rode away in swift, +military order.</p> + +<p>As yet my tongue refused its office, and I was perforce silent. I must +have fallen asleep; for the next thing I remembered was finding myself +standing up, supported by a soldier on each side of me. It was almost +broad daylight, and to the north a red streak of sunlight was reflected, +like a path of blood, over the waste of snow. The officer was telling +the men to say nothing of what they had seen, except that they found an +English stranger, guarded by a large dog.</p> + +<p>“Dog! that was no dog,” cut in the man who had exhibited such fear. “I +think I know a wolf when I see one.”</p> + +<p>The young officer answered calmly: “I said a dog.”</p> + +<p>“Dog!” reiterated the other ironically. It was evident that his courage +was rising with the sun; and, pointing to me, he said, “Look at his +throat. Is that the work of a dog, master?”</p> + +<p>Instinctively I raised my hand to my throat, and as I touched it I cried +out in pain. The men crowded round to look, some stooping down from +their saddles; and again there came the calm voice of the young officer:</p> + +<p>“A dog, as I said. If aught else were said we should only be laughed +at.”</p> + +<p>I was then mounted behind a trooper, and we rode on into the suburbs of +Munich. Here we came across a stray carriage, into which I was lifted, +and it was driven off to the Quatre Saisons—the young officer +accompanying me, whilst a trooper followed with his horse, and the +others rode off to their barracks.</p> + +<p>When we arrived, Herr Delbrück rushed so quickly down the steps to meet +me, that it was apparent he had been watching within. Taking me by both +hands he solicitously led me in. The officer saluted me and was turning +to withdraw, when I recognised his purpose, and insisted that he should +come to my rooms. Over a glass of wine I warmly thanked him and his +brave comrades for saving me. He replied simply that he was more than +glad, and that Herr Delbrück had at the first taken steps to make all +the searching party pleased; at which ambiguous utterance the maître +d’hôtel smiled, while the officer pleaded duty and withdrew.</p> + +<p>“But Herr Delbrück,” I enquired, “how and why was it that the soldiers +searched for me?”</p> + +<p>He shrugged his shoulders, as if in depreciation of his own deed, as he +replied:</p> + +<p>“I was so fortunate as to obtain leave from the commander of the +regiment in which I served, to ask for volunteers.”</p> + +<p>“But how did you know I was lost?” I asked.</p> + +<p>“The driver came hither with the remains of his carriage, which had been +upset when the horses ran away.”</p> + +<p>“But surely you would not send a search-party of soldiers merely on this +account?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, no!” he answered; “but even before the coachman arrived, I had this +telegram from the Boyar whose guest you are,” and he took from his +pocket a telegram which he handed to me, and I read:</p> + +<blockquote> +<p style="text-align: right; padding-right: 2.5em;"><i>Bistritz</i>.</p> +<p>Be careful of my guest—his safety is most precious to me. Should aught +happen to him, or if he be missed, spare nothing to find him and ensure +his safety. He is English and therefore adventurous. There are often +dangers from snow and wolves and night. Lose not a moment if you suspect +harm to him. I answer your zeal with my fortune.—<i>Dracula</i>.</p></blockquote> + +<p>As I held the telegram in my hand, the room seemed to whirl around me; +and, if the attentive maître d’hôtel had not caught me, I think I should +have fallen. There was something so strange in all this, something so +weird and impossible to imagine, that there grew on me a sense of my +being in some way the sport of opposite forces—the mere vague idea of +which seemed in a way to paralyse me. I was certainly under some form of +mysterious protection. From a distant country had come, in the very nick +of time, a message that took me out of the danger of the snow-sleep and +the jaws of the wolf. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap02"></a>The Judge’s House</h2> + +<p>When the time for his examination drew near Malcolm Malcolmson made up +his mind to go somewhere to read by himself. He feared the attractions +of the seaside, and also he feared completely rural isolation, for of +old he knew it charms, and so he determined to find some unpretentious +little town where there would be nothing to distract him. He refrained +from asking suggestions from any of his friends, for he argued that each +would recommend some place of which he had knowledge, and where he had +already acquaintances. As Malcolmson wished to avoid friends he had no +wish to encumber himself with the attention of friends’ friends, and so +he determined to look out for a place for himself. He packed a +portmanteau with some clothes and all the books he required, and then +took ticket for the first name on the local time-table which he did not +know.</p> + +<p>When at the end of three hours’ journey he alighted at Benchurch, he +felt satisfied that he had so far obliterated his tracks as to be sure +of having a peaceful opportunity of pursuing his studies. He went +straight to the one inn which the sleepy little place contained, and put +up for the night. Benchurch was a market town, and once in three weeks +was crowded to excess, but for the remainder of the twenty-one days it +was as attractive as a desert. Malcolmson looked around the day after +his arrival to try to find quarters more isolated than even so quiet an +inn as “The Good Traveller” afforded. There was only one place which +took his fancy, and it certainly satisfied his wildest ideas regarding +quiet; in fact, quiet was not the proper word to apply to it—desolation +was the only term conveying any suitable idea of its isolation. It was +an old rambling, heavy-built house of the Jacobean style, with heavy +gables and windows, unusually small, and set higher than was customary +in such houses, and was surrounded with a high brick wall massively +built. Indeed, on examination, it looked more like a fortified house +than an ordinary dwelling. But all these things pleased Malcolmson. +“Here,” he thought, “is the very spot I have been looking for, and if I +can get opportunity of using it I shall be happy.” His joy was increased +when he realised beyond doubt that it was not at present inhabited.</p> + +<p>From the post-office he got the name of the agent, who was rarely +surprised at the application to rent a part of the old house. Mr. +Carnford, the local lawyer and agent, was a genial old gentleman, and +frankly confessed his delight at anyone being willing to live in the +house.</p> + +<p>“To tell you the truth,” said he, “I should be only too happy, on behalf +of the owners, to let anyone have the house rent free for a term of +years if only to accustom the people here to see it inhabited. It has +been so long empty that some kind of absurd prejudice has grown up about +it, and this can be best put down by its occupation—if only,” he added +with a sly glance at Malcolmson, “by a scholar like yourself, who wants +its quiet for a time.”</p> + +<p>Malcolmson thought it needless to ask the agent about the “absurd +prejudice”; he knew he would get more information, if he should require +it, on that subject from other quarters. He paid his three months’ rent, +got a receipt, and the name of an old woman who would probably undertake +to “do” for him, and came away with the keys in his pocket. He then went +to the landlady of the inn, who was a cheerful and most kindly person, +and asked her advice as to such stores and provisions as he would be +likely to require. She threw up her hands in amazement when he told her +where he was going to settle himself.</p> + +<p>“Not in the Judge’s House!” she said, and grew pale as she spoke. He +explained the locality of the house, saying that he did not know its +name. When he had finished she answered:</p> + +<p>“Aye, sure enough—sure enough the very place! It is the Judge’s House +sure enough.” He asked her to tell him about the place, why so called, +and what there was against it. She told him that it was so called +locally because it had been many years before—how long she could not +say, as she was herself from another part of the country, but she +thought it must have been a hundred years or more—the abode of a judge +who was held in great terror on account of his harsh sentences and his +hostility to prisoners at Assizes. As to what there was against the +house itself she could not tell. She had often asked, but no one could +inform her; but there was a general feeling that there was <i>something</i>, +and for her own part she would not take all the money in Drinkwater’s +Bank and stay in the house an hour by herself. Then she apologised to +Malcolmson for her disturbing talk.</p> + +<p>“It is too bad of me, sir, and you—and a young gentlemen, too—if you +will pardon me saying it, going to live there all alone. If you were my +boy—and you’ll excuse me for saying it—you wouldn’t sleep there a +night, not if I had to go there myself and pull the big alarm bell +that’s on the roof!” The good creature was so manifestly in earnest, and +was so kindly in her intentions, that Malcolmson, although amused, was +touched. He told her kindly how much he appreciated her interest in him, +and added:</p> + +<p>“But, my dear Mrs. Witham, indeed you need not be concerned about me! A +man who is reading for the Mathematical Tripos has too much to think of +to be disturbed by any of these mysterious ‘somethings’, and his work is +of too exact and prosaic a kind to allow of his having any corner in his +mind for mysteries of any kind. Harmonical Progression, Permutations and +Combinations, and Elliptic Functions have sufficient mysteries for me!” +Mrs. Witham kindly undertook to see after his commissions, and he went +himself to look for the old woman who had been recommended to him. When +he returned to the Judge’s House with her, after an interval of a couple +of hours, he found Mrs. Witham herself waiting with several men and boys +carrying parcels, and an upholsterer’s man with a bed in a car, for she +said, though tables and chairs might be all very well, a bed that hadn’t +been aired for mayhap fifty years was not proper for young bones to lie +on. She was evidently curious to see the inside of the house; and though +manifestly so afraid of the “somethings” that at the slightest sound she +clutched on to Malcolmson, whom she never left for a moment, went over +the whole place.</p> + +<p>After his examination of the house, Malcolmson decided to take up his +abode in the great dining-room, which was big enough to serve for all +his requirements; and Mrs. Witham, with the aid of the charwoman, Mrs. +Dempster, proceeded to arrange matters. When the hampers were brought in +and unpacked, Malcolmson saw that with much kind forethought she had +sent from her own kitchen sufficient provisions to last for a few days. +Before going she expressed all sorts of kind wishes; and at the door +turned and said:</p> + +<p>“And perhaps, sir, as the room is big and draughty it might be well to +have one of those big screens put round your bed at night—though, truth +to tell, I would die myself if I were to be so shut in with all kinds +of—of ‘things’, that put their heads round the sides, or over the top, +and look on me!” The image which she had called up was too much for her +nerves, and she fled incontinently.</p> + +<p>Mrs. Dempster sniffed in a superior manner as the landlady disappeared, +and remarked that for her own part she wasn’t afraid of all the bogies +in the kingdom.</p> + +<p>“I’ll tell you what it is, sir,” she said; “bogies is all kinds and +sorts of things—except bogies! Rats and mice, and beetles; and creaky +doors, and loose slates, and broken panes, and stiff drawer handles, +that stay out when you pull them and then fall down in the middle of the +night. Look at the wainscot of the room! It is old—hundreds of years +old! Do you think there’s no rats and beetles there! And do you imagine, +sir, that you won’t see none of them? Rats is bogies, I tell you, and +bogies is rats; and don’t you get to think anything else!”</p> + +<p>“Mrs. Dempster,” said Malcolmson gravely, making her a polite bow, “you +know more than a Senior Wrangler! And let me say, that, as a mark of +esteem for your indubitable soundness of head and heart, I shall, when I +go, give you possession of this house, and let you stay here by yourself +for the last two months of my tenancy, for four weeks will serve my +purpose.”</p> + +<p>“Thank you kindly, sir!” she answered, “but I couldn’t sleep away from +home a night. I am in Greenhow’s Charity, and if I slept a night away +from my rooms I should lose all I have got to live on. The rules is very +strict; and there’s too many watching for a vacancy for me to run any +risks in the matter. Only for that, sir, I’d gladly come here and attend +on you altogether during your stay.”</p> + +<p>“My good woman,” said Malcolmson hastily, “I have come here on purpose +to obtain solitude; and believe me that I am grateful to the late +Greenhow for having so organised his admirable charity—whatever it +is—that I am perforce denied the opportunity of suffering from such a +form of temptation! Saint Anthony himself could not be more rigid on the +point!”</p> + +<p>The old woman laughed harshly. “Ah, you young gentlemen,” she said, “you +don’t fear for naught; and belike you’ll get all the solitude you want +here.” She set to work with her cleaning; and by nightfall, when +Malcolmson returned from his walk—he always had one of his books to +study as he walked—he found the room swept and tidied, a fire burning +in the old hearth, the lamp lit, and the table spread for supper with +Mrs. Witham’s excellent fare. “This is comfort, indeed,” he said, as he +rubbed his hands.</p> + +<p>When he had finished his supper, and lifted the tray to the other end of +the great oak dining-table, he got out his books again, put fresh wood +on the fire, trimmed his lamp, and set himself down to a spell of real +hard work. He went on without pause till about eleven o’clock, when he +knocked off for a bit to fix his fire and lamp, and to make himself a +cup of tea. He had always been a tea-drinker, and during his college +life had sat late at work and had taken tea late. The rest was a great +luxury to him, and he enjoyed it with a sense of delicious, voluptuous +ease. The renewed fire leaped and sparkled, and threw quaint shadows +through the great old room; and as he sipped his hot tea he revelled in +the sense of isolation from his kind. Then it was that he began to +notice for the first time what a noise the rats were making.</p> + +<p>“Surely,” he thought, “they cannot have been at it all the time I was +reading. Had they been, I must have noticed it!” Presently, when the +noise increased, he satisfied himself that it was really new. It was +evident that at first the rats had been frightened at the presence of a +stranger, and the light of fire and lamp; but that as the time went on +they had grown bolder and were now disporting themselves as was their +wont.</p> + +<p>How busy they were! and hark to the strange noises! Up and down behind +the old wainscot, over the ceiling and under the floor they raced, and +gnawed, and scratched! Malcolmson smiled to himself as he recalled to +mind the saying of Mrs. Dempster, “Bogies is rats, and rats is bogies!” +The tea began to have its effect of intellectual and nervous stimulus, +he saw with joy another long spell of work to be done before the night +was past, and in the sense of security which it gave him, he allowed +himself the luxury of a good look round the room. He took his lamp in +one hand, and went all around, wondering that so quaint and beautiful an +old house had been so long neglected. The carving of the oak on the +panels of the wainscot was fine, and on and round the doors and windows +it was beautiful and of rare merit. There were some old pictures on the +walls, but they were coated so thick with dust and dirt that he could +not distinguish any detail of them, though he held his lamp as high as +he could over his head. Here and there as he went round he saw some +crack or hole blocked for a moment by the face of a rat with its bright +eyes glittering in the light, but in an instant it was gone, and a +squeak and a scamper followed. The thing that most struck him, however, +was the rope of the great alarm bell on the roof, which hung down in a +corner of the room on the right-hand side of the fireplace. He pulled up +close to the hearth a great high-backed carved oak chair, and sat down +to his last cup of tea. When this was done he made up the fire, and went +back to his work, sitting at the corner of the table, having the fire to +his left. For a little while the rats disturbed him somewhat with their +perpetual scampering, but he got accustomed to the noise as one does to +the ticking of a clock or to the roar of moving water; and he became so +immersed in his work that everything in the world, except the problem +which he was trying to solve, passed away from him.</p> + +<p>He suddenly looked up, his problem was still unsolved, and there was in +the air that sense of the hour before the dawn, which is so dread to +doubtful life. The noise of the rats had ceased. Indeed it seemed to him +that it must have ceased but lately and that it was the sudden cessation +which had disturbed him. The fire had fallen low, but still it threw out +a deep red glow. As he looked he started in spite of his <i>sang froid</i>.</p> + +<p>There on the great high-backed carved oak chair by the right side of the +fireplace sat an enormous rat, steadily glaring at him with baleful +eyes. He made a motion to it as though to hunt it away, but it did not +stir. Then he made the motion of throwing something. Still it did not +stir, but showed its great white teeth angrily, and its cruel eyes shone +in the lamplight with an added vindictiveness.</p> + +<p>Malcolmson felt amazed, and seizing the poker from the hearth ran at it +to kill it. Before, however, he could strike it, the rat, with a squeak +that sounded like the concentration of hate, jumped upon the floor, and, +running up the rope of the alarm bell, disappeared in the darkness +beyond the range of the green-shaded lamp. Instantly, strange to say, +the noisy scampering of the rats in the wainscot began again.</p> + +<p>By this time Malcolmson’s mind was quite off the problem; and as a +shrill cock-crow outside told him of the approach of morning, he went to +bed and to sleep.</p> + +<p>He slept so sound that he was not even waked by Mrs. Dempster coming in +to make up his room. It was only when she had tidied up the place and +got his breakfast ready and tapped on the screen which closed in his bed +that he woke. He was a little tired still after his night’s hard work, +but a strong cup of tea soon freshened him up and, taking his book, he +went out for his morning walk, bringing with him a few sandwiches lest +he should not care to return till dinner time. He found a quiet walk +between high elms some way outside the town, and here he spent the +greater part of the day studying his Laplace. On his return he looked in +to see Mrs. Witham and to thank her for her kindness. When she saw him +coming through the diamond-paned bay window of her sanctum she came out +to meet him and asked him in. She looked at him searchingly and shook +her head as she said:</p> + +<p>“You must not overdo it, sir. You are paler this morning than you should +be. Too late hours and too hard work on the brain isn’t good for any +man! But tell me, sir, how did you pass the night? Well, I hope? But my +heart! sir, I was glad when Mrs. Dempster told me this morning that you +were all right and sleeping sound when she went in.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, I was all right,” he answered smiling, “the ‘somethings’ didn’t +worry me, as yet. Only the rats; and they had a circus, I tell you, all +over the place. There was one wicked looking old devil that sat up on my +own chair by the fire, and wouldn’t go till I took the poker to him, and +then he ran up the rope of the alarm bell and got to somewhere up the +wall or the ceiling—I couldn’t see where, it was so dark.”</p> + +<p>“Mercy on us,” said Mrs. Witham, “an old devil, and sitting on a chair +by the fireside! Take care, sir! take care! There’s many a true word +spoken in jest.”</p> + +<p>“How do you mean? Pon my word I don’t understand.”</p> + +<p>“An old devil! The old devil, perhaps. There! sir, you needn’t laugh,” +for Malcolmson had broken into a hearty peal. “You young folks thinks it +easy to laugh at things that makes older ones shudder. Never mind, sir! +never mind! Please God, you’ll laugh all the time. It’s what I wish you +myself!” and the good lady beamed all over in sympathy with his +enjoyment, her fears gone for a moment.</p> + +<p>“Oh, forgive me!” said Malcolmson presently. “Don’t think me rude; but +the idea was too much for me—that the old devil himself was on the +chair last night!” And at the thought he laughed again. Then he went home +to dinner.</p> + +<p> +This evening the scampering of the rats began earlier; indeed it had been going +on before his arrival, and only ceased whilst his presence by its freshness +disturbed them. After dinner he sat by the fire for a while and had a smoke; +and then, having cleared his table, began to work as before. Tonight the rats +disturbed him more than they had done on the previous night. How they scampered +up and down and under and over! How they squeaked, and scratched, and gnawed! +How they, getting bolder by degrees, came to the mouths of their holes and to +the chinks and cracks and crannies in the wainscoting till their eyes shone +like tiny lamps as the firelight rose and fell. But to him, now doubtless +accustomed to them, their eyes were not wicked; only their playfulness touched +him. Sometimes the boldest of them made sallies out on the floor or along the +mouldings of the wainscot. Now and again as they disturbed him Malcolmson made +a sound to frighten them, smiting the table with his hand or giving a fierce +“Hsh, hsh,” so that they fled straightway to their holes. +</p> + +<p>And so the early part of the night wore on; and despite the noise +Malcolmson got more and more immersed in his work.</p> + +<p>All at once he stopped, as on the previous night, being overcome by a +sudden sense of silence. There was not the faintest sound of gnaw, or +scratch, or squeak. The silence was as of the grave. He remembered the +odd occurrence of the previous night, and instinctively he looked at the +chair standing close by the fireside. And then a very odd sensation +thrilled through him.</p> + +<p>There, on the great old high-backed carved oak chair beside the +fireplace sat the same enormous rat, steadily glaring at him with +baleful eyes.</p> + +<p>Instinctively he took the nearest thing to his hand, a book of +logarithms, and flung it at it. The book was badly aimed and the rat did +not stir, so again the poker performance of the previous night was +repeated; and again the rat, being closely pursued, fled up the rope of +the alarm bell. Strangely too, the departure of this rat was instantly +followed by the renewal of the noise made by the general rat community. +On this occasion, as on the previous one, Malcolmson could not see at +what part of the room the rat disappeared, for the green shade of his +lamp left the upper part of the room in darkness, and the fire had +burned low.</p> + +<p>On looking at his watch he found it was close on midnight; and, not +sorry for the <i>divertissement</i>, he made up his fire and made himself his +nightly pot of tea. He had got through a good spell of work, and thought +himself entitled to a cigarette; and so he sat on the great oak chair +before the fire and enjoyed it. Whilst smoking he began to think that he +would like to know where the rat disappeared to, for he had certain +ideas for the morrow not entirely disconnected with a rat-trap. +Accordingly he lit another lamp and placed it so that it would shine +well into the right-hand corner of the wall by the fireplace. Then he +got all the books he had with him, and placed them handy to throw at the +vermin. Finally he lifted the rope of the alarm bell and placed the end +of it on the table, fixing the extreme end under the lamp. As he handled +it he could not help noticing how pliable it was, especially for so +strong a rope, and one not in use. “You could hang a man with it,” he +thought to himself. When his preparations were made he looked around, +and said complacently:</p> + +<p>“There now, my friend, I think we shall learn something of you this +time!” He began his work again, and though as before somewhat disturbed +at first by the noise of the rats, soon lost himself in his propositions +and problems.</p> + +<p>Again he was called to his immediate surroundings suddenly. This time it +might not have been the sudden silence only which took his attention; +there was a slight movement of the rope, and the lamp moved. Without +stirring, he looked to see if his pile of books was within range, and +then cast his eye along the rope. As he looked he saw the great rat drop +from the rope on the oak arm-chair and sit there glaring at him. He +raised a book in his right hand, and taking careful aim, flung it at the +rat. The latter, with a quick movement, sprang aside and dodged the +missile. He then took another book, and a third, and flung them one +after another at the rat, but each time unsuccessfully. At last, as he +stood with a book poised in his hand to throw, the rat squeaked and +seemed afraid. This made Malcolmson more than ever eager to strike, and +the book flew and struck the rat a resounding blow. It gave a terrified +squeak, and turning on his pursuer a look of terrible malevolence, ran +up the chair-back and made a great jump to the rope of the alarm bell +and ran up it like lightning. The lamp rocked under the sudden strain, +but it was a heavy one and did not topple over. Malcolmson kept his eyes +on the rat, and saw it by the light of the second lamp leap to a +moulding of the wainscot and disappear through a hole in one of the +great pictures which hung on the wall, obscured and invisible through +its coating of dirt and dust.</p> + +<p>“I shall look up my friend’s habitation in the morning,” said the +student, as he went over to collect his books. “The third picture from +the fireplace; I shall not forget.” He picked up the books one by one, +commenting on them as he lifted them. “<i>Conic Sections</i> he does not +mind, nor <i>Cycloidal Oscillations</i>, nor the <i>Principia</i>, nor +<i>Quaternions</i>, nor <i>Thermodynamics</i>. Now for the book that fetched him!” +Malcolmson took it up and looked at it. As he did so he started, and a +sudden pallor overspread his face. He looked round uneasily and shivered +slightly, as he murmured to himself:</p> + +<p>“The Bible my mother gave me! What an odd coincidence.” He sat down to +work again, and the rats in the wainscot renewed their gambols. They did +not disturb him, however; somehow their presence gave him a sense of +companionship. But he could not attend to his work, and after striving +to master the subject on which he was engaged gave it up in despair, and +went to bed as the first streak of dawn stole in through the eastern +window.</p> + +<p>He slept heavily but uneasily, and dreamed much; and when Mrs. Dempster +woke him late in the morning he seemed ill at ease, and for a few +minutes did not seem to realise exactly where he was. His first request +rather surprised the servant.</p> + +<p>“Mrs. Dempster, when I am out to-day I wish you would get the steps and +dust or wash those pictures—specially that one the third from the +fireplace—I want to see what they are.”</p> + +<p>Late in the afternoon Malcolmson worked at his books in the shaded walk, +and the cheerfulness of the previous day came back to him as the day +wore on, and he found that his reading was progressing well. He had +worked out to a satisfactory conclusion all the problems which had as +yet baffled him, and it was in a state of jubilation that he paid a +visit to Mrs. Witham at “The Good Traveller”. He found a stranger in the +cosy sitting-room with the landlady, who was introduced to him as Dr. +Thornhill. She was not quite at ease, and this, combined with the +doctor’s plunging at once into a series of questions, made Malcolmson +come to the conclusion that his presence was not an accident, so without +preliminary he said:</p> + +<p>“Dr. Thornhill, I shall with pleasure answer you any question you may +choose to ask me if you will answer me one question first.”</p> + +<p>The doctor seemed surprised, but he smiled and answered at once, “Done! +What is it?”</p> + +<p>“Did Mrs. Witham ask you to come here and see me and advise me?”</p> + +<p>Dr. Thornhill for a moment was taken aback, and Mrs. Witham got fiery +red and turned away; but the doctor was a frank and ready man, and he +answered at once and openly.</p> + +<p>“She did: but she didn’t intend you to know it. I suppose it was my +clumsy haste that made you suspect. She told me that she did not like +the idea of your being in that house all by yourself, and that she +thought you took too much strong tea. In fact, she wants me to advise +you if possible to give up the tea and the very late hours. I was a keen +student in my time, so I suppose I may take the liberty of a college +man, and without offence, advise you not quite as a stranger.”</p> + +<p>Malcolmson with a bright smile held out his hand. “Shake! as they say in +America,” he said. “I must thank you for your kindness and Mrs. Witham +too, and your kindness deserves a return on my part. I promise to take +no more strong tea—no tea at all till you let me—and I shall go to bed +tonight at one o’clock at latest. Will that do?”</p> + +<p>“Capital,” said the doctor. “Now tell us all that you noticed in the old +house,” and so Malcolmson then and there told in minute detail all that +had happened in the last two nights. He was interrupted every now and +then by some exclamation from Mrs. Witham, till finally when he told of +the episode of the Bible the landlady’s pent-up emotions found vent in a +shriek; and it was not till a stiff glass of brandy and water had been +administered that she grew composed again. Dr. Thornhill listened with a +face of growing gravity, and when the narrative was complete and Mrs. +Witham had been restored he asked:</p> + +<p>“The rat always went up the rope of the alarm bell?”</p> + +<p>“Always.”</p> + +<p>“I suppose you know,” said the Doctor after a pause, “what the rope is?”</p> + +<p>“No!”</p> + +<p>“It is,” said the Doctor slowly, “the very rope which the hangman used +for all the victims of the Judge’s judicial rancour!” Here he was +interrupted by another scream from Mrs. Witham, and steps had to be +taken for her recovery. Malcolmson having looked at his watch, and found +that it was close to his dinner hour, had gone home before her complete +recovery.</p> + +<p>When Mrs. Witham was herself again she almost assailed the Doctor with +angry questions as to what he meant by putting such horrible ideas into +the poor young man’s mind. “He has quite enough there already to upset +him,” she added. Dr. Thornhill replied:</p> + +<p>“My dear madam, I had a distinct purpose in it! I wanted to draw his +attention to the bell rope, and to fix it there. It may be that he is in +a highly overwrought state, and has been studying too much, although I +am bound to say that he seems as sound and healthy a young man, mentally +and bodily, as ever I saw—but then the rats—and that suggestion of the +devil.” The doctor shook his head and went on. “I would have offered to +go and stay the first night with him but that I felt sure it would have +been a cause of offence. He may get in the night some strange fright or +hallucination; and if he does I want him to pull that rope. All alone as +he is it will give us warning, and we may reach him in time to be of +service. I shall be sitting up pretty late tonight and shall keep my +ears open. Do not be alarmed if Benchurch gets a surprise before +morning.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, Doctor, what do you mean? What do you mean?”</p> + +<p>“I mean this; that possibly—nay, more probably—we shall hear the great +alarm bell from the Judge’s House tonight,” and the Doctor made about as +effective an exit as could be thought of.</p> + +<p>When Malcolmson arrived home he found that it was a little after his +usual time, and Mrs. Dempster had gone away—the rules of Greenhow’s +Charity were not to be neglected. He was glad to see that the place was +bright and tidy with a cheerful fire and a well-trimmed lamp. The +evening was colder than might have been expected in April, and a heavy +wind was blowing with such rapidly-increasing strength that there was +every promise of a storm during the night. For a few minutes after his +entrance the noise of the rats ceased; but so soon as they became +accustomed to his presence they began again. He was glad to hear them, +for he felt once more the feeling of companionship in their noise, and +his mind ran back to the strange fact that they only ceased to manifest +themselves when that other—the great rat with the baleful eyes—came +upon the scene. The reading-lamp only was lit and its green shade kept +the ceiling and the upper part of the room in darkness, so that the +cheerful light from the hearth spreading over the floor and shining on +the white cloth laid over the end of the table was warm and cheery. +Malcolmson sat down to his dinner with a good appetite and a buoyant +spirit. After his dinner and a cigarette he sat steadily down to work, +determined not to let anything disturb him, for he remembered his +promise to the doctor, and made up his mind to make the best of the time +at his disposal.</p> + +<p>For an hour or so he worked all right, and then his thoughts began to +wander from his books. The actual circumstances around him, the calls on +his physical attention, and his nervous susceptibility were not to be +denied. By this time the wind had become a gale, and the gale a storm. +The old house, solid though it was, seemed to shake to its foundations, +and the storm roared and raged through its many chimneys and its queer +old gables, producing strange, unearthly sounds in the empty rooms and +corridors. Even the great alarm bell on the roof must have felt the +force of the wind, for the rope rose and fell slightly, as though the +bell were moved a little from time to time and the limber rope fell on +the oak floor with a hard and hollow sound.</p> + +<p>As Malcolmson listened to it he bethought himself of the doctor’s words, +“It is the rope which the hangman used for the victims of the Judge’s +judicial rancour,” and he went over to the corner of the fireplace and +took it in his hand to look at it. There seemed a sort of deadly +interest in it, and as he stood there he lost himself for a moment in +speculation as to who these victims were, and the grim wish of the Judge +to have such a ghastly relic ever under his eyes. As he stood there the +swaying of the bell on the roof still lifted the rope now and again; but +presently there came a new sensation—a sort of tremor in the rope, as +though something was moving along it.</p> + +<p>Looking up instinctively Malcolmson saw the great rat coming slowly down +towards him, glaring at him steadily. He dropped the rope and started +back with a muttered curse, and the rat turning ran up the rope again +and disappeared, and at the same instant Malcolmson became conscious +that the noise of the rats, which had ceased for a while, began again.</p> + +<p>All this set him thinking, and it occurred to him that he had not +investigated the lair of the rat or looked at the pictures, as he had +intended. He lit the other lamp without the shade, and, holding it up +went and stood opposite the third picture from the fireplace on the +right-hand side where he had seen the rat disappear on the previous +night.</p> + +<p>At the first glance he started back so suddenly that he almost dropped +the lamp, and a deadly pallor overspread his face. His knees shook, and +heavy drops of sweat came on his forehead, and he trembled like an +aspen. But he was young and plucky, and pulled himself together, and +after the pause of a few seconds stepped forward again, raised the lamp, +and examined the picture which had been dusted and washed, and now stood +out clearly.</p> + +<p>It was of a judge dressed in his robes of scarlet and ermine. His face +was strong and merciless, evil, crafty, and vindictive, with a sensual +mouth, hooked nose of ruddy colour, and shaped like the beak of a bird +of prey. The rest of the face was of a cadaverous colour. The eyes were +of peculiar brilliance and with a terribly malignant expression. As he +looked at them, Malcolmson grew cold, for he saw there the very +counterpart of the eyes of the great rat. The lamp almost fell from his +hand, he saw the rat with its baleful eyes peering out through the hole +in the corner of the picture, and noted the sudden cessation of the +noise of the other rats. However, he pulled himself together, and went +on with his examination of the picture.</p> + +<p>The Judge was seated in a great high-backed carved oak chair, on the +right-hand side of a great stone fireplace where, in the corner, a rope +hung down from the ceiling, its end lying coiled on the floor. With a +feeling of something like horror, Malcolmson recognised the scene of the +room as it stood, and gazed around him in an awestruck manner as though +he expected to find some strange presence behind him. Then he looked +over to the corner of the fireplace—and with a loud cry he let the lamp +fall from his hand.</p> + +<p>There, in the Judge’s arm-chair, with the rope hanging behind, sat the +rat with the Judge’s baleful eyes, now intensified and with a fiendish +leer. Save for the howling of the storm without there was silence.</p> + +<p>The fallen lamp recalled Malcolmson to himself. Fortunately it was of +metal, and so the oil was not spilt. However, the practical need of +attending to it settled at once his nervous apprehensions. When he had +turned it out, he wiped his brow and thought for a moment.</p> + +<p>“This will not do,” he said to himself. “If I go on like this I shall +become a crazy fool. This must stop! I promised the doctor I would not +take tea. Faith, he was pretty right! My nerves must have been getting +into a queer state. Funny I did not notice it. I never felt better in my +life. However, it is all right now, and I shall not be such a fool +again.”</p> + +<p>Then he mixed himself a good stiff glass of brandy and water and +resolutely sat down to his work.</p> + +<p>It was nearly an hour when he looked up from his book, disturbed by the +sudden stillness. Without, the wind howled and roared louder than ever, +and the rain drove in sheets against the windows, beating like hail on +the glass; but within there was no sound whatever save the echo of the +wind as it roared in the great chimney, and now and then a hiss as a few +raindrops found their way down the chimney in a lull of the storm. The +fire had fallen low and had ceased to flame, though it threw out a red +glow. Malcolmson listened attentively, and presently heard a thin, +squeaking noise, very faint. It came from the corner of the room where +the rope hung down, and he thought it was the creaking of the rope on +the floor as the swaying of the bell raised and lowered it. Looking up, +however, he saw in the dim light the great rat clinging to the rope and +gnawing it. The rope was already nearly gnawed through—he could see the +lighter colour where the strands were laid bare. As he looked the job +was completed, and the severed end of the rope fell clattering on the +oaken floor, whilst for an instant the great rat remained like a knob or +tassel at the end of the rope, which now began to sway to and fro. +Malcolmson felt for a moment another pang of terror as he thought that +now the possibility of calling the outer world to his assistance was cut +off, but an intense anger took its place, and seizing the book he was +reading he hurled it at the rat. The blow was well aimed, but before the +missile could reach him the rat dropped off and struck the floor with a +soft thud. Malcolmson instantly rushed over towards him, but it darted +away and disappeared in the darkness of the shadows of the room. +Malcolmson felt that his work was over for the night, and determined +then and there to vary the monotony of the proceedings by a hunt for the +rat, and took off the green shade of the lamp so as to insure a wider +spreading light. As he did so the gloom of the upper part of the room +was relieved, and in the new flood of light, great by comparison with +the previous darkness, the pictures on the wall stood out boldly. From +where he stood, Malcolmson saw right opposite to him the third picture +on the wall from the right of the fireplace. He rubbed his eyes in +surprise, and then a great fear began to come upon him.</p> + +<p>In the centre of the picture was a great irregular patch of brown +canvas, as fresh as when it was stretched on the frame. The background +was as before, with chair and chimney-corner and rope, but the figure of +the Judge had disappeared.</p> + +<p>Malcolmson, almost in a chill of horror, turned slowly round, and then +he began to shake and tremble like a man in a palsy. His strength seemed +to have left him, and he was incapable of action or movement, hardly +even of thought. He could only see and hear.</p> + +<p>There, on the great high-backed carved oak chair sat the Judge in his +robes of scarlet and ermine, with his baleful eyes glaring vindictively, +and a smile of triumph on the resolute, cruel mouth, as he lifted with +his hands a <i>black cap</i>. Malcolmson felt as if the blood was running +from his heart, as one does in moments of prolonged suspense. There was +a singing in his ears. Without, he could hear the roar and howl of the +tempest, and through it, swept on the storm, came the striking of +midnight by the great chimes in the market place. He stood for a space +of time that seemed to him endless still as a statue, and with +wide-open, horror-struck eyes, breathless. As the clock struck, so the +smile of triumph on the Judge’s face intensified, and at the last stroke +of midnight he placed the black cap on his head.</p> + +<p>Slowly and deliberately the Judge rose from his chair and picked up the +piece of the rope of the alarm bell which lay on the floor, drew it +through his hands as if he enjoyed its touch, and then deliberately +began to knot one end of it, fashioning it into a noose. This he +tightened and tested with his foot, pulling hard at it till he was +satisfied and then making a running noose of it, which he held in his +hand. Then he began to move along the table on the opposite side to +Malcolmson keeping his eyes on him until he had passed him, when with a +quick movement he stood in front of the door. Malcolmson then began to +feel that he was trapped, and tried to think of what he should do. There +was some fascination in the Judge’s eyes, which he never took off him, +and he had, perforce, to look. He saw the Judge approach—still keeping +between him and the door—and raise the noose and throw it towards him +as if to entangle him. With a great effort he made a quick movement to +one side, and saw the rope fall beside him, and heard it strike the +oaken floor. Again the Judge raised the noose and tried to ensnare him, +ever keeping his baleful eyes fixed on him, and each time by a mighty +effort the student just managed to evade it. So this went on for many +times, the Judge seeming never discouraged nor discomposed at failure, +but playing as a cat does with a mouse. At last in despair, which had +reached its climax, Malcolmson cast a quick glance round him. The lamp +seemed to have blazed up, and there was a fairly good light in the room. +At the many rat-holes and in the chinks and crannies of the wainscot he +saw the rats’ eyes; and this aspect, that was purely physical, gave him +a gleam of comfort. He looked around and saw that the rope of the great +alarm bell was laden with rats. Every inch of it was covered with them, +and more and more were pouring through the small circular hole in the +ceiling whence it emerged, so that with their weight the bell was +beginning to sway.</p> + +<p>Hark! it had swayed till the clapper had touched the bell. The sound was +but a tiny one, but the bell was only beginning to sway, and it would +increase.</p> + +<p>At the sound the Judge, who had been keeping his eyes fixed on +Malcolmson, looked up, and a scowl of diabolical anger overspread his +face. His eyes fairly glowed like hot coals, and he stamped his foot +with a sound that seemed to make the house shake. A dreadful peal of +thunder broke overhead as he raised the rope again, whilst the rats kept +running up and down the rope as though working against time. This time, +instead of throwing it, he drew close to his victim, and held open the +noose as he approached. As he came closer there seemed something +paralysing in his very presence, and Malcolmson stood rigid as a corpse. +He felt the Judge’s icy fingers touch his throat as he adjusted the +rope. The noose tightened—tightened. Then the Judge, taking the rigid +form of the student in his arms, carried him over and placed him +standing in the oak chair, and stepping up beside him, put his hand up +and caught the end of the swaying rope of the alarm bell. As he raised +his hand the rats fled squeaking, and disappeared through the hole in +the ceiling. Taking the end of the noose which was round Malcolmson’s +neck he tied it to the hanging-bell rope, and then descending pulled +away the chair.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p>When the alarm bell of the Judge’s House began to sound a crowd soon +assembled. Lights and torches of various kinds appeared, and soon a +silent crowd was hurrying to the spot. They knocked loudly at the door, +but there was no reply. Then they burst in the door, and poured into the +great dining-room, the doctor at the head.</p> + +<p>There at the end of the rope of the great alarm bell hung the body of +the student, and on the face of the Judge in the picture was a malignant +smile. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap03"></a>The Squaw</h2> + +<p> +Nurnberg at the time was not so much exploited as it has been since +then. Irving had not been playing <i>Faust</i>, and the very name of the old +town was hardly known to the great bulk of the travelling public. My +wife and I being in the second week of our honeymoon, naturally wanted +someone else to join our party, so that when the cheery stranger, Elias +P. Hutcheson, hailing from Isthmian City, Bleeding Gulch, Maple Tree +County, Neb. turned up at the station at Frankfort, and casually +remarked that he was going on to see the most all-fired old Methuselah +of a town in Yurrup, and that he guessed that so much travelling alone +was enough to send an intelligent, active citizen into the melancholy +ward of a daft house, we took the pretty broad hint and suggested that +we should join forces. We found, on comparing notes afterwards, that we +had each intended to speak with some diffidence or hesitation so as not +to appear too eager, such not being a good compliment to the success of +our married life; but the effect was entirely marred by our both +beginning to speak at the same instant—stopping simultaneously and then +going on together again. Anyhow, no matter how, it was done; and Elias +P. Hutcheson became one of our party. Straightway Amelia and I found the +pleasant benefit; instead of quarrelling, as we had been doing, we found +that the restraining influence of a third party was such that we now +took every opportunity of spooning in odd corners. Amelia declares that +ever since she has, as the result of that experience, advised all her +friends to take a friend on the honeymoon. Well, we “did” Nurnberg +together, and much enjoyed the racy remarks of our Transatlantic friend, +who, from his quaint speech and his wonderful stock of adventures, might +have stepped out of a novel. We kept for the last object of interest in +the city to be visited the Burg, and on the day appointed for the visit +strolled round the outer wall of the city by the eastern side.</p> + +<p>The Burg is seated on a rock dominating the town and an immensely deep +fosse guards it on the northern side. Nurnberg has been happy in that it +was never sacked; had it been it would certainly not be so spick and +span perfect as it is at present. The ditch has not been used for +centuries, and now its base is spread with tea-gardens and orchards, of +which some of the trees are of quite respectable growth. As we wandered +round the wall, dawdling in the hot July sunshine, we often paused to +admire the views spread before us, and in especial the great plain +covered with towns and villages and bounded with a blue line of hills, +like a landscape of Claude Lorraine. From this we always turned with new +delight to the city itself, with its myriad of quaint old gables and +acre-wide red roofs dotted with dormer windows, tier upon tier. A little +to our right rose the towers of the Burg, and nearer still, standing +grim, the Torture Tower, which was, and is, perhaps, the most +interesting place in the city. For centuries the tradition of the Iron +Virgin of Nurnberg has been handed down as an instance of the horrors of +cruelty of which man is capable; we had long looked forward to seeing +it; and here at last was its home.</p> + +<p>In one of our pauses we leaned over the wall of the moat and looked +down. The garden seemed quite fifty or sixty feet below us, and the sun +pouring into it with an intense, moveless heat like that of an oven. +Beyond rose the grey, grim wall seemingly of endless height, and losing +itself right and left in the angles of bastion and counterscarp. Trees +and bushes crowned the wall, and above again towered the lofty houses on +whose massive beauty Time has only set the hand of approval. The sun was +hot and we were lazy; time was our own, and we lingered, leaning on the +wall. Just below us was a pretty sight—a great black cat lying +stretched in the sun, whilst round her gambolled prettily a tiny black +kitten. The mother would wave her tail for the kitten to play with, or +would raise her feet and push away the little one as an encouragement to +further play. They were just at the foot of the wall, and Elias P. +Hutcheson, in order to help the play, stooped and took from the walk a +moderate sized pebble.</p> + +<p>“See!” he said, “I will drop it near the kitten, and they will both +wonder where it came from.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, be careful,” said my wife; “you might hit the dear little thing!”</p> + +<p>“Not me, ma’am,” said Elias P. “Why, I’m as tender as a Maine +cherry-tree. Lor, bless ye. I wouldn’t hurt the poor pooty little +critter more’n I’d scalp a baby. An’ you may bet your variegated socks +on that! See, I’ll drop it fur away on the outside so’s not to go near +her!” Thus saying, he leaned over and held his arm out at full length +and dropped the stone. It may be that there is some attractive force +which draws lesser matters to greater; or more probably that the wall +was not plump but sloped to its base—we not noticing the inclination +from above; but the stone fell with a sickening thud that came up to us +through the hot air, right on the kitten’s head, and shattered out its +little brains then and there. The black cat cast a swift upward glance, +and we saw her eyes like green fire fixed an instant on Elias P. +Hutcheson; and then her attention was given to the kitten, which lay +still with just a quiver of her tiny limbs, whilst a thin red stream +trickled from a gaping wound. With a muffled cry, such as a human being +might give, she bent over the kitten licking its wounds and moaning. +Suddenly she seemed to realise that it was dead, and again threw her +eyes up at us. I shall never forget the sight, for she looked the +perfect incarnation of hate. Her green eyes blazed with lurid fire, and +the white, sharp teeth seemed to almost shine through the blood which +dabbled her mouth and whiskers. She gnashed her teeth, and her claws +stood out stark and at full length on every paw. Then she made a wild +rush up the wall as if to reach us, but when the momentum ended fell +back, and further added to her horrible appearance for she fell on the +kitten, and rose with her black fur smeared with its brains and blood. +Amelia turned quite faint, and I had to lift her back from the wall. +There was a seat close by in shade of a spreading plane-tree, and here I +placed her whilst she composed herself. Then I went back to Hutcheson, +who stood without moving, looking down on the angry cat below.</p> + +<p>As I joined him, he said:</p> + +<p>“Wall, I guess that air the savagest beast I ever see—’cept once when +an Apache squaw had an edge on a half-breed what they nicknamed +‘Splinters’ “cos of the way he fixed up her papoose which he stole on a +raid just to show that he appreciated the way they had given his mother +the fire torture. She got that kinder look so set on her face that it +jest seemed to grow there. She followed Splinters mor’n three year till +at last the braves got him and handed him over to her. They did say that +no man, white or Injun, had ever been so long a-dying under the tortures +of the Apaches. The only time I ever see her smile was when I wiped her +out. I kem on the camp just in time to see Splinters pass in his checks, +and he wasn’t sorry to go either. He was a hard citizen, and though I +never could shake with him after that papoose business—for it was +bitter bad, and he should have been a white man, for he looked like +one—I see he had got paid out in full. Durn me, but I took a piece of +his hide from one of his skinnin’ posts an’ had it made into a +pocket-book. It’s here now!” and he slapped the breast pocket of his +coat.</p> + +<p>Whilst he was speaking the cat was continuing her frantic efforts to get +up the wall. She would take a run back and then charge up, sometimes +reaching an incredible height. She did not seem to mind the heavy fall +which she got each time but started with renewed vigour; and at every +tumble her appearance became more horrible. Hutcheson was a kind-hearted +man—my wife and I had both noticed little acts of kindness to animals +as well as to persons—and he seemed concerned at the state of fury to +which the cat had wrought herself.</p> + +<p>“Wall, now!” he said, “I du declare that that poor critter seems quite +desperate. There! there! poor thing, it was all an accident—though that +won’t bring back your little one to you. Say! I wouldn’t have had such a +thing happen for a thousand! Just shows what a clumsy fool of a man can +do when he tries to play! Seems I’m too darned slipperhanded to even +play with a cat. Say Colonel!” it was a pleasant way he had to bestow +titles freely—“I hope your wife don’t hold no grudge against me on +account of this unpleasantness? Why, I wouldn’t have had it occur on no +account.”</p> + +<p>He came over to Amelia and apologised profusely, and she with her usual +kindness of heart hastened to assure him that she quite understood that +it was an accident. Then we all went again to the wall and looked over.</p> + +<p>The cat missing Hutcheson’s face had drawn back across the moat, and was +sitting on her haunches as though ready to spring. Indeed, the very +instant she saw him she did spring, and with a blind unreasoning fury, +which would have been grotesque, only that it was so frightfully real. +She did not try to run up the wall, but simply launched herself at him +as though hate and fury could lend her wings to pass straight through +the great distance between them. Amelia, womanlike, got quite concerned, +and said to Elias P. in a warning voice:</p> + +<p>“Oh! you must be very careful. That animal would try to kill you if she +were here; her eyes look like positive murder.”</p> + +<p>He laughed out jovially. “Excuse me, ma’am,” he said, “but I can’t help +laughin’. Fancy a man that has fought grizzlies an’ Injuns bein’ careful +of bein’ murdered by a cat!”</p> + +<p>When the cat heard him laugh, her whole demeanour seemed to change. She +no longer tried to jump or run up the wall, but went quietly over, and +sitting again beside the dead kitten began to lick and fondle it as +though it were alive.</p> + +<p>“See!” said I, “the effect of a really strong man. Even that animal in +the midst of her fury recognises the voice of a master, and bows to +him!”</p> + +<p>“Like a squaw!” was the only comment of Elias P. Hutcheson, as we moved +on our way round the city fosse. Every now and then we looked over the +wall and each time saw the cat following us. At first she had kept going +back to the dead kitten, and then as the distance grew greater took it +in her mouth and so followed. After a while, however, she abandoned +this, for we saw her following all alone; she had evidently hidden the +body somewhere. Amelia’s alarm grew at the cat’s persistence, and more +than once she repeated her warning; but the American always laughed with +amusement, till finally, seeing that she was beginning to be worried, he +said:</p> + +<p>“I say, ma’am, you needn’t be skeered over that cat. I go heeled, I du!” +Here he slapped his pistol pocket at the back of his lumbar region. “Why +sooner’n have you worried, I’ll shoot the critter, right here, an’ risk +the police interferin’ with a citizen of the United States for carryin’ +arms contrairy to reg’lations!” As he spoke he looked over the wall, but +the cat on seeing him, retreated, with a growl, into a bed of tall +flowers, and was hidden. He went on: “Blest if that ar critter ain’t got +more sense of what’s good for her than most Christians. I guess we’ve +seen the last of her! You bet, she’ll go back now to that busted kitten +and have a private funeral of it, all to herself!”</p> + +<p>Amelia did not like to say more, lest he might, in mistaken kindness to +her, fulfil his threat of shooting the cat: and so we went on and +crossed the little wooden bridge leading to the gateway whence ran the +steep paved roadway between the Burg and the pentagonal Torture Tower. +As we crossed the bridge we saw the cat again down below us. When she +saw us her fury seemed to return, and she made frantic efforts to get up +the steep wall. Hutcheson laughed as he looked down at her, and said:</p> + +<p>“Goodbye, old girl. Sorry I injured your feelin’s, but you’ll get over +it in time! So long!” And then we passed through the long, dim archway +and came to the gate of the Burg.</p> + +<p>When we came out again after our survey of this most beautiful old place +which not even the well-intentioned efforts of the Gothic restorers of +forty years ago have been able to spoil—though their restoration was +then glaring white—we seemed to have quite forgotten the unpleasant +episode of the morning. The old lime tree with its great trunk gnarled +with the passing of nearly nine centuries, the deep well cut through the +heart of the rock by those captives of old, and the lovely view from the +city wall whence we heard, spread over almost a full quarter of an hour, +the multitudinous chimes of the city, had all helped to wipe out from +our minds the incident of the slain kitten.</p> + +<p>We were the only visitors who had entered the Torture Tower that +morning—so at least said the old custodian—and as we had the place all +to ourselves were able to make a minute and more satisfactory survey +than would have otherwise been possible. The custodian, looking to us as +the sole source of his gains for the day, was willing to meet our wishes +in any way. The Torture Tower is truly a grim place, even now when many +thousands of visitors have sent a stream of life, and the joy that +follows life, into the place; but at the time I mention it wore its +grimmest and most gruesome aspect. The dust of ages seemed to have +settled on it, and the darkness and the horror of its memories seem to +have become sentient in a way that would have satisfied the Pantheistic +souls of Philo or Spinoza. The lower chamber where we entered was +seemingly, in its normal state, filled with incarnate darkness; even the +hot sunlight streaming in through the door seemed to be lost in the vast +thickness of the walls, and only showed the masonry rough as when the +builder’s scaffolding had come down, but coated with dust and marked +here and there with patches of dark stain which, if walls could speak, +could have given their own dread memories of fear and pain. We were glad +to pass up the dusty wooden staircase, the custodian leaving the outer +door open to light us somewhat on our way; for to our eyes the one +long-wick’d, evil-smelling candle stuck in a sconce on the wall gave an +inadequate light. When we came up through the open trap in the corner of +the chamber overhead, Amelia held on to me so tightly that I could +actually feel her heart beat. I must say for my own part that I was not +surprised at her fear, for this room was even more gruesome than that +below. Here there was certainly more light, but only just sufficient to +realise the horrible surroundings of the place. The builders of the +tower had evidently intended that only they who should gain the top +should have any of the joys of light and prospect. There, as we had +noticed from below, were ranges of windows, albeit of mediaeval +smallness, but elsewhere in the tower were only a very few narrow slits +such as were habitual in places of mediaeval defence. A few of these +only lit the chamber, and these so high up in the wall that from no part +could the sky be seen through the thickness of the walls. In racks, and +leaning in disorder against the walls, were a number of headsmen’s +swords, great double-handed weapons with broad blade and keen edge. Hard +by were several blocks whereon the necks of the victims had lain, with +here and there deep notches where the steel had bitten through the guard +of flesh and shored into the wood. Round the chamber, placed in all +sorts of irregular ways, were many implements of torture which made +one’s heart ache to see—chairs full of spikes which gave instant and +excruciating pain; chairs and couches with dull knobs whose torture was +seemingly less, but which, though slower, were equally efficacious; +racks, belts, boots, gloves, collars, all made for compressing at will; +steel baskets in which the head could be slowly crushed into a pulp if +necessary; watchmen’s hooks with long handle and knife that cut at +resistance—this a speciality of the old Nurnberg police system; and +many, many other devices for man’s injury to man. Amelia grew quite pale +with the horror of the things, but fortunately did not faint, for being +a little overcome she sat down on a torture chair, but jumped up again +with a shriek, all tendency to faint gone. We both pretended that it was +the injury done to her dress by the dust of the chair, and the rusty +spikes which had upset her, and Mr. Hutcheson acquiesced in accepting +the explanation with a kind-hearted laugh.</p> + +<p>But the central object in the whole of this chamber of horrors was the +engine known as the Iron Virgin, which stood near the centre of the +room. It was a rudely-shaped figure of a woman, something of the bell +order, or, to make a closer comparison, of the figure of Mrs. Noah in +the children’s Ark, but without that slimness of waist and perfect +<i>rondeur</i> of hip which marks the aesthetic type of the Noah family. One +would hardly have recognised it as intended for a human figure at all +had not the founder shaped on the forehead a rude semblance of a woman’s +face. This machine was coated with rust without, and covered with dust; +a rope was fastened to a ring in the front of the figure, about where +the waist should have been, and was drawn through a pulley, fastened on +the wooden pillar which sustained the flooring above. The custodian +pulling this rope showed that a section of the front was hinged like a +door at one side; we then saw that the engine was of considerable +thickness, leaving just room enough inside for a man to be placed. The +door was of equal thickness and of great weight, for it took the +custodian all his strength, aided though he was by the contrivance of +the pulley, to open it. This weight was partly due to the fact that the +door was of manifest purpose hung so as to throw its weight downwards, +so that it might shut of its own accord when the strain was released. +The inside was honeycombed with rust—nay more, the rust alone that +comes through time would hardly have eaten so deep into the iron walls; +the rust of the cruel stains was deep indeed! It was only, however, when +we came to look at the inside of the door that the diabolical intention +was manifest to the full. Here were several long spikes, square and +massive, broad at the base and sharp at the points, placed in such a +position that when the door should close the upper ones would pierce the +eyes of the victim, and the lower ones his heart and vitals. The sight +was too much for poor Amelia, and this time she fainted dead off, and I +had to carry her down the stairs, and place her on a bench outside till +she recovered. That she felt it to the quick was afterwards shown by the +fact that my eldest son bears to this day a rude birthmark on his +breast, which has, by family consent, been accepted as representing the +Nurnberg Virgin.</p> + +<p>When we got back to the chamber we found Hutcheson still opposite the +Iron Virgin; he had been evidently philosophising, and now gave us the +benefit of his thought in the shape of a sort of exordium.</p> + +<p>“Wall, I guess I’ve been learnin’ somethin’ here while madam has been +gettin’ over her faint. “Pears to me that we’re a long way behind the +times on our side of the big drink. We uster think out on the plains +that the Injun could give us points in tryin’ to make a man +uncomfortable; but I guess your old mediaeval law-and-order party could +raise him every time. Splinters was pretty good in his bluff on the +squaw, but this here young miss held a straight flush all high on him. +The points of them spikes air sharp enough still, though even the edges +air eaten out by what uster be on them. It’d be a good thing for our +Indian section to get some specimens of this here play-toy to send round +to the Reservations jest to knock the stuffin’ out of the bucks, and the +squaws too, by showing them as how old civilisation lays over them at +their best. Guess but I’ll get in that box a minute jest to see how it +feels!”</p> + +<p>“Oh no! no!” said Amelia. “It is too terrible!”</p> + +<p>“Guess, ma’am, nothin’s too terrible to the explorin’ mind. I’ve been in +some queer places in my time. Spent a night inside a dead horse while a +prairie fire swept over me in Montana Territory—an’ another time +slept inside a dead buffler when the Comanches was on the war path an’ I +didn’t keer to leave my kyard on them. I’ve been two days in a caved-in +tunnel in the Billy Broncho gold mine in New Mexico, an’ was one of the +four shut up for three parts of a day in the caisson what slid over on +her side when we was settin’ the foundations of the Buffalo Bridge. I’ve +not funked an odd experience yet, an’ I don’t propose to begin now!”</p> + +<p>We saw that he was set on the experiment, so I said: “Well, hurry up, +old man, and get through it quick!”</p> + +<p>“All right, General,” said he, “but I calculate we ain’t quite ready +yet. The gentlemen, my predecessors, what stood in that thar canister, +didn’t volunteer for the office—not much! And I guess there was some +ornamental tyin’ up before the big stroke was made. I want to go into +this thing fair and square, so I must get fixed up proper first. I dare +say this old galoot can rise some string and tie me up accordin’ to +sample?”</p> + +<p>This was said interrogatively to the old custodian, but the latter, who +understood the drift of his speech, though perhaps not appreciating to +the full the niceties of dialect and imagery, shook his head. His +protest was, however, only formal and made to be overcome. The American +thrust a gold piece into his hand, saying: “Take it, pard! it’s your +pot; and don’t be skeer’d. This ain’t no necktie party that you’re asked +to assist in!” He produced some thin frayed rope and proceeded to bind +our companion with sufficient strictness for the purpose. When the upper +part of his body was bound, Hutcheson said:</p> + +<p>“Hold on a moment, Judge. Guess I’m too heavy for you to tote into the +canister. You jest let me walk in, and then you can wash up regardin’ my +legs!”</p> + +<p>Whilst speaking he had backed himself into the opening which was just +enough to hold him. It was a close fit and no mistake. Amelia looked on +with fear in her eyes, but she evidently did not like to say anything. +Then the custodian completed his task by tying the American’s feet +together so that he was now absolutely helpless and fixed in his +voluntary prison. He seemed to really enjoy it, and the incipient smile +which was habitual to his face blossomed into actuality as he said:</p> + +<p>“Guess this here Eve was made out of the rib of a dwarf! There ain’t +much room for a full-grown citizen of the United States to hustle. We +uster make our coffins more roomier in Idaho territory. Now, Judge, you +jest begin to let this door down, slow, on to me. I want to feel the +same pleasure as the other jays had when those spikes began to move +toward their eyes!”</p> + +<p>“Oh no! no! no!” broke in Amelia hysterically. “It is too terrible! I +can’t bear to see it!—I can’t! I can’t!” But the American was obdurate. +“Say, Colonel,” said he, “why not take Madame for a little promenade? I +wouldn’t hurt her feelin’s for the world; but now that I am here, havin’ +kem eight thousand miles, wouldn’t it be too hard to give up the very +experience I’ve been pinin’ an’ pantin’ fur? A man can’t get to feel +like canned goods every time! Me and the Judge here’ll fix up this thing +in no time, an’ then you’ll come back, an’ we’ll all laugh together!”</p> + +<p>Once more the resolution that is born of curiosity triumphed, and Amelia +stayed holding tight to my arm and shivering whilst the custodian began +to slacken slowly inch by inch the rope that held back the iron door. +Hutcheson’s face was positively radiant as his eyes followed the first +movement of the spikes.</p> + +<p>“Wall!” he said, “I guess I’ve not had enjoyment like this since I left +Noo York. Bar a scrap with a French sailor at Wapping—an’ that warn’t +much of a picnic neither—I’ve not had a show fur real pleasure in this +dod-rotted Continent, where there ain’t no b’ars nor no Injuns, an’ +wheer nary man goes heeled. Slow there, Judge! Don’t you rush this +business! I want a show for my money this game—I du!”</p> + +<p>The custodian must have had in him some of the blood of his predecessors +in that ghastly tower, for he worked the engine with a deliberate and +excruciating slowness which after five minutes, in which the outer edge +of the door had not moved half as many inches, began to overcome Amelia. +I saw her lips whiten, and felt her hold upon my arm relax. I looked +around an instant for a place whereon to lay her, and when I looked at +her again found that her eye had become fixed on the side of the Virgin. +Following its direction I saw the black cat crouching out of sight. Her +green eyes shone like danger lamps in the gloom of the place, and their +colour was heightened by the blood which still smeared her coat and +reddened her mouth. I cried out:</p> + +<p>“The cat! look out for the cat!” for even then she sprang out before the +engine. At this moment she looked like a triumphant demon. Her eyes +blazed with ferocity, her hair bristled out till she seemed twice her +normal size, and her tail lashed about as does a tiger’s when the quarry +is before it. Elias P. Hutcheson when he saw her was amused, and his +eyes positively sparkled with fun as he said:</p> + +<p>“Darned if the squaw hain’t got on all her war paint! Jest give her a +shove off if she comes any of her tricks on me, for I’m so fixed +everlastingly by the boss, that durn my skin if I can keep my eyes from +her if she wants them! Easy there, Judge! don’t you slack that ar rope +or I’m euchered!”</p> + +<p>At this moment Amelia completed her faint, and I had to clutch hold of +her round the waist or she would have fallen to the floor. Whilst +attending to her I saw the black cat crouching for a spring, and jumped +up to turn the creature out.</p> + +<p>But at that instant, with a sort of hellish scream, she hurled herself, +not as we expected at Hutcheson, but straight at the face of the +custodian. Her claws seemed to be tearing wildly as one sees in the +Chinese drawings of the dragon rampant, and as I looked I saw one of +them light on the poor man’s eye, and actually tear through it and down +his cheek, leaving a wide band of red where the blood seemed to spurt +from every vein.</p> + +<p>With a yell of sheer terror which came quicker than even his sense of +pain, the man leaped back, dropping as he did so the rope which held +back the iron door. I jumped for it, but was too late, for the cord ran +like lightning through the pulley-block, and the heavy mass fell forward +from its own weight.</p> + +<p>As the door closed I caught a glimpse of our poor companion’s face. He +seemed frozen with terror. His eyes stared with a horrible anguish as if +dazed, and no sound came from his lips.</p> + +<p>And then the spikes did their work. Happily the end was quick, for when +I wrenched open the door they had pierced so deep that they had locked +in the bones of the skull through which they had crushed, and actually +tore him—it—out of his iron prison till, bound as he was, he fell at +full length with a sickly thud upon the floor, the face turning upward +as he fell.</p> + +<p>I rushed to my wife, lifted her up and carried her out, for I feared for +her very reason if she should wake from her faint to such a scene. I +laid her on the bench outside and ran back. Leaning against the wooden +column was the custodian moaning in pain whilst he held his reddening +handkerchief to his eyes. And sitting on the head of the poor American +was the cat, purring loudly as she licked the blood which trickled +through the gashed socket of his eyes.</p> + +<p>I think no one will call me cruel because I seized one of the old +executioner’s swords and shore her in two as she sat. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap04"></a>The Secret of the Growing Gold</h2> + +<p> +When Margaret Delandre went to live at Brent’s Rock the whole +neighbourhood awoke to the pleasure of an entirely new scandal. Scandals +in connection with either the Delandre family or the Brents of Brent’s +Rock, were not few; and if the secret history of the county had been +written in full both names would have been found well represented. It is +true that the status of each was so different that they might have +belonged to different continents—or to different worlds for the matter +of that—for hitherto their orbits had never crossed. The Brents were +accorded by the whole section of the country a unique social dominance, +and had ever held themselves as high above the yeoman class to which +Margaret Delandre belonged, as a blue-blooded Spanish hidalgo out-tops +his peasant tenantry.</p> + +<p>The Delandres had an ancient record and were proud of it in their way as +the Brents were of theirs. But the family had never risen above +yeomanry; and although they had been once well-to-do in the good old +times of foreign wars and protection, their fortunes had withered under +the scorching of the free trade sun and the “piping times of peace.” +They had, as the elder members used to assert, “stuck to the land”, with +the result that they had taken root in it, body and soul. In fact, they, +having chosen the life of vegetables, had flourished as vegetation +does—blossomed and thrived in the good season and suffered in the bad. +Their holding, Dander’s Croft, seemed to have been worked out, and to be +typical of the family which had inhabited it. The latter had declined +generation after generation, sending out now and again some abortive +shoot of unsatisfied energy in the shape of a soldier or sailor, who had +worked his way to the minor grades of the services and had there +stopped, cut short either from unheeding gallantry in action or from +that destroying cause to men without breeding or youthful care—the +recognition of a position above them which they feel unfitted to fill. +So, little by little, the family dropped lower and lower, the men +brooding and dissatisfied, and drinking themselves into the grave, the +women drudging at home, or marrying beneath them—or worse. In process +of time all disappeared, leaving only two in the Croft, Wykham Delandre +and his sister Margaret. The man and woman seemed to have inherited in +masculine and feminine form respectively the evil tendency of their +race, sharing in common the principles, though manifesting them in +different ways, of sullen passion, voluptuousness and recklessness.</p> + +<p>The history of the Brents had been something similar, but showing the +causes of decadence in their aristocratic and not their plebeian forms. +They, too, had sent their shoots to the wars; but their positions had +been different and they had often attained honour—for without flaw they +were gallant, and brave deeds were done by them before the selfish +dissipation which marked them had sapped their vigour.</p> + +<p>The present head of the family—if family it could now be called when +one remained of the direct line—was Geoffrey Brent. He was almost a +type of worn out race, manifesting in some ways its most brilliant +qualities, and in others its utter degradation. He might be fairly +compared with some of those antique Italian nobles whom the painters +have preserved to us with their courage, their unscrupulousness, their +refinement of lust and cruelty—the voluptuary actual with the fiend +potential. He was certainly handsome, with that dark, aquiline, +commanding beauty which women so generally recognise as dominant. With +men he was distant and cold; but such a bearing never deters womankind. +The inscrutable laws of sex have so arranged that even a timid woman is +not afraid of a fierce and haughty man. And so it was that there was +hardly a woman of any kind or degree, who lived within view of Brent’s +Rock, who did not cherish some form of secret admiration for the +handsome wastrel. The category was a wide one, for Brent’s Rock rose up +steeply from the midst of a level region and for a circuit of a hundred +miles it lay on the horizon, with its high old towers and steep roofs +cutting the level edge of wood and hamlet, and far-scattered mansions.</p> + +<p>So long as Geoffrey Brent confined his dissipations to London and Paris +and Vienna—anywhere out of sight and sound of his home—opinion was +silent. It is easy to listen to far off echoes unmoved, and we can treat +them with disbelief, or scorn, or disdain, or whatever attitude of +coldness may suit our purpose. But when the scandal came close home it +was another matter; and the feelings of independence and integrity which +is in people of every community which is not utterly spoiled, asserted +itself and demanded that condemnation should be expressed. Still there +was a certain reticence in all, and no more notice was taken of the +existing facts than was absolutely necessary. Margaret Delandre bore +herself so fearlessly and so openly—she accepted her position as the +justified companion of Geoffrey Brent so naturally that people came to +believe that she was secretly married to him, and therefore thought it +wiser to hold their tongues lest time should justify her and also make +her an active enemy.</p> + +<p>The one person who, by his interference, could have settled all doubts +was debarred by circumstances from interfering in the matter. Wykham +Delandre had quarrelled with his sister—or perhaps it was that she had +quarrelled with him—and they were on terms not merely of armed +neutrality but of bitter hatred. The quarrel had been antecedent to +Margaret going to Brent’s Rock. She and Wykham had almost come to blows. +There had certainly been threats on one side and on the other; and in +the end Wykham, overcome with passion, had ordered his sister to leave +his house. She had risen straightway, and, without waiting to pack up +even her own personal belongings, had walked out of the house. On the +threshold she had paused for a moment to hurl a bitter threat at Wykham +that he would rue in shame and despair to the last hour of his life his +act of that day. Some weeks had since passed; and it was understood in +the neighbourhood that Margaret had gone to London, when she suddenly +appeared driving out with Geoffrey Brent, and the entire neighbourhood +knew before nightfall that she had taken up her abode at the Rock. It +was no subject of surprise that Brent had come back unexpectedly, for +such was his usual custom. Even his own servants never knew when to +expect him, for there was a private door, of which he alone had the key, +by which he sometimes entered without anyone in the house being aware of +his coming. This was his usual method of appearing after a long absence.</p> + +<p>Wykham Delandre was furious at the news. He vowed vengeance—and to keep +his mind level with his passion drank deeper than ever. He tried several +times to see his sister, but she contemptuously refused to meet him. He +tried to have an interview with Brent and was refused by him also. Then +he tried to stop him in the road, but without avail, for Geoffrey was +not a man to be stopped against his will. Several actual encounters took +place between the two men, and many more were threatened and avoided. At +last Wykham Delandre settled down to a morose, vengeful acceptance of +the situation.</p> + +<p>Neither Margaret nor Geoffrey was of a pacific temperament, and it was +not long before there began to be quarrels between them. One thing would +lead to another, and wine flowed freely at Brent’s Rock. Now and again +the quarrels would assume a bitter aspect, and threats would be +exchanged in uncompromising language that fairly awed the listening +servants. But such quarrels generally ended where domestic altercations +do, in reconciliation, and in a mutual respect for the fighting +qualities proportionate to their manifestation. Fighting for its own +sake is found by a certain class of persons, all the world over, to be a +matter of absorbing interest, and there is no reason to believe that +domestic conditions minimise its potency. Geoffrey and Margaret made +occasional absences from Brent’s Rock, and on each of these occasions +Wykham Delandre also absented himself; but as he generally heard of the +absence too late to be of any service, he returned home each time in a +more bitter and discontented frame of mind than before.</p> + +<p>At last there came a time when the absence from Brent’s Rock became +longer than before. Only a few days earlier there had been a quarrel, +exceeding in bitterness anything which had gone before; but this, too, +had been made up, and a trip on the Continent had been mentioned before +the servants. After a few days Wykham Delandre also went away, and it +was some weeks before he returned. It was noticed that he was full of +some new importance—satisfaction, exaltation—they hardly knew how to +call it. He went straightway to Brent’s Rock, and demanded to see +Geoffrey Brent, and on being told that he had not yet returned, said, +with a grim decision which the servants noted:</p> + +<p>“I shall come again. My news is solid—it can wait!” and turned away. +Week after week went by, and month after month; and then there came a +rumour, certified later on, that an accident had occurred in the Zermatt +valley. Whilst crossing a dangerous pass the carriage containing an +English lady and the driver had fallen over a precipice, the gentleman +of the party, Mr. Geoffrey Brent, having been fortunately saved as he +had been walking up the hill to ease the horses. He gave information, +and search was made. The broken rail, the excoriated roadway, the marks +where the horses had struggled on the decline before finally pitching +over into the torrent—all told the sad tale. It was a wet season, and +there had been much snow in the winter, so that the river was swollen +beyond its usual volume, and the eddies of the stream were packed with +ice. All search was made, and finally the wreck of the carriage and the +body of one horse were found in an eddy of the river. Later on the body +of the driver was found on the sandy, torrent-swept waste near Täsch; +but the body of the lady, like that of the other horse, had quite +disappeared, and was—what was left of it by that time—whirling amongst +the eddies of the Rhone on its way down to the Lake of Geneva.</p> + +<p>Wykham Delandre made all the enquiries possible, but could not find any +trace of the missing woman. He found, however, in the books of the +various hotels the name of “Mr. and Mrs. Geoffrey Brent”. And he had a +stone erected at Zermatt to his sister’s memory, under her married name, +and a tablet put up in the church at Bretten, the parish in which both +Brent’s Rock and Dander’s Croft were situated.</p> + +<p>There was a lapse of nearly a year, after the excitement of the matter +had worn away, and the whole neighbourhood had gone on its accustomed +way. Brent was still absent, and Delandre more drunken, more morose, and +more revengeful than before.</p> + +<p>Then there was a new excitement. Brent’s Rock was being made ready for a +new mistress. It was officially announced by Geoffrey himself in a +letter to the Vicar, that he had been married some months before to an +Italian lady, and that they were then on their way home. Then a small +army of workmen invaded the house; and hammer and plane sounded, and a +general air of size and paint pervaded the atmosphere. One wing of the +old house, the south, was entirely re-done; and then the great body of +the workmen departed, leaving only materials for the doing of the old +hall when Geoffrey Brent should have returned, for he had directed that +the decoration was only to be done under his own eyes. He had brought +with him accurate drawings of a hall in the house of his bride’s father, +for he wished to reproduce for her the place to which she had been +accustomed. As the moulding had all to be re-done, some scaffolding +poles and boards were brought in and laid on one side of the great hall, +and also a great wooden tank or box for mixing the lime, which was laid +in bags beside it.</p> + +<p>When the new mistress of Brent’s Rock arrived the bells of the church +rang out, and there was a general jubilation. She was a beautiful +creature, full of the poetry and fire and passion of the South; and the +few English words which she had learned were spoken in such a sweet and +pretty broken way that she won the hearts of the people almost as much +by the music of her voice as by the melting beauty of her dark eyes.</p> + +<p>Geoffrey Brent seemed more happy than he had ever before appeared; but +there was a dark, anxious look on his face that was new to those who +knew him of old, and he started at times as though at some noise that +was unheard by others.</p> + +<p>And so months passed and the whisper grew that at last Brent’s Rock was +to have an heir. Geoffrey was very tender to his wife, and the new bond +between them seemed to soften him. He took more interest in his tenants +and their needs than he had ever done; and works of charity on his part +as well as on his sweet young wife’s were not lacking. He seemed to have +set all his hopes on the child that was coming, and as he looked deeper +into the future the dark shadow that had come over his face seemed to +die gradually away.</p> + +<p>All the time Wykham Delandre nursed his revenge. Deep in his heart had +grown up a purpose of vengeance which only waited an opportunity to +crystallise and take a definite shape. His vague idea was somehow +centred in the wife of Brent, for he knew that he could strike him best +through those he loved, and the coming time seemed to hold in its womb +the opportunity for which he longed. One night he sat alone in the +living-room of his house. It had once been a handsome room in its way, +but time and neglect had done their work and it was now little better +than a ruin, without dignity or picturesqueness of any kind. He had been +drinking heavily for some time and was more than half stupefied. He +thought he heard a noise as of someone at the door and looked up. Then +he called half savagely to come in; but there was no response. With a +muttered blasphemy he renewed his potations. Presently he forgot all +around him, sank into a daze, but suddenly awoke to see standing before +him someone or something like a battered, ghostly edition of his sister. +For a few moments there came upon him a sort of fear. The woman before +him, with distorted features and burning eyes seemed hardly human, and +the only thing that seemed a reality of his sister, as she had been, was +her wealth of golden hair, and this was now streaked with grey. She eyed +her brother with a long, cold stare; and he, too, as he looked and began +to realise the actuality of her presence, found the hatred of her which +he had had, once again surging up in his heart. All the brooding passion +of the past year seemed to find a voice at once as he asked her:</p> + +<p>“Why are you here? You’re dead and buried.”</p> + +<p>“I am here, Wykham Delandre, for no love of you, but because I hate +another even more than I do you!” A great passion blazed in her eyes.</p> + +<p>“Him?” he asked, in so fierce a whisper that even the woman was for an +instant startled till she regained her calm.</p> + +<p>“Yes, him!” she answered. “But make no mistake, my revenge is my own; +and I merely use you to help me to it.” Wykham asked suddenly:</p> + +<p>“Did he marry you?”</p> + +<p>The woman’s distorted face broadened out in a ghastly attempt at a +smile. It was a hideous mockery, for the broken features and seamed +scars took strange shapes and strange colours, and queer lines of white +showed out as the straining muscles pressed on the old cicatrices.</p> + +<p>“So you would like to know! It would please your pride to feel that your +sister was truly married! Well, you shall not know. That was my revenge +on you, and I do not mean to change it by a hair’s breadth. I have come +here tonight simply to let you know that I am alive, so that if any +violence be done me where I am going there may be a witness.”</p> + +<p>“Where are you going?” demanded her brother.</p> + +<p>“That is my affair! and I have not the least intention of letting you +know!” Wykham stood up, but the drink was on him and he reeled and fell. +As he lay on the floor he announced his intention of following his +sister; and with an outburst of splenetic humour told her that he would +follow her through the darkness by the light of her hair, and of her +beauty. At this she turned on him, and said that there were others +beside him that would rue her hair and her beauty too. “As he will,” she +hissed; “for the hair remains though the beauty be gone. When he +withdrew the lynch-pin and sent us over the precipice into the torrent, +he had little thought of my beauty. Perhaps his beauty would be scarred +like mine were he whirled, as I was, among the rocks of the Visp, and +frozen on the ice pack in the drift of the river. But let him beware! +His time is coming!” and with a fierce gesture she flung open the door +and passed out into the night.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p>Later on that night, Mrs. Brent, who was but half-asleep, became +suddenly awake and spoke to her husband:</p> + +<p>“Geoffrey, was not that the click of a lock somewhere below our window?”</p> + +<p>But Geoffrey—though she thought that he, too, had started at the +noise—seemed sound asleep, and breathed heavily. Again Mrs. Brent +dozed; but this time awoke to the fact that her husband had arisen and +was partially dressed. He was deadly pale, and when the light of the +lamp which he had in his hand fell on his face, she was frightened at +the look in his eyes.</p> + +<p>“What is it, Geoffrey? What dost thou?” she asked.</p> + +<p>“Hush! little one,” he answered, in a strange, hoarse voice. “Go to +sleep. I am restless, and wish to finish some work I left undone.”</p> + +<p>“Bring it here, my husband,” she said; “I am lonely and I fear when thou +art away.”</p> + +<p>For reply he merely kissed her and went out, closing the door behind +him. She lay awake for awhile, and then nature asserted itself, and she +slept.</p> + +<p>Suddenly she started broad awake with the memory in her ears of a +smothered cry from somewhere not far off. She jumped up and ran to the +door and listened, but there was no sound. She grew alarmed for her +husband, and called out: “Geoffrey! Geoffrey!”</p> + +<p>After a few moments the door of the great hall opened, and Geoffrey +appeared at it, but without his lamp.</p> + +<p>“Hush!” he said, in a sort of whisper, and his voice was harsh and +stern. “Hush! Get to bed! I am working, and must not be disturbed. Go to +sleep, and do not wake the house!”</p> + +<p>With a chill in her heart—for the harshness of her husband’s voice was +new to her—she crept back to bed and lay there trembling, too +frightened to cry, and listened to every sound. There was a long pause +of silence, and then the sound of some iron implement striking muffled +blows! Then there came a clang of a heavy stone falling, followed by a +muffled curse. Then a dragging sound, and then more noise of stone on +stone. She lay all the while in an agony of fear, and her heart beat +dreadfully. She heard a curious sort of scraping sound; and then there +was silence. Presently the door opened gently, and Geoffrey appeared. +His wife pretended to be asleep; but through her eyelashes she saw him +wash from his hands something white that looked like lime.</p> + +<p>In the morning he made no allusion to the previous night, and she was +afraid to ask any question.</p> + +<p>From that day there seemed some shadow over Geoffrey Brent. He neither +ate nor slept as he had been accustomed, and his former habit of turning +suddenly as though someone were speaking from behind him revived. The +old hall seemed to have some kind of fascination for him. He used to go +there many times in the day, but grew impatient if anyone, even his +wife, entered it. When the builder’s foreman came to inquire about +continuing his work Geoffrey was out driving; the man went into the +hall, and when Geoffrey returned the servant told him of his arrival and +where he was. With a frightful oath he pushed the servant aside and +hurried up to the old hall. The workman met him almost at the door; and +as Geoffrey burst into the room he ran against him. The man apologised:</p> + +<p>“Beg pardon, sir, but I was just going out to make some enquiries. I +directed twelve sacks of lime to be sent here, but I see there are only +ten.”</p> + +<p>“Damn the ten sacks and the twelve too!” was the ungracious and +incomprehensible rejoinder.</p> + +<p>The workman looked surprised, and tried to turn the conversation.</p> + +<p>“I see, sir, there is a little matter which our people must have done; +but the governor will of course see it set right at his own cost.”</p> + +<p>“What do you mean?”</p> + +<p>“That “ere “arth-stone, sir: Some idiot must have put a scaffold pole on +it and cracked it right down the middle, and it’s thick enough you’d +think to stand hanythink.” Geoffrey was silent for quite a minute, and +then said in a constrained voice and with much gentler manner:</p> + +<p>“Tell your people that I am not going on with the work in the hall at +present. I want to leave it as it is for a while longer.”</p> + +<p>“All right sir. I’ll send up a few of our chaps to take away these poles +and lime bags and tidy the place up a bit.”</p> + +<p>“No! No!” said Geoffrey, “leave them where they are. I shall send and +tell you when you are to get on with the work.” So the foreman went +away, and his comment to his master was:</p> + +<p>“I’d send in the bill, sir, for the work already done. “Pears to me that +money’s a little shaky in that quarter.”</p> + +<p>Once or twice Delandre tried to stop Brent on the road, and, at last, +finding that he could not attain his object rode after the carriage, +calling out:</p> + +<p>“What has become of my sister, your wife?” Geoffrey lashed his horses +into a gallop, and the other, seeing from his white face and from his +wife’s collapse almost into a faint that his object was attained, rode +away with a scowl and a laugh.</p> + +<p>That night when Geoffrey went into the hall he passed over to the great +fireplace, and all at once started back with a smothered cry. Then with +an effort he pulled himself together and went away, returning with a +light. He bent down over the broken hearth-stone to see if the moonlight +falling through the storied window had in any way deceived him. Then +with a groan of anguish he sank to his knees.</p> + +<p>There, sure enough, through the crack in the broken stone were +protruding a multitude of threads of golden hair just tinged with grey!</p> + +<p>He was disturbed by a noise at the door, and looking round, saw his wife +standing in the doorway. In the desperation of the moment he took action +to prevent discovery, and lighting a match at the lamp, stooped down and +burned away the hair that rose through the broken stone. Then rising +nonchalantly as he could, he pretended surprise at seeing his wife +beside him.</p> + +<p>For the next week he lived in an agony; for, whether by accident or +design, he could not find himself alone in the hall for any length of +time. At each visit the hair had grown afresh through the crack, and he +had to watch it carefully lest his terrible secret should be discovered. +He tried to find a receptacle for the body of the murdered woman outside +the house, but someone always interrupted him; and once, when he was +coming out of the private doorway, he was met by his wife, who began to +question him about it, and manifested surprise that she should not have +before noticed the key which he now reluctantly showed her. Geoffrey +dearly and passionately loved his wife, so that any possibility of her +discovering his dread secrets, or even of doubting him, filled him with +anguish; and after a couple of days had passed, he could not help coming +to the conclusion that, at least, she suspected something.</p> + +<p>That very evening she came into the hall after her drive and found him +there sitting moodily by the deserted fireplace. She spoke to him +directly.</p> + +<p>“Geoffrey, I have been spoken to by that fellow Delandre, and he says +horrible things. He tells to me that a week ago his sister returned to +his house, the wreck and ruin of her former self, with only her golden +hair as of old, and announced some fell intention. He asked me where she +is—and oh, Geoffrey, she is dead, she is dead! So how can she have +returned? Oh! I am in dread, and I know not where to turn!”</p> + +<p>For answer, Geoffrey burst into a torrent of blasphemy which made her +shudder. He cursed Delandre and his sister and all their kind, and in +especial he hurled curse after curse on her golden hair.</p> + +<p>“Oh, hush! hush!” she said, and was then silent, for she feared her +husband when she saw the evil effect of his humour. Geoffrey in the +torrent of his anger stood up and moved away from the hearth; but +suddenly stopped as he saw a new look of terror in his wife’s eyes. He +followed their glance, and then he too, shuddered—for there on the +broken hearth-stone lay a golden streak as the point of the hair rose +though the crack.</p> + +<p>“Look, look!” she shrieked. “Is it some ghost of the dead! Come +away—come away!” and seizing her husband by the wrist with the frenzy +of madness, she pulled him from the room.</p> + +<p>That night she was in a raging fever. The doctor of the district +attended her at once, and special aid was telegraphed for to London. +Geoffrey was in despair, and in his anguish at the danger of his young +wife almost forgot his own crime and its consequences. In the evening +the doctor had to leave to attend to others; but he left Geoffrey in +charge of his wife. His last words were:</p> + +<p>“Remember, you must humour her till I come in the morning, or till some +other doctor has her case in hand. What you have to dread is another +attack of emotion. See that she is kept warm. Nothing more can be done.”</p> + +<p>Late in the evening, when the rest of the household had retired, +Geoffrey’s wife got up from her bed and called to her husband.</p> + +<p>“Come!” she said. “Come to the old hall! I know where the gold comes +from! I want to see it grow!”</p> + +<p>Geoffrey would fain have stopped her, but he feared for her life or +reason on the one hand, and lest in a paroxysm she should shriek out her +terrible suspicion, and seeing that it was useless to try to prevent +her, wrapped a warm rug around her and went with her to the old hall. +When they entered, she turned and shut the door and locked it.</p> + +<p>“We want no strangers amongst us three tonight!” she whispered with a +wan smile.</p> + +<p>“We three! nay we are but two,” said Geoffrey with a shudder; he feared +to say more.</p> + +<p>“Sit here,” said his wife as she put out the light. “Sit here by the +hearth and watch the gold growing. The silver moonlight is jealous! See, +it steals along the floor towards the gold—our gold!” Geoffrey looked +with growing horror, and saw that during the hours that had passed the +golden hair had protruded further through the broken hearth-stone. He +tried to hide it by placing his feet over the broken place; and his +wife, drawing her chair beside him, leant over and laid her head on his +shoulder.</p> + +<p>“Now do not stir, dear,” she said; “let us sit still and watch. We shall +find the secret of the growing gold!” He passed his arm round her and +sat silent; and as the moonlight stole along the floor she sank to +sleep.</p> + +<p>He feared to wake her; and so sat silent and miserable as the hours +stole away.</p> + +<p>Before his horror-struck eyes the golden-hair from the broken stone grew +and grew; and as it increased, so his heart got colder and colder, till +at last he had not power to stir, and sat with eyes full of terror +watching his doom.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p>In the morning when the London doctor came, neither Geoffrey nor his +wife could be found. Search was made in all the rooms, but without +avail. As a last resource the great door of the old hall was broken +open, and those who entered saw a grim and sorry sight.</p> + +<p>There by the deserted hearth Geoffrey Brent and his young wife sat cold +and white and dead. Her face was peaceful, and her eyes were closed in +sleep; but his face was a sight that made all who saw it shudder, for +there was on it a look of unutterable horror. The eyes were open and +stared glassily at his feet, which were twined with tresses of golden +hair, streaked with grey, which came through the broken hearth-stone. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap05"></a>The Gipsy Prophecy</h2> + +<p> +“I really think,” said the Doctor, “that, at any rate, one of us should +go and try whether or not the thing is an imposture.”</p> + +<p>“Good!” said Considine. “After dinner we will take our cigars and stroll +over to the camp.”</p> + +<p>Accordingly, when the dinner was over, and the <i>La Tour</i> finished, +Joshua Considine and his friend, Dr Burleigh, went over to the east side +of the moor, where the gipsy encampment lay. As they were leaving, Mary +Considine, who had walked as far as the end of the garden where it +opened into the laneway, called after her husband:</p> + +<p>“Mind, Joshua, you are to give them a fair chance, but don’t give them +any clue to a fortune—and don’t you get flirting with any of the gipsy +maidens—and take care to keep Gerald out of harm.”</p> + +<p> +For answer Considine held up his hand, as if taking a stage oath, and whistled +the air of the old song, “The Gipsy Countess.” Gerald joined in the strain, and +then, breaking into merry laughter, the two men passed along the laneway to the +common, turning now and then to wave their hands to Mary, who leaned over the +gate, in the twilight, looking after them. +</p> + +<p>It was a lovely evening in the summer; the very air was full of rest and +quiet happiness, as though an outward type of the peacefulness and joy +which made a heaven of the home of the young married folk. Considine’s +life had not been an eventful one. The only disturbing element which he +had ever known was in his wooing of Mary Winston, and the long-continued +objection of her ambitious parents, who expected a brilliant match for +their only daughter. When Mr. and Mrs. Winston had discovered the +attachment of the young barrister, they had tried to keep the young +people apart by sending their daughter away for a long round of visits, +having made her promise not to correspond with her lover during her +absence. Love, however, had stood the test. Neither absence nor neglect +seemed to cool the passion of the young man, and jealousy seemed a thing +unknown to his sanguine nature; so, after a long period of waiting, the +parents had given in, and the young folk were married.</p> + +<p>They had been living in the cottage a few months, and were just +beginning to feel at home. Gerald Burleigh, Joshua’s old college chum, +and himself a sometime victim of Mary’s beauty, had arrived a week +before, to stay with them for as long a time as he could tear himself +away from his work in London.</p> + +<p>When her husband had quite disappeared Mary went into the house, and, +sitting down at the piano, gave an hour to Mendelssohn.</p> + +<p>It was but a short walk across the common, and before the cigars +required renewing the two men had reached the gipsy camp. The place was +as picturesque as gipsy camps—when in villages and when business is +good—usually are. There were some few persons round the fire, investing +their money in prophecy, and a large number of others, poorer or more +parsimonious, who stayed just outside the bounds but near enough to see +all that went on.</p> + +<p>As the two gentlemen approached, the villagers, who knew Joshua, made +way a little, and a pretty, keen-eyed gipsy girl tripped up and asked to +tell their fortunes. Joshua held out his hand, but the girl, without +seeming to see it, stared at his face in a very odd manner. Gerald +nudged him:</p> + +<p>“You must cross her hand with silver,” he said. “It is one of the most +important parts of the mystery.” Joshua took from his pocket a +half-crown and held it out to her, but, without looking at it, she +answered:</p> + +<p>“You have to cross the gipsy’s hand with gold.”</p> + +<p>Gerald laughed. “You are at a premium as a subject,” he said. Joshua was +of the kind of man—the universal kind—who can tolerate being stared at +by a pretty girl; so, with some little deliberation, he answered:</p> + +<p>“All right; here you are, my pretty girl; but you must give me a real +good fortune for it,” and he handed her a half sovereign, which she +took, saying:</p> + +<p>“It is not for me to give good fortune or bad, but only to read what the +Stars have said.” She took his right hand and turned it palm upward; but +the instant her eyes met it she dropped it as though it had been red +hot, and, with a startled look, glided swiftly away. Lifting the curtain +of the large tent, which occupied the centre of the camp, she +disappeared within.</p> + +<p>“Sold again!” said the cynical Gerald. Joshua stood a little amazed, and +not altogether satisfied. They both watched the large tent. In a few +moments there emerged from the opening not the young girl, but a stately +looking woman of middle age and commanding presence.</p> + +<p>The instant she appeared the whole camp seemed to stand still. The +clamour of tongues, the laughter and noise of the work were, for a +second or two, arrested, and every man or woman who sat, or crouched, or +lay, stood up and faced the imperial looking gipsy.</p> + +<p>“The Queen, of course,” murmured Gerald. “We are in luck tonight.” The +gipsy Queen threw a searching glance around the camp, and then, without +hesitating an instant, came straight over and stood before Joshua.</p> + +<p>“Hold out your hand,” she said in a commanding tone.</p> + +<p>Again Gerald spoke, <i>sotto voce</i>: “I have not been spoken to in that way +since I was at school.”</p> + +<p>“Your hand must be crossed with gold.”</p> + +<p>“A hundred per cent. at this game,” whispered Gerald, as Joshua laid +another half sovereign on his upturned palm.</p> + +<p>The gipsy looked at the hand with knitted brows; then suddenly looking +up into his face, said:</p> + +<p>“Have you a strong will—have you a true heart that can be brave for one +you love?”</p> + +<p>“I hope so; but I am afraid I have not vanity enough to say ‘yes’.”</p> + +<p>“Then I will answer for you; for I read resolution in your +face—resolution desperate and determined if need be. You have a wife +you love?”</p> + +<p>“Yes,” emphatically.</p> + +<p>“Then leave her at once—never see her face again. Go from her now, +while love is fresh and your heart is free from wicked intent. Go +quick—go far, and never see her face again!”</p> + +<p>Joshua drew away his hand quickly, and said, “Thank you!” stiffly but +sarcastically, as he began to move away.</p> + +<p>“I say!” said Gerald, “you’re not going like that, old man; no use in +being indignant with the Stars or their prophet—and, moreover, your +sovereign—what of it? At least, hear the matter out.”</p> + +<p>“Silence, ribald!” commanded the Queen, “you know not what you do. Let +him go—and go ignorant, if he will not be warned.”</p> + +<p>Joshua immediately turned back. “At all events, we will see this thing +out,” he said. “Now, madam, you have given me advice, but I paid for a +fortune.”</p> + +<p>“Be warned!” said the gipsy. “The Stars have been silent for long; let +the mystery still wrap them round.”</p> + +<p>“My dear madam, I do not get within touch of a mystery every day, and I +prefer for my money knowledge rather than ignorance. I can get the +latter commodity for nothing when I want any of it.”</p> + +<p>Gerald echoed the sentiment. “As for me I have a large and unsaleable +stock on hand.”</p> + +<p>The gipsy Queen eyed the two men sternly, and then said: “As you wish. +You have chosen for yourself, and have met warning with scorn, and +appeal with levity. On your own heads be the doom!”</p> + +<p>“Amen!” said Gerald.</p> + +<p>With an imperious gesture the Queen took Joshua’s hand again, and began +to tell his fortune.</p> + +<p>“I see here the flowing of blood; it will flow before long; it is +running in my sight. It flows through the broken circle of a severed +ring.”</p> + +<p>“Go on!” said Joshua, smiling. Gerald was silent.</p> + +<p>“Must I speak plainer?”</p> + +<p>“Certainly; we commonplace mortals want something definite. The Stars +are a long way off, and their words get somewhat dulled in the message.”</p> + +<p>The gipsy shuddered, and then spoke impressively. “This is the hand of a +murderer—the murderer of his wife!” She dropped the hand and turned +away.</p> + +<p>Joshua laughed. “Do you know,” said he, “I think if I were you I should +prophesy some jurisprudence into my system. For instance, you say ‘this +hand is the hand of a murderer.’ Well, whatever it may be in the +future—or potentially—it is at present not one. You ought to give your +prophecy in such terms as ‘the hand which will be a murderer’s’, or, +rather, ‘the hand of one who will be the murderer of his wife’. The +Stars are really not good on technical questions.”</p> + +<p>The gipsy made no reply of any kind, but, with drooping head and +despondent mien, walked slowly to her tent, and, lifting the curtain, +disappeared.</p> + +<p>Without speaking the two men turned homewards, and walked across the +moor. Presently, after some little hesitation, Gerald spoke.</p> + +<p>“Of course, old man, this is all a joke; a ghastly one, but still a +joke. But would it not be well to keep it to ourselves?”</p> + +<p>“How do you mean?”</p> + +<p>“Well, not tell your wife. It might alarm her.”</p> + +<p> +“Alarm her! My dear Gerald, what are you thinking of? Why, she would not +be alarmed or afraid of me if all the gipsies that ever didn’t come from +Bohemia agreed that I was to murder her, or even to have a hard thought +of her, whilst so long as she was saying ‘Jack Robinson.’” +</p> + +<p>Gerald remonstrated. “Old fellow, women are superstitious—far more than +we men are; and, also they are blessed—or cursed—with a nervous system +to which we are strangers. I see too much of it in my work not to +realise it. Take my advice and do not let her know, or you will frighten +her.”</p> + +<p>Joshua’s lips unconsciously hardened as he answered: “My dear fellow, I +would not have a secret from my wife. Why, it would be the beginning of +a new order of things between us. We have no secrets from each other. If +we ever have, then you may begin to look out for something odd between +us.”</p> + +<p>“Still,” said Gerald, “at the risk of unwelcome interference, I say +again be warned in time.”</p> + +<p>“The gipsy’s very words,” said Joshua. “You and she seem quite of one +accord. Tell me, old man, is this a put-up thing? You told me of the +gipsy camp—did you arrange it all with Her Majesty?” This was said with +an air of bantering earnestness. Gerald assured him that he only heard +of the camp that morning; but he made fun of every answer of his friend, +and, in the process of this raillery, the time passed, and they entered +the cottage.</p> + +<p>Mary was sitting at the piano but not playing. The dim twilight had +waked some very tender feelings in her breast, and her eyes were full of +gentle tears. When the men came in she stole over to her husband’s side +and kissed him. Joshua struck a tragic attitude.</p> + +<p>“Mary,” he said in a deep voice, “before you approach me, listen to the +words of Fate. The Stars have spoken and the doom is sealed.”</p> + +<p>“What is it, dear? Tell me the fortune, but do not frighten me.”</p> + +<p>“Not at all, my dear; but there is a truth which it is well that you +should know. Nay, it is necessary so that all your arrangements can be +made beforehand, and everything be decently done and in order.”</p> + +<p>“Go on, dear; I am listening.”</p> + +<p>“Mary Considine, your effigy may yet be seen at Madame Tussaud’s. The +juris-imprudent Stars have announced their fell tidings that this hand +is red with blood—your blood. Mary! Mary! my God!” He sprang forward, +but too late to catch her as she fell fainting on the floor.</p> + +<p>“I told you,” said Gerald. “You don’t know them as well as I do.”</p> + +<p>After a little while Mary recovered from her swoon, but only to fall +into strong hysterics, in which she laughed and wept and raved and +cried, “Keep him from me—from me, Joshua, my husband,” and many other +words of entreaty and of fear.</p> + +<p>Joshua Considine was in a state of mind bordering on agony, and when at +last Mary became calm he knelt by her and kissed her feet and hands and +hair and called her all the sweet names and said all the tender things +his lips could frame. All that night he sat by her bedside and held her +hand. Far through the night and up to the early morning she kept waking +from sleep and crying out as if in fear, till she was comforted by the +consciousness that her husband was watching beside her.</p> + +<p>Breakfast was late the next morning, but during it Joshua received a +telegram which required him to drive over to Withering, nearly twenty +miles. He was loth to go; but Mary would not hear of his remaining, and +so before noon he drove off in his dog-cart alone.</p> + +<p>When he was gone Mary retired to her room. She did not appear at lunch, +but when afternoon tea was served on the lawn under the great weeping +willow, she came to join her guest. She was looking quite recovered from +her illness of the evening before. After some casual remarks, she said +to Gerald: “Of course it was very silly about last night, but I could +not help feeling frightened. Indeed I would feel so still if I let +myself think of it. But, after all these people may only imagine things, +and I have got a test that can hardly fail to show that the prediction +is false—if indeed it be false,” she added sadly.</p> + +<p>“What is your plan?” asked Gerald.</p> + +<p>“I shall go myself to the gipsy camp, and have my fortune told by the +Queen.”</p> + +<p>“Capital. May I go with you?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, no! That would spoil it. She might know you and guess at me, and +suit her utterance accordingly. I shall go alone this afternoon.”</p> + +<p>When the afternoon was gone Mary Considine took her way to the gipsy +encampment. Gerald went with her as far as the near edge of the common, +and returned alone.</p> + +<p>Half-an-hour had hardly elapsed when Mary entered the drawing-room, +where he lay on a sofa reading. She was ghastly pale and was in a state +of extreme excitement. Hardly had she passed over the threshold when she +collapsed and sank moaning on the carpet. Gerald rushed to aid her, but +by a great effort she controlled herself and motioned him to be silent. +He waited, and his ready attention to her wish seemed to be her best +help, for, in a few minutes, she had somewhat recovered, and was able to +tell him what had passed.</p> + +<p>“When I got to the camp,” she said, “there did not seem to be a soul +about, I went into the centre and stood there. Suddenly a tall woman +stood beside me. ‘Something told me I was wanted!’ she said. I held out +my hand and laid a piece of silver on it. She took from her neck a small +golden trinket and laid it there also; and then, seizing the two, threw +them into the stream that ran by. Then she took my hand in hers and +spoke: ‘Naught but blood in this guilty place,’ and turned away. I +caught hold of her and asked her to tell me more. After some hesitation, +she said: ‘Alas! alas! I see you lying at your husband’s feet, and his +hands are red with blood.’”</p> + +<p>Gerald did not feel at all at ease, and tried to laugh it off. “Surely,” +he said, “this woman has a craze about murder.”</p> + +<p>“Do not laugh,” said Mary, “I cannot bear it,” and then, as if with a +sudden impulse, she left the room.</p> + +<p>Not long after Joshua returned, bright and cheery, and as hungry as a +hunter after his long drive. His presence cheered his wife, who seemed +much brighter, but she did not mention the episode of the visit to the +gipsy camp, so Gerald did not mention it either. As if by tacit consent +the subject was not alluded to during the evening. But there was a +strange, settled look on Mary’s face, which Gerald could not but +observe.</p> + +<p>In the morning Joshua came down to breakfast later than usual. Mary had +been up and about the house from an early hour; but as the time drew on +she seemed to get a little nervous and now and again threw around an +anxious look.</p> + +<p>Gerald could not help noticing that none of those at breakfast could get +on satisfactorily with their food. It was not altogether that the chops +were tough, but that the knives were all so blunt. Being a guest, he, of +course, made no sign; but presently saw Joshua draw his thumb across the +edge of his knife in an unconscious sort of way. At the action Mary +turned pale and almost fainted.</p> + +<p>After breakfast they all went out on the lawn. Mary was making up a +bouquet, and said to her husband, “Get me a few of the tea-roses, dear.”</p> + +<p>Joshua pulled down a cluster from the front of the house. The stem bent, +but was too tough to break. He put his hand in his pocket to get his +knife; but in vain. “Lend me your knife, Gerald,” he said. But Gerald +had not got one, so he went into the breakfast room and took one from +the table. He came out feeling its edge and grumbling. “What on earth +has happened to all the knives—the edges seem all ground off?” Mary +turned away hurriedly and entered the house.</p> + +<p>Joshua tried to sever the stalk with the blunt knife as country cooks +sever the necks of fowl—as schoolboys cut twine. With a little effort +he finished the task. The cluster of roses grew thick, so he determined +to gather a great bunch.</p> + +<p>He could not find a single sharp knife in the sideboard where the +cutlery was kept, so he called Mary, and when she came, told her the +state of things. She looked so agitated and so miserable that he could +not help knowing the truth, and, as if astounded and hurt, asked her:</p> + +<p>“Do you mean to say that <i>you</i> have done it?”</p> + +<p>She broke in, “Oh, Joshua, I was so afraid.”</p> + +<p>He paused, and a set, white look came over his face. “Mary!” said he, +“is this all the trust you have in me? I would not have believed it.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, Joshua! Joshua!” she cried entreatingly, “forgive me,” and wept +bitterly.</p> + +<p>Joshua thought a moment and then said: “I see how it is. We shall better +end this or we shall all go mad.”</p> + +<p>He ran into the drawing-room.</p> + +<p>“Where are you going?” almost screamed Mary.</p> + +<p>Gerald saw what he meant—that he would not be tied to blunt instruments +by the force of a superstition, and was not surprised when he saw him +come out through the French window, bearing in his hand a large Ghourka +knife, which usually lay on the centre table, and which his brother had +sent him from Northern India. It was one of those great hunting-knives +which worked such havoc, at close quarters with the enemies of the loyal +Ghourkas during the mutiny, of great weight but so evenly balanced in +the hand as to seem light, and with an edge like a razor. With one of +these knives a Ghourka can cut a sheep in two.</p> + +<p>When Mary saw him come out of the room with the weapon in his hand she +screamed in an agony of fright, and the hysterics of last night were +promptly renewed.</p> + +<p>Joshua ran toward her, and, seeing her falling, threw down the knife and +tried to catch her.</p> + +<p>However, he was just a second too late, and the two men cried out in +horror simultaneously as they saw her fall upon the naked blade.</p> + +<p>When Gerald rushed over he found that in falling her left hand had +struck the blade, which lay partly upwards on the grass. Some of the +small veins were cut through, and the blood gushed freely from the +wound. As he was tying it up he pointed out to Joshua that the wedding +ring was severed by the steel.</p> + +<p>They carried her fainting to the house. When, after a while, she came +out, with her arm in a sling, she was peaceful in her mind and happy. +She said to her husband:</p> + +<p>“The gipsy was wonderfully near the truth; too near for the real thing +ever to occur now, dear.”</p> + +<p>Joshua bent over and kissed the wounded hand. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap06"></a>The Coming of Abel Behenna</h2> + +<p> +The little Cornish port of Pencastle was bright in the early April, when +the sun had seemingly come to stay after a long and bitter winter. +Boldly and blackly the rock stood out against a background of shaded +blue, where the sky fading into mist met the far horizon. The sea was of +true Cornish hue—sapphire, save where it became deep emerald green in +the fathomless depths under the cliffs, where the seal caves opened +their grim jaws. On the slopes the grass was parched and brown. The +spikes of furze bushes were ashy grey, but the golden yellow of their +flowers streamed along the hillside, dipping out in lines as the rock +cropped up, and lessening into patches and dots till finally it died +away all together where the sea winds swept round the jutting cliffs and +cut short the vegetation as though with an ever-working aerial shears. +The whole hillside, with its body of brown and flashes of yellow, was +just like a colossal yellow-hammer.</p> + +<p>The little harbour opened from the sea between towering cliffs, and +behind a lonely rock, pierced with many caves and blow-holes through +which the sea in storm time sent its thunderous voice, together with a +fountain of drifting spume. Hence, it wound westwards in a serpentine +course, guarded at its entrance by two little curving piers to left and +right. These were roughly built of dark slates placed endways and held +together with great beams bound with iron bands. Thence, it flowed up +the rocky bed of the stream whose winter torrents had of old cut out its +way amongst the hills. This stream was deep at first, with here and +there, where it widened, patches of broken rock exposed at low water, +full of holes where crabs and lobsters were to be found at the ebb of +the tide. From amongst the rocks rose sturdy posts, used for warping in +the little coasting vessels which frequented the port. Higher up, the +stream still flowed deeply, for the tide ran far inland, but always +calmly for all the force of the wildest storm was broken below. Some +quarter mile inland the stream was deep at high water, but at low tide +there were at each side patches of the same broken rock as lower down, +through the chinks of which the sweet water of the natural stream +trickled and murmured after the tide had ebbed away. Here, too, rose +mooring posts for the fishermen’s boats. At either side of the river was +a row of cottages down almost on the level of high tide. They were +pretty cottages, strongly and snugly built, with trim narrow gardens in +front, full of old-fashioned plants, flowering currants, coloured +primroses, wallflower, and stonecrop. Over the fronts of many of them +climbed clematis and wisteria. The window sides and door posts of all +were as white as snow, and the little pathway to each was paved with +light coloured stones. At some of the doors were tiny porches, whilst at +others were rustic seats cut from tree trunks or from old barrels; in +nearly every case the window ledges were filled with boxes or pots of +flowers or foliage plants.</p> + +<p>Two men lived in cottages exactly opposite each other across the stream. +Two men, both young, both good-looking, both prosperous, and who had +been companions and rivals from their boyhood. Abel Behenna was dark +with the gypsy darkness which the Phœnician mining wanderers left in +their track; Eric Sanson—which the local antiquarian said was a +corruption of Sagamanson—was fair, with the ruddy hue which marked the +path of the wild Norseman. These two seemed to have singled out each +other from the very beginning to work and strive together, to fight for +each other and to stand back to back in all endeavours. They had now put +the coping-stone on their Temple of Unity by falling in love with the +same girl. Sarah Trefusis was certainly the prettiest girl in Pencastle, +and there was many a young man who would gladly have tried his fortune +with her, but that there were two to contend against, and each of these +the strongest and most resolute man in the port—except the other. The +average young man thought that this was very hard, and on account of it +bore no good will to either of the three principals: whilst the average +young woman who had, lest worse should befall, to put up with the +grumbling of her sweetheart, and the sense of being only second best +which it implied, did not either, be sure, regard Sarah with friendly +eye. Thus it came, in the course of a year or so, for rustic courtship +is a slow process, that the two men and woman found themselves thrown +much together. They were all satisfied, so it did not matter, and Sarah, +who was vain and something frivolous, took care to have her revenge on +both men and women in a quiet way. When a young woman in her “walking +out” can only boast one not-quite-satisfied young man, it is no +particular pleasure to her to see her escort cast sheep’s eyes at a +better-looking girl supported by two devoted swains.</p> + +<p>At length there came a time which Sarah dreaded, and which she had tried +to keep distant—the time when she had to make her choice between the +two men. She liked them both, and, indeed, either of them might have +satisfied the ideas of even a more exacting girl. But her mind was so +constituted that she thought more of what she might lose, than of what +she might gain; and whenever she thought she had made up her mind she +became instantly assailed with doubts as to the wisdom of her choice. +Always the man whom she had presumably lost became endowed afresh with a +newer and more bountiful crop of advantages than had ever arisen from +the possibility of his acceptance. She promised each man that on her +birthday she would give him his answer, and that day, the 11th of April, +had now arrived. The promises had been given singly and confidentially, +but each was given to a man who was not likely to forget. Early in the +morning she found both men hovering round her door. Neither had taken +the other into his confidence, and each was simply seeking an early +opportunity of getting his answer, and advancing his suit if necessary. +Damon, as a rule, does not take Pythias with him when making a proposal; +and in the heart of each man his own affairs had a claim far above any +requirements of friendship. So, throughout the day, they kept seeing +each other out. The position was doubtless somewhat embarrassing to +Sarah, and though the satisfaction of her vanity that she should be thus +adored was very pleasing, yet there were moments when she was annoyed +with both men for being so persistent. Her only consolation at such +moments was that she saw, through the elaborate smiles of the other +girls when in passing they noticed her door thus doubly guarded, the +jealousy which filled their hearts. Sarah’s mother was a person of +commonplace and sordid ideas, and, seeing all along the state of +affairs, her one intention, persistently expressed to her daughter in +the plainest words, was to so arrange matters that Sarah should get all +that was possible out of both men. With this purpose she had cunningly +kept herself as far as possible in the background in the matter of her +daughter’s wooings, and watched in silence. At first Sarah had been +indignant with her for her sordid views; but, as usual, her weak nature +gave way before persistence, and she had now got to the stage of +acceptance. She was not surprised when her mother whispered to her in +the little yard behind the house:—</p> + +<p>“Go up the hillside for a while; I want to talk to these two. They’re +both red-hot for ye, and now’s the time to get things fixed!” Sarah +began a feeble remonstrance, but her mother cut her short.</p> + +<p>“I tell ye, girl, that my mind is made up! Both these men want ye, and +only one can have ye, but before ye choose it’ll be so arranged that +ye’ll have all that both have got! Don’t argy, child! Go up the +hillside, and when ye come back I’ll have it fixed—I see a way quite +easy!” So Sarah went up the hillside through the narrow paths between +the golden furze, and Mrs. Trefusis joined the two men in the +living-room of the little house.</p> + +<p>She opened the attack with the desperate courage which is in all mothers +when they think for their children, howsoever mean the thoughts may be.</p> + +<p>“Ye two men, ye’re both in love with my Sarah!”</p> + +<p>Their bashful silence gave consent to the barefaced proposition. She +went on.</p> + +<p>“Neither of ye has much!” Again they tacitly acquiesced in the soft +impeachment.</p> + +<p>“I don’t know that either of ye could keep a wife!” Though neither said +a word their looks and bearing expressed distinct dissent. Mrs. Trefusis +went on:</p> + +<p>“But if ye’d put what ye both have together ye’d make a comfortable home +for one of ye—and Sarah!” She eyed the men keenly, with her cunning +eyes half shut, as she spoke; then satisfied from her scrutiny that the +idea was accepted she went on quickly, as if to prevent argument:</p> + +<p>“The girl likes ye both, and mayhap it’s hard for her to choose. Why +don’t ye toss up for her? First put your money together—ye’ve each got +a bit put by, I know. Let the lucky man take the lot and trade with it a +bit, and then come home and marry her. Neither of ye’s afraid, I +suppose! And neither of ye’ll say that he won’t do that much for the +girl that ye both say ye love!”</p> + +<p>Abel broke the silence:</p> + +<p>“It don’t seem the square thing to toss for the girl! She wouldn’t like +it herself, and it doesn’t seem—seem respectful like to her—” Eric +interrupted. He was conscious that his chance was not so good as Abel’s +in case Sarah should wish to choose between them:</p> + +<p>“Are ye afraid of the hazard?”</p> + +<p>“Not me!” said Abel, boldly. Mrs. Trefusis, seeing that her idea was +beginning to work, followed up the advantage.</p> + +<p>“It is settled that ye put yer money together to make a home for her, +whether ye toss for her or leave it for her to choose?”</p> + +<p>“Yes,” said Eric quickly, and Abel agreed with equal sturdiness. Mrs. +Trefusis’ little cunning eyes twinkled. She heard Sarah’s step in the +yard, and said:</p> + +<p>“Well! here she comes, and I leave it to her.” And she went out.</p> + +<p>During her brief walk on the hillside Sarah had been trying to make up +her mind. She was feeling almost angry with both men for being the cause +of her difficulty, and as she came into the room said shortly:</p> + +<p>“I want to have a word with you both—come to the Flagstaff Rock, where +we can be alone.” She took her hat and went out of the house up the +winding path to the steep rock crowned with a high flagstaff, where once +the wreckers’ fire basket used to burn. This was the rock which formed +the northern jaw of the little harbour. There was only room on the path +for two abreast, and it marked the state of things pretty well when, by +a sort of implied arrangement, Sarah went first, and the two men +followed, walking abreast and keeping step. By this time, each man’s +heart was boiling with jealousy. When they came to the top of the rock, +Sarah stood against the flagstaff, and the two young men stood opposite +her. She had chosen her position with knowledge and intention, for there +was no room for anyone to stand beside her. They were all silent for a +while; then Sarah began to laugh and said:—</p> + +<p>“I promised the both of you to give you an answer to-day. I’ve been +thinking and thinking and thinking, till I began to get angry with you +both for plaguing me so; and even now I don’t seem any nearer than ever +I was to making up my mind.” Eric said suddenly:</p> + +<p>“Let us toss for it, lass!” Sarah showed no indignation whatever at the +proposition; her mother’s eternal suggestion had schooled her to the +acceptance of something of the kind, and her weak nature made it easy to +her to grasp at any way out of the difficulty. She stood with downcast +eyes idly picking at the sleeve of her dress, seeming to have tacitly +acquiesced in the proposal. Both men instinctively realising this pulled +each a coin from his pocket, spun it in the air, and dropped his other +hand over the palm on which it lay. For a few seconds they remained +thus, all silent; then Abel, who was the more thoughtful of the men, +spoke:</p> + +<p>“Sarah! is this good?” As he spoke he removed the upper hand from the +coin and placed the latter back in his pocket. Sarah was nettled.</p> + +<p>“Good or bad, it’s good enough for me! Take it or leave it as you like,” +she said, to which he replied quickly:</p> + +<p>“Nay lass! Aught that concerns you is good enow for me. I did but think +of you lest you might have pain or disappointment hereafter. If you love +Eric better nor me, in God’s name say so, and I think I’m man enow to +stand aside. Likewise, if I’m the one, don’t make us both miserable for +life!” Face to face with a difficulty, Sarah’s weak nature proclaimed +itself; she put her hands before her face and began to cry, saying—</p> + +<p>“It was my mother. She keeps telling me!” The silence which followed was +broken by Eric, who said hotly to Abel:</p> + +<p>“Let the lass alone, can’t you? If she wants to choose this way, let +her. It’s good enough for me—and for you, too! She’s said it now, and +must abide by it!” Hereupon Sarah turned upon him in sudden fury, and +cried:</p> + +<p>“Hold your tongue! what is it to you, at any rate?” and she resumed her +crying. Eric was so flabbergasted that he had not a word to say, but +stood looking particularly foolish, with his mouth open and his hands +held out with the coin still between them. All were silent till Sarah, +taking her hands from her face laughed hysterically and said:</p> + +<p>“As you two can’t make up your minds, I’m going home!” and she turned to +go.</p> + +<p>“Stop,” said Abel, in an authoritative voice. “Eric, you hold the coin, +and I’ll cry. Now, before we settle it, let us clearly understand: the +man who wins takes all the money that we both have got, brings it to +Bristol and ships on a voyage and trades with it. Then he comes back and +marries Sarah, and they two keep all, whatever there may be, as the +result of the trading. Is this what we understand?”</p> + +<p>“Yes,” said Eric.</p> + +<p>“I’ll marry him on my next birthday,” said Sarah. Having said it the +intolerably mercenary spirit of her action seemed to strike her, and +impulsively she turned away with a bright blush. Fire seemed to sparkle +in the eyes of both men. Said Eric: “A year so be! The man that wins is +to have one year.”</p> + +<p>“Toss!” cried Abel, and the coin spun in the air. Eric caught it, and +again held it between his outstretched hands.</p> + +<p>“Heads!” cried Abel, a pallor sweeping over his face as he spoke. As he +leaned forward to look Sarah leaned forward too, and their heads almost +touched. He could feel her hair blowing on his cheek, and it thrilled +through him like fire. Eric lifted his upper hand; the coin lay with its +head up. Abel stepped forward and took Sarah in his arms. With a curse +Eric hurled the coin far into the sea. Then he leaned against the +flagstaff and scowled at the others with his hands thrust deep into his +pockets. Abel whispered wild words of passion and delight into Sarah’s +ears, and as she listened she began to believe that fortune had rightly +interpreted the wishes of her secret heart, and that she loved Abel +best.</p> + +<p>Presently Abel looked up and caught sight of Eric’s face as the last ray +of sunset struck it. The red light intensified the natural ruddiness of +his complexion, and he looked as though he were steeped in blood. Abel +did not mind his scowl, for now that his own heart was at rest he could +feel unalloyed pity for his friend. He stepped over meaning to comfort +him, and held out his hand, saying:</p> + +<p>“It was my chance, old lad. Don’t grudge it me. I’ll try to make Sarah a +happy woman, and you shall be a brother to us both!”</p> + +<p>“Brother be damned!” was all the answer Eric made, as he turned away. +When he had gone a few steps down the rocky path he turned and came +back. Standing before Abel and Sarah, who had their arms round each +other, he said:</p> + +<p>“You have a year. Make the most of it! And be sure you’re in time to +claim your wife! Be back to have your banns up in time to be married on +the 11th April. If you’re not, I tell you I shall have my banns up, and +you may get back too late.”</p> + +<p>“What do you mean, Eric? You are mad!”</p> + +<p>“No more mad than you are, Abel Behenna. You go, that’s your chance! I +stay, that’s mine! I don’t mean to let the grass grow under my feet. +Sarah cared no more for you than for me five minutes ago, and she may +come back to that five minutes after you’re gone! You won by a point +only—the game may change.”</p> + +<p>“The game won’t change!” said Abel shortly. “Sarah, you’ll be true to +me? You won’t marry till I return?”</p> + +<p>“For a year!” added Eric, quickly, “that’s the bargain.”</p> + +<p>“I promise for the year,” said Sarah. A dark look came over Abel’s face, +and he was about to speak, but he mastered himself and smiled.</p> + +<p>“I mustn’t be too hard or get angry tonight! Come, Eric! we played and +fought together. I won fairly. I played fairly all the game of our +wooing! You know that as well as I do; and now when I am going away, I +shall look to my old and true comrade to help me when I am gone!”</p> + +<p>“I’ll help you none,” said Eric, “so help me God!”</p> + +<p>“It was God helped me,” said Abel simply.</p> + +<p>“Then let Him go on helping you,” said Eric angrily. “The Devil is good +enough for me!” and without another word he rushed down the steep path +and disappeared behind the rocks.</p> + +<p>When he had gone Abel hoped for some tender passage with Sarah, but the +first remark she made chilled him.</p> + +<p>“How lonely it all seems without Eric!” and this note sounded till he +had left her at home—and after.</p> + +<p>Early on the next morning Abel heard a noise at his door, and on going +out saw Eric walking rapidly away: a small canvas bag full of gold and +silver lay on the threshold; on a small slip of paper pinned to it was +written:</p> + +<p>“Take the money and go. I stay. God for you! The Devil for me! Remember +the 11th of April.—ERIC SANSON.” That afternoon Abel went off to +Bristol, and a week later sailed on the <i>Star of the Sea</i> bound for +Pahang. His money—including that which had been Eric’s—was on board in +the shape of a venture of cheap toys. He had been advised by a shrewd +old mariner of Bristol whom he knew, and who knew the ways of the +Chersonese, who predicted that every penny invested would be returned +with a shilling to boot.</p> + +<p>As the year wore on Sarah became more and more disturbed in her mind. +Eric was always at hand to make love to her in his own persistent, +masterful manner, and to this she did not object. Only one letter came +from Abel, to say that his venture had proved successful, and that he +had sent some two hundred pounds to the bank at Bristol, and was trading +with fifty pounds still remaining in goods for China, whither the <i>Star +of the Sea</i> was bound and whence she would return to Bristol. He +suggested that Eric’s share of the venture should be returned to him +with his share of the profits. This proposition was treated with anger +by Eric, and as simply childish by Sarah’s mother.</p> + +<p>More than six months had since then elapsed, but no other letter had +come, and Eric’s hopes which had been dashed down by the letter from +Pahang, began to rise again. He perpetually assailed Sarah with an “if!” +If Abel did not return, would she then marry him? If the 11th April went +by without Abel being in the port, would she give him over? If Abel had +taken his fortune, and married another girl on the head of it, would she +marry him, Eric, as soon as the truth were known? And so on in an +endless variety of possibilities. The power of the strong will and the +determined purpose over the woman’s weaker nature became in time +manifest. Sarah began to lose her faith in Abel and to regard Eric as a +possible husband; and a possible husband is in a woman’s eye different +to all other men. A new affection for him began to arise in her breast, +and the daily familiarities of permitted courtship furthered the growing +affection. Sarah began to regard Abel as rather a rock in the road of +her life, and had it not been for her mother’s constantly reminding her +of the good fortune already laid by in the Bristol Bank she would have +tried to have shut her eyes altogether to the fact of Abel’s existence.</p> + +<p>The 11th April was Saturday, so that in order to have the marriage on +that day it would be necessary that the banns should be called on +Sunday, 22nd March. From the beginning of that month Eric kept +perpetually on the subject of Abel’s absence, and his outspoken opinion +that the latter was either dead or married began to become a reality to +the woman’s mind. As the first half of the month wore on Eric became +more jubilant, and after church on the 15th he took Sarah for a walk to +the Flagstaff Rock. There he asserted himself strongly:</p> + +<p>“I told Abel, and you too, that if he was not here to put up his banns +in time for the eleventh, I would put up mine for the twelfth. Now the +time has come when I mean to do it. He hasn’t kept his word”—here Sarah +struck in out of her weakness and indecision:</p> + +<p>“He hasn’t broken it yet!” Eric ground his teeth with anger.</p> + +<p>“If you mean to stick up for him,” he said, as he smote his hands +savagely on the flagstaff, which sent forth a shivering murmur, “well +and good. I’ll keep my part of the bargain. On Sunday I shall give +notice of the banns, and you can deny them in the church if you will. If +Abel is in Pencastle on the eleventh, he can have them cancelled, and +his own put up; but till then, I take my course, and woe to anyone who +stands in my way!” With that he flung himself down the rocky pathway, +and Sarah could not but admire his Viking strength and spirit, as, +crossing the hill, he strode away along the cliffs towards Bude.</p> + +<p>During the week no news was heard of Abel, and on Saturday Eric gave +notice of the banns of marriage between himself and Sarah Trefusis. The +clergyman would have remonstrated with him, for although nothing formal +had been told to the neighbours, it had been understood since Abel’s +departure that on his return he was to marry Sarah; but Eric would not +discuss the question.</p> + +<p>“It is a painful subject, sir,” he said with a firmness which the +parson, who was a very young man, could not but be swayed by. “Surely +there is nothing against Sarah or me. Why should there be any bones made +about the matter?” The parson said no more, and on the next day he read +out the banns for the first time amidst an audible buzz from the +congregation. Sarah was present, contrary to custom, and though she +blushed furiously enjoyed her triumph over the other girls whose banns +had not yet come. Before the week was over she began to make her wedding +dress. Eric used to come and look at her at work and the sight thrilled +through him. He used to say all sorts of pretty things to her at such +times, and there were to both delicious moments of love-making.</p> + +<p>The banns were read a second time on the 29th, and Eric’s hope grew more +and more fixed though there were to him moments of acute despair when he +realised that the cup of happiness might be dashed from his lips at any +moment, right up to the last. At such times he was full of +passion—desperate and remorseless—and he ground his teeth and clenched +his hands in a wild way as though some taint of the old Berserker fury +of his ancestors still lingered in his blood. On the Thursday of that +week he looked in on Sarah and found her, amid a flood of sunshine, +putting finishing touches to her white wedding gown. His own heart was +full of gaiety, and the sight of the woman who was so soon to be his own +so occupied, filled him with a joy unspeakable, and he felt faint with +languorous ecstasy. Bending over he kissed Sarah on the mouth, and then +whispered in her rosy ear—</p> + +<p>“Your wedding dress, Sarah! And for me!” As he drew back to admire her +she looked up saucily, and said to him—</p> + +<p>“Perhaps not for you. There is more than a week yet for Abel!” and then +cried out in dismay, for with a wild gesture and a fierce oath Eric +dashed out of the house, banging the door behind him. The incident +disturbed Sarah more than she could have thought possible, for it awoke +all her fears and doubts and indecision afresh. She cried a little, and +put by her dress, and to soothe herself went out to sit for a while on +the summit of the Flagstaff Rock. When she arrived she found there a +little group anxiously discussing the weather. The sea was calm and the +sun bright, but across the sea were strange lines of darkness and light, +and close in to shore the rocks were fringed with foam, which spread out +in great white curves and circles as the currents drifted. The wind had +backed, and came in sharp, cold puffs. The blow-hole, which ran under +the Flagstaff Rock, from the rocky bay without to the harbour within, +was booming at intervals, and the seagulls were screaming ceaselessly as +they wheeled about the entrance of the port.</p> + +<p>“It looks bad,” she heard an old fisherman say to the coastguard. “I +seen it just like this once before, when the East Indiaman <i>Coromandel</i> +went to pieces in Dizzard Bay!” Sarah did not wait to hear more. She was +of a timid nature where danger was concerned, and could not bear to hear +of wrecks and disasters. She went home and resumed the completion of her +dress, secretly determined to appease Eric when she should meet him with +a sweet apology—and to take the earliest opportunity of being even with +him after her marriage. The old fisherman’s weather prophecy was +justified. That night at dusk a wild storm came on. The sea rose and +lashed the western coasts from Skye to Scilly and left a tale of +disaster everywhere. The sailors and fishermen of Pencastle all turned +out on the rocks and cliffs and watched eagerly. Presently, by a flash +of lightning, a “ketch” was seen drifting under only a jib about +half-a-mile outside the port. All eyes and all glasses were concentrated +on her, waiting for the next flash, and when it came a chorus went up +that it was the <i>Lovely Alice</i>, trading between Bristol and Penzance, +and touching at all the little ports between. “God help them!” said the +harbour-master, “for nothing in this world can save them when they are +between Bude and Tintagel and the wind on shore!” The coastguards +exerted themselves, and, aided by brave hearts and willing hands, they +brought the rocket apparatus up on the summit of the Flagstaff Rock. +Then they burned blue lights so that those on board might see the +harbour opening in case they could make any effort to reach it. They +worked gallantly enough on board; but no skill or strength of man could +avail. Before many minutes were over the <i>Lovely Alice</i> rushed to her +doom on the great island rock that guarded the mouth of the port. The +screams of those on board were faintly borne on the tempest as they +flung themselves into the sea in a last chance for life. The blue lights +were kept burning, and eager eyes peered into the depths of the waters +in case any face could be seen; and ropes were held ready to fling out +in aid. But never a face was seen, and the willing arms rested idle. +Eric was there amongst his fellows. His old Icelandic origin was never +more apparent than in that wild hour. He took a rope, and shouted in the +ear of the harbour-master:</p> + +<p>“I shall go down on the rock over the seal cave. The tide is running up, +and someone may drift in there!”</p> + +<p>“Keep back, man!” came the answer. “Are you mad? One slip on that rock +and you are lost: and no man could keep his feet in the dark on such a +place in such a tempest!”</p> + +<p>“Not a bit,” came the reply. “You remember how Abel Behenna saved me +there on a night like this when my boat went on the Gull Rock. He +dragged me up from the deep water in the seal cave, and now someone may +drift in there again as I did,” and he was gone into the darkness. The +projecting rock hid the light on the Flagstaff Rock, but he knew his way +too well to miss it. His boldness and sureness of foot standing to him, +he shortly stood on the great round-topped rock cut away beneath by the +action of the waves over the entrance of the seal cave, where the water +was fathomless. There he stood in comparative safety, for the concave +shape of the rock beat back the waves with their own force, and though +the water below him seemed to boil like a seething cauldron, just beyond +the spot there was a space of almost calm. The rock, too, seemed here to +shut off the sound of the gale, and he listened as well as watched. As +he stood there ready, with his coil of rope poised to throw, he thought +he heard below him, just beyond the whirl of the water, a faint, +despairing cry. He echoed it with a shout that rang into the night. Then +he waited for the flash of lightning, and as it passed flung his rope +out into the darkness where he had seen a face rising through the swirl +of the foam. The rope was caught, for he felt a pull on it, and he +shouted again in his mighty voice:</p> + +<p>“Tie it round your waist, and I shall pull you up.” Then when he felt +that it was fast he moved along the rock to the far side of the sea +cave, where the deep water was something stiller, and where he could get +foothold secure enough to drag the rescued man on the overhanging rock. +He began to pull, and shortly he knew from the rope taken in that the +man he was now rescuing must soon be close to the top of the rock. He +steadied himself for a moment, and drew a long breath, that he might at +the next effort complete the rescue. He had just bent his back to the +work when a flash of lightning revealed to each other the two men—the +rescuer and the rescued.</p> + +<p>Eric Sanson and Abel Behenna were face to face—and none knew of the +meeting save themselves; and God.</p> + +<p>On the instant a wave of passion swept through Eric’s heart. All his +hopes were shattered, and with the hatred of Cain his eyes looked out. +He saw in the instant of recognition the joy in Abel’s face that his was +the hand to succour him, and this intensified his hate. Whilst the +passion was on him he started back, and the rope ran out between his +hands. His moment of hate was followed by an impulse of his better +manhood, but it was too late.</p> + +<p>Before he could recover himself, Abel encumbered with the rope that +should have aided him, was plunged with a despairing cry back into the +darkness of the devouring sea.</p> + +<p>Then, feeling all the madness and the doom of Cain upon him, Eric rushed +back over the rocks, heedless of the danger and eager only for one +thing—to be amongst other people whose living noises would shut out +that last cry which seemed to ring still in his ears. When he regained +the Flagstaff Rock the men surrounded him, and through the fury of the +storm he heard the harbour-master say:—</p> + +<p>“We feared you were lost when we heard a cry! How white you are! Where +is your rope? Was there anyone drifted in?”</p> + +<p>“No one,” he shouted in answer, for he felt that he could never explain +that he had let his old comrade slip back into the sea, and at the very +place and under the very circumstances in which that comrade had saved +his own life. He hoped by one bold lie to set the matter at rest for +ever. There was no one to bear witness—and if he should have to carry +that still white face in his eyes and that despairing cry in his ears +for evermore—at least none should know of it. “No one,” he cried, more +loudly still. “I slipped on the rock, and the rope fell into the sea!” +So saying he left them, and, rushing down the steep path, gained his own +cottage and locked himself within.</p> + +<p>The remainder of that night he passed lying on his bed—dressed and +motionless—staring upwards, and seeming to see through the darkness a +pale face gleaming wet in the lightning, with its glad recognition +turning to ghastly despair, and to hear a cry which never ceased to echo +in his soul.</p> + +<p>In the morning the storm was over and all was smiling again, except that +the sea was still boisterous with its unspent fury. Great pieces of +wreck drifted into the port, and the sea around the island rock was +strewn with others. Two bodies also drifted into the harbour—one the +master of the wrecked ketch, the other a strange seaman whom no one +knew.</p> + +<p>Sarah saw nothing of Eric till the evening, and then he only looked in +for a minute. He did not come into the house, but simply put his head in +through the open window.</p> + +<p>“Well, Sarah,” he called out in a loud voice, though to her it did not +ring truly, “is the wedding dress done? Sunday week, mind! Sunday week!”</p> + +<p>Sarah was glad to have the reconciliation so easy; but, womanlike, when +she saw the storm was over and her own fears groundless, she at once +repeated the cause of offence.</p> + +<p>“Sunday so be it,” she said without looking up, “if Abel isn’t there on +Saturday!” Then she looked up saucily, though her heart was full of fear +of another outburst on the part of her impetuous lover. But the window +was empty; Eric had taken himself off, and with a pout she resumed her +work. She saw Eric no more till Sunday afternoon, after the banns had +been called the third time, when he came up to her before all the people +with an air of proprietorship which half-pleased and half-annoyed her.</p> + +<p>“Not yet, mister!” she said, pushing him away, as the other girls +giggled. “Wait till Sunday next, if you please—the day after Saturday!” +she added, looking at him saucily. The girls giggled again, and the +young men guffawed. They thought it was the snub that touched him so +that he became as white as a sheet as he turned away. But Sarah, who +knew more than they did, laughed, for she saw triumph through the spasm +of pain that overspread his face.</p> + +<p>The week passed uneventfully; however, as Saturday drew nigh Sarah had +occasional moments of anxiety, and as to Eric he went about at +night-time like a man possessed. He restrained himself when others were +by, but now and again he went down amongst the rocks and caves and +shouted aloud. This seemed to relieve him somewhat, and he was better +able to restrain himself for some time after. All Saturday he stayed in +his own house and never left it. As he was to be married on the morrow, +the neighbours thought it was shyness on his part, and did not trouble +or notice him. Only once was he disturbed, and that was when the chief +boatman came to him and sat down, and after a pause said:</p> + +<p>“Eric, I was over in Bristol yesterday. I was in the ropemaker’s getting +a coil to replace the one you lost the night of the storm, and there I +saw Michael Heavens of this place, who is a salesman there. He told me +that Abel Behenna had come home the week ere last on the <i>Star of the +Sea</i> from Canton, and that he had lodged a sight of money in the Bristol +Bank in the name of Sarah Behenna. He told Michael so himself—and that +he had taken passage on the <i>Lovely Alice</i> to Pencastle. “Bear up, man,” +for Eric had with a groan dropped his head on his knees, with his face +between his hands. “He was your old comrade, I know, but you couldn’t +help him. He must have gone down with the rest that awful night. I +thought I’d better tell you, lest it might come some other way, and you +might keep Sarah Trefusis from being frightened. They were good friends +once, and women take these things to heart. It would not do to let her +be pained with such a thing on her wedding day!” Then he rose and went +away, leaving Eric still sitting disconsolately with his head on his +knees.</p> + +<p>“Poor fellow!” murmured the chief boatman to himself; “he takes it to +heart. Well, well! right enough! They were true comrades once, and Abel +saved him!”</p> + +<p>The afternoon of that day, when the children had left school, they +strayed as usual on half-holidays along the quay and the paths by the +cliffs. Presently some of them came running in a state of great +excitement to the harbour, where a few men were unloading a coal ketch, +and a great many were superintending the operation. One of the children +called out:</p> + +<p>“There is a porpoise in the harbour mouth! We saw it come through the +blow-hole! It had a long tail, and was deep under the water!”</p> + +<p>“It was no porpoise,” said another; “it was a seal; but it had a long +tail! It came out of the seal cave!” The other children bore various +testimony, but on two points they were unanimous—it, whatever “it” was, +had come through the blow-hole deep under the water, and had a long, +thin tail—a tail so long that they could not see the end of it. There +was much unmerciful chaffing of the children by the men on this point, +but as it was evident that they had seen something, quite a number of +persons, young and old, male and female, went along the high paths on +either side of the harbour mouth to catch a glimpse of this new addition +to the fauna of the sea, a long-tailed porpoise or seal. The tide was +now coming in. There was a slight breeze, and the surface of the water +was rippled so that it was only at moments that anyone could see clearly +into the deep water. After a spell of watching a woman called out that +she saw something moving up the channel, just below where she was +standing. There was a stampede to the spot, but by the time the crowd +had gathered the breeze had freshened, and it was impossible to see with +any distinctness below the surface of the water. On being questioned the +woman described what she had seen, but in such an incoherent way that +the whole thing was put down as an effect of imagination; had it not +been for the children’s report she would not have been credited at all. +Her semi-hysterical statement that what she saw was “like a pig with the +entrails out” was only thought anything of by an old coastguard, who +shook his head but did not make any remark. For the remainder of the +daylight this man was seen always on the bank, looking into the water, +but always with disappointment manifest on his face.</p> + +<p>Eric arose early on the next morning—he had not slept all night, and it +was a relief to him to move about in the light. He shaved himself with a +hand that did not tremble, and dressed himself in his wedding clothes. +There was a haggard look on his face, and he seemed as though he had +grown years older in the last few days. Still there was a wild, uneasy +light of triumph in his eyes, and he kept murmuring to himself over and +over again:</p> + +<p>“This is my wedding-day! Abel cannot claim her now—living or +dead!—living or dead! Living or dead!” He sat in his arm-chair, waiting +with an uncanny quietness for the church hour to arrive. When the bell +began to ring he arose and passed out of his house, closing the door +behind him. He looked at the river and saw the tide had just turned. In +the church he sat with Sarah and her mother, holding Sarah’s hand +tightly in his all the time, as though he feared to lose her. When the +service was over they stood up together, and were married in the +presence of the entire congregation; for no one left the church. Both +made the responses clearly—Eric’s being even on the defiant side. When +the wedding was over Sarah took her husband’s arm, and they walked away +together, the boys and younger girls being cuffed by their elders into a +decorous behaviour, for they would fain have followed close behind their +heels.</p> + +<p>The way from the church led down to the back of Eric’s cottage, a narrow +passage being between it and that of his next neighbour. When the bridal +couple had passed through this the remainder of the congregation, who +had followed them at a little distance, were startled by a long, shrill +scream from the bride. They rushed through the passage and found her on +the bank with wild eyes, pointing to the river bed opposite Eric +Sanson’s door.</p> + +<p>The falling tide had deposited there the body of Abel Behenna stark upon +the broken rocks. The rope trailing from its waist had been twisted by +the current round the mooring post, and had held it back whilst the tide +had ebbed away from it. The right elbow had fallen in a chink in the +rock, leaving the hand outstretched toward Sarah, with the open palm +upward as though it were extended to receive hers, the pale drooping +fingers open to the clasp.</p> + +<p>All that happened afterwards was never quite known to Sarah Sanson. +Whenever she would try to recollect there would become a buzzing in her +ears and a dimness in her eyes, and all would pass away. The only thing +that she could remember of it all—and this she never forgot—was Eric’s +breathing heavily, with his face whiter than that of the dead man, as he +muttered under his breath:</p> + +<p> +“Devil’s help! Devil’s faith! Devil’s price!” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap07"></a>The Burial of the Rats</h2> + +<p> +Leaving Paris by the Orleans road, cross the Enceinte, and, turning to +the right, you find yourself in a somewhat wild and not at all savoury +district. Right and left, before and behind, on every side rise great +heaps of dust and waste accumulated by the process of time.</p> + +<p>Paris has its night as well as its day life, and the sojourner who +enters his hotel in the Rue de Rivoli or the Rue St. Honore late at +night or leaves it early in the morning, can guess, in coming near +Montrouge—if he has not done so already—the purpose of those great +waggons that look like boilers on wheels which he finds halting +everywhere as he passes.</p> + +<p>Every city has its peculiar institutions created out of its own needs; +and one of the most notable institutions of Paris is its rag-picking +population. In the early morning—and Parisian life commences at an +early hour—may be seen in most streets standing on the pathway opposite +every court and alley and between every few houses, as still in some +American cities, even in parts of New York, large wooden boxes into +which the domestics or tenement-holders empty the accumulated dust of +the past day. Round these boxes gather and pass on, when the work is +done, to fresh fields of labour and pastures new, squalid hungry-looking +men and women, the implements of whose craft consist of a coarse bag or +basket slung over the shoulder and a little rake with which they turn +over and probe and examine in the minutest manner the dustbins. They +pick up and deposit in their baskets, by aid of their rakes, whatever +they may find, with the same facility as a Chinaman uses his chopsticks.</p> + +<p>Paris is a city of centralisation—and centralisation and classification +are closely allied. In the early times, when centralisation is becoming +a fact, its forerunner is classification. All things which are similar +or analogous become grouped together, and from the grouping of groups +rises one whole or central point. We see radiating many long arms with +innumerable tentaculae, and in the centre rises a gigantic head with a +comprehensive brain and keen eyes to look on every side and ears +sensitive to hear—and a voracious mouth to swallow.</p> + +<p>Other cities resemble all the birds and beasts and fishes whose +appetites and digestions are normal. Paris alone is the analogical +apotheosis of the octopus. Product of centralisation carried to an <i>ad +absurdum</i>, it fairly represents the devil fish; and in no respects is +the resemblance more curious than in the similarity of the digestive +apparatus.</p> + +<p>Those intelligent tourists who, having surrendered their individuality +into the hands of Messrs. Cook or Gaze, “do” Paris in three days, are +often puzzled to know how it is that the dinner which in London would +cost about six shillings, can be had for three francs in a café in the +Palais Royal. They need have no more wonder if they will but consider +the classification which is a theoretic speciality of Parisian life, and +adopt all round the fact from which the chiffonier has his genesis.</p> + +<p>The Paris of 1850 was not like the Paris of to-day, and those who see +the Paris of Napoleon and Baron Hausseman can hardly realise the +existence of the state of things forty-five years ago.</p> + +<p>Amongst other things, however, which have not changed are those +districts where the waste is gathered. Dust is dust all the world over, +in every age, and the family likeness of dust-heaps is perfect. The +traveller, therefore, who visits the environs of Montrouge can go go +back in fancy without difficulty to the year 1850.</p> + +<p>In this year I was making a prolonged stay in Paris. I was very much in +love with a young lady who, though she returned my passion, so far +yielded to the wishes of her parents that she had promised not to see me +or to correspond with me for a year. I, too, had been compelled to +accede to these conditions under a vague hope of parental approval. +During the term of probation I had promised to remain out of the country +and not to write to my dear one until the expiration of the year.</p> + +<p>Naturally the time went heavily with me. There was not one of my own +family or circle who could tell me of Alice, and none of her own folk +had, I am sorry to say, sufficient generosity to send me even an +occasional word of comfort regarding her health and well-being. I spent +six months wandering about Europe, but as I could find no satisfactory +distraction in travel, I determined to come to Paris, where, at least, I +would be within easy hail of London in case any good fortune should call +me thither before the appointed time. That “hope deferred maketh the +heart sick” was never better exemplified than in my case, for in +addition to the perpetual longing to see the face I loved there was +always with me a harrowing anxiety lest some accident should prevent me +showing Alice in due time that I had, throughout the long period of +probation, been faithful to her trust and my own love. Thus, every +adventure which I undertook had a fierce pleasure of its own, for it was +fraught with possible consequences greater than it would have ordinarily +borne.</p> + +<p>Like all travellers I exhausted the places of most interest in the first +month of my stay, and was driven in the second month to look for +amusement whithersoever I might. Having made sundry journeys to the +better-known suburbs, I began to see that there was a <i>terra incognita</i>, +in so far as the guide book was concerned, in the social wilderness +lying between these attractive points. Accordingly I began to +systematise my researches, and each day took up the thread of my +exploration at the place where I had on the previous day dropped it.</p> + +<p>In the process of time my wanderings led me near Montrouge, and I saw +that hereabouts lay the Ultima Thule of social exploration—a country as +little known as that round the source of the White Nile. And so I +determined to investigate philosophically the chiffonier—his habitat, +his life, and his means of life.</p> + +<p>The job was an unsavoury one, difficult of accomplishment, and with +little hope of adequate reward. However, despite reason, obstinacy +prevailed, and I entered into my new investigation with a keener energy +than I could have summoned to aid me in any investigation leading to any +end, valuable or worthy.</p> + +<p>One day, late in a fine afternoon, toward the end of September, I +entered the holy of holies of the city of dust. The place was evidently +the recognised abode of a number of chiffoniers, for some sort of +arrangement was manifested in the formation of the dust heaps near the +road. I passed amongst these heaps, which stood like orderly sentries, +determined to penetrate further and trace dust to its ultimate location.</p> + +<p>As I passed along I saw behind the dust heaps a few forms that flitted +to and fro, evidently watching with interest the advent of any stranger +to such a place. The district was like a small Switzerland, and as I +went forward my tortuous course shut out the path behind me.</p> + +<p>Presently I got into what seemed a small city or community of +chiffoniers. There were a number of shanties or huts, such as may be met +with in the remote parts of the Bog of Allan—rude places with wattled +walls, plastered with mud and roofs of rude thatch made from stable +refuse—such places as one would not like to enter for any +consideration, and which even in water-colour could only look +picturesque if judiciously treated. In the midst of these huts was one +of the strangest adaptations—I cannot say habitations—I had ever seen. +An immense old wardrobe, the colossal remnant of some boudoir of Charles +VII, or Henry II, had been converted into a dwelling-house. The double +doors lay open, so that the entire ménage was open to public view. In +the open half of the wardrobe was a common sitting-room of some four +feet by six, in which sat, smoking their pipes round a charcoal brazier, +no fewer than six old soldiers of the First Republic, with their +uniforms torn and worn threadbare. Evidently they were of the <i>mauvais +sujet</i> class; their bleary eyes and limp jaws told plainly of a common +love of absinthe; and their eyes had that haggard, worn look of +slumbering ferocity which follows hard in the wake of drink. The other +side stood as of old, with its shelves intact, save that they were cut +to half their depth, and in each shelf of which there were six, was a +bed made with rags and straw. The half-dozen of worthies who inhabited +this structure looked at me curiously as I passed; and when I looked +back after going a little way I saw their heads together in a whispered +conference. I did not like the look of this at all, for the place was +very lonely, and the men looked very, very villainous. However, I did +not see any cause for fear, and went on my way, penetrating further and +further into the Sahara. The way was tortuous to a degree, and from +going round in a series of semi-circles, as one goes in skating with the +Dutch roll, I got rather confused with regard to the points of the +compass.</p> + +<p>When I had penetrated a little way I saw, as I turned the corner of a +half-made heap, sitting on a heap of straw an old soldier with +threadbare coat.</p> + +<p>“Hallo!” said I to myself; “the First Republic is well represented here +in its soldiery.”</p> + +<p>As I passed him the old man never even looked up at me, but gazed on the +ground with stolid persistency. Again I remarked to myself: “See what a +life of rude warfare can do! This old man’s curiosity is a thing of the +past.”</p> + +<p>When I had gone a few steps, however, I looked back suddenly, and saw +that curiosity was not dead, for the veteran had raised his head and was +regarding me with a very queer expression. He seemed to me to look very +like one of the six worthies in the press. When he saw me looking he +dropped his head; and without thinking further of him I went on my way, +satisfied that there was a strange likeness between these old warriors.</p> + +<p>Presently I met another old soldier in a similar manner. He, too, did +not notice me whilst I was passing.</p> + +<p>By this time it was getting late in the afternoon, and I began to think +of retracing my steps. Accordingly I turned to go back, but could see a +number of tracks leading between different mounds and could not +ascertain which of them I should take. In my perplexity I wanted to see +someone of whom to ask the way, but could see no one. I determined to go +on a few mounds further and so try to see someone—not a veteran.</p> + +<p>I gained my object, for after going a couple of hundred yards I saw +before me a single shanty such as I had seen before—with, however, the +difference that this was not one for living in, but merely a roof with +three walls open in front. From the evidences which the neighbourhood +exhibited I took it to be a place for sorting. Within it was an old +woman wrinkled and bent with age; I approached her to ask the way.</p> + +<p>She rose as I came close and I asked her my way. She immediately +commenced a conversation; and it occurred to me that here in the very +centre of the Kingdom of Dust was the place to gather details of the +history of Parisian rag-picking—particularly as I could do so from the +lips of one who looked like the oldest inhabitant.</p> + +<p>I began my inquiries, and the old woman gave me most interesting +answers—she had been one of the ceteuces who sat daily before the +guillotine and had taken an active part among the women who signalised +themselves by their violence in the revolution. While we were talking +she said suddenly: “But m’sieur must be tired standing,” and dusted a +rickety old stool for me to sit down. I hardly liked to do so for many +reasons; but the poor old woman was so civil that I did not like to run +the risk of hurting her by refusing, and moreover the conversation of +one who had been at the taking of the Bastille was so interesting that I +sat down and so our conversation went on.</p> + +<p>While we were talking an old man—older and more bent and wrinkled even +than the woman—appeared from behind the shanty. “Here is Pierre,” said +she. “M’sieur can hear stories now if he wishes, for Pierre was in +everything, from the Bastille to Waterloo.” The old man took another +stool at my request and we plunged into a sea of revolutionary +reminiscences. This old man, albeit clothed like a scarecrow, was like +any one of the six veterans.</p> + +<p>I was now sitting in the centre of the low hut with the woman on my left +hand and the man on my right, each of them being somewhat in front of +me. The place was full of all sorts of curious objects of lumber, and of +many things that I wished far away. In one corner was a heap of rags +which seemed to move from the number of vermin it contained, and in the +other a heap of bones whose odour was something shocking. Every now and +then, glancing at the heaps, I could see the gleaming eyes of some of +the rats which infested the place. These loathsome objects were bad +enough, but what looked even more dreadful was an old butcher’s axe with +an iron handle stained with clots of blood leaning up against the wall +on the right hand side. Still, these things did not give me much +concern. The talk of the two old people was so fascinating that I stayed +on and on, till the evening came and the dust heaps threw dark shadows +over the vales between them.</p> + +<p>After a time I began to grow uneasy. I could not tell how or why, but +somehow I did not feel satisfied. Uneasiness is an instinct and means +warning. The psychic faculties are often the sentries of the intellect, +and when they sound alarm the reason begins to act, although perhaps not +consciously.</p> + +<p>This was so with me. I began to bethink me where I was and by what +surrounded, and to wonder how I should fare in case I should be +attacked; and then the thought suddenly burst upon me, although without +any overt cause, that I was in danger. Prudence whispered: “Be still and +make no sign,” and so I was still and made no sign, for I knew that four +cunning eyes were on me. “Four eyes—if not more.” My God, what a +horrible thought! The whole shanty might be surrounded on three sides +with villains! I might be in the midst of a band of such desperadoes as +only half a century of periodic revolution can produce.</p> + +<p>With a sense of danger my intellect and observation quickened, and I +grew more watchful than was my wont. I noticed that the old woman’s eyes +were constantly wandering towards my hands. I looked at them too, and +saw the cause—my rings. On my left little finger I had a large signet +and on the right a good diamond.</p> + +<p>I thought that if there was any danger my first care was to avert +suspicion. Accordingly I began to work the conversation round to +rag-picking—to the drains—of the things found there; and so by easy +stages to jewels. Then, seizing a favourable opportunity, I asked the +old woman if she knew anything of such things. She answered that she +did, a little. I held out my right hand, and, showing her the diamond, +asked her what she thought of that. She answered that her eyes were bad, +and stooped over my hand. I said as nonchalantly as I could: “Pardon me! +You will see better thus!” and taking it off handed it to her. An unholy +light came into her withered old face, as she touched it. She stole one +glance at me swift and keen as a flash of lightning.</p> + +<p>She bent over the ring for a moment, her face quite concealed as though +examining it. The old man looked straight out of the front of the shanty +before him, at the same time fumbling in his pockets and producing a +screw of tobacco in a paper and a pipe, which he proceeded to fill. I +took advantage of the pause and the momentary rest from the searching +eyes on my face to look carefully round the place, now dim and shadowy +in the gloaming. There still lay all the heaps of varied reeking +foulness; there the terrible blood-stained axe leaning against the wall +in the right hand corner, and everywhere, despite the gloom, the baleful +glitter of the eyes of the rats. I could see them even through some of +the chinks of the boards at the back low down close to the ground. But +stay! these latter eyes seemed more than usually large and bright and +baleful!</p> + +<p>For an instant my heart stood still, and I felt in that whirling +condition of mind in which one feels a sort of spiritual drunkenness, +and as though the body is only maintained erect in that there is no time +for it to fall before recovery. Then, in another second, I was calm—coldly +calm, with all my energies in full vigour, with a self-control +which I felt to be perfect and with all my feeling and instincts alert.</p> + +<p>Now I knew the full extent of my danger: I was watched and surrounded by +desperate people! I could not even guess at how many of them were lying +there on the ground behind the shanty, waiting for the moment to strike. +I knew that I was big and strong, and they knew it, too. They knew also, +as I did, that I was an Englishman and would make a fight for it; and so +we waited. I had, I felt, gained an advantage in the last few seconds, +for I knew my danger and understood the situation. Now, I thought, is +the test of my courage—the enduring test: the fighting test may come +later!</p> + +<p>The old woman raised her head and said to me in a satisfied kind of way:</p> + +<p>“A very fine ring, indeed—a beautiful ring! Oh, me! I once had such +rings, plenty of them, and bracelets and earrings! Oh! for in those fine +days I led the town a dance! But they’ve forgotten me now! They’ve +forgotten me! They? Why they never heard of me! Perhaps their +grandfathers remember me, some of them!” and she laughed a harsh, +croaking laugh. And then I am bound to say that she astonished me, for +she handed me back the ring with a certain suggestion of old-fashioned +grace which was not without its pathos.</p> + +<p>The old man eyed her with a sort of sudden ferocity, half rising from +his stool, and said to me suddenly and hoarsely:</p> + +<p>“Let me see!”</p> + +<p>I was about to hand the ring when the old woman said:</p> + +<p>“No! no, do not give it to Pierre! Pierre is eccentric. He loses things; +and such a pretty ring!”</p> + +<p>“Cat!” said the old man, savagely. Suddenly the old woman said, rather +more loudly than was necessary:</p> + +<p>“Wait! I shall tell you something about a ring.” There was something in +the sound of her voice that jarred upon me. Perhaps it was my +hyper-sensitiveness, wrought up as I was to such a pitch of nervous +excitement, but I seemed to think that she was not addressing me. As I +stole a glance round the place I saw the eyes of the rats in the bone +heaps, but missed the eyes along the back. But even as I looked I saw +them again appear. The old woman’s “Wait!” had given me a respite from +attack, and the men had sunk back to their reclining posture.</p> + +<p>“I once lost a ring—a beautiful diamond hoop that had belonged to a queen, +and which was given to me by a farmer of the taxes, who afterwards cut +his throat because I sent him away. I thought it must have been stolen, +and taxed my people; but I could get no trace. The police came and +suggested that it had found its way to the drain. We descended—I in my +fine clothes, for I would not trust them with my beautiful ring! I know +more of the drains since then, and of rats, too! but I shall never +forget the horror of that place—alive with blazing eyes, a wall of them +just outside the light of our torches. Well, we got beneath my house. We +searched the outlet of the drain, and there in the filth found my ring, +and we came out.</p> + +<p>“But we found something else also before we came! As we were coming +toward the opening a lot of sewer rats—human ones this time—came +towards us. They told the police that one of their number had gone into +the drain, but had not returned. He had gone in only shortly before we +had, and, if lost, could hardly be far off. They asked help to seek him, +so we turned back. They tried to prevent me going, but I insisted. It +was a new excitement, and had I not recovered my ring? Not far did we go +till we came on something. There was but little water, and the bottom of +the drain was raised with brick, rubbish, and much matter of the kind. +He had made a fight for it, even when his torch had gone out. But they +were too many for him! They had not been long about it! The bones were +still warm; but they were picked clean. They had even eaten their own +dead ones and there were bones of rats as well as of the man. They took +it cool enough those other—the human ones—and joked of their comrade +when they found him dead, though they would have helped him living. Bah! +what matters it—life or death?”</p> + +<p>“And had you no fear?” I asked her.</p> + +<p>“Fear!” she said with a laugh. “Me have fear? Ask Pierre! But I was +younger then, and, as I came through that horrible drain with its wall +of greedy eyes, always moving with the circle of the light from the +torches, I did not feel easy. I kept on before the men, though! It is a +way I have! I never let the men get it before me. All I want is a chance +and a means! And they ate him up—took every trace away except the +bones; and no one knew it, nor no sound of him was ever heard!” Here she +broke into a chuckling fit of the ghastliest merriment which it was ever +my lot to hear and see. A great poetess describes her heroine singing: +“Oh! to see or hear her singing! Scarce I know which is the divinest.”</p> + +<p>And I can apply the same idea to the old crone—in all save the +divinity, for I scarce could tell which was the most hellish—the harsh, +malicious, satisfied, cruel laugh, or the leering grin, and the horrible +square opening of the mouth like a tragic mask, and the yellow gleam of +the few discoloured teeth in the shapeless gums. In that laugh and with +that grin and the chuckling satisfaction I knew as well as if it had +been spoken to me in words of thunder that my murder was settled, and +the murderers only bided the proper time for its accomplishment. I could +read between the lines of her gruesome story the commands to her +accomplices. “Wait,” she seemed to say, “bide your time. I shall strike +the first blow. Find the weapon for me, and I shall make the +opportunity! He shall not escape! Keep him quiet, and then no one will +be wiser. There will be no outcry, and the rats will do their work!”</p> + +<p>It was growing darker and darker; the night was coming. I stole a glance +round the shanty, still all the same! The bloody axe in the corner, the +heaps of filth, and the eyes on the bone heaps and in the crannies of +the floor.</p> + +<p>Pierre had been still ostensibly filling his pipe; he now struck a light +and began to puff away at it. The old woman said:</p> + +<p>“Dear heart, how dark it is! Pierre, like a good lad, light the lamp!”</p> + +<p>Pierre got up and with the lighted match in his hand touched the wick of +a lamp which hung at one side of the entrance to the shanty, and which +had a reflector that threw the light all over the place. It was +evidently that which was used for their sorting at night.</p> + +<p>“Not that, stupid! Not that! the lantern!” she called out to him.</p> + +<p>He immediately blew it out, saying: “All right, mother I’ll find it,” +and he hustled about the left corner of the room—the old woman saying +through the darkness:</p> + +<p>“The lantern! the lantern! Oh! That is the light that is most useful to +us poor folks. The lantern was the friend of the revolution! It is the +friend of the chiffonier! It helps us when all else fails.”</p> + +<p>Hardly had she said the word when there was a kind of creaking of the +whole place, and something was steadily dragged over the roof.</p> + +<p>Again I seemed to read between the lines of her words. I knew the lesson +of the lantern.</p> + +<p>“One of you get on the roof with a noose and strangle him as he passes +out if we fail within.”</p> + +<p>As I looked out of the opening I saw the loop of a rope outlined black +against the lurid sky. I was now, indeed, beset!</p> + +<p>Pierre was not long in finding the lantern. I kept my eyes fixed through +the darkness on the old woman. Pierre struck his light, and by its flash +I saw the old woman raise from the ground beside her where it had +mysteriously appeared, and then hide in the folds of her gown, a long +sharp knife or dagger. It seemed to be like a butcher’s sharpening iron +fined to a keen point.</p> + +<p>The lantern was lit.</p> + +<p>“Bring it here, Pierre,” she said. “Place it in the doorway where we can +see it. See how nice it is! It shuts out the darkness from us; it is +just right!”</p> + +<p>Just right for her and her purposes! It threw all its light on my face, +leaving in gloom the faces of both Pierre and the woman, who sat outside +of me on each side.</p> + +<p>I felt that the time of action was approaching, but I knew now that the +first signal and movement would come from the woman, and so watched her.</p> + +<p>I was all unarmed, but I had made up my mind what to do. At the first +movement I would seize the butcher’s axe in the right-hand corner and +fight my way out. At least, I would die hard. I stole a glance round to +fix its exact locality so that I could not fail to seize it at the first +effort, for then, if ever, time and accuracy would be precious.</p> + +<p>Good God! It was gone! All the horror of the situation burst upon me; +but the bitterest thought of all was that if the issue of the terrible +position should be against me Alice would infallibly suffer. Either she +would believe me false—and any lover, or any one who has ever been one, +can imagine the bitterness of the thought—or else she would go on +loving long after I had been lost to her and to the world, so that her +life would be broken and embittered, shattered with disappointment and +despair. The very magnitude of the pain braced me up and nerved me to +bear the dread scrutiny of the plotters.</p> + +<p>I think I did not betray myself. The old woman was watching me as a cat +does a mouse; she had her right hand hidden in the folds of her gown, +clutching, I knew, that long, cruel-looking dagger. Had she seen any +disappointment in my face she would, I felt, have known that the moment +had come, and would have sprung on me like a tigress, certain of taking +me unprepared.</p> + +<p>I looked out into the night, and there I saw new cause for danger. +Before and around the hut were at a little distance some shadowy forms; +they were quite still, but I knew that they were all alert and on guard. +Small chance for me now in that direction.</p> + +<p>Again I stole a glance round the place. In moments of great excitement +and of great danger, which is excitement, the mind works very quickly, +and the keenness of the faculties which depend on the mind grows in +proportion. I now felt this. In an instant I took in the whole +situation. I saw that the axe had been taken through a small hole made +in one of the rotten boards. How rotten they must be to allow of such a +thing being done without a particle of noise.</p> + +<p>The hut was a regular murder-trap, and was guarded all around. A +garroter lay on the roof ready to entangle me with his noose if I should +escape the dagger of the old hag. In front the way was guarded by I know +not how many watchers. And at the back was a row of desperate men—I had +seen their eyes still through the crack in the boards of the floor, when +last I looked—as they lay prone waiting for the signal to start erect. +If it was to be ever, now for it!</p> + +<p>As nonchalantly as I could I turned slightly on my stool so as to get my +right leg well under me. Then with a sudden jump, turning my head, and +guarding it with my hands, and with the fighting instinct of the knights +of old, I breathed my lady’s name, and hurled myself against the back +wall of the hut.</p> + +<p>Watchful as they were, the suddenness of my movement surprised both +Pierre and the old woman. As I crashed through the rotten timbers I saw +the old woman rise with a leap like a tiger and heard her low gasp of +baffled rage. My feet lit on something that moved, and as I jumped away +I knew that I had stepped on the back of one of the row of men lying on +their faces outside the hut. I was torn with nails and splinters, but +otherwise unhurt. Breathless I rushed up the mound in front of me, +hearing as I went the dull crash of the shanty as it collapsed into a +mass.</p> + +<p>It was a nightmare climb. The mound, though but low, was awfully steep, +and with each step I took the mass of dust and cinders tore down with me +and gave way under my feet. The dust rose and choked me; it was +sickening, fœtid, awful; but my climb was, I felt, for life or death, +and I struggled on. The seconds seemed hours; but the few moments I had +in starting, combined with my youth and strength, gave me a great +advantage, and, though several forms struggled after me in deadly +silence which was more dreadful than any sound, I easily reached the +top. Since then I have climbed the cone of Vesuvius, and as I struggled +up that dreary steep amid the sulphurous fumes the memory of that awful +night at Montrouge came back to me so vividly that I almost grew faint.</p> + +<p>The mound was one of the tallest in the region of dust, and as I +struggled to the top, panting for breath and with my heart beating like +a sledge-hammer, I saw away to my left the dull red gleam of the sky, +and nearer still the flashing of lights. Thank God! I knew where I was +now and where lay the road to Paris!</p> + +<p>For two or three seconds I paused and looked back. My pursuers were +still well behind me, but struggling up resolutely, and in deadly +silence. Beyond, the shanty was a wreck—a mass of timber and moving +forms. I could see it well, for flames were already bursting out; the +rags and straw had evidently caught fire from the lantern. Still silence +there! Not a sound! These old wretches could die game, anyhow.</p> + +<p>I had no time for more than a passing glance, for as I cast an eye round +the mound preparatory to making my descent I saw several dark forms +rushing round on either side to cut me off on my way. It was now a race +for life. They were trying to head me on my way to Paris, and with the +instinct of the moment I dashed down to the right-hand side. I was just +in time, for, though I came as it seemed to me down the steep in a few +steps, the wary old men who were watching me turned back, and one, as I +rushed by into the opening between the two mounds in front, almost +struck me a blow with that terrible butcher’s axe. There could surely +not be two such weapons about!</p> + +<p>Then began a really horrible chase. I easily ran ahead of the old men, +and even when some younger ones and a few women joined in the hunt I +easily distanced them. But I did not know the way, and I could not even +guide myself by the light in the sky, for I was running away from it. I +had heard that, unless of conscious purpose, hunted men turn always to +the left, and so I found it now; and so, I suppose, knew also my +pursuers, who were more animals than men, and with cunning or instinct +had found out such secrets for themselves: for on finishing a quick +spurt, after which I intended to take a moment’s breathing space, I +suddenly saw ahead of me two or three forms swiftly passing behind a +mound to the right.</p> + +<p>I was in the spider’s web now indeed! But with the thought of this new +danger came the resource of the hunted, and so I darted down the next +turning to the right. I continued in this direction for some hundred +yards, and then, making a turn to the left again, felt certain that I +had, at any rate, avoided the danger of being surrounded.</p> + +<p>But not of pursuit, for on came the rabble after me, steady, dogged, +relentless, and still in grim silence.</p> + +<p>In the greater darkness the mounds seemed now to be somewhat smaller +than before, although—for the night was closing—they looked bigger in +proportion. I was now well ahead of my pursuers, so I made a dart up the +mound in front.</p> + +<p>Oh joy of joys! I was close to the edge of this inferno of dustheaps. +Away behind me the red light of Paris was in the sky, and towering up +behind rose the heights of Montmarte—a dim light, with here and there +brilliant points like stars.</p> + +<p>Restored to vigour in a moment, I ran over the few remaining mounds of +decreasing size, and found myself on the level land beyond. Even then, +however, the prospect was not inviting. All before me was dark and +dismal, and I had evidently come on one of those dank, low-lying waste +places which are found here and there in the neighbourhood of great +cities. Places of waste and desolation, where the space is required for +the ultimate agglomeration of all that is noxious, and the ground is so +poor as to create no desire of occupancy even in the lowest squatter. +With eyes accustomed to the gloom of the evening, and away now from the +shadows of those dreadful dustheaps, I could see much more easily than I +could a little while ago. It might have been, of course, that the glare +in the sky of the lights of Paris, though the city was some miles away, +was reflected here. Howsoever it was, I saw well enough to take bearings +for certainly some little distance around me.</p> + +<p>In front was a bleak, flat waste that seemed almost dead level, with +here and there the dark shimmering of stagnant pools. Seemingly far off +on the right, amid a small cluster of scattered lights, rose a dark mass +of Fort Montrouge, and away to the left in the dim distance, pointed +with stray gleams from cottage windows, the lights in the sky showed the +locality of Bicêtre. A moment’s thought decided me to take to the right +and try to reach Montrouge. There at least would be some sort of safety, +and I might possibly long before come on some of the cross roads which I +knew. Somewhere, not far off, must lie the strategic road made to +connect the outlying chain of forts circling the city.</p> + +<p>Then I looked back. Coming over the mounds, and outlined black against +the glare of the Parisian horizon, I saw several moving figures, and +still a way to the right several more deploying out between me and my +destination. They evidently meant to cut me off in this direction, and +so my choice became constricted; it lay now between going straight ahead +or turning to the left. Stooping to the ground, so as to get the +advantage of the horizon as a line of sight, I looked carefully in this +direction, but could detect no sign of my enemies. I argued that as they +had not guarded or were not trying to guard that point, there was +evidently danger to me there already. So I made up my mind to go +straight on before me.</p> + +<p>It was not an inviting prospect, and as I went on the reality grew +worse. The ground became soft and oozy, and now and again gave way +beneath me in a sickening kind of way. I seemed somehow to be going +down, for I saw round me places seemingly more elevated than where I +was, and this in a place which from a little way back seemed dead level. +I looked around, but could see none of my pursuers. This was strange, +for all along these birds of the night had followed me through the +darkness as well as though it was broad daylight. How I blamed myself +for coming out in my light-coloured tourist suit of tweed. The silence, +and my not being able to see my enemies, whilst I felt that they were +watching me, grew appalling, and in the hope of some one not of this +ghastly crew hearing me I raised my voice and shouted several times. +There was not the slightest response; not even an echo rewarded my +efforts. For a while I stood stock still and kept my eyes in one +direction. On one of the rising places around me I saw something dark +move along, then another, and another. This was to my left, and +seemingly moving to head me off.</p> + +<p>I thought that again I might with my skill as a runner elude my enemies +at this game, and so with all my speed darted forward.</p> + +<p>Splash!</p> + +<p>My feet had given way in a mass of slimy rubbish, and I had fallen +headlong into a reeking, stagnant pool. The water and the mud in which +my arms sank up to the elbows was filthy and nauseous beyond +description, and in the suddenness of my fall I had actually swallowed +some of the filthy stuff, which nearly choked me, and made me gasp for +breath. Never shall I forget the moments during which I stood trying to +recover myself almost fainting from the fœtid odour of the filthy pool, +whose white mist rose ghostlike around. Worst of all, with the acute +despair of the hunted animal when he sees the pursuing pack closing on +him, I saw before my eyes whilst I stood helpless the dark forms of my +pursuers moving swiftly to surround me.</p> + +<p>It is curious how our minds work on odd matters even when the energies +of thought are seemingly concentrated on some terrible and pressing +need. I was in momentary peril of my life: my safety depended on my +action, and my choice of alternatives coming now with almost every step +I took, and yet I could not but think of the strange dogged persistency +of these old men. Their silent resolution, their steadfast, grim, +persistency even in such a cause commanded, as well as fear, even a +measure of respect. What must they have been in the vigour of their +youth. I could understand now that whirlwind rush on the bridge of +Arcola, that scornful exclamation of the Old Guard at Waterloo! +Unconscious cerebration has its own pleasures, even at such moments; but +fortunately it does not in any way clash with the thought from which +action springs.</p> + +<p>I realised at a glance that so far I was defeated in my object, my +enemies as yet had won. They had succeeded in surrounding me on three +sides, and were bent on driving me off to the left-hand, where there was +already some danger for me, for they had left no guard. I accepted the +alternative—it was a case of Hobson’s choice and run. I had to keep the +lower ground, for my pursuers were on the higher places. However, though +the ooze and broken ground impeded me my youth and training made me able +to hold my ground, and by keeping a diagonal line I not only kept them +from gaining on me but even began to distance them. This gave me new +heart and strength, and by this time habitual training was beginning to +tell and my second wind had come. Before me the ground rose slightly. I +rushed up the slope and found before me a waste of watery slime, with a +low dyke or bank looking black and grim beyond. I felt that if I could +but reach that dyke in safety I could there, with solid ground under my +feet and some kind of path to guide me, find with comparative ease a way +out of my troubles. After a glance right and left and seeing no one +near, I kept my eyes for a few minutes to their rightful work of aiding +my feet whilst I crossed the swamp. It was rough, hard work, but there +was little danger, merely toil; and a short time took me to the dyke. I +rushed up the slope exulting; but here again I met a new shock. On +either side of me rose a number of crouching figures. From right and +left they rushed at me. Each body held a rope.</p> + +<p>The cordon was nearly complete. I could pass on neither side, and the +end was near.</p> + +<p>There was only one chance, and I took it. I hurled myself across the +dyke, and escaping out of the very clutches of my foes threw myself into +the stream.</p> + +<p>At any other time I should have thought that water foul and filthy, but +now it was as welcome as the most crystal stream to the parched +traveller. It was a highway of safety!</p> + +<p>My pursuers rushed after me. Had only one of them held the rope it would +have been all up with me, for he could have entangled me before I had +time to swim a stroke; but the many hands holding it embarrassed and +delayed them, and when the rope struck the water I heard the splash well +behind me. A few minutes’ hard swimming took me across the stream. +Refreshed with the immersion and encouraged by the escape, I climbed the +dyke in comparative gaiety of spirits.</p> + +<p>From the top I looked back. Through the darkness I saw my assailants +scattering up and down along the dyke. The pursuit was evidently not +ended, and again I had to choose my course. Beyond the dyke where I +stood was a wild, swampy space very similar to that which I had crossed. +I determined to shun such a place, and thought for a moment whether I +would take up or down the dyke. I thought I heard a sound—the muffled +sound of oars, so I listened, and then shouted.</p> + +<p>No response; but the sound ceased. My enemies had evidently got a boat +of some kind. As they were on the up side of me I took the down path and +began to run. As I passed to the left of where I had entered the water I +heard several splashes, soft and stealthy, like the sound a rat makes as +he plunges into the stream, but vastly greater; and as I looked I saw +the dark sheen of the water broken by the ripples of several advancing +heads. Some of my enemies were swimming the stream also.</p> + +<p>And now behind me, up the stream, the silence was broken by the quick +rattle and creak of oars; my enemies were in hot pursuit. I put my best +leg foremost and ran on. After a break of a couple of minutes I looked +back, and by a gleam of light through the ragged clouds I saw several +dark forms climbing the bank behind me. The wind had now begun to rise, +and the water beside me was ruffled and beginning to break in tiny waves +on the bank. I had to keep my eyes pretty well on the ground before me, +lest I should stumble, for I knew that to stumble was death. After a few +minutes I looked back behind me. On the dyke were only a few dark +figures, but crossing the waste, swampy ground were many more. What new +danger this portended I did not know—could only guess. Then as I ran it +seemed to me that my track kept ever sloping away to the right. I looked +up ahead and saw that the river was much wider than before, and that the +dyke on which I stood fell quite away, and beyond it was another stream +on whose near bank I saw some of the dark forms now across the marsh. I +was on an island of some kind.</p> + +<p>My situation was now indeed terrible, for my enemies had hemmed me in on +every side. Behind came the quickening roll of the oars, as though my +pursuers knew that the end was close. Around me on every side was +desolation; there was not a roof or light, as far as I could see. Far +off to the right rose some dark mass, but what it was I knew not. For a +moment I paused to think what I should do, not for more, for my pursuers +were drawing closer. Then my mind was made up. I slipped down the bank +and took to the water. I struck out straight ahead so as to gain the +current by clearing the backwater of the island, for such I presume it +was, when I had passed into the stream. I waited till a cloud came +driving across the moon and leaving all in darkness. Then I took off my +hat and laid it softly on the water floating with the stream, and a +second after dived to the right and struck out under water with all my +might. I was, I suppose, half a minute under water, and when I rose came +up as softly as I could, and turning, looked back. There went my light +brown hat floating merrily away. Close behind it came a rickety old +boat, driven furiously by a pair of oars. The moon was still partly +obscured by the drifting clouds, but in the partial light I could see a +man in the bows holding aloft ready to strike what appeared to me to be +that same dreadful pole-axe which I had before escaped. As I looked the +boat drew closer, closer, and the man struck savagely. The hat +disappeared. The man fell forward, almost out of the boat. His comrades +dragged him in but without the axe, and then as I turned with all my +energies bent on reaching the further bank, I heard the fierce whirr of +the muttered “Sacre!” which marked the anger of my baffled pursuers.</p> + +<p>That was the first sound I had heard from human lips during all this +dreadful chase, and full as it was of menace and danger to me it was a +welcome sound for it broke that awful silence which shrouded and +appalled me. It was as though an overt sign that my opponents were men +and not ghosts, and that with them I had, at least, the chance of a man, +though but one against many.</p> + +<p>But now that the spell of silence was broken the sounds came thick and +fast. From boat to shore and back from shore to boat came quick question +and answer, all in the fiercest whispers. I looked back—a fatal thing +to do—for in the instant someone caught sight of my face, which showed +white on the dark water, and shouted. Hands pointed to me, and in a +moment or two the boat was under weigh, and following hard after me. I +had but a little way to go, but quicker and quicker came the boat after +me. A few more strokes and I would be on the shore, but I felt the +oncoming of the boat, and expected each second to feel the crash of an +oar or other weapon on my head. Had I not seen that dreadful axe +disappear in the water I do not think that I could have won the shore. I +heard the muttered curses of those not rowing and the laboured breath of +the rowers. With one supreme effort for life or liberty I touched the +bank and sprang up it. There was not a single second to spare, for hard +behind me the boat grounded and several dark forms sprang after me. I +gained the top of the dyke, and keeping to the left ran on again. The +boat put off and followed down the stream. Seeing this I feared danger +in this direction, and quickly turning, ran down the dyke on the other +side, and after passing a short stretch of marshy ground gained a wild, +open flat country and sped on.</p> + +<p>Still behind me came on my relentless pursuers. Far away, below me, I +saw the same dark mass as before, but now grown closer and greater. My +heart gave a great thrill of delight, for I knew that it must be the +fortress of Bicêtre, and with new courage I ran on. I had heard that +between each and all of the protecting forts of Paris there are +strategic ways, deep sunk roads where soldiers marching should be +sheltered from an enemy. I knew that if I could gain this road I would +be safe, but in the darkness I could not see any sign of it, so, in +blind hope of striking it, I ran on.</p> + +<p>Presently I came to the edge of a deep cut, and found that down below me +ran a road guarded on each side by a ditch of water fenced on either +side by a straight, high wall.</p> + +<p>Getting fainter and dizzier, I ran on; the ground got more broken—more +and more still, till I staggered and fell, and rose again, and ran on in +the blind anguish of the hunted. Again the thought of Alice nerved me. I +would not be lost and wreck her life: I would fight and struggle for +life to the bitter end. With a great effort I caught the top of the +wall. As, scrambling like a catamount, I drew myself up, I actually felt +a hand touch the sole of my foot. I was now on a sort of causeway, and +before me I saw a dim light. Blind and dizzy, I ran on, staggered, and +fell, rising, covered with dust and blood.</p> + +<p>“Halt la!”</p> + +<p>The words sounded like a voice from heaven. A blaze of light seemed to +enwrap me, and I shouted with joy.</p> + +<p>“Qui va la?” The rattle of musketry, the flash of steel before my eyes. +Instinctively I stopped, though close behind me came a rush of my +pursuers.</p> + +<p>Another word or two, and out from a gateway poured, as it seemed to me, +a tide of red and blue, as the guard turned out. All around seemed +blazing with light, and the flash of steel, the clink and rattle of +arms, and the loud, harsh voices of command. As I fell forward, utterly +exhausted, a soldier caught me. I looked back in dreadful expectation, +and saw the mass of dark forms disappearing into the night. Then I must +have fainted. When I recovered my senses I was in the guard room. They +gave me brandy, and after a while I was able to tell them something of +what had passed. Then a commissary of police appeared, apparently out of +the empty air, as is the way of the Parisian police officer. He listened +attentively, and then had a moment’s consultation with the officer in +command. Apparently they were agreed, for they asked me if I were ready +now to come with them.</p> + +<p>“Where to?” I asked, rising to go.</p> + +<p>“Back to the dust heaps. We shall, perhaps, catch them yet!”</p> + +<p>“I shall try!” said I.</p> + +<p>He eyed me for a moment keenly, and said suddenly:</p> + +<p>“Would you like to wait a while or till tomorrow, young Englishman?” +This touched me to the quick, as, perhaps, he intended, and I jumped to +my feet.</p> + +<p>“Come now!” I said; “now! now! An Englishman is always ready for his +duty!”</p> + +<p>The commissary was a good fellow, as well as a shrewd one; he slapped my +shoulder kindly. “Brave garçon!” he said. “Forgive me, but I knew what +would do you most good. The guard is ready. Come!”</p> + +<p>And so, passing right through the guard room, and through a long vaulted +passage, we were out into the night. A few of the men in front had +powerful lanterns. Through courtyards and down a sloping way we passed +out through a low archway to a sunken road, the same that I had seen in +my flight. The order was given to get at the double, and with a quick, +springing stride, half run, half walk, the soldiers went swiftly along. +I felt my strength renewed again—such is the difference between hunter +and hunted. A very short distance took us to a low-lying pontoon bridge +across the stream, and evidently very little higher up than I had struck +it. Some effort had evidently been made to damage it, for the ropes had +all been cut, and one of the chains had been broken. I heard the officer +say to the commissary:</p> + +<p>“We are just in time! A few more minutes, and they would have destroyed +the bridge. Forward, quicker still!” and on we went. Again we reached a +pontoon on the winding stream; as we came up we heard the hollow boom of +the metal drums as the efforts to destroy the bridge was again renewed. +A word of command was given, and several men raised their rifles.</p> + +<p>“Fire!” A volley rang out. There was a muffled cry, and the dark forms +dispersed. But the evil was done, and we saw the far end of the pontoon +swing into the stream. This was a serious delay, and it was nearly an +hour before we had renewed ropes and restored the bridge sufficiently to +allow us to cross.</p> + +<p>We renewed the chase. Quicker, quicker we went towards the dust heaps.</p> + +<p>After a time we came to a place that I knew. There were the remains of a +fire—a few smouldering wood ashes still cast a red glow, but the bulk +of the ashes were cold. I knew the site of the hut and the hill behind +it up which I had rushed, and in the flickering glow the eyes of the +rats still shone with a sort of phosphorescence. The commissary spoke a +word to the officer, and he cried:</p> + +<p>“Halt!”</p> + +<p>The soldiers were ordered to spread around and watch, and then we +commenced to examine the ruins. The commissary himself began to lift +away the charred boards and rubbish. These the soldiers took and piled +together. Presently he started back, then bent down and rising beckoned +me.</p> + +<p>“See!” he said.</p> + +<p>It was a gruesome sight. There lay a skeleton face downwards, a woman by +the lines—an old woman by the coarse fibre of the bone. Between the +ribs rose a long spike-like dagger made from a butcher’s sharpening +knife, its keen point buried in the spine.</p> + +<p>“You will observe,” said the commissary to the officer and to me as he +took out his note book, “that the woman must have fallen on her dagger. +The rats are many here—see their eyes glistening among that heap of +bones—and you will also notice”—I shuddered as he placed his hand on +the skeleton—“that but little time was lost by them, for the bones are +scarcely cold!”</p> + +<p>There was no other sign of any one near, living or dead; and so +deploying again into line the soldiers passed on. Presently we came to +the hut made of the old wardrobe. We approached. In five of the six +compartments was an old man sleeping—sleeping so soundly that even the +glare of the lanterns did not wake them. Old and grim and grizzled they +looked, with their gaunt, wrinkled, bronzed faces and their white +moustaches.</p> + +<p>The officer called out harshly and loudly a word of command, and in an +instant each one of them was on his feet before us and standing at +“attention!”</p> + +<p>“What do you here?”</p> + +<p>“We sleep,” was the answer.</p> + +<p>“Where are the other chiffoniers?” asked the commissary.</p> + +<p>“Gone to work.”</p> + +<p>“And you?”</p> + +<p>“We are on guard!”</p> + +<p>“Peste!” laughed the officer grimly, as he looked at the old men one +after the other in the face and added with cool deliberate cruelty: +“Asleep on duty! Is this the manner of the Old Guard? No wonder, then, a +Waterloo!”</p> + +<p>By the gleam of the lantern I saw the grim old faces grow deadly pale, +and almost shuddered at the look in the eyes of the old men as the laugh +of the soldiers echoed the grim pleasantry of the officer.</p> + +<p>I felt in that moment that I was in some measure avenged.</p> + +<p>For a moment they looked as if they would throw themselves on the +taunter, but years of their life had schooled them and they remained +still.</p> + +<p>“You are but five,” said the commissary; “where is the sixth?” The +answer came with a grim chuckle.</p> + +<p>“He is there!” and the speaker pointed to the bottom of the wardrobe. +“He died last night. You won’t find much of him. The burial of the rats +is quick!”</p> + +<p>The commissary stooped and looked in. Then he turned to the officer and +said calmly:</p> + +<p>“We may as well go back. No trace here now; nothing to prove that man +was the one wounded by your soldiers’ bullets! Probably they murdered +him to cover up the trace. See!” again he stooped and placed his hands +on the skeleton. “The rats work quickly and they are many. These bones +are warm!”</p> + +<p>I shuddered, and so did many more of those around me.</p> + +<p>“Form!” said the officer, and so in marching order, with the lanterns +swinging in front and the manacled veterans in the midst, with steady +tramp we took ourselves out of the dustheaps and turned backward to the +fortress of Bicêtre.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p>My year of probation has long since ended, and Alice is my wife. But +when I look back upon that trying twelvemonth one of the most vivid +incidents that memory recalls is that associated with my visit to the +City of Dust. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap08"></a>A Dream of Red Hands</h2> + +<p> +The first opinion given to me regarding Jacob Settle was a simple +descriptive statement, “He’s a down-in-the-mouth chap”: but I found that +it embodied the thoughts and ideas of all his fellow-workmen. There was +in the phrase a certain easy tolerance, an absence of positive feeling +of any kind, rather than any complete opinion, which marked pretty +accurately the man’s place in public esteem. Still, there was some +dissimilarity between this and his appearance which unconsciously set me +thinking, and by degrees, as I saw more of the place and the workmen, I +came to have a special interest in him. He was, I found, for ever doing +kindnesses, not involving money expenses beyond his humble means, but in +the manifold ways of forethought and forbearance and self-repression +which are of the truer charities of life. Women and children trusted him +implicitly, though, strangely enough, he rather shunned them, except +when anyone was sick, and then he made his appearance to help if he +could, timidly and awkwardly. He led a very solitary life, keeping house +by himself in a tiny cottage, or rather hut, of one room, far on the +edge of the moorland. His existence seemed so sad and solitary that I +wished to cheer it up, and for the purpose took the occasion when we had +both been sitting up with a child, injured by me through accident, to +offer to lend him books. He gladly accepted, and as we parted in the +grey of the dawn I felt that something of mutual confidence had been +established between us.</p> + +<p>The books were always most carefully and punctually returned, and in +time Jacob Settle and I became quite friends. Once or twice as I crossed +the moorland on Sundays I looked in on him; but on such occasions he was +shy and ill at ease so that I felt diffident about calling to see him. +He would never under any circumstances come into my own lodgings.</p> + +<p>One Sunday afternoon, I was coming back from a long walk beyond the +moor, and as I passed Settle’s cottage stopped at the door to say “How +do you do?” to him. As the door was shut, I thought that he was out, and +merely knocked for form’s sake, or through habit, not expecting to get +any answer. To my surprise, I heard a feeble voice from within, though +what was said I could not hear. I entered at once, and found Jacob lying +half-dressed upon his bed. He was as pale as death, and the sweat was +simply rolling off his face. His hands were unconsciously gripping the +bedclothes as a drowning man holds on to whatever he may grasp. As I +came in he half arose, with a wild, hunted look in his eyes, which were +wide open and staring, as though something of horror had come before +him; but when he recognised me he sank back on the couch with a +smothered sob of relief and closed his eyes. I stood by him for a while, +quite a minute or two, while he gasped. Then he opened his eyes and +looked at me, but with such a despairing, woeful expression that, as I +am a living man, I would have rather seen that frozen look of horror. I +sat down beside him and asked after his health. For a while he would not +answer me except to say that he was not ill; but then, after +scrutinising me closely, he half arose on his elbow and said:</p> + +<p>“I thank you kindly, sir, but I’m simply telling you the truth. I am not +ill, as men call it, though God knows whether there be not worse +sicknesses than doctors know of. I’ll tell you, as you are so kind, but +I trust that you won’t even mention such a thing to a living soul, for +it might work me more and greater woe. I am suffering from a bad dream.”</p> + +<p>“A bad dream!” I said, hoping to cheer him; “but dreams pass away with +the light—even with waking.” There I stopped, for before he spoke I saw +the answer in his desolate look round the little place.</p> + +<p>“No! no! that’s all well for people that live in comfort and with those +they love around them. It is a thousand times worse for those who live +alone and have to do so. What cheer is there for me, waking here in the +silence of the night, with the wide moor around me full of voices and +full of faces that make my waking a worse dream than my sleep? Ah, young +sir, you have no past that can send its legions to people the darkness +and the empty space, and I pray the good God that you may never have!” +As he spoke, there was such an almost irresistible gravity of conviction +in his manner that I abandoned my remonstrance about his solitary life. +I felt that I was in the presence of some secret influence which I could +not fathom. To my relief, for I knew not what to say, he went on:</p> + +<p>“Two nights past have I dreamed it. It was hard enough the first night, +but I came through it. Last night the expectation was in itself almost +worse than the dream—until the dream came, and then it swept away every +remembrance of lesser pain. I stayed awake till just before the dawn, +and then it came again, and ever since I have been in such an agony as I +am sure the dying feel, and with it all the dread of tonight.” Before he +had got to the end of the sentence my mind was made up, and I felt that +I could speak to him more cheerfully.</p> + +<p>“Try and get to sleep early tonight—in fact, before the evening has +passed away. The sleep will refresh you, and I promise you there will +not be any bad dreams after tonight.” He shook his head hopelessly, so I +sat a little longer and then left him.</p> + +<p>When I got home I made my arrangements for the night, for I had made up +my mind to share Jacob Settle’s lonely vigil in his cottage on the moor. +I judged that if he got to sleep before sunset he would wake well before +midnight, and so, just as the bells of the city were striking eleven, I +stood opposite his door armed with a bag, in which were my supper, an +extra large flask, a couple of candles, and a book. The moonlight was +bright, and flooded the whole moor, till it was almost as light as day; +but ever and anon black clouds drove across the sky, and made a darkness +which by comparison seemed almost tangible. I opened the door softly, +and entered without waking Jacob, who lay asleep with his white face +upward. He was still, and again bathed in sweat. I tried to imagine what +visions were passing before those closed eyes which could bring with +them the misery and woe which were stamped on the face, but fancy failed +me, and I waited for the awakening. It came suddenly, and in a fashion +which touched me to the quick, for the hollow groan that broke from the +man’s white lips as he half arose and sank back was manifestly the +realisation or completion of some train of thought which had gone +before.</p> + +<p>“If this be dreaming,” said I to myself, “then it must be based on some +very terrible reality. What can have been that unhappy fact that he +spoke of?”</p> + +<p>While I thus spoke, he realised that I was with him. It struck me as +strange that he had no period of that doubt as to whether dream or +reality surrounded him which commonly marks an expected environment of +waking men. With a positive cry of joy, he seized my hand and held it in +his two wet, trembling hands, as a frightened child clings on to someone +whom it loves. I tried to soothe him:</p> + +<p>“There, there! it is all right. I have come to stay with you tonight, +and together we will try to fight this evil dream.” He let go my hand +suddenly, and sank back on his bed and covered his eyes with his hands.</p> + +<p>“Fight it?—the evil dream! Ah! no, sir, no! No mortal power can fight +that dream, for it comes from God—and is burned in here;” and he beat +upon his forehead. Then he went on:</p> + +<p>“It is the same dream, ever the same, and yet it grows in its power to +torture me every time it comes.”</p> + +<p>“What is the dream?” I asked, thinking that the speaking of it might +give him some relief, but he shrank away from me, and after a long pause +said:</p> + +<p>“No, I had better not tell it. It may not come again.”</p> + +<p>There was manifestly something to conceal from me—something that lay +behind the dream, so I answered:</p> + +<p>“All right. I hope you have seen the last of it. But if it should come +again, you will tell me, will you not? I ask, not out of curiosity, but +because I think it may relieve you to speak.” He answered with what I +thought was almost an undue amount of solemnity:</p> + +<p>“If it comes again, I shall tell you all.”</p> + +<p>Then I tried to get his mind away from the subject to more mundane +things, so I produced supper, and made him share it with me, including +the contents of the flask. After a little he braced up, and when I lit +my cigar, having given him another, we smoked a full hour, and talked of +many things. Little by little the comfort of his body stole over his +mind, and I could see sleep laying her gentle hands on his eyelids. He +felt it, too, and told me that now he felt all right, and I might safely +leave him; but I told him that, right or wrong, I was going to see in +the daylight. So I lit my other candle, and began to read as he fell +asleep.</p> + +<p>By degrees I got interested in my book, so interested that presently I +was startled by its dropping out of my hands. I looked and saw that +Jacob was still asleep, and I was rejoiced to see that there was on his +face a look of unwonted happiness, while his lips seemed to move with +unspoken words. Then I turned to my work again, and again woke, but this +time to feel chilled to my very marrow by hearing the voice from the bed +beside me:</p> + +<p>“Not with those red hands! Never! never!” On looking at him, I found +that he was still asleep. He woke, however, in an instant, and did not +seem surprised to see me; there was again that strange apathy as to his +surroundings. Then I said:</p> + +<p>“Settle, tell me your dream. You may speak freely, for I shall hold your +confidence sacred. While we both live I shall never mention what you may +choose to tell me.”</p> + +<p>He replied:</p> + +<p>“I said I would; but I had better tell you first what goes before the +dream, that you may understand. I was a schoolmaster when I was a very +young man; it was only a parish school in a little village in the West +Country. No need to mention any names. Better not. I was engaged to be +married to a young girl whom I loved and almost reverenced. It was the +old story. While we were waiting for the time when we could afford to +set up house together, another man came along. He was nearly as young as +I was, and handsome, and a gentleman, with all a gentleman’s attractive +ways for a woman of our class. He would go fishing, and she would meet +him while I was at my work in school. I reasoned with her and implored +her to give him up. I offered to get married at once and go away and +begin the world in a strange country; but she would not listen to +anything I could say, and I could see that she was infatuated with him. +Then I took it on myself to meet the man and ask him to deal well with +the girl, for I thought he might mean honestly by her, so that there +might be no talk or chance of talk on the part of others. I went where I +should meet him with none by, and we met!” Here Jacob Settle had to +pause, for something seemed to rise in his throat, and he almost gasped +for breath. Then he went on:</p> + +<p>“Sir, as God is above us, there was no selfish thought in my heart that +day, I loved my pretty Mabel too well to be content with a part of her +love, and I had thought of my own unhappiness too often not to have come +to realise that, whatever might come to her, my hope was gone. He was +insolent to me—you, sir, who are a gentleman, cannot know, perhaps, how +galling can be the insolence of one who is above you in station—but I +bore with that. I implored him to deal well with the girl, for what +might be only a pastime of an idle hour with him might be the breaking +of her heart. For I never had a thought of her truth, or that the worst +of harm could come to her—it was only the unhappiness to her heart I feared. +But when I asked him when he intended to marry her his laughter galled +me so that I lost my temper and told him that I would not stand by and +see her life made unhappy. Then he grew angry too, and in his anger said +such cruel things of her that then and there I swore he should not live +to do her harm. God knows how it came about, for in such moments of +passion it is hard to remember the steps from a word to a blow, but I +found myself standing over his dead body, with my hands crimson with the +blood that welled from his torn throat. We were alone and he was a +stranger, with none of his kin to seek for him and murder does not +always out—not all at once. His bones may be whitening still, for all I +know, in the pool of the river where I left him. No one suspected his +absence, or why it was, except my poor Mabel, and she dared not speak. +But it was all in vain, for when I came back again after an absence of +months—for I could not live in the place—I learned that her shame had +come and that she had died in it. Hitherto I had been borne up by the +thought that my ill deed had saved her future, but now, when I learned +that I had been too late, and that my poor love was smirched with that +man’s sin, I fled away with the sense of my useless guilt upon me more +heavily than I could bear. Ah! sir, you that have not done such a sin +don’t know what it is to carry it with you. You may think that custom +makes it easy to you, but it is not so. It grows and grows with every +hour, till it becomes intolerable, and with it growing, too, the feeling +that you must for ever stand outside Heaven. You don’t know what that +means, and I pray God that you never may. Ordinary men, to whom all +things are possible, don’t often, if ever, think of Heaven. It is a +name, and nothing more, and they are content to wait and let things be, +but to those who are doomed to be shut out for ever you cannot think +what it means, you cannot guess or measure the terrible endless longing +to see the gates opened, and to be able to join the white figures +within.</p> + +<p>“And this brings me to my dream. It seemed that the portal was before +me, with great gates of massive steel with bars of the thickness of a +mast, rising to the very clouds, and so close that between them was just +a glimpse of a crystal grotto, on whose shining walls were figured many +white-clad forms with faces radiant with joy. When I stood before the +gate my heart and my soul were so full of rapture and longing that I +forgot. And there stood at the gate two mighty angels with sweeping +wings, and, oh! so stern of countenance. They held each in one hand a +flaming sword, and in the other the latchet, which moved to and fro at +their lightest touch. Nearer were figures all draped in black, with +heads covered so that only the eyes were seen, and they handed to each +who came white garments such as the angels wear. A low murmur came that +told that all should put on their own robes, and without soil, or the +angels would not pass them in, but would smite them down with the +flaming swords. I was eager to don my own garment, and hurriedly threw +it over me and stepped swiftly to the gate; but it moved not, and the +angels, loosing the latchet, pointed to my dress, I looked down, and was +aghast, for the whole robe was smeared with blood. My hands were red; +they glittered with the blood that dripped from them as on that day by +the river bank. And then the angels raised their flaming swords to smite +me down, and the horror was complete—I awoke. Again, and again, and +again, that awful dream comes to me. I never learn from the experience, +I never remember, but at the beginning the hope is ever there to make +the end more appalling; and I know that the dream does not come out of +the common darkness where the dreams abide, but that it is sent from God +as a punishment! Never, never shall I be able to pass the gate, for the +soil on the angel garments must ever come from these bloody hands!”</p> + +<p>I listened as in a spell as Jacob Settle spoke. There was something so +far away in the tone of his voice—something so dreamy and mystic in the +eyes that looked as if through me at some spirit beyond—something so +lofty in his very diction and in such marked contrast to his workworn +clothes and his poor surroundings that I wondered if the whole thing +were not a dream.</p> + +<p>We were both silent for a long time. I kept looking at the man before me +in growing wonderment. Now that his confession had been made, his soul, +which had been crushed to the very earth, seemed to leap back again to +uprightness with some resilient force. I suppose I ought to have been +horrified with his story, but, strange to say, I was not. It certainly +is not pleasant to be made the recipient of the confidence of a +murderer, but this poor fellow seemed to have had, not only so much +provocation, but so much self-denying purpose in his deed of blood that +I did not feel called upon to pass judgment upon him. My purpose was to +comfort, so I spoke out with what calmness I could, for my heart was +beating fast and heavily:</p> + +<p>“You need not despair, Jacob Settle. God is very good, and His mercy is +great. Live on and work on in the hope that some day you may feel that +you have atoned for the past.” Here I paused, for I could see that deep, +natural sleep this time, was creeping upon him. “Go to sleep,” I said; +“I shall watch with you here and we shall have no more evil dreams +tonight.”</p> + +<p>He made an effort to pull himself together, and answered:</p> + +<p>“I don’t know how to thank you for your goodness to me this night, but I +think you had best leave me now. I’ll try and sleep this out; I feel a +weight off my mind since I have told you all. If there’s anything of the +man left in me, I must try and fight out life alone.”</p> + +<p>“I’ll go tonight, as you wish it,” I said; “but take my advice, and do +not live in such a solitary way. Go among men and women; live among +them. Share their joys and sorrows, and it will help you to forget. This +solitude will make you melancholy mad.”</p> + +<p>“I will!” he answered, half unconsciously, for sleep was overmastering +him.</p> + +<p>I turned to go, and he looked after me. When I had touched the latch I +dropped it, and, coming back to the bed, held out my hand. He grasped it +with both his as he rose to a sitting posture, and I said my goodnight, +trying to cheer him:</p> + +<p>“Heart, man, heart! There is work in the world for you to do, Jacob +Settle. You can wear those white robes yet and pass through that gate of +steel!”</p> + +<p>Then I left him.</p> + +<p>A week after I found his cottage deserted, and on asking at the works +was told that he had “gone north”, no one exactly knew whither.</p> + +<p>Two years afterwards, I was staying for a few days with my friend Dr. +Munro in Glasgow. He was a busy man, and could not spare much time for +going about with me, so I spent my days in excursions to the Trossachs +and Loch Katrine and down the Clyde. On the second last evening of my +stay I came back somewhat later than I had arranged, but found that my +host was late too. The maid told me that he had been sent for to the +hospital—a case of accident at the gas-works, and the dinner was +postponed an hour; so telling her I would stroll down to find her master +and walk back with him, I went out. At the hospital I found him washing +his hands preparatory to starting for home. Casually, I asked him what +his case was.</p> + +<p>“Oh, the usual thing! A rotten rope and men’s lives of no account. Two +men were working in a gasometer, when the rope that held their +scaffolding broke. It must have occurred just before the dinner hour, +for no one noticed their absence till the men had returned. There was +about seven feet of water in the gasometer, so they had a hard fight for +it, poor fellows. However, one of them was alive, just alive, but we +have had a hard job to pull him through. It seems that he owes his life +to his mate, for I have never heard of greater heroism. They swam +together while their strength lasted, but at the end they were so done +up that even the lights above, and the men slung with ropes, coming down +to help them, could not keep them up. But one of them stood on the +bottom and held up his comrade over his head, and those few breaths made +all the difference between life and death. They were a shocking sight +when they were taken out, for that water is like a purple dye with the +gas and the tar. The man upstairs looked as if he had been washed in +blood. Ugh!”</p> + +<p>“And the other?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, he’s worse still. But he must have been a very noble fellow. That +struggle under the water must have been fearful; one can see that by the +way the blood has been drawn from the extremities. It makes the idea of +the <i>Stigmata</i> possible to look at him. Resolution like this could, you +would think, do anything in the world. Ay! it might almost unbar the +gates of Heaven. Look here, old man, it is not a very pleasant sight, +especially just before dinner, but you are a writer, and this is an odd +case. Here is something you would not like to miss, for in all human +probability you will never see anything like it again.” While he was +speaking he had brought me into the mortuary of the hospital.</p> + +<p>On the bier lay a body covered with a white sheet, which was wrapped +close round it.</p> + +<p>“Looks like a chrysalis, don’t it? I say, Jack, if there be anything in +the old myth that a soul is typified by a butterfly, well, then the one +that this chrysalis sent forth was a very noble specimen and took all +the sunlight on its wings. See here!” He uncovered the face. Horrible, +indeed, it looked, as though stained with blood. But I knew him at once, +Jacob Settle! My friend pulled the winding sheet further down.</p> + +<p>The hands were crossed on the purple breast as they had been reverently +placed by some tender-hearted person. As I saw them my heart throbbed +with a great exultation, for the memory of his harrowing dream rushed +across my mind. There was no stain now on those poor, brave hands, for +they were blanched white as snow.</p> + +<p>And somehow as I looked I felt that the evil dream was all over. That +noble soul had won a way through the gate at last. The white robe had +now no stain from the hands that had put it on. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap09"></a>Crooken Sands</h2> + +<p> +Mr Arthur Fernlee Markam, who took what was known as the Red House above +the Mains of Crooken, was a London merchant, and being essentially a +cockney, thought it necessary when he went for the summer holidays to +Scotland to provide an entire rig-out as a Highland chieftain, as +manifested in chromolithographs and on the music-hall stage. He had once +seen in the Empire the Great Prince—“The Bounder King”—bring down the +house by appearing as “The MacSlogan of that Ilk,” and singing the +celebrated Scotch song, “There’s naething like haggis to mak a mon dry!” +and he had ever since preserved in his mind a faithful image of the +picturesque and warlike appearance which he presented. Indeed, if the +true inwardness of Mr. Markam’s mind on the subject of his selection of +Aberdeenshire as a summer resort were known, it would be found that in +the foreground of the holiday locality which his fancy painted stalked +the many hued figure of the MacSlogan of that Ilk. However, be this as +it may, a very kind fortune—certainly so far as external beauty was +concerned—led him to the choice of Crooken Bay. It is a lovely spot, +between Aberdeen and Peterhead, just under the rock-bound headland +whence the long, dangerous reefs known as The Spurs run out into the +North Sea. Between this and the “Mains of Crooken”—a village sheltered +by the northern cliffs—lies the deep bay, backed with a multitude of +bent-grown dunes where the rabbits are to be found in thousands. Thus at +either end of the bay is a rocky promontory, and when the dawn or the +sunset falls on the rocks of red syenite the effect is very lovely. The +bay itself is floored with level sand and the tide runs far out, leaving +a smooth waste of hard sand on which are dotted here and there the stake +nets and bag nets of the salmon fishers. At one end of the bay there is +a little group or cluster of rocks whose heads are raised something +above high water, except when in rough weather the waves come over them +green. At low tide they are exposed down to sand level; and here is +perhaps the only little bit of dangerous sand on this part of the +eastern coast. Between the rocks, which are apart about some fifty feet, +is a small quicksand, which, like the Goodwins, is dangerous only with +the incoming tide. It extends outwards till it is lost in the sea, and +inwards till it fades away in the hard sand of the upper beach. On the +slope of the hill which rises beyond the dunes, midway between the Spurs +and the Port of Crooken, is the Red House. It rises from the midst of a +clump of fir-trees which protect it on three sides, leaving the whole +sea front open. A trim old-fashioned garden stretches down to the +roadway, on crossing which a grassy path, which can be used for light +vehicles, threads a way to the shore, winding amongst the sand hills.</p> + +<p>When the Markam family arrived at the Red House after their thirty-six +hours of pitching on the Aberdeen steamer <i>Ban Righ</i> from Blackwall, +with the subsequent train to Yellon and drive of a dozen miles, they all +agreed that they had never seen a more delightful spot. The general +satisfaction was more marked as at that very time none of the family +were, for several reasons, inclined to find favourable anything or any +place over the Scottish border. Though the family was a large one, the +prosperity of the business allowed them all sorts of personal luxuries, +amongst which was a wide latitude in the way of dress. The frequency of +the Markam girls’ new frocks was a source of envy to their bosom friends +and of joy to themselves.</p> + +<p>Arthur Fernlee Markam had not taken his family into his confidence +regarding his new costume. He was not quite certain that he should be +free from ridicule, or at least from sarcasm, and as he was sensitive on +the subject, he thought it better to be actually in the suitable +environment before he allowed the full splendour to burst upon them. He +had taken some pains, to insure the completeness of the Highland +costume. For the purpose he had paid many visits to “The Scotch All-Wool +Tartan Clothing Mart” which had been lately established in +Copthall-court by the Messrs. MacCallum More and Roderick MacDhu. He had +anxious consultations with the head of the firm—MacCallum as he called +himself, resenting any such additions as “Mr.” or “Esquire.” The known +stock of buckles, buttons, straps, brooches and ornaments of all kinds +were examined in critical detail; and at last an eagle’s feather of +sufficiently magnificent proportions was discovered, and the equipment +was complete. It was only when he saw the finished costume, with the +vivid hues of the tartan seemingly modified into comparative sobriety by +the multitude of silver fittings, the cairngorm brooches, the philibeg, +dirk and sporran that he was fully and absolutely satisfied with his +choice. At first he had thought of the Royal Stuart dress tartan, but +abandoned it on the MacCallum pointing out that if he should happen to +be in the neighbourhood of Balmoral it might lead to complications. The +MacCallum, who, by the way, spoke with a remarkable cockney accent, +suggested other plaids in turn; but now that the other question of +accuracy had been raised, Mr. Markam foresaw difficulties if he should +by chance find himself in the locality of the clan whose colours he had +usurped. The MacCallum at last undertook to have, at Markam’s expense, a +special pattern woven which would not be exactly the same as any +existing tartan, though partaking of the characteristics of many. It was +based on the Royal Stuart, but contained suggestions as to simplicity of +pattern from the Macalister and Ogilvie clans, and as to neutrality of +colour from the clans of Buchanan, Macbeth, Chief of Macintosh and +Macleod. When the specimen had been shown to Markam he had feared +somewhat lest it should strike the eye of his domestic circle as gaudy; +but as Roderick MacDhu fell into perfect ecstasies over its beauty he +did not make any objection to the completion of the piece. He thought, +and wisely, that if a genuine Scotchman like MacDhu liked it, it must be +right—especially as the junior partner was a man very much of his own +build and appearance. When the MacCallum was receiving his +cheque—which, by the way, was a pretty stiff one—he remarked:</p> + +<p>“I’ve taken the liberty of having some more of the stuff woven in case +you or any of your friends should want it.” Markam was gratified, and +told him that he should be only too happy if the beautiful stuff which +they had originated between them should become a favourite, as he had no +doubt it would in time. He might make and sell as much as he would.</p> + +<p>Markam tried the dress on in his office one evening after the clerks had +all gone home. He was pleased, though a little frightened, at the +result. The MacCallum had done his work thoroughly, and there was +nothing omitted that could add to the martial dignity of the wearer.</p> + +<p>“I shall not, of course, take the claymore and the pistols with me on +ordinary occasions,” said Markam to himself as he began to undress. He +determined that he would wear the dress for the first time on landing in +Scotland, and accordingly on the morning when the <i>Ban Righ</i> was hanging +off the Girdle Ness lighthouse, waiting for the tide to enter the port +of Aberdeen, he emerged from his cabin in all the gaudy splendour of his +new costume. The first comment he heard was from one of his own sons, +who did not recognise him at first.</p> + +<p>“Here’s a guy! Great Scott! It’s the governor!” And the boy fled +forthwith and tried to bury his laughter under a cushion in the saloon. +Markam was a good sailor and had not suffered from the pitching of the +boat, so that his naturally rubicund face was even more rosy by the +conscious blush which suffused his cheeks when he had found himself at +once the cynosure of all eyes. He could have wished that he had not been +so bold for he knew from the cold that there was a big bare spot under +one side of his jauntily worn Glengarry cap. However, he faced the group +of strangers boldly. He was not, outwardly, upset even when some of the +comments reached his ears.</p> + +<p>“He’s off his bloomin’ chump,” said a cockney in a suit of exaggerated +plaid.</p> + +<p>“There’s flies on him,” said a tall thin Yankee, pale with sea-sickness, +who was on his way to take up his residence for a time as close as he +could get to the gates of Balmoral.</p> + +<p>“Happy thought! Let us fill our mulls; now’s the chance!” said a young +Oxford man on his way home to Inverness. But presently Mr. Markam heard +the voice of his eldest daughter.</p> + +<p>“Where is he? Where is he?” and she came tearing along the deck with her +hat blowing behind her. Her face showed signs of agitation, for her +mother had just been telling her of her father’s condition; but when she +saw him she instantly burst into laughter so violent that it ended in a +fit of hysterics. Something of the same kind happened to each of the +other children. When they had all had their turn Mr. Markam went to his +cabin and sent his wife’s maid to tell each member of the family that he +wanted to see them at once. They all made their appearance, suppressing +their feelings as well as they could. He said to them very quietly:</p> + +<p>“My dears, don’t I provide you all with ample allowances?”</p> + +<p>“Yes, father!” they all answered gravely, “no one could be more +generous!”</p> + +<p>“Don’t I let you dress as you please?”</p> + +<p>“Yes, father!”—this a little sheepishly.</p> + +<p>“Then, my dears, don’t you think it would be nicer and kinder of you not +to try and make me feel uncomfortable, even if I do assume a dress which +is ridiculous in your eyes, though quite common enough in the country +where we are about to sojourn?” There was no answer except that which +appeared in their hanging heads. He was a good father and they all knew +it. He was quite satisfied and went on:</p> + +<p>“There, now, run away and enjoy yourselves! We shan’t have another word +about it.” Then he went on deck again and stood bravely the fire of +ridicule which he recognised around him, though nothing more was said +within his hearing.</p> + +<p>The astonishment and the amusement which his get-up occasioned on the +<i>Ban Righ</i> was, however, nothing to that which it created in Aberdeen. +The boys and loafers, and women with babies, who waited at the landing +shed, followed <i>en masse</i> as the Markam party took their way to the +railway station; even the porters with their old-fashioned knots and +their new-fashioned barrows, who await the traveller at the foot of the +gang-plank, followed in wondering delight. Fortunately the Peterhead +train was just about to start, so that the martyrdom was not +unnecessarily prolonged. In the carriage the glorious Highland costume +was unseen, and as there were but few persons at the station at Yellon, +all went well there. When, however, the carriage drew near the Mains of +Crooken and the fisher folk had run to their doors to see who it was +that was passing, the excitement exceeded all bounds. The children with +one impulse waved their bonnets and ran shouting behind the carriage; +the men forsook their nets and their baiting and followed; the women +clutched their babies, and followed also. The horses were tired after +their long journey to Yellon and back, and the hill was steep, so that +there was ample time for the crowd to gather and even to pass on ahead.</p> + +<p>Mrs. Markam and the elder girls would have liked to make some protest or +to do something to relieve their feelings of chagrin at the ridicule +which they saw on all faces, but there was a look of fixed determination +on the face of the seeming Highlander which awed them a little, and they +were silent. It might have been that the eagle’s feather, even when +arising above the bald head, the cairngorm brooch even on the fat +shoulder, and the claymore, dirk and pistols, even when belted round the +extensive paunch and protruding from the stocking on the sturdy calf, +fulfilled their existence as symbols of martial and terrifying import! +When the party arrived at the gate of the Red House there awaited them a +crowd of Crooken inhabitants, hatless and respectfully silent; the +remainder of the population was painfully toiling up the hill. The +silence was broken by only one sound, that of a man with a deep voice.</p> + +<p>“Man! but he’s forgotten the pipes!”</p> + +<p>The servants had arrived some days before, and all things were in +readiness. In the glow consequent on a good lunch after a hard journey +all the disagreeables of travel and all the chagrin consequent on the +adoption of the obnoxious costume were forgotten.</p> + +<p>That afternoon Markam, still clad in full array, walked through the +Mains of Crooken. He was all alone, for, strange to say, his wife and +both daughters had sick headaches, and were, as he was told, lying down +to rest after the fatigue of the journey. His eldest son, who claimed to +be a young man, had gone out by himself to explore the surroundings of +the place, and one of the boys could not be found. The other boy, on +being told that his father had sent for him to come for a walk, had +managed—by accident, of course—to fall into the water butt, and had to +be dried and rigged out afresh. His clothes not having been as yet +unpacked this was of course impossible without delay.</p> + +<p>Mr. Markam was not quite satisfied with his walk. He could not meet any +of his neighbours. It was not that there were not enough people about, +for every house and cottage seemed to be full; but the people when in +the open were either in their doorways some distance behind him, or on +the roadway a long distance in front. As he passed he could see the tops +of heads and the whites of eyes in the windows or round the corners of +doors. The only interview which he had was anything but a pleasant one. +This was with an odd sort of old man who was hardly ever heard to speak +except to join in the “Amens” in the meeting-house. His sole occupation +seemed to be to wait at the window of the post-office from eight o’clock +in the morning till the arrival of the mail at one, when he carried the +letter-bag to a neighbouring baronial castle. The remainder of his day +was spent on a seat in a draughty part of the port, where the offal of +the fish, the refuse of the bait, and the house rubbish was thrown, and +where the ducks were accustomed to hold high revel.</p> + +<p>When Saft Tammie beheld him coming he raised his eyes, which were +generally fixed on the nothing which lay on the roadway opposite his +seat, and, seeming dazzled as if by a burst of sunshine, rubbed them and +shaded them with his hand. Then he started up and raised his hand aloft +in a denunciatory manner as he spoke:—</p> + +<p>“‘Vanity of vanities, saith the preacher. All is vanity.’ Mon, be warned +in time! ‘Behold the lilies of the field, they toil not, neither do they +spin, yet Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these.’ +Mon! Mon! Thy vanity is as the quicksand which swallows up all which +comes within its spell. Beware vanity! Beware the quicksand, which +yawneth for thee, and which will swallow thee up! See thyself! Learn +thine own vanity! Meet thyself face to face, and then in that moment +thou shalt learn the fatal force of thy vanity. Learn it, know it, and +repent ere the quicksand swallow thee!” Then without another word he +went back to his seat and sat there immovable and expressionless as +before.</p> + +<p>Markam could not but feel a little upset by this tirade. Only that it +was spoken by a seeming madman, he would have put it down to some +eccentric exhibition of Scottish humour or impudence; but the gravity of +the message—for it seemed nothing else—made such a reading impossible. +He was, however, determined not to give in to ridicule, and although he +had not yet seen anything in Scotland to remind him even of a kilt, he +determined to wear his Highland dress. When he returned home, in less +than half-an-hour, he found that every member of the family was, despite +the headaches, out taking a walk. He took the opportunity afforded by +their absence of locking himself in his dressing-room, took off the +Highland dress, and, putting on a suit of flannels, lit a cigar and had +a snooze. He was awakened by the noise of the family coming in, and at +once donning his dress made his appearance in the drawing-room for tea.</p> + +<p>He did not go out again that afternoon; but after dinner he put on his +dress again—he had, of course dressed for dinner as usual—and went by +himself for a walk on the sea-shore. He had by this time come to the +conclusion that he would get by degrees accustomed to the Highland dress +before making it his ordinary wear. The moon was up and he easily +followed the path through the sand-hills, and shortly struck the shore. +The tide was out and the beach firm as a rock, so he strolled southwards +to nearly the end of the bay. Here he was attracted by two isolated +rocks some little way out from the edge of the dunes, so he strolled +towards them. When he reached the nearest one he climbed it, and, +sitting there elevated some fifteen or twenty feet over the waste of +sand, enjoyed the lovely, peaceful prospect. The moon was rising behind +the headland of Pennyfold, and its light was just touching the top of +the furthermost rock of the Spurs some three-quarters of a mile out; the +rest of the rocks were in dark shadow. As the moon rose over the +headland, the rocks of the Spurs and then the beach by degrees became +flooded with light.</p> + +<p>For a good while Mr. Markam sat and looked at the rising moon and the +growing area of light which followed its rise. Then he turned and faced +eastwards and sat with his chin in his hand looking seawards, and +revelling in the peace and beauty and freedom of the scene. The roar of +London—the darkness and the strife and weariness of London life—seemed +to have passed quite away, and he lived at the moment a freer and higher +life. He looked at the glistening water as it stole its way over the +flat waste of sand, coming closer and closer insensibly—the tide had +turned. Presently he heard a distant shouting along the beach very far +off.</p> + +<p>“The fishermen calling to each other,” he said to himself and looked +around. As he did so he got a horrible shock, for though just then a +cloud sailed across the moon he saw, in spite of the sudden darkness +around him, his own image. For an instant, on the top of the opposite +rock he could see the bald back of the head and the Glengarry cap with +the immense eagle’s feather. As he staggered back his foot slipped, and +he began to slide down towards the sand between the two rocks. He took +no concern as to falling, for the sand was really only a few feet below +him, and his mind was occupied with the figure or simulacrum of himself, +which had already disappeared. As the easiest way of reaching <i>terra +firma</i> he prepared to jump the remainder of the distance. All this had +taken but a second, but the brain works quickly, and even as he gathered +himself for the spring he saw the sand below him lying so marbly level +shake and shiver in an odd way. A sudden fear overcame him; his knees +failed, and instead of jumping he slid miserably down the rock, +scratching his bare legs as he went. His feet touched the sand—went +through it like water—and he was down below his knees before he +realised that he was in a quicksand. Wildly he grasped at the rock to +keep himself from sinking further, and fortunately there was a jutting +spur or edge which he was able to grasp instinctively. To this he clung +in grim desperation. He tried to shout, but his breath would not come, +till after a great effort his voice rang out. Again he shouted, and it +seemed as if the sound of his own voice gave him new courage, for he was +able to hold on to the rock for a longer time than he thought +possible—though he held on only in blind desperation. He was, however, +beginning to find his grasp weakening, when, joy of joys! his shout was +answered by a rough voice from just above him.</p> + +<p>“God be thankit, I’m nae too late!” and a fisherman with great +thigh-boots came hurriedly climbing over the rock. In an instant he +recognised the gravity of the danger, and with a cheering “Haud fast, +mon! I’m comin’!” scrambled down till he found a firm foothold. Then +with one strong hand holding the rock above, he leaned down, and +catching Markam’s wrist, called out to him, “Haud to me, mon! Haud to me +wi’ ither hond!”</p> + +<p>Then he lent his great strength, and with a steady, sturdy pull, dragged +him out of the hungry quicksand and placed him safe upon the rock. +Hardly giving him time to draw breath, he pulled and pushed him—never +letting him go for an instant—over the rock into the firm sand beyond +it, and finally deposited him, still shaking from the magnitude of his +danger, high upon the beach. Then he began to speak:</p> + +<p>“Mon! but I was just in time. If I had no laucht at yon foolish lads and +begun to rin at the first you’d a bin sinkin’ doon to the bowels o’ the +airth be the noo! Wully Beagrie thocht you was a ghaist, and Tom +MacPhail swore ye was only like a goblin on a puddick-steel! ‘Na!’ said +I. ‘Yon’s but the daft Englishman—the loony that had escapit frae the +waxwarks.’ I was thinkin’ that bein’ strange and silly—if not a +whole-made feel—ye’d no ken the ways o’ the quicksan’! I shouted till +warn ye, and then ran to drag ye aff, if need be. But God be thankit, be +ye fule or only half-daft wi’ yer vanity, that I was no that late!” and +he reverently lifted his cap as he spoke.</p> + +<p>Mr. Markam was deeply touched and thankful for his escape from a +horrible death; but the sting of the charge of vanity thus made once +more against him came through his humility. He was about to reply +angrily, when suddenly a great awe fell upon him as he remembered the +warning words of the half-crazy letter-carrier: “Meet thyself face to +face, and repent ere the quicksand shall swallow thee!”</p> + +<p>Here, too, he remembered the image of himself that he had seen and the +sudden danger from the deadly quicksand that had followed. He was silent +a full minute, and then said:</p> + +<p>“My good fellow, I owe you my life!”</p> + +<p>The answer came with reverence from the hardy fisherman, “Na! Na! Ye owe +that to God; but, as for me, I’m only too glad till be the humble +instrument o’ His mercy.”</p> + +<p>“But you will let me thank you,” said Mr. Markam, taking both the great +hands of his deliverer in his and holding them tight. “My heart is too +full as yet, and my nerves are too much shaken to let me say much; but, +believe me, I am very, very grateful!” It was quite evident that the +poor old fellow was deeply touched, for the tears were running down his +cheeks.</p> + +<p>The fisherman said, with a rough but true courtesy:</p> + +<p>“Ay, sir! thank me and ye will—if it’ll do yer poor heart good. An’ I’m +thinking that if it were me I’d be thankful too. But, sir, as for me I +need no thanks. I am glad, so I am!”</p> + +<p>That Arthur Fernlee Markam was really thankful and grateful was shown +practically later on. Within a week’s time there sailed into Port +Crooken the finest fishing smack that had ever been seen in the harbour +of Peterhead. She was fully found with sails and gear of all kinds, and +with nets of the best. Her master and men went away by the coach, after +having left with the salmon-fisher’s wife the papers which made her over +to him.</p> + +<p>As Mr. Markam and the salmon-fisher walked together along the shore the +former asked his companion not to mention the fact that he had been in +such imminent danger, for that it would only distress his dear wife and +children. He said that he would warn them all of the quicksand, and for +that purpose he, then and there, asked questions about it till he felt +that his information on the subject was complete. Before they parted he +asked his companion if he had happened to see a second figure, dressed +like himself on the other rock as he had approached to succour him.</p> + +<p>“Na! Na!” came the answer, “there is nae sic another fule in these +parts. Nor has there been since the time o’ Jamie Fleeman—him that was +fule to the Laird o’ Udny. Why, mon! sic a heathenish dress as ye have +on till ye has nae been seen in these pairts within the memory o’ mon. +An’ I’m thinkin’ that sic a dress never was for sittin’ on the cauld +rock, as ye done beyont. Mon! but do ye no fear the rheumatism or the +lumbagy wi’ floppin’ doon on to the cauld stanes wi’ yer bare flesh? I +was thinking that it was daft ye waur when I see ye the mornin’ doon be +the port, but it’s fule or eediot ye maun be for the like o’ thot!” Mr. +Markam did not care to argue the point, and as they were now close to +his own home he asked the salmon-fisher to have a glass of whisky—which +he did—and they parted for the night. He took good care to warn all his +family of the quicksand, telling them that he had himself been in some +danger from it.</p> + +<p>All that night he never slept. He heard the hours strike one after the +other; but try how he would he could not get to sleep. Over and over +again he went through the horrible episode of the quicksand, from the +time that Saft Tammie had broken his habitual silence to preach to him +of the sin of vanity and to warn him. The question kept ever arising in +his mind: “Am I then so vain as to be in the ranks of the foolish?” and +the answer ever came in the words of the crazy prophet: “‘Vanity of +vanities! All is vanity.’ Meet thyself face to face, and repent ere the +quicksand shall swallow thee!” Somehow a feeling of doom began to shape +itself in his mind that he would yet perish in that same quicksand, for +there he had already met himself face to face.</p> + +<p>In the grey of the morning he dozed off, but it was evident that he +continued the subject in his dreams, for he was fully awakened by his +wife, who said:</p> + +<p>“Do sleep quietly! That blessed Highland suit has got on your brain. +Don’t talk in your sleep, if you can help it!” He was somehow conscious +of a glad feeling, as if some terrible weight had been lifted from him, +but he did not know any cause of it. He asked his wife what he had said +in his sleep, and she answered:</p> + +<p>“You said it often enough, goodness knows, for one to remember it—‘Not +face to face! I saw the eagle plume over the bald head! There is hope +yet! Not face to face!’ Go to sleep! Do!” And then he did go to sleep, +for he seemed to realise that the prophecy of the crazy man had not yet +been fulfilled. He had not met himself face to face—as yet at all +events.</p> + +<p>He was awakened early by a maid who came to tell him that there was a +fisherman at the door who wanted to see him. He dressed himself as +quickly as he could—for he was not yet expert with the Highland +dress—and hurried down, not wishing to keep the salmon-fisher waiting. +He was surprised and not altogether pleased to find that his visitor was +none other than Saft Tammie, who at once opened fire on him:</p> + +<p>“I maun gang awa’ t’ the post; but I thocht that I would waste an hour +on ye, and ca’ roond just to see if ye waur still that fou wi’ vanity as +on the nicht gane by. An I see that ye’ve no learned the lesson. Well! +the time is comin’, sure eneucht! However I have all the time i’ the +marnins to my ain sel’, so I’ll aye look roond jist till see how ye gang +yer ain gait to the quicksan’, and then to the de’il! I’m aff till ma +wark the noo!” And he went straightway, leaving Mr. Markam considerably +vexed, for the maids within earshot were vainly trying to conceal their +giggles. He had fairly made up his mind to wear on that day ordinary +clothes, but the visit of Saft Tammie reversed his decision. He would +show them all that he was not a coward, and he would go on as he had +begun—come what might. When he came to breakfast in full martial +panoply the children, one and all, held down their heads and the backs +of their necks became very red indeed. As, however, none of them +laughed—except Titus, the youngest boy, who was seized with a fit of +hysterical choking and was promptly banished from the room—he could not +reprove them, but began to break his egg with a sternly determined air. +It was unfortunate that as his wife was handing him a cup of tea one of +the buttons of his sleeve caught in the lace of her morning wrapper, +with the result that the hot tea was spilt over his bare knees. Not +unnaturally, he made use of a swear word, whereupon his wife, somewhat +nettled, spoke out:</p> + +<p>“Well, Arthur, if you will make such an idiot of yourself with that +ridiculous costume what else can you expect? You are not accustomed to +it—and you never will be!” In answer he began an indignant speech with: +“Madam!” but he got no further, for now that the subject was broached, +Mrs. Markam intended to have her say out. It was not a pleasant say, +and, truth to tell, it was not said in a pleasant manner. A wife’s +manner seldom is pleasant when she undertakes to tell what she considers +“truths” to her husband. The result was that Arthur Fernlee Markam +undertook, then and there, that during his stay in Scotland he would +wear no other costume than the one she abused. Woman-like his wife had +the last word—given in this case with tears:</p> + +<p>“Very well, Arthur! Of course you will do as you choose. Make me as +ridiculous as you can, and spoil the poor girls’ chances in life. Young +men don’t seem to care, as a general rule, for an idiot father-in-law! +But I must warn you that your vanity will some day get a rude shock—if +indeed you are not before then in an asylum or dead!”</p> + +<p>It was manifest after a few days that Mr. Markam would have to take the +major part of his outdoor exercise by himself. The girls now and again +took a walk with him, chiefly in the early morning or late at night, or +on a wet day when there would be no one about; they professed to be +willing to go out at all times, but somehow something always seemed to +occur to prevent it. The boys could never be found at all on such +occasions, and as to Mrs. Markam she sternly refused to go out with him +on any consideration so long as he should continue to make a fool of +himself. On the Sunday he dressed himself in his habitual broadcloth, +for he rightly felt that church was not a place for angry feelings; but +on Monday morning he resumed his Highland garb. By this time he would +have given a good deal if he had never thought of the dress, but his +British obstinacy was strong, and he would not give in. Saft Tammie +called at his house every morning, and, not being able to see him nor to +have any message taken to him, used to call back in the afternoon when +the letter-bag had been delivered and watched for his going out. On such +occasions he never failed to warn him against his vanity in the same +words which he had used at the first. Before many days were over Mr. +Markam had come to look upon him as little short of a scourge.</p> + +<p>By the time the week was out the enforced partial solitude, the constant +chagrin, and the never-ending brooding which was thus engendered, began +to make Mr. Markam quite ill. He was too proud to take any of his family +into his confidence since they had in his view treated him very badly. +Then he did not sleep well at night, and when he did sleep he had +constantly bad dreams. Merely to assure himself that his pluck was not +failing him he made it a practice to visit the quicksand at least once +every day; he hardly ever failed to go there the last thing at night. It +was perhaps this habit that wrought the quicksand with its terrible +experience so perpetually into his dreams. More and more vivid these +became, till on waking at times he could hardly realise that he had not +been actually in the flesh to visit the fatal spot. He sometimes thought +that he might have been walking in his sleep.</p> + +<p>One night his dream was so vivid that when he awoke he could not believe +that it had only been a dream. He shut his eyes again and again, but +each time the vision, if it was a vision, or the reality, if it was a +reality, would rise before him. The moon was shining full and yellow +over the quicksand as he approached it; he could see the expanse of +light shaken and disturbed and full of black shadows as the liquid sand +quivered and trembled and wrinkled and eddied as was its wont between +its pauses of marble calm. As he drew close to it another figure came +towards it from the opposite side with equal footsteps. He saw that it +was his own figure, his very self, and in silent terror, compelled by +what force he knew not, he advanced—charmed as the bird is by the +snake, mesmerised or hypnotised—to meet this other self. As he felt the +yielding sand closing over him he awoke in the agony of death, trembling +with fear, and, strange to say, with the silly man’s prophecy seeming to +sound in his ears: “‘Vanity of vanities! All is vanity!’ See thyself and +repent ere the quicksand swallow thee!”</p> + +<p>So convinced was he that this was no dream that he arose, early as it +was, and dressing himself without disturbing his wife took his way to +the shore. His heart fell when he came across a series of footsteps on +the sands, which he at once recognised as his own. There was the same +wide heel, the same square toe; he had no doubt now that he had actually +been there, and half horrified, and half in a state of dreamy stupor, he +followed the footsteps, and found them lost in the edge of the yielding +quicksand. This gave him a terrible shock, for there were no return +steps marked on the sand, and he felt that there was some dread mystery +which he could not penetrate, and the penetration of which would, he +feared, undo him.</p> + +<p>In this state of affairs he took two wrong courses. Firstly he kept his +trouble to himself, and, as none of his family had any clue to it, every +innocent word or expression which they used supplied fuel to the +consuming fire of his imagination. Secondly he began to read books +professing to bear upon the mysteries of dreaming and of mental +phenomena generally, with the result that every wild imagination of +every crank or half-crazy philosopher became a living germ of unrest in +the fertilising soil of his disordered brain. Thus negatively and +positively all things began to work to a common end. Not the least of +his disturbing causes was Saft Tammie, who had now become at certain +times of the day a fixture at his gate. After a while, being interested +in the previous state of this individual, he made inquiries regarding +his past with the following result.</p> + +<p>Saft Tammie was popularly believed to be the son of a laird in one of +the counties round the Firth of Forth. He had been partially educated +for the ministry, but for some cause which no one ever knew threw up his +prospects suddenly, and, going to Peterhead in its days of whaling +prosperity, had there taken service on a whaler. Here off and on he had +remained for some years, getting gradually more and more silent in his +habits, till finally his shipmates protested against so taciturn a mate, +and he had found service amongst the fishing smacks of the northern +fleet. He had worked for many years at the fishing with always the +reputation of being “a wee bit daft,” till at length he had gradually +settled down at Crooken, where the laird, doubtless knowing something of +his family history, had given him a job which practically made him a +pensioner. The minister who gave the information finished thus:—</p> + +<p>“It is a very strange thing, but the man seems to have some odd kind of +gift. Whether it be that ‘second sight’ which we Scotch people are so +prone to believe in, or some other occult form of knowledge, I know not, +but nothing of a disastrous tendency ever occurs in this place but the +men with whom he lives are able to quote after the event some saying of +his which certainly appears to have foretold it. He gets uneasy or +excited—wakes up, in fact—when death is in the air!”</p> + +<p>This did not in any way tend to lessen Mr. Markam’s concern, but on the +contrary seemed to impress the prophecy more deeply on his mind. Of all +the books which he had read on his new subject of study none interested +him so much as a German one <i>Die Döppleganger</i>, by Dr. Heinrich von +Aschenberg, formerly of Bonn. Here he learned for the first time of +cases where men had led a double existence—each nature being quite +apart from the other—the body being always a reality with one spirit, +and a simulacrum with the other. Needless to say that Mr. Markam +realised this theory as exactly suiting his own case. The glimpse which +he had of his own back the night of his escape from the quicksand—his +own footmarks disappearing into the quicksand with no return steps +visible—the prophecy of Saft Tammie about his meeting himself and +perishing in the quicksand—all lent aid to the conviction that he was +in his own person an instance of the döppleganger. Being then conscious +of a double life he took steps to prove its existence to his own +satisfaction. To this end on one night before going to bed he wrote his +name in chalk on the soles of his shoes. That night he dreamed of the +quicksand, and of his visiting it—dreamed so vividly that on walking in +the grey of the dawn he could not believe that he had not been there. +Arising, without disturbing his wife, he sought his shoes.</p> + +<p>The chalk signatures were undisturbed! He dressed himself and stole out +softly. This time the tide was in, so he crossed the dunes and struck +the shore on the further side of the quicksand. There, oh, horror of +horrors! he saw his own footprints dying into the abyss!</p> + +<p>He went home a desperately sad man. It seemed incredible that he, an +elderly commercial man, who had passed a long and uneventful life in the +pursuit of business in the midst of roaring, practical London, should +thus find himself enmeshed in mystery and horror, and that he should +discover that he had two existences. He could not speak of his trouble +even to his own wife, for well he knew that she would at once require +the fullest particulars of that other life—the one which she did not +know; and that she would at the start not only imagine but charge him +with all manner of infidelities on the head of it. And so his brooding +grew deeper and deeper still. One evening—the tide then going out and +the moon being at the full—he was sitting waiting for dinner when the +maid announced that Saft Tammie was making a disturbance outside because +he would not be let in to see him. He was very indignant, but did not +like the maid to think that he had any fear on the subject, and so told +her to bring him in. Tammie entered, walking more briskly than ever with +his head up and a look of vigorous decision in the eyes that were so +generally cast down. As soon as he entered he said:</p> + +<p>“I have come to see ye once again—once again; and there ye sit, still +just like a cockatoo on a pairch. Weel, mon, I forgie ye! Mind ye that, +I forgie ye!” And without a word more he turned and walked out of the +house, leaving the master in speechless indignation.</p> + +<p>After dinner he determined to pay another visit to the quicksand—he +would not allow even to himself that he was afraid to go. And so, about +nine o’clock, in full array, he marched to the beach, and passing over +the sands sat on the skirt of the nearer rock. The full moon was behind +him and its light lit up the bay so that its fringe of foam, the dark +outline of the headland, and the stakes of the salmon-nets were all +emphasised. In the brilliant yellow glow the lights in the windows of +Port Crooken and in those of the distant castle of the laird trembled +like stars through the sky. For a long time he sat and drank in the +beauty of the scene, and his soul seemed to feel a peace that it had not +known for many days. All the pettiness and annoyance and silly fears of +the past weeks seemed blotted out, and a new holy calm took the vacant +place. In this sweet and solemn mood he reviewed his late action calmly, +and felt ashamed of himself for his vanity and for the obstinacy which +had followed it. And then and there he made up his mind that the present +would be the last time he would wear the costume which had estranged him +from those whom he loved, and which had caused him so many hours and +days of chagrin, vexation, and pain.</p> + +<p>But almost as soon as he arrived at this conclusion another voice seemed +to speak within him and mockingly to ask him if he should ever get the +chance to wear the suit again—that it was too late—he had chosen his +course and must now abide the issue.</p> + +<p>“It is not too late,” came the quick answer of his better self; and full +of the thought, he rose up to go home and divest himself of the now +hateful costume right away. He paused for one look at the beautiful +scene. The light lay pale and mellow, softening every outline of rock +and tree and house-top, and deepening the shadows into velvety-black, +and lighting, as with a pale flame, the incoming tide, that now crept +fringe-like across the flat waste of sand. Then he left the rock and +stepped out for the shore.</p> + +<p>But as he did so a frightful spasm of horror shook him, and for an +instant the blood rushing to his head shut out all the light of the full +moon. Once more he saw that fatal image of himself moving beyond the +quicksand from the opposite rock to the shore. The shock was all the +greater for the contrast with the spell of peace which he had just +enjoyed; and, almost paralysed in every sense, he stood and watched the +fatal vision and the wrinkly, crawling quicksand that seemed to writhe +and yearn for something that lay between. There could be no mistake this +time, for though the moon behind threw the face into shadow he could see +there the same shaven cheeks as his own, and the small stubby moustache +of a few weeks’ growth. The light shone on the brilliant tartan, and on +the eagle’s plume. Even the bald space at one side of the Glengarry cap +glistened, as did the cairngorm brooch on the shoulder and the tops of +the silver buttons. As he looked he felt his feet slightly sinking, for +he was still near the edge of the belt of quicksand, and he stepped +back. As he did so the other figure stepped forward, so that the space +between them was preserved.</p> + +<p>So the two stood facing each other, as though in some weird fascination; +and in the rushing of the blood through his brain Markam seemed to hear +the words of the prophecy: “See thyself face to face, and repent ere the +quicksand swallow thee.” He did stand face to face with himself, he had +repented—and now he was sinking in the quicksand! The warning and +prophecy were coming true.</p> + +<p>Above him the seagulls screamed, circling round the fringe of the +incoming tide, and the sound being entirely mortal recalled him to +himself. On the instant he stepped back a few quick steps, for as yet +only his feet were merged in the soft sand. As he did so the other +figure stepped forward, and coming within the deadly grip of the +quicksand began to sink. It seemed to Markam that he was looking at +himself going down to his doom, and on the instant the anguish of his +soul found vent in a terrible cry. There was at the same instant a +terrible cry from the other figure, and as Markam threw up his hands the +figure did the same. With horror-struck eyes he saw him sink deeper into +the quicksand; and then, impelled by what power he knew not, he advanced +again towards the sand to meet his fate. But as his more forward foot +began to sink he heard again the cries of the seagulls which seemed to +restore his benumbed faculties. With a mighty effort he drew his foot +out of the sand which seemed to clutch it, leaving his shoe behind, and +then in sheer terror he turned and ran from the place, never stopping +till his breath and strength failed him, and he sank half swooning on +the grassy path through the sandhills.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p>Arthur Markam made up his mind not to tell his family of his terrible +adventure—until at least such time as he should be complete master of +himself. Now that the fatal double—his other self—had been engulfed in +the quicksand he felt something like his old peace of mind.</p> + +<p>That night he slept soundly and did not dream at all; and in the morning +was quite his old self. It really seemed as though his newer and worser +self had disappeared for ever; and strangely enough Saft Tammie was +absent from his post that morning and never appeared there again, but +sat in his old place watching nothing, as of old, with lack-lustre eye. +In accordance with his resolution he did not wear his Highland suit +again, but one evening tied it up in a bundle, claymore, dirk and +philibeg and all, and bringing it secretly with him threw it into the +quicksand. With a feeling of intense pleasure he saw it sucked below the +sand, which closed above it into marble smoothness. Then he went home +and announced cheerily to his family assembled for evening prayers:</p> + +<p>“Well! my dears, you will be glad to hear that I have abandoned my idea +of wearing the Highland dress. I see now what a vain old fool I was and +how ridiculous I made myself! You shall never see it again!”</p> + +<p>“Where is it, father?” asked one of the girls, wishing to say something +so that such a self-sacrificing announcement as her father’s should not +be passed in absolute silence. His answer was so sweetly given that the +girl rose from her seat and came and kissed him. It was:</p> + +<p>“In the quicksand, my dear! and I hope that my worser self is buried +there along with it—for ever.”</p> + +<hr /> + +<p>The remainder of the summer was passed at Crooken with delight by all +the family, and on his return to town Mr. Markam had almost forgotten +the whole of the incident of the quicksand, and all touching on it, when +one day he got a letter from the MacCallum More which caused him much +thought, though he said nothing of it to his family, and left it, for +certain reasons, unanswered. It ran as follows:—</p> + +<blockquote> +<p><span style="margin-left: 1em;">“The MacCallum More and Roderick MacDhu.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">“The Scotch All-Wool Tartan Clothing Mart.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 6em;">Copthall Court, E.C.,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 8em;">30th September, 1892.</span><br /></p> + +<p>“Dear Sir,—I trust you will pardon the liberty which I take in writing +to you, but I am desirous of making an inquiry, and I am informed that +you have been sojourning during the summer in Aberdeenshire (Scotland, +N.B.). My partner, Mr. Roderick MacDhu—as he appears for business +reasons on our bill-heads and in our advertisements, his real name being +Emmanuel Moses Marks of London—went early last month to Scotland (N.B.) +for a tour, but as I have only once heard from him, shortly after his +departure, I am anxious lest any misfortune may have befallen him. As I +have been unable to obtain any news of him on making all inquiries in my +power, I venture to appeal to you. His letter was written in deep +dejection of spirit, and mentioned that he feared a judgment had come +upon him for wishing to appear as a Scotchman on Scottish soil, as he +had one moonlight night shortly after his arrival seen his “wraith”. He +evidently alluded to the fact that before his departure he had procured +for himself a Highland costume similar to that which we had the honour +to supply to you, with which, as perhaps you will remember, he was much +struck. He may, however, never have worn it, as he was, to my own +knowledge, diffident about putting it on, and even went so far as to +tell me that he would at first only venture to wear it late at night or +very early in the morning, and then only in remote places, until such +time as he should get accustomed to it. Unfortunately he did not advise +me of his route so that I am in complete ignorance of his whereabouts; +and I venture to ask if you may have seen or heard of a Highland costume +similar to your own having been seen anywhere in the neighbourhood in +which I am told you have recently purchased the estate which you +temporarily occupied. I shall not expect an answer to this letter unless +you can give me some information regarding my friend and partner, so +pray do not trouble to reply unless there be cause. I am encouraged to +think that he may have been in your neighbourhood as, though his letter +is not dated, the envelope is marked with the postmark of ‘Yellon’ which +I find is in Aberdeenshire, and not far from the Mains of Crooken.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">“I have the honour to be, dear sir,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">“Yours very respectfully,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 6em; font-variant: small-caps;">“Joshua Sheeny Cohen Benjamin</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 8em;">“(The MacCallum More.)”</span><br /> +</p> +</blockquote> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Dracula's Guest, by Bram Stoker + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DRACULA'S GUEST *** + +***** This file should be named 10150-h.htm or 10150-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/1/0/1/5/10150/ + +E-text prepared by Bill Keir, Susan Woodring, +and the Project Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team +and revised by Jeannie Howse + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will +be renamed. + +Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright +law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, +so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United +States without permission and without paying copyright +royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part +of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, +and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive +specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this +eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook +for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, +performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given +away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks +not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the +trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. + +START: FULL LICENSE + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full +Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at +www.gutenberg.org/license. + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or +destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your +possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a +Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound +by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the +person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph +1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this +agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the +Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection +of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual +works in the collection are in the public domain in the United +States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the +United States and you are located in the United States, we do not +claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, +displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as +all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope +that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting +free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm +works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the +Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily +comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the +same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when +you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are +in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, +check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this +agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, +distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any +other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no +representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any +country outside the United States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other +immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear +prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work +on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, +performed, viewed, copied or distributed: + + This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and + most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no + restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it + under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this + eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the + United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you + are located before using this ebook. + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is +derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not +contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the +copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in +the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are +redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply +either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or +obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm +trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any +additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms +will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works +posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the +beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including +any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access +to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format +other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official +version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site +(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense +to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means +of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain +Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the +full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +provided that + +* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed + to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has + agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid + within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are + legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty + payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in + Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg + Literary Archive Foundation." + +* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all + copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue + all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm + works. + +* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of + any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of + receipt of the work. + +* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than +are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing +from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The +Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm +trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project +Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may +contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate +or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or +other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or +cannot be read by your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium +with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you +with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in +lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person +or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second +opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If +the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing +without further opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO +OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of +damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement +violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the +agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or +limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or +unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the +remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in +accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the +production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, +including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of +the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this +or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or +additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any +Defect you cause. + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of +computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It +exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations +from people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future +generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see +Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at +www.gutenberg.org + + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by +U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the +mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its +volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous +locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt +Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to +date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and +official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND +DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular +state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To +donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project +Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be +freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and +distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of +volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in +the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not +necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper +edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search +facility: www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + + +</pre> + +</body> + +</html> + + diff --git a/old/old/10150-8.txt b/old/old/10150-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..72482b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/old/10150-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6085 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook, Dracula's Guest, by Bram Stoker + + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + + + + +Title: Dracula's Guest + + +Author: Bram Stoker + + + +Release Date: November 20, 2003 [eBook #10150] +This revision released November 7, 2006. +Most recently updated: November 10, 2014 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + + +***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DRACULA'S GUEST*** + + +E-text prepared by Bill Keir, Susan Woodring, and the Project Gutenberg +Online Distributed Proofreading Team and revised by Jeannie Howse + + + + +------------------------------------------------------+ + | Transcriber's Note: | + | | + | Inconsistent hyphenation and unusual spelling in the | + | original document have been preserved. | + | | + +------------------------------------------------------+ + + + + + +DRACULA'S GUEST + +by + +BRAM STOKER + +First published 1914 + + + + + + + +To + +MY SON + + + + +CONTENTS + + + Dracula's Guest 9 + The Judge's House 26 + The Squaw 50 + The Secret of the Growing Gold 67 + The Gipsy Prophecy 84 + The Coming of Abel Behenna 96 + The Burial of the Rats 120 + A Dream of Red Hands 152 + Crooken Sands 165 + + + + +PREFACE + + +A few months before the lamented death of my husband--I might say even +as the shadow of death was over him--he planned three series of short +stories for publication, and the present volume is one of them. To his +original list of stories in this book, I have added an hitherto +unpublished episode from _Dracula_. It was originally excised owing to +the length of the book, and may prove of interest to the many readers +of what is considered my husband's most remarkable work. The other +stories have already been published in English and American +periodicals. Had my husband lived longer, he might have seen fit to +revise this work, which is mainly from the earlier years of his +strenuous life. But, as fate has entrusted to me the issuing of it, I +consider it fitting and proper to let it go forth practically as it +was left by him. + + FLORENCE BRAM STOKER + + + + +Dracula's Guest + + +When we started for our drive the sun was shining brightly on Munich, +and the air was full of the joyousness of early summer. Just as we +were about to depart, Herr Delbrck (the matre d'htel of the Quatre +Saisons, where I was staying) came down, bareheaded, to the carriage +and, after wishing me a pleasant drive, said to the coachman, still +holding his hand on the handle of the carriage door: + +'Remember you are back by nightfall. The sky looks bright but there is +a shiver in the north wind that says there may be a sudden storm. But +I am sure you will not be late.' Here he smiled, and added, 'for you +know what night it is.' + +Johann answered with an emphatic, 'Ja, mein Herr,' and, touching his +hat, drove off quickly. When we had cleared the town, I said, after +signalling to him to stop: + +'Tell me, Johann, what is tonight?' + +He crossed himself, as he answered laconically: 'Walpurgis nacht.' +Then he took out his watch, a great, old-fashioned German silver thing +as big as a turnip, and looked at it, with his eyebrows gathered +together and a little impatient shrug of his shoulders. I realised +that this was his way of respectfully protesting against the +unnecessary delay, and sank back in the carriage, merely motioning +him to proceed. He started off rapidly, as if to make up for lost +time. Every now and then the horses seemed to throw up their heads and +sniffed the air suspiciously. On such occasions I often looked round +in alarm. The road was pretty bleak, for we were traversing a sort of +high, wind-swept plateau. As we drove, I saw a road that looked but +little used, and which seemed to dip through a little, winding valley. +It looked so inviting that, even at the risk of offending him, I +called Johann to stop--and when he had pulled up, I told him I would +like to drive down that road. He made all sorts of excuses, and +frequently crossed himself as he spoke. This somewhat piqued my +curiosity, so I asked him various questions. He answered fencingly, +and repeatedly looked at his watch in protest. Finally I said: + +'Well, Johann, I want to go down this road. I shall not ask you to +come unless you like; but tell me why you do not like to go, that is +all I ask.' For answer he seemed to throw himself off the box, so +quickly did he reach the ground. Then he stretched out his hands +appealingly to me, and implored me not to go. There was just enough of +English mixed with the German for me to understand the drift of his +talk. He seemed always just about to tell me something--the very idea +of which evidently frightened him; but each time he pulled himself up, +saying, as he crossed himself: 'Walpurgis-Nacht!' + +I tried to argue with him, but it was difficult to argue with a man +when I did not know his language. The advantage certainly rested with +him, for although he began to speak in English, of a very crude and +broken kind, he always got excited and broke into his native +tongue--and every time he did so, he looked at his watch. Then the +horses became restless and sniffed the air. At this he grew very pale, +and, looking around in a frightened way, he suddenly jumped forward, +took them by the bridles and led them on some twenty feet. I followed, +and asked why he had done this. For answer he crossed himself, pointed +to the spot we had left and drew his carriage in the direction of the +other road, indicating a cross, and said, first in German, then in +English: 'Buried him--him what killed themselves.' + +I remembered the old custom of burying suicides at cross-roads: 'Ah! I +see, a suicide. How interesting!' But for the life of me I could not +make out why the horses were frightened. + +Whilst we were talking, we heard a sort of sound between a yelp and a +bark. It was far away; but the horses got very restless, and it took +Johann all his time to quiet them. He was pale, and said, 'It sounds +like a wolf--but yet there are no wolves here now.' + +'No?' I said, questioning him; 'isn't it long since the wolves were so +near the city?' + +'Long, long,' he answered, 'in the spring and summer; but with the +snow the wolves have been here not so long.' + +Whilst he was petting the horses and trying to quiet them, dark clouds +drifted rapidly across the sky. The sunshine passed away, and a breath +of cold wind seemed to drift past us. It was only a breath, however, +and more in the nature of a warning than a fact, for the sun came out +brightly again. Johann looked under his lifted hand at the horizon and +said: + +'The storm of snow, he comes before long time.' Then he looked at his +watch again, and, straightway holding his reins firmly--for the horses +were still pawing the ground restlessly and shaking their heads--he +climbed to his box as though the time had come for proceeding on our +journey. + +I felt a little obstinate and did not at once get into the carriage. + +'Tell me,' I said, 'about this place where the road leads,' and I +pointed down. + +Again he crossed himself and mumbled a prayer, before he answered, 'It +is unholy.' + +'What is unholy?' I enquired. + +'The village.' + +'Then there is a village?' + +'No, no. No one lives there hundreds of years.' My curiosity was +piqued, 'But you said there was a village.' + +'There was.' + +'Where is it now?' + +Whereupon he burst out into a long story in German and English, so +mixed up that I could not quite understand exactly what he said, but +roughly I gathered that long ago, hundreds of years, men had died +there and been buried in their graves; and sounds were heard under the +clay, and when the graves were opened, men and women were found rosy +with life, and their mouths red with blood. And so, in haste to save +their lives (aye, and their souls!--and here he crossed himself) those +who were left fled away to other places, where the living lived, and +the dead were dead and not--not something. He was evidently afraid to +speak the last words. As he proceeded with his narration, he grew more +and more excited. It seemed as if his imagination had got hold of him, +and he ended in a perfect paroxysm of fear--white-faced, perspiring, +trembling and looking round him, as if expecting that some dreadful +presence would manifest itself there in the bright sunshine on the +open plain. Finally, in an agony of desperation, he cried: + +'Walpurgis nacht!' and pointed to the carriage for me to get in. All +my English blood rose at this, and, standing back, I said: + +'You are afraid, Johann--you are afraid. Go home; I shall return +alone; the walk will do me good.' The carriage door was open. I took +from the seat my oak walking-stick--which I always carry on my holiday +excursions--and closed the door, pointing back to Munich, and said, +'Go home, Johann--Walpurgis-nacht doesn't concern Englishmen.' + +The horses were now more restive than ever, and Johann was trying to +hold them in, while excitedly imploring me not to do anything so +foolish. I pitied the poor fellow, he was deeply in earnest; but all +the same I could not help laughing. His English was quite gone now. In +his anxiety he had forgotten that his only means of making me +understand was to talk my language, so he jabbered away in his native +German. It began to be a little tedious. After giving the direction, +'Home!' I turned to go down the cross-road into the valley. + +With a despairing gesture, Johann turned his horses towards Munich. I +leaned on my stick and looked after him. He went slowly along the road +for a while: then there came over the crest of the hill a man tall and +thin. I could see so much in the distance. When he drew near the +horses, they began to jump and kick about, then to scream with terror. +Johann could not hold them in; they bolted down the road, running away +madly. I watched them out of sight, then looked for the stranger, but +I found that he, too, was gone. + +With a light heart I turned down the side road through the deepening +valley to which Johann had objected. There was not the slightest +reason, that I could see, for his objection; and I daresay I tramped +for a couple of hours without thinking of time or distance, and +certainly without seeing a person or a house. So far as the place was +concerned, it was desolation itself. But I did not notice this +particularly till, on turning a bend in the road, I came upon a +scattered fringe of wood; then I recognised that I had been impressed +unconsciously by the desolation of the region through which I had +passed. + +I sat down to rest myself, and began to look around. It struck me that +it was considerably colder than it had been at the commencement of my +walk--a sort of sighing sound seemed to be around me, with, now and +then, high overhead, a sort of muffled roar. Looking upwards I noticed +that great thick clouds were drifting rapidly across the sky from +North to South at a great height. There were signs of coming storm in +some lofty stratum of the air. I was a little chilly, and, thinking +that it was the sitting still after the exercise of walking, I resumed +my journey. + +The ground I passed over was now much more picturesque. There were no +striking objects that the eye might single out; but in all there was a +charm of beauty. I took little heed of time and it was only when the +deepening twilight forced itself upon me that I began to think of how +I should find my way home. The brightness of the day had gone. The air +was cold, and the drifting of clouds high overhead was more marked. +They were accompanied by a sort of far-away rushing sound, through +which seemed to come at intervals that mysterious cry which the driver +had said came from a wolf. For a while I hesitated. I had said I would +see the deserted village, so on I went, and presently came on a wide +stretch of open country, shut in by hills all around. Their sides were +covered with trees which spread down to the plain, dotting, in clumps, +the gentler slopes and hollows which showed here and there. I followed +with my eye the winding of the road, and saw that it curved close to +one of the densest of these clumps and was lost behind it. + +As I looked there came a cold shiver in the air, and the snow began to +fall. I thought of the miles and miles of bleak country I had passed, +and then hurried on to seek the shelter of the wood in front. Darker +and darker grew the sky, and faster and heavier fell the snow, till +the earth before and around me was a glistening white carpet the +further edge of which was lost in misty vagueness. The road was here +but crude, and when on the level its boundaries were not so marked, as +when it passed through the cuttings; and in a little while I found +that I must have strayed from it, for I missed underfoot the hard +surface, and my feet sank deeper in the grass and moss. Then the wind +grew stronger and blew with ever increasing force, till I was fain to +run before it. The air became icy-cold, and in spite of my exercise I +began to suffer. The snow was now falling so thickly and whirling +around me in such rapid eddies that I could hardly keep my eyes open. +Every now and then the heavens were torn asunder by vivid lightning, +and in the flashes I could see ahead of me a great mass of trees, +chiefly yew and cypress all heavily coated with snow. + +I was soon amongst the shelter of the trees, and there, in comparative +silence, I could hear the rush of the wind high overhead. Presently +the blackness of the storm had become merged in the darkness of the +night. By-and-by the storm seemed to be passing away: it now only came +in fierce puffs or blasts. At such moments the weird sound of the +wolf appeared to be echoed by many similar sounds around me. + +Now and again, through the black mass of drifting cloud, came a +straggling ray of moonlight, which lit up the expanse, and showed me +that I was at the edge of a dense mass of cypress and yew trees. As +the snow had ceased to fall, I walked out from the shelter and began +to investigate more closely. It appeared to me that, amongst so many +old foundations as I had passed, there might be still standing a house +in which, though in ruins, I could find some sort of shelter for a +while. As I skirted the edge of the copse, I found that a low wall +encircled it, and following this I presently found an opening. Here +the cypresses formed an alley leading up to a square mass of some kind +of building. Just as I caught sight of this, however, the drifting +clouds obscured the moon, and I passed up the path in darkness. The +wind must have grown colder, for I felt myself shiver as I walked; but +there was hope of shelter, and I groped my way blindly on. + +I stopped, for there was a sudden stillness. The storm had passed; +and, perhaps in sympathy with nature's silence, my heart seemed to +cease to beat. But this was only momentarily; for suddenly the +moonlight broke through the clouds, showing me that I was in a +graveyard, and that the square object before me was a great massive +tomb of marble, as white as the snow that lay on and all around it. +With the moonlight there came a fierce sigh of the storm, which +appeared to resume its course with a long, low howl, as of many dogs +or wolves. I was awed and shocked, and felt the cold perceptibly grow +upon me till it seemed to grip me by the heart. Then while the flood +of moonlight still fell on the marble tomb, the storm gave further +evidence of renewing, as though it was returning on its track. +Impelled by some sort of fascination, I approached the sepulchre to +see what it was, and why such a thing stood alone in such a place. I +walked around it, and read, over the Doric door, in German: + + COUNTESS DOLINGEN OF GRATZ + IN STYRIA + SOUGHT AND FOUND DEATH + 1801 + +On the top of the tomb, seemingly driven through the solid marble--for +the structure was composed of a few vast blocks of stone--was a great +iron spike or stake. On going to the back I saw, graven in great +Russian letters: + + 'The dead travel fast.' + +There was something so weird and uncanny about the whole thing that it +gave me a turn and made me feel quite faint. I began to wish, for the +first time, that I had taken Johann's advice. Here a thought struck +me, which came under almost mysterious circumstances and with a +terrible shock. This was Walpurgis Night! + +Walpurgis Night, when, according to the belief of millions of people, +the devil was abroad--when the graves were opened and the dead came +forth and walked. When all evil things of earth and air and water held +revel. This very place the driver had specially shunned. This was the +depopulated village of centuries ago. This was where the suicide lay; +and this was the place where I was alone--unmanned, shivering with +cold in a shroud of snow with a wild storm gathering again upon me! It +took all my philosophy, all the religion I had been taught, all my +courage, not to collapse in a paroxysm of fright. + +And now a perfect tornado burst upon me. The ground shook as though +thousands of horses thundered across it; and this time the storm bore +on its icy wings, not snow, but great hailstones which drove with such +violence that they might have come from the thongs of Balearic +slingers--hailstones that beat down leaf and branch and made the +shelter of the cypresses of no more avail than though their stems were +standing-corn. At the first I had rushed to the nearest tree; but I +was soon fain to leave it and seek the only spot that seemed to afford +refuge, the deep Doric doorway of the marble tomb. There, crouching +against the massive bronze door, I gained a certain amount of +protection from the beating of the hailstones, for now they only drove +against me as they ricocheted from the ground and the side of the +marble. + +As I leaned against the door, it moved slightly and opened inwards. +The shelter of even a tomb was welcome in that pitiless tempest, and I +was about to enter it when there came a flash of forked-lightning that +lit up the whole expanse of the heavens. In the instant, as I am a +living man, I saw, as my eyes were turned into the darkness of the +tomb, a beautiful woman, with rounded cheeks and red lips, seemingly +sleeping on a bier. As the thunder broke overhead, I was grasped as by +the hand of a giant and hurled out into the storm. The whole thing was +so sudden that, before I could realise the shock, moral as well as +physical, I found the hailstones beating me down. At the same time I +had a strange, dominating feeling that I was not alone. I looked +towards the tomb. Just then there came another blinding flash, which +seemed to strike the iron stake that surmounted the tomb and to pour +through to the earth, blasting and crumbling the marble, as in a burst +of flame. The dead woman rose for a moment of agony, while she was +lapped in the flame, and her bitter scream of pain was drowned in the +thundercrash. The last thing I heard was this mingling of dreadful +sound, as again I was seized in the giant-grasp and dragged away, +while the hailstones beat on me, and the air around seemed reverberant +with the howling of wolves. The last sight that I remembered was a +vague, white, moving mass, as if all the graves around me had sent out +the phantoms of their sheeted-dead, and that they were closing in on +me through the white cloudiness of the driving hail. + + * * * * * + +Gradually there came a sort of vague beginning of consciousness; then +a sense of weariness that was dreadful. For a time I remembered +nothing; but slowly my senses returned. My feet seemed positively +racked with pain, yet I could not move them. They seemed to be numbed. +There was an icy feeling at the back of my neck and all down my spine, +and my ears, like my feet, were dead, yet in torment; but there was in +my breast a sense of warmth which was, by comparison, delicious. It +was as a nightmare--a physical nightmare, if one may use such an +expression; for some heavy weight on my chest made it difficult for me +to breathe. + +This period of semi-lethargy seemed to remain a long time, and as it +faded away I must have slept or swooned. Then came a sort of loathing, +like the first stage of sea-sickness, and a wild desire to be free +from something--I knew not what. A vast stillness enveloped me, as +though all the world were asleep or dead--only broken by the low +panting as of some animal close to me. I felt a warm rasping at my +throat, then came a consciousness of the awful truth, which chilled me +to the heart and sent the blood surging up through my brain. Some +great animal was lying on me and now licking my throat. I feared to +stir, for some instinct of prudence bade me lie still; but the brute +seemed to realise that there was now some change in me, for it raised +its head. Through my eyelashes I saw above me the two great flaming +eyes of a gigantic wolf. Its sharp white teeth gleamed in the gaping +red mouth, and I could feel its hot breath fierce and acrid upon me. + +For another spell of time I remembered no more. Then I became +conscious of a low growl, followed by a yelp, renewed again and again. +Then, seemingly very far away, I heard a 'Holloa! holloa!' as of many +voices calling in unison. Cautiously I raised my head and looked in +the direction whence the sound came; but the cemetery blocked my view. +The wolf still continued to yelp in a strange way, and a red glare +began to move round the grove of cypresses, as though following the +sound. As the voices drew closer, the wolf yelped faster and louder. I +feared to make either sound or motion. Nearer came the red glow, over +the white pall which stretched into the darkness around me. Then all +at once from beyond the trees there came at a trot a troop of horsemen +bearing torches. The wolf rose from my breast and made for the +cemetery. I saw one of the horsemen (soldiers by their caps and their +long military cloaks) raise his carbine and take aim. A companion +knocked up his arm, and I heard the ball whizz over my head. He had +evidently taken my body for that of the wolf. Another sighted the +animal as it slunk away, and a shot followed. Then, at a gallop, the +troop rode forward--some towards me, others following the wolf as it +disappeared amongst the snow-clad cypresses. + +As they drew nearer I tried to move, but was powerless, although I +could see and hear all that went on around me. Two or three of the +soldiers jumped from their horses and knelt beside me. One of them +raised my head, and placed his hand over my heart. + +'Good news, comrades!' he cried. 'His heart still beats!' + +Then some brandy was poured down my throat; it put vigour into me, and +I was able to open my eyes fully and look around. Lights and shadows +were moving among the trees, and I heard men call to one another. They +drew together, uttering frightened exclamations; and the lights +flashed as the others came pouring out of the cemetery pell-mell, like +men possessed. When the further ones came close to us, those who were +around me asked them eagerly: + +'Well, have you found him?' + +The reply rang out hurriedly: + +'No! no! Come away quick--quick! This is no place to stay, and on this +of all nights!' + +'What was it?' was the question, asked in all manner of keys. The +answer came variously and all indefinitely as though the men were +moved by some common impulse to speak, yet were restrained by some +common fear from giving their thoughts. + +'It--it--indeed!' gibbered one, whose wits had plainly given out for +the moment. + +'A wolf--and yet not a wolf!' another put in shudderingly. + +'No use trying for him without the sacred bullet,' a third remarked in +a more ordinary manner. + +'Serve us right for coming out on this night! Truly we have earned +our thousand marks!' were the ejaculations of a fourth. + +'There was blood on the broken marble,' another said after a +pause--'the lightning never brought that there. And for him--is he +safe? Look at his throat! See, comrades, the wolf has been lying on +him and keeping his blood warm.' + +The officer looked at my throat and replied: + +'He is all right; the skin is not pierced. What does it all mean? We +should never have found him but for the yelping of the wolf.' + +'What became of it?' asked the man who was holding up my head, and who +seemed the least panic-stricken of the party, for his hands were +steady and without tremor. On his sleeve was the chevron of a petty +officer. + +'It went to its home,' answered the man, whose long face was pallid, +and who actually shook with terror as he glanced around him fearfully. +'There are graves enough there in which it may lie. Come, +comrades--come quickly! Let us leave this cursed spot.' + +The officer raised me to a sitting posture, as he uttered a word of +command; then several men placed me upon a horse. He sprang to the +saddle behind me, took me in his arms, gave the word to advance; and, +turning our faces away from the cypresses, we rode away in swift, +military order. + +As yet my tongue refused its office, and I was perforce silent. I must +have fallen asleep; for the next thing I remembered was finding myself +standing up, supported by a soldier on each side of me. It was almost +broad daylight, and to the north a red streak of sunlight was +reflected, like a path of blood, over the waste of snow. The officer +was telling the men to say nothing of what they had seen, except that +they found an English stranger, guarded by a large dog. + +'Dog! that was no dog,' cut in the man who had exhibited such fear. 'I +think I know a wolf when I see one.' + +The young officer answered calmly: 'I said a dog.' + +'Dog!' reiterated the other ironically. It was evident that his +courage was rising with the sun; and, pointing to me, he said, 'Look +at his throat. Is that the work of a dog, master?' + +Instinctively I raised my hand to my throat, and as I touched it I +cried out in pain. The men crowded round to look, some stooping down +from their saddles; and again there came the calm voice of the young +officer: + +'A dog, as I said. If aught else were said we should only be laughed +at.' + +I was then mounted behind a trooper, and we rode on into the suburbs +of Munich. Here we came across a stray carriage, into which I was +lifted, and it was driven off to the Quatre Saisons--the young officer +accompanying me, whilst a trooper followed with his horse, and the +others rode off to their barracks. + +When we arrived, Herr Delbrck rushed so quickly down the steps to +meet me, that it was apparent he had been watching within. Taking me +by both hands he solicitously led me in. The officer saluted me and +was turning to withdraw, when I recognised his purpose, and insisted +that he should come to my rooms. Over a glass of wine I warmly thanked +him and his brave comrades for saving me. He replied simply that he +was more than glad, and that Herr Delbrck had at the first taken +steps to make all the searching party pleased; at which ambiguous +utterance the matre d'htel smiled, while the officer pleaded duty +and withdrew. + +'But Herr Delbrck,' I enquired, 'how and why was it that the soldiers +searched for me?' + +He shrugged his shoulders, as if in depreciation of his own deed, as +he replied: + +'I was so fortunate as to obtain leave from the commander of the +regiment in which I served, to ask for volunteers.' + +'But how did you know I was lost?' I asked. + +'The driver came hither with the remains of his carriage, which had +been upset when the horses ran away.' + +'But surely you would not send a search-party of soldiers merely on +this account?' + +'Oh, no!' he answered; 'but even before the coachman arrived, I had +this telegram from the Boyar whose guest you are,' and he took from +his pocket a telegram which he handed to me, and I read: + + + _Bistritz_. + + Be careful of my guest--his safety is most precious to me. + Should aught happen to him, or if he be missed, spare nothing + to find him and ensure his safety. He is English and therefore + adventurous. There are often dangers from snow and wolves and + night. Lose not a moment if you suspect harm to him. I answer + your zeal with my fortune.--_Dracula_. + +As I held the telegram in my hand, the room seemed to whirl around me; +and, if the attentive matre d'htel had not caught me, I think I +should have fallen. There was something so strange in all this, +something so weird and impossible to imagine, that there grew on me a +sense of my being in some way the sport of opposite forces--the mere +vague idea of which seemed in a way to paralyse me. I was certainly +under some form of mysterious protection. From a distant country had +come, in the very nick of time, a message that took me out of the +danger of the snow-sleep and the jaws of the wolf. + + + + +The Judge's House + + +When the time for his examination drew near Malcolm Malcolmson made up +his mind to go somewhere to read by himself. He feared the attractions +of the seaside, and also he feared completely rural isolation, for of +old he knew it charms, and so he determined to find some unpretentious +little town where there would be nothing to distract him. He refrained +from asking suggestions from any of his friends, for he argued that +each would recommend some place of which he had knowledge, and where +he had already acquaintances. As Malcolmson wished to avoid friends he +had no wish to encumber himself with the attention of friends' +friends, and so he determined to look out for a place for himself. He +packed a portmanteau with some clothes and all the books he required, +and then took ticket for the first name on the local time-table which +he did not know. + +When at the end of three hours' journey he alighted at Benchurch, he +felt satisfied that he had so far obliterated his tracks as to be sure +of having a peaceful opportunity of pursuing his studies. He went +straight to the one inn which the sleepy little place contained, and +put up for the night. Benchurch was a market town, and once in three +weeks was crowded to excess, but for the remainder of the twenty-one +days it was as attractive as a desert. Malcolmson looked around the +day after his arrival to try to find quarters more isolated than even +so quiet an inn as 'The Good Traveller' afforded. There was only one +place which took his fancy, and it certainly satisfied his wildest +ideas regarding quiet; in fact, quiet was not the proper word to apply +to it--desolation was the only term conveying any suitable idea of its +isolation. It was an old rambling, heavy-built house of the Jacobean +style, with heavy gables and windows, unusually small, and set higher +than was customary in such houses, and was surrounded with a high +brick wall massively built. Indeed, on examination, it looked more +like a fortified house than an ordinary dwelling. But all these things +pleased Malcolmson. 'Here,' he thought, 'is the very spot I have been +looking for, and if I can get opportunity of using it I shall be +happy.' His joy was increased when he realised beyond doubt that it +was not at present inhabited. + +From the post-office he got the name of the agent, who was rarely +surprised at the application to rent a part of the old house. Mr. +Carnford, the local lawyer and agent, was a genial old gentleman, and +frankly confessed his delight at anyone being willing to live in the +house. + +'To tell you the truth,' said he, 'I should be only too happy, on +behalf of the owners, to let anyone have the house rent free for a +term of years if only to accustom the people here to see it inhabited. +It has been so long empty that some kind of absurd prejudice has grown +up about it, and this can be best put down by its occupation--if +only,' he added with a sly glance at Malcolmson, 'by a scholar like +yourself, who wants its quiet for a time.' + +Malcolmson thought it needless to ask the agent about the 'absurd +prejudice'; he knew he would get more information, if he should +require it, on that subject from other quarters. He paid his three +months' rent, got a receipt, and the name of an old woman who would +probably undertake to 'do' for him, and came away with the keys in his +pocket. He then went to the landlady of the inn, who was a cheerful +and most kindly person, and asked her advice as to such stores and +provisions as he would be likely to require. She threw up her hands in +amazement when he told her where he was going to settle himself. + +'Not in the Judge's House!' she said, and grew pale as she spoke. He +explained the locality of the house, saying that he did not know its +name. When he had finished she answered: + +'Aye, sure enough--sure enough the very place! It is the Judge's House +sure enough.' He asked her to tell him about the place, why so called, +and what there was against it. She told him that it was so called +locally because it had been many years before--how long she could not +say, as she was herself from another part of the country, but she +thought it must have been a hundred years or more--the abode of a +judge who was held in great terror on account of his harsh sentences +and his hostility to prisoners at Assizes. As to what there was +against the house itself she could not tell. She had often asked, but +no one could inform her; but there was a general feeling that there +was _something_, and for her own part she would not take all the money +in Drinkwater's Bank and stay in the house an hour by herself. Then +she apologised to Malcolmson for her disturbing talk. + +'It is too bad of me, sir, and you--and a young gentlemen, too--if you +will pardon me saying it, going to live there all alone. If you were +my boy--and you'll excuse me for saying it--you wouldn't sleep there a +night, not if I had to go there myself and pull the big alarm bell +that's on the roof!' The good creature was so manifestly in earnest, +and was so kindly in her intentions, that Malcolmson, although amused, +was touched. He told her kindly how much he appreciated her interest +in him, and added: + +'But, my dear Mrs. Witham, indeed you need not be concerned about me! +A man who is reading for the Mathematical Tripos has too much to think +of to be disturbed by any of these mysterious "somethings", and his +work is of too exact and prosaic a kind to allow of his having any +corner in his mind for mysteries of any kind. Harmonical Progression, +Permutations and Combinations, and Elliptic Functions have sufficient +mysteries for me!' Mrs. Witham kindly undertook to see after his +commissions, and he went himself to look for the old woman who had +been recommended to him. When he returned to the Judge's House with +her, after an interval of a couple of hours, he found Mrs. Witham +herself waiting with several men and boys carrying parcels, and an +upholsterer's man with a bed in a car, for she said, though tables and +chairs might be all very well, a bed that hadn't been aired for mayhap +fifty years was not proper for young bones to lie on. She was +evidently curious to see the inside of the house; and though +manifestly so afraid of the 'somethings' that at the slightest sound +she clutched on to Malcolmson, whom she never left for a moment, went +over the whole place. + +After his examination of the house, Malcolmson decided to take up his +abode in the great dining-room, which was big enough to serve for all +his requirements; and Mrs. Witham, with the aid of the charwoman, +Mrs. Dempster, proceeded to arrange matters. When the hampers were +brought in and unpacked, Malcolmson saw that with much kind +forethought she had sent from her own kitchen sufficient provisions to +last for a few days. Before going she expressed all sorts of kind +wishes; and at the door turned and said: + +'And perhaps, sir, as the room is big and draughty it might be well to +have one of those big screens put round your bed at night--though, +truth to tell, I would die myself if I were to be so shut in with all +kinds of--of "things", that put their heads round the sides, or over +the top, and look on me!' The image which she had called up was too +much for her nerves, and she fled incontinently. + +Mrs. Dempster sniffed in a superior manner as the landlady +disappeared, and remarked that for her own part she wasn't afraid of +all the bogies in the kingdom. + +'I'll tell you what it is, sir,' she said; 'bogies is all kinds and +sorts of things--except bogies! Rats and mice, and beetles; and creaky +doors, and loose slates, and broken panes, and stiff drawer handles, +that stay out when you pull them and then fall down in the middle of +the night. Look at the wainscot of the room! It is old--hundreds of +years old! Do you think there's no rats and beetles there! And do you +imagine, sir, that you won't see none of them? Rats is bogies, I tell +you, and bogies is rats; and don't you get to think anything else!' + +'Mrs. Dempster,' said Malcolmson gravely, making her a polite bow, +'you know more than a Senior Wrangler! And let me say, that, as a mark +of esteem for your indubitable soundness of head and heart, I shall, +when I go, give you possession of this house, and let you stay here by +yourself for the last two months of my tenancy, for four weeks will +serve my purpose.' + +'Thank you kindly, sir!' she answered, 'but I couldn't sleep away +from home a night. I am in Greenhow's Charity, and if I slept a night +away from my rooms I should lose all I have got to live on. The rules +is very strict; and there's too many watching for a vacancy for me to +run any risks in the matter. Only for that, sir, I'd gladly come here +and attend on you altogether during your stay.' + +'My good woman,' said Malcolmson hastily, 'I have come here on purpose +to obtain solitude; and believe me that I am grateful to the late +Greenhow for having so organised his admirable charity--whatever it +is--that I am perforce denied the opportunity of suffering from such a +form of temptation! Saint Anthony himself could not be more rigid on +the point!' + +The old woman laughed harshly. 'Ah, you young gentlemen,' she said, +'you don't fear for naught; and belike you'll get all the solitude you +want here.' She set to work with her cleaning; and by nightfall, when +Malcolmson returned from his walk--he always had one of his books to +study as he walked--he found the room swept and tidied, a fire burning +in the old hearth, the lamp lit, and the table spread for supper with +Mrs. Witham's excellent fare. 'This is comfort, indeed,' he said, as +he rubbed his hands. + +When he had finished his supper, and lifted the tray to the other end +of the great oak dining-table, he got out his books again, put fresh +wood on the fire, trimmed his lamp, and set himself down to a spell of +real hard work. He went on without pause till about eleven o'clock, +when he knocked off for a bit to fix his fire and lamp, and to make +himself a cup of tea. He had always been a tea-drinker, and during his +college life had sat late at work and had taken tea late. The rest +was a great luxury to him, and he enjoyed it with a sense of +delicious, voluptuous ease. The renewed fire leaped and sparkled, and +threw quaint shadows through the great old room; and as he sipped his +hot tea he revelled in the sense of isolation from his kind. Then it +was that he began to notice for the first time what a noise the rats +were making. + +'Surely,' he thought, 'they cannot have been at it all the time I was +reading. Had they been, I must have noticed it!' Presently, when the +noise increased, he satisfied himself that it was really new. It was +evident that at first the rats had been frightened at the presence of +a stranger, and the light of fire and lamp; but that as the time went +on they had grown bolder and were now disporting themselves as was +their wont. + +How busy they were! and hark to the strange noises! Up and down behind +the old wainscot, over the ceiling and under the floor they raced, and +gnawed, and scratched! Malcolmson smiled to himself as he recalled to +mind the saying of Mrs. Dempster, 'Bogies is rats, and rats is +bogies!' The tea began to have its effect of intellectual and nervous +stimulus, he saw with joy another long spell of work to be done before +the night was past, and in the sense of security which it gave him, he +allowed himself the luxury of a good look round the room. He took his +lamp in one hand, and went all around, wondering that so quaint and +beautiful an old house had been so long neglected. The carving of the +oak on the panels of the wainscot was fine, and on and round the doors +and windows it was beautiful and of rare merit. There were some old +pictures on the walls, but they were coated so thick with dust and +dirt that he could not distinguish any detail of them, though he held +his lamp as high as he could over his head. Here and there as he went +round he saw some crack or hole blocked for a moment by the face of a +rat with its bright eyes glittering in the light, but in an instant it +was gone, and a squeak and a scamper followed. The thing that most +struck him, however, was the rope of the great alarm bell on the roof, +which hung down in a corner of the room on the right-hand side of the +fireplace. He pulled up close to the hearth a great high-backed carved +oak chair, and sat down to his last cup of tea. When this was done he +made up the fire, and went back to his work, sitting at the corner of +the table, having the fire to his left. For a little while the rats +disturbed him somewhat with their perpetual scampering, but he got +accustomed to the noise as one does to the ticking of a clock or to +the roar of moving water; and he became so immersed in his work that +everything in the world, except the problem which he was trying to +solve, passed away from him. + +He suddenly looked up, his problem was still unsolved, and there was +in the air that sense of the hour before the dawn, which is so dread +to doubtful life. The noise of the rats had ceased. Indeed it seemed +to him that it must have ceased but lately and that it was the sudden +cessation which had disturbed him. The fire had fallen low, but still +it threw out a deep red glow. As he looked he started in spite of his +_sang froid_. + +There on the great high-backed carved oak chair by the right side of +the fireplace sat an enormous rat, steadily glaring at him with +baleful eyes. He made a motion to it as though to hunt it away, but it +did not stir. Then he made the motion of throwing something. Still it +did not stir, but showed its great white teeth angrily, and its cruel +eyes shone in the lamplight with an added vindictiveness. + +Malcolmson felt amazed, and seizing the poker from the hearth ran at +it to kill it. Before, however, he could strike it, the rat, with a +squeak that sounded like the concentration of hate, jumped upon the +floor, and, running up the rope of the alarm bell, disappeared in the +darkness beyond the range of the green-shaded lamp. Instantly, strange +to say, the noisy scampering of the rats in the wainscot began again. + +By this time Malcolmson's mind was quite off the problem; and as a +shrill cock-crow outside told him of the approach of morning, he went +to bed and to sleep. + +He slept so sound that he was not even waked by Mrs. Dempster coming +in to make up his room. It was only when she had tidied up the place +and got his breakfast ready and tapped on the screen which closed in +his bed that he woke. He was a little tired still after his night's +hard work, but a strong cup of tea soon freshened him up and, taking +his book, he went out for his morning walk, bringing with him a few +sandwiches lest he should not care to return till dinner time. He +found a quiet walk between high elms some way outside the town, and +here he spent the greater part of the day studying his Laplace. On his +return he looked in to see Mrs. Witham and to thank her for her +kindness. When she saw him coming through the diamond-paned bay window +of her sanctum she came out to meet him and asked him in. She looked +at him searchingly and shook her head as she said: + +'You must not overdo it, sir. You are paler this morning than you +should be. Too late hours and too hard work on the brain isn't good +for any man! But tell me, sir, how did you pass the night? Well, I +hope? But my heart! sir, I was glad when Mrs. Dempster told me this +morning that you were all right and sleeping sound when she went in.' + +'Oh, I was all right,' he answered smiling, 'the "somethings" didn't +worry me, as yet. Only the rats; and they had a circus, I tell you, +all over the place. There was one wicked looking old devil that sat up +on my own chair by the fire, and wouldn't go till I took the poker to +him, and then he ran up the rope of the alarm bell and got to +somewhere up the wall or the ceiling--I couldn't see where, it was so +dark.' + +'Mercy on us,' said Mrs. Witham, 'an old devil, and sitting on a chair +by the fireside! Take care, sir! take care! There's many a true word +spoken in jest.' + +'How do you mean? Pon my word I don't understand.' + +'An old devil! The old devil, perhaps. There! sir, you needn't laugh,' +for Malcolmson had broken into a hearty peal. 'You young folks thinks +it easy to laugh at things that makes older ones shudder. Never mind, +sir! never mind! Please God, you'll laugh all the time. It's what I +wish you myself!' and the good lady beamed all over in sympathy with +his enjoyment, her fears gone for a moment. + +'Oh, forgive me!' said Malcolmson presently. 'Don't think me rude; but +the idea was too much for me--that the old devil himself was on the +chair last night!' And at the thought he laughed again. Then he went +home to dinner. + +This evening the scampering of the rats began earlier; indeed it had +been going on before his arrival, and only ceased whilst his presence +by its freshness disturbed them. After dinner he sat by the fire for a +while and had a smoke; and then, having cleared his table, began to +work as before. Tonight the rats disturbed him more than they had done +on the previous night. How they scampered up and down and under and +over! How they squeaked, and scratched, and gnawed! How they, getting +bolder by degrees, came to the mouths of their holes and to the chinks +and cracks and crannies in the wainscoting till their eyes shone like +tiny lamps as the firelight rose and fell. But to him, now doubtless +accustomed to them, their eyes were not wicked; only their playfulness +touched him. Sometimes the boldest of them made sallies out on the +floor or along the mouldings of the wainscot. Now and again as they +disturbed him Malcolmson made a sound to frighten them, smiting the +table with his hand or giving a fierce 'Hsh, hsh,' so that they fled +straightway to their holes. + +And so the early part of the night wore on; and despite the noise +Malcolmson got more and more immersed in his work. + +All at once he stopped, as on the previous night, being overcome by a +sudden sense of silence. There was not the faintest sound of gnaw, or +scratch, or squeak. The silence was as of the grave. He remembered the +odd occurrence of the previous night, and instinctively he looked at +the chair standing close by the fireside. And then a very odd +sensation thrilled through him. + +There, on the great old high-backed carved oak chair beside the +fireplace sat the same enormous rat, steadily glaring at him with +baleful eyes. + +Instinctively he took the nearest thing to his hand, a book of +logarithms, and flung it at it. The book was badly aimed and the rat +did not stir, so again the poker performance of the previous night was +repeated; and again the rat, being closely pursued, fled up the rope +of the alarm bell. Strangely too, the departure of this rat was +instantly followed by the renewal of the noise made by the general rat +community. On this occasion, as on the previous one, Malcolmson could +not see at what part of the room the rat disappeared, for the green +shade of his lamp left the upper part of the room in darkness, and the +fire had burned low. + +On looking at his watch he found it was close on midnight; and, not +sorry for the _divertissement_, he made up his fire and made himself +his nightly pot of tea. He had got through a good spell of work, and +thought himself entitled to a cigarette; and so he sat on the great +oak chair before the fire and enjoyed it. Whilst smoking he began to +think that he would like to know where the rat disappeared to, for he +had certain ideas for the morrow not entirely disconnected with a +rat-trap. Accordingly he lit another lamp and placed it so that it +would shine well into the right-hand corner of the wall by the +fireplace. Then he got all the books he had with him, and placed them +handy to throw at the vermin. Finally he lifted the rope of the alarm +bell and placed the end of it on the table, fixing the extreme end +under the lamp. As he handled it he could not help noticing how +pliable it was, especially for so strong a rope, and one not in use. +'You could hang a man with it,' he thought to himself. When his +preparations were made he looked around, and said complacently: + +'There now, my friend, I think we shall learn something of you this +time!' He began his work again, and though as before somewhat +disturbed at first by the noise of the rats, soon lost himself in his +propositions and problems. + +Again he was called to his immediate surroundings suddenly. This time +it might not have been the sudden silence only which took his +attention; there was a slight movement of the rope, and the lamp +moved. Without stirring, he looked to see if his pile of books was +within range, and then cast his eye along the rope. As he looked he +saw the great rat drop from the rope on the oak arm-chair and sit +there glaring at him. He raised a book in his right hand, and taking +careful aim, flung it at the rat. The latter, with a quick movement, +sprang aside and dodged the missile. He then took another book, and a +third, and flung them one after another at the rat, but each time +unsuccessfully. At last, as he stood with a book poised in his hand to +throw, the rat squeaked and seemed afraid. This made Malcolmson more +than ever eager to strike, and the book flew and struck the rat a +resounding blow. It gave a terrified squeak, and turning on his +pursuer a look of terrible malevolence, ran up the chair-back and made +a great jump to the rope of the alarm bell and ran up it like +lightning. The lamp rocked under the sudden strain, but it was a heavy +one and did not topple over. Malcolmson kept his eyes on the rat, and +saw it by the light of the second lamp leap to a moulding of the +wainscot and disappear through a hole in one of the great pictures +which hung on the wall, obscured and invisible through its coating of +dirt and dust. + +'I shall look up my friend's habitation in the morning,' said the +student, as he went over to collect his books. 'The third picture from +the fireplace; I shall not forget.' He picked up the books one by one, +commenting on them as he lifted them. '_Conic Sections_ he does not +mind, nor _Cycloidal Oscillations_, nor the _Principia_, nor +_Quaternions_, nor _Thermodynamics_. Now for the book that fetched +him!' Malcolmson took it up and looked at it. As he did so he started, +and a sudden pallor overspread his face. He looked round uneasily and +shivered slightly, as he murmured to himself: + +'The Bible my mother gave me! What an odd coincidence.' He sat down to +work again, and the rats in the wainscot renewed their gambols. They +did not disturb him, however; somehow their presence gave him a sense +of companionship. But he could not attend to his work, and after +striving to master the subject on which he was engaged gave it up in +despair, and went to bed as the first streak of dawn stole in through +the eastern window. + +He slept heavily but uneasily, and dreamed much; and when Mrs. +Dempster woke him late in the morning he seemed ill at ease, and for a +few minutes did not seem to realise exactly where he was. His first +request rather surprised the servant. + +'Mrs. Dempster, when I am out to-day I wish you would get the steps +and dust or wash those pictures--specially that one the third from the +fireplace--I want to see what they are.' + +Late in the afternoon Malcolmson worked at his books in the shaded +walk, and the cheerfulness of the previous day came back to him as the +day wore on, and he found that his reading was progressing well. He +had worked out to a satisfactory conclusion all the problems which had +as yet baffled him, and it was in a state of jubilation that he paid a +visit to Mrs. Witham at 'The Good Traveller'. He found a stranger in +the cosy sitting-room with the landlady, who was introduced to him as +Dr. Thornhill. She was not quite at ease, and this, combined with the +doctor's plunging at once into a series of questions, made Malcolmson +come to the conclusion that his presence was not an accident, so +without preliminary he said: + +'Dr. Thornhill, I shall with pleasure answer you any question you may +choose to ask me if you will answer me one question first.' + +The doctor seemed surprised, but he smiled and answered at once, +'Done! What is it?' + +'Did Mrs. Witham ask you to come here and see me and advise me?' + +Dr. Thornhill for a moment was taken aback, and Mrs. Witham got fiery +red and turned away; but the doctor was a frank and ready man, and he +answered at once and openly. + +'She did: but she didn't intend you to know it. I suppose it was my +clumsy haste that made you suspect. She told me that she did not like +the idea of your being in that house all by yourself, and that she +thought you took too much strong tea. In fact, she wants me to advise +you if possible to give up the tea and the very late hours. I was a +keen student in my time, so I suppose I may take the liberty of a +college man, and without offence, advise you not quite as a stranger.' + +Malcolmson with a bright smile held out his hand. 'Shake! as they say +in America,' he said. 'I must thank you for your kindness and Mrs. +Witham too, and your kindness deserves a return on my part. I promise +to take no more strong tea--no tea at all till you let me--and I shall +go to bed tonight at one o'clock at latest. Will that do?' + +'Capital,' said the doctor. 'Now tell us all that you noticed in the +old house,' and so Malcolmson then and there told in minute detail all +that had happened in the last two nights. He was interrupted every now +and then by some exclamation from Mrs. Witham, till finally when he +told of the episode of the Bible the landlady's pent-up emotions found +vent in a shriek; and it was not till a stiff glass of brandy and +water had been administered that she grew composed again. Dr. +Thornhill listened with a face of growing gravity, and when the +narrative was complete and Mrs. Witham had been restored he asked: + +'The rat always went up the rope of the alarm bell?' + +'Always.' + +'I suppose you know,' said the Doctor after a pause, 'what the rope +is?' + +'No!' + +'It is,' said the Doctor slowly, 'the very rope which the hangman used +for all the victims of the Judge's judicial rancour!' Here he was +interrupted by another scream from Mrs. Witham, and steps had to be +taken for her recovery. Malcolmson having looked at his watch, and +found that it was close to his dinner hour, had gone home before her +complete recovery. + +When Mrs. Witham was herself again she almost assailed the Doctor with +angry questions as to what he meant by putting such horrible ideas +into the poor young man's mind. 'He has quite enough there already to +upset him,' she added. Dr. Thornhill replied: + +'My dear madam, I had a distinct purpose in it! I wanted to draw his +attention to the bell rope, and to fix it there. It may be that he is +in a highly overwrought state, and has been studying too much, +although I am bound to say that he seems as sound and healthy a young +man, mentally and bodily, as ever I saw--but then the rats--and that +suggestion of the devil.' The doctor shook his head and went on. 'I +would have offered to go and stay the first night with him but that I +felt sure it would have been a cause of offence. He may get in the +night some strange fright or hallucination; and if he does I want him +to pull that rope. All alone as he is it will give us warning, and we +may reach him in time to be of service. I shall be sitting up pretty +late tonight and shall keep my ears open. Do not be alarmed if +Benchurch gets a surprise before morning.' + +'Oh, Doctor, what do you mean? What do you mean?' + +'I mean this; that possibly--nay, more probably--we shall hear the +great alarm bell from the Judge's House tonight,' and the Doctor made +about as effective an exit as could be thought of. + +When Malcolmson arrived home he found that it was a little after his +usual time, and Mrs. Dempster had gone away--the rules of Greenhow's +Charity were not to be neglected. He was glad to see that the place +was bright and tidy with a cheerful fire and a well-trimmed lamp. The +evening was colder than might have been expected in April, and a heavy +wind was blowing with such rapidly-increasing strength that there was +every promise of a storm during the night. For a few minutes after his +entrance the noise of the rats ceased; but so soon as they became +accustomed to his presence they began again. He was glad to hear them, +for he felt once more the feeling of companionship in their noise, and +his mind ran back to the strange fact that they only ceased to +manifest themselves when that other--the great rat with the baleful +eyes--came upon the scene. The reading-lamp only was lit and its green +shade kept the ceiling and the upper part of the room in darkness, so +that the cheerful light from the hearth spreading over the floor and +shining on the white cloth laid over the end of the table was warm and +cheery. Malcolmson sat down to his dinner with a good appetite and a +buoyant spirit. After his dinner and a cigarette he sat steadily down +to work, determined not to let anything disturb him, for he remembered +his promise to the doctor, and made up his mind to make the best of +the time at his disposal. + +For an hour or so he worked all right, and then his thoughts began to +wander from his books. The actual circumstances around him, the calls +on his physical attention, and his nervous susceptibility were not to +be denied. By this time the wind had become a gale, and the gale a +storm. The old house, solid though it was, seemed to shake to its +foundations, and the storm roared and raged through its many chimneys +and its queer old gables, producing strange, unearthly sounds in the +empty rooms and corridors. Even the great alarm bell on the roof must +have felt the force of the wind, for the rope rose and fell slightly, +as though the bell were moved a little from time to time and the +limber rope fell on the oak floor with a hard and hollow sound. + +As Malcolmson listened to it he bethought himself of the doctor's +words, 'It is the rope which the hangman used for the victims of the +Judge's judicial rancour,' and he went over to the corner of the +fireplace and took it in his hand to look at it. There seemed a sort +of deadly interest in it, and as he stood there he lost himself for a +moment in speculation as to who these victims were, and the grim wish +of the Judge to have such a ghastly relic ever under his eyes. As he +stood there the swaying of the bell on the roof still lifted the rope +now and again; but presently there came a new sensation--a sort of +tremor in the rope, as though something was moving along it. + +Looking up instinctively Malcolmson saw the great rat coming slowly +down towards him, glaring at him steadily. He dropped the rope and +started back with a muttered curse, and the rat turning ran up the +rope again and disappeared, and at the same instant Malcolmson became +conscious that the noise of the rats, which had ceased for a while, +began again. + +All this set him thinking, and it occurred to him that he had not +investigated the lair of the rat or looked at the pictures, as he had +intended. He lit the other lamp without the shade, and, holding it up +went and stood opposite the third picture from the fireplace on the +right-hand side where he had seen the rat disappear on the previous +night. + +At the first glance he started back so suddenly that he almost dropped +the lamp, and a deadly pallor overspread his face. His knees shook, +and heavy drops of sweat came on his forehead, and he trembled like an +aspen. But he was young and plucky, and pulled himself together, and +after the pause of a few seconds stepped forward again, raised the +lamp, and examined the picture which had been dusted and washed, and +now stood out clearly. + +It was of a judge dressed in his robes of scarlet and ermine. His face +was strong and merciless, evil, crafty, and vindictive, with a sensual +mouth, hooked nose of ruddy colour, and shaped like the beak of a bird +of prey. The rest of the face was of a cadaverous colour. The eyes +were of peculiar brilliance and with a terribly malignant expression. +As he looked at them, Malcolmson grew cold, for he saw there the very +counterpart of the eyes of the great rat. The lamp almost fell from +his hand, he saw the rat with its baleful eyes peering out through the +hole in the corner of the picture, and noted the sudden cessation of +the noise of the other rats. However, he pulled himself together, and +went on with his examination of the picture. + +The Judge was seated in a great high-backed carved oak chair, on the +right-hand side of a great stone fireplace where, in the corner, a +rope hung down from the ceiling, its end lying coiled on the floor. +With a feeling of something like horror, Malcolmson recognised the +scene of the room as it stood, and gazed around him in an awestruck +manner as though he expected to find some strange presence behind him. +Then he looked over to the corner of the fireplace--and with a loud +cry he let the lamp fall from his hand. + +There, in the Judge's arm-chair, with the rope hanging behind, sat the +rat with the Judge's baleful eyes, now intensified and with a fiendish +leer. Save for the howling of the storm without there was silence. + +The fallen lamp recalled Malcolmson to himself. Fortunately it was of +metal, and so the oil was not spilt. However, the practical need of +attending to it settled at once his nervous apprehensions. When he had +turned it out, he wiped his brow and thought for a moment. + +'This will not do,' he said to himself. 'If I go on like this I shall +become a crazy fool. This must stop! I promised the doctor I would not +take tea. Faith, he was pretty right! My nerves must have been getting +into a queer state. Funny I did not notice it. I never felt better in +my life. However, it is all right now, and I shall not be such a fool +again.' + +Then he mixed himself a good stiff glass of brandy and water and +resolutely sat down to his work. + +It was nearly an hour when he looked up from his book, disturbed by +the sudden stillness. Without, the wind howled and roared louder than +ever, and the rain drove in sheets against the windows, beating like +hail on the glass; but within there was no sound whatever save the +echo of the wind as it roared in the great chimney, and now and then a +hiss as a few raindrops found their way down the chimney in a lull of +the storm. The fire had fallen low and had ceased to flame, though it +threw out a red glow. Malcolmson listened attentively, and presently +heard a thin, squeaking noise, very faint. It came from the corner of +the room where the rope hung down, and he thought it was the creaking +of the rope on the floor as the swaying of the bell raised and lowered +it. Looking up, however, he saw in the dim light the great rat +clinging to the rope and gnawing it. The rope was already nearly +gnawed through--he could see the lighter colour where the strands were +laid bare. As he looked the job was completed, and the severed end of +the rope fell clattering on the oaken floor, whilst for an instant the +great rat remained like a knob or tassel at the end of the rope, which +now began to sway to and fro. Malcolmson felt for a moment another +pang of terror as he thought that now the possibility of calling the +outer world to his assistance was cut off, but an intense anger took +its place, and seizing the book he was reading he hurled it at the +rat. The blow was well aimed, but before the missile could reach him +the rat dropped off and struck the floor with a soft thud. Malcolmson +instantly rushed over towards him, but it darted away and disappeared +in the darkness of the shadows of the room. Malcolmson felt that his +work was over for the night, and determined then and there to vary the +monotony of the proceedings by a hunt for the rat, and took off the +green shade of the lamp so as to insure a wider spreading light. As he +did so the gloom of the upper part of the room was relieved, and in +the new flood of light, great by comparison with the previous +darkness, the pictures on the wall stood out boldly. From where he +stood, Malcolmson saw right opposite to him the third picture on the +wall from the right of the fireplace. He rubbed his eyes in surprise, +and then a great fear began to come upon him. + +In the centre of the picture was a great irregular patch of brown +canvas, as fresh as when it was stretched on the frame. The background +was as before, with chair and chimney-corner and rope, but the figure +of the Judge had disappeared. + +Malcolmson, almost in a chill of horror, turned slowly round, and then +he began to shake and tremble like a man in a palsy. His strength +seemed to have left him, and he was incapable of action or movement, +hardly even of thought. He could only see and hear. + +There, on the great high-backed carved oak chair sat the Judge in his +robes of scarlet and ermine, with his baleful eyes glaring +vindictively, and a smile of triumph on the resolute, cruel mouth, as +he lifted with his hands a _black cap_. Malcolmson felt as if the +blood was running from his heart, as one does in moments of prolonged +suspense. There was a singing in his ears. Without, he could hear the +roar and howl of the tempest, and through it, swept on the storm, came +the striking of midnight by the great chimes in the market place. He +stood for a space of time that seemed to him endless still as a +statue, and with wide-open, horror-struck eyes, breathless. As the +clock struck, so the smile of triumph on the Judge's face intensified, +and at the last stroke of midnight he placed the black cap on his +head. + +Slowly and deliberately the Judge rose from his chair and picked up +the piece of the rope of the alarm bell which lay on the floor, drew +it through his hands as if he enjoyed its touch, and then deliberately +began to knot one end of it, fashioning it into a noose. This he +tightened and tested with his foot, pulling hard at it till he was +satisfied and then making a running noose of it, which he held in his +hand. Then he began to move along the table on the opposite side to +Malcolmson keeping his eyes on him until he had passed him, when with +a quick movement he stood in front of the door. Malcolmson then began +to feel that he was trapped, and tried to think of what he should do. +There was some fascination in the Judge's eyes, which he never took +off him, and he had, perforce, to look. He saw the Judge +approach--still keeping between him and the door--and raise the noose +and throw it towards him as if to entangle him. With a great effort he +made a quick movement to one side, and saw the rope fall beside him, +and heard it strike the oaken floor. Again the Judge raised the noose +and tried to ensnare him, ever keeping his baleful eyes fixed on him, +and each time by a mighty effort the student just managed to evade it. +So this went on for many times, the Judge seeming never discouraged +nor discomposed at failure, but playing as a cat does with a mouse. At +last in despair, which had reached its climax, Malcolmson cast a quick +glance round him. The lamp seemed to have blazed up, and there was a +fairly good light in the room. At the many rat-holes and in the chinks +and crannies of the wainscot he saw the rats' eyes; and this aspect, +that was purely physical, gave him a gleam of comfort. He looked +around and saw that the rope of the great alarm bell was laden with +rats. Every inch of it was covered with them, and more and more were +pouring through the small circular hole in the ceiling whence it +emerged, so that with their weight the bell was beginning to sway. + +Hark! it had swayed till the clapper had touched the bell. The sound +was but a tiny one, but the bell was only beginning to sway, and it +would increase. + +At the sound the Judge, who had been keeping his eyes fixed on +Malcolmson, looked up, and a scowl of diabolical anger overspread his +face. His eyes fairly glowed like hot coals, and he stamped his foot +with a sound that seemed to make the house shake. A dreadful peal of +thunder broke overhead as he raised the rope again, whilst the rats +kept running up and down the rope as though working against time. This +time, instead of throwing it, he drew close to his victim, and held +open the noose as he approached. As he came closer there seemed +something paralysing in his very presence, and Malcolmson stood rigid +as a corpse. He felt the Judge's icy fingers touch his throat as he +adjusted the rope. The noose tightened--tightened. Then the Judge, +taking the rigid form of the student in his arms, carried him over and +placed him standing in the oak chair, and stepping up beside him, put +his hand up and caught the end of the swaying rope of the alarm bell. +As he raised his hand the rats fled squeaking, and disappeared through +the hole in the ceiling. Taking the end of the noose which was round +Malcolmson's neck he tied it to the hanging-bell rope, and then +descending pulled away the chair. + + * * * * * + +When the alarm bell of the Judge's House began to sound a crowd soon +assembled. Lights and torches of various kinds appeared, and soon a +silent crowd was hurrying to the spot. They knocked loudly at the +door, but there was no reply. Then they burst in the door, and poured +into the great dining-room, the doctor at the head. + +There at the end of the rope of the great alarm bell hung the body of +the student, and on the face of the Judge in the picture was a +malignant smile. + + + + +The Squaw + + +Nurnberg at the time was not so much exploited as it has been since +then. Irving had not been playing _Faust_, and the very name of the +old town was hardly known to the great bulk of the travelling public. +My wife and I being in the second week of our honeymoon, naturally +wanted someone else to join our party, so that when the cheery +stranger, Elias P. Hutcheson, hailing from Isthmian City, Bleeding +Gulch, Maple Tree County, Neb. turned up at the station at Frankfort, +and casually remarked that he was going on to see the most all-fired +old Methuselah of a town in Yurrup, and that he guessed that so much +travelling alone was enough to send an intelligent, active citizen +into the melancholy ward of a daft house, we took the pretty broad +hint and suggested that we should join forces. We found, on comparing +notes afterwards, that we had each intended to speak with some +diffidence or hesitation so as not to appear too eager, such not being +a good compliment to the success of our married life; but the effect +was entirely marred by our both beginning to speak at the same +instant--stopping simultaneously and then going on together again. +Anyhow, no matter how, it was done; and Elias P. Hutcheson became one +of our party. Straightway Amelia and I found the pleasant benefit; +instead of quarrelling, as we had been doing, we found that the +restraining influence of a third party was such that we now took every +opportunity of spooning in odd corners. Amelia declares that ever +since she has, as the result of that experience, advised all her +friends to take a friend on the honeymoon. Well, we 'did' Nurnberg +together, and much enjoyed the racy remarks of our Transatlantic +friend, who, from his quaint speech and his wonderful stock of +adventures, might have stepped out of a novel. We kept for the last +object of interest in the city to be visited the Burg, and on the day +appointed for the visit strolled round the outer wall of the city by +the eastern side. + +The Burg is seated on a rock dominating the town and an immensely deep +fosse guards it on the northern side. Nurnberg has been happy in that +it was never sacked; had it been it would certainly not be so spick +and span perfect as it is at present. The ditch has not been used for +centuries, and now its base is spread with tea-gardens and orchards, +of which some of the trees are of quite respectable growth. As we +wandered round the wall, dawdling in the hot July sunshine, we often +paused to admire the views spread before us, and in especial the great +plain covered with towns and villages and bounded with a blue line of +hills, like a landscape of Claude Lorraine. From this we always turned +with new delight to the city itself, with its myriad of quaint old +gables and acre-wide red roofs dotted with dormer windows, tier upon +tier. A little to our right rose the towers of the Burg, and nearer +still, standing grim, the Torture Tower, which was, and is, perhaps, +the most interesting place in the city. For centuries the tradition of +the Iron Virgin of Nurnberg has been handed down as an instance of +the horrors of cruelty of which man is capable; we had long looked +forward to seeing it; and here at last was its home. + +In one of our pauses we leaned over the wall of the moat and looked +down. The garden seemed quite fifty or sixty feet below us, and the +sun pouring into it with an intense, moveless heat like that of an +oven. Beyond rose the grey, grim wall seemingly of endless height, and +losing itself right and left in the angles of bastion and +counterscarp. Trees and bushes crowned the wall, and above again +towered the lofty houses on whose massive beauty Time has only set the +hand of approval. The sun was hot and we were lazy; time was our own, +and we lingered, leaning on the wall. Just below us was a pretty +sight--a great black cat lying stretched in the sun, whilst round her +gambolled prettily a tiny black kitten. The mother would wave her tail +for the kitten to play with, or would raise her feet and push away the +little one as an encouragement to further play. They were just at the +foot of the wall, and Elias P. Hutcheson, in order to help the play, +stooped and took from the walk a moderate sized pebble. + +'See!' he said, 'I will drop it near the kitten, and they will both +wonder where it came from.' + +'Oh, be careful,' said my wife; 'you might hit the dear little thing!' + +'Not me, ma'am,' said Elias P. 'Why, I'm as tender as a Maine +cherry-tree. Lor, bless ye. I wouldn't hurt the poor pooty little +critter more'n I'd scalp a baby. An' you may bet your variegated socks +on that! See, I'll drop it fur away on the outside so's not to go near +her!' Thus saying, he leaned over and held his arm out at full length +and dropped the stone. It may be that there is some attractive force +which draws lesser matters to greater; or more probably that the wall +was not plump but sloped to its base--we not noticing the inclination +from above; but the stone fell with a sickening thud that came up to +us through the hot air, right on the kitten's head, and shattered out +its little brains then and there. The black cat cast a swift upward +glance, and we saw her eyes like green fire fixed an instant on Elias +P. Hutcheson; and then her attention was given to the kitten, which +lay still with just a quiver of her tiny limbs, whilst a thin red +stream trickled from a gaping wound. With a muffled cry, such as a +human being might give, she bent over the kitten licking its wounds +and moaning. Suddenly she seemed to realise that it was dead, and +again threw her eyes up at us. I shall never forget the sight, for she +looked the perfect incarnation of hate. Her green eyes blazed with +lurid fire, and the white, sharp teeth seemed to almost shine through +the blood which dabbled her mouth and whiskers. She gnashed her teeth, +and her claws stood out stark and at full length on every paw. Then +she made a wild rush up the wall as if to reach us, but when the +momentum ended fell back, and further added to her horrible appearance +for she fell on the kitten, and rose with her black fur smeared with +its brains and blood. Amelia turned quite faint, and I had to lift her +back from the wall. There was a seat close by in shade of a spreading +plane-tree, and here I placed her whilst she composed herself. Then I +went back to Hutcheson, who stood without moving, looking down on the +angry cat below. + +As I joined him, he said: + +'Wall, I guess that air the savagest beast I ever see--'cept once when +an Apache squaw had an edge on a half-breed what they nicknamed +"Splinters" 'cos of the way he fixed up her papoose which he stole on +a raid just to show that he appreciated the way they had given his +mother the fire torture. She got that kinder look so set on her face +that it jest seemed to grow there. She followed Splinters mor'n three +year till at last the braves got him and handed him over to her. They +did say that no man, white or Injun, had ever been so long a-dying +under the tortures of the Apaches. The only time I ever see her smile +was when I wiped her out. I kem on the camp just in time to see +Splinters pass in his checks, and he wasn't sorry to go either. He was +a hard citizen, and though I never could shake with him after that +papoose business--for it was bitter bad, and he should have been a +white man, for he looked like one--I see he had got paid out in full. +Durn me, but I took a piece of his hide from one of his skinnin' posts +an' had it made into a pocket-book. It's here now!' and he slapped the +breast pocket of his coat. + +Whilst he was speaking the cat was continuing her frantic efforts to +get up the wall. She would take a run back and then charge up, +sometimes reaching an incredible height. She did not seem to mind the +heavy fall which she got each time but started with renewed vigour; +and at every tumble her appearance became more horrible. Hutcheson was +a kind-hearted man--my wife and I had both noticed little acts of +kindness to animals as well as to persons--and he seemed concerned at +the state of fury to which the cat had wrought herself. + +'Wall, now!' he said, 'I du declare that that poor critter seems quite +desperate. There! there! poor thing, it was all an accident--though +that won't bring back your little one to you. Say! I wouldn't have had +such a thing happen for a thousand! Just shows what a clumsy fool of a +man can do when he tries to play! Seems I'm too darned slipperhanded +to even play with a cat. Say Colonel!' it was a pleasant way he had to +bestow titles freely--'I hope your wife don't hold no grudge against +me on account of this unpleasantness? Why, I wouldn't have had it +occur on no account.' + +He came over to Amelia and apologised profusely, and she with her +usual kindness of heart hastened to assure him that she quite +understood that it was an accident. Then we all went again to the wall +and looked over. + +The cat missing Hutcheson's face had drawn back across the moat, and +was sitting on her haunches as though ready to spring. Indeed, the +very instant she saw him she did spring, and with a blind unreasoning +fury, which would have been grotesque, only that it was so frightfully +real. She did not try to run up the wall, but simply launched herself +at him as though hate and fury could lend her wings to pass straight +through the great distance between them. Amelia, womanlike, got quite +concerned, and said to Elias P. in a warning voice: + +'Oh! you must be very careful. That animal would try to kill you if +she were here; her eyes look like positive murder.' + +He laughed out jovially. 'Excuse me, ma'am,' he said, 'but I can't +help laughin'. Fancy a man that has fought grizzlies an' Injuns bein' +careful of bein' murdered by a cat!' + +When the cat heard him laugh, her whole demeanour seemed to change. +She no longer tried to jump or run up the wall, but went quietly over, +and sitting again beside the dead kitten began to lick and fondle it +as though it were alive. + +'See!' said I, 'the effect of a really strong man. Even that animal +in the midst of her fury recognises the voice of a master, and bows to +him!' + +'Like a squaw!' was the only comment of Elias P. Hutcheson, as we +moved on our way round the city fosse. Every now and then we looked +over the wall and each time saw the cat following us. At first she had +kept going back to the dead kitten, and then as the distance grew +greater took it in her mouth and so followed. After a while, however, +she abandoned this, for we saw her following all alone; she had +evidently hidden the body somewhere. Amelia's alarm grew at the cat's +persistence, and more than once she repeated her warning; but the +American always laughed with amusement, till finally, seeing that she +was beginning to be worried, he said: + +'I say, ma'am, you needn't be skeered over that cat. I go heeled, I +du!' Here he slapped his pistol pocket at the back of his lumbar +region. 'Why sooner'n have you worried, I'll shoot the critter, right +here, an' risk the police interferin' with a citizen of the United +States for carryin' arms contrairy to reg'lations!' As he spoke he +looked over the wall, but the cat on seeing him, retreated, with a +growl, into a bed of tall flowers, and was hidden. He went on: 'Blest +if that ar critter ain't got more sense of what's good for her than +most Christians. I guess we've seen the last of her! You bet, she'll +go back now to that busted kitten and have a private funeral of it, +all to herself!' + +Amelia did not like to say more, lest he might, in mistaken kindness +to her, fulfil his threat of shooting the cat: and so we went on and +crossed the little wooden bridge leading to the gateway whence ran the +steep paved roadway between the Burg and the pentagonal Torture Tower. +As we crossed the bridge we saw the cat again down below us. When she +saw us her fury seemed to return, and she made frantic efforts to get +up the steep wall. Hutcheson laughed as he looked down at her, and +said: + +'Goodbye, old girl. Sorry I injured your feelin's, but you'll get over +it in time! So long!' And then we passed through the long, dim archway +and came to the gate of the Burg. + +When we came out again after our survey of this most beautiful old +place which not even the well-intentioned efforts of the Gothic +restorers of forty years ago have been able to spoil--though their +restoration was then glaring white--we seemed to have quite forgotten +the unpleasant episode of the morning. The old lime tree with its +great trunk gnarled with the passing of nearly nine centuries, the +deep well cut through the heart of the rock by those captives of old, +and the lovely view from the city wall whence we heard, spread over +almost a full quarter of an hour, the multitudinous chimes of the +city, had all helped to wipe out from our minds the incident of the +slain kitten. + +We were the only visitors who had entered the Torture Tower that +morning--so at least said the old custodian--and as we had the place +all to ourselves were able to make a minute and more satisfactory +survey than would have otherwise been possible. The custodian, looking +to us as the sole source of his gains for the day, was willing to meet +our wishes in any way. The Torture Tower is truly a grim place, even +now when many thousands of visitors have sent a stream of life, and +the joy that follows life, into the place; but at the time I mention +it wore its grimmest and most gruesome aspect. The dust of ages seemed +to have settled on it, and the darkness and the horror of its memories +seem to have become sentient in a way that would have satisfied the +Pantheistic souls of Philo or Spinoza. The lower chamber where we +entered was seemingly, in its normal state, filled with incarnate +darkness; even the hot sunlight streaming in through the door seemed +to be lost in the vast thickness of the walls, and only showed the +masonry rough as when the builder's scaffolding had come down, but +coated with dust and marked here and there with patches of dark stain +which, if walls could speak, could have given their own dread memories +of fear and pain. We were glad to pass up the dusty wooden staircase, +the custodian leaving the outer door open to light us somewhat on our +way; for to our eyes the one long-wick'd, evil-smelling candle stuck +in a sconce on the wall gave an inadequate light. When we came up +through the open trap in the corner of the chamber overhead, Amelia +held on to me so tightly that I could actually feel her heart beat. I +must say for my own part that I was not surprised at her fear, for +this room was even more gruesome than that below. Here there was +certainly more light, but only just sufficient to realise the horrible +surroundings of the place. The builders of the tower had evidently +intended that only they who should gain the top should have any of the +joys of light and prospect. There, as we had noticed from below, were +ranges of windows, albeit of mediaeval smallness, but elsewhere in the +tower were only a very few narrow slits such as were habitual in +places of mediaeval defence. A few of these only lit the chamber, and +these so high up in the wall that from no part could the sky be seen +through the thickness of the walls. In racks, and leaning in disorder +against the walls, were a number of headsmen's swords, great +double-handed weapons with broad blade and keen edge. Hard by were +several blocks whereon the necks of the victims had lain, with here +and there deep notches where the steel had bitten through the guard of +flesh and shored into the wood. Round the chamber, placed in all sorts +of irregular ways, were many implements of torture which made one's +heart ache to see--chairs full of spikes which gave instant and +excruciating pain; chairs and couches with dull knobs whose torture +was seemingly less, but which, though slower, were equally +efficacious; racks, belts, boots, gloves, collars, all made for +compressing at will; steel baskets in which the head could be slowly +crushed into a pulp if necessary; watchmen's hooks with long handle +and knife that cut at resistance--this a speciality of the old +Nurnberg police system; and many, many other devices for man's injury +to man. Amelia grew quite pale with the horror of the things, but +fortunately did not faint, for being a little overcome she sat down on +a torture chair, but jumped up again with a shriek, all tendency to +faint gone. We both pretended that it was the injury done to her dress +by the dust of the chair, and the rusty spikes which had upset her, +and Mr. Hutcheson acquiesced in accepting the explanation with a +kind-hearted laugh. + +But the central object in the whole of this chamber of horrors was the +engine known as the Iron Virgin, which stood near the centre of the +room. It was a rudely-shaped figure of a woman, something of the bell +order, or, to make a closer comparison, of the figure of Mrs. Noah in +the children's Ark, but without that slimness of waist and perfect +_rondeur_ of hip which marks the aesthetic type of the Noah family. +One would hardly have recognised it as intended for a human figure at +all had not the founder shaped on the forehead a rude semblance of a +woman's face. This machine was coated with rust without, and covered +with dust; a rope was fastened to a ring in the front of the figure, +about where the waist should have been, and was drawn through a +pulley, fastened on the wooden pillar which sustained the flooring +above. The custodian pulling this rope showed that a section of the +front was hinged like a door at one side; we then saw that the engine +was of considerable thickness, leaving just room enough inside for a +man to be placed. The door was of equal thickness and of great weight, +for it took the custodian all his strength, aided though he was by the +contrivance of the pulley, to open it. This weight was partly due to +the fact that the door was of manifest purpose hung so as to throw its +weight downwards, so that it might shut of its own accord when the +strain was released. The inside was honeycombed with rust--nay more, +the rust alone that comes through time would hardly have eaten so deep +into the iron walls; the rust of the cruel stains was deep indeed! It +was only, however, when we came to look at the inside of the door that +the diabolical intention was manifest to the full. Here were several +long spikes, square and massive, broad at the base and sharp at the +points, placed in such a position that when the door should close the +upper ones would pierce the eyes of the victim, and the lower ones his +heart and vitals. The sight was too much for poor Amelia, and this +time she fainted dead off, and I had to carry her down the stairs, and +place her on a bench outside till she recovered. That she felt it to +the quick was afterwards shown by the fact that my eldest son bears to +this day a rude birthmark on his breast, which has, by family +consent, been accepted as representing the Nurnberg Virgin. + +When we got back to the chamber we found Hutcheson still opposite the +Iron Virgin; he had been evidently philosophising, and now gave us the +benefit of his thought in the shape of a sort of exordium. + +'Wall, I guess I've been learnin' somethin' here while madam has been +gettin' over her faint. 'Pears to me that we're a long way behind the +times on our side of the big drink. We uster think out on the plains +that the Injun could give us points in tryin' to make a man +uncomfortable; but I guess your old mediaeval law-and-order party +could raise him every time. Splinters was pretty good in his bluff on +the squaw, but this here young miss held a straight flush all high on +him. The points of them spikes air sharp enough still, though even the +edges air eaten out by what uster be on them. It'd be a good thing for +our Indian section to get some specimens of this here play-toy to send +round to the Reservations jest to knock the stuffin' out of the bucks, +and the squaws too, by showing them as how old civilisation lays over +them at their best. Guess but I'll get in that box a minute jest to +see how it feels!' + +'Oh no! no!' said Amelia. 'It is too terrible!' + +'Guess, ma'am, nothin's too terrible to the explorin' mind. I've been +in some queer places in my time. Spent a night inside a dead horse +while a prairie fire swept over me in Montana Territory--an' another +time slept inside a dead buffler when the Comanches was on the war +path an' I didn't keer to leave my kyard on them. I've been two days +in a caved-in tunnel in the Billy Broncho gold mine in New Mexico, an' +was one of the four shut up for three parts of a day in the caisson +what slid over on her side when we was settin' the foundations of the +Buffalo Bridge. I've not funked an odd experience yet, an' I don't +propose to begin now!' + +We saw that he was set on the experiment, so I said: 'Well, hurry up, +old man, and get through it quick!' + +'All right, General,' said he, 'but I calculate we ain't quite ready +yet. The gentlemen, my predecessors, what stood in that thar canister, +didn't volunteer for the office--not much! And I guess there was some +ornamental tyin' up before the big stroke was made. I want to go into +this thing fair and square, so I must get fixed up proper first. I +dare say this old galoot can rise some string and tie me up accordin' +to sample?' + +This was said interrogatively to the old custodian, but the latter, +who understood the drift of his speech, though perhaps not +appreciating to the full the niceties of dialect and imagery, shook +his head. His protest was, however, only formal and made to be +overcome. The American thrust a gold piece into his hand, saying: +'Take it, pard! it's your pot; and don't be skeer'd. This ain't no +necktie party that you're asked to assist in!' He produced some thin +frayed rope and proceeded to bind our companion with sufficient +strictness for the purpose. When the upper part of his body was bound, +Hutcheson said: + +'Hold on a moment, Judge. Guess I'm too heavy for you to tote into the +canister. You jest let me walk in, and then you can wash up regardin' +my legs!' + +Whilst speaking he had backed himself into the opening which was just +enough to hold him. It was a close fit and no mistake. Amelia looked +on with fear in her eyes, but she evidently did not like to say +anything. Then the custodian completed his task by tying the +American's feet together so that he was now absolutely helpless and +fixed in his voluntary prison. He seemed to really enjoy it, and the +incipient smile which was habitual to his face blossomed into +actuality as he said: + +'Guess this here Eve was made out of the rib of a dwarf! There ain't +much room for a full-grown citizen of the United States to hustle. We +uster make our coffins more roomier in Idaho territory. Now, Judge, +you jest begin to let this door down, slow, on to me. I want to feel +the same pleasure as the other jays had when those spikes began to +move toward their eyes!' + +'Oh no! no! no!' broke in Amelia hysterically. 'It is too terrible! I +can't bear to see it!--I can't! I can't!' But the American was +obdurate. 'Say, Colonel,' said he, 'why not take Madame for a little +promenade? I wouldn't hurt her feelin's for the world; but now that I +am here, havin' kem eight thousand miles, wouldn't it be too hard to +give up the very experience I've been pinin' an' pantin' fur? A man +can't get to feel like canned goods every time! Me and the Judge +here'll fix up this thing in no time, an' then you'll come back, an' +we'll all laugh together!' + +Once more the resolution that is born of curiosity triumphed, and +Amelia stayed holding tight to my arm and shivering whilst the +custodian began to slacken slowly inch by inch the rope that held back +the iron door. Hutcheson's face was positively radiant as his eyes +followed the first movement of the spikes. + +'Wall!' he said, 'I guess I've not had enjoyment like this since I +left Noo York. Bar a scrap with a French sailor at Wapping--an' that +warn't much of a picnic neither--I've not had a show fur real pleasure +in this dod-rotted Continent, where there ain't no b'ars nor no +Injuns, an' wheer nary man goes heeled. Slow there, Judge! Don't you +rush this business! I want a show for my money this game--I du!' + +The custodian must have had in him some of the blood of his +predecessors in that ghastly tower, for he worked the engine with a +deliberate and excruciating slowness which after five minutes, in +which the outer edge of the door had not moved half as many inches, +began to overcome Amelia. I saw her lips whiten, and felt her hold +upon my arm relax. I looked around an instant for a place whereon to +lay her, and when I looked at her again found that her eye had become +fixed on the side of the Virgin. Following its direction I saw the +black cat crouching out of sight. Her green eyes shone like danger +lamps in the gloom of the place, and their colour was heightened by +the blood which still smeared her coat and reddened her mouth. I cried +out: + +'The cat! look out for the cat!' for even then she sprang out before +the engine. At this moment she looked like a triumphant demon. Her +eyes blazed with ferocity, her hair bristled out till she seemed twice +her normal size, and her tail lashed about as does a tiger's when the +quarry is before it. Elias P. Hutcheson when he saw her was amused, +and his eyes positively sparkled with fun as he said: + +'Darned if the squaw hain't got on all her war paint! Jest give her a +shove off if she comes any of her tricks on me, for I'm so fixed +everlastingly by the boss, that durn my skin if I can keep my eyes +from her if she wants them! Easy there, Judge! don't you slack that ar +rope or I'm euchered!' + +At this moment Amelia completed her faint, and I had to clutch hold of +her round the waist or she would have fallen to the floor. Whilst +attending to her I saw the black cat crouching for a spring, and +jumped up to turn the creature out. + +But at that instant, with a sort of hellish scream, she hurled +herself, not as we expected at Hutcheson, but straight at the face of +the custodian. Her claws seemed to be tearing wildly as one sees in +the Chinese drawings of the dragon rampant, and as I looked I saw one +of them light on the poor man's eye, and actually tear through it and +down his cheek, leaving a wide band of red where the blood seemed to +spurt from every vein. + +With a yell of sheer terror which came quicker than even his sense of +pain, the man leaped back, dropping as he did so the rope which held +back the iron door. I jumped for it, but was too late, for the cord +ran like lightning through the pulley-block, and the heavy mass fell +forward from its own weight. + +As the door closed I caught a glimpse of our poor companion's face. He +seemed frozen with terror. His eyes stared with a horrible anguish as +if dazed, and no sound came from his lips. + +And then the spikes did their work. Happily the end was quick, for +when I wrenched open the door they had pierced so deep that they had +locked in the bones of the skull through which they had crushed, and +actually tore him--it--out of his iron prison till, bound as he was, +he fell at full length with a sickly thud upon the floor, the face +turning upward as he fell. + +I rushed to my wife, lifted her up and carried her out, for I feared +for her very reason if she should wake from her faint to such a scene. +I laid her on the bench outside and ran back. Leaning against the +wooden column was the custodian moaning in pain whilst he held his +reddening handkerchief to his eyes. And sitting on the head of the +poor American was the cat, purring loudly as she licked the blood +which trickled through the gashed socket of his eyes. + +I think no one will call me cruel because I seized one of the old +executioner's swords and shore her in two as she sat. + + + + +The Secret of the Growing Gold + + +When Margaret Delandre went to live at Brent's Rock the whole +neighbourhood awoke to the pleasure of an entirely new scandal. +Scandals in connection with either the Delandre family or the Brents +of Brent's Rock, were not few; and if the secret history of the county +had been written in full both names would have been found well +represented. It is true that the status of each was so different that +they might have belonged to different continents--or to different +worlds for the matter of that--for hitherto their orbits had never +crossed. The Brents were accorded by the whole section of the country +a unique social dominance, and had ever held themselves as high above +the yeoman class to which Margaret Delandre belonged, as a +blue-blooded Spanish hidalgo out-tops his peasant tenantry. + +The Delandres had an ancient record and were proud of it in their way +as the Brents were of theirs. But the family had never risen above +yeomanry; and although they had been once well-to-do in the good old +times of foreign wars and protection, their fortunes had withered +under the scorching of the free trade sun and the 'piping times of +peace.' They had, as the elder members used to assert, 'stuck to the +land', with the result that they had taken root in it, body and soul. +In fact, they, having chosen the life of vegetables, had flourished +as vegetation does--blossomed and thrived in the good season and +suffered in the bad. Their holding, Dander's Croft, seemed to have +been worked out, and to be typical of the family which had inhabited +it. The latter had declined generation after generation, sending out +now and again some abortive shoot of unsatisfied energy in the shape +of a soldier or sailor, who had worked his way to the minor grades of +the services and had there stopped, cut short either from unheeding +gallantry in action or from that destroying cause to men without +breeding or youthful care--the recognition of a position above them +which they feel unfitted to fill. So, little by little, the family +dropped lower and lower, the men brooding and dissatisfied, and +drinking themselves into the grave, the women drudging at home, or +marrying beneath them--or worse. In process of time all disappeared, +leaving only two in the Croft, Wykham Delandre and his sister +Margaret. The man and woman seemed to have inherited in masculine and +feminine form respectively the evil tendency of their race, sharing in +common the principles, though manifesting them in different ways, of +sullen passion, voluptuousness and recklessness. + +The history of the Brents had been something similar, but showing the +causes of decadence in their aristocratic and not their plebeian +forms. They, too, had sent their shoots to the wars; but their +positions had been different and they had often attained honour--for +without flaw they were gallant, and brave deeds were done by them +before the selfish dissipation which marked them had sapped their +vigour. + +The present head of the family--if family it could now be called when +one remained of the direct line--was Geoffrey Brent. He was almost a +type of worn out race, manifesting in some ways its most brilliant +qualities, and in others its utter degradation. He might be fairly +compared with some of those antique Italian nobles whom the painters +have preserved to us with their courage, their unscrupulousness, their +refinement of lust and cruelty--the voluptuary actual with the fiend +potential. He was certainly handsome, with that dark, aquiline, +commanding beauty which women so generally recognise as dominant. With +men he was distant and cold; but such a bearing never deters +womankind. The inscrutable laws of sex have so arranged that even a +timid woman is not afraid of a fierce and haughty man. And so it was +that there was hardly a woman of any kind or degree, who lived within +view of Brent's Rock, who did not cherish some form of secret +admiration for the handsome wastrel. The category was a wide one, for +Brent's Rock rose up steeply from the midst of a level region and for +a circuit of a hundred miles it lay on the horizon, with its high old +towers and steep roofs cutting the level edge of wood and hamlet, and +far-scattered mansions. + +So long as Geoffrey Brent confined his dissipations to London and +Paris and Vienna--anywhere out of sight and sound of his home--opinion +was silent. It is easy to listen to far off echoes unmoved, and we can +treat them with disbelief, or scorn, or disdain, or whatever attitude +of coldness may suit our purpose. But when the scandal came close home +it was another matter; and the feelings of independence and integrity +which is in people of every community which is not utterly spoiled, +asserted itself and demanded that condemnation should be expressed. +Still there was a certain reticence in all, and no more notice was +taken of the existing facts than was absolutely necessary. Margaret +Delandre bore herself so fearlessly and so openly--she accepted her +position as the justified companion of Geoffrey Brent so naturally +that people came to believe that she was secretly married to him, and +therefore thought it wiser to hold their tongues lest time should +justify her and also make her an active enemy. + +The one person who, by his interference, could have settled all doubts +was debarred by circumstances from interfering in the matter. Wykham +Delandre had quarrelled with his sister--or perhaps it was that she +had quarrelled with him--and they were on terms not merely of armed +neutrality but of bitter hatred. The quarrel had been antecedent to +Margaret going to Brent's Rock. She and Wykham had almost come to +blows. There had certainly been threats on one side and on the other; +and in the end Wykham, overcome with passion, had ordered his sister +to leave his house. She had risen straightway, and, without waiting to +pack up even her own personal belongings, had walked out of the house. +On the threshold she had paused for a moment to hurl a bitter threat +at Wykham that he would rue in shame and despair to the last hour of +his life his act of that day. Some weeks had since passed; and it was +understood in the neighbourhood that Margaret had gone to London, when +she suddenly appeared driving out with Geoffrey Brent, and the entire +neighbourhood knew before nightfall that she had taken up her abode at +the Rock. It was no subject of surprise that Brent had come back +unexpectedly, for such was his usual custom. Even his own servants +never knew when to expect him, for there was a private door, of which +he alone had the key, by which he sometimes entered without anyone in +the house being aware of his coming. This was his usual method of +appearing after a long absence. + +Wykham Delandre was furious at the news. He vowed vengeance--and to +keep his mind level with his passion drank deeper than ever. He tried +several times to see his sister, but she contemptuously refused to +meet him. He tried to have an interview with Brent and was refused by +him also. Then he tried to stop him in the road, but without avail, +for Geoffrey was not a man to be stopped against his will. Several +actual encounters took place between the two men, and many more were +threatened and avoided. At last Wykham Delandre settled down to a +morose, vengeful acceptance of the situation. + +Neither Margaret nor Geoffrey was of a pacific temperament, and it was +not long before there began to be quarrels between them. One thing +would lead to another, and wine flowed freely at Brent's Rock. Now and +again the quarrels would assume a bitter aspect, and threats would be +exchanged in uncompromising language that fairly awed the listening +servants. But such quarrels generally ended where domestic +altercations do, in reconciliation, and in a mutual respect for the +fighting qualities proportionate to their manifestation. Fighting for +its own sake is found by a certain class of persons, all the world +over, to be a matter of absorbing interest, and there is no reason to +believe that domestic conditions minimise its potency. Geoffrey and +Margaret made occasional absences from Brent's Rock, and on each of +these occasions Wykham Delandre also absented himself; but as he +generally heard of the absence too late to be of any service, he +returned home each time in a more bitter and discontented frame of +mind than before. + +At last there came a time when the absence from Brent's Rock became +longer than before. Only a few days earlier there had been a quarrel, +exceeding in bitterness anything which had gone before; but this, too, +had been made up, and a trip on the Continent had been mentioned +before the servants. After a few days Wykham Delandre also went away, +and it was some weeks before he returned. It was noticed that he was +full of some new importance--satisfaction, exaltation--they hardly +knew how to call it. He went straightway to Brent's Rock, and demanded +to see Geoffrey Brent, and on being told that he had not yet returned, +said, with a grim decision which the servants noted: + +'I shall come again. My news is solid--it can wait!' and turned away. +Week after week went by, and month after month; and then there came a +rumour, certified later on, that an accident had occurred in the +Zermatt valley. Whilst crossing a dangerous pass the carriage +containing an English lady and the driver had fallen over a precipice, +the gentleman of the party, Mr. Geoffrey Brent, having been +fortunately saved as he had been walking up the hill to ease the +horses. He gave information, and search was made. The broken rail, the +excoriated roadway, the marks where the horses had struggled on the +decline before finally pitching over into the torrent--all told the +sad tale. It was a wet season, and there had been much snow in the +winter, so that the river was swollen beyond its usual volume, and the +eddies of the stream were packed with ice. All search was made, and +finally the wreck of the carriage and the body of one horse were found +in an eddy of the river. Later on the body of the driver was found on +the sandy, torrent-swept waste near Tsch; but the body of the lady, +like that of the other horse, had quite disappeared, and was--what +was left of it by that time--whirling amongst the eddies of the Rhone +on its way down to the Lake of Geneva. + +Wykham Delandre made all the enquiries possible, but could not find +any trace of the missing woman. He found, however, in the books of the +various hotels the name of 'Mr. and Mrs. Geoffrey Brent'. And he had a +stone erected at Zermatt to his sister's memory, under her married +name, and a tablet put up in the church at Bretten, the parish in +which both Brent's Rock and Dander's Croft were situated. + +There was a lapse of nearly a year, after the excitement of the matter +had worn away, and the whole neighbourhood had gone on its accustomed +way. Brent was still absent, and Delandre more drunken, more morose, +and more revengeful than before. + +Then there was a new excitement. Brent's Rock was being made ready for +a new mistress. It was officially announced by Geoffrey himself in a +letter to the Vicar, that he had been married some months before to an +Italian lady, and that they were then on their way home. Then a small +army of workmen invaded the house; and hammer and plane sounded, and a +general air of size and paint pervaded the atmosphere. One wing of the +old house, the south, was entirely re-done; and then the great body of +the workmen departed, leaving only materials for the doing of the old +hall when Geoffrey Brent should have returned, for he had directed +that the decoration was only to be done under his own eyes. He had +brought with him accurate drawings of a hall in the house of his +bride's father, for he wished to reproduce for her the place to which +she had been accustomed. As the moulding had all to be re-done, some +scaffolding poles and boards were brought in and laid on one side of +the great hall, and also a great wooden tank or box for mixing the +lime, which was laid in bags beside it. + +When the new mistress of Brent's Rock arrived the bells of the church +rang out, and there was a general jubilation. She was a beautiful +creature, full of the poetry and fire and passion of the South; and +the few English words which she had learned were spoken in such a +sweet and pretty broken way that she won the hearts of the people +almost as much by the music of her voice as by the melting beauty of +her dark eyes. + +Geoffrey Brent seemed more happy than he had ever before appeared; but +there was a dark, anxious look on his face that was new to those who +knew him of old, and he started at times as though at some noise that +was unheard by others. + +And so months passed and the whisper grew that at last Brent's Rock +was to have an heir. Geoffrey was very tender to his wife, and the new +bond between them seemed to soften him. He took more interest in his +tenants and their needs than he had ever done; and works of charity on +his part as well as on his sweet young wife's were not lacking. He +seemed to have set all his hopes on the child that was coming, and as +he looked deeper into the future the dark shadow that had come over +his face seemed to die gradually away. + +All the time Wykham Delandre nursed his revenge. Deep in his heart had +grown up a purpose of vengeance which only waited an opportunity to +crystallise and take a definite shape. His vague idea was somehow +centred in the wife of Brent, for he knew that he could strike him +best through those he loved, and the coming time seemed to hold in its +womb the opportunity for which he longed. One night he sat alone in +the living-room of his house. It had once been a handsome room in its +way, but time and neglect had done their work and it was now little +better than a ruin, without dignity or picturesqueness of any kind. He +had been drinking heavily for some time and was more than half +stupefied. He thought he heard a noise as of someone at the door and +looked up. Then he called half savagely to come in; but there was no +response. With a muttered blasphemy he renewed his potations. +Presently he forgot all around him, sank into a daze, but suddenly +awoke to see standing before him someone or something like a battered, +ghostly edition of his sister. For a few moments there came upon him a +sort of fear. The woman before him, with distorted features and +burning eyes seemed hardly human, and the only thing that seemed a +reality of his sister, as she had been, was her wealth of golden hair, +and this was now streaked with grey. She eyed her brother with a long, +cold stare; and he, too, as he looked and began to realise the +actuality of her presence, found the hatred of her which he had had, +once again surging up in his heart. All the brooding passion of the +past year seemed to find a voice at once as he asked her: + +'Why are you here? You're dead and buried.' + +'I am here, Wykham Delandre, for no love of you, but because I hate +another even more than I do you!' A great passion blazed in her eyes. + +'Him?' he asked, in so fierce a whisper that even the woman was for an +instant startled till she regained her calm. + +'Yes, him!' she answered. 'But make no mistake, my revenge is my own; +and I merely use you to help me to it.' Wykham asked suddenly: + +'Did he marry you?' + +The woman's distorted face broadened out in a ghastly attempt at a +smile. It was a hideous mockery, for the broken features and seamed +scars took strange shapes and strange colours, and queer lines of +white showed out as the straining muscles pressed on the old +cicatrices. + +'So you would like to know! It would please your pride to feel that +your sister was truly married! Well, you shall not know. That was my +revenge on you, and I do not mean to change it by a hair's breadth. I +have come here tonight simply to let you know that I am alive, so that +if any violence be done me where I am going there may be a witness.' + +'Where are you going?' demanded her brother. + +'That is my affair! and I have not the least intention of letting you +know!' Wykham stood up, but the drink was on him and he reeled and +fell. As he lay on the floor he announced his intention of following +his sister; and with an outburst of splenetic humour told her that he +would follow her through the darkness by the light of her hair, and of +her beauty. At this she turned on him, and said that there were others +beside him that would rue her hair and her beauty too. 'As he will,' +she hissed; 'for the hair remains though the beauty be gone. When he +withdrew the lynch-pin and sent us over the precipice into the +torrent, he had little thought of my beauty. Perhaps his beauty would +be scarred like mine were he whirled, as I was, among the rocks of the +Visp, and frozen on the ice pack in the drift of the river. But let +him beware! His time is coming!' and with a fierce gesture she flung +open the door and passed out into the night. + + * * * * * + +Later on that night, Mrs. Brent, who was but half-asleep, became +suddenly awake and spoke to her husband: + +'Geoffrey, was not that the click of a lock somewhere below our +window?' + +But Geoffrey--though she thought that he, too, had started at the +noise--seemed sound asleep, and breathed heavily. Again Mrs. Brent +dozed; but this time awoke to the fact that her husband had arisen and +was partially dressed. He was deadly pale, and when the light of the +lamp which he had in his hand fell on his face, she was frightened at +the look in his eyes. + +'What is it, Geoffrey? What dost thou?' she asked. + +'Hush! little one,' he answered, in a strange, hoarse voice. 'Go to +sleep. I am restless, and wish to finish some work I left undone.' + +'Bring it here, my husband,' she said; 'I am lonely and I fear when +thou art away.' + +For reply he merely kissed her and went out, closing the door behind +him. She lay awake for awhile, and then nature asserted itself, and +she slept. + +Suddenly she started broad awake with the memory in her ears of a +smothered cry from somewhere not far off. She jumped up and ran to the +door and listened, but there was no sound. She grew alarmed for her +husband, and called out: 'Geoffrey! Geoffrey!' + +After a few moments the door of the great hall opened, and Geoffrey +appeared at it, but without his lamp. + +'Hush!' he said, in a sort of whisper, and his voice was harsh and +stern. 'Hush! Get to bed! I am working, and must not be disturbed. Go +to sleep, and do not wake the house!' + +With a chill in her heart--for the harshness of her husband's voice +was new to her--she crept back to bed and lay there trembling, too +frightened to cry, and listened to every sound. There was a long pause +of silence, and then the sound of some iron implement striking muffled +blows! Then there came a clang of a heavy stone falling, followed by a +muffled curse. Then a dragging sound, and then more noise of stone on +stone. She lay all the while in an agony of fear, and her heart beat +dreadfully. She heard a curious sort of scraping sound; and then there +was silence. Presently the door opened gently, and Geoffrey appeared. +His wife pretended to be asleep; but through her eyelashes she saw him +wash from his hands something white that looked like lime. + +In the morning he made no allusion to the previous night, and she was +afraid to ask any question. + +From that day there seemed some shadow over Geoffrey Brent. He neither +ate nor slept as he had been accustomed, and his former habit of +turning suddenly as though someone were speaking from behind him +revived. The old hall seemed to have some kind of fascination for him. +He used to go there many times in the day, but grew impatient if +anyone, even his wife, entered it. When the builder's foreman came to +inquire about continuing his work Geoffrey was out driving; the man +went into the hall, and when Geoffrey returned the servant told him of +his arrival and where he was. With a frightful oath he pushed the +servant aside and hurried up to the old hall. The workman met him +almost at the door; and as Geoffrey burst into the room he ran against +him. The man apologised: + +'Beg pardon, sir, but I was just going out to make some enquiries. I +directed twelve sacks of lime to be sent here, but I see there are +only ten.' + +'Damn the ten sacks and the twelve too!' was the ungracious and +incomprehensible rejoinder. + +The workman looked surprised, and tried to turn the conversation. + +'I see, sir, there is a little matter which our people must have done; +but the governor will of course see it set right at his own cost.' + +'What do you mean?' + +'That 'ere 'arth-stone, sir: Some idiot must have put a scaffold pole +on it and cracked it right down the middle, and it's thick enough +you'd think to stand hanythink.' Geoffrey was silent for quite a +minute, and then said in a constrained voice and with much gentler +manner: + +'Tell your people that I am not going on with the work in the hall at +present. I want to leave it as it is for a while longer.' + +'All right sir. I'll send up a few of our chaps to take away these +poles and lime bags and tidy the place up a bit.' + +'No! No!' said Geoffrey, 'leave them where they are. I shall send and +tell you when you are to get on with the work.' So the foreman went +away, and his comment to his master was: + +'I'd send in the bill, sir, for the work already done. 'Pears to me +that money's a little shaky in that quarter.' + +Once or twice Delandre tried to stop Brent on the road, and, at last, +finding that he could not attain his object rode after the carriage, +calling out: + +'What has become of my sister, your wife?' Geoffrey lashed his horses +into a gallop, and the other, seeing from his white face and from his +wife's collapse almost into a faint that his object was attained, rode +away with a scowl and a laugh. + +That night when Geoffrey went into the hall he passed over to the +great fireplace, and all at once started back with a smothered cry. +Then with an effort he pulled himself together and went away, +returning with a light. He bent down over the broken hearth-stone to +see if the moonlight falling through the storied window had in any way +deceived him. Then with a groan of anguish he sank to his knees. + +There, sure enough, through the crack in the broken stone were +protruding a multitude of threads of golden hair just tinged with +grey! + +He was disturbed by a noise at the door, and looking round, saw his +wife standing in the doorway. In the desperation of the moment he took +action to prevent discovery, and lighting a match at the lamp, stooped +down and burned away the hair that rose through the broken stone. Then +rising nonchalantly as he could, he pretended surprise at seeing his +wife beside him. + +For the next week he lived in an agony; for, whether by accident or +design, he could not find himself alone in the hall for any length of +time. At each visit the hair had grown afresh through the crack, and +he had to watch it carefully lest his terrible secret should be +discovered. He tried to find a receptacle for the body of the murdered +woman outside the house, but someone always interrupted him; and once, +when he was coming out of the private doorway, he was met by his wife, +who began to question him about it, and manifested surprise that she +should not have before noticed the key which he now reluctantly showed +her. Geoffrey dearly and passionately loved his wife, so that any +possibility of her discovering his dread secrets, or even of doubting +him, filled him with anguish; and after a couple of days had passed, +he could not help coming to the conclusion that, at least, she +suspected something. + +That very evening she came into the hall after her drive and found him +there sitting moodily by the deserted fireplace. She spoke to him +directly. + +'Geoffrey, I have been spoken to by that fellow Delandre, and he says +horrible things. He tells to me that a week ago his sister returned to +his house, the wreck and ruin of her former self, with only her golden +hair as of old, and announced some fell intention. He asked me where +she is--and oh, Geoffrey, she is dead, she is dead! So how can she +have returned? Oh! I am in dread, and I know not where to turn!' + +For answer, Geoffrey burst into a torrent of blasphemy which made her +shudder. He cursed Delandre and his sister and all their kind, and in +especial he hurled curse after curse on her golden hair. + +'Oh, hush! hush!' she said, and was then silent, for she feared her +husband when she saw the evil effect of his humour. Geoffrey in the +torrent of his anger stood up and moved away from the hearth; but +suddenly stopped as he saw a new look of terror in his wife's eyes. He +followed their glance, and then he too, shuddered--for there on the +broken hearth-stone lay a golden streak as the point of the hair rose +though the crack. + +'Look, look!' she shrieked. 'Is it some ghost of the dead! Come +away--come away!' and seizing her husband by the wrist with the frenzy +of madness, she pulled him from the room. + +That night she was in a raging fever. The doctor of the district +attended her at once, and special aid was telegraphed for to London. +Geoffrey was in despair, and in his anguish at the danger of his young +wife almost forgot his own crime and its consequences. In the evening +the doctor had to leave to attend to others; but he left Geoffrey in +charge of his wife. His last words were: + +'Remember, you must humour her till I come in the morning, or till +some other doctor has her case in hand. What you have to dread is +another attack of emotion. See that she is kept warm. Nothing more can +be done.' + +Late in the evening, when the rest of the household had retired, +Geoffrey's wife got up from her bed and called to her husband. + +'Come!' she said. 'Come to the old hall! I know where the gold comes +from! I want to see it grow!' + +Geoffrey would fain have stopped her, but he feared for her life or +reason on the one hand, and lest in a paroxysm she should shriek out +her terrible suspicion, and seeing that it was useless to try to +prevent her, wrapped a warm rug around her and went with her to the +old hall. When they entered, she turned and shut the door and locked +it. + +'We want no strangers amongst us three tonight!' she whispered with a +wan smile. + +'We three! nay we are but two,' said Geoffrey with a shudder; he +feared to say more. + +'Sit here,' said his wife as she put out the light. 'Sit here by the +hearth and watch the gold growing. The silver moonlight is jealous! +See, it steals along the floor towards the gold--our gold!' Geoffrey +looked with growing horror, and saw that during the hours that had +passed the golden hair had protruded further through the broken +hearth-stone. He tried to hide it by placing his feet over the broken +place; and his wife, drawing her chair beside him, leant over and +laid her head on his shoulder. + +'Now do not stir, dear,' she said; 'let us sit still and watch. We +shall find the secret of the growing gold!' He passed his arm round +her and sat silent; and as the moonlight stole along the floor she +sank to sleep. + +He feared to wake her; and so sat silent and miserable as the hours +stole away. + +Before his horror-struck eyes the golden-hair from the broken stone +grew and grew; and as it increased, so his heart got colder and +colder, till at last he had not power to stir, and sat with eyes full +of terror watching his doom. + + * * * * * + +In the morning when the London doctor came, neither Geoffrey nor his +wife could be found. Search was made in all the rooms, but without +avail. As a last resource the great door of the old hall was broken +open, and those who entered saw a grim and sorry sight. + +There by the deserted hearth Geoffrey Brent and his young wife sat +cold and white and dead. Her face was peaceful, and her eyes were +closed in sleep; but his face was a sight that made all who saw it +shudder, for there was on it a look of unutterable horror. The eyes +were open and stared glassily at his feet, which were twined with +tresses of golden hair, streaked with grey, which came through the +broken hearth-stone. + + + + +The Gipsy Prophecy + + +'I really think,' said the Doctor, 'that, at any rate, one of us +should go and try whether or not the thing is an imposture.' + +'Good!' said Considine. 'After dinner we will take our cigars and +stroll over to the camp.' + +Accordingly, when the dinner was over, and the _La Tour_ finished, +Joshua Considine and his friend, Dr Burleigh, went over to the east +side of the moor, where the gipsy encampment lay. As they were +leaving, Mary Considine, who had walked as far as the end of the +garden where it opened into the laneway, called after her husband: + +'Mind, Joshua, you are to give them a fair chance, but don't give them +any clue to a fortune--and don't you get flirting with any of the +gipsy maidens--and take care to keep Gerald out of harm.' + +For answer Considine held up his hand, as if taking a stage oath, and +whistled the air of the old song, 'The Gipsy Countess.' Gerald joined +in the strain, and then, breaking into merry laughter, the two men +passed along the laneway to the common, turning now and then to wave +their hands to Mary, who leaned over the gate, in the twilight, +looking after them. + +It was a lovely evening in the summer; the very air was full of rest +and quiet happiness, as though an outward type of the peacefulness and +joy which made a heaven of the home of the young married folk. +Considine's life had not been an eventful one. The only disturbing +element which he had ever known was in his wooing of Mary Winston, and +the long-continued objection of her ambitious parents, who expected a +brilliant match for their only daughter. When Mr. and Mrs. Winston had +discovered the attachment of the young barrister, they had tried to +keep the young people apart by sending their daughter away for a long +round of visits, having made her promise not to correspond with her +lover during her absence. Love, however, had stood the test. Neither +absence nor neglect seemed to cool the passion of the young man, and +jealousy seemed a thing unknown to his sanguine nature; so, after a +long period of waiting, the parents had given in, and the young folk +were married. + +They had been living in the cottage a few months, and were just +beginning to feel at home. Gerald Burleigh, Joshua's old college chum, +and himself a sometime victim of Mary's beauty, had arrived a week +before, to stay with them for as long a time as he could tear himself +away from his work in London. + +When her husband had quite disappeared Mary went into the house, and, +sitting down at the piano, gave an hour to Mendelssohn. + +It was but a short walk across the common, and before the cigars +required renewing the two men had reached the gipsy camp. The place +was as picturesque as gipsy camps--when in villages and when business +is good--usually are. There were some few persons round the fire, +investing their money in prophecy, and a large number of others, +poorer or more parsimonious, who stayed just outside the bounds but +near enough to see all that went on. + +As the two gentlemen approached, the villagers, who knew Joshua, made +way a little, and a pretty, keen-eyed gipsy girl tripped up and asked +to tell their fortunes. Joshua held out his hand, but the girl, +without seeming to see it, stared at his face in a very odd manner. +Gerald nudged him: + +'You must cross her hand with silver,' he said. 'It is one of the most +important parts of the mystery.' Joshua took from his pocket a +half-crown and held it out to her, but, without looking at it, she +answered: + +'You have to cross the gipsy's hand with gold.' + +Gerald laughed. 'You are at a premium as a subject,' he said. Joshua +was of the kind of man--the universal kind--who can tolerate being +stared at by a pretty girl; so, with some little deliberation, he +answered: + +'All right; here you are, my pretty girl; but you must give me a real +good fortune for it,' and he handed her a half sovereign, which she +took, saying: + +'It is not for me to give good fortune or bad, but only to read what +the Stars have said.' She took his right hand and turned it palm +upward; but the instant her eyes met it she dropped it as though it +had been red hot, and, with a startled look, glided swiftly away. +Lifting the curtain of the large tent, which occupied the centre of +the camp, she disappeared within. + +'Sold again!' said the cynical Gerald. Joshua stood a little amazed, +and not altogether satisfied. They both watched the large tent. In a +few moments there emerged from the opening not the young girl, but a +stately looking woman of middle age and commanding presence. + +The instant she appeared the whole camp seemed to stand still. The +clamour of tongues, the laughter and noise of the work were, for a +second or two, arrested, and every man or woman who sat, or crouched, +or lay, stood up and faced the imperial looking gipsy. + +'The Queen, of course,' murmured Gerald. 'We are in luck tonight.' The +gipsy Queen threw a searching glance around the camp, and then, +without hesitating an instant, came straight over and stood before +Joshua. + +'Hold out your hand,' she said in a commanding tone. + +Again Gerald spoke, _sotto voce_: 'I have not been spoken to in that +way since I was at school.' + +'Your hand must be crossed with gold.' + +'A hundred per cent. at this game,' whispered Gerald, as Joshua laid +another half sovereign on his upturned palm. + +The gipsy looked at the hand with knitted brows; then suddenly looking +up into his face, said: + +'Have you a strong will--have you a true heart that can be brave for +one you love?' + +'I hope so; but I am afraid I have not vanity enough to say "yes".' + +'Then I will answer for you; for I read resolution in your +face--resolution desperate and determined if need be. You have a wife +you love?' + +'Yes,' emphatically. + +'Then leave her at once--never see her face again. Go from her now, +while love is fresh and your heart is free from wicked intent. Go +quick--go far, and never see her face again!' + +Joshua drew away his hand quickly, and said, 'Thank you!' stiffly but +sarcastically, as he began to move away. + +'I say!' said Gerald, 'you're not going like that, old man; no use in +being indignant with the Stars or their prophet--and, moreover, your +sovereign--what of it? At least, hear the matter out.' + +'Silence, ribald!' commanded the Queen, 'you know not what you do. Let +him go--and go ignorant, if he will not be warned.' + +Joshua immediately turned back. 'At all events, we will see this thing +out,' he said. 'Now, madam, you have given me advice, but I paid for a +fortune.' + +'Be warned!' said the gipsy. 'The Stars have been silent for long; let +the mystery still wrap them round.' + +'My dear madam, I do not get within touch of a mystery every day, and +I prefer for my money knowledge rather than ignorance. I can get the +latter commodity for nothing when I want any of it.' + +Gerald echoed the sentiment. 'As for me I have a large and unsaleable +stock on hand.' + +The gipsy Queen eyed the two men sternly, and then said: 'As you wish. +You have chosen for yourself, and have met warning with scorn, and +appeal with levity. On your own heads be the doom!' + +'Amen!' said Gerald. + +With an imperious gesture the Queen took Joshua's hand again, and +began to tell his fortune. + +'I see here the flowing of blood; it will flow before long; it is +running in my sight. It flows through the broken circle of a severed +ring.' + +'Go on!' said Joshua, smiling. Gerald was silent. + +'Must I speak plainer?' + +'Certainly; we commonplace mortals want something definite. The Stars +are a long way off, and their words get somewhat dulled in the +message.' + +The gipsy shuddered, and then spoke impressively. 'This is the hand of +a murderer--the murderer of his wife!' She dropped the hand and turned +away. + +Joshua laughed. 'Do you know,' said he, 'I think if I were you I +should prophesy some jurisprudence into my system. For instance, you +say "this hand is the hand of a murderer." Well, whatever it may be in +the future--or potentially--it is at present not one. You ought to +give your prophecy in such terms as "the hand which will be a +murderer's", or, rather, "the hand of one who will be the murderer of +his wife". The Stars are really not good on technical questions.' + +The gipsy made no reply of any kind, but, with drooping head and +despondent mien, walked slowly to her tent, and, lifting the curtain, +disappeared. + +Without speaking the two men turned homewards, and walked across the +moor. Presently, after some little hesitation, Gerald spoke. + +'Of course, old man, this is all a joke; a ghastly one, but still a +joke. But would it not be well to keep it to ourselves?' + +'How do you mean?' + +'Well, not tell your wife. It might alarm her.' + +'Alarm her! My dear Gerald, what are you thinking of? Why, she would +not be alarmed or afraid of me if all the gipsies that ever didn't +come from Bohemia agreed that I was to murder her, or even to have a +hard thought of her, whilst so long as she was saying "Jack +Robinson."' + +Gerald remonstrated. 'Old fellow, women are superstitious--far more +than we men are; and, also they are blessed--or cursed--with a nervous +system to which we are strangers. I see too much of it in my work not +to realise it. Take my advice and do not let her know, or you will +frighten her.' + +Joshua's lips unconsciously hardened as he answered: 'My dear fellow, +I would not have a secret from my wife. Why, it would be the +beginning of a new order of things between us. We have no secrets from +each other. If we ever have, then you may begin to look out for +something odd between us.' + +'Still,' said Gerald, 'at the risk of unwelcome interference, I say +again be warned in time.' + +'The gipsy's very words,' said Joshua. 'You and she seem quite of one +accord. Tell me, old man, is this a put-up thing? You told me of the +gipsy camp--did you arrange it all with Her Majesty?' This was said +with an air of bantering earnestness. Gerald assured him that he only +heard of the camp that morning; but he made fun of every answer of his +friend, and, in the process of this raillery, the time passed, and +they entered the cottage. + +Mary was sitting at the piano but not playing. The dim twilight had +waked some very tender feelings in her breast, and her eyes were full +of gentle tears. When the men came in she stole over to her husband's +side and kissed him. Joshua struck a tragic attitude. + +'Mary,' he said in a deep voice, 'before you approach me, listen to +the words of Fate. The Stars have spoken and the doom is sealed.' + +'What is it, dear? Tell me the fortune, but do not frighten me.' + +'Not at all, my dear; but there is a truth which it is well that you +should know. Nay, it is necessary so that all your arrangements can be +made beforehand, and everything be decently done and in order.' + +'Go on, dear; I am listening.' + +'Mary Considine, your effigy may yet be seen at Madame Tussaud's. The +juris-imprudent Stars have announced their fell tidings that this hand +is red with blood--your blood. Mary! Mary! my God!' He sprang +forward, but too late to catch her as she fell fainting on the floor. + +'I told you,' said Gerald. 'You don't know them as well as I do.' + +After a little while Mary recovered from her swoon, but only to fall +into strong hysterics, in which she laughed and wept and raved and +cried, 'Keep him from me--from me, Joshua, my husband,' and many other +words of entreaty and of fear. + +Joshua Considine was in a state of mind bordering on agony, and when +at last Mary became calm he knelt by her and kissed her feet and hands +and hair and called her all the sweet names and said all the tender +things his lips could frame. All that night he sat by her bedside and +held her hand. Far through the night and up to the early morning she +kept waking from sleep and crying out as if in fear, till she was +comforted by the consciousness that her husband was watching beside +her. + +Breakfast was late the next morning, but during it Joshua received a +telegram which required him to drive over to Withering, nearly twenty +miles. He was loth to go; but Mary would not hear of his remaining, +and so before noon he drove off in his dog-cart alone. + +When he was gone Mary retired to her room. She did not appear at +lunch, but when afternoon tea was served on the lawn under the great +weeping willow, she came to join her guest. She was looking quite +recovered from her illness of the evening before. After some casual +remarks, she said to Gerald: 'Of course it was very silly about last +night, but I could not help feeling frightened. Indeed I would feel so +still if I let myself think of it. But, after all these people may +only imagine things, and I have got a test that can hardly fail to +show that the prediction is false--if indeed it be false,' she added +sadly. + +'What is your plan?' asked Gerald. + +'I shall go myself to the gipsy camp, and have my fortune told by the +Queen.' + +'Capital. May I go with you?' + +'Oh, no! That would spoil it. She might know you and guess at me, and +suit her utterance accordingly. I shall go alone this afternoon.' + +When the afternoon was gone Mary Considine took her way to the gipsy +encampment. Gerald went with her as far as the near edge of the +common, and returned alone. + +Half-an-hour had hardly elapsed when Mary entered the drawing-room, +where he lay on a sofa reading. She was ghastly pale and was in a +state of extreme excitement. Hardly had she passed over the threshold +when she collapsed and sank moaning on the carpet. Gerald rushed to +aid her, but by a great effort she controlled herself and motioned him +to be silent. He waited, and his ready attention to her wish seemed to +be her best help, for, in a few minutes, she had somewhat recovered, +and was able to tell him what had passed. + +'When I got to the camp,' she said, 'there did not seem to be a soul +about, I went into the centre and stood there. Suddenly a tall woman +stood beside me. "Something told me I was wanted!" she said. I held +out my hand and laid a piece of silver on it. She took from her neck a +small golden trinket and laid it there also; and then, seizing the +two, threw them into the stream that ran by. Then she took my hand in +hers and spoke: "Naught but blood in this guilty place," and turned +away. I caught hold of her and asked her to tell me more. After some +hesitation, she said: "Alas! alas! I see you lying at your husband's +feet, and his hands are red with blood."' + +Gerald did not feel at all at ease, and tried to laugh it off. +'Surely,' he said, 'this woman has a craze about murder.' + +'Do not laugh,' said Mary, 'I cannot bear it,' and then, as if with a +sudden impulse, she left the room. + +Not long after Joshua returned, bright and cheery, and as hungry as a +hunter after his long drive. His presence cheered his wife, who seemed +much brighter, but she did not mention the episode of the visit to the +gipsy camp, so Gerald did not mention it either. As if by tacit +consent the subject was not alluded to during the evening. But there +was a strange, settled look on Mary's face, which Gerald could not but +observe. + +In the morning Joshua came down to breakfast later than usual. Mary +had been up and about the house from an early hour; but as the time +drew on she seemed to get a little nervous and now and again threw +around an anxious look. + +Gerald could not help noticing that none of those at breakfast could +get on satisfactorily with their food. It was not altogether that the +chops were tough, but that the knives were all so blunt. Being a +guest, he, of course, made no sign; but presently saw Joshua draw his +thumb across the edge of his knife in an unconscious sort of way. At +the action Mary turned pale and almost fainted. + +After breakfast they all went out on the lawn. Mary was making up a +bouquet, and said to her husband, 'Get me a few of the tea-roses, +dear.' + +Joshua pulled down a cluster from the front of the house. The stem +bent, but was too tough to break. He put his hand in his pocket to get +his knife; but in vain. 'Lend me your knife, Gerald,' he said. But +Gerald had not got one, so he went into the breakfast room and took +one from the table. He came out feeling its edge and grumbling. 'What +on earth has happened to all the knives--the edges seem all ground +off?' Mary turned away hurriedly and entered the house. + +Joshua tried to sever the stalk with the blunt knife as country cooks +sever the necks of fowl--as schoolboys cut twine. With a little effort +he finished the task. The cluster of roses grew thick, so he +determined to gather a great bunch. + +He could not find a single sharp knife in the sideboard where the +cutlery was kept, so he called Mary, and when she came, told her the +state of things. She looked so agitated and so miserable that he could +not help knowing the truth, and, as if astounded and hurt, asked her: + +'Do you mean to say that _you_ have done it?' + +She broke in, 'Oh, Joshua, I was so afraid.' + +He paused, and a set, white look came over his face. 'Mary!' said he, +'is this all the trust you have in me? I would not have believed it.' + +'Oh, Joshua! Joshua!' she cried entreatingly, 'forgive me,' and wept +bitterly. + +Joshua thought a moment and then said: 'I see how it is. We shall +better end this or we shall all go mad.' + +He ran into the drawing-room. + +'Where are you going?' almost screamed Mary. + +Gerald saw what he meant--that he would not be tied to blunt +instruments by the force of a superstition, and was not surprised when +he saw him come out through the French window, bearing in his hand a +large Ghourka knife, which usually lay on the centre table, and which +his brother had sent him from Northern India. It was one of those +great hunting-knives which worked such havoc, at close quarters with +the enemies of the loyal Ghourkas during the mutiny, of great weight +but so evenly balanced in the hand as to seem light, and with an edge +like a razor. With one of these knives a Ghourka can cut a sheep in +two. + +When Mary saw him come out of the room with the weapon in his hand she +screamed in an agony of fright, and the hysterics of last night were +promptly renewed. + +Joshua ran toward her, and, seeing her falling, threw down the knife +and tried to catch her. + +However, he was just a second too late, and the two men cried out in +horror simultaneously as they saw her fall upon the naked blade. + +When Gerald rushed over he found that in falling her left hand had +struck the blade, which lay partly upwards on the grass. Some of the +small veins were cut through, and the blood gushed freely from the +wound. As he was tying it up he pointed out to Joshua that the wedding +ring was severed by the steel. + +They carried her fainting to the house. When, after a while, she came +out, with her arm in a sling, she was peaceful in her mind and happy. +She said to her husband: + +'The gipsy was wonderfully near the truth; too near for the real thing +ever to occur now, dear.' + +Joshua bent over and kissed the wounded hand. + + + + +The Coming of Abel Behenna + + +The little Cornish port of Pencastle was bright in the early April, +when the sun had seemingly come to stay after a long and bitter +winter. Boldly and blackly the rock stood out against a background of +shaded blue, where the sky fading into mist met the far horizon. The +sea was of true Cornish hue--sapphire, save where it became deep +emerald green in the fathomless depths under the cliffs, where the +seal caves opened their grim jaws. On the slopes the grass was parched +and brown. The spikes of furze bushes were ashy grey, but the golden +yellow of their flowers streamed along the hillside, dipping out in +lines as the rock cropped up, and lessening into patches and dots till +finally it died away all together where the sea winds swept round the +jutting cliffs and cut short the vegetation as though with an +ever-working aerial shears. The whole hillside, with its body of brown +and flashes of yellow, was just like a colossal yellow-hammer. + +The little harbour opened from the sea between towering cliffs, and +behind a lonely rock, pierced with many caves and blow-holes through +which the sea in storm time sent its thunderous voice, together with a +fountain of drifting spume. Hence, it wound westwards in a serpentine +course, guarded at its entrance by two little curving piers to left +and right. These were roughly built of dark slates placed endways and +held together with great beams bound with iron bands. Thence, it +flowed up the rocky bed of the stream whose winter torrents had of old +cut out its way amongst the hills. This stream was deep at first, with +here and there, where it widened, patches of broken rock exposed at +low water, full of holes where crabs and lobsters were to be found at +the ebb of the tide. From amongst the rocks rose sturdy posts, used +for warping in the little coasting vessels which frequented the port. +Higher up, the stream still flowed deeply, for the tide ran far +inland, but always calmly for all the force of the wildest storm was +broken below. Some quarter mile inland the stream was deep at high +water, but at low tide there were at each side patches of the same +broken rock as lower down, through the chinks of which the sweet water +of the natural stream trickled and murmured after the tide had ebbed +away. Here, too, rose mooring posts for the fishermen's boats. At +either side of the river was a row of cottages down almost on the +level of high tide. They were pretty cottages, strongly and snugly +built, with trim narrow gardens in front, full of old-fashioned +plants, flowering currants, coloured primroses, wallflower, and +stonecrop. Over the fronts of many of them climbed clematis and +wisteria. The window sides and door posts of all were as white as +snow, and the little pathway to each was paved with light coloured +stones. At some of the doors were tiny porches, whilst at others were +rustic seats cut from tree trunks or from old barrels; in nearly every +case the window ledges were filled with boxes or pots of flowers or +foliage plants. + +Two men lived in cottages exactly opposite each other across the +stream. Two men, both young, both good-looking, both prosperous, and +who had been companions and rivals from their boyhood. Abel Behenna +was dark with the gypsy darkness which the Phoenician mining wanderers +left in their track; Eric Sanson--which the local antiquarian said was +a corruption of Sagamanson--was fair, with the ruddy hue which marked +the path of the wild Norseman. These two seemed to have singled out +each other from the very beginning to work and strive together, to +fight for each other and to stand back to back in all endeavours. They +had now put the coping-stone on their Temple of Unity by falling in +love with the same girl. Sarah Trefusis was certainly the prettiest +girl in Pencastle, and there was many a young man who would gladly +have tried his fortune with her, but that there were two to contend +against, and each of these the strongest and most resolute man in the +port--except the other. The average young man thought that this was +very hard, and on account of it bore no good will to either of the +three principals: whilst the average young woman who had, lest worse +should befall, to put up with the grumbling of her sweetheart, and the +sense of being only second best which it implied, did not either, be +sure, regard Sarah with friendly eye. Thus it came, in the course of a +year or so, for rustic courtship is a slow process, that the two men +and woman found themselves thrown much together. They were all +satisfied, so it did not matter, and Sarah, who was vain and something +frivolous, took care to have her revenge on both men and women in a +quiet way. When a young woman in her 'walking out' can only boast one +not-quite-satisfied young man, it is no particular pleasure to her to +see her escort cast sheep's eyes at a better-looking girl supported by +two devoted swains. + +At length there came a time which Sarah dreaded, and which she had +tried to keep distant--the time when she had to make her choice +between the two men. She liked them both, and, indeed, either of them +might have satisfied the ideas of even a more exacting girl. But her +mind was so constituted that she thought more of what she might lose, +than of what she might gain; and whenever she thought she had made up +her mind she became instantly assailed with doubts as to the wisdom of +her choice. Always the man whom she had presumably lost became endowed +afresh with a newer and more bountiful crop of advantages than had +ever arisen from the possibility of his acceptance. She promised each +man that on her birthday she would give him his answer, and that day, +the 11th of April, had now arrived. The promises had been given singly +and confidentially, but each was given to a man who was not likely to +forget. Early in the morning she found both men hovering round her +door. Neither had taken the other into his confidence, and each was +simply seeking an early opportunity of getting his answer, and +advancing his suit if necessary. Damon, as a rule, does not take +Pythias with him when making a proposal; and in the heart of each man +his own affairs had a claim far above any requirements of friendship. +So, throughout the day, they kept seeing each other out. The position +was doubtless somewhat embarrassing to Sarah, and though the +satisfaction of her vanity that she should be thus adored was very +pleasing, yet there were moments when she was annoyed with both men +for being so persistent. Her only consolation at such moments was that +she saw, through the elaborate smiles of the other girls when in +passing they noticed her door thus doubly guarded, the jealousy which +filled their hearts. Sarah's mother was a person of commonplace and +sordid ideas, and, seeing all along the state of affairs, her one +intention, persistently expressed to her daughter in the plainest +words, was to so arrange matters that Sarah should get all that was +possible out of both men. With this purpose she had cunningly kept +herself as far as possible in the background in the matter of her +daughter's wooings, and watched in silence. At first Sarah had been +indignant with her for her sordid views; but, as usual, her weak +nature gave way before persistence, and she had now got to the stage +of acceptance. She was not surprised when her mother whispered to her +in the little yard behind the house:-- + +'Go up the hillside for a while; I want to talk to these two. They're +both red-hot for ye, and now's the time to get things fixed!' Sarah +began a feeble remonstrance, but her mother cut her short. + +'I tell ye, girl, that my mind is made up! Both these men want ye, and +only one can have ye, but before ye choose it'll be so arranged that +ye'll have all that both have got! Don't argy, child! Go up the +hillside, and when ye come back I'll have it fixed--I see a way quite +easy!' So Sarah went up the hillside through the narrow paths between +the golden furze, and Mrs. Trefusis joined the two men in the +living-room of the little house. + +She opened the attack with the desperate courage which is in all +mothers when they think for their children, howsoever mean the +thoughts may be. + +'Ye two men, ye're both in love with my Sarah!' + +Their bashful silence gave consent to the barefaced proposition. She +went on. + +'Neither of ye has much!' Again they tacitly acquiesced in the soft +impeachment. + +'I don't know that either of ye could keep a wife!' Though neither +said a word their looks and bearing expressed distinct dissent. Mrs. +Trefusis went on: + +'But if ye'd put what ye both have together ye'd make a comfortable +home for one of ye--and Sarah!' She eyed the men keenly, with her +cunning eyes half shut, as she spoke; then satisfied from her scrutiny +that the idea was accepted she went on quickly, as if to prevent +argument: + +'The girl likes ye both, and mayhap it's hard for her to choose. Why +don't ye toss up for her? First put your money together--ye've each +got a bit put by, I know. Let the lucky man take the lot and trade +with it a bit, and then come home and marry her. Neither of ye's +afraid, I suppose! And neither of ye'll say that he won't do that much +for the girl that ye both say ye love!' + +Abel broke the silence: + +'It don't seem the square thing to toss for the girl! She wouldn't +like it herself, and it doesn't seem--seem respectful like to her--' +Eric interrupted. He was conscious that his chance was not so good as +Abel's in case Sarah should wish to choose between them: + +'Are ye afraid of the hazard?' + +'Not me!' said Abel, boldly. Mrs. Trefusis, seeing that her idea was +beginning to work, followed up the advantage. + +'It is settled that ye put yer money together to make a home for her, +whether ye toss for her or leave it for her to choose?' + +'Yes,' said Eric quickly, and Abel agreed with equal sturdiness. Mrs. +Trefusis' little cunning eyes twinkled. She heard Sarah's step in the +yard, and said: + +'Well! here she comes, and I leave it to her.' And she went out. + +During her brief walk on the hillside Sarah had been trying to make up +her mind. She was feeling almost angry with both men for being the +cause of her difficulty, and as she came into the room said shortly: + +'I want to have a word with you both--come to the Flagstaff Rock, +where we can be alone.' She took her hat and went out of the house up +the winding path to the steep rock crowned with a high flagstaff, +where once the wreckers' fire basket used to burn. This was the rock +which formed the northern jaw of the little harbour. There was only +room on the path for two abreast, and it marked the state of things +pretty well when, by a sort of implied arrangement, Sarah went first, +and the two men followed, walking abreast and keeping step. By this +time, each man's heart was boiling with jealousy. When they came to +the top of the rock, Sarah stood against the flagstaff, and the two +young men stood opposite her. She had chosen her position with +knowledge and intention, for there was no room for anyone to stand +beside her. They were all silent for a while; then Sarah began to +laugh and said:-- + +'I promised the both of you to give you an answer to-day. I've been +thinking and thinking and thinking, till I began to get angry with you +both for plaguing me so; and even now I don't seem any nearer than +ever I was to making up my mind.' Eric said suddenly: + +'Let us toss for it, lass!' Sarah showed no indignation whatever at +the proposition; her mother's eternal suggestion had schooled her to +the acceptance of something of the kind, and her weak nature made it +easy to her to grasp at any way out of the difficulty. She stood with +downcast eyes idly picking at the sleeve of her dress, seeming to +have tacitly acquiesced in the proposal. Both men instinctively +realising this pulled each a coin from his pocket, spun it in the air, +and dropped his other hand over the palm on which it lay. For a few +seconds they remained thus, all silent; then Abel, who was the more +thoughtful of the men, spoke: + +'Sarah! is this good?' As he spoke he removed the upper hand from the +coin and placed the latter back in his pocket. Sarah was nettled. + +'Good or bad, it's good enough for me! Take it or leave it as you +like,' she said, to which he replied quickly: + +'Nay lass! Aught that concerns you is good enow for me. I did but +think of you lest you might have pain or disappointment hereafter. If +you love Eric better nor me, in God's name say so, and I think I'm man +enow to stand aside. Likewise, if I'm the one, don't make us both +miserable for life!' Face to face with a difficulty, Sarah's weak +nature proclaimed itself; she put her hands before her face and began +to cry, saying-- + +'It was my mother. She keeps telling me!' The silence which followed +was broken by Eric, who said hotly to Abel: + +'Let the lass alone, can't you? If she wants to choose this way, let +her. It's good enough for me--and for you, too! She's said it now, and +must abide by it!' Hereupon Sarah turned upon him in sudden fury, and +cried: + +'Hold your tongue! what is it to you, at any rate?' and she resumed +her crying. Eric was so flabbergasted that he had not a word to say, +but stood looking particularly foolish, with his mouth open and his +hands held out with the coin still between them. All were silent till +Sarah, taking her hands from her face laughed hysterically and said: + +'As you two can't make up your minds, I'm going home!' and she turned +to go. + +'Stop,' said Abel, in an authoritative voice. 'Eric, you hold the +coin, and I'll cry. Now, before we settle it, let us clearly +understand: the man who wins takes all the money that we both have +got, brings it to Bristol and ships on a voyage and trades with it. +Then he comes back and marries Sarah, and they two keep all, whatever +there may be, as the result of the trading. Is this what we +understand?' + +'Yes,' said Eric. + +'I'll marry him on my next birthday,' said Sarah. Having said it the +intolerably mercenary spirit of her action seemed to strike her, and +impulsively she turned away with a bright blush. Fire seemed to +sparkle in the eyes of both men. Said Eric: 'A year so be! The man +that wins is to have one year.' + +'Toss!' cried Abel, and the coin spun in the air. Eric caught it, and +again held it between his outstretched hands. + +'Heads!' cried Abel, a pallor sweeping over his face as he spoke. As +he leaned forward to look Sarah leaned forward too, and their heads +almost touched. He could feel her hair blowing on his cheek, and it +thrilled through him like fire. Eric lifted his upper hand; the coin +lay with its head up. Abel stepped forward and took Sarah in his arms. +With a curse Eric hurled the coin far into the sea. Then he leaned +against the flagstaff and scowled at the others with his hands thrust +deep into his pockets. Abel whispered wild words of passion and +delight into Sarah's ears, and as she listened she began to believe +that fortune had rightly interpreted the wishes of her secret heart, +and that she loved Abel best. + +Presently Abel looked up and caught sight of Eric's face as the last +ray of sunset struck it. The red light intensified the natural +ruddiness of his complexion, and he looked as though he were steeped +in blood. Abel did not mind his scowl, for now that his own heart was +at rest he could feel unalloyed pity for his friend. He stepped over +meaning to comfort him, and held out his hand, saying: + +'It was my chance, old lad. Don't grudge it me. I'll try to make Sarah +a happy woman, and you shall be a brother to us both!' + +'Brother be damned!' was all the answer Eric made, as he turned away. +When he had gone a few steps down the rocky path he turned and came +back. Standing before Abel and Sarah, who had their arms round each +other, he said: + +'You have a year. Make the most of it! And be sure you're in time to +claim your wife! Be back to have your banns up in time to be married +on the 11th April. If you're not, I tell you I shall have my banns up, +and you may get back too late.' + +'What do you mean, Eric? You are mad!' + +'No more mad than you are, Abel Behenna. You go, that's your chance! I +stay, that's mine! I don't mean to let the grass grow under my feet. +Sarah cared no more for you than for me five minutes ago, and she may +come back to that five minutes after you're gone! You won by a point +only--the game may change.' + +'The game won't change!' said Abel shortly. 'Sarah, you'll be true to +me? You won't marry till I return?' + +'For a year!' added Eric, quickly, 'that's the bargain.' + +'I promise for the year,' said Sarah. A dark look came over Abel's +face, and he was about to speak, but he mastered himself and smiled. + +'I mustn't be too hard or get angry tonight! Come, Eric! we played and +fought together. I won fairly. I played fairly all the game of our +wooing! You know that as well as I do; and now when I am going away, I +shall look to my old and true comrade to help me when I am gone!' + +'I'll help you none,' said Eric, 'so help me God!' + +'It was God helped me,' said Abel simply. + +'Then let Him go on helping you,' said Eric angrily. 'The Devil is +good enough for me!' and without another word he rushed down the steep +path and disappeared behind the rocks. + +When he had gone Abel hoped for some tender passage with Sarah, but +the first remark she made chilled him. + +'How lonely it all seems without Eric!' and this note sounded till he +had left her at home--and after. + +Early on the next morning Abel heard a noise at his door, and on going +out saw Eric walking rapidly away: a small canvas bag full of gold and +silver lay on the threshold; on a small slip of paper pinned to it was +written: + +'Take the money and go. I stay. God for you! The Devil for me! +Remember the 11th of April.--ERIC SANSON.' That afternoon Abel went +off to Bristol, and a week later sailed on the _Star of the Sea_ bound +for Pahang. His money--including that which had been Eric's--was on +board in the shape of a venture of cheap toys. He had been advised by +a shrewd old mariner of Bristol whom he knew, and who knew the ways of +the Chersonese, who predicted that every penny invested would be +returned with a shilling to boot. + +As the year wore on Sarah became more and more disturbed in her mind. +Eric was always at hand to make love to her in his own persistent, +masterful manner, and to this she did not object. Only one letter came +from Abel, to say that his venture had proved successful, and that he +had sent some two hundred pounds to the bank at Bristol, and was +trading with fifty pounds still remaining in goods for China, whither +the _Star of the Sea_ was bound and whence she would return to +Bristol. He suggested that Eric's share of the venture should be +returned to him with his share of the profits. This proposition was +treated with anger by Eric, and as simply childish by Sarah's mother. + +More than six months had since then elapsed, but no other letter had +come, and Eric's hopes which had been dashed down by the letter from +Pahang, began to rise again. He perpetually assailed Sarah with an +'if!' If Abel did not return, would she then marry him? If the 11th +April went by without Abel being in the port, would she give him over? +If Abel had taken his fortune, and married another girl on the head of +it, would she marry him, Eric, as soon as the truth were known? And so +on in an endless variety of possibilities. The power of the strong +will and the determined purpose over the woman's weaker nature became +in time manifest. Sarah began to lose her faith in Abel and to regard +Eric as a possible husband; and a possible husband is in a woman's eye +different to all other men. A new affection for him began to arise in +her breast, and the daily familiarities of permitted courtship +furthered the growing affection. Sarah began to regard Abel as rather +a rock in the road of her life, and had it not been for her mother's +constantly reminding her of the good fortune already laid by in the +Bristol Bank she would have tried to have shut her eyes altogether to +the fact of Abel's existence. + +The 11th April was Saturday, so that in order to have the marriage on +that day it would be necessary that the banns should be called on +Sunday, 22nd March. From the beginning of that month Eric kept +perpetually on the subject of Abel's absence, and his outspoken +opinion that the latter was either dead or married began to become a +reality to the woman's mind. As the first half of the month wore on +Eric became more jubilant, and after church on the 15th he took Sarah +for a walk to the Flagstaff Rock. There he asserted himself strongly: + +'I told Abel, and you too, that if he was not here to put up his banns +in time for the eleventh, I would put up mine for the twelfth. Now the +time has come when I mean to do it. He hasn't kept his word'--here +Sarah struck in out of her weakness and indecision: + +'He hasn't broken it yet!' Eric ground his teeth with anger. + +'If you mean to stick up for him,' he said, as he smote his hands +savagely on the flagstaff, which sent forth a shivering murmur, 'well +and good. I'll keep my part of the bargain. On Sunday I shall give +notice of the banns, and you can deny them in the church if you will. +If Abel is in Pencastle on the eleventh, he can have them cancelled, +and his own put up; but till then, I take my course, and woe to anyone +who stands in my way!' With that he flung himself down the rocky +pathway, and Sarah could not but admire his Viking strength and +spirit, as, crossing the hill, he strode away along the cliffs towards +Bude. + +During the week no news was heard of Abel, and on Saturday Eric gave +notice of the banns of marriage between himself and Sarah Trefusis. +The clergyman would have remonstrated with him, for although nothing +formal had been told to the neighbours, it had been understood since +Abel's departure that on his return he was to marry Sarah; but Eric +would not discuss the question. + +'It is a painful subject, sir,' he said with a firmness which the +parson, who was a very young man, could not but be swayed by. 'Surely +there is nothing against Sarah or me. Why should there be any bones +made about the matter?' The parson said no more, and on the next day +he read out the banns for the first time amidst an audible buzz from +the congregation. Sarah was present, contrary to custom, and though +she blushed furiously enjoyed her triumph over the other girls whose +banns had not yet come. Before the week was over she began to make her +wedding dress. Eric used to come and look at her at work and the sight +thrilled through him. He used to say all sorts of pretty things to her +at such times, and there were to both delicious moments of +love-making. + +The banns were read a second time on the 29th, and Eric's hope grew +more and more fixed though there were to him moments of acute despair +when he realised that the cup of happiness might be dashed from his +lips at any moment, right up to the last. At such times he was full of +passion--desperate and remorseless--and he ground his teeth and +clenched his hands in a wild way as though some taint of the old +Berserker fury of his ancestors still lingered in his blood. On the +Thursday of that week he looked in on Sarah and found her, amid a +flood of sunshine, putting finishing touches to her white wedding +gown. His own heart was full of gaiety, and the sight of the woman who +was so soon to be his own so occupied, filled him with a joy +unspeakable, and he felt faint with languorous ecstasy. Bending over +he kissed Sarah on the mouth, and then whispered in her rosy ear-- + +'Your wedding dress, Sarah! And for me!' As he drew back to admire her +she looked up saucily, and said to him-- + +'Perhaps not for you. There is more than a week yet for Abel!' and +then cried out in dismay, for with a wild gesture and a fierce oath +Eric dashed out of the house, banging the door behind him. The +incident disturbed Sarah more than she could have thought possible, +for it awoke all her fears and doubts and indecision afresh. She cried +a little, and put by her dress, and to soothe herself went out to sit +for a while on the summit of the Flagstaff Rock. When she arrived she +found there a little group anxiously discussing the weather. The sea +was calm and the sun bright, but across the sea were strange lines of +darkness and light, and close in to shore the rocks were fringed with +foam, which spread out in great white curves and circles as the +currents drifted. The wind had backed, and came in sharp, cold puffs. +The blow-hole, which ran under the Flagstaff Rock, from the rocky bay +without to the harbour within, was booming at intervals, and the +seagulls were screaming ceaselessly as they wheeled about the entrance +of the port. + +'It looks bad,' she heard an old fisherman say to the coastguard. 'I +seen it just like this once before, when the East Indiaman +_Coromandel_ went to pieces in Dizzard Bay!' Sarah did not wait to +hear more. She was of a timid nature where danger was concerned, and +could not bear to hear of wrecks and disasters. She went home and +resumed the completion of her dress, secretly determined to appease +Eric when she should meet him with a sweet apology--and to take the +earliest opportunity of being even with him after her marriage. The +old fisherman's weather prophecy was justified. That night at dusk a +wild storm came on. The sea rose and lashed the western coasts from +Skye to Scilly and left a tale of disaster everywhere. The sailors and +fishermen of Pencastle all turned out on the rocks and cliffs and +watched eagerly. Presently, by a flash of lightning, a 'ketch' was +seen drifting under only a jib about half-a-mile outside the port. All +eyes and all glasses were concentrated on her, waiting for the next +flash, and when it came a chorus went up that it was the _Lovely +Alice_, trading between Bristol and Penzance, and touching at all the +little ports between. 'God help them!' said the harbour-master, 'for +nothing in this world can save them when they are between Bude and +Tintagel and the wind on shore!' The coastguards exerted themselves, +and, aided by brave hearts and willing hands, they brought the rocket +apparatus up on the summit of the Flagstaff Rock. Then they burned +blue lights so that those on board might see the harbour opening in +case they could make any effort to reach it. They worked gallantly +enough on board; but no skill or strength of man could avail. Before +many minutes were over the _Lovely Alice_ rushed to her doom on the +great island rock that guarded the mouth of the port. The screams of +those on board were faintly borne on the tempest as they flung +themselves into the sea in a last chance for life. The blue lights +were kept burning, and eager eyes peered into the depths of the waters +in case any face could be seen; and ropes were held ready to fling out +in aid. But never a face was seen, and the willing arms rested idle. +Eric was there amongst his fellows. His old Icelandic origin was +never more apparent than in that wild hour. He took a rope, and +shouted in the ear of the harbour-master: + +'I shall go down on the rock over the seal cave. The tide is running +up, and someone may drift in there!' + +'Keep back, man!' came the answer. 'Are you mad? One slip on that rock +and you are lost: and no man could keep his feet in the dark on such a +place in such a tempest!' + +'Not a bit,' came the reply. 'You remember how Abel Behenna saved me +there on a night like this when my boat went on the Gull Rock. He +dragged me up from the deep water in the seal cave, and now someone +may drift in there again as I did,' and he was gone into the darkness. +The projecting rock hid the light on the Flagstaff Rock, but he knew +his way too well to miss it. His boldness and sureness of foot +standing to him, he shortly stood on the great round-topped rock cut +away beneath by the action of the waves over the entrance of the seal +cave, where the water was fathomless. There he stood in comparative +safety, for the concave shape of the rock beat back the waves with +their own force, and though the water below him seemed to boil like a +seething cauldron, just beyond the spot there was a space of almost +calm. The rock, too, seemed here to shut off the sound of the gale, +and he listened as well as watched. As he stood there ready, with his +coil of rope poised to throw, he thought he heard below him, just +beyond the whirl of the water, a faint, despairing cry. He echoed it +with a shout that rang into the night. Then he waited for the flash of +lightning, and as it passed flung his rope out into the darkness where +he had seen a face rising through the swirl of the foam. The rope was +caught, for he felt a pull on it, and he shouted again in his mighty +voice: + +'Tie it round your waist, and I shall pull you up.' Then when he felt +that it was fast he moved along the rock to the far side of the sea +cave, where the deep water was something stiller, and where he could +get foothold secure enough to drag the rescued man on the overhanging +rock. He began to pull, and shortly he knew from the rope taken in +that the man he was now rescuing must soon be close to the top of the +rock. He steadied himself for a moment, and drew a long breath, that +he might at the next effort complete the rescue. He had just bent his +back to the work when a flash of lightning revealed to each other the +two men--the rescuer and the rescued. + +Eric Sanson and Abel Behenna were face to face--and none knew of the +meeting save themselves; and God. + +On the instant a wave of passion swept through Eric's heart. All his +hopes were shattered, and with the hatred of Cain his eyes looked out. +He saw in the instant of recognition the joy in Abel's face that his +was the hand to succour him, and this intensified his hate. Whilst the +passion was on him he started back, and the rope ran out between his +hands. His moment of hate was followed by an impulse of his better +manhood, but it was too late. + +Before he could recover himself, Abel encumbered with the rope that +should have aided him, was plunged with a despairing cry back into the +darkness of the devouring sea. + +Then, feeling all the madness and the doom of Cain upon him, Eric +rushed back over the rocks, heedless of the danger and eager only for +one thing--to be amongst other people whose living noises would shut +out that last cry which seemed to ring still in his ears. When he +regained the Flagstaff Rock the men surrounded him, and through the +fury of the storm he heard the harbour-master say:-- + +'We feared you were lost when we heard a cry! How white you are! Where +is your rope? Was there anyone drifted in?' + +'No one,' he shouted in answer, for he felt that he could never +explain that he had let his old comrade slip back into the sea, and at +the very place and under the very circumstances in which that comrade +had saved his own life. He hoped by one bold lie to set the matter at +rest for ever. There was no one to bear witness--and if he should have +to carry that still white face in his eyes and that despairing cry in +his ears for evermore--at least none should know of it. 'No one,' he +cried, more loudly still. 'I slipped on the rock, and the rope fell +into the sea!' So saying he left them, and, rushing down the steep +path, gained his own cottage and locked himself within. + +The remainder of that night he passed lying on his bed--dressed and +motionless--staring upwards, and seeming to see through the darkness a +pale face gleaming wet in the lightning, with its glad recognition +turning to ghastly despair, and to hear a cry which never ceased to +echo in his soul. + +In the morning the storm was over and all was smiling again, except +that the sea was still boisterous with its unspent fury. Great pieces +of wreck drifted into the port, and the sea around the island rock was +strewn with others. Two bodies also drifted into the harbour--one the +master of the wrecked ketch, the other a strange seaman whom no one +knew. + +Sarah saw nothing of Eric till the evening, and then he only looked +in for a minute. He did not come into the house, but simply put his +head in through the open window. + +'Well, Sarah,' he called out in a loud voice, though to her it did not +ring truly, 'is the wedding dress done? Sunday week, mind! Sunday +week!' + +Sarah was glad to have the reconciliation so easy; but, womanlike, +when she saw the storm was over and her own fears groundless, she at +once repeated the cause of offence. + +'Sunday so be it,' she said without looking up, 'if Abel isn't there +on Saturday!' Then she looked up saucily, though her heart was full of +fear of another outburst on the part of her impetuous lover. But the +window was empty; Eric had taken himself off, and with a pout she +resumed her work. She saw Eric no more till Sunday afternoon, after +the banns had been called the third time, when he came up to her +before all the people with an air of proprietorship which half-pleased +and half-annoyed her. + +'Not yet, mister!' she said, pushing him away, as the other girls +giggled. 'Wait till Sunday next, if you please--the day after +Saturday!' she added, looking at him saucily. The girls giggled again, +and the young men guffawed. They thought it was the snub that touched +him so that he became as white as a sheet as he turned away. But +Sarah, who knew more than they did, laughed, for she saw triumph +through the spasm of pain that overspread his face. + +The week passed uneventfully; however, as Saturday drew nigh Sarah had +occasional moments of anxiety, and as to Eric he went about at +night-time like a man possessed. He restrained himself when others +were by, but now and again he went down amongst the rocks and caves +and shouted aloud. This seemed to relieve him somewhat, and he was +better able to restrain himself for some time after. All Saturday he +stayed in his own house and never left it. As he was to be married on +the morrow, the neighbours thought it was shyness on his part, and did +not trouble or notice him. Only once was he disturbed, and that was +when the chief boatman came to him and sat down, and after a pause +said: + +'Eric, I was over in Bristol yesterday. I was in the ropemaker's +getting a coil to replace the one you lost the night of the storm, and +there I saw Michael Heavens of this place, who is a salesman there. He +told me that Abel Behenna had come home the week ere last on the _Star +of the Sea_ from Canton, and that he had lodged a sight of money in +the Bristol Bank in the name of Sarah Behenna. He told Michael so +himself--and that he had taken passage on the _Lovely Alice_ to +Pencastle. 'Bear up, man,' for Eric had with a groan dropped his head +on his knees, with his face between his hands. 'He was your old +comrade, I know, but you couldn't help him. He must have gone down +with the rest that awful night. I thought I'd better tell you, lest it +might come some other way, and you might keep Sarah Trefusis from +being frightened. They were good friends once, and women take these +things to heart. It would not do to let her be pained with such a +thing on her wedding day!' Then he rose and went away, leaving Eric +still sitting disconsolately with his head on his knees. + +'Poor fellow!' murmured the chief boatman to himself; 'he takes it to +heart. Well, well! right enough! They were true comrades once, and +Abel saved him!' + +The afternoon of that day, when the children had left school, they +strayed as usual on half-holidays along' the quay and the paths by the +cliffs. Presently some of them came running in a state of great +excitement to the harbour, where a few men were unloading a coal +ketch, and a great many were superintending the operation. One of the +children called out: + +'There is a porpoise in the harbour mouth! We saw it come through the +blow-hole! It had a long tail, and was deep under the water!' + +'It was no porpoise,' said another; 'it was a seal; but it had a long +tail! It came out of the seal cave!' The other children bore various +testimony, but on two points they were unanimous--it, whatever 'it' +was, had come through the blow-hole deep under the water, and had a +long, thin tail--a tail so long that they could not see the end of it. +There was much unmerciful chaffing of the children by the men on this +point, but as it was evident that they had seen something, quite a +number of persons, young and old, male and female, went along the high +paths on either side of the harbour mouth to catch a glimpse of this +new addition to the fauna of the sea, a long-tailed porpoise or seal. +The tide was now coming in. There was a slight breeze, and the surface +of the water was rippled so that it was only at moments that anyone +could see clearly into the deep water. After a spell of watching a +woman called out that she saw something moving up the channel, just +below where she was standing. There was a stampede to the spot, but by +the time the crowd had gathered the breeze had freshened, and it was +impossible to see with any distinctness below the surface of the +water. On being questioned the woman described what she had seen, but +in such an incoherent way that the whole thing was put down as an +effect of imagination; had it not been for the children's report she +would not have been credited at all. Her semi-hysterical statement +that what she saw was 'like a pig with the entrails out' was only +thought anything of by an old coastguard, who shook his head but did +not make any remark. For the remainder of the daylight this man was +seen always on the bank, looking into the water, but always with +disappointment manifest on his face. + +Eric arose early on the next morning--he had not slept all night, and +it was a relief to him to move about in the light. He shaved himself +with a hand that did not tremble, and dressed himself in his wedding +clothes. There was a haggard look on his face, and he seemed as though +he had grown years older in the last few days. Still there was a wild, +uneasy light of triumph in his eyes, and he kept murmuring to himself +over and over again: + +'This is my wedding-day! Abel cannot claim her now--living or +dead!--living or dead! Living or dead!' He sat in his arm-chair, +waiting with an uncanny quietness for the church hour to arrive. When +the bell began to ring he arose and passed out of his house, closing +the door behind him. He looked at the river and saw the tide had just +turned. In the church he sat with Sarah and her mother, holding +Sarah's hand tightly in his all the time, as though he feared to lose +her. When the service was over they stood up together, and were +married in the presence of the entire congregation; for no one left +the church. Both made the responses clearly--Eric's being even on the +defiant side. When the wedding was over Sarah took her husband's arm, +and they walked away together, the boys and younger girls being cuffed +by their elders into a decorous behaviour, for they would fain have +followed close behind their heels. + +The way from the church led down to the back of Eric's cottage, a +narrow passage being between it and that of his next neighbour. When +the bridal couple had passed through this the remainder of the +congregation, who had followed them at a little distance, were +startled by a long, shrill scream from the bride. They rushed through +the passage and found her on the bank with wild eyes, pointing to the +river bed opposite Eric Sanson's door. + +The falling tide had deposited there the body of Abel Behenna stark +upon the broken rocks. The rope trailing from its waist had been +twisted by the current round the mooring post, and had held it back +whilst the tide had ebbed away from it. The right elbow had fallen in +a chink in the rock, leaving the hand outstretched toward Sarah, with +the open palm upward as though it were extended to receive hers, the +pale drooping fingers open to the clasp. + +All that happened afterwards was never quite known to Sarah Sanson. +Whenever she would try to recollect there would become a buzzing in +her ears and a dimness in her eyes, and all would pass away. The only +thing that she could remember of it all--and this she never +forgot--was Eric's breathing heavily, with his face whiter than that +of the dead man, as he muttered under his breath: + +'Devil's help! Devil's faith! Devil's price!' + + + + +The Burial of the Rats + + +Leaving Paris by the Orleans road, cross the Enceinte, and, turning to +the right, you find yourself in a somewhat wild and not at all savoury +district. Right and left, before and behind, on every side rise great +heaps of dust and waste accumulated by the process of time. + +Paris has its night as well as its day life, and the sojourner who +enters his hotel in the Rue de Rivoli or the Rue St. Honore late at +night or leaves it early in the morning, can guess, in coming near +Montrouge--if he has not done so already--the purpose of those great +waggons that look like boilers on wheels which he finds halting +everywhere as he passes. + +Every city has its peculiar institutions created out of its own needs; +and one of the most notable institutions of Paris is its rag-picking +population. In the early morning--and Parisian life commences at an +early hour--may be seen in most streets standing on the pathway +opposite every court and alley and between every few houses, as still +in some American cities, even in parts of New York, large wooden boxes +into which the domestics or tenement-holders empty the accumulated +dust of the past day. Round these boxes gather and pass on, when the +work is done, to fresh fields of labour and pastures new, squalid +hungry-looking men and women, the implements of whose craft consist +of a coarse bag or basket slung over the shoulder and a little rake +with which they turn over and probe and examine in the minutest manner +the dustbins. They pick up and deposit in their baskets, by aid of +their rakes, whatever they may find, with the same facility as a +Chinaman uses his chopsticks. + +Paris is a city of centralisation--and centralisation and +classification are closely allied. In the early times, when +centralisation is becoming a fact, its forerunner is classification. +All things which are similar or analogous become grouped together, and +from the grouping of groups rises one whole or central point. We see +radiating many long arms with innumerable tentaculae, and in the +centre rises a gigantic head with a comprehensive brain and keen eyes +to look on every side and ears sensitive to hear--and a voracious +mouth to swallow. + +Other cities resemble all the birds and beasts and fishes whose +appetites and digestions are normal. Paris alone is the analogical +apotheosis of the octopus. Product of centralisation carried to an _ad +absurdum_, it fairly represents the devil fish; and in no respects is +the resemblance more curious than in the similarity of the digestive +apparatus. + +Those intelligent tourists who, having surrendered their individuality +into the hands of Messrs. Cook or Gaze, 'do' Paris in three days, are +often puzzled to know how it is that the dinner which in London would +cost about six shillings, can be had for three francs in a caf in the +Palais Royal. They need have no more wonder if they will but consider +the classification which is a theoretic speciality of Parisian life, +and adopt all round the fact from which the chiffonier has his +genesis. + +The Paris of 1850 was not like the Paris of to-day, and those who see +the Paris of Napoleon and Baron Hausseman can hardly realise the +existence of the state of things forty-five years ago. + +Amongst other things, however, which have not changed are those +districts where the waste is gathered. Dust is dust all the world +over, in every age, and the family likeness of dust-heaps is perfect. +The traveller, therefore, who visits the environs of Montrouge can go +go back in fancy without difficulty to the year 1850. + +In this year I was making a prolonged stay in Paris. I was very much +in love with a young lady who, though she returned my passion, so far +yielded to the wishes of her parents that she had promised not to see +me or to correspond with me for a year. I, too, had been compelled to +accede to these conditions under a vague hope of parental approval. +During the term of probation I had promised to remain out of the +country and not to write to my dear one until the expiration of the +year. + +Naturally the time went heavily with me. There was not one of my own +family or circle who could tell me of Alice, and none of her own folk +had, I am sorry to say, sufficient generosity to send me even an +occasional word of comfort regarding her health and well-being. I +spent six months wandering about Europe, but as I could find no +satisfactory distraction in travel, I determined to come to Paris, +where, at least, I would be within easy hail of London in case any +good fortune should call me thither before the appointed time. That +'hope deferred maketh the heart sick' was never better exemplified +than in my case, for in addition to the perpetual longing to see the +face I loved there was always with me a harrowing anxiety lest some +accident should prevent me showing Alice in due time that I had, +throughout the long period of probation, been faithful to her trust +and my own love. Thus, every adventure which I undertook had a fierce +pleasure of its own, for it was fraught with possible consequences +greater than it would have ordinarily borne. + +Like all travellers I exhausted the places of most interest in the +first month of my stay, and was driven in the second month to look for +amusement whithersoever I might. Having made sundry journeys to the +better-known suburbs, I began to see that there was a _terra +incognita_, in so far as the guide book was concerned, in the social +wilderness lying between these attractive points. Accordingly I began +to systematise my researches, and each day took up the thread of my +exploration at the place where I had on the previous day dropped it. + +In the process of time my wanderings led me near Montrouge, and I saw +that hereabouts lay the Ultima Thule of social exploration--a country +as little known as that round the source of the White Nile. And so I +determined to investigate philosophically the chiffonier--his habitat, +his life, and his means of life. + +The job was an unsavoury one, difficult of accomplishment, and with +little hope of adequate reward. However, despite reason, obstinacy +prevailed, and I entered into my new investigation with a keener +energy than I could have summoned to aid me in any investigation +leading to any end, valuable or worthy. + +One day, late in a fine afternoon, toward the end of September, I +entered the holy of holies of the city of dust. The place was +evidently the recognised abode of a number of chiffoniers, for some +sort of arrangement was manifested in the formation of the dust heaps +near the road. I passed amongst these heaps, which stood like orderly +sentries, determined to penetrate further and trace dust to its +ultimate location. + +As I passed along I saw behind the dust heaps a few forms that flitted +to and fro, evidently watching with interest the advent of any +stranger to such a place. The district was like a small Switzerland, +and as I went forward my tortuous course shut out the path behind me. + +Presently I got into what seemed a small city or community of +chiffoniers. There were a number of shanties or huts, such as may be +met with in the remote parts of the Bog of Allan--rude places with +wattled walls, plastered with mud and roofs of rude thatch made from +stable refuse--such places as one would not like to enter for any +consideration, and which even in water-colour could only look +picturesque if judiciously treated. In the midst of these huts was one +of the strangest adaptations--I cannot say habitations--I had ever +seen. An immense old wardrobe, the colossal remnant of some boudoir of +Charles VII, or Henry II, had been converted into a dwelling-house. +The double doors lay open, so that the entire mnage was open to +public view. In the open half of the wardrobe was a common +sitting-room of some four feet by six, in which sat, smoking their +pipes round a charcoal brazier, no fewer than six old soldiers of the +First Republic, with their uniforms torn and worn threadbare. +Evidently they were of the _mauvais sujet_ class; their bleary eyes +and limp jaws told plainly of a common love of absinthe; and their +eyes had that haggard, worn look of slumbering ferocity which follows +hard in the wake of drink. The other side stood as of old, with its +shelves intact, save that they were cut to half their depth, and in +each shelf of which there were six, was a bed made with rags and +straw. The half-dozen of worthies who inhabited this structure looked +at me curiously as I passed; and when I looked back after going a +little way I saw their heads together in a whispered conference. I did +not like the look of this at all, for the place was very lonely, and +the men looked very, very villainous. However, I did not see any cause +for fear, and went on my way, penetrating further and further into the +Sahara. The way was tortuous to a degree, and from going round in a +series of semi-circles, as one goes in skating with the Dutch roll, I +got rather confused with regard to the points of the compass. + +When I had penetrated a little way I saw, as I turned the corner of a +half-made heap, sitting on a heap of straw an old soldier with +threadbare coat. + +'Hallo!' said I to myself; 'the First Republic is well represented +here in its soldiery.' + +As I passed him the old man never even looked up at me, but gazed on +the ground with stolid persistency. Again I remarked to myself: 'See +what a life of rude warfare can do! This old man's curiosity is a +thing of the past.' + +When I had gone a few steps, however, I looked back suddenly, and saw +that curiosity was not dead, for the veteran had raised his head and +was regarding me with a very queer expression. He seemed to me to look +very like one of the six worthies in the press. When he saw me looking +he dropped his head; and without thinking further of him I went on my +way, satisfied that there was a strange likeness between these old +warriors. + +Presently I met another old soldier in a similar manner. He, too, did +not notice me whilst I was passing. + +By this time it was getting late in the afternoon, and I began to +think of retracing my steps. Accordingly I turned to go back, but +could see a number of tracks leading between different mounds and +could not ascertain which of them I should take. In my perplexity I +wanted to see someone of whom to ask the way, but could see no one. I +determined to go on a few mounds further and so try to see +someone--not a veteran. + +I gained my object, for after going a couple of hundred yards I saw +before me a single shanty such as I had seen before--with, however, +the difference that this was not one for living in, but merely a roof +with three walls open in front. From the evidences which the +neighbourhood exhibited I took it to be a place for sorting. Within it +was an old woman wrinkled and bent with age; I approached her to ask +the way. + +She rose as I came close and I asked her my way. She immediately +commenced a conversation; and it occurred to me that here in the very +centre of the Kingdom of Dust was the place to gather details of the +history of Parisian rag-picking--particularly as I could do so from +the lips of one who looked like the oldest inhabitant. + +I began my inquiries, and the old woman gave me most interesting +answers--she had been one of the ceteuces who sat daily before the +guillotine and had taken an active part among the women who signalised +themselves by their violence in the revolution. While we were talking +she said suddenly: 'But m'sieur must be tired standing,' and dusted a +rickety old stool for me to sit down. I hardly liked to do so for many +reasons; but the poor old woman was so civil that I did not like to +run the risk of hurting her by refusing, and moreover the conversation +of one who had been at the taking of the Bastille was so interesting +that I sat down and so our conversation went on. + +While we were talking an old man--older and more bent and wrinkled +even than the woman--appeared from behind the shanty. 'Here is +Pierre,' said she. 'M'sieur can hear stories now if he wishes, for +Pierre was in everything, from the Bastille to Waterloo.' The old man +took another stool at my request and we plunged into a sea of +revolutionary reminiscences. This old man, albeit clothed like a +scarecrow, was like any one of the six veterans. + +I was now sitting in the centre of the low hut with the woman on my +left hand and the man on my right, each of them being somewhat in +front of me. The place was full of all sorts of curious objects of +lumber, and of many things that I wished far away. In one corner was a +heap of rags which seemed to move from the number of vermin it +contained, and in the other a heap of bones whose odour was something +shocking. Every now and then, glancing at the heaps, I could see the +gleaming eyes of some of the rats which infested the place. These +loathsome objects were bad enough, but what looked even more dreadful +was an old butcher's axe with an iron handle stained with clots of +blood leaning up against the wall on the right hand side. Still, these +things did not give me much concern. The talk of the two old people +was so fascinating that I stayed on and on, till the evening came and +the dust heaps threw dark shadows over the vales between them. + +After a time I began to grow uneasy. I could not tell how or why, but +somehow I did not feel satisfied. Uneasiness is an instinct and means +warning. The psychic faculties are often the sentries of the +intellect, and when they sound alarm the reason begins to act, +although perhaps not consciously. + +This was so with me. I began to bethink me where I was and by what +surrounded, and to wonder how I should fare in case I should be +attacked; and then the thought suddenly burst upon me, although +without any overt cause, that I was in danger. Prudence whispered: 'Be +still and make no sign,' and so I was still and made no sign, for I +knew that four cunning eyes were on me. 'Four eyes--if not more.' My +God, what a horrible thought! The whole shanty might be surrounded on +three sides with villains! I might be in the midst of a band of such +desperadoes as only half a century of periodic revolution can produce. + +With a sense of danger my intellect and observation quickened, and I +grew more watchful than was my wont. I noticed that the old woman's +eyes were constantly wandering towards my hands. I looked at them too, +and saw the cause--my rings. On my left little finger I had a large +signet and on the right a good diamond. + +I thought that if there was any danger my first care was to avert +suspicion. Accordingly I began to work the conversation round to +rag-picking--to the drains--of the things found there; and so by easy +stages to jewels. Then, seizing a favourable opportunity, I asked the +old woman if she knew anything of such things. She answered that she +did, a little. I held out my right hand, and, showing her the diamond, +asked her what she thought of that. She answered that her eyes were +bad, and stooped over my hand. I said as nonchalantly as I could: +'Pardon me! You will see better thus!' and taking it off handed it to +her. An unholy light came into her withered old face, as she touched +it. She stole one glance at me swift and keen as a flash of lightning. + +She bent over the ring for a moment, her face quite concealed as +though examining it. The old man looked straight out of the front of +the shanty before him, at the same time fumbling in his pockets and +producing a screw of tobacco in a paper and a pipe, which he proceeded +to fill. I took advantage of the pause and the momentary rest from the +searching eyes on my face to look carefully round the place, now dim +and shadowy in the gloaming. There still lay all the heaps of varied +reeking foulness; there the terrible blood-stained axe leaning against +the wall in the right hand corner, and everywhere, despite the gloom, +the baleful glitter of the eyes of the rats. I could see them even +through some of the chinks of the boards at the back low down close to +the ground. But stay! these latter eyes seemed more than usually large +and bright and baleful! + +For an instant my heart stood still, and I felt in that whirling +condition of mind in which one feels a sort of spiritual drunkenness, +and as though the body is only maintained erect in that there is no +time for it to fall before recovery. Then, in another second, I was +calm--coldly calm, with all my energies in full vigour, with a +self-control which I felt to be perfect and with all my feeling and +instincts alert. + +Now I knew the full extent of my danger: I was watched and surrounded +by desperate people! I could not even guess at how many of them were +lying there on the ground behind the shanty, waiting for the moment to +strike. I knew that I was big and strong, and they knew it, too. They +knew also, as I did, that I was an Englishman and would make a fight +for it; and so we waited. I had, I felt, gained an advantage in the +last few seconds, for I knew my danger and understood the situation. +Now, I thought, is the test of my courage--the enduring test: the +fighting test may come later! + +The old woman raised her head and said to me in a satisfied kind of +way: + +'A very fine ring, indeed--a beautiful ring! Oh, me! I once had such +rings, plenty of them, and bracelets and earrings! Oh! for in those +fine days I led the town a dance! But they've forgotten me now! +They've forgotten me! They? Why they never heard of me! Perhaps their +grandfathers remember me, some of them!' and she laughed a harsh, +croaking laugh. And then I am bound to say that she astonished me, for +she handed me back the ring with a certain suggestion of old-fashioned +grace which was not without its pathos. + +The old man eyed her with a sort of sudden ferocity, half rising from +his stool, and said to me suddenly and hoarsely: + +'Let me see!' + +I was about to hand the ring when the old woman said: + +'No! no, do not give it to Pierre! Pierre is eccentric. He loses +things; and such a pretty ring!' + +'Cat!' said the old man, savagely. Suddenly the old woman said, rather +more loudly than was necessary: + +'Wait! I shall tell you something about a ring.' There was something +in the sound of her voice that jarred upon me. Perhaps it was my +hyper-sensitiveness, wrought up as I was to such a pitch of nervous +excitement, but I seemed to think that she was not addressing me. As I +stole a glance round the place I saw the eyes of the rats in the bone +heaps, but missed the eyes along the back. But even as I looked I saw +them again appear. The old woman's 'Wait!' had given me a respite from +attack, and the men had sunk back to their reclining posture. + +'I once lost a ring--a beautiful diamond hoop that had belonged to a +queen, and which was given to me by a farmer of the taxes, who +afterwards cut his throat because I sent him away. I thought it must +have been stolen, and taxed my people; but I could get no trace. The +police came and suggested that it had found its way to the drain. We +descended--I in my fine clothes, for I would not trust them with my +beautiful ring! I know more of the drains since then, and of rats, +too! but I shall never forget the horror of that place--alive with +blazing eyes, a wall of them just outside the light of our torches. +Well, we got beneath my house. We searched the outlet of the drain, +and there in the filth found my ring, and we came out. + +'But we found something else also before we came! As we were coming +toward the opening a lot of sewer rats--human ones this time--came +towards us. They told the police that one of their number had gone +into the drain, but had not returned. He had gone in only shortly +before we had, and, if lost, could hardly be far off. They asked help +to seek him, so we turned back. They tried to prevent me going, but I +insisted. It was a new excitement, and had I not recovered my ring? +Not far did we go till we came on something. There was but little +water, and the bottom of the drain was raised with brick, rubbish, and +much matter of the kind. He had made a fight for it, even when his +torch had gone out. But they were too many for him! They had not been +long about it! The bones were still warm; but they were picked clean. +They had even eaten their own dead ones and there were bones of rats +as well as of the man. They took it cool enough those other--the human +ones--and joked of their comrade when they found him dead, though they +would have helped him living. Bah! what matters it--life or death?' + +'And had you no fear?' I asked her. + +'Fear!' she said with a laugh. 'Me have fear? Ask Pierre! But I was +younger then, and, as I came through that horrible drain with its wall +of greedy eyes, always moving with the circle of the light from the +torches, I did not feel easy. I kept on before the men, though! It is +a way I have! I never let the men get it before me. All I want is a +chance and a means! And they ate him up--took every trace away except +the bones; and no one knew it, nor no sound of him was ever heard!' +Here she broke into a chuckling fit of the ghastliest merriment which +it was ever my lot to hear and see. A great poetess describes her +heroine singing: 'Oh! to see or hear her singing! Scarce I know which +is the divinest.' + +And I can apply the same idea to the old crone--in all save the +divinity, for I scarce could tell which was the most hellish--the +harsh, malicious, satisfied, cruel laugh, or the leering grin, and the +horrible square opening of the mouth like a tragic mask, and the +yellow gleam of the few discoloured teeth in the shapeless gums. In +that laugh and with that grin and the chuckling satisfaction I knew as +well as if it had been spoken to me in words of thunder that my murder +was settled, and the murderers only bided the proper time for its +accomplishment. I could read between the lines of her gruesome story +the commands to her accomplices. 'Wait,' she seemed to say, 'bide your +time. I shall strike the first blow. Find the weapon for me, and I +shall make the opportunity! He shall not escape! Keep him quiet, and +then no one will be wiser. There will be no outcry, and the rats will +do their work!' + +It was growing darker and darker; the night was coming. I stole a +glance round the shanty, still all the same! The bloody axe in the +corner, the heaps of filth, and the eyes on the bone heaps and in the +crannies of the floor. + +Pierre had been still ostensibly filling his pipe; he now struck a +light and began to puff away at it. The old woman said: + +'Dear heart, how dark it is! Pierre, like a good lad, light the lamp!' + +Pierre got up and with the lighted match in his hand touched the wick +of a lamp which hung at one side of the entrance to the shanty, and +which had a reflector that threw the light all over the place. It was +evidently that which was used for their sorting at night. + +'Not that, stupid! Not that! the lantern!' she called out to him. + +He immediately blew it out, saying: 'All right, mother I'll find it,' +and he hustled about the left corner of the room--the old woman saying +through the darkness: + +'The lantern! the lantern! Oh! That is the light that is most useful to +us poor folks. The lantern was the friend of the revolution! It is the +friend of the chiffonier! It helps us when all else fails.' + +Hardly had she said the word when there was a kind of creaking of the +whole place, and something was steadily dragged over the roof. + +Again I seemed to read between the lines of her words. I knew the +lesson of the lantern. + +'One of you get on the roof with a noose and strangle him as he passes +out if we fail within.' + +As I looked out of the opening I saw the loop of a rope outlined black +against the lurid sky. I was now, indeed, beset! + +Pierre was not long in finding the lantern. I kept my eyes fixed +through the darkness on the old woman. Pierre struck his light, and by +its flash I saw the old woman raise from the ground beside her where +it had mysteriously appeared, and then hide in the folds of her gown, +a long sharp knife or dagger. It seemed to be like a butcher's +sharpening iron fined to a keen point. + +The lantern was lit. + +'Bring it here, Pierre,' she said. 'Place it in the doorway where we +can see it. See how nice it is! It shuts out the darkness from us; it +is just right!' + +Just right for her and her purposes! It threw all its light on my +face, leaving in gloom the faces of both Pierre and the woman, who sat +outside of me on each side. + +I felt that the time of action was approaching, but I knew now that +the first signal and movement would come from the woman, and so +watched her. + +I was all unarmed, but I had made up my mind what to do. At the first +movement I would seize the butcher's axe in the right-hand corner and +fight my way out. At least, I would die hard. I stole a glance round +to fix its exact locality so that I could not fail to seize it at the +first effort, for then, if ever, time and accuracy would be precious. + +Good God! It was gone! All the horror of the situation burst upon me; +but the bitterest thought of all was that if the issue of the terrible +position should be against me Alice would infallibly suffer. Either +she would believe me false--and any lover, or any one who has ever +been one, can imagine the bitterness of the thought--or else she would +go on loving long after I had been lost to her and to the world, so +that her life would be broken and embittered, shattered with +disappointment and despair. The very magnitude of the pain braced me +up and nerved me to bear the dread scrutiny of the plotters. + +I think I did not betray myself. The old woman was watching me as a +cat does a mouse; she had her right hand hidden in the folds of her +gown, clutching, I knew, that long, cruel-looking dagger. Had she seen +any disappointment in my face she would, I felt, have known that the +moment had come, and would have sprung on me like a tigress, certain +of taking me unprepared. + +I looked out into the night, and there I saw new cause for danger. +Before and around the hut were at a little distance some shadowy +forms; they were quite still, but I knew that they were all alert and +on guard. Small chance for me now in that direction. + +Again I stole a glance round the place. In moments of great excitement +and of great danger, which is excitement, the mind works very quickly, +and the keenness of the faculties which depend on the mind grows in +proportion. I now felt this. In an instant I took in the whole +situation. I saw that the axe had been taken through a small hole made +in one of the rotten boards. How rotten they must be to allow of such +a thing being done without a particle of noise. + +The hut was a regular murder-trap, and was guarded all around. A +garroter lay on the roof ready to entangle me with his noose if I +should escape the dagger of the old hag. In front the way was guarded +by I know not how many watchers. And at the back was a row of +desperate men--I had seen their eyes still through the crack in the +boards of the floor, when last I looked--as they lay prone waiting for +the signal to start erect. If it was to be ever, now for it! + +As nonchalantly as I could I turned slightly on my stool so as to get +my right leg well under me. Then with a sudden jump, turning my head, +and guarding it with my hands, and with the fighting instinct of the +knights of old, I breathed my lady's name, and hurled myself against +the back wall of the hut. + +Watchful as they were, the suddenness of my movement surprised both +Pierre and the old woman. As I crashed through the rotten timbers I +saw the old woman rise with a leap like a tiger and heard her low gasp +of baffled rage. My feet lit on something that moved, and as I jumped +away I knew that I had stepped on the back of one of the row of men +lying on their faces outside the hut. I was torn with nails and +splinters, but otherwise unhurt. Breathless I rushed up the mound in +front of me, hearing as I went the dull crash of the shanty as it +collapsed into a mass. + +It was a nightmare climb. The mound, though but low, was awfully +steep, and with each step I took the mass of dust and cinders tore +down with me and gave way under my feet. The dust rose and choked me; +it was sickening, foetid, awful; but my climb was, I felt, for life or +death, and I struggled on. The seconds seemed hours; but the few +moments I had in starting, combined with my youth and strength, gave +me a great advantage, and, though several forms struggled after me in +deadly silence which was more dreadful than any sound, I easily +reached the top. Since then I have climbed the cone of Vesuvius, and +as I struggled up that dreary steep amid the sulphurous fumes the +memory of that awful night at Montrouge came back to me so vividly +that I almost grew faint. + +The mound was one of the tallest in the region of dust, and as I +struggled to the top, panting for breath and with my heart beating +like a sledge-hammer, I saw away to my left the dull red gleam of the +sky, and nearer still the flashing of lights. Thank God! I knew where +I was now and where lay the road to Paris! + +For two or three seconds I paused and looked back. My pursuers were +still well behind me, but struggling up resolutely, and in deadly +silence. Beyond, the shanty was a wreck--a mass of timber and moving +forms. I could see it well, for flames were already bursting out; the +rags and straw had evidently caught fire from the lantern. Still +silence there! Not a sound! These old wretches could die game, anyhow. + +I had no time for more than a passing glance, for as I cast an eye +round the mound preparatory to making my descent I saw several dark +forms rushing round on either side to cut me off on my way. It was now +a race for life. They were trying to head me on my way to Paris, and +with the instinct of the moment I dashed down to the right-hand side. +I was just in time, for, though I came as it seemed to me down the +steep in a few steps, the wary old men who were watching me turned +back, and one, as I rushed by into the opening between the two mounds +in front, almost struck me a blow with that terrible butcher's axe. +There could surely not be two such weapons about! + +Then began a really horrible chase. I easily ran ahead of the old men, +and even when some younger ones and a few women joined in the hunt I +easily distanced them. But I did not know the way, and I could not +even guide myself by the light in the sky, for I was running away from +it. I had heard that, unless of conscious purpose, hunted men turn +always to the left, and so I found it now; and so, I suppose, knew +also my pursuers, who were more animals than men, and with cunning or +instinct had found out such secrets for themselves: for on finishing +a quick spurt, after which I intended to take a moment's breathing +space, I suddenly saw ahead of me two or three forms swiftly passing +behind a mound to the right. + +I was in the spider's web now indeed! But with the thought of this new +danger came the resource of the hunted, and so I darted down the next +turning to the right. I continued in this direction for some hundred +yards, and then, making a turn to the left again, felt certain that I +had, at any rate, avoided the danger of being surrounded. + +But not of pursuit, for on came the rabble after me, steady, dogged, +relentless, and still in grim silence. + +In the greater darkness the mounds seemed now to be somewhat smaller +than before, although--for the night was closing--they looked bigger +in proportion. I was now well ahead of my pursuers, so I made a dart +up the mound in front. + +Oh joy of joys! I was close to the edge of this inferno of dustheaps. +Away behind me the red light of Paris was in the sky, and towering up +behind rose the heights of Montmarte--a dim light, with here and there +brilliant points like stars. + +Restored to vigour in a moment, I ran over the few remaining mounds of +decreasing size, and found myself on the level land beyond. Even then, +however, the prospect was not inviting. All before me was dark and +dismal, and I had evidently come on one of those dank, low-lying waste +places which are found here and there in the neighbourhood of great +cities. Places of waste and desolation, where the space is required +for the ultimate agglomeration of all that is noxious, and the ground +is so poor as to create no desire of occupancy even in the lowest +squatter. With eyes accustomed to the gloom of the evening, and away +now from the shadows of those dreadful dustheaps, I could see much +more easily than I could a little while ago. It might have been, of +course, that the glare in the sky of the lights of Paris, though the +city was some miles away, was reflected here. Howsoever it was, I saw +well enough to take bearings for certainly some little distance around +me. + +In front was a bleak, flat waste that seemed almost dead level, with +here and there the dark shimmering of stagnant pools. Seemingly far +off on the right, amid a small cluster of scattered lights, rose a +dark mass of Fort Montrouge, and away to the left in the dim distance, +pointed with stray gleams from cottage windows, the lights in the sky +showed the locality of Bictre. A moment's thought decided me to take +to the right and try to reach Montrouge. There at least would be some +sort of safety, and I might possibly long before come on some of the +cross roads which I knew. Somewhere, not far off, must lie the +strategic road made to connect the outlying chain of forts circling +the city. + +Then I looked back. Coming over the mounds, and outlined black against +the glare of the Parisian horizon, I saw several moving figures, and +still a way to the right several more deploying out between me and my +destination. They evidently meant to cut me off in this direction, and +so my choice became constricted; it lay now between going straight +ahead or turning to the left. Stooping to the ground, so as to get the +advantage of the horizon as a line of sight, I looked carefully in +this direction, but could detect no sign of my enemies. I argued that +as they had not guarded or were not trying to guard that point, there +was evidently danger to me there already. So I made up my mind to go +straight on before me. + +It was not an inviting prospect, and as I went on the reality grew +worse. The ground became soft and oozy, and now and again gave way +beneath me in a sickening kind of way. I seemed somehow to be going +down, for I saw round me places seemingly more elevated than where I +was, and this in a place which from a little way back seemed dead +level. I looked around, but could see none of my pursuers. This was +strange, for all along these birds of the night had followed me +through the darkness as well as though it was broad daylight. How I +blamed myself for coming out in my light-coloured tourist suit of +tweed. The silence, and my not being able to see my enemies, whilst I +felt that they were watching me, grew appalling, and in the hope of +some one not of this ghastly crew hearing me I raised my voice and +shouted several times. There was not the slightest response; not even +an echo rewarded my efforts. For a while I stood stock still and kept +my eyes in one direction. On one of the rising places around me I saw +something dark move along, then another, and another. This was to my +left, and seemingly moving to head me off. + +I thought that again I might with my skill as a runner elude my +enemies at this game, and so with all my speed darted forward. + +Splash! + +My feet had given way in a mass of slimy rubbish, and I had fallen +headlong into a reeking, stagnant pool. The water and the mud in which +my arms sank up to the elbows was filthy and nauseous beyond +description, and in the suddenness of my fall I had actually swallowed +some of the filthy stuff, which nearly choked me, and made me gasp +for breath. Never shall I forget the moments during which I stood +trying to recover myself almost fainting from the foetid odour of the +filthy pool, whose white mist rose ghostlike around. Worst of all, +with the acute despair of the hunted animal when he sees the pursuing +pack closing on him, I saw before my eyes whilst I stood helpless the +dark forms of my pursuers moving swiftly to surround me. + +It is curious how our minds work on odd matters even when the energies +of thought are seemingly concentrated on some terrible and pressing +need. I was in momentary peril of my life: my safety depended on my +action, and my choice of alternatives coming now with almost every +step I took, and yet I could not but think of the strange dogged +persistency of these old men. Their silent resolution, their +steadfast, grim, persistency even in such a cause commanded, as well +as fear, even a measure of respect. What must they have been in the +vigour of their youth. I could understand now that whirlwind rush on +the bridge of Arcola, that scornful exclamation of the Old Guard at +Waterloo! Unconscious cerebration has its own pleasures, even at such +moments; but fortunately it does not in any way clash with the thought +from which action springs. + +I realised at a glance that so far I was defeated in my object, my +enemies as yet had won. They had succeeded in surrounding me on three +sides, and were bent on driving me off to the left-hand, where there +was already some danger for me, for they had left no guard. I accepted +the alternative--it was a case of Hobson's choice and run. I had to +keep the lower ground, for my pursuers were on the higher places. +However, though the ooze and broken ground impeded me my youth and +training made me able to hold my ground, and by keeping a diagonal +line I not only kept them from gaining on me but even began to +distance them. This gave me new heart and strength, and by this time +habitual training was beginning to tell and my second wind had come. +Before me the ground rose slightly. I rushed up the slope and found +before me a waste of watery slime, with a low dyke or bank looking +black and grim beyond. I felt that if I could but reach that dyke in +safety I could there, with solid ground under my feet and some kind of +path to guide me, find with comparative ease a way out of my troubles. +After a glance right and left and seeing no one near, I kept my eyes +for a few minutes to their rightful work of aiding my feet whilst I +crossed the swamp. It was rough, hard work, but there was little +danger, merely toil; and a short time took me to the dyke. I rushed up +the slope exulting; but here again I met a new shock. On either side +of me rose a number of crouching figures. From right and left they +rushed at me. Each body held a rope. + +The cordon was nearly complete. I could pass on neither side, and the +end was near. + +There was only one chance, and I took it. I hurled myself across the +dyke, and escaping out of the very clutches of my foes threw myself +into the stream. + +At any other time I should have thought that water foul and filthy, +but now it was as welcome as the most crystal stream to the parched +traveller. It was a highway of safety! + +My pursuers rushed after me. Had only one of them held the rope it +would have been all up with me, for he could have entangled me before +I had time to swim a stroke; but the many hands holding it embarrassed +and delayed them, and when the rope struck the water I heard the +splash well behind me. A few minutes' hard swimming took me across +the stream. Refreshed with the immersion and encouraged by the escape, +I climbed the dyke in comparative gaiety of spirits. + +From the top I looked back. Through the darkness I saw my assailants +scattering up and down along the dyke. The pursuit was evidently not +ended, and again I had to choose my course. Beyond the dyke where I +stood was a wild, swampy space very similar to that which I had +crossed. I determined to shun such a place, and thought for a moment +whether I would take up or down the dyke. I thought I heard a +sound--the muffled sound of oars, so I listened, and then shouted. + +No response; but the sound ceased. My enemies had evidently got a boat +of some kind. As they were on the up side of me I took the down path +and began to run. As I passed to the left of where I had entered the +water I heard several splashes, soft and stealthy, like the sound a +rat makes as he plunges into the stream, but vastly greater; and as I +looked I saw the dark sheen of the water broken by the ripples of +several advancing heads. Some of my enemies were swimming the stream +also. + +And now behind me, up the stream, the silence was broken by the quick +rattle and creak of oars; my enemies were in hot pursuit. I put my +best leg foremost and ran on. After a break of a couple of minutes I +looked back, and by a gleam of light through the ragged clouds I saw +several dark forms climbing the bank behind me. The wind had now begun +to rise, and the water beside me was ruffled and beginning to break in +tiny waves on the bank. I had to keep my eyes pretty well on the +ground before me, lest I should stumble, for I knew that to stumble +was death. After a few minutes I looked back behind me. On the dyke +were only a few dark figures, but crossing the waste, swampy ground +were many more. What new danger this portended I did not know--could +only guess. Then as I ran it seemed to me that my track kept ever +sloping away to the right. I looked up ahead and saw that the river +was much wider than before, and that the dyke on which I stood fell +quite away, and beyond it was another stream on whose near bank I saw +some of the dark forms now across the marsh. I was on an island of +some kind. + +My situation was now indeed terrible, for my enemies had hemmed me in +on every side. Behind came the quickening roll of the oars, as though +my pursuers knew that the end was close. Around me on every side was +desolation; there was not a roof or light, as far as I could see. Far +off to the right rose some dark mass, but what it was I knew not. For +a moment I paused to think what I should do, not for more, for my +pursuers were drawing closer. Then my mind was made up. I slipped down +the bank and took to the water. I struck out straight ahead so as to +gain the current by clearing the backwater of the island, for such I +presume it was, when I had passed into the stream. I waited till a +cloud came driving across the moon and leaving all in darkness. Then I +took off my hat and laid it softly on the water floating with the +stream, and a second after dived to the right and struck out under +water with all my might. I was, I suppose, half a minute under water, +and when I rose came up as softly as I could, and turning, looked +back. There went my light brown hat floating merrily away. Close +behind it came a rickety old boat, driven furiously by a pair of oars. +The moon was still partly obscured by the drifting clouds, but in the +partial light I could see a man in the bows holding aloft ready to +strike what appeared to me to be that same dreadful pole-axe which I +had before escaped. As I looked the boat drew closer, closer, and the +man struck savagely. The hat disappeared. The man fell forward, almost +out of the boat. His comrades dragged him in but without the axe, and +then as I turned with all my energies bent on reaching the further +bank, I heard the fierce whirr of the muttered 'Sacre!' which marked +the anger of my baffled pursuers. + +That was the first sound I had heard from human lips during all this +dreadful chase, and full as it was of menace and danger to me it was a +welcome sound for it broke that awful silence which shrouded and +appalled me. It was as though an overt sign that my opponents were men +and not ghosts, and that with them I had, at least, the chance of a +man, though but one against many. + +But now that the spell of silence was broken the sounds came thick and +fast. From boat to shore and back from shore to boat came quick +question and answer, all in the fiercest whispers. I looked back--a +fatal thing to do--for in the instant someone caught sight of my face, +which showed white on the dark water, and shouted. Hands pointed to +me, and in a moment or two the boat was under weigh, and following +hard after me. I had but a little way to go, but quicker and quicker +came the boat after me. A few more strokes and I would be on the +shore, but I felt the oncoming of the boat, and expected each second +to feel the crash of an oar or other weapon on my head. Had I not seen +that dreadful axe disappear in the water I do not think that I could +have won the shore. I heard the muttered curses of those not rowing +and the laboured breath of the rowers. With one supreme effort for +life or liberty I touched the bank and sprang up it. There was not a +single second to spare, for hard behind me the boat grounded and +several dark forms sprang after me. I gained the top of the dyke, and +keeping to the left ran on again. The boat put off and followed down +the stream. Seeing this I feared danger in this direction, and quickly +turning, ran down the dyke on the other side, and after passing a +short stretch of marshy ground gained a wild, open flat country and +sped on. + +Still behind me came on my relentless pursuers. Far away, below me, I +saw the same dark mass as before, but now grown closer and greater. My +heart gave a great thrill of delight, for I knew that it must be the +fortress of Bictre, and with new courage I ran on. I had heard that +between each and all of the protecting forts of Paris there are +strategic ways, deep sunk roads where soldiers marching should be +sheltered from an enemy. I knew that if I could gain this road I would +be safe, but in the darkness I could not see any sign of it, so, in +blind hope of striking it, I ran on. + +Presently I came to the edge of a deep cut, and found that down below +me ran a road guarded on each side by a ditch of water fenced on +either side by a straight, high wall. + +Getting fainter and dizzier, I ran on; the ground got more +broken--more and more still, till I staggered and fell, and rose +again, and ran on in the blind anguish of the hunted. Again the +thought of Alice nerved me. I would not be lost and wreck her life: I +would fight and struggle for life to the bitter end. With a great +effort I caught the top of the wall. As, scrambling like a catamount, +I drew myself up, I actually felt a hand touch the sole of my foot. I +was now on a sort of causeway, and before me I saw a dim light. Blind +and dizzy, I ran on, staggered, and fell, rising, covered with dust +and blood. + +'Halt la!' + +The words sounded like a voice from heaven. A blaze of light seemed to +enwrap me, and I shouted with joy. + +'Qui va la?' The rattle of musketry, the flash of steel before my +eyes. Instinctively I stopped, though close behind me came a rush of +my pursuers. + +Another word or two, and out from a gateway poured, as it seemed to +me, a tide of red and blue, as the guard turned out. All around seemed +blazing with light, and the flash of steel, the clink and rattle of +arms, and the loud, harsh voices of command. As I fell forward, +utterly exhausted, a soldier caught me. I looked back in dreadful +expectation, and saw the mass of dark forms disappearing into the +night. Then I must have fainted. When I recovered my senses I was in +the guard room. They gave me brandy, and after a while I was able to +tell them something of what had passed. Then a commissary of police +appeared, apparently out of the empty air, as is the way of the +Parisian police officer. He listened attentively, and then had a +moment's consultation with the officer in command. Apparently they +were agreed, for they asked me if I were ready now to come with them. + +'Where to?' I asked, rising to go. + +'Back to the dust heaps. We shall, perhaps, catch them yet!' + +'I shall try!' said I. + +He eyed me for a moment keenly, and said suddenly: + +'Would you like to wait a while or till tomorrow, young Englishman?' +This touched me to the quick, as, perhaps, he intended, and I jumped +to my feet. + +'Come now!' I said; 'now! now! An Englishman is always ready for his +duty!' + +The commissary was a good fellow, as well as a shrewd one; he slapped +my shoulder kindly. 'Brave garon!' he said. 'Forgive me, but I knew +what would do you most good. The guard is ready. Come!' + +And so, passing right through the guard room, and through a long +vaulted passage, we were out into the night. A few of the men in front +had powerful lanterns. Through courtyards and down a sloping way we +passed out through a low archway to a sunken road, the same that I had +seen in my flight. The order was given to get at the double, and with +a quick, springing stride, half run, half walk, the soldiers went +swiftly along. I felt my strength renewed again--such is the +difference between hunter and hunted. A very short distance took us to +a low-lying pontoon bridge across the stream, and evidently very +little higher up than I had struck it. Some effort had evidently been +made to damage it, for the ropes had all been cut, and one of the +chains had been broken. I heard the officer say to the commissary: + +'We are just in time! A few more minutes, and they would have +destroyed the bridge. Forward, quicker still!' and on we went. Again +we reached a pontoon on the winding stream; as we came up we heard the +hollow boom of the metal drums as the efforts to destroy the bridge +was again renewed. A word of command was given, and several men raised +their rifles. + +'Fire!' A volley rang out. There was a muffled cry, and the dark forms +dispersed. But the evil was done, and we saw the far end of the +pontoon swing into the stream. This was a serious delay, and it was +nearly an hour before we had renewed ropes and restored the bridge +sufficiently to allow us to cross. + +We renewed the chase. Quicker, quicker we went towards the dust +heaps. + +After a time we came to a place that I knew. There were the remains of +a fire--a few smouldering wood ashes still cast a red glow, but the +bulk of the ashes were cold. I knew the site of the hut and the hill +behind it up which I had rushed, and in the flickering glow the eyes +of the rats still shone with a sort of phosphorescence. The commissary +spoke a word to the officer, and he cried: + +'Halt!' + +The soldiers were ordered to spread around and watch, and then we +commenced to examine the ruins. The commissary himself began to lift +away the charred boards and rubbish. These the soldiers took and piled +together. Presently he started back, then bent down and rising +beckoned me. + +'See!' he said. + +It was a gruesome sight. There lay a skeleton face downwards, a woman +by the lines--an old woman by the coarse fibre of the bone. Between +the ribs rose a long spike-like dagger made from a butcher's +sharpening knife, its keen point buried in the spine. + +'You will observe,' said the commissary to the officer and to me as he +took out his note book, 'that the woman must have fallen on her +dagger. The rats are many here--see their eyes glistening among that +heap of bones--and you will also notice'--I shuddered as he placed his +hand on the skeleton--'that but little time was lost by them, for the +bones are scarcely cold!' + +There was no other sign of any one near, living or dead; and so +deploying again into line the soldiers passed on. Presently we came to +the hut made of the old wardrobe. We approached. In five of the six +compartments was an old man sleeping--sleeping so soundly that even +the glare of the lanterns did not wake them. Old and grim and grizzled +they looked, with their gaunt, wrinkled, bronzed faces and their white +moustaches. + +The officer called out harshly and loudly a word of command, and in an +instant each one of them was on his feet before us and standing at +'attention!' + +'What do you here?' + +'We sleep,' was the answer. + +'Where are the other chiffoniers?' asked the commissary. + +'Gone to work.' + +'And you?' + +'We are on guard!' + +'Peste!' laughed the officer grimly, as he looked at the old men one +after the other in the face and added with cool deliberate cruelty: +'Asleep on duty! Is this the manner of the Old Guard? No wonder, then, +a Waterloo!' + +By the gleam of the lantern I saw the grim old faces grow deadly pale, +and almost shuddered at the look in the eyes of the old men as the +laugh of the soldiers echoed the grim pleasantry of the officer. + +I felt in that moment that I was in some measure avenged. + +For a moment they looked as if they would throw themselves on the +taunter, but years of their life had schooled them and they remained +still. + +'You are but five,' said the commissary; 'where is the sixth?' The +answer came with a grim chuckle. + +'He is there!' and the speaker pointed to the bottom of the wardrobe. +'He died last night. You won't find much of him. The burial of the +rats is quick!' + +The commissary stooped and looked in. Then he turned to the officer +and said calmly: + +'We may as well go back. No trace here now; nothing to prove that man +was the one wounded by your soldiers' bullets! Probably they murdered +him to cover up the trace. See!' again he stooped and placed his hands +on the skeleton. 'The rats work quickly and they are many. These bones +are warm!' + +I shuddered, and so did many more of those around me. + +'Form!' said the officer, and so in marching order, with the lanterns +swinging in front and the manacled veterans in the midst, with steady +tramp we took ourselves out of the dustheaps and turned backward to +the fortress of Bictre. + + * * * * * + +My year of probation has long since ended, and Alice is my wife. But +when I look back upon that trying twelvemonth one of the most vivid +incidents that memory recalls is that associated with my visit to the +City of Dust. + + + + +A Dream of Red Hands + + +The first opinion given to me regarding Jacob Settle was a simple +descriptive statement, 'He's a down-in-the-mouth chap': but I found +that it embodied the thoughts and ideas of all his fellow-workmen. +There was in the phrase a certain easy tolerance, an absence of +positive feeling of any kind, rather than any complete opinion, which +marked pretty accurately the man's place in public esteem. Still, +there was some dissimilarity between this and his appearance which +unconsciously set me thinking, and by degrees, as I saw more of the +place and the workmen, I came to have a special interest in him. He +was, I found, for ever doing kindnesses, not involving money expenses +beyond his humble means, but in the manifold ways of forethought and +forbearance and self-repression which are of the truer charities of +life. Women and children trusted him implicitly, though, strangely +enough, he rather shunned them, except when anyone was sick, and then +he made his appearance to help if he could, timidly and awkwardly. He +led a very solitary life, keeping house by himself in a tiny cottage, +or rather hut, of one room, far on the edge of the moorland. His +existence seemed so sad and solitary that I wished to cheer it up, and +for the purpose took the occasion when we had both been sitting up +with a child, injured by me through accident, to offer to lend him +books. He gladly accepted, and as we parted in the grey of the dawn I +felt that something of mutual confidence had been established between +us. + +The books were always most carefully and punctually returned, and in +time Jacob Settle and I became quite friends. Once or twice as I +crossed the moorland on Sundays I looked in on him; but on such +occasions he was shy and ill at ease so that I felt diffident about +calling to see him. He would never under any circumstances come into +my own lodgings. + +One Sunday afternoon, I was coming back from a long walk beyond the +moor, and as I passed Settle's cottage stopped at the door to say 'How +do you do?' to him. As the door was shut, I thought that he was out, +and merely knocked for form's sake, or through habit, not expecting to +get any answer. To my surprise, I heard a feeble voice from within, +though what was said I could not hear. I entered at once, and found +Jacob lying half-dressed upon his bed. He was as pale as death, and +the sweat was simply rolling off his face. His hands were +unconsciously gripping the bedclothes as a drowning man holds on to +whatever he may grasp. As I came in he half arose, with a wild, hunted +look in his eyes, which were wide open and staring, as though +something of horror had come before him; but when he recognised me he +sank back on the couch with a smothered sob of relief and closed his +eyes. I stood by him for a while, quite a minute or two, while he +gasped. Then he opened his eyes and looked at me, but with such a +despairing, woeful expression that, as I am a living man, I would have +rather seen that frozen look of horror. I sat down beside him and +asked after his health. For a while he would not answer me except to +say that he was not ill; but then, after scrutinising me closely, he +half arose on his elbow and said: + +'I thank you kindly, sir, but I'm simply telling you the truth. I am +not ill, as men call it, though God knows whether there be not worse +sicknesses than doctors know of. I'll tell you, as you are so kind, +but I trust that you won't even mention such a thing to a living soul, +for it might work me more and greater woe. I am suffering from a bad +dream.' + +'A bad dream!' I said, hoping to cheer him; 'but dreams pass away with +the light--even with waking.' There I stopped, for before he spoke I +saw the answer in his desolate look round the little place. + +'No! no! that's all well for people that live in comfort and with +those they love around them. It is a thousand times worse for those +who live alone and have to do so. What cheer is there for me, waking +here in the silence of the night, with the wide moor around me full of +voices and full of faces that make my waking a worse dream than my +sleep? Ah, young sir, you have no past that can send its legions to +people the darkness and the empty space, and I pray the good God that +you may never have!' As he spoke, there was such an almost +irresistible gravity of conviction in his manner that I abandoned my +remonstrance about his solitary life. I felt that I was in the +presence of some secret influence which I could not fathom. To my +relief, for I knew not what to say, he went on: + +'Two nights past have I dreamed it. It was hard enough the first +night, but I came through it. Last night the expectation was in itself +almost worse than the dream--until the dream came, and then it swept +away every remembrance of lesser pain. I stayed awake till just +before the dawn, and then it came again, and ever since I have been in +such an agony as I am sure the dying feel, and with it all the dread +of tonight.' Before he had got to the end of the sentence my mind was +made up, and I felt that I could speak to him more cheerfully. + +'Try and get to sleep early tonight--in fact, before the evening has +passed away. The sleep will refresh you, and I promise you there will +not be any bad dreams after tonight.' He shook his head hopelessly, so +I sat a little longer and then left him. + +When I got home I made my arrangements for the night, for I had made +up my mind to share Jacob Settle's lonely vigil in his cottage on the +moor. I judged that if he got to sleep before sunset he would wake +well before midnight, and so, just as the bells of the city were +striking eleven, I stood opposite his door armed with a bag, in which +were my supper, an extra large flask, a couple of candles, and a book. +The moonlight was bright, and flooded the whole moor, till it was +almost as light as day; but ever and anon black clouds drove across +the sky, and made a darkness which by comparison seemed almost +tangible. I opened the door softly, and entered without waking Jacob, +who lay asleep with his white face upward. He was still, and again +bathed in sweat. I tried to imagine what visions were passing before +those closed eyes which could bring with them the misery and woe which +were stamped on the face, but fancy failed me, and I waited for the +awakening. It came suddenly, and in a fashion which touched me to the +quick, for the hollow groan that broke from the man's white lips as he +half arose and sank back was manifestly the realisation or completion +of some train of thought which had gone before. + +'If this be dreaming,' said I to myself, 'then it must be based on +some very terrible reality. What can have been that unhappy fact that +he spoke of?' + +While I thus spoke, he realised that I was with him. It struck me as +strange that he had no period of that doubt as to whether dream or +reality surrounded him which commonly marks an expected environment of +waking men. With a positive cry of joy, he seized my hand and held it +in his two wet, trembling hands, as a frightened child clings on to +someone whom it loves. I tried to soothe him: + +'There, there! it is all right. I have come to stay with you tonight, +and together we will try to fight this evil dream.' He let go my hand +suddenly, and sank back on his bed and covered his eyes with his +hands. + +'Fight it?--the evil dream! Ah! no, sir, no! No mortal power can fight +that dream, for it comes from God--and is burned in here;' and he beat +upon his forehead. Then he went on: + +'It is the same dream, ever the same, and yet it grows in its power to +torture me every time it comes.' + +'What is the dream?' I asked, thinking that the speaking of it might +give him some relief, but he shrank away from me, and after a long +pause said: + +'No, I had better not tell it. It may not come again.' + +There was manifestly something to conceal from me--something that lay +behind the dream, so I answered: + +'All right. I hope you have seen the last of it. But if it should come +again, you will tell me, will you not? I ask, not out of curiosity, +but because I think it may relieve you to speak.' He answered with +what I thought was almost an undue amount of solemnity: + +'If it comes again, I shall tell you all.' + +Then I tried to get his mind away from the subject to more mundane +things, so I produced supper, and made him share it with me, including +the contents of the flask. After a little he braced up, and when I lit +my cigar, having given him another, we smoked a full hour, and talked +of many things. Little by little the comfort of his body stole over +his mind, and I could see sleep laying her gentle hands on his +eyelids. He felt it, too, and told me that now he felt all right, and +I might safely leave him; but I told him that, right or wrong, I was +going to see in the daylight. So I lit my other candle, and began to +read as he fell asleep. + +By degrees I got interested in my book, so interested that presently I +was startled by its dropping out of my hands. I looked and saw that +Jacob was still asleep, and I was rejoiced to see that there was on +his face a look of unwonted happiness, while his lips seemed to move +with unspoken words. Then I turned to my work again, and again woke, +but this time to feel chilled to my very marrow by hearing the voice +from the bed beside me: + +'Not with those red hands! Never! never!' On looking at him, I found +that he was still asleep. He woke, however, in an instant, and did not +seem surprised to see me; there was again that strange apathy as to +his surroundings. Then I said: + +'Settle, tell me your dream. You may speak freely, for I shall hold +your confidence sacred. While we both live I shall never mention what +you may choose to tell me.' + +He replied: + +'I said I would; but I had better tell you first what goes before the +dream, that you may understand. I was a schoolmaster when I was a very +young man; it was only a parish school in a little village in the +West Country. No need to mention any names. Better not. I was engaged +to be married to a young girl whom I loved and almost reverenced. It +was the old story. While we were waiting for the time when we could +afford to set up house together, another man came along. He was nearly +as young as I was, and handsome, and a gentleman, with all a +gentleman's attractive ways for a woman of our class. He would go +fishing, and she would meet him while I was at my work in school. I +reasoned with her and implored her to give him up. I offered to get +married at once and go away and begin the world in a strange country; +but she would not listen to anything I could say, and I could see that +she was infatuated with him. Then I took it on myself to meet the man +and ask him to deal well with the girl, for I thought he might mean +honestly by her, so that there might be no talk or chance of talk on +the part of others. I went where I should meet him with none by, and +we met!' Here Jacob Settle had to pause, for something seemed to rise +in his throat, and he almost gasped for breath. Then he went on: + +'Sir, as God is above us, there was no selfish thought in my heart +that day, I loved my pretty Mabel too well to be content with a part +of her love, and I had thought of my own unhappiness too often not to +have come to realise that, whatever might come to her, my hope was +gone. He was insolent to me--you, sir, who are a gentleman, cannot +know, perhaps, how galling can be the insolence of one who is above +you in station--but I bore with that. I implored him to deal well with +the girl, for what might be only a pastime of an idle hour with him +might be the breaking of her heart. For I never had a thought of her +truth, or that the worst of harm could come to her--it was only the +unhappiness to her heart I feared. But when I asked him when he +intended to marry her his laughter galled me so that I lost my temper +and told him that I would not stand by and see her life made unhappy. +Then he grew angry too, and in his anger said such cruel things of her +that then and there I swore he should not live to do her harm. God +knows how it came about, for in such moments of passion it is hard to +remember the steps from a word to a blow, but I found myself standing +over his dead body, with my hands crimson with the blood that welled +from his torn throat. We were alone and he was a stranger, with none +of his kin to seek for him and murder does not always out--not all at +once. His bones may be whitening still, for all I know, in the pool of +the river where I left him. No one suspected his absence, or why it +was, except my poor Mabel, and she dared not speak. But it was all in +vain, for when I came back again after an absence of months--for I +could not live in the place--I learned that her shame had come and +that she had died in it. Hitherto I had been borne up by the thought +that my ill deed had saved her future, but now, when I learned that I +had been too late, and that my poor love was smirched with that man's +sin, I fled away with the sense of my useless guilt upon me more +heavily than I could bear. Ah! sir, you that have not done such a sin +don't know what it is to carry it with you. You may think that custom +makes it easy to you, but it is not so. It grows and grows with every +hour, till it becomes intolerable, and with it growing, too, the +feeling that you must for ever stand outside Heaven. You don't know +what that means, and I pray God that you never may. Ordinary men, to +whom all things are possible, don't often, if ever, think of Heaven. +It is a name, and nothing more, and they are content to wait and let +things be, but to those who are doomed to be shut out for ever you +cannot think what it means, you cannot guess or measure the terrible +endless longing to see the gates opened, and to be able to join the +white figures within. + +'And this brings me to my dream. It seemed that the portal was before +me, with great gates of massive steel with bars of the thickness of a +mast, rising to the very clouds, and so close that between them was +just a glimpse of a crystal grotto, on whose shining walls were +figured many white-clad forms with faces radiant with joy. When I +stood before the gate my heart and my soul were so full of rapture and +longing that I forgot. And there stood at the gate two mighty angels +with sweeping wings, and, oh! so stern of countenance. They held each +in one hand a flaming sword, and in the other the latchet, which moved +to and fro at their lightest touch. Nearer were figures all draped in +black, with heads covered so that only the eyes were seen, and they +handed to each who came white garments such as the angels wear. A low +murmur came that told that all should put on their own robes, and +without soil, or the angels would not pass them in, but would smite +them down with the flaming swords. I was eager to don my own garment, +and hurriedly threw it over me and stepped swiftly to the gate; but it +moved not, and the angels, loosing the latchet, pointed to my dress, I +looked down, and was aghast, for the whole robe was smeared with +blood. My hands were red; they glittered with the blood that dripped +from them as on that day by the river bank. And then the angels raised +their flaming swords to smite me down, and the horror was complete--I +awoke. Again, and again, and again, that awful dream comes to me. I +never learn from the experience, I never remember, but at the +beginning the hope is ever there to make the end more appalling; and I +know that the dream does not come out of the common darkness where the +dreams abide, but that it is sent from God as a punishment! Never, +never shall I be able to pass the gate, for the soil on the angel +garments must ever come from these bloody hands!' + +I listened as in a spell as Jacob Settle spoke. There was something so +far away in the tone of his voice--something so dreamy and mystic in +the eyes that looked as if through me at some spirit beyond--something +so lofty in his very diction and in such marked contrast to his +workworn clothes and his poor surroundings that I wondered if the +whole thing were not a dream. + +We were both silent for a long time. I kept looking at the man before +me in growing wonderment. Now that his confession had been made, his +soul, which had been crushed to the very earth, seemed to leap back +again to uprightness with some resilient force. I suppose I ought to +have been horrified with his story, but, strange to say, I was not. It +certainly is not pleasant to be made the recipient of the confidence +of a murderer, but this poor fellow seemed to have had, not only so +much provocation, but so much self-denying purpose in his deed of +blood that I did not feel called upon to pass judgment upon him. My +purpose was to comfort, so I spoke out with what calmness I could, for +my heart was beating fast and heavily: + +'You need not despair, Jacob Settle. God is very good, and His mercy +is great. Live on and work on in the hope that some day you may feel +that you have atoned for the past.' Here I paused, for I could see +that deep, natural sleep this time, was creeping upon him. 'Go to +sleep,' I said; 'I shall watch with you here and we shall have no more +evil dreams tonight.' + +He made an effort to pull himself together, and answered: + +'I don't know how to thank you for your goodness to me this night, but +I think you had best leave me now. I'll try and sleep this out; I feel +a weight off my mind since I have told you all. If there's anything of +the man left in me, I must try and fight out life alone.' + +'I'll go tonight, as you wish it,' I said; 'but take my advice, and do +not live in such a solitary way. Go among men and women; live among +them. Share their joys and sorrows, and it will help you to forget. +This solitude will make you melancholy mad.' + +'I will!' he answered, half unconsciously, for sleep was overmastering +him. + +I turned to go, and he looked after me. When I had touched the latch I +dropped it, and, coming back to the bed, held out my hand. He grasped +it with both his as he rose to a sitting posture, and I said my +goodnight, trying to cheer him: + +'Heart, man, heart! There is work in the world for you to do, Jacob +Settle. You can wear those white robes yet and pass through that gate +of steel!' + +Then I left him. + +A week after I found his cottage deserted, and on asking at the works +was told that he had 'gone north', no one exactly knew whither. + +Two years afterwards, I was staying for a few days with my friend Dr. +Munro in Glasgow. He was a busy man, and could not spare much time for +going about with me, so I spent my days in excursions to the Trossachs +and Loch Katrine and down the Clyde. On the second last evening of my +stay I came back somewhat later than I had arranged, but found that +my host was late too. The maid told me that he had been sent for to +the hospital--a case of accident at the gas-works, and the dinner was +postponed an hour; so telling her I would stroll down to find her +master and walk back with him, I went out. At the hospital I found him +washing his hands preparatory to starting for home. Casually, I asked +him what his case was. + +'Oh, the usual thing! A rotten rope and men's lives of no account. Two +men were working in a gasometer, when the rope that held their +scaffolding broke. It must have occurred just before the dinner hour, +for no one noticed their absence till the men had returned. There was +about seven feet of water in the gasometer, so they had a hard fight +for it, poor fellows. However, one of them was alive, just alive, but +we have had a hard job to pull him through. It seems that he owes his +life to his mate, for I have never heard of greater heroism. They swam +together while their strength lasted, but at the end they were so done +up that even the lights above, and the men slung with ropes, coming +down to help them, could not keep them up. But one of them stood on +the bottom and held up his comrade over his head, and those few +breaths made all the difference between life and death. They were a +shocking sight when they were taken out, for that water is like a +purple dye with the gas and the tar. The man upstairs looked as if he +had been washed in blood. Ugh!' + +'And the other?' + +'Oh, he's worse still. But he must have been a very noble fellow. That +struggle under the water must have been fearful; one can see that by +the way the blood has been drawn from the extremities. It makes the +idea of the _Stigmata_ possible to look at him. Resolution like this +could, you would think, do anything in the world. Ay! it might almost +unbar the gates of Heaven. Look here, old man, it is not a very +pleasant sight, especially just before dinner, but you are a writer, +and this is an odd case. Here is something you would not like to miss, +for in all human probability you will never see anything like it +again.' While he was speaking he had brought me into the mortuary of +the hospital. + +On the bier lay a body covered with a white sheet, which was wrapped +close round it. + +'Looks like a chrysalis, don't it? I say, Jack, if there be anything +in the old myth that a soul is typified by a butterfly, well, then the +one that this chrysalis sent forth was a very noble specimen and took +all the sunlight on its wings. See here!' He uncovered the face. +Horrible, indeed, it looked, as though stained with blood. But I knew +him at once, Jacob Settle! My friend pulled the winding sheet further +down. + +The hands were crossed on the purple breast as they had been +reverently placed by some tender-hearted person. As I saw them my +heart throbbed with a great exultation, for the memory of his +harrowing dream rushed across my mind. There was no stain now on those +poor, brave hands, for they were blanched white as snow. + +And somehow as I looked I felt that the evil dream was all over. That +noble soul had won a way through the gate at last. The white robe had +now no stain from the hands that had put it on. + + + + +Crooken Sands + + +Mr Arthur Fernlee Markam, who took what was known as the Red House +above the Mains of Crooken, was a London merchant, and being +essentially a cockney, thought it necessary when he went for the +summer holidays to Scotland to provide an entire rig-out as a Highland +chieftain, as manifested in chromolithographs and on the music-hall +stage. He had once seen in the Empire the Great Prince--'The Bounder +King'--bring down the house by appearing as 'The MacSlogan of that +Ilk,' and singing the celebrated Scotch song, 'There's naething like +haggis to mak a mon dry!' and he had ever since preserved in his mind +a faithful image of the picturesque and warlike appearance which he +presented. Indeed, if the true inwardness of Mr. Markam's mind on the +subject of his selection of Aberdeenshire as a summer resort were +known, it would be found that in the foreground of the holiday +locality which his fancy painted stalked the many hued figure of the +MacSlogan of that Ilk. However, be this as it may, a very kind +fortune--certainly so far as external beauty was concerned--led him to +the choice of Crooken Bay. It is a lovely spot, between Aberdeen and +Peterhead, just under the rock-bound headland whence the long, +dangerous reefs known as The Spurs run out into the North Sea. +Between this and the 'Mains of Crooken'--a village sheltered by the +northern cliffs--lies the deep bay, backed with a multitude of +bent-grown dunes where the rabbits are to be found in thousands. Thus +at either end of the bay is a rocky promontory, and when the dawn or +the sunset falls on the rocks of red syenite the effect is very +lovely. The bay itself is floored with level sand and the tide runs +far out, leaving a smooth waste of hard sand on which are dotted here +and there the stake nets and bag nets of the salmon fishers. At one +end of the bay there is a little group or cluster of rocks whose heads +are raised something above high water, except when in rough weather +the waves come over them green. At low tide they are exposed down to +sand level; and here is perhaps the only little bit of dangerous sand +on this part of the eastern coast. Between the rocks, which are apart +about some fifty feet, is a small quicksand, which, like the Goodwins, +is dangerous only with the incoming tide. It extends outwards till it +is lost in the sea, and inwards till it fades away in the hard sand of +the upper beach. On the slope of the hill which rises beyond the +dunes, midway between the Spurs and the Port of Crooken, is the Red +House. It rises from the midst of a clump of fir-trees which protect +it on three sides, leaving the whole sea front open. A trim +old-fashioned garden stretches down to the roadway, on crossing which +a grassy path, which can be used for light vehicles, threads a way to +the shore, winding amongst the sand hills. + +When the Markam family arrived at the Red House after their thirty-six +hours of pitching on the Aberdeen steamer _Ban Righ_ from Blackwall, +with the subsequent train to Yellon and drive of a dozen miles, they +all agreed that they had never seen a more delightful spot. The +general satisfaction was more marked as at that very time none of the +family were, for several reasons, inclined to find favourable anything +or any place over the Scottish border. Though the family was a large +one, the prosperity of the business allowed them all sorts of personal +luxuries, amongst which was a wide latitude in the way of dress. The +frequency of the Markam girls' new frocks was a source of envy to +their bosom friends and of joy to themselves. + +Arthur Fernlee Markam had not taken his family into his confidence +regarding his new costume. He was not quite certain that he should be +free from ridicule, or at least from sarcasm, and as he was sensitive +on the subject, he thought it better to be actually in the suitable +environment before he allowed the full splendour to burst upon them. +He had taken some pains, to insure the completeness of the Highland +costume. For the purpose he had paid many visits to 'The Scotch +All-Wool Tartan Clothing Mart' which had been lately established in +Copthall-court by the Messrs. MacCallum More and Roderick MacDhu. He +had anxious consultations with the head of the firm--MacCallum as he +called himself, resenting any such additions as 'Mr.' or 'Esquire.' +The known stock of buckles, buttons, straps, brooches and ornaments of +all kinds were examined in critical detail; and at last an eagle's +feather of sufficiently magnificent proportions was discovered, and +the equipment was complete. It was only when he saw the finished +costume, with the vivid hues of the tartan seemingly modified into +comparative sobriety by the multitude of silver fittings, the +cairngorm brooches, the philibeg, dirk and sporran that he was fully +and absolutely satisfied with his choice. At first he had thought of +the Royal Stuart dress tartan, but abandoned it on the MacCallum +pointing out that if he should happen to be in the neighbourhood of +Balmoral it might lead to complications. The MacCallum, who, by the +way, spoke with a remarkable cockney accent, suggested other plaids in +turn; but now that the other question of accuracy had been raised, Mr. +Markam foresaw difficulties if he should by chance find himself in the +locality of the clan whose colours he had usurped. The MacCallum at +last undertook to have, at Markam's expense, a special pattern woven +which would not be exactly the same as any existing tartan, though +partaking of the characteristics of many. It was based on the Royal +Stuart, but contained suggestions as to simplicity of pattern from the +Macalister and Ogilvie clans, and as to neutrality of colour from the +clans of Buchanan, Macbeth, Chief of Macintosh and Macleod. When the +specimen had been shown to Markam he had feared somewhat lest it +should strike the eye of his domestic circle as gaudy; but as Roderick +MacDhu fell into perfect ecstasies over its beauty he did not make any +objection to the completion of the piece. He thought, and wisely, that +if a genuine Scotchman like MacDhu liked it, it must be +right--especially as the junior partner was a man very much of his own +build and appearance. When the MacCallum was receiving his +cheque--which, by the way, was a pretty stiff one--he remarked: + +'I've taken the liberty of having some more of the stuff woven in case +you or any of your friends should want it.' Markam was gratified, and +told him that he should be only too happy if the beautiful stuff which +they had originated between them should become a favourite, as he had +no doubt it would in time. He might make and sell as much as he would. + +Markam tried the dress on in his office one evening after the clerks +had all gone home. He was pleased, though a little frightened, at the +result. The MacCallum had done his work thoroughly, and there was +nothing omitted that could add to the martial dignity of the wearer. + +'I shall not, of course, take the claymore and the pistols with me on +ordinary occasions,' said Markam to himself as he began to undress. He +determined that he would wear the dress for the first time on landing +in Scotland, and accordingly on the morning when the _Ban Righ_ was +hanging off the Girdle Ness lighthouse, waiting for the tide to enter +the port of Aberdeen, he emerged from his cabin in all the gaudy +splendour of his new costume. The first comment he heard was from one +of his own sons, who did not recognise him at first. + +'Here's a guy! Great Scott! It's the governor!' And the boy fled +forthwith and tried to bury his laughter under a cushion in the +saloon. Markam was a good sailor and had not suffered from the +pitching of the boat, so that his naturally rubicund face was even +more rosy by the conscious blush which suffused his cheeks when he had +found himself at once the cynosure of all eyes. He could have wished +that he had not been so bold for he knew from the cold that there was +a big bare spot under one side of his jauntily worn Glengarry cap. +However, he faced the group of strangers boldly. He was not, +outwardly, upset even when some of the comments reached his ears. + +'He's off his bloomin' chump,' said a cockney in a suit of exaggerated +plaid. + +'There's flies on him,' said a tall thin Yankee, pale with +sea-sickness, who was on his way to take up his residence for a time +as close as he could get to the gates of Balmoral. + +'Happy thought! Let us fill our mulls; now's the chance!' said a +young Oxford man on his way home to Inverness. But presently Mr. +Markam heard the voice of his eldest daughter. + +'Where is he? Where is he?' and she came tearing along the deck with +her hat blowing behind her. Her face showed signs of agitation, for +her mother had just been telling her of her father's condition; but +when she saw him she instantly burst into laughter so violent that it +ended in a fit of hysterics. Something of the same kind happened to +each of the other children. When they had all had their turn Mr. +Markam went to his cabin and sent his wife's maid to tell each member +of the family that he wanted to see them at once. They all made their +appearance, suppressing their feelings as well as they could. He said +to them very quietly: + +'My dears, don't I provide you all with ample allowances?' + +'Yes, father!' they all answered gravely, 'no one could be more +generous!' + +'Don't I let you dress as you please?' + +'Yes, father!'--this a little sheepishly. + +'Then, my dears, don't you think it would be nicer and kinder of you +not to try and make me feel uncomfortable, even if I do assume a dress +which is ridiculous in your eyes, though quite common enough in the +country where we are about to sojourn?' There was no answer except +that which appeared in their hanging heads. He was a good father and +they all knew it. He was quite satisfied and went on: + +'There, now, run away and enjoy yourselves! We shan't have another +word about it.' Then he went on deck again and stood bravely the fire +of ridicule which he recognised around him, though nothing more was +said within his hearing. + +The astonishment and the amusement which his get-up occasioned on the +_Ban Righ_ was, however, nothing to that which it created in Aberdeen. +The boys and loafers, and women with babies, who waited at the landing +shed, followed _en masse_ as the Markam party took their way to the +railway station; even the porters with their old-fashioned knots and +their new-fashioned barrows, who await the traveller at the foot of +the gang-plank, followed in wondering delight. Fortunately the +Peterhead train was just about to start, so that the martyrdom was not +unnecessarily prolonged. In the carriage the glorious Highland costume +was unseen, and as there were but few persons at the station at +Yellon, all went well there. When, however, the carriage drew near the +Mains of Crooken and the fisher folk had run to their doors to see who +it was that was passing, the excitement exceeded all bounds. The +children with one impulse waved their bonnets and ran shouting behind +the carriage; the men forsook their nets and their baiting and +followed; the women clutched their babies, and followed also. The +horses were tired after their long journey to Yellon and back, and the +hill was steep, so that there was ample time for the crowd to gather +and even to pass on ahead. + +Mrs. Markam and the elder girls would have liked to make some protest +or to do something to relieve their feelings of chagrin at the +ridicule which they saw on all faces, but there was a look of fixed +determination on the face of the seeming Highlander which awed them a +little, and they were silent. It might have been that the eagle's +feather, even when arising above the bald head, the cairngorm brooch +even on the fat shoulder, and the claymore, dirk and pistols, even +when belted round the extensive paunch and protruding from the +stocking on the sturdy calf, fulfilled their existence as symbols of +martial and terrifying import! When the party arrived at the gate of +the Red House there awaited them a crowd of Crooken inhabitants, +hatless and respectfully silent; the remainder of the population was +painfully toiling up the hill. The silence was broken by only one +sound, that of a man with a deep voice. + +'Man! but he's forgotten the pipes!' + +The servants had arrived some days before, and all things were in +readiness. In the glow consequent on a good lunch after a hard journey +all the disagreeables of travel and all the chagrin consequent on the +adoption of the obnoxious costume were forgotten. + +That afternoon Markam, still clad in full array, walked through the +Mains of Crooken. He was all alone, for, strange to say, his wife and +both daughters had sick headaches, and were, as he was told, lying +down to rest after the fatigue of the journey. His eldest son, who +claimed to be a young man, had gone out by himself to explore the +surroundings of the place, and one of the boys could not be found. The +other boy, on being told that his father had sent for him to come for +a walk, had managed--by accident, of course--to fall into the water +butt, and had to be dried and rigged out afresh. His clothes not +having been as yet unpacked this was of course impossible without +delay. + +Mr. Markam was not quite satisfied with his walk. He could not meet +any of his neighbours. It was not that there were not enough people +about, for every house and cottage seemed to be full; but the people +when in the open were either in their doorways some distance behind +him, or on the roadway a long distance in front. As he passed he +could see the tops of heads and the whites of eyes in the windows or +round the corners of doors. The only interview which he had was +anything but a pleasant one. This was with an odd sort of old man who +was hardly ever heard to speak except to join in the 'Amens' in the +meeting-house. His sole occupation seemed to be to wait at the window +of the post-office from eight o'clock in the morning till the arrival +of the mail at one, when he carried the letter-bag to a neighbouring +baronial castle. The remainder of his day was spent on a seat in a +draughty part of the port, where the offal of the fish, the refuse of +the bait, and the house rubbish was thrown, and where the ducks were +accustomed to hold high revel. + +When Saft Tammie beheld him coming he raised his eyes, which were +generally fixed on the nothing which lay on the roadway opposite his +seat, and, seeming dazzled as if by a burst of sunshine, rubbed them +and shaded them with his hand. Then he started up and raised his hand +aloft in a denunciatory manner as he spoke:-- + +'"Vanity of vanities, saith the preacher. All is vanity." Mon, be +warned in time! "Behold the lilies of the field, they toil not, +neither do they spin, yet Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed +like one of these." Mon! Mon! Thy vanity is as the quicksand which +swallows up all which comes within its spell. Beware vanity! Beware +the quicksand, which yawneth for thee, and which will swallow thee up! +See thyself! Learn thine own vanity! Meet thyself face to face, and +then in that moment thou shalt learn the fatal force of thy vanity. +Learn it, know it, and repent ere the quicksand swallow thee!' Then +without another word he went back to his seat and sat there immovable +and expressionless as before. + +Markam could not but feel a little upset by this tirade. Only that it +was spoken by a seeming madman, he would have put it down to some +eccentric exhibition of Scottish humour or impudence; but the gravity +of the message--for it seemed nothing else--made such a reading +impossible. He was, however, determined not to give in to ridicule, +and although he had not yet seen anything in Scotland to remind him +even of a kilt, he determined to wear his Highland dress. When he +returned home, in less than half-an-hour, he found that every member +of the family was, despite the headaches, out taking a walk. He took +the opportunity afforded by their absence of locking himself in his +dressing-room, took off the Highland dress, and, putting on a suit of +flannels, lit a cigar and had a snooze. He was awakened by the noise +of the family coming in, and at once donning his dress made his +appearance in the drawing-room for tea. + +He did not go out again that afternoon; but after dinner he put on his +dress again--he had, of course dressed for dinner as usual--and went +by himself for a walk on the sea-shore. He had by this time come to +the conclusion that he would get by degrees accustomed to the Highland +dress before making it his ordinary wear. The moon was up and he +easily followed the path through the sand-hills, and shortly struck +the shore. The tide was out and the beach firm as a rock, so he +strolled southwards to nearly the end of the bay. Here he was +attracted by two isolated rocks some little way out from the edge of +the dunes, so he strolled towards them. When he reached the nearest +one he climbed it, and, sitting there elevated some fifteen or twenty +feet over the waste of sand, enjoyed the lovely, peaceful prospect. +The moon was rising behind the headland of Pennyfold, and its light +was just touching the top of the furthermost rock of the Spurs some +three-quarters of a mile out; the rest of the rocks were in dark +shadow. As the moon rose over the headland, the rocks of the Spurs and +then the beach by degrees became flooded with light. + +For a good while Mr. Markam sat and looked at the rising moon and the +growing area of light which followed its rise. Then he turned and +faced eastwards and sat with his chin in his hand looking seawards, +and revelling in the peace and beauty and freedom of the scene. The +roar of London--the darkness and the strife and weariness of London +life--seemed to have passed quite away, and he lived at the moment a +freer and higher life. He looked at the glistening water as it stole +its way over the flat waste of sand, coming closer and closer +insensibly--the tide had turned. Presently he heard a distant shouting +along the beach very far off. + +'The fishermen calling to each other,' he said to himself and looked +around. As he did so he got a horrible shock, for though just then a +cloud sailed across the moon he saw, in spite of the sudden darkness +around him, his own image. For an instant, on the top of the opposite +rock he could see the bald back of the head and the Glengarry cap with +the immense eagle's feather. As he staggered back his foot slipped, +and he began to slide down towards the sand between the two rocks. He +took no concern as to falling, for the sand was really only a few feet +below him, and his mind was occupied with the figure or simulacrum of +himself, which had already disappeared. As the easiest way of reaching +_terra firma_ he prepared to jump the remainder of the distance. All +this had taken but a second, but the brain works quickly, and even as +he gathered himself for the spring he saw the sand below him lying so +marbly level shake and shiver in an odd way. A sudden fear overcame +him; his knees failed, and instead of jumping he slid miserably down +the rock, scratching his bare legs as he went. His feet touched the +sand--went through it like water--and he was down below his knees +before he realised that he was in a quicksand. Wildly he grasped at +the rock to keep himself from sinking further, and fortunately there +was a jutting spur or edge which he was able to grasp instinctively. +To this he clung in grim desperation. He tried to shout, but his +breath would not come, till after a great effort his voice rang out. +Again he shouted, and it seemed as if the sound of his own voice gave +him new courage, for he was able to hold on to the rock for a longer +time than he thought possible--though he held on only in blind +desperation. He was, however, beginning to find his grasp weakening, +when, joy of joys! his shout was answered by a rough voice from just +above him. + +'God be thankit, I'm nae too late!' and a fisherman with great +thigh-boots came hurriedly climbing over the rock. In an instant he +recognised the gravity of the danger, and with a cheering 'Haud fast, +mon! I'm comin'!' scrambled down till he found a firm foothold. Then +with one strong hand holding the rock above, he leaned down, and +catching Markam's wrist, called out to him, 'Haud to me, mon! Haud to +me wi' ither hond!' + +Then he lent his great strength, and with a steady, sturdy pull, +dragged him out of the hungry quicksand and placed him safe upon the +rock. Hardly giving him time to draw breath, he pulled and pushed +him--never letting him go for an instant--over the rock into the firm +sand beyond it, and finally deposited him, still shaking from the +magnitude of his danger, high upon the beach. Then he began to speak: + +'Mon! but I was just in time. If I had no laucht at yon foolish lads +and begun to rin at the first you'd a bin sinkin' doon to the bowels +o' the airth be the noo! Wully Beagrie thocht you was a ghaist, and +Tom MacPhail swore ye was only like a goblin on a puddick-steel! "Na!" +said I. "Yon's but the daft Englishman--the loony that had escapit +frae the waxwarks." I was thinkin' that bein' strange and silly--if +not a whole-made feel--ye'd no ken the ways o' the quicksan'! I +shouted till warn ye, and then ran to drag ye aff, if need be. But God +be thankit, be ye fule or only half-daft wi' yer vanity, that I was no +that late!' and he reverently lifted his cap as he spoke. + +Mr. Markam was deeply touched and thankful for his escape from a +horrible death; but the sting of the charge of vanity thus made once +more against him came through his humility. He was about to reply +angrily, when suddenly a great awe fell upon him as he remembered the +warning words of the half-crazy letter-carrier: 'Meet thyself face to +face, and repent ere the quicksand shall swallow thee!' + +Here, too, he remembered the image of himself that he had seen and the +sudden danger from the deadly quicksand that had followed. He was +silent a full minute, and then said: + +'My good fellow, I owe you my life!' + +The answer came with reverence from the hardy fisherman, 'Na! Na! Ye +owe that to God; but, as for me, I'm only too glad till be the humble +instrument o' His mercy.' + +'But you will let me thank you,' said Mr. Markam, taking both the +great hands of his deliverer in his and holding them tight. 'My heart +is too full as yet, and my nerves are too much shaken to let me say +much; but, believe me, I am very, very grateful!' It was quite evident +that the poor old fellow was deeply touched, for the tears were +running down his cheeks. + +The fisherman said, with a rough but true courtesy: + +'Ay, sir! thank me and ye will--if it'll do yer poor heart good. An' +I'm thinking that if it were me I'd be thankful too. But, sir, as for +me I need no thanks. I am glad, so I am!' + +That Arthur Fernlee Markam was really thankful and grateful was shown +practically later on. Within a week's time there sailed into Port +Crooken the finest fishing smack that had ever been seen in the +harbour of Peterhead. She was fully found with sails and gear of all +kinds, and with nets of the best. Her master and men went away by the +coach, after having left with the salmon-fisher's wife the papers +which made her over to him. + +As Mr. Markam and the salmon-fisher walked together along the shore +the former asked his companion not to mention the fact that he had +been in such imminent danger, for that it would only distress his dear +wife and children. He said that he would warn them all of the +quicksand, and for that purpose he, then and there, asked questions +about it till he felt that his information on the subject was +complete. Before they parted he asked his companion if he had happened +to see a second figure, dressed like himself on the other rock as he +had approached to succour him. + +'Na! Na!' came the answer, 'there is nae sic another fule in these +parts. Nor has there been since the time o' Jamie Fleeman--him that +was fule to the Laird o' Udny. Why, mon! sic a heathenish dress as ye +have on till ye has nae been seen in these pairts within the memory o' +mon. An' I'm thinkin' that sic a dress never was for sittin' on the +cauld rock, as ye done beyont. Mon! but do ye no fear the rheumatism +or the lumbagy wi' floppin' doon on to the cauld stanes wi' yer bare +flesh? I was thinking that it was daft ye waur when I see ye the +mornin' doon be the port, but it's fule or eediot ye maun be for the +like o' thot!' Mr. Markam did not care to argue the point, and as they +were now close to his own home he asked the salmon-fisher to have a +glass of whisky--which he did--and they parted for the night. He took +good care to warn all his family of the quicksand, telling them that +he had himself been in some danger from it. + +All that night he never slept. He heard the hours strike one after the +other; but try how he would he could not get to sleep. Over and over +again he went through the horrible episode of the quicksand, from the +time that Saft Tammie had broken his habitual silence to preach to him +of the sin of vanity and to warn him. The question kept ever arising +in his mind: 'Am I then so vain as to be in the ranks of the foolish?' +and the answer ever came in the words of the crazy prophet: '"Vanity +of vanities! All is vanity." Meet thyself face to face, and repent ere +the quicksand shall swallow thee!' Somehow a feeling of doom began to +shape itself in his mind that he would yet perish in that same +quicksand, for there he had already met himself face to face. + +In the grey of the morning he dozed off, but it was evident that he +continued the subject in his dreams, for he was fully awakened by his +wife, who said: + +'Do sleep quietly! That blessed Highland suit has got on your brain. +Don't talk in your sleep, if you can help it!' He was somehow +conscious of a glad feeling, as if some terrible weight had been +lifted from him, but he did not know any cause of it. He asked his +wife what he had said in his sleep, and she answered: + +'You said it often enough, goodness knows, for one to remember +it--"Not face to face! I saw the eagle plume over the bald head! There +is hope yet! Not face to face!" Go to sleep! Do!' And then he did go +to sleep, for he seemed to realise that the prophecy of the crazy man +had not yet been fulfilled. He had not met himself face to face--as +yet at all events. + +He was awakened early by a maid who came to tell him that there was a +fisherman at the door who wanted to see him. He dressed himself as +quickly as he could--for he was not yet expert with the Highland +dress--and hurried down, not wishing to keep the salmon-fisher +waiting. He was surprised and not altogether pleased to find that his +visitor was none other than Saft Tammie, who at once opened fire on +him: + +'I maun gang awa' t' the post; but I thocht that I would waste an hour +on ye, and ca' roond just to see if ye waur still that fou wi' vanity +as on the nicht gane by. An I see that ye've no learned the lesson. +Well! the time is comin', sure eneucht! However I have all the time i' +the marnins to my ain sel', so I'll aye look roond jist till see how +ye gang yer ain gait to the quicksan', and then to the de'il! I'm aff +till ma wark the noo!' And he went straightway, leaving Mr. Markam +considerably vexed, for the maids within earshot were vainly trying to +conceal their giggles. He had fairly made up his mind to wear on that +day ordinary clothes, but the visit of Saft Tammie reversed his +decision. He would show them all that he was not a coward, and he +would go on as he had begun--come what might. When he came to +breakfast in full martial panoply the children, one and all, held down +their heads and the backs of their necks became very red indeed. As, +however, none of them laughed--except Titus, the youngest boy, who was +seized with a fit of hysterical choking and was promptly banished from +the room--he could not reprove them, but began to break his egg with a +sternly determined air. It was unfortunate that as his wife was +handing him a cup of tea one of the buttons of his sleeve caught in +the lace of her morning wrapper, with the result that the hot tea was +spilt over his bare knees. Not unnaturally, he made use of a swear +word, whereupon his wife, somewhat nettled, spoke out: + +'Well, Arthur, if you will make such an idiot of yourself with that +ridiculous costume what else can you expect? You are not accustomed to +it--and you never will be!' In answer he began an indignant speech +with: 'Madam!' but he got no further, for now that the subject was +broached, Mrs. Markam intended to have her say out. It was not a +pleasant say, and, truth to tell, it was not said in a pleasant +manner. A wife's manner seldom is pleasant when she undertakes to tell +what she considers 'truths' to her husband. The result was that Arthur +Fernlee Markam undertook, then and there, that during his stay in +Scotland he would wear no other costume than the one she abused. +Woman-like his wife had the last word--given in this case with tears: + +'Very well, Arthur! Of course you will do as you choose. Make me as +ridiculous as you can, and spoil the poor girls' chances in life. +Young men don't seem to care, as a general rule, for an idiot +father-in-law! But I must warn you that your vanity will some day get +a rude shock--if indeed you are not before then in an asylum or dead!' + +It was manifest after a few days that Mr. Markam would have to take +the major part of his outdoor exercise by himself. The girls now and +again took a walk with him, chiefly in the early morning or late at +night, or on a wet day when there would be no one about; they +professed to be willing to go out at all times, but somehow something +always seemed to occur to prevent it. The boys could never be found at +all on such occasions, and as to Mrs. Markam she sternly refused to go +out with him on any consideration so long as he should continue to +make a fool of himself. On the Sunday he dressed himself in his +habitual broadcloth, for he rightly felt that church was not a place +for angry feelings; but on Monday morning he resumed his Highland +garb. By this time he would have given a good deal if he had never +thought of the dress, but his British obstinacy was strong, and he +would not give in. Saft Tammie called at his house every morning, and, +not being able to see him nor to have any message taken to him, used +to call back in the afternoon when the letter-bag had been delivered +and watched for his going out. On such occasions he never failed to +warn him against his vanity in the same words which he had used at the +first. Before many days were over Mr. Markam had come to look upon him +as little short of a scourge. + +By the time the week was out the enforced partial solitude, the +constant chagrin, and the never-ending brooding which was thus +engendered, began to make Mr. Markam quite ill. He was too proud to +take any of his family into his confidence since they had in his view +treated him very badly. Then he did not sleep well at night, and when +he did sleep he had constantly bad dreams. Merely to assure himself +that his pluck was not failing him he made it a practice to visit the +quicksand at least once every day; he hardly ever failed to go there +the last thing at night. It was perhaps this habit that wrought the +quicksand with its terrible experience so perpetually into his dreams. +More and more vivid these became, till on waking at times he could +hardly realise that he had not been actually in the flesh to visit the +fatal spot. He sometimes thought that he might have been walking in +his sleep. + +One night his dream was so vivid that when he awoke he could not +believe that it had only been a dream. He shut his eyes again and +again, but each time the vision, if it was a vision, or the reality, +if it was a reality, would rise before him. The moon was shining full +and yellow over the quicksand as he approached it; he could see the +expanse of light shaken and disturbed and full of black shadows as the +liquid sand quivered and trembled and wrinkled and eddied as was its +wont between its pauses of marble calm. As he drew close to it another +figure came towards it from the opposite side with equal footsteps. He +saw that it was his own figure, his very self, and in silent terror, +compelled by what force he knew not, he advanced--charmed as the bird +is by the snake, mesmerised or hypnotised--to meet this other self. As +he felt the yielding sand closing over him he awoke in the agony of +death, trembling with fear, and, strange to say, with the silly man's +prophecy seeming to sound in his ears: '"Vanity of vanities! All is +vanity!" See thyself and repent ere the quicksand swallow thee!' + +So convinced was he that this was no dream that he arose, early as it +was, and dressing himself without disturbing his wife took his way to +the shore. His heart fell when he came across a series of footsteps on +the sands, which he at once recognised as his own. There was the same +wide heel, the same square toe; he had no doubt now that he had +actually been there, and half horrified, and half in a state of dreamy +stupor, he followed the footsteps, and found them lost in the edge of +the yielding quicksand. This gave him a terrible shock, for there were +no return steps marked on the sand, and he felt that there was some +dread mystery which he could not penetrate, and the penetration of +which would, he feared, undo him. + +In this state of affairs he took two wrong courses. Firstly he kept +his trouble to himself, and, as none of his family had any clue to it, +every innocent word or expression which they used supplied fuel to the +consuming fire of his imagination. Secondly he began to read books +professing to bear upon the mysteries of dreaming and of mental +phenomena generally, with the result that every wild imagination of +every crank or half-crazy philosopher became a living germ of unrest +in the fertilising soil of his disordered brain. Thus negatively and +positively all things began to work to a common end. Not the least of +his disturbing causes was Saft Tammie, who had now become at certain +times of the day a fixture at his gate. After a while, being +interested in the previous state of this individual, he made inquiries +regarding his past with the following result. + +Saft Tammie was popularly believed to be the son of a laird in one of +the counties round the Firth of Forth. He had been partially educated +for the ministry, but for some cause which no one ever knew threw up +his prospects suddenly, and, going to Peterhead in its days of whaling +prosperity, had there taken service on a whaler. Here off and on he +had remained for some years, getting gradually more and more silent in +his habits, till finally his shipmates protested against so taciturn a +mate, and he had found service amongst the fishing smacks of the +northern fleet. He had worked for many years at the fishing with +always the reputation of being 'a wee bit daft,' till at length he had +gradually settled down at Crooken, where the laird, doubtless knowing +something of his family history, had given him a job which practically +made him a pensioner. The minister who gave the information finished +thus:-- + +'It is a very strange thing, but the man seems to have some odd kind +of gift. Whether it be that "second sight" which we Scotch people are +so prone to believe in, or some other occult form of knowledge, I know +not, but nothing of a disastrous tendency ever occurs in this place +but the men with whom he lives are able to quote after the event some +saying of his which certainly appears to have foretold it. He gets +uneasy or excited--wakes up, in fact--when death is in the air!' + +This did not in any way tend to lessen Mr. Markam's concern, but on +the contrary seemed to impress the prophecy more deeply on his mind. +Of all the books which he had read on his new subject of study none +interested him so much as a German one _Die Dppleganger_, by Dr. +Heinrich von Aschenberg, formerly of Bonn. Here he learned for the +first time of cases where men had led a double existence--each nature +being quite apart from the other--the body being always a reality with +one spirit, and a simulacrum with the other. Needless to say that Mr. +Markam realised this theory as exactly suiting his own case. The +glimpse which he had of his own back the night of his escape from the +quicksand--his own footmarks disappearing into the quicksand with no +return steps visible--the prophecy of Saft Tammie about his meeting +himself and perishing in the quicksand--all lent aid to the conviction +that he was in his own person an instance of the dppleganger. Being +then conscious of a double life he took steps to prove its existence +to his own satisfaction. To this end on one night before going to bed +he wrote his name in chalk on the soles of his shoes. That night he +dreamed of the quicksand, and of his visiting it--dreamed so vividly +that on walking in the grey of the dawn he could not believe that he +had not been there. Arising, without disturbing his wife, he sought +his shoes. + +The chalk signatures were undisturbed! He dressed himself and stole +out softly. This time the tide was in, so he crossed the dunes and +struck the shore on the further side of the quicksand. There, oh, +horror of horrors! he saw his own footprints dying into the abyss! + +He went home a desperately sad man. It seemed incredible that he, an +elderly commercial man, who had passed a long and uneventful life in +the pursuit of business in the midst of roaring, practical London, +should thus find himself enmeshed in mystery and horror, and that he +should discover that he had two existences. He could not speak of his +trouble even to his own wife, for well he knew that she would at once +require the fullest particulars of that other life--the one which she +did not know; and that she would at the start not only imagine but +charge him with all manner of infidelities on the head of it. And so +his brooding grew deeper and deeper still. One evening--the tide then +going out and the moon being at the full--he was sitting waiting for +dinner when the maid announced that Saft Tammie was making a +disturbance outside because he would not be let in to see him. He was +very indignant, but did not like the maid to think that he had any +fear on the subject, and so told her to bring him in. Tammie entered, +walking more briskly than ever with his head up and a look of vigorous +decision in the eyes that were so generally cast down. As soon as he +entered he said: + +'I have come to see ye once again--once again; and there ye sit, still +just like a cockatoo on a pairch. Weel, mon, I forgie ye! Mind ye +that, I forgie ye!' And without a word more he turned and walked out +of the house, leaving the master in speechless indignation. + +After dinner he determined to pay another visit to the quicksand--he +would not allow even to himself that he was afraid to go. And so, +about nine o'clock, in full array, he marched to the beach, and +passing over the sands sat on the skirt of the nearer rock. The full +moon was behind him and its light lit up the bay so that its fringe of +foam, the dark outline of the headland, and the stakes of the +salmon-nets were all emphasised. In the brilliant yellow glow the +lights in the windows of Port Crooken and in those of the distant +castle of the laird trembled like stars through the sky. For a long +time he sat and drank in the beauty of the scene, and his soul seemed +to feel a peace that it had not known for many days. All the pettiness +and annoyance and silly fears of the past weeks seemed blotted out, +and a new holy calm took the vacant place. In this sweet and solemn +mood he reviewed his late action calmly, and felt ashamed of himself +for his vanity and for the obstinacy which had followed it. And then +and there he made up his mind that the present would be the last time +he would wear the costume which had estranged him from those whom he +loved, and which had caused him so many hours and days of chagrin, +vexation, and pain. + +But almost as soon as he arrived at this conclusion another voice +seemed to speak within him and mockingly to ask him if he should ever +get the chance to wear the suit again--that it was too late--he had +chosen his course and must now abide the issue. + +'It is not too late,' came the quick answer of his better self; and +full of the thought, he rose up to go home and divest himself of the +now hateful costume right away. He paused for one look at the +beautiful scene. The light lay pale and mellow, softening every +outline of rock and tree and house-top, and deepening the shadows into +velvety-black, and lighting, as with a pale flame, the incoming tide, +that now crept fringe-like across the flat waste of sand. Then he left +the rock and stepped out for the shore. + +But as he did so a frightful spasm of horror shook him, and for an +instant the blood rushing to his head shut out all the light of the +full moon. Once more he saw that fatal image of himself moving beyond +the quicksand from the opposite rock to the shore. The shock was all +the greater for the contrast with the spell of peace which he had just +enjoyed; and, almost paralysed in every sense, he stood and watched +the fatal vision and the wrinkly, crawling quicksand that seemed to +writhe and yearn for something that lay between. There could be no +mistake this time, for though the moon behind threw the face into +shadow he could see there the same shaven cheeks as his own, and the +small stubby moustache of a few weeks' growth. The light shone on the +brilliant tartan, and on the eagle's plume. Even the bald space at one +side of the Glengarry cap glistened, as did the cairngorm brooch on +the shoulder and the tops of the silver buttons. As he looked he felt +his feet slightly sinking, for he was still near the edge of the belt +of quicksand, and he stepped back. As he did so the other figure +stepped forward, so that the space between them was preserved. + +So the two stood facing each other, as though in some weird +fascination; and in the rushing of the blood through his brain Markam +seemed to hear the words of the prophecy: 'See thyself face to face, +and repent ere the quicksand swallow thee.' He did stand face to face +with himself, he had repented--and now he was sinking in the +quicksand! The warning and prophecy were coming true. + +Above him the seagulls screamed, circling round the fringe of the +incoming tide, and the sound being entirely mortal recalled him to +himself. On the instant he stepped back a few quick steps, for as yet +only his feet were merged in the soft sand. As he did so the other +figure stepped forward, and coming within the deadly grip of the +quicksand began to sink. It seemed to Markam that he was looking at +himself going down to his doom, and on the instant the anguish of his +soul found vent in a terrible cry. There was at the same instant a +terrible cry from the other figure, and as Markam threw up his hands +the figure did the same. With horror-struck eyes he saw him sink +deeper into the quicksand; and then, impelled by what power he knew +not, he advanced again towards the sand to meet his fate. But as his +more forward foot began to sink he heard again the cries of the +seagulls which seemed to restore his benumbed faculties. With a mighty +effort he drew his foot out of the sand which seemed to clutch it, +leaving his shoe behind, and then in sheer terror he turned and ran +from the place, never stopping till his breath and strength failed +him, and he sank half swooning on the grassy path through the +sandhills. + + * * * * * + +Arthur Markam made up his mind not to tell his family of his terrible +adventure--until at least such time as he should be complete master of +himself. Now that the fatal double--his other self--had been engulfed +in the quicksand he felt something like his old peace of mind. + +That night he slept soundly and did not dream at all; and in the +morning was quite his old self. It really seemed as though his newer +and worser self had disappeared for ever; and strangely enough Saft +Tammie was absent from his post that morning and never appeared there +again, but sat in his old place watching nothing, as of old, with +lack-lustre eye. In accordance with his resolution he did not wear his +Highland suit again, but one evening tied it up in a bundle, claymore, +dirk and philibeg and all, and bringing it secretly with him threw it +into the quicksand. With a feeling of intense pleasure he saw it +sucked below the sand, which closed above it into marble smoothness. +Then he went home and announced cheerily to his family assembled for +evening prayers: + +'Well! my dears, you will be glad to hear that I have abandoned my +idea of wearing the Highland dress. I see now what a vain old fool I +was and how ridiculous I made myself! You shall never see it again!' + +'Where is it, father?' asked one of the girls, wishing to say +something so that such a self-sacrificing announcement as her father's +should not be passed in absolute silence. His answer was so sweetly +given that the girl rose from her seat and came and kissed him. It +was: + +'In the quicksand, my dear! and I hope that my worser self is buried +there along with it--for ever.' + + * * * * * + +The remainder of the summer was passed at Crooken with delight by all +the family, and on his return to town Mr. Markam had almost forgotten +the whole of the incident of the quicksand, and all touching on it, +when one day he got a letter from the MacCallum More which caused him +much thought, though he said nothing of it to his family, and left it, +for certain reasons, unanswered. It ran as follows:-- + + 'The MacCallum More and Roderick MacDhu. + 'The Scotch All-Wool Tartan Clothing Mart. + Copthall Court, E.C., + 30th September, 1892. + +'Dear Sir,--I trust you will pardon the liberty which I take in +writing to you, but I am desirous of making an inquiry, and I am +informed that you have been sojourning during the summer in +Aberdeenshire (Scotland, N.B.). My partner, Mr. Roderick MacDhu--as he +appears for business reasons on our bill-heads and in our +advertisements, his real name being Emmanuel Moses Marks of +London--went early last month to Scotland (N.B.) for a tour, but as I +have only once heard from him, shortly after his departure, I am +anxious lest any misfortune may have befallen him. As I have been +unable to obtain any news of him on making all inquiries in my power, +I venture to appeal to you. His letter was written in deep dejection +of spirit, and mentioned that he feared a judgment had come upon him +for wishing to appear as a Scotchman on Scottish soil, as he had one +moonlight night shortly after his arrival seen his 'wraith'. He +evidently alluded to the fact that before his departure he had +procured for himself a Highland costume similar to that which we had +the honour to supply to you, with which, as perhaps you will remember, +he was much struck. He may, however, never have worn it, as he was, to +my own knowledge, diffident about putting it on, and even went so far +as to tell me that he would at first only venture to wear it late at +night or very early in the morning, and then only in remote places, +until such time as he should get accustomed to it. Unfortunately he +did not advise me of his route so that I am in complete ignorance of +his whereabouts; and I venture to ask if you may have seen or heard of +a Highland costume similar to your own having been seen anywhere in +the neighbourhood in which I am told you have recently purchased the +estate which you temporarily occupied. I shall not expect an answer to +this letter unless you can give me some information regarding my +friend and partner, so pray do not trouble to reply unless there be +cause. I am encouraged to think that he may have been in your +neighbourhood as, though his letter is not dated, the envelope is +marked with the postmark of "Yellon" which I find is in Aberdeenshire, +and not far from the Mains of Crooken. + + 'I have the honour to be, dear sir, + 'Yours very respectfully, + 'JOSHUA SHEENY COHEN BENJAMIN + '(The MacCallum More.)' + + + +***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DRACULA'S GUEST*** + + +******* This file should be named 10150-8.txt or 10150-8.zip ******* + + +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: +http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/0/1/5/10150 + + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://www.gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: +http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/old/old/10150-8.zip b/old/old/10150-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9692873 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/old/10150-8.zip diff --git a/old/old/10150.txt b/old/old/10150.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f1cb202 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/old/10150.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6085 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook, Dracula's Guest, by Bram Stoker + + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + + + + +Title: Dracula's Guest + + +Author: Bram Stoker + + + +Release Date: November 20, 2003 [eBook #10150] +This revision released November 7, 2006. +Most recently updated: November 10, 2014 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII) + + +***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DRACULA'S GUEST*** + + +E-text prepared by Bill Keir, Susan Woodring, and the Project Gutenberg +Online Distributed Proofreading Team and revised by Jeannie Howse + + + + +------------------------------------------------------+ + | Transcriber's Note: | + | | + | Inconsistent hyphenation and unusual spelling in the | + | original document have been preserved. | + | | + +------------------------------------------------------+ + + + + + +DRACULA'S GUEST + +by + +BRAM STOKER + +First published 1914 + + + + + + + +To + +MY SON + + + + +CONTENTS + + + Dracula's Guest 9 + The Judge's House 26 + The Squaw 50 + The Secret of the Growing Gold 67 + The Gipsy Prophecy 84 + The Coming of Abel Behenna 96 + The Burial of the Rats 120 + A Dream of Red Hands 152 + Crooken Sands 165 + + + + +PREFACE + + +A few months before the lamented death of my husband--I might say even +as the shadow of death was over him--he planned three series of short +stories for publication, and the present volume is one of them. To his +original list of stories in this book, I have added an hitherto +unpublished episode from _Dracula_. It was originally excised owing to +the length of the book, and may prove of interest to the many readers +of what is considered my husband's most remarkable work. The other +stories have already been published in English and American +periodicals. Had my husband lived longer, he might have seen fit to +revise this work, which is mainly from the earlier years of his +strenuous life. But, as fate has entrusted to me the issuing of it, I +consider it fitting and proper to let it go forth practically as it +was left by him. + + FLORENCE BRAM STOKER + + + + +Dracula's Guest + + +When we started for our drive the sun was shining brightly on Munich, +and the air was full of the joyousness of early summer. Just as we +were about to depart, Herr Delbrueck (the maitre d'hotel of the Quatre +Saisons, where I was staying) came down, bareheaded, to the carriage +and, after wishing me a pleasant drive, said to the coachman, still +holding his hand on the handle of the carriage door: + +'Remember you are back by nightfall. The sky looks bright but there is +a shiver in the north wind that says there may be a sudden storm. But +I am sure you will not be late.' Here he smiled, and added, 'for you +know what night it is.' + +Johann answered with an emphatic, 'Ja, mein Herr,' and, touching his +hat, drove off quickly. When we had cleared the town, I said, after +signalling to him to stop: + +'Tell me, Johann, what is tonight?' + +He crossed himself, as he answered laconically: 'Walpurgis nacht.' +Then he took out his watch, a great, old-fashioned German silver thing +as big as a turnip, and looked at it, with his eyebrows gathered +together and a little impatient shrug of his shoulders. I realised +that this was his way of respectfully protesting against the +unnecessary delay, and sank back in the carriage, merely motioning +him to proceed. He started off rapidly, as if to make up for lost +time. Every now and then the horses seemed to throw up their heads and +sniffed the air suspiciously. On such occasions I often looked round +in alarm. The road was pretty bleak, for we were traversing a sort of +high, wind-swept plateau. As we drove, I saw a road that looked but +little used, and which seemed to dip through a little, winding valley. +It looked so inviting that, even at the risk of offending him, I +called Johann to stop--and when he had pulled up, I told him I would +like to drive down that road. He made all sorts of excuses, and +frequently crossed himself as he spoke. This somewhat piqued my +curiosity, so I asked him various questions. He answered fencingly, +and repeatedly looked at his watch in protest. Finally I said: + +'Well, Johann, I want to go down this road. I shall not ask you to +come unless you like; but tell me why you do not like to go, that is +all I ask.' For answer he seemed to throw himself off the box, so +quickly did he reach the ground. Then he stretched out his hands +appealingly to me, and implored me not to go. There was just enough of +English mixed with the German for me to understand the drift of his +talk. He seemed always just about to tell me something--the very idea +of which evidently frightened him; but each time he pulled himself up, +saying, as he crossed himself: 'Walpurgis-Nacht!' + +I tried to argue with him, but it was difficult to argue with a man +when I did not know his language. The advantage certainly rested with +him, for although he began to speak in English, of a very crude and +broken kind, he always got excited and broke into his native +tongue--and every time he did so, he looked at his watch. Then the +horses became restless and sniffed the air. At this he grew very pale, +and, looking around in a frightened way, he suddenly jumped forward, +took them by the bridles and led them on some twenty feet. I followed, +and asked why he had done this. For answer he crossed himself, pointed +to the spot we had left and drew his carriage in the direction of the +other road, indicating a cross, and said, first in German, then in +English: 'Buried him--him what killed themselves.' + +I remembered the old custom of burying suicides at cross-roads: 'Ah! I +see, a suicide. How interesting!' But for the life of me I could not +make out why the horses were frightened. + +Whilst we were talking, we heard a sort of sound between a yelp and a +bark. It was far away; but the horses got very restless, and it took +Johann all his time to quiet them. He was pale, and said, 'It sounds +like a wolf--but yet there are no wolves here now.' + +'No?' I said, questioning him; 'isn't it long since the wolves were so +near the city?' + +'Long, long,' he answered, 'in the spring and summer; but with the +snow the wolves have been here not so long.' + +Whilst he was petting the horses and trying to quiet them, dark clouds +drifted rapidly across the sky. The sunshine passed away, and a breath +of cold wind seemed to drift past us. It was only a breath, however, +and more in the nature of a warning than a fact, for the sun came out +brightly again. Johann looked under his lifted hand at the horizon and +said: + +'The storm of snow, he comes before long time.' Then he looked at his +watch again, and, straightway holding his reins firmly--for the horses +were still pawing the ground restlessly and shaking their heads--he +climbed to his box as though the time had come for proceeding on our +journey. + +I felt a little obstinate and did not at once get into the carriage. + +'Tell me,' I said, 'about this place where the road leads,' and I +pointed down. + +Again he crossed himself and mumbled a prayer, before he answered, 'It +is unholy.' + +'What is unholy?' I enquired. + +'The village.' + +'Then there is a village?' + +'No, no. No one lives there hundreds of years.' My curiosity was +piqued, 'But you said there was a village.' + +'There was.' + +'Where is it now?' + +Whereupon he burst out into a long story in German and English, so +mixed up that I could not quite understand exactly what he said, but +roughly I gathered that long ago, hundreds of years, men had died +there and been buried in their graves; and sounds were heard under the +clay, and when the graves were opened, men and women were found rosy +with life, and their mouths red with blood. And so, in haste to save +their lives (aye, and their souls!--and here he crossed himself) those +who were left fled away to other places, where the living lived, and +the dead were dead and not--not something. He was evidently afraid to +speak the last words. As he proceeded with his narration, he grew more +and more excited. It seemed as if his imagination had got hold of him, +and he ended in a perfect paroxysm of fear--white-faced, perspiring, +trembling and looking round him, as if expecting that some dreadful +presence would manifest itself there in the bright sunshine on the +open plain. Finally, in an agony of desperation, he cried: + +'Walpurgis nacht!' and pointed to the carriage for me to get in. All +my English blood rose at this, and, standing back, I said: + +'You are afraid, Johann--you are afraid. Go home; I shall return +alone; the walk will do me good.' The carriage door was open. I took +from the seat my oak walking-stick--which I always carry on my holiday +excursions--and closed the door, pointing back to Munich, and said, +'Go home, Johann--Walpurgis-nacht doesn't concern Englishmen.' + +The horses were now more restive than ever, and Johann was trying to +hold them in, while excitedly imploring me not to do anything so +foolish. I pitied the poor fellow, he was deeply in earnest; but all +the same I could not help laughing. His English was quite gone now. In +his anxiety he had forgotten that his only means of making me +understand was to talk my language, so he jabbered away in his native +German. It began to be a little tedious. After giving the direction, +'Home!' I turned to go down the cross-road into the valley. + +With a despairing gesture, Johann turned his horses towards Munich. I +leaned on my stick and looked after him. He went slowly along the road +for a while: then there came over the crest of the hill a man tall and +thin. I could see so much in the distance. When he drew near the +horses, they began to jump and kick about, then to scream with terror. +Johann could not hold them in; they bolted down the road, running away +madly. I watched them out of sight, then looked for the stranger, but +I found that he, too, was gone. + +With a light heart I turned down the side road through the deepening +valley to which Johann had objected. There was not the slightest +reason, that I could see, for his objection; and I daresay I tramped +for a couple of hours without thinking of time or distance, and +certainly without seeing a person or a house. So far as the place was +concerned, it was desolation itself. But I did not notice this +particularly till, on turning a bend in the road, I came upon a +scattered fringe of wood; then I recognised that I had been impressed +unconsciously by the desolation of the region through which I had +passed. + +I sat down to rest myself, and began to look around. It struck me that +it was considerably colder than it had been at the commencement of my +walk--a sort of sighing sound seemed to be around me, with, now and +then, high overhead, a sort of muffled roar. Looking upwards I noticed +that great thick clouds were drifting rapidly across the sky from +North to South at a great height. There were signs of coming storm in +some lofty stratum of the air. I was a little chilly, and, thinking +that it was the sitting still after the exercise of walking, I resumed +my journey. + +The ground I passed over was now much more picturesque. There were no +striking objects that the eye might single out; but in all there was a +charm of beauty. I took little heed of time and it was only when the +deepening twilight forced itself upon me that I began to think of how +I should find my way home. The brightness of the day had gone. The air +was cold, and the drifting of clouds high overhead was more marked. +They were accompanied by a sort of far-away rushing sound, through +which seemed to come at intervals that mysterious cry which the driver +had said came from a wolf. For a while I hesitated. I had said I would +see the deserted village, so on I went, and presently came on a wide +stretch of open country, shut in by hills all around. Their sides were +covered with trees which spread down to the plain, dotting, in clumps, +the gentler slopes and hollows which showed here and there. I followed +with my eye the winding of the road, and saw that it curved close to +one of the densest of these clumps and was lost behind it. + +As I looked there came a cold shiver in the air, and the snow began to +fall. I thought of the miles and miles of bleak country I had passed, +and then hurried on to seek the shelter of the wood in front. Darker +and darker grew the sky, and faster and heavier fell the snow, till +the earth before and around me was a glistening white carpet the +further edge of which was lost in misty vagueness. The road was here +but crude, and when on the level its boundaries were not so marked, as +when it passed through the cuttings; and in a little while I found +that I must have strayed from it, for I missed underfoot the hard +surface, and my feet sank deeper in the grass and moss. Then the wind +grew stronger and blew with ever increasing force, till I was fain to +run before it. The air became icy-cold, and in spite of my exercise I +began to suffer. The snow was now falling so thickly and whirling +around me in such rapid eddies that I could hardly keep my eyes open. +Every now and then the heavens were torn asunder by vivid lightning, +and in the flashes I could see ahead of me a great mass of trees, +chiefly yew and cypress all heavily coated with snow. + +I was soon amongst the shelter of the trees, and there, in comparative +silence, I could hear the rush of the wind high overhead. Presently +the blackness of the storm had become merged in the darkness of the +night. By-and-by the storm seemed to be passing away: it now only came +in fierce puffs or blasts. At such moments the weird sound of the +wolf appeared to be echoed by many similar sounds around me. + +Now and again, through the black mass of drifting cloud, came a +straggling ray of moonlight, which lit up the expanse, and showed me +that I was at the edge of a dense mass of cypress and yew trees. As +the snow had ceased to fall, I walked out from the shelter and began +to investigate more closely. It appeared to me that, amongst so many +old foundations as I had passed, there might be still standing a house +in which, though in ruins, I could find some sort of shelter for a +while. As I skirted the edge of the copse, I found that a low wall +encircled it, and following this I presently found an opening. Here +the cypresses formed an alley leading up to a square mass of some kind +of building. Just as I caught sight of this, however, the drifting +clouds obscured the moon, and I passed up the path in darkness. The +wind must have grown colder, for I felt myself shiver as I walked; but +there was hope of shelter, and I groped my way blindly on. + +I stopped, for there was a sudden stillness. The storm had passed; +and, perhaps in sympathy with nature's silence, my heart seemed to +cease to beat. But this was only momentarily; for suddenly the +moonlight broke through the clouds, showing me that I was in a +graveyard, and that the square object before me was a great massive +tomb of marble, as white as the snow that lay on and all around it. +With the moonlight there came a fierce sigh of the storm, which +appeared to resume its course with a long, low howl, as of many dogs +or wolves. I was awed and shocked, and felt the cold perceptibly grow +upon me till it seemed to grip me by the heart. Then while the flood +of moonlight still fell on the marble tomb, the storm gave further +evidence of renewing, as though it was returning on its track. +Impelled by some sort of fascination, I approached the sepulchre to +see what it was, and why such a thing stood alone in such a place. I +walked around it, and read, over the Doric door, in German: + + COUNTESS DOLINGEN OF GRATZ + IN STYRIA + SOUGHT AND FOUND DEATH + 1801 + +On the top of the tomb, seemingly driven through the solid marble--for +the structure was composed of a few vast blocks of stone--was a great +iron spike or stake. On going to the back I saw, graven in great +Russian letters: + + 'The dead travel fast.' + +There was something so weird and uncanny about the whole thing that it +gave me a turn and made me feel quite faint. I began to wish, for the +first time, that I had taken Johann's advice. Here a thought struck +me, which came under almost mysterious circumstances and with a +terrible shock. This was Walpurgis Night! + +Walpurgis Night, when, according to the belief of millions of people, +the devil was abroad--when the graves were opened and the dead came +forth and walked. When all evil things of earth and air and water held +revel. This very place the driver had specially shunned. This was the +depopulated village of centuries ago. This was where the suicide lay; +and this was the place where I was alone--unmanned, shivering with +cold in a shroud of snow with a wild storm gathering again upon me! It +took all my philosophy, all the religion I had been taught, all my +courage, not to collapse in a paroxysm of fright. + +And now a perfect tornado burst upon me. The ground shook as though +thousands of horses thundered across it; and this time the storm bore +on its icy wings, not snow, but great hailstones which drove with such +violence that they might have come from the thongs of Balearic +slingers--hailstones that beat down leaf and branch and made the +shelter of the cypresses of no more avail than though their stems were +standing-corn. At the first I had rushed to the nearest tree; but I +was soon fain to leave it and seek the only spot that seemed to afford +refuge, the deep Doric doorway of the marble tomb. There, crouching +against the massive bronze door, I gained a certain amount of +protection from the beating of the hailstones, for now they only drove +against me as they ricocheted from the ground and the side of the +marble. + +As I leaned against the door, it moved slightly and opened inwards. +The shelter of even a tomb was welcome in that pitiless tempest, and I +was about to enter it when there came a flash of forked-lightning that +lit up the whole expanse of the heavens. In the instant, as I am a +living man, I saw, as my eyes were turned into the darkness of the +tomb, a beautiful woman, with rounded cheeks and red lips, seemingly +sleeping on a bier. As the thunder broke overhead, I was grasped as by +the hand of a giant and hurled out into the storm. The whole thing was +so sudden that, before I could realise the shock, moral as well as +physical, I found the hailstones beating me down. At the same time I +had a strange, dominating feeling that I was not alone. I looked +towards the tomb. Just then there came another blinding flash, which +seemed to strike the iron stake that surmounted the tomb and to pour +through to the earth, blasting and crumbling the marble, as in a burst +of flame. The dead woman rose for a moment of agony, while she was +lapped in the flame, and her bitter scream of pain was drowned in the +thundercrash. The last thing I heard was this mingling of dreadful +sound, as again I was seized in the giant-grasp and dragged away, +while the hailstones beat on me, and the air around seemed reverberant +with the howling of wolves. The last sight that I remembered was a +vague, white, moving mass, as if all the graves around me had sent out +the phantoms of their sheeted-dead, and that they were closing in on +me through the white cloudiness of the driving hail. + + * * * * * + +Gradually there came a sort of vague beginning of consciousness; then +a sense of weariness that was dreadful. For a time I remembered +nothing; but slowly my senses returned. My feet seemed positively +racked with pain, yet I could not move them. They seemed to be numbed. +There was an icy feeling at the back of my neck and all down my spine, +and my ears, like my feet, were dead, yet in torment; but there was in +my breast a sense of warmth which was, by comparison, delicious. It +was as a nightmare--a physical nightmare, if one may use such an +expression; for some heavy weight on my chest made it difficult for me +to breathe. + +This period of semi-lethargy seemed to remain a long time, and as it +faded away I must have slept or swooned. Then came a sort of loathing, +like the first stage of sea-sickness, and a wild desire to be free +from something--I knew not what. A vast stillness enveloped me, as +though all the world were asleep or dead--only broken by the low +panting as of some animal close to me. I felt a warm rasping at my +throat, then came a consciousness of the awful truth, which chilled me +to the heart and sent the blood surging up through my brain. Some +great animal was lying on me and now licking my throat. I feared to +stir, for some instinct of prudence bade me lie still; but the brute +seemed to realise that there was now some change in me, for it raised +its head. Through my eyelashes I saw above me the two great flaming +eyes of a gigantic wolf. Its sharp white teeth gleamed in the gaping +red mouth, and I could feel its hot breath fierce and acrid upon me. + +For another spell of time I remembered no more. Then I became +conscious of a low growl, followed by a yelp, renewed again and again. +Then, seemingly very far away, I heard a 'Holloa! holloa!' as of many +voices calling in unison. Cautiously I raised my head and looked in +the direction whence the sound came; but the cemetery blocked my view. +The wolf still continued to yelp in a strange way, and a red glare +began to move round the grove of cypresses, as though following the +sound. As the voices drew closer, the wolf yelped faster and louder. I +feared to make either sound or motion. Nearer came the red glow, over +the white pall which stretched into the darkness around me. Then all +at once from beyond the trees there came at a trot a troop of horsemen +bearing torches. The wolf rose from my breast and made for the +cemetery. I saw one of the horsemen (soldiers by their caps and their +long military cloaks) raise his carbine and take aim. A companion +knocked up his arm, and I heard the ball whizz over my head. He had +evidently taken my body for that of the wolf. Another sighted the +animal as it slunk away, and a shot followed. Then, at a gallop, the +troop rode forward--some towards me, others following the wolf as it +disappeared amongst the snow-clad cypresses. + +As they drew nearer I tried to move, but was powerless, although I +could see and hear all that went on around me. Two or three of the +soldiers jumped from their horses and knelt beside me. One of them +raised my head, and placed his hand over my heart. + +'Good news, comrades!' he cried. 'His heart still beats!' + +Then some brandy was poured down my throat; it put vigour into me, and +I was able to open my eyes fully and look around. Lights and shadows +were moving among the trees, and I heard men call to one another. They +drew together, uttering frightened exclamations; and the lights +flashed as the others came pouring out of the cemetery pell-mell, like +men possessed. When the further ones came close to us, those who were +around me asked them eagerly: + +'Well, have you found him?' + +The reply rang out hurriedly: + +'No! no! Come away quick--quick! This is no place to stay, and on this +of all nights!' + +'What was it?' was the question, asked in all manner of keys. The +answer came variously and all indefinitely as though the men were +moved by some common impulse to speak, yet were restrained by some +common fear from giving their thoughts. + +'It--it--indeed!' gibbered one, whose wits had plainly given out for +the moment. + +'A wolf--and yet not a wolf!' another put in shudderingly. + +'No use trying for him without the sacred bullet,' a third remarked in +a more ordinary manner. + +'Serve us right for coming out on this night! Truly we have earned +our thousand marks!' were the ejaculations of a fourth. + +'There was blood on the broken marble,' another said after a +pause--'the lightning never brought that there. And for him--is he +safe? Look at his throat! See, comrades, the wolf has been lying on +him and keeping his blood warm.' + +The officer looked at my throat and replied: + +'He is all right; the skin is not pierced. What does it all mean? We +should never have found him but for the yelping of the wolf.' + +'What became of it?' asked the man who was holding up my head, and who +seemed the least panic-stricken of the party, for his hands were +steady and without tremor. On his sleeve was the chevron of a petty +officer. + +'It went to its home,' answered the man, whose long face was pallid, +and who actually shook with terror as he glanced around him fearfully. +'There are graves enough there in which it may lie. Come, +comrades--come quickly! Let us leave this cursed spot.' + +The officer raised me to a sitting posture, as he uttered a word of +command; then several men placed me upon a horse. He sprang to the +saddle behind me, took me in his arms, gave the word to advance; and, +turning our faces away from the cypresses, we rode away in swift, +military order. + +As yet my tongue refused its office, and I was perforce silent. I must +have fallen asleep; for the next thing I remembered was finding myself +standing up, supported by a soldier on each side of me. It was almost +broad daylight, and to the north a red streak of sunlight was +reflected, like a path of blood, over the waste of snow. The officer +was telling the men to say nothing of what they had seen, except that +they found an English stranger, guarded by a large dog. + +'Dog! that was no dog,' cut in the man who had exhibited such fear. 'I +think I know a wolf when I see one.' + +The young officer answered calmly: 'I said a dog.' + +'Dog!' reiterated the other ironically. It was evident that his +courage was rising with the sun; and, pointing to me, he said, 'Look +at his throat. Is that the work of a dog, master?' + +Instinctively I raised my hand to my throat, and as I touched it I +cried out in pain. The men crowded round to look, some stooping down +from their saddles; and again there came the calm voice of the young +officer: + +'A dog, as I said. If aught else were said we should only be laughed +at.' + +I was then mounted behind a trooper, and we rode on into the suburbs +of Munich. Here we came across a stray carriage, into which I was +lifted, and it was driven off to the Quatre Saisons--the young officer +accompanying me, whilst a trooper followed with his horse, and the +others rode off to their barracks. + +When we arrived, Herr Delbrueck rushed so quickly down the steps to +meet me, that it was apparent he had been watching within. Taking me +by both hands he solicitously led me in. The officer saluted me and +was turning to withdraw, when I recognised his purpose, and insisted +that he should come to my rooms. Over a glass of wine I warmly thanked +him and his brave comrades for saving me. He replied simply that he +was more than glad, and that Herr Delbrueck had at the first taken +steps to make all the searching party pleased; at which ambiguous +utterance the maitre d'hotel smiled, while the officer pleaded duty +and withdrew. + +'But Herr Delbrueck,' I enquired, 'how and why was it that the soldiers +searched for me?' + +He shrugged his shoulders, as if in depreciation of his own deed, as +he replied: + +'I was so fortunate as to obtain leave from the commander of the +regiment in which I served, to ask for volunteers.' + +'But how did you know I was lost?' I asked. + +'The driver came hither with the remains of his carriage, which had +been upset when the horses ran away.' + +'But surely you would not send a search-party of soldiers merely on +this account?' + +'Oh, no!' he answered; 'but even before the coachman arrived, I had +this telegram from the Boyar whose guest you are,' and he took from +his pocket a telegram which he handed to me, and I read: + + + _Bistritz_. + + Be careful of my guest--his safety is most precious to me. + Should aught happen to him, or if he be missed, spare nothing + to find him and ensure his safety. He is English and therefore + adventurous. There are often dangers from snow and wolves and + night. Lose not a moment if you suspect harm to him. I answer + your zeal with my fortune.--_Dracula_. + +As I held the telegram in my hand, the room seemed to whirl around me; +and, if the attentive maitre d'hotel had not caught me, I think I +should have fallen. There was something so strange in all this, +something so weird and impossible to imagine, that there grew on me a +sense of my being in some way the sport of opposite forces--the mere +vague idea of which seemed in a way to paralyse me. I was certainly +under some form of mysterious protection. From a distant country had +come, in the very nick of time, a message that took me out of the +danger of the snow-sleep and the jaws of the wolf. + + + + +The Judge's House + + +When the time for his examination drew near Malcolm Malcolmson made up +his mind to go somewhere to read by himself. He feared the attractions +of the seaside, and also he feared completely rural isolation, for of +old he knew it charms, and so he determined to find some unpretentious +little town where there would be nothing to distract him. He refrained +from asking suggestions from any of his friends, for he argued that +each would recommend some place of which he had knowledge, and where +he had already acquaintances. As Malcolmson wished to avoid friends he +had no wish to encumber himself with the attention of friends' +friends, and so he determined to look out for a place for himself. He +packed a portmanteau with some clothes and all the books he required, +and then took ticket for the first name on the local time-table which +he did not know. + +When at the end of three hours' journey he alighted at Benchurch, he +felt satisfied that he had so far obliterated his tracks as to be sure +of having a peaceful opportunity of pursuing his studies. He went +straight to the one inn which the sleepy little place contained, and +put up for the night. Benchurch was a market town, and once in three +weeks was crowded to excess, but for the remainder of the twenty-one +days it was as attractive as a desert. Malcolmson looked around the +day after his arrival to try to find quarters more isolated than even +so quiet an inn as 'The Good Traveller' afforded. There was only one +place which took his fancy, and it certainly satisfied his wildest +ideas regarding quiet; in fact, quiet was not the proper word to apply +to it--desolation was the only term conveying any suitable idea of its +isolation. It was an old rambling, heavy-built house of the Jacobean +style, with heavy gables and windows, unusually small, and set higher +than was customary in such houses, and was surrounded with a high +brick wall massively built. Indeed, on examination, it looked more +like a fortified house than an ordinary dwelling. But all these things +pleased Malcolmson. 'Here,' he thought, 'is the very spot I have been +looking for, and if I can get opportunity of using it I shall be +happy.' His joy was increased when he realised beyond doubt that it +was not at present inhabited. + +From the post-office he got the name of the agent, who was rarely +surprised at the application to rent a part of the old house. Mr. +Carnford, the local lawyer and agent, was a genial old gentleman, and +frankly confessed his delight at anyone being willing to live in the +house. + +'To tell you the truth,' said he, 'I should be only too happy, on +behalf of the owners, to let anyone have the house rent free for a +term of years if only to accustom the people here to see it inhabited. +It has been so long empty that some kind of absurd prejudice has grown +up about it, and this can be best put down by its occupation--if +only,' he added with a sly glance at Malcolmson, 'by a scholar like +yourself, who wants its quiet for a time.' + +Malcolmson thought it needless to ask the agent about the 'absurd +prejudice'; he knew he would get more information, if he should +require it, on that subject from other quarters. He paid his three +months' rent, got a receipt, and the name of an old woman who would +probably undertake to 'do' for him, and came away with the keys in his +pocket. He then went to the landlady of the inn, who was a cheerful +and most kindly person, and asked her advice as to such stores and +provisions as he would be likely to require. She threw up her hands in +amazement when he told her where he was going to settle himself. + +'Not in the Judge's House!' she said, and grew pale as she spoke. He +explained the locality of the house, saying that he did not know its +name. When he had finished she answered: + +'Aye, sure enough--sure enough the very place! It is the Judge's House +sure enough.' He asked her to tell him about the place, why so called, +and what there was against it. She told him that it was so called +locally because it had been many years before--how long she could not +say, as she was herself from another part of the country, but she +thought it must have been a hundred years or more--the abode of a +judge who was held in great terror on account of his harsh sentences +and his hostility to prisoners at Assizes. As to what there was +against the house itself she could not tell. She had often asked, but +no one could inform her; but there was a general feeling that there +was _something_, and for her own part she would not take all the money +in Drinkwater's Bank and stay in the house an hour by herself. Then +she apologised to Malcolmson for her disturbing talk. + +'It is too bad of me, sir, and you--and a young gentlemen, too--if you +will pardon me saying it, going to live there all alone. If you were +my boy--and you'll excuse me for saying it--you wouldn't sleep there a +night, not if I had to go there myself and pull the big alarm bell +that's on the roof!' The good creature was so manifestly in earnest, +and was so kindly in her intentions, that Malcolmson, although amused, +was touched. He told her kindly how much he appreciated her interest +in him, and added: + +'But, my dear Mrs. Witham, indeed you need not be concerned about me! +A man who is reading for the Mathematical Tripos has too much to think +of to be disturbed by any of these mysterious "somethings", and his +work is of too exact and prosaic a kind to allow of his having any +corner in his mind for mysteries of any kind. Harmonical Progression, +Permutations and Combinations, and Elliptic Functions have sufficient +mysteries for me!' Mrs. Witham kindly undertook to see after his +commissions, and he went himself to look for the old woman who had +been recommended to him. When he returned to the Judge's House with +her, after an interval of a couple of hours, he found Mrs. Witham +herself waiting with several men and boys carrying parcels, and an +upholsterer's man with a bed in a car, for she said, though tables and +chairs might be all very well, a bed that hadn't been aired for mayhap +fifty years was not proper for young bones to lie on. She was +evidently curious to see the inside of the house; and though +manifestly so afraid of the 'somethings' that at the slightest sound +she clutched on to Malcolmson, whom she never left for a moment, went +over the whole place. + +After his examination of the house, Malcolmson decided to take up his +abode in the great dining-room, which was big enough to serve for all +his requirements; and Mrs. Witham, with the aid of the charwoman, +Mrs. Dempster, proceeded to arrange matters. When the hampers were +brought in and unpacked, Malcolmson saw that with much kind +forethought she had sent from her own kitchen sufficient provisions to +last for a few days. Before going she expressed all sorts of kind +wishes; and at the door turned and said: + +'And perhaps, sir, as the room is big and draughty it might be well to +have one of those big screens put round your bed at night--though, +truth to tell, I would die myself if I were to be so shut in with all +kinds of--of "things", that put their heads round the sides, or over +the top, and look on me!' The image which she had called up was too +much for her nerves, and she fled incontinently. + +Mrs. Dempster sniffed in a superior manner as the landlady +disappeared, and remarked that for her own part she wasn't afraid of +all the bogies in the kingdom. + +'I'll tell you what it is, sir,' she said; 'bogies is all kinds and +sorts of things--except bogies! Rats and mice, and beetles; and creaky +doors, and loose slates, and broken panes, and stiff drawer handles, +that stay out when you pull them and then fall down in the middle of +the night. Look at the wainscot of the room! It is old--hundreds of +years old! Do you think there's no rats and beetles there! And do you +imagine, sir, that you won't see none of them? Rats is bogies, I tell +you, and bogies is rats; and don't you get to think anything else!' + +'Mrs. Dempster,' said Malcolmson gravely, making her a polite bow, +'you know more than a Senior Wrangler! And let me say, that, as a mark +of esteem for your indubitable soundness of head and heart, I shall, +when I go, give you possession of this house, and let you stay here by +yourself for the last two months of my tenancy, for four weeks will +serve my purpose.' + +'Thank you kindly, sir!' she answered, 'but I couldn't sleep away +from home a night. I am in Greenhow's Charity, and if I slept a night +away from my rooms I should lose all I have got to live on. The rules +is very strict; and there's too many watching for a vacancy for me to +run any risks in the matter. Only for that, sir, I'd gladly come here +and attend on you altogether during your stay.' + +'My good woman,' said Malcolmson hastily, 'I have come here on purpose +to obtain solitude; and believe me that I am grateful to the late +Greenhow for having so organised his admirable charity--whatever it +is--that I am perforce denied the opportunity of suffering from such a +form of temptation! Saint Anthony himself could not be more rigid on +the point!' + +The old woman laughed harshly. 'Ah, you young gentlemen,' she said, +'you don't fear for naught; and belike you'll get all the solitude you +want here.' She set to work with her cleaning; and by nightfall, when +Malcolmson returned from his walk--he always had one of his books to +study as he walked--he found the room swept and tidied, a fire burning +in the old hearth, the lamp lit, and the table spread for supper with +Mrs. Witham's excellent fare. 'This is comfort, indeed,' he said, as +he rubbed his hands. + +When he had finished his supper, and lifted the tray to the other end +of the great oak dining-table, he got out his books again, put fresh +wood on the fire, trimmed his lamp, and set himself down to a spell of +real hard work. He went on without pause till about eleven o'clock, +when he knocked off for a bit to fix his fire and lamp, and to make +himself a cup of tea. He had always been a tea-drinker, and during his +college life had sat late at work and had taken tea late. The rest +was a great luxury to him, and he enjoyed it with a sense of +delicious, voluptuous ease. The renewed fire leaped and sparkled, and +threw quaint shadows through the great old room; and as he sipped his +hot tea he revelled in the sense of isolation from his kind. Then it +was that he began to notice for the first time what a noise the rats +were making. + +'Surely,' he thought, 'they cannot have been at it all the time I was +reading. Had they been, I must have noticed it!' Presently, when the +noise increased, he satisfied himself that it was really new. It was +evident that at first the rats had been frightened at the presence of +a stranger, and the light of fire and lamp; but that as the time went +on they had grown bolder and were now disporting themselves as was +their wont. + +How busy they were! and hark to the strange noises! Up and down behind +the old wainscot, over the ceiling and under the floor they raced, and +gnawed, and scratched! Malcolmson smiled to himself as he recalled to +mind the saying of Mrs. Dempster, 'Bogies is rats, and rats is +bogies!' The tea began to have its effect of intellectual and nervous +stimulus, he saw with joy another long spell of work to be done before +the night was past, and in the sense of security which it gave him, he +allowed himself the luxury of a good look round the room. He took his +lamp in one hand, and went all around, wondering that so quaint and +beautiful an old house had been so long neglected. The carving of the +oak on the panels of the wainscot was fine, and on and round the doors +and windows it was beautiful and of rare merit. There were some old +pictures on the walls, but they were coated so thick with dust and +dirt that he could not distinguish any detail of them, though he held +his lamp as high as he could over his head. Here and there as he went +round he saw some crack or hole blocked for a moment by the face of a +rat with its bright eyes glittering in the light, but in an instant it +was gone, and a squeak and a scamper followed. The thing that most +struck him, however, was the rope of the great alarm bell on the roof, +which hung down in a corner of the room on the right-hand side of the +fireplace. He pulled up close to the hearth a great high-backed carved +oak chair, and sat down to his last cup of tea. When this was done he +made up the fire, and went back to his work, sitting at the corner of +the table, having the fire to his left. For a little while the rats +disturbed him somewhat with their perpetual scampering, but he got +accustomed to the noise as one does to the ticking of a clock or to +the roar of moving water; and he became so immersed in his work that +everything in the world, except the problem which he was trying to +solve, passed away from him. + +He suddenly looked up, his problem was still unsolved, and there was +in the air that sense of the hour before the dawn, which is so dread +to doubtful life. The noise of the rats had ceased. Indeed it seemed +to him that it must have ceased but lately and that it was the sudden +cessation which had disturbed him. The fire had fallen low, but still +it threw out a deep red glow. As he looked he started in spite of his +_sang froid_. + +There on the great high-backed carved oak chair by the right side of +the fireplace sat an enormous rat, steadily glaring at him with +baleful eyes. He made a motion to it as though to hunt it away, but it +did not stir. Then he made the motion of throwing something. Still it +did not stir, but showed its great white teeth angrily, and its cruel +eyes shone in the lamplight with an added vindictiveness. + +Malcolmson felt amazed, and seizing the poker from the hearth ran at +it to kill it. Before, however, he could strike it, the rat, with a +squeak that sounded like the concentration of hate, jumped upon the +floor, and, running up the rope of the alarm bell, disappeared in the +darkness beyond the range of the green-shaded lamp. Instantly, strange +to say, the noisy scampering of the rats in the wainscot began again. + +By this time Malcolmson's mind was quite off the problem; and as a +shrill cock-crow outside told him of the approach of morning, he went +to bed and to sleep. + +He slept so sound that he was not even waked by Mrs. Dempster coming +in to make up his room. It was only when she had tidied up the place +and got his breakfast ready and tapped on the screen which closed in +his bed that he woke. He was a little tired still after his night's +hard work, but a strong cup of tea soon freshened him up and, taking +his book, he went out for his morning walk, bringing with him a few +sandwiches lest he should not care to return till dinner time. He +found a quiet walk between high elms some way outside the town, and +here he spent the greater part of the day studying his Laplace. On his +return he looked in to see Mrs. Witham and to thank her for her +kindness. When she saw him coming through the diamond-paned bay window +of her sanctum she came out to meet him and asked him in. She looked +at him searchingly and shook her head as she said: + +'You must not overdo it, sir. You are paler this morning than you +should be. Too late hours and too hard work on the brain isn't good +for any man! But tell me, sir, how did you pass the night? Well, I +hope? But my heart! sir, I was glad when Mrs. Dempster told me this +morning that you were all right and sleeping sound when she went in.' + +'Oh, I was all right,' he answered smiling, 'the "somethings" didn't +worry me, as yet. Only the rats; and they had a circus, I tell you, +all over the place. There was one wicked looking old devil that sat up +on my own chair by the fire, and wouldn't go till I took the poker to +him, and then he ran up the rope of the alarm bell and got to +somewhere up the wall or the ceiling--I couldn't see where, it was so +dark.' + +'Mercy on us,' said Mrs. Witham, 'an old devil, and sitting on a chair +by the fireside! Take care, sir! take care! There's many a true word +spoken in jest.' + +'How do you mean? Pon my word I don't understand.' + +'An old devil! The old devil, perhaps. There! sir, you needn't laugh,' +for Malcolmson had broken into a hearty peal. 'You young folks thinks +it easy to laugh at things that makes older ones shudder. Never mind, +sir! never mind! Please God, you'll laugh all the time. It's what I +wish you myself!' and the good lady beamed all over in sympathy with +his enjoyment, her fears gone for a moment. + +'Oh, forgive me!' said Malcolmson presently. 'Don't think me rude; but +the idea was too much for me--that the old devil himself was on the +chair last night!' And at the thought he laughed again. Then he went +home to dinner. + +This evening the scampering of the rats began earlier; indeed it had +been going on before his arrival, and only ceased whilst his presence +by its freshness disturbed them. After dinner he sat by the fire for a +while and had a smoke; and then, having cleared his table, began to +work as before. Tonight the rats disturbed him more than they had done +on the previous night. How they scampered up and down and under and +over! How they squeaked, and scratched, and gnawed! How they, getting +bolder by degrees, came to the mouths of their holes and to the chinks +and cracks and crannies in the wainscoting till their eyes shone like +tiny lamps as the firelight rose and fell. But to him, now doubtless +accustomed to them, their eyes were not wicked; only their playfulness +touched him. Sometimes the boldest of them made sallies out on the +floor or along the mouldings of the wainscot. Now and again as they +disturbed him Malcolmson made a sound to frighten them, smiting the +table with his hand or giving a fierce 'Hsh, hsh,' so that they fled +straightway to their holes. + +And so the early part of the night wore on; and despite the noise +Malcolmson got more and more immersed in his work. + +All at once he stopped, as on the previous night, being overcome by a +sudden sense of silence. There was not the faintest sound of gnaw, or +scratch, or squeak. The silence was as of the grave. He remembered the +odd occurrence of the previous night, and instinctively he looked at +the chair standing close by the fireside. And then a very odd +sensation thrilled through him. + +There, on the great old high-backed carved oak chair beside the +fireplace sat the same enormous rat, steadily glaring at him with +baleful eyes. + +Instinctively he took the nearest thing to his hand, a book of +logarithms, and flung it at it. The book was badly aimed and the rat +did not stir, so again the poker performance of the previous night was +repeated; and again the rat, being closely pursued, fled up the rope +of the alarm bell. Strangely too, the departure of this rat was +instantly followed by the renewal of the noise made by the general rat +community. On this occasion, as on the previous one, Malcolmson could +not see at what part of the room the rat disappeared, for the green +shade of his lamp left the upper part of the room in darkness, and the +fire had burned low. + +On looking at his watch he found it was close on midnight; and, not +sorry for the _divertissement_, he made up his fire and made himself +his nightly pot of tea. He had got through a good spell of work, and +thought himself entitled to a cigarette; and so he sat on the great +oak chair before the fire and enjoyed it. Whilst smoking he began to +think that he would like to know where the rat disappeared to, for he +had certain ideas for the morrow not entirely disconnected with a +rat-trap. Accordingly he lit another lamp and placed it so that it +would shine well into the right-hand corner of the wall by the +fireplace. Then he got all the books he had with him, and placed them +handy to throw at the vermin. Finally he lifted the rope of the alarm +bell and placed the end of it on the table, fixing the extreme end +under the lamp. As he handled it he could not help noticing how +pliable it was, especially for so strong a rope, and one not in use. +'You could hang a man with it,' he thought to himself. When his +preparations were made he looked around, and said complacently: + +'There now, my friend, I think we shall learn something of you this +time!' He began his work again, and though as before somewhat +disturbed at first by the noise of the rats, soon lost himself in his +propositions and problems. + +Again he was called to his immediate surroundings suddenly. This time +it might not have been the sudden silence only which took his +attention; there was a slight movement of the rope, and the lamp +moved. Without stirring, he looked to see if his pile of books was +within range, and then cast his eye along the rope. As he looked he +saw the great rat drop from the rope on the oak arm-chair and sit +there glaring at him. He raised a book in his right hand, and taking +careful aim, flung it at the rat. The latter, with a quick movement, +sprang aside and dodged the missile. He then took another book, and a +third, and flung them one after another at the rat, but each time +unsuccessfully. At last, as he stood with a book poised in his hand to +throw, the rat squeaked and seemed afraid. This made Malcolmson more +than ever eager to strike, and the book flew and struck the rat a +resounding blow. It gave a terrified squeak, and turning on his +pursuer a look of terrible malevolence, ran up the chair-back and made +a great jump to the rope of the alarm bell and ran up it like +lightning. The lamp rocked under the sudden strain, but it was a heavy +one and did not topple over. Malcolmson kept his eyes on the rat, and +saw it by the light of the second lamp leap to a moulding of the +wainscot and disappear through a hole in one of the great pictures +which hung on the wall, obscured and invisible through its coating of +dirt and dust. + +'I shall look up my friend's habitation in the morning,' said the +student, as he went over to collect his books. 'The third picture from +the fireplace; I shall not forget.' He picked up the books one by one, +commenting on them as he lifted them. '_Conic Sections_ he does not +mind, nor _Cycloidal Oscillations_, nor the _Principia_, nor +_Quaternions_, nor _Thermodynamics_. Now for the book that fetched +him!' Malcolmson took it up and looked at it. As he did so he started, +and a sudden pallor overspread his face. He looked round uneasily and +shivered slightly, as he murmured to himself: + +'The Bible my mother gave me! What an odd coincidence.' He sat down to +work again, and the rats in the wainscot renewed their gambols. They +did not disturb him, however; somehow their presence gave him a sense +of companionship. But he could not attend to his work, and after +striving to master the subject on which he was engaged gave it up in +despair, and went to bed as the first streak of dawn stole in through +the eastern window. + +He slept heavily but uneasily, and dreamed much; and when Mrs. +Dempster woke him late in the morning he seemed ill at ease, and for a +few minutes did not seem to realise exactly where he was. His first +request rather surprised the servant. + +'Mrs. Dempster, when I am out to-day I wish you would get the steps +and dust or wash those pictures--specially that one the third from the +fireplace--I want to see what they are.' + +Late in the afternoon Malcolmson worked at his books in the shaded +walk, and the cheerfulness of the previous day came back to him as the +day wore on, and he found that his reading was progressing well. He +had worked out to a satisfactory conclusion all the problems which had +as yet baffled him, and it was in a state of jubilation that he paid a +visit to Mrs. Witham at 'The Good Traveller'. He found a stranger in +the cosy sitting-room with the landlady, who was introduced to him as +Dr. Thornhill. She was not quite at ease, and this, combined with the +doctor's plunging at once into a series of questions, made Malcolmson +come to the conclusion that his presence was not an accident, so +without preliminary he said: + +'Dr. Thornhill, I shall with pleasure answer you any question you may +choose to ask me if you will answer me one question first.' + +The doctor seemed surprised, but he smiled and answered at once, +'Done! What is it?' + +'Did Mrs. Witham ask you to come here and see me and advise me?' + +Dr. Thornhill for a moment was taken aback, and Mrs. Witham got fiery +red and turned away; but the doctor was a frank and ready man, and he +answered at once and openly. + +'She did: but she didn't intend you to know it. I suppose it was my +clumsy haste that made you suspect. She told me that she did not like +the idea of your being in that house all by yourself, and that she +thought you took too much strong tea. In fact, she wants me to advise +you if possible to give up the tea and the very late hours. I was a +keen student in my time, so I suppose I may take the liberty of a +college man, and without offence, advise you not quite as a stranger.' + +Malcolmson with a bright smile held out his hand. 'Shake! as they say +in America,' he said. 'I must thank you for your kindness and Mrs. +Witham too, and your kindness deserves a return on my part. I promise +to take no more strong tea--no tea at all till you let me--and I shall +go to bed tonight at one o'clock at latest. Will that do?' + +'Capital,' said the doctor. 'Now tell us all that you noticed in the +old house,' and so Malcolmson then and there told in minute detail all +that had happened in the last two nights. He was interrupted every now +and then by some exclamation from Mrs. Witham, till finally when he +told of the episode of the Bible the landlady's pent-up emotions found +vent in a shriek; and it was not till a stiff glass of brandy and +water had been administered that she grew composed again. Dr. +Thornhill listened with a face of growing gravity, and when the +narrative was complete and Mrs. Witham had been restored he asked: + +'The rat always went up the rope of the alarm bell?' + +'Always.' + +'I suppose you know,' said the Doctor after a pause, 'what the rope +is?' + +'No!' + +'It is,' said the Doctor slowly, 'the very rope which the hangman used +for all the victims of the Judge's judicial rancour!' Here he was +interrupted by another scream from Mrs. Witham, and steps had to be +taken for her recovery. Malcolmson having looked at his watch, and +found that it was close to his dinner hour, had gone home before her +complete recovery. + +When Mrs. Witham was herself again she almost assailed the Doctor with +angry questions as to what he meant by putting such horrible ideas +into the poor young man's mind. 'He has quite enough there already to +upset him,' she added. Dr. Thornhill replied: + +'My dear madam, I had a distinct purpose in it! I wanted to draw his +attention to the bell rope, and to fix it there. It may be that he is +in a highly overwrought state, and has been studying too much, +although I am bound to say that he seems as sound and healthy a young +man, mentally and bodily, as ever I saw--but then the rats--and that +suggestion of the devil.' The doctor shook his head and went on. 'I +would have offered to go and stay the first night with him but that I +felt sure it would have been a cause of offence. He may get in the +night some strange fright or hallucination; and if he does I want him +to pull that rope. All alone as he is it will give us warning, and we +may reach him in time to be of service. I shall be sitting up pretty +late tonight and shall keep my ears open. Do not be alarmed if +Benchurch gets a surprise before morning.' + +'Oh, Doctor, what do you mean? What do you mean?' + +'I mean this; that possibly--nay, more probably--we shall hear the +great alarm bell from the Judge's House tonight,' and the Doctor made +about as effective an exit as could be thought of. + +When Malcolmson arrived home he found that it was a little after his +usual time, and Mrs. Dempster had gone away--the rules of Greenhow's +Charity were not to be neglected. He was glad to see that the place +was bright and tidy with a cheerful fire and a well-trimmed lamp. The +evening was colder than might have been expected in April, and a heavy +wind was blowing with such rapidly-increasing strength that there was +every promise of a storm during the night. For a few minutes after his +entrance the noise of the rats ceased; but so soon as they became +accustomed to his presence they began again. He was glad to hear them, +for he felt once more the feeling of companionship in their noise, and +his mind ran back to the strange fact that they only ceased to +manifest themselves when that other--the great rat with the baleful +eyes--came upon the scene. The reading-lamp only was lit and its green +shade kept the ceiling and the upper part of the room in darkness, so +that the cheerful light from the hearth spreading over the floor and +shining on the white cloth laid over the end of the table was warm and +cheery. Malcolmson sat down to his dinner with a good appetite and a +buoyant spirit. After his dinner and a cigarette he sat steadily down +to work, determined not to let anything disturb him, for he remembered +his promise to the doctor, and made up his mind to make the best of +the time at his disposal. + +For an hour or so he worked all right, and then his thoughts began to +wander from his books. The actual circumstances around him, the calls +on his physical attention, and his nervous susceptibility were not to +be denied. By this time the wind had become a gale, and the gale a +storm. The old house, solid though it was, seemed to shake to its +foundations, and the storm roared and raged through its many chimneys +and its queer old gables, producing strange, unearthly sounds in the +empty rooms and corridors. Even the great alarm bell on the roof must +have felt the force of the wind, for the rope rose and fell slightly, +as though the bell were moved a little from time to time and the +limber rope fell on the oak floor with a hard and hollow sound. + +As Malcolmson listened to it he bethought himself of the doctor's +words, 'It is the rope which the hangman used for the victims of the +Judge's judicial rancour,' and he went over to the corner of the +fireplace and took it in his hand to look at it. There seemed a sort +of deadly interest in it, and as he stood there he lost himself for a +moment in speculation as to who these victims were, and the grim wish +of the Judge to have such a ghastly relic ever under his eyes. As he +stood there the swaying of the bell on the roof still lifted the rope +now and again; but presently there came a new sensation--a sort of +tremor in the rope, as though something was moving along it. + +Looking up instinctively Malcolmson saw the great rat coming slowly +down towards him, glaring at him steadily. He dropped the rope and +started back with a muttered curse, and the rat turning ran up the +rope again and disappeared, and at the same instant Malcolmson became +conscious that the noise of the rats, which had ceased for a while, +began again. + +All this set him thinking, and it occurred to him that he had not +investigated the lair of the rat or looked at the pictures, as he had +intended. He lit the other lamp without the shade, and, holding it up +went and stood opposite the third picture from the fireplace on the +right-hand side where he had seen the rat disappear on the previous +night. + +At the first glance he started back so suddenly that he almost dropped +the lamp, and a deadly pallor overspread his face. His knees shook, +and heavy drops of sweat came on his forehead, and he trembled like an +aspen. But he was young and plucky, and pulled himself together, and +after the pause of a few seconds stepped forward again, raised the +lamp, and examined the picture which had been dusted and washed, and +now stood out clearly. + +It was of a judge dressed in his robes of scarlet and ermine. His face +was strong and merciless, evil, crafty, and vindictive, with a sensual +mouth, hooked nose of ruddy colour, and shaped like the beak of a bird +of prey. The rest of the face was of a cadaverous colour. The eyes +were of peculiar brilliance and with a terribly malignant expression. +As he looked at them, Malcolmson grew cold, for he saw there the very +counterpart of the eyes of the great rat. The lamp almost fell from +his hand, he saw the rat with its baleful eyes peering out through the +hole in the corner of the picture, and noted the sudden cessation of +the noise of the other rats. However, he pulled himself together, and +went on with his examination of the picture. + +The Judge was seated in a great high-backed carved oak chair, on the +right-hand side of a great stone fireplace where, in the corner, a +rope hung down from the ceiling, its end lying coiled on the floor. +With a feeling of something like horror, Malcolmson recognised the +scene of the room as it stood, and gazed around him in an awestruck +manner as though he expected to find some strange presence behind him. +Then he looked over to the corner of the fireplace--and with a loud +cry he let the lamp fall from his hand. + +There, in the Judge's arm-chair, with the rope hanging behind, sat the +rat with the Judge's baleful eyes, now intensified and with a fiendish +leer. Save for the howling of the storm without there was silence. + +The fallen lamp recalled Malcolmson to himself. Fortunately it was of +metal, and so the oil was not spilt. However, the practical need of +attending to it settled at once his nervous apprehensions. When he had +turned it out, he wiped his brow and thought for a moment. + +'This will not do,' he said to himself. 'If I go on like this I shall +become a crazy fool. This must stop! I promised the doctor I would not +take tea. Faith, he was pretty right! My nerves must have been getting +into a queer state. Funny I did not notice it. I never felt better in +my life. However, it is all right now, and I shall not be such a fool +again.' + +Then he mixed himself a good stiff glass of brandy and water and +resolutely sat down to his work. + +It was nearly an hour when he looked up from his book, disturbed by +the sudden stillness. Without, the wind howled and roared louder than +ever, and the rain drove in sheets against the windows, beating like +hail on the glass; but within there was no sound whatever save the +echo of the wind as it roared in the great chimney, and now and then a +hiss as a few raindrops found their way down the chimney in a lull of +the storm. The fire had fallen low and had ceased to flame, though it +threw out a red glow. Malcolmson listened attentively, and presently +heard a thin, squeaking noise, very faint. It came from the corner of +the room where the rope hung down, and he thought it was the creaking +of the rope on the floor as the swaying of the bell raised and lowered +it. Looking up, however, he saw in the dim light the great rat +clinging to the rope and gnawing it. The rope was already nearly +gnawed through--he could see the lighter colour where the strands were +laid bare. As he looked the job was completed, and the severed end of +the rope fell clattering on the oaken floor, whilst for an instant the +great rat remained like a knob or tassel at the end of the rope, which +now began to sway to and fro. Malcolmson felt for a moment another +pang of terror as he thought that now the possibility of calling the +outer world to his assistance was cut off, but an intense anger took +its place, and seizing the book he was reading he hurled it at the +rat. The blow was well aimed, but before the missile could reach him +the rat dropped off and struck the floor with a soft thud. Malcolmson +instantly rushed over towards him, but it darted away and disappeared +in the darkness of the shadows of the room. Malcolmson felt that his +work was over for the night, and determined then and there to vary the +monotony of the proceedings by a hunt for the rat, and took off the +green shade of the lamp so as to insure a wider spreading light. As he +did so the gloom of the upper part of the room was relieved, and in +the new flood of light, great by comparison with the previous +darkness, the pictures on the wall stood out boldly. From where he +stood, Malcolmson saw right opposite to him the third picture on the +wall from the right of the fireplace. He rubbed his eyes in surprise, +and then a great fear began to come upon him. + +In the centre of the picture was a great irregular patch of brown +canvas, as fresh as when it was stretched on the frame. The background +was as before, with chair and chimney-corner and rope, but the figure +of the Judge had disappeared. + +Malcolmson, almost in a chill of horror, turned slowly round, and then +he began to shake and tremble like a man in a palsy. His strength +seemed to have left him, and he was incapable of action or movement, +hardly even of thought. He could only see and hear. + +There, on the great high-backed carved oak chair sat the Judge in his +robes of scarlet and ermine, with his baleful eyes glaring +vindictively, and a smile of triumph on the resolute, cruel mouth, as +he lifted with his hands a _black cap_. Malcolmson felt as if the +blood was running from his heart, as one does in moments of prolonged +suspense. There was a singing in his ears. Without, he could hear the +roar and howl of the tempest, and through it, swept on the storm, came +the striking of midnight by the great chimes in the market place. He +stood for a space of time that seemed to him endless still as a +statue, and with wide-open, horror-struck eyes, breathless. As the +clock struck, so the smile of triumph on the Judge's face intensified, +and at the last stroke of midnight he placed the black cap on his +head. + +Slowly and deliberately the Judge rose from his chair and picked up +the piece of the rope of the alarm bell which lay on the floor, drew +it through his hands as if he enjoyed its touch, and then deliberately +began to knot one end of it, fashioning it into a noose. This he +tightened and tested with his foot, pulling hard at it till he was +satisfied and then making a running noose of it, which he held in his +hand. Then he began to move along the table on the opposite side to +Malcolmson keeping his eyes on him until he had passed him, when with +a quick movement he stood in front of the door. Malcolmson then began +to feel that he was trapped, and tried to think of what he should do. +There was some fascination in the Judge's eyes, which he never took +off him, and he had, perforce, to look. He saw the Judge +approach--still keeping between him and the door--and raise the noose +and throw it towards him as if to entangle him. With a great effort he +made a quick movement to one side, and saw the rope fall beside him, +and heard it strike the oaken floor. Again the Judge raised the noose +and tried to ensnare him, ever keeping his baleful eyes fixed on him, +and each time by a mighty effort the student just managed to evade it. +So this went on for many times, the Judge seeming never discouraged +nor discomposed at failure, but playing as a cat does with a mouse. At +last in despair, which had reached its climax, Malcolmson cast a quick +glance round him. The lamp seemed to have blazed up, and there was a +fairly good light in the room. At the many rat-holes and in the chinks +and crannies of the wainscot he saw the rats' eyes; and this aspect, +that was purely physical, gave him a gleam of comfort. He looked +around and saw that the rope of the great alarm bell was laden with +rats. Every inch of it was covered with them, and more and more were +pouring through the small circular hole in the ceiling whence it +emerged, so that with their weight the bell was beginning to sway. + +Hark! it had swayed till the clapper had touched the bell. The sound +was but a tiny one, but the bell was only beginning to sway, and it +would increase. + +At the sound the Judge, who had been keeping his eyes fixed on +Malcolmson, looked up, and a scowl of diabolical anger overspread his +face. His eyes fairly glowed like hot coals, and he stamped his foot +with a sound that seemed to make the house shake. A dreadful peal of +thunder broke overhead as he raised the rope again, whilst the rats +kept running up and down the rope as though working against time. This +time, instead of throwing it, he drew close to his victim, and held +open the noose as he approached. As he came closer there seemed +something paralysing in his very presence, and Malcolmson stood rigid +as a corpse. He felt the Judge's icy fingers touch his throat as he +adjusted the rope. The noose tightened--tightened. Then the Judge, +taking the rigid form of the student in his arms, carried him over and +placed him standing in the oak chair, and stepping up beside him, put +his hand up and caught the end of the swaying rope of the alarm bell. +As he raised his hand the rats fled squeaking, and disappeared through +the hole in the ceiling. Taking the end of the noose which was round +Malcolmson's neck he tied it to the hanging-bell rope, and then +descending pulled away the chair. + + * * * * * + +When the alarm bell of the Judge's House began to sound a crowd soon +assembled. Lights and torches of various kinds appeared, and soon a +silent crowd was hurrying to the spot. They knocked loudly at the +door, but there was no reply. Then they burst in the door, and poured +into the great dining-room, the doctor at the head. + +There at the end of the rope of the great alarm bell hung the body of +the student, and on the face of the Judge in the picture was a +malignant smile. + + + + +The Squaw + + +Nurnberg at the time was not so much exploited as it has been since +then. Irving had not been playing _Faust_, and the very name of the +old town was hardly known to the great bulk of the travelling public. +My wife and I being in the second week of our honeymoon, naturally +wanted someone else to join our party, so that when the cheery +stranger, Elias P. Hutcheson, hailing from Isthmian City, Bleeding +Gulch, Maple Tree County, Neb. turned up at the station at Frankfort, +and casually remarked that he was going on to see the most all-fired +old Methuselah of a town in Yurrup, and that he guessed that so much +travelling alone was enough to send an intelligent, active citizen +into the melancholy ward of a daft house, we took the pretty broad +hint and suggested that we should join forces. We found, on comparing +notes afterwards, that we had each intended to speak with some +diffidence or hesitation so as not to appear too eager, such not being +a good compliment to the success of our married life; but the effect +was entirely marred by our both beginning to speak at the same +instant--stopping simultaneously and then going on together again. +Anyhow, no matter how, it was done; and Elias P. Hutcheson became one +of our party. Straightway Amelia and I found the pleasant benefit; +instead of quarrelling, as we had been doing, we found that the +restraining influence of a third party was such that we now took every +opportunity of spooning in odd corners. Amelia declares that ever +since she has, as the result of that experience, advised all her +friends to take a friend on the honeymoon. Well, we 'did' Nurnberg +together, and much enjoyed the racy remarks of our Transatlantic +friend, who, from his quaint speech and his wonderful stock of +adventures, might have stepped out of a novel. We kept for the last +object of interest in the city to be visited the Burg, and on the day +appointed for the visit strolled round the outer wall of the city by +the eastern side. + +The Burg is seated on a rock dominating the town and an immensely deep +fosse guards it on the northern side. Nurnberg has been happy in that +it was never sacked; had it been it would certainly not be so spick +and span perfect as it is at present. The ditch has not been used for +centuries, and now its base is spread with tea-gardens and orchards, +of which some of the trees are of quite respectable growth. As we +wandered round the wall, dawdling in the hot July sunshine, we often +paused to admire the views spread before us, and in especial the great +plain covered with towns and villages and bounded with a blue line of +hills, like a landscape of Claude Lorraine. From this we always turned +with new delight to the city itself, with its myriad of quaint old +gables and acre-wide red roofs dotted with dormer windows, tier upon +tier. A little to our right rose the towers of the Burg, and nearer +still, standing grim, the Torture Tower, which was, and is, perhaps, +the most interesting place in the city. For centuries the tradition of +the Iron Virgin of Nurnberg has been handed down as an instance of +the horrors of cruelty of which man is capable; we had long looked +forward to seeing it; and here at last was its home. + +In one of our pauses we leaned over the wall of the moat and looked +down. The garden seemed quite fifty or sixty feet below us, and the +sun pouring into it with an intense, moveless heat like that of an +oven. Beyond rose the grey, grim wall seemingly of endless height, and +losing itself right and left in the angles of bastion and +counterscarp. Trees and bushes crowned the wall, and above again +towered the lofty houses on whose massive beauty Time has only set the +hand of approval. The sun was hot and we were lazy; time was our own, +and we lingered, leaning on the wall. Just below us was a pretty +sight--a great black cat lying stretched in the sun, whilst round her +gambolled prettily a tiny black kitten. The mother would wave her tail +for the kitten to play with, or would raise her feet and push away the +little one as an encouragement to further play. They were just at the +foot of the wall, and Elias P. Hutcheson, in order to help the play, +stooped and took from the walk a moderate sized pebble. + +'See!' he said, 'I will drop it near the kitten, and they will both +wonder where it came from.' + +'Oh, be careful,' said my wife; 'you might hit the dear little thing!' + +'Not me, ma'am,' said Elias P. 'Why, I'm as tender as a Maine +cherry-tree. Lor, bless ye. I wouldn't hurt the poor pooty little +critter more'n I'd scalp a baby. An' you may bet your variegated socks +on that! See, I'll drop it fur away on the outside so's not to go near +her!' Thus saying, he leaned over and held his arm out at full length +and dropped the stone. It may be that there is some attractive force +which draws lesser matters to greater; or more probably that the wall +was not plump but sloped to its base--we not noticing the inclination +from above; but the stone fell with a sickening thud that came up to +us through the hot air, right on the kitten's head, and shattered out +its little brains then and there. The black cat cast a swift upward +glance, and we saw her eyes like green fire fixed an instant on Elias +P. Hutcheson; and then her attention was given to the kitten, which +lay still with just a quiver of her tiny limbs, whilst a thin red +stream trickled from a gaping wound. With a muffled cry, such as a +human being might give, she bent over the kitten licking its wounds +and moaning. Suddenly she seemed to realise that it was dead, and +again threw her eyes up at us. I shall never forget the sight, for she +looked the perfect incarnation of hate. Her green eyes blazed with +lurid fire, and the white, sharp teeth seemed to almost shine through +the blood which dabbled her mouth and whiskers. She gnashed her teeth, +and her claws stood out stark and at full length on every paw. Then +she made a wild rush up the wall as if to reach us, but when the +momentum ended fell back, and further added to her horrible appearance +for she fell on the kitten, and rose with her black fur smeared with +its brains and blood. Amelia turned quite faint, and I had to lift her +back from the wall. There was a seat close by in shade of a spreading +plane-tree, and here I placed her whilst she composed herself. Then I +went back to Hutcheson, who stood without moving, looking down on the +angry cat below. + +As I joined him, he said: + +'Wall, I guess that air the savagest beast I ever see--'cept once when +an Apache squaw had an edge on a half-breed what they nicknamed +"Splinters" 'cos of the way he fixed up her papoose which he stole on +a raid just to show that he appreciated the way they had given his +mother the fire torture. She got that kinder look so set on her face +that it jest seemed to grow there. She followed Splinters mor'n three +year till at last the braves got him and handed him over to her. They +did say that no man, white or Injun, had ever been so long a-dying +under the tortures of the Apaches. The only time I ever see her smile +was when I wiped her out. I kem on the camp just in time to see +Splinters pass in his checks, and he wasn't sorry to go either. He was +a hard citizen, and though I never could shake with him after that +papoose business--for it was bitter bad, and he should have been a +white man, for he looked like one--I see he had got paid out in full. +Durn me, but I took a piece of his hide from one of his skinnin' posts +an' had it made into a pocket-book. It's here now!' and he slapped the +breast pocket of his coat. + +Whilst he was speaking the cat was continuing her frantic efforts to +get up the wall. She would take a run back and then charge up, +sometimes reaching an incredible height. She did not seem to mind the +heavy fall which she got each time but started with renewed vigour; +and at every tumble her appearance became more horrible. Hutcheson was +a kind-hearted man--my wife and I had both noticed little acts of +kindness to animals as well as to persons--and he seemed concerned at +the state of fury to which the cat had wrought herself. + +'Wall, now!' he said, 'I du declare that that poor critter seems quite +desperate. There! there! poor thing, it was all an accident--though +that won't bring back your little one to you. Say! I wouldn't have had +such a thing happen for a thousand! Just shows what a clumsy fool of a +man can do when he tries to play! Seems I'm too darned slipperhanded +to even play with a cat. Say Colonel!' it was a pleasant way he had to +bestow titles freely--'I hope your wife don't hold no grudge against +me on account of this unpleasantness? Why, I wouldn't have had it +occur on no account.' + +He came over to Amelia and apologised profusely, and she with her +usual kindness of heart hastened to assure him that she quite +understood that it was an accident. Then we all went again to the wall +and looked over. + +The cat missing Hutcheson's face had drawn back across the moat, and +was sitting on her haunches as though ready to spring. Indeed, the +very instant she saw him she did spring, and with a blind unreasoning +fury, which would have been grotesque, only that it was so frightfully +real. She did not try to run up the wall, but simply launched herself +at him as though hate and fury could lend her wings to pass straight +through the great distance between them. Amelia, womanlike, got quite +concerned, and said to Elias P. in a warning voice: + +'Oh! you must be very careful. That animal would try to kill you if +she were here; her eyes look like positive murder.' + +He laughed out jovially. 'Excuse me, ma'am,' he said, 'but I can't +help laughin'. Fancy a man that has fought grizzlies an' Injuns bein' +careful of bein' murdered by a cat!' + +When the cat heard him laugh, her whole demeanour seemed to change. +She no longer tried to jump or run up the wall, but went quietly over, +and sitting again beside the dead kitten began to lick and fondle it +as though it were alive. + +'See!' said I, 'the effect of a really strong man. Even that animal +in the midst of her fury recognises the voice of a master, and bows to +him!' + +'Like a squaw!' was the only comment of Elias P. Hutcheson, as we +moved on our way round the city fosse. Every now and then we looked +over the wall and each time saw the cat following us. At first she had +kept going back to the dead kitten, and then as the distance grew +greater took it in her mouth and so followed. After a while, however, +she abandoned this, for we saw her following all alone; she had +evidently hidden the body somewhere. Amelia's alarm grew at the cat's +persistence, and more than once she repeated her warning; but the +American always laughed with amusement, till finally, seeing that she +was beginning to be worried, he said: + +'I say, ma'am, you needn't be skeered over that cat. I go heeled, I +du!' Here he slapped his pistol pocket at the back of his lumbar +region. 'Why sooner'n have you worried, I'll shoot the critter, right +here, an' risk the police interferin' with a citizen of the United +States for carryin' arms contrairy to reg'lations!' As he spoke he +looked over the wall, but the cat on seeing him, retreated, with a +growl, into a bed of tall flowers, and was hidden. He went on: 'Blest +if that ar critter ain't got more sense of what's good for her than +most Christians. I guess we've seen the last of her! You bet, she'll +go back now to that busted kitten and have a private funeral of it, +all to herself!' + +Amelia did not like to say more, lest he might, in mistaken kindness +to her, fulfil his threat of shooting the cat: and so we went on and +crossed the little wooden bridge leading to the gateway whence ran the +steep paved roadway between the Burg and the pentagonal Torture Tower. +As we crossed the bridge we saw the cat again down below us. When she +saw us her fury seemed to return, and she made frantic efforts to get +up the steep wall. Hutcheson laughed as he looked down at her, and +said: + +'Goodbye, old girl. Sorry I injured your feelin's, but you'll get over +it in time! So long!' And then we passed through the long, dim archway +and came to the gate of the Burg. + +When we came out again after our survey of this most beautiful old +place which not even the well-intentioned efforts of the Gothic +restorers of forty years ago have been able to spoil--though their +restoration was then glaring white--we seemed to have quite forgotten +the unpleasant episode of the morning. The old lime tree with its +great trunk gnarled with the passing of nearly nine centuries, the +deep well cut through the heart of the rock by those captives of old, +and the lovely view from the city wall whence we heard, spread over +almost a full quarter of an hour, the multitudinous chimes of the +city, had all helped to wipe out from our minds the incident of the +slain kitten. + +We were the only visitors who had entered the Torture Tower that +morning--so at least said the old custodian--and as we had the place +all to ourselves were able to make a minute and more satisfactory +survey than would have otherwise been possible. The custodian, looking +to us as the sole source of his gains for the day, was willing to meet +our wishes in any way. The Torture Tower is truly a grim place, even +now when many thousands of visitors have sent a stream of life, and +the joy that follows life, into the place; but at the time I mention +it wore its grimmest and most gruesome aspect. The dust of ages seemed +to have settled on it, and the darkness and the horror of its memories +seem to have become sentient in a way that would have satisfied the +Pantheistic souls of Philo or Spinoza. The lower chamber where we +entered was seemingly, in its normal state, filled with incarnate +darkness; even the hot sunlight streaming in through the door seemed +to be lost in the vast thickness of the walls, and only showed the +masonry rough as when the builder's scaffolding had come down, but +coated with dust and marked here and there with patches of dark stain +which, if walls could speak, could have given their own dread memories +of fear and pain. We were glad to pass up the dusty wooden staircase, +the custodian leaving the outer door open to light us somewhat on our +way; for to our eyes the one long-wick'd, evil-smelling candle stuck +in a sconce on the wall gave an inadequate light. When we came up +through the open trap in the corner of the chamber overhead, Amelia +held on to me so tightly that I could actually feel her heart beat. I +must say for my own part that I was not surprised at her fear, for +this room was even more gruesome than that below. Here there was +certainly more light, but only just sufficient to realise the horrible +surroundings of the place. The builders of the tower had evidently +intended that only they who should gain the top should have any of the +joys of light and prospect. There, as we had noticed from below, were +ranges of windows, albeit of mediaeval smallness, but elsewhere in the +tower were only a very few narrow slits such as were habitual in +places of mediaeval defence. A few of these only lit the chamber, and +these so high up in the wall that from no part could the sky be seen +through the thickness of the walls. In racks, and leaning in disorder +against the walls, were a number of headsmen's swords, great +double-handed weapons with broad blade and keen edge. Hard by were +several blocks whereon the necks of the victims had lain, with here +and there deep notches where the steel had bitten through the guard of +flesh and shored into the wood. Round the chamber, placed in all sorts +of irregular ways, were many implements of torture which made one's +heart ache to see--chairs full of spikes which gave instant and +excruciating pain; chairs and couches with dull knobs whose torture +was seemingly less, but which, though slower, were equally +efficacious; racks, belts, boots, gloves, collars, all made for +compressing at will; steel baskets in which the head could be slowly +crushed into a pulp if necessary; watchmen's hooks with long handle +and knife that cut at resistance--this a speciality of the old +Nurnberg police system; and many, many other devices for man's injury +to man. Amelia grew quite pale with the horror of the things, but +fortunately did not faint, for being a little overcome she sat down on +a torture chair, but jumped up again with a shriek, all tendency to +faint gone. We both pretended that it was the injury done to her dress +by the dust of the chair, and the rusty spikes which had upset her, +and Mr. Hutcheson acquiesced in accepting the explanation with a +kind-hearted laugh. + +But the central object in the whole of this chamber of horrors was the +engine known as the Iron Virgin, which stood near the centre of the +room. It was a rudely-shaped figure of a woman, something of the bell +order, or, to make a closer comparison, of the figure of Mrs. Noah in +the children's Ark, but without that slimness of waist and perfect +_rondeur_ of hip which marks the aesthetic type of the Noah family. +One would hardly have recognised it as intended for a human figure at +all had not the founder shaped on the forehead a rude semblance of a +woman's face. This machine was coated with rust without, and covered +with dust; a rope was fastened to a ring in the front of the figure, +about where the waist should have been, and was drawn through a +pulley, fastened on the wooden pillar which sustained the flooring +above. The custodian pulling this rope showed that a section of the +front was hinged like a door at one side; we then saw that the engine +was of considerable thickness, leaving just room enough inside for a +man to be placed. The door was of equal thickness and of great weight, +for it took the custodian all his strength, aided though he was by the +contrivance of the pulley, to open it. This weight was partly due to +the fact that the door was of manifest purpose hung so as to throw its +weight downwards, so that it might shut of its own accord when the +strain was released. The inside was honeycombed with rust--nay more, +the rust alone that comes through time would hardly have eaten so deep +into the iron walls; the rust of the cruel stains was deep indeed! It +was only, however, when we came to look at the inside of the door that +the diabolical intention was manifest to the full. Here were several +long spikes, square and massive, broad at the base and sharp at the +points, placed in such a position that when the door should close the +upper ones would pierce the eyes of the victim, and the lower ones his +heart and vitals. The sight was too much for poor Amelia, and this +time she fainted dead off, and I had to carry her down the stairs, and +place her on a bench outside till she recovered. That she felt it to +the quick was afterwards shown by the fact that my eldest son bears to +this day a rude birthmark on his breast, which has, by family +consent, been accepted as representing the Nurnberg Virgin. + +When we got back to the chamber we found Hutcheson still opposite the +Iron Virgin; he had been evidently philosophising, and now gave us the +benefit of his thought in the shape of a sort of exordium. + +'Wall, I guess I've been learnin' somethin' here while madam has been +gettin' over her faint. 'Pears to me that we're a long way behind the +times on our side of the big drink. We uster think out on the plains +that the Injun could give us points in tryin' to make a man +uncomfortable; but I guess your old mediaeval law-and-order party +could raise him every time. Splinters was pretty good in his bluff on +the squaw, but this here young miss held a straight flush all high on +him. The points of them spikes air sharp enough still, though even the +edges air eaten out by what uster be on them. It'd be a good thing for +our Indian section to get some specimens of this here play-toy to send +round to the Reservations jest to knock the stuffin' out of the bucks, +and the squaws too, by showing them as how old civilisation lays over +them at their best. Guess but I'll get in that box a minute jest to +see how it feels!' + +'Oh no! no!' said Amelia. 'It is too terrible!' + +'Guess, ma'am, nothin's too terrible to the explorin' mind. I've been +in some queer places in my time. Spent a night inside a dead horse +while a prairie fire swept over me in Montana Territory--an' another +time slept inside a dead buffler when the Comanches was on the war +path an' I didn't keer to leave my kyard on them. I've been two days +in a caved-in tunnel in the Billy Broncho gold mine in New Mexico, an' +was one of the four shut up for three parts of a day in the caisson +what slid over on her side when we was settin' the foundations of the +Buffalo Bridge. I've not funked an odd experience yet, an' I don't +propose to begin now!' + +We saw that he was set on the experiment, so I said: 'Well, hurry up, +old man, and get through it quick!' + +'All right, General,' said he, 'but I calculate we ain't quite ready +yet. The gentlemen, my predecessors, what stood in that thar canister, +didn't volunteer for the office--not much! And I guess there was some +ornamental tyin' up before the big stroke was made. I want to go into +this thing fair and square, so I must get fixed up proper first. I +dare say this old galoot can rise some string and tie me up accordin' +to sample?' + +This was said interrogatively to the old custodian, but the latter, +who understood the drift of his speech, though perhaps not +appreciating to the full the niceties of dialect and imagery, shook +his head. His protest was, however, only formal and made to be +overcome. The American thrust a gold piece into his hand, saying: +'Take it, pard! it's your pot; and don't be skeer'd. This ain't no +necktie party that you're asked to assist in!' He produced some thin +frayed rope and proceeded to bind our companion with sufficient +strictness for the purpose. When the upper part of his body was bound, +Hutcheson said: + +'Hold on a moment, Judge. Guess I'm too heavy for you to tote into the +canister. You jest let me walk in, and then you can wash up regardin' +my legs!' + +Whilst speaking he had backed himself into the opening which was just +enough to hold him. It was a close fit and no mistake. Amelia looked +on with fear in her eyes, but she evidently did not like to say +anything. Then the custodian completed his task by tying the +American's feet together so that he was now absolutely helpless and +fixed in his voluntary prison. He seemed to really enjoy it, and the +incipient smile which was habitual to his face blossomed into +actuality as he said: + +'Guess this here Eve was made out of the rib of a dwarf! There ain't +much room for a full-grown citizen of the United States to hustle. We +uster make our coffins more roomier in Idaho territory. Now, Judge, +you jest begin to let this door down, slow, on to me. I want to feel +the same pleasure as the other jays had when those spikes began to +move toward their eyes!' + +'Oh no! no! no!' broke in Amelia hysterically. 'It is too terrible! I +can't bear to see it!--I can't! I can't!' But the American was +obdurate. 'Say, Colonel,' said he, 'why not take Madame for a little +promenade? I wouldn't hurt her feelin's for the world; but now that I +am here, havin' kem eight thousand miles, wouldn't it be too hard to +give up the very experience I've been pinin' an' pantin' fur? A man +can't get to feel like canned goods every time! Me and the Judge +here'll fix up this thing in no time, an' then you'll come back, an' +we'll all laugh together!' + +Once more the resolution that is born of curiosity triumphed, and +Amelia stayed holding tight to my arm and shivering whilst the +custodian began to slacken slowly inch by inch the rope that held back +the iron door. Hutcheson's face was positively radiant as his eyes +followed the first movement of the spikes. + +'Wall!' he said, 'I guess I've not had enjoyment like this since I +left Noo York. Bar a scrap with a French sailor at Wapping--an' that +warn't much of a picnic neither--I've not had a show fur real pleasure +in this dod-rotted Continent, where there ain't no b'ars nor no +Injuns, an' wheer nary man goes heeled. Slow there, Judge! Don't you +rush this business! I want a show for my money this game--I du!' + +The custodian must have had in him some of the blood of his +predecessors in that ghastly tower, for he worked the engine with a +deliberate and excruciating slowness which after five minutes, in +which the outer edge of the door had not moved half as many inches, +began to overcome Amelia. I saw her lips whiten, and felt her hold +upon my arm relax. I looked around an instant for a place whereon to +lay her, and when I looked at her again found that her eye had become +fixed on the side of the Virgin. Following its direction I saw the +black cat crouching out of sight. Her green eyes shone like danger +lamps in the gloom of the place, and their colour was heightened by +the blood which still smeared her coat and reddened her mouth. I cried +out: + +'The cat! look out for the cat!' for even then she sprang out before +the engine. At this moment she looked like a triumphant demon. Her +eyes blazed with ferocity, her hair bristled out till she seemed twice +her normal size, and her tail lashed about as does a tiger's when the +quarry is before it. Elias P. Hutcheson when he saw her was amused, +and his eyes positively sparkled with fun as he said: + +'Darned if the squaw hain't got on all her war paint! Jest give her a +shove off if she comes any of her tricks on me, for I'm so fixed +everlastingly by the boss, that durn my skin if I can keep my eyes +from her if she wants them! Easy there, Judge! don't you slack that ar +rope or I'm euchered!' + +At this moment Amelia completed her faint, and I had to clutch hold of +her round the waist or she would have fallen to the floor. Whilst +attending to her I saw the black cat crouching for a spring, and +jumped up to turn the creature out. + +But at that instant, with a sort of hellish scream, she hurled +herself, not as we expected at Hutcheson, but straight at the face of +the custodian. Her claws seemed to be tearing wildly as one sees in +the Chinese drawings of the dragon rampant, and as I looked I saw one +of them light on the poor man's eye, and actually tear through it and +down his cheek, leaving a wide band of red where the blood seemed to +spurt from every vein. + +With a yell of sheer terror which came quicker than even his sense of +pain, the man leaped back, dropping as he did so the rope which held +back the iron door. I jumped for it, but was too late, for the cord +ran like lightning through the pulley-block, and the heavy mass fell +forward from its own weight. + +As the door closed I caught a glimpse of our poor companion's face. He +seemed frozen with terror. His eyes stared with a horrible anguish as +if dazed, and no sound came from his lips. + +And then the spikes did their work. Happily the end was quick, for +when I wrenched open the door they had pierced so deep that they had +locked in the bones of the skull through which they had crushed, and +actually tore him--it--out of his iron prison till, bound as he was, +he fell at full length with a sickly thud upon the floor, the face +turning upward as he fell. + +I rushed to my wife, lifted her up and carried her out, for I feared +for her very reason if she should wake from her faint to such a scene. +I laid her on the bench outside and ran back. Leaning against the +wooden column was the custodian moaning in pain whilst he held his +reddening handkerchief to his eyes. And sitting on the head of the +poor American was the cat, purring loudly as she licked the blood +which trickled through the gashed socket of his eyes. + +I think no one will call me cruel because I seized one of the old +executioner's swords and shore her in two as she sat. + + + + +The Secret of the Growing Gold + + +When Margaret Delandre went to live at Brent's Rock the whole +neighbourhood awoke to the pleasure of an entirely new scandal. +Scandals in connection with either the Delandre family or the Brents +of Brent's Rock, were not few; and if the secret history of the county +had been written in full both names would have been found well +represented. It is true that the status of each was so different that +they might have belonged to different continents--or to different +worlds for the matter of that--for hitherto their orbits had never +crossed. The Brents were accorded by the whole section of the country +a unique social dominance, and had ever held themselves as high above +the yeoman class to which Margaret Delandre belonged, as a +blue-blooded Spanish hidalgo out-tops his peasant tenantry. + +The Delandres had an ancient record and were proud of it in their way +as the Brents were of theirs. But the family had never risen above +yeomanry; and although they had been once well-to-do in the good old +times of foreign wars and protection, their fortunes had withered +under the scorching of the free trade sun and the 'piping times of +peace.' They had, as the elder members used to assert, 'stuck to the +land', with the result that they had taken root in it, body and soul. +In fact, they, having chosen the life of vegetables, had flourished +as vegetation does--blossomed and thrived in the good season and +suffered in the bad. Their holding, Dander's Croft, seemed to have +been worked out, and to be typical of the family which had inhabited +it. The latter had declined generation after generation, sending out +now and again some abortive shoot of unsatisfied energy in the shape +of a soldier or sailor, who had worked his way to the minor grades of +the services and had there stopped, cut short either from unheeding +gallantry in action or from that destroying cause to men without +breeding or youthful care--the recognition of a position above them +which they feel unfitted to fill. So, little by little, the family +dropped lower and lower, the men brooding and dissatisfied, and +drinking themselves into the grave, the women drudging at home, or +marrying beneath them--or worse. In process of time all disappeared, +leaving only two in the Croft, Wykham Delandre and his sister +Margaret. The man and woman seemed to have inherited in masculine and +feminine form respectively the evil tendency of their race, sharing in +common the principles, though manifesting them in different ways, of +sullen passion, voluptuousness and recklessness. + +The history of the Brents had been something similar, but showing the +causes of decadence in their aristocratic and not their plebeian +forms. They, too, had sent their shoots to the wars; but their +positions had been different and they had often attained honour--for +without flaw they were gallant, and brave deeds were done by them +before the selfish dissipation which marked them had sapped their +vigour. + +The present head of the family--if family it could now be called when +one remained of the direct line--was Geoffrey Brent. He was almost a +type of worn out race, manifesting in some ways its most brilliant +qualities, and in others its utter degradation. He might be fairly +compared with some of those antique Italian nobles whom the painters +have preserved to us with their courage, their unscrupulousness, their +refinement of lust and cruelty--the voluptuary actual with the fiend +potential. He was certainly handsome, with that dark, aquiline, +commanding beauty which women so generally recognise as dominant. With +men he was distant and cold; but such a bearing never deters +womankind. The inscrutable laws of sex have so arranged that even a +timid woman is not afraid of a fierce and haughty man. And so it was +that there was hardly a woman of any kind or degree, who lived within +view of Brent's Rock, who did not cherish some form of secret +admiration for the handsome wastrel. The category was a wide one, for +Brent's Rock rose up steeply from the midst of a level region and for +a circuit of a hundred miles it lay on the horizon, with its high old +towers and steep roofs cutting the level edge of wood and hamlet, and +far-scattered mansions. + +So long as Geoffrey Brent confined his dissipations to London and +Paris and Vienna--anywhere out of sight and sound of his home--opinion +was silent. It is easy to listen to far off echoes unmoved, and we can +treat them with disbelief, or scorn, or disdain, or whatever attitude +of coldness may suit our purpose. But when the scandal came close home +it was another matter; and the feelings of independence and integrity +which is in people of every community which is not utterly spoiled, +asserted itself and demanded that condemnation should be expressed. +Still there was a certain reticence in all, and no more notice was +taken of the existing facts than was absolutely necessary. Margaret +Delandre bore herself so fearlessly and so openly--she accepted her +position as the justified companion of Geoffrey Brent so naturally +that people came to believe that she was secretly married to him, and +therefore thought it wiser to hold their tongues lest time should +justify her and also make her an active enemy. + +The one person who, by his interference, could have settled all doubts +was debarred by circumstances from interfering in the matter. Wykham +Delandre had quarrelled with his sister--or perhaps it was that she +had quarrelled with him--and they were on terms not merely of armed +neutrality but of bitter hatred. The quarrel had been antecedent to +Margaret going to Brent's Rock. She and Wykham had almost come to +blows. There had certainly been threats on one side and on the other; +and in the end Wykham, overcome with passion, had ordered his sister +to leave his house. She had risen straightway, and, without waiting to +pack up even her own personal belongings, had walked out of the house. +On the threshold she had paused for a moment to hurl a bitter threat +at Wykham that he would rue in shame and despair to the last hour of +his life his act of that day. Some weeks had since passed; and it was +understood in the neighbourhood that Margaret had gone to London, when +she suddenly appeared driving out with Geoffrey Brent, and the entire +neighbourhood knew before nightfall that she had taken up her abode at +the Rock. It was no subject of surprise that Brent had come back +unexpectedly, for such was his usual custom. Even his own servants +never knew when to expect him, for there was a private door, of which +he alone had the key, by which he sometimes entered without anyone in +the house being aware of his coming. This was his usual method of +appearing after a long absence. + +Wykham Delandre was furious at the news. He vowed vengeance--and to +keep his mind level with his passion drank deeper than ever. He tried +several times to see his sister, but she contemptuously refused to +meet him. He tried to have an interview with Brent and was refused by +him also. Then he tried to stop him in the road, but without avail, +for Geoffrey was not a man to be stopped against his will. Several +actual encounters took place between the two men, and many more were +threatened and avoided. At last Wykham Delandre settled down to a +morose, vengeful acceptance of the situation. + +Neither Margaret nor Geoffrey was of a pacific temperament, and it was +not long before there began to be quarrels between them. One thing +would lead to another, and wine flowed freely at Brent's Rock. Now and +again the quarrels would assume a bitter aspect, and threats would be +exchanged in uncompromising language that fairly awed the listening +servants. But such quarrels generally ended where domestic +altercations do, in reconciliation, and in a mutual respect for the +fighting qualities proportionate to their manifestation. Fighting for +its own sake is found by a certain class of persons, all the world +over, to be a matter of absorbing interest, and there is no reason to +believe that domestic conditions minimise its potency. Geoffrey and +Margaret made occasional absences from Brent's Rock, and on each of +these occasions Wykham Delandre also absented himself; but as he +generally heard of the absence too late to be of any service, he +returned home each time in a more bitter and discontented frame of +mind than before. + +At last there came a time when the absence from Brent's Rock became +longer than before. Only a few days earlier there had been a quarrel, +exceeding in bitterness anything which had gone before; but this, too, +had been made up, and a trip on the Continent had been mentioned +before the servants. After a few days Wykham Delandre also went away, +and it was some weeks before he returned. It was noticed that he was +full of some new importance--satisfaction, exaltation--they hardly +knew how to call it. He went straightway to Brent's Rock, and demanded +to see Geoffrey Brent, and on being told that he had not yet returned, +said, with a grim decision which the servants noted: + +'I shall come again. My news is solid--it can wait!' and turned away. +Week after week went by, and month after month; and then there came a +rumour, certified later on, that an accident had occurred in the +Zermatt valley. Whilst crossing a dangerous pass the carriage +containing an English lady and the driver had fallen over a precipice, +the gentleman of the party, Mr. Geoffrey Brent, having been +fortunately saved as he had been walking up the hill to ease the +horses. He gave information, and search was made. The broken rail, the +excoriated roadway, the marks where the horses had struggled on the +decline before finally pitching over into the torrent--all told the +sad tale. It was a wet season, and there had been much snow in the +winter, so that the river was swollen beyond its usual volume, and the +eddies of the stream were packed with ice. All search was made, and +finally the wreck of the carriage and the body of one horse were found +in an eddy of the river. Later on the body of the driver was found on +the sandy, torrent-swept waste near Taesch; but the body of the lady, +like that of the other horse, had quite disappeared, and was--what +was left of it by that time--whirling amongst the eddies of the Rhone +on its way down to the Lake of Geneva. + +Wykham Delandre made all the enquiries possible, but could not find +any trace of the missing woman. He found, however, in the books of the +various hotels the name of 'Mr. and Mrs. Geoffrey Brent'. And he had a +stone erected at Zermatt to his sister's memory, under her married +name, and a tablet put up in the church at Bretten, the parish in +which both Brent's Rock and Dander's Croft were situated. + +There was a lapse of nearly a year, after the excitement of the matter +had worn away, and the whole neighbourhood had gone on its accustomed +way. Brent was still absent, and Delandre more drunken, more morose, +and more revengeful than before. + +Then there was a new excitement. Brent's Rock was being made ready for +a new mistress. It was officially announced by Geoffrey himself in a +letter to the Vicar, that he had been married some months before to an +Italian lady, and that they were then on their way home. Then a small +army of workmen invaded the house; and hammer and plane sounded, and a +general air of size and paint pervaded the atmosphere. One wing of the +old house, the south, was entirely re-done; and then the great body of +the workmen departed, leaving only materials for the doing of the old +hall when Geoffrey Brent should have returned, for he had directed +that the decoration was only to be done under his own eyes. He had +brought with him accurate drawings of a hall in the house of his +bride's father, for he wished to reproduce for her the place to which +she had been accustomed. As the moulding had all to be re-done, some +scaffolding poles and boards were brought in and laid on one side of +the great hall, and also a great wooden tank or box for mixing the +lime, which was laid in bags beside it. + +When the new mistress of Brent's Rock arrived the bells of the church +rang out, and there was a general jubilation. She was a beautiful +creature, full of the poetry and fire and passion of the South; and +the few English words which she had learned were spoken in such a +sweet and pretty broken way that she won the hearts of the people +almost as much by the music of her voice as by the melting beauty of +her dark eyes. + +Geoffrey Brent seemed more happy than he had ever before appeared; but +there was a dark, anxious look on his face that was new to those who +knew him of old, and he started at times as though at some noise that +was unheard by others. + +And so months passed and the whisper grew that at last Brent's Rock +was to have an heir. Geoffrey was very tender to his wife, and the new +bond between them seemed to soften him. He took more interest in his +tenants and their needs than he had ever done; and works of charity on +his part as well as on his sweet young wife's were not lacking. He +seemed to have set all his hopes on the child that was coming, and as +he looked deeper into the future the dark shadow that had come over +his face seemed to die gradually away. + +All the time Wykham Delandre nursed his revenge. Deep in his heart had +grown up a purpose of vengeance which only waited an opportunity to +crystallise and take a definite shape. His vague idea was somehow +centred in the wife of Brent, for he knew that he could strike him +best through those he loved, and the coming time seemed to hold in its +womb the opportunity for which he longed. One night he sat alone in +the living-room of his house. It had once been a handsome room in its +way, but time and neglect had done their work and it was now little +better than a ruin, without dignity or picturesqueness of any kind. He +had been drinking heavily for some time and was more than half +stupefied. He thought he heard a noise as of someone at the door and +looked up. Then he called half savagely to come in; but there was no +response. With a muttered blasphemy he renewed his potations. +Presently he forgot all around him, sank into a daze, but suddenly +awoke to see standing before him someone or something like a battered, +ghostly edition of his sister. For a few moments there came upon him a +sort of fear. The woman before him, with distorted features and +burning eyes seemed hardly human, and the only thing that seemed a +reality of his sister, as she had been, was her wealth of golden hair, +and this was now streaked with grey. She eyed her brother with a long, +cold stare; and he, too, as he looked and began to realise the +actuality of her presence, found the hatred of her which he had had, +once again surging up in his heart. All the brooding passion of the +past year seemed to find a voice at once as he asked her: + +'Why are you here? You're dead and buried.' + +'I am here, Wykham Delandre, for no love of you, but because I hate +another even more than I do you!' A great passion blazed in her eyes. + +'Him?' he asked, in so fierce a whisper that even the woman was for an +instant startled till she regained her calm. + +'Yes, him!' she answered. 'But make no mistake, my revenge is my own; +and I merely use you to help me to it.' Wykham asked suddenly: + +'Did he marry you?' + +The woman's distorted face broadened out in a ghastly attempt at a +smile. It was a hideous mockery, for the broken features and seamed +scars took strange shapes and strange colours, and queer lines of +white showed out as the straining muscles pressed on the old +cicatrices. + +'So you would like to know! It would please your pride to feel that +your sister was truly married! Well, you shall not know. That was my +revenge on you, and I do not mean to change it by a hair's breadth. I +have come here tonight simply to let you know that I am alive, so that +if any violence be done me where I am going there may be a witness.' + +'Where are you going?' demanded her brother. + +'That is my affair! and I have not the least intention of letting you +know!' Wykham stood up, but the drink was on him and he reeled and +fell. As he lay on the floor he announced his intention of following +his sister; and with an outburst of splenetic humour told her that he +would follow her through the darkness by the light of her hair, and of +her beauty. At this she turned on him, and said that there were others +beside him that would rue her hair and her beauty too. 'As he will,' +she hissed; 'for the hair remains though the beauty be gone. When he +withdrew the lynch-pin and sent us over the precipice into the +torrent, he had little thought of my beauty. Perhaps his beauty would +be scarred like mine were he whirled, as I was, among the rocks of the +Visp, and frozen on the ice pack in the drift of the river. But let +him beware! His time is coming!' and with a fierce gesture she flung +open the door and passed out into the night. + + * * * * * + +Later on that night, Mrs. Brent, who was but half-asleep, became +suddenly awake and spoke to her husband: + +'Geoffrey, was not that the click of a lock somewhere below our +window?' + +But Geoffrey--though she thought that he, too, had started at the +noise--seemed sound asleep, and breathed heavily. Again Mrs. Brent +dozed; but this time awoke to the fact that her husband had arisen and +was partially dressed. He was deadly pale, and when the light of the +lamp which he had in his hand fell on his face, she was frightened at +the look in his eyes. + +'What is it, Geoffrey? What dost thou?' she asked. + +'Hush! little one,' he answered, in a strange, hoarse voice. 'Go to +sleep. I am restless, and wish to finish some work I left undone.' + +'Bring it here, my husband,' she said; 'I am lonely and I fear when +thou art away.' + +For reply he merely kissed her and went out, closing the door behind +him. She lay awake for awhile, and then nature asserted itself, and +she slept. + +Suddenly she started broad awake with the memory in her ears of a +smothered cry from somewhere not far off. She jumped up and ran to the +door and listened, but there was no sound. She grew alarmed for her +husband, and called out: 'Geoffrey! Geoffrey!' + +After a few moments the door of the great hall opened, and Geoffrey +appeared at it, but without his lamp. + +'Hush!' he said, in a sort of whisper, and his voice was harsh and +stern. 'Hush! Get to bed! I am working, and must not be disturbed. Go +to sleep, and do not wake the house!' + +With a chill in her heart--for the harshness of her husband's voice +was new to her--she crept back to bed and lay there trembling, too +frightened to cry, and listened to every sound. There was a long pause +of silence, and then the sound of some iron implement striking muffled +blows! Then there came a clang of a heavy stone falling, followed by a +muffled curse. Then a dragging sound, and then more noise of stone on +stone. She lay all the while in an agony of fear, and her heart beat +dreadfully. She heard a curious sort of scraping sound; and then there +was silence. Presently the door opened gently, and Geoffrey appeared. +His wife pretended to be asleep; but through her eyelashes she saw him +wash from his hands something white that looked like lime. + +In the morning he made no allusion to the previous night, and she was +afraid to ask any question. + +From that day there seemed some shadow over Geoffrey Brent. He neither +ate nor slept as he had been accustomed, and his former habit of +turning suddenly as though someone were speaking from behind him +revived. The old hall seemed to have some kind of fascination for him. +He used to go there many times in the day, but grew impatient if +anyone, even his wife, entered it. When the builder's foreman came to +inquire about continuing his work Geoffrey was out driving; the man +went into the hall, and when Geoffrey returned the servant told him of +his arrival and where he was. With a frightful oath he pushed the +servant aside and hurried up to the old hall. The workman met him +almost at the door; and as Geoffrey burst into the room he ran against +him. The man apologised: + +'Beg pardon, sir, but I was just going out to make some enquiries. I +directed twelve sacks of lime to be sent here, but I see there are +only ten.' + +'Damn the ten sacks and the twelve too!' was the ungracious and +incomprehensible rejoinder. + +The workman looked surprised, and tried to turn the conversation. + +'I see, sir, there is a little matter which our people must have done; +but the governor will of course see it set right at his own cost.' + +'What do you mean?' + +'That 'ere 'arth-stone, sir: Some idiot must have put a scaffold pole +on it and cracked it right down the middle, and it's thick enough +you'd think to stand hanythink.' Geoffrey was silent for quite a +minute, and then said in a constrained voice and with much gentler +manner: + +'Tell your people that I am not going on with the work in the hall at +present. I want to leave it as it is for a while longer.' + +'All right sir. I'll send up a few of our chaps to take away these +poles and lime bags and tidy the place up a bit.' + +'No! No!' said Geoffrey, 'leave them where they are. I shall send and +tell you when you are to get on with the work.' So the foreman went +away, and his comment to his master was: + +'I'd send in the bill, sir, for the work already done. 'Pears to me +that money's a little shaky in that quarter.' + +Once or twice Delandre tried to stop Brent on the road, and, at last, +finding that he could not attain his object rode after the carriage, +calling out: + +'What has become of my sister, your wife?' Geoffrey lashed his horses +into a gallop, and the other, seeing from his white face and from his +wife's collapse almost into a faint that his object was attained, rode +away with a scowl and a laugh. + +That night when Geoffrey went into the hall he passed over to the +great fireplace, and all at once started back with a smothered cry. +Then with an effort he pulled himself together and went away, +returning with a light. He bent down over the broken hearth-stone to +see if the moonlight falling through the storied window had in any way +deceived him. Then with a groan of anguish he sank to his knees. + +There, sure enough, through the crack in the broken stone were +protruding a multitude of threads of golden hair just tinged with +grey! + +He was disturbed by a noise at the door, and looking round, saw his +wife standing in the doorway. In the desperation of the moment he took +action to prevent discovery, and lighting a match at the lamp, stooped +down and burned away the hair that rose through the broken stone. Then +rising nonchalantly as he could, he pretended surprise at seeing his +wife beside him. + +For the next week he lived in an agony; for, whether by accident or +design, he could not find himself alone in the hall for any length of +time. At each visit the hair had grown afresh through the crack, and +he had to watch it carefully lest his terrible secret should be +discovered. He tried to find a receptacle for the body of the murdered +woman outside the house, but someone always interrupted him; and once, +when he was coming out of the private doorway, he was met by his wife, +who began to question him about it, and manifested surprise that she +should not have before noticed the key which he now reluctantly showed +her. Geoffrey dearly and passionately loved his wife, so that any +possibility of her discovering his dread secrets, or even of doubting +him, filled him with anguish; and after a couple of days had passed, +he could not help coming to the conclusion that, at least, she +suspected something. + +That very evening she came into the hall after her drive and found him +there sitting moodily by the deserted fireplace. She spoke to him +directly. + +'Geoffrey, I have been spoken to by that fellow Delandre, and he says +horrible things. He tells to me that a week ago his sister returned to +his house, the wreck and ruin of her former self, with only her golden +hair as of old, and announced some fell intention. He asked me where +she is--and oh, Geoffrey, she is dead, she is dead! So how can she +have returned? Oh! I am in dread, and I know not where to turn!' + +For answer, Geoffrey burst into a torrent of blasphemy which made her +shudder. He cursed Delandre and his sister and all their kind, and in +especial he hurled curse after curse on her golden hair. + +'Oh, hush! hush!' she said, and was then silent, for she feared her +husband when she saw the evil effect of his humour. Geoffrey in the +torrent of his anger stood up and moved away from the hearth; but +suddenly stopped as he saw a new look of terror in his wife's eyes. He +followed their glance, and then he too, shuddered--for there on the +broken hearth-stone lay a golden streak as the point of the hair rose +though the crack. + +'Look, look!' she shrieked. 'Is it some ghost of the dead! Come +away--come away!' and seizing her husband by the wrist with the frenzy +of madness, she pulled him from the room. + +That night she was in a raging fever. The doctor of the district +attended her at once, and special aid was telegraphed for to London. +Geoffrey was in despair, and in his anguish at the danger of his young +wife almost forgot his own crime and its consequences. In the evening +the doctor had to leave to attend to others; but he left Geoffrey in +charge of his wife. His last words were: + +'Remember, you must humour her till I come in the morning, or till +some other doctor has her case in hand. What you have to dread is +another attack of emotion. See that she is kept warm. Nothing more can +be done.' + +Late in the evening, when the rest of the household had retired, +Geoffrey's wife got up from her bed and called to her husband. + +'Come!' she said. 'Come to the old hall! I know where the gold comes +from! I want to see it grow!' + +Geoffrey would fain have stopped her, but he feared for her life or +reason on the one hand, and lest in a paroxysm she should shriek out +her terrible suspicion, and seeing that it was useless to try to +prevent her, wrapped a warm rug around her and went with her to the +old hall. When they entered, she turned and shut the door and locked +it. + +'We want no strangers amongst us three tonight!' she whispered with a +wan smile. + +'We three! nay we are but two,' said Geoffrey with a shudder; he +feared to say more. + +'Sit here,' said his wife as she put out the light. 'Sit here by the +hearth and watch the gold growing. The silver moonlight is jealous! +See, it steals along the floor towards the gold--our gold!' Geoffrey +looked with growing horror, and saw that during the hours that had +passed the golden hair had protruded further through the broken +hearth-stone. He tried to hide it by placing his feet over the broken +place; and his wife, drawing her chair beside him, leant over and +laid her head on his shoulder. + +'Now do not stir, dear,' she said; 'let us sit still and watch. We +shall find the secret of the growing gold!' He passed his arm round +her and sat silent; and as the moonlight stole along the floor she +sank to sleep. + +He feared to wake her; and so sat silent and miserable as the hours +stole away. + +Before his horror-struck eyes the golden-hair from the broken stone +grew and grew; and as it increased, so his heart got colder and +colder, till at last he had not power to stir, and sat with eyes full +of terror watching his doom. + + * * * * * + +In the morning when the London doctor came, neither Geoffrey nor his +wife could be found. Search was made in all the rooms, but without +avail. As a last resource the great door of the old hall was broken +open, and those who entered saw a grim and sorry sight. + +There by the deserted hearth Geoffrey Brent and his young wife sat +cold and white and dead. Her face was peaceful, and her eyes were +closed in sleep; but his face was a sight that made all who saw it +shudder, for there was on it a look of unutterable horror. The eyes +were open and stared glassily at his feet, which were twined with +tresses of golden hair, streaked with grey, which came through the +broken hearth-stone. + + + + +The Gipsy Prophecy + + +'I really think,' said the Doctor, 'that, at any rate, one of us +should go and try whether or not the thing is an imposture.' + +'Good!' said Considine. 'After dinner we will take our cigars and +stroll over to the camp.' + +Accordingly, when the dinner was over, and the _La Tour_ finished, +Joshua Considine and his friend, Dr Burleigh, went over to the east +side of the moor, where the gipsy encampment lay. As they were +leaving, Mary Considine, who had walked as far as the end of the +garden where it opened into the laneway, called after her husband: + +'Mind, Joshua, you are to give them a fair chance, but don't give them +any clue to a fortune--and don't you get flirting with any of the +gipsy maidens--and take care to keep Gerald out of harm.' + +For answer Considine held up his hand, as if taking a stage oath, and +whistled the air of the old song, 'The Gipsy Countess.' Gerald joined +in the strain, and then, breaking into merry laughter, the two men +passed along the laneway to the common, turning now and then to wave +their hands to Mary, who leaned over the gate, in the twilight, +looking after them. + +It was a lovely evening in the summer; the very air was full of rest +and quiet happiness, as though an outward type of the peacefulness and +joy which made a heaven of the home of the young married folk. +Considine's life had not been an eventful one. The only disturbing +element which he had ever known was in his wooing of Mary Winston, and +the long-continued objection of her ambitious parents, who expected a +brilliant match for their only daughter. When Mr. and Mrs. Winston had +discovered the attachment of the young barrister, they had tried to +keep the young people apart by sending their daughter away for a long +round of visits, having made her promise not to correspond with her +lover during her absence. Love, however, had stood the test. Neither +absence nor neglect seemed to cool the passion of the young man, and +jealousy seemed a thing unknown to his sanguine nature; so, after a +long period of waiting, the parents had given in, and the young folk +were married. + +They had been living in the cottage a few months, and were just +beginning to feel at home. Gerald Burleigh, Joshua's old college chum, +and himself a sometime victim of Mary's beauty, had arrived a week +before, to stay with them for as long a time as he could tear himself +away from his work in London. + +When her husband had quite disappeared Mary went into the house, and, +sitting down at the piano, gave an hour to Mendelssohn. + +It was but a short walk across the common, and before the cigars +required renewing the two men had reached the gipsy camp. The place +was as picturesque as gipsy camps--when in villages and when business +is good--usually are. There were some few persons round the fire, +investing their money in prophecy, and a large number of others, +poorer or more parsimonious, who stayed just outside the bounds but +near enough to see all that went on. + +As the two gentlemen approached, the villagers, who knew Joshua, made +way a little, and a pretty, keen-eyed gipsy girl tripped up and asked +to tell their fortunes. Joshua held out his hand, but the girl, +without seeming to see it, stared at his face in a very odd manner. +Gerald nudged him: + +'You must cross her hand with silver,' he said. 'It is one of the most +important parts of the mystery.' Joshua took from his pocket a +half-crown and held it out to her, but, without looking at it, she +answered: + +'You have to cross the gipsy's hand with gold.' + +Gerald laughed. 'You are at a premium as a subject,' he said. Joshua +was of the kind of man--the universal kind--who can tolerate being +stared at by a pretty girl; so, with some little deliberation, he +answered: + +'All right; here you are, my pretty girl; but you must give me a real +good fortune for it,' and he handed her a half sovereign, which she +took, saying: + +'It is not for me to give good fortune or bad, but only to read what +the Stars have said.' She took his right hand and turned it palm +upward; but the instant her eyes met it she dropped it as though it +had been red hot, and, with a startled look, glided swiftly away. +Lifting the curtain of the large tent, which occupied the centre of +the camp, she disappeared within. + +'Sold again!' said the cynical Gerald. Joshua stood a little amazed, +and not altogether satisfied. They both watched the large tent. In a +few moments there emerged from the opening not the young girl, but a +stately looking woman of middle age and commanding presence. + +The instant she appeared the whole camp seemed to stand still. The +clamour of tongues, the laughter and noise of the work were, for a +second or two, arrested, and every man or woman who sat, or crouched, +or lay, stood up and faced the imperial looking gipsy. + +'The Queen, of course,' murmured Gerald. 'We are in luck tonight.' The +gipsy Queen threw a searching glance around the camp, and then, +without hesitating an instant, came straight over and stood before +Joshua. + +'Hold out your hand,' she said in a commanding tone. + +Again Gerald spoke, _sotto voce_: 'I have not been spoken to in that +way since I was at school.' + +'Your hand must be crossed with gold.' + +'A hundred per cent. at this game,' whispered Gerald, as Joshua laid +another half sovereign on his upturned palm. + +The gipsy looked at the hand with knitted brows; then suddenly looking +up into his face, said: + +'Have you a strong will--have you a true heart that can be brave for +one you love?' + +'I hope so; but I am afraid I have not vanity enough to say "yes".' + +'Then I will answer for you; for I read resolution in your +face--resolution desperate and determined if need be. You have a wife +you love?' + +'Yes,' emphatically. + +'Then leave her at once--never see her face again. Go from her now, +while love is fresh and your heart is free from wicked intent. Go +quick--go far, and never see her face again!' + +Joshua drew away his hand quickly, and said, 'Thank you!' stiffly but +sarcastically, as he began to move away. + +'I say!' said Gerald, 'you're not going like that, old man; no use in +being indignant with the Stars or their prophet--and, moreover, your +sovereign--what of it? At least, hear the matter out.' + +'Silence, ribald!' commanded the Queen, 'you know not what you do. Let +him go--and go ignorant, if he will not be warned.' + +Joshua immediately turned back. 'At all events, we will see this thing +out,' he said. 'Now, madam, you have given me advice, but I paid for a +fortune.' + +'Be warned!' said the gipsy. 'The Stars have been silent for long; let +the mystery still wrap them round.' + +'My dear madam, I do not get within touch of a mystery every day, and +I prefer for my money knowledge rather than ignorance. I can get the +latter commodity for nothing when I want any of it.' + +Gerald echoed the sentiment. 'As for me I have a large and unsaleable +stock on hand.' + +The gipsy Queen eyed the two men sternly, and then said: 'As you wish. +You have chosen for yourself, and have met warning with scorn, and +appeal with levity. On your own heads be the doom!' + +'Amen!' said Gerald. + +With an imperious gesture the Queen took Joshua's hand again, and +began to tell his fortune. + +'I see here the flowing of blood; it will flow before long; it is +running in my sight. It flows through the broken circle of a severed +ring.' + +'Go on!' said Joshua, smiling. Gerald was silent. + +'Must I speak plainer?' + +'Certainly; we commonplace mortals want something definite. The Stars +are a long way off, and their words get somewhat dulled in the +message.' + +The gipsy shuddered, and then spoke impressively. 'This is the hand of +a murderer--the murderer of his wife!' She dropped the hand and turned +away. + +Joshua laughed. 'Do you know,' said he, 'I think if I were you I +should prophesy some jurisprudence into my system. For instance, you +say "this hand is the hand of a murderer." Well, whatever it may be in +the future--or potentially--it is at present not one. You ought to +give your prophecy in such terms as "the hand which will be a +murderer's", or, rather, "the hand of one who will be the murderer of +his wife". The Stars are really not good on technical questions.' + +The gipsy made no reply of any kind, but, with drooping head and +despondent mien, walked slowly to her tent, and, lifting the curtain, +disappeared. + +Without speaking the two men turned homewards, and walked across the +moor. Presently, after some little hesitation, Gerald spoke. + +'Of course, old man, this is all a joke; a ghastly one, but still a +joke. But would it not be well to keep it to ourselves?' + +'How do you mean?' + +'Well, not tell your wife. It might alarm her.' + +'Alarm her! My dear Gerald, what are you thinking of? Why, she would +not be alarmed or afraid of me if all the gipsies that ever didn't +come from Bohemia agreed that I was to murder her, or even to have a +hard thought of her, whilst so long as she was saying "Jack +Robinson."' + +Gerald remonstrated. 'Old fellow, women are superstitious--far more +than we men are; and, also they are blessed--or cursed--with a nervous +system to which we are strangers. I see too much of it in my work not +to realise it. Take my advice and do not let her know, or you will +frighten her.' + +Joshua's lips unconsciously hardened as he answered: 'My dear fellow, +I would not have a secret from my wife. Why, it would be the +beginning of a new order of things between us. We have no secrets from +each other. If we ever have, then you may begin to look out for +something odd between us.' + +'Still,' said Gerald, 'at the risk of unwelcome interference, I say +again be warned in time.' + +'The gipsy's very words,' said Joshua. 'You and she seem quite of one +accord. Tell me, old man, is this a put-up thing? You told me of the +gipsy camp--did you arrange it all with Her Majesty?' This was said +with an air of bantering earnestness. Gerald assured him that he only +heard of the camp that morning; but he made fun of every answer of his +friend, and, in the process of this raillery, the time passed, and +they entered the cottage. + +Mary was sitting at the piano but not playing. The dim twilight had +waked some very tender feelings in her breast, and her eyes were full +of gentle tears. When the men came in she stole over to her husband's +side and kissed him. Joshua struck a tragic attitude. + +'Mary,' he said in a deep voice, 'before you approach me, listen to +the words of Fate. The Stars have spoken and the doom is sealed.' + +'What is it, dear? Tell me the fortune, but do not frighten me.' + +'Not at all, my dear; but there is a truth which it is well that you +should know. Nay, it is necessary so that all your arrangements can be +made beforehand, and everything be decently done and in order.' + +'Go on, dear; I am listening.' + +'Mary Considine, your effigy may yet be seen at Madame Tussaud's. The +juris-imprudent Stars have announced their fell tidings that this hand +is red with blood--your blood. Mary! Mary! my God!' He sprang +forward, but too late to catch her as she fell fainting on the floor. + +'I told you,' said Gerald. 'You don't know them as well as I do.' + +After a little while Mary recovered from her swoon, but only to fall +into strong hysterics, in which she laughed and wept and raved and +cried, 'Keep him from me--from me, Joshua, my husband,' and many other +words of entreaty and of fear. + +Joshua Considine was in a state of mind bordering on agony, and when +at last Mary became calm he knelt by her and kissed her feet and hands +and hair and called her all the sweet names and said all the tender +things his lips could frame. All that night he sat by her bedside and +held her hand. Far through the night and up to the early morning she +kept waking from sleep and crying out as if in fear, till she was +comforted by the consciousness that her husband was watching beside +her. + +Breakfast was late the next morning, but during it Joshua received a +telegram which required him to drive over to Withering, nearly twenty +miles. He was loth to go; but Mary would not hear of his remaining, +and so before noon he drove off in his dog-cart alone. + +When he was gone Mary retired to her room. She did not appear at +lunch, but when afternoon tea was served on the lawn under the great +weeping willow, she came to join her guest. She was looking quite +recovered from her illness of the evening before. After some casual +remarks, she said to Gerald: 'Of course it was very silly about last +night, but I could not help feeling frightened. Indeed I would feel so +still if I let myself think of it. But, after all these people may +only imagine things, and I have got a test that can hardly fail to +show that the prediction is false--if indeed it be false,' she added +sadly. + +'What is your plan?' asked Gerald. + +'I shall go myself to the gipsy camp, and have my fortune told by the +Queen.' + +'Capital. May I go with you?' + +'Oh, no! That would spoil it. She might know you and guess at me, and +suit her utterance accordingly. I shall go alone this afternoon.' + +When the afternoon was gone Mary Considine took her way to the gipsy +encampment. Gerald went with her as far as the near edge of the +common, and returned alone. + +Half-an-hour had hardly elapsed when Mary entered the drawing-room, +where he lay on a sofa reading. She was ghastly pale and was in a +state of extreme excitement. Hardly had she passed over the threshold +when she collapsed and sank moaning on the carpet. Gerald rushed to +aid her, but by a great effort she controlled herself and motioned him +to be silent. He waited, and his ready attention to her wish seemed to +be her best help, for, in a few minutes, she had somewhat recovered, +and was able to tell him what had passed. + +'When I got to the camp,' she said, 'there did not seem to be a soul +about, I went into the centre and stood there. Suddenly a tall woman +stood beside me. "Something told me I was wanted!" she said. I held +out my hand and laid a piece of silver on it. She took from her neck a +small golden trinket and laid it there also; and then, seizing the +two, threw them into the stream that ran by. Then she took my hand in +hers and spoke: "Naught but blood in this guilty place," and turned +away. I caught hold of her and asked her to tell me more. After some +hesitation, she said: "Alas! alas! I see you lying at your husband's +feet, and his hands are red with blood."' + +Gerald did not feel at all at ease, and tried to laugh it off. +'Surely,' he said, 'this woman has a craze about murder.' + +'Do not laugh,' said Mary, 'I cannot bear it,' and then, as if with a +sudden impulse, she left the room. + +Not long after Joshua returned, bright and cheery, and as hungry as a +hunter after his long drive. His presence cheered his wife, who seemed +much brighter, but she did not mention the episode of the visit to the +gipsy camp, so Gerald did not mention it either. As if by tacit +consent the subject was not alluded to during the evening. But there +was a strange, settled look on Mary's face, which Gerald could not but +observe. + +In the morning Joshua came down to breakfast later than usual. Mary +had been up and about the house from an early hour; but as the time +drew on she seemed to get a little nervous and now and again threw +around an anxious look. + +Gerald could not help noticing that none of those at breakfast could +get on satisfactorily with their food. It was not altogether that the +chops were tough, but that the knives were all so blunt. Being a +guest, he, of course, made no sign; but presently saw Joshua draw his +thumb across the edge of his knife in an unconscious sort of way. At +the action Mary turned pale and almost fainted. + +After breakfast they all went out on the lawn. Mary was making up a +bouquet, and said to her husband, 'Get me a few of the tea-roses, +dear.' + +Joshua pulled down a cluster from the front of the house. The stem +bent, but was too tough to break. He put his hand in his pocket to get +his knife; but in vain. 'Lend me your knife, Gerald,' he said. But +Gerald had not got one, so he went into the breakfast room and took +one from the table. He came out feeling its edge and grumbling. 'What +on earth has happened to all the knives--the edges seem all ground +off?' Mary turned away hurriedly and entered the house. + +Joshua tried to sever the stalk with the blunt knife as country cooks +sever the necks of fowl--as schoolboys cut twine. With a little effort +he finished the task. The cluster of roses grew thick, so he +determined to gather a great bunch. + +He could not find a single sharp knife in the sideboard where the +cutlery was kept, so he called Mary, and when she came, told her the +state of things. She looked so agitated and so miserable that he could +not help knowing the truth, and, as if astounded and hurt, asked her: + +'Do you mean to say that _you_ have done it?' + +She broke in, 'Oh, Joshua, I was so afraid.' + +He paused, and a set, white look came over his face. 'Mary!' said he, +'is this all the trust you have in me? I would not have believed it.' + +'Oh, Joshua! Joshua!' she cried entreatingly, 'forgive me,' and wept +bitterly. + +Joshua thought a moment and then said: 'I see how it is. We shall +better end this or we shall all go mad.' + +He ran into the drawing-room. + +'Where are you going?' almost screamed Mary. + +Gerald saw what he meant--that he would not be tied to blunt +instruments by the force of a superstition, and was not surprised when +he saw him come out through the French window, bearing in his hand a +large Ghourka knife, which usually lay on the centre table, and which +his brother had sent him from Northern India. It was one of those +great hunting-knives which worked such havoc, at close quarters with +the enemies of the loyal Ghourkas during the mutiny, of great weight +but so evenly balanced in the hand as to seem light, and with an edge +like a razor. With one of these knives a Ghourka can cut a sheep in +two. + +When Mary saw him come out of the room with the weapon in his hand she +screamed in an agony of fright, and the hysterics of last night were +promptly renewed. + +Joshua ran toward her, and, seeing her falling, threw down the knife +and tried to catch her. + +However, he was just a second too late, and the two men cried out in +horror simultaneously as they saw her fall upon the naked blade. + +When Gerald rushed over he found that in falling her left hand had +struck the blade, which lay partly upwards on the grass. Some of the +small veins were cut through, and the blood gushed freely from the +wound. As he was tying it up he pointed out to Joshua that the wedding +ring was severed by the steel. + +They carried her fainting to the house. When, after a while, she came +out, with her arm in a sling, she was peaceful in her mind and happy. +She said to her husband: + +'The gipsy was wonderfully near the truth; too near for the real thing +ever to occur now, dear.' + +Joshua bent over and kissed the wounded hand. + + + + +The Coming of Abel Behenna + + +The little Cornish port of Pencastle was bright in the early April, +when the sun had seemingly come to stay after a long and bitter +winter. Boldly and blackly the rock stood out against a background of +shaded blue, where the sky fading into mist met the far horizon. The +sea was of true Cornish hue--sapphire, save where it became deep +emerald green in the fathomless depths under the cliffs, where the +seal caves opened their grim jaws. On the slopes the grass was parched +and brown. The spikes of furze bushes were ashy grey, but the golden +yellow of their flowers streamed along the hillside, dipping out in +lines as the rock cropped up, and lessening into patches and dots till +finally it died away all together where the sea winds swept round the +jutting cliffs and cut short the vegetation as though with an +ever-working aerial shears. The whole hillside, with its body of brown +and flashes of yellow, was just like a colossal yellow-hammer. + +The little harbour opened from the sea between towering cliffs, and +behind a lonely rock, pierced with many caves and blow-holes through +which the sea in storm time sent its thunderous voice, together with a +fountain of drifting spume. Hence, it wound westwards in a serpentine +course, guarded at its entrance by two little curving piers to left +and right. These were roughly built of dark slates placed endways and +held together with great beams bound with iron bands. Thence, it +flowed up the rocky bed of the stream whose winter torrents had of old +cut out its way amongst the hills. This stream was deep at first, with +here and there, where it widened, patches of broken rock exposed at +low water, full of holes where crabs and lobsters were to be found at +the ebb of the tide. From amongst the rocks rose sturdy posts, used +for warping in the little coasting vessels which frequented the port. +Higher up, the stream still flowed deeply, for the tide ran far +inland, but always calmly for all the force of the wildest storm was +broken below. Some quarter mile inland the stream was deep at high +water, but at low tide there were at each side patches of the same +broken rock as lower down, through the chinks of which the sweet water +of the natural stream trickled and murmured after the tide had ebbed +away. Here, too, rose mooring posts for the fishermen's boats. At +either side of the river was a row of cottages down almost on the +level of high tide. They were pretty cottages, strongly and snugly +built, with trim narrow gardens in front, full of old-fashioned +plants, flowering currants, coloured primroses, wallflower, and +stonecrop. Over the fronts of many of them climbed clematis and +wisteria. The window sides and door posts of all were as white as +snow, and the little pathway to each was paved with light coloured +stones. At some of the doors were tiny porches, whilst at others were +rustic seats cut from tree trunks or from old barrels; in nearly every +case the window ledges were filled with boxes or pots of flowers or +foliage plants. + +Two men lived in cottages exactly opposite each other across the +stream. Two men, both young, both good-looking, both prosperous, and +who had been companions and rivals from their boyhood. Abel Behenna +was dark with the gypsy darkness which the Phoenician mining wanderers +left in their track; Eric Sanson--which the local antiquarian said was +a corruption of Sagamanson--was fair, with the ruddy hue which marked +the path of the wild Norseman. These two seemed to have singled out +each other from the very beginning to work and strive together, to +fight for each other and to stand back to back in all endeavours. They +had now put the coping-stone on their Temple of Unity by falling in +love with the same girl. Sarah Trefusis was certainly the prettiest +girl in Pencastle, and there was many a young man who would gladly +have tried his fortune with her, but that there were two to contend +against, and each of these the strongest and most resolute man in the +port--except the other. The average young man thought that this was +very hard, and on account of it bore no good will to either of the +three principals: whilst the average young woman who had, lest worse +should befall, to put up with the grumbling of her sweetheart, and the +sense of being only second best which it implied, did not either, be +sure, regard Sarah with friendly eye. Thus it came, in the course of a +year or so, for rustic courtship is a slow process, that the two men +and woman found themselves thrown much together. They were all +satisfied, so it did not matter, and Sarah, who was vain and something +frivolous, took care to have her revenge on both men and women in a +quiet way. When a young woman in her 'walking out' can only boast one +not-quite-satisfied young man, it is no particular pleasure to her to +see her escort cast sheep's eyes at a better-looking girl supported by +two devoted swains. + +At length there came a time which Sarah dreaded, and which she had +tried to keep distant--the time when she had to make her choice +between the two men. She liked them both, and, indeed, either of them +might have satisfied the ideas of even a more exacting girl. But her +mind was so constituted that she thought more of what she might lose, +than of what she might gain; and whenever she thought she had made up +her mind she became instantly assailed with doubts as to the wisdom of +her choice. Always the man whom she had presumably lost became endowed +afresh with a newer and more bountiful crop of advantages than had +ever arisen from the possibility of his acceptance. She promised each +man that on her birthday she would give him his answer, and that day, +the 11th of April, had now arrived. The promises had been given singly +and confidentially, but each was given to a man who was not likely to +forget. Early in the morning she found both men hovering round her +door. Neither had taken the other into his confidence, and each was +simply seeking an early opportunity of getting his answer, and +advancing his suit if necessary. Damon, as a rule, does not take +Pythias with him when making a proposal; and in the heart of each man +his own affairs had a claim far above any requirements of friendship. +So, throughout the day, they kept seeing each other out. The position +was doubtless somewhat embarrassing to Sarah, and though the +satisfaction of her vanity that she should be thus adored was very +pleasing, yet there were moments when she was annoyed with both men +for being so persistent. Her only consolation at such moments was that +she saw, through the elaborate smiles of the other girls when in +passing they noticed her door thus doubly guarded, the jealousy which +filled their hearts. Sarah's mother was a person of commonplace and +sordid ideas, and, seeing all along the state of affairs, her one +intention, persistently expressed to her daughter in the plainest +words, was to so arrange matters that Sarah should get all that was +possible out of both men. With this purpose she had cunningly kept +herself as far as possible in the background in the matter of her +daughter's wooings, and watched in silence. At first Sarah had been +indignant with her for her sordid views; but, as usual, her weak +nature gave way before persistence, and she had now got to the stage +of acceptance. She was not surprised when her mother whispered to her +in the little yard behind the house:-- + +'Go up the hillside for a while; I want to talk to these two. They're +both red-hot for ye, and now's the time to get things fixed!' Sarah +began a feeble remonstrance, but her mother cut her short. + +'I tell ye, girl, that my mind is made up! Both these men want ye, and +only one can have ye, but before ye choose it'll be so arranged that +ye'll have all that both have got! Don't argy, child! Go up the +hillside, and when ye come back I'll have it fixed--I see a way quite +easy!' So Sarah went up the hillside through the narrow paths between +the golden furze, and Mrs. Trefusis joined the two men in the +living-room of the little house. + +She opened the attack with the desperate courage which is in all +mothers when they think for their children, howsoever mean the +thoughts may be. + +'Ye two men, ye're both in love with my Sarah!' + +Their bashful silence gave consent to the barefaced proposition. She +went on. + +'Neither of ye has much!' Again they tacitly acquiesced in the soft +impeachment. + +'I don't know that either of ye could keep a wife!' Though neither +said a word their looks and bearing expressed distinct dissent. Mrs. +Trefusis went on: + +'But if ye'd put what ye both have together ye'd make a comfortable +home for one of ye--and Sarah!' She eyed the men keenly, with her +cunning eyes half shut, as she spoke; then satisfied from her scrutiny +that the idea was accepted she went on quickly, as if to prevent +argument: + +'The girl likes ye both, and mayhap it's hard for her to choose. Why +don't ye toss up for her? First put your money together--ye've each +got a bit put by, I know. Let the lucky man take the lot and trade +with it a bit, and then come home and marry her. Neither of ye's +afraid, I suppose! And neither of ye'll say that he won't do that much +for the girl that ye both say ye love!' + +Abel broke the silence: + +'It don't seem the square thing to toss for the girl! She wouldn't +like it herself, and it doesn't seem--seem respectful like to her--' +Eric interrupted. He was conscious that his chance was not so good as +Abel's in case Sarah should wish to choose between them: + +'Are ye afraid of the hazard?' + +'Not me!' said Abel, boldly. Mrs. Trefusis, seeing that her idea was +beginning to work, followed up the advantage. + +'It is settled that ye put yer money together to make a home for her, +whether ye toss for her or leave it for her to choose?' + +'Yes,' said Eric quickly, and Abel agreed with equal sturdiness. Mrs. +Trefusis' little cunning eyes twinkled. She heard Sarah's step in the +yard, and said: + +'Well! here she comes, and I leave it to her.' And she went out. + +During her brief walk on the hillside Sarah had been trying to make up +her mind. She was feeling almost angry with both men for being the +cause of her difficulty, and as she came into the room said shortly: + +'I want to have a word with you both--come to the Flagstaff Rock, +where we can be alone.' She took her hat and went out of the house up +the winding path to the steep rock crowned with a high flagstaff, +where once the wreckers' fire basket used to burn. This was the rock +which formed the northern jaw of the little harbour. There was only +room on the path for two abreast, and it marked the state of things +pretty well when, by a sort of implied arrangement, Sarah went first, +and the two men followed, walking abreast and keeping step. By this +time, each man's heart was boiling with jealousy. When they came to +the top of the rock, Sarah stood against the flagstaff, and the two +young men stood opposite her. She had chosen her position with +knowledge and intention, for there was no room for anyone to stand +beside her. They were all silent for a while; then Sarah began to +laugh and said:-- + +'I promised the both of you to give you an answer to-day. I've been +thinking and thinking and thinking, till I began to get angry with you +both for plaguing me so; and even now I don't seem any nearer than +ever I was to making up my mind.' Eric said suddenly: + +'Let us toss for it, lass!' Sarah showed no indignation whatever at +the proposition; her mother's eternal suggestion had schooled her to +the acceptance of something of the kind, and her weak nature made it +easy to her to grasp at any way out of the difficulty. She stood with +downcast eyes idly picking at the sleeve of her dress, seeming to +have tacitly acquiesced in the proposal. Both men instinctively +realising this pulled each a coin from his pocket, spun it in the air, +and dropped his other hand over the palm on which it lay. For a few +seconds they remained thus, all silent; then Abel, who was the more +thoughtful of the men, spoke: + +'Sarah! is this good?' As he spoke he removed the upper hand from the +coin and placed the latter back in his pocket. Sarah was nettled. + +'Good or bad, it's good enough for me! Take it or leave it as you +like,' she said, to which he replied quickly: + +'Nay lass! Aught that concerns you is good enow for me. I did but +think of you lest you might have pain or disappointment hereafter. If +you love Eric better nor me, in God's name say so, and I think I'm man +enow to stand aside. Likewise, if I'm the one, don't make us both +miserable for life!' Face to face with a difficulty, Sarah's weak +nature proclaimed itself; she put her hands before her face and began +to cry, saying-- + +'It was my mother. She keeps telling me!' The silence which followed +was broken by Eric, who said hotly to Abel: + +'Let the lass alone, can't you? If she wants to choose this way, let +her. It's good enough for me--and for you, too! She's said it now, and +must abide by it!' Hereupon Sarah turned upon him in sudden fury, and +cried: + +'Hold your tongue! what is it to you, at any rate?' and she resumed +her crying. Eric was so flabbergasted that he had not a word to say, +but stood looking particularly foolish, with his mouth open and his +hands held out with the coin still between them. All were silent till +Sarah, taking her hands from her face laughed hysterically and said: + +'As you two can't make up your minds, I'm going home!' and she turned +to go. + +'Stop,' said Abel, in an authoritative voice. 'Eric, you hold the +coin, and I'll cry. Now, before we settle it, let us clearly +understand: the man who wins takes all the money that we both have +got, brings it to Bristol and ships on a voyage and trades with it. +Then he comes back and marries Sarah, and they two keep all, whatever +there may be, as the result of the trading. Is this what we +understand?' + +'Yes,' said Eric. + +'I'll marry him on my next birthday,' said Sarah. Having said it the +intolerably mercenary spirit of her action seemed to strike her, and +impulsively she turned away with a bright blush. Fire seemed to +sparkle in the eyes of both men. Said Eric: 'A year so be! The man +that wins is to have one year.' + +'Toss!' cried Abel, and the coin spun in the air. Eric caught it, and +again held it between his outstretched hands. + +'Heads!' cried Abel, a pallor sweeping over his face as he spoke. As +he leaned forward to look Sarah leaned forward too, and their heads +almost touched. He could feel her hair blowing on his cheek, and it +thrilled through him like fire. Eric lifted his upper hand; the coin +lay with its head up. Abel stepped forward and took Sarah in his arms. +With a curse Eric hurled the coin far into the sea. Then he leaned +against the flagstaff and scowled at the others with his hands thrust +deep into his pockets. Abel whispered wild words of passion and +delight into Sarah's ears, and as she listened she began to believe +that fortune had rightly interpreted the wishes of her secret heart, +and that she loved Abel best. + +Presently Abel looked up and caught sight of Eric's face as the last +ray of sunset struck it. The red light intensified the natural +ruddiness of his complexion, and he looked as though he were steeped +in blood. Abel did not mind his scowl, for now that his own heart was +at rest he could feel unalloyed pity for his friend. He stepped over +meaning to comfort him, and held out his hand, saying: + +'It was my chance, old lad. Don't grudge it me. I'll try to make Sarah +a happy woman, and you shall be a brother to us both!' + +'Brother be damned!' was all the answer Eric made, as he turned away. +When he had gone a few steps down the rocky path he turned and came +back. Standing before Abel and Sarah, who had their arms round each +other, he said: + +'You have a year. Make the most of it! And be sure you're in time to +claim your wife! Be back to have your banns up in time to be married +on the 11th April. If you're not, I tell you I shall have my banns up, +and you may get back too late.' + +'What do you mean, Eric? You are mad!' + +'No more mad than you are, Abel Behenna. You go, that's your chance! I +stay, that's mine! I don't mean to let the grass grow under my feet. +Sarah cared no more for you than for me five minutes ago, and she may +come back to that five minutes after you're gone! You won by a point +only--the game may change.' + +'The game won't change!' said Abel shortly. 'Sarah, you'll be true to +me? You won't marry till I return?' + +'For a year!' added Eric, quickly, 'that's the bargain.' + +'I promise for the year,' said Sarah. A dark look came over Abel's +face, and he was about to speak, but he mastered himself and smiled. + +'I mustn't be too hard or get angry tonight! Come, Eric! we played and +fought together. I won fairly. I played fairly all the game of our +wooing! You know that as well as I do; and now when I am going away, I +shall look to my old and true comrade to help me when I am gone!' + +'I'll help you none,' said Eric, 'so help me God!' + +'It was God helped me,' said Abel simply. + +'Then let Him go on helping you,' said Eric angrily. 'The Devil is +good enough for me!' and without another word he rushed down the steep +path and disappeared behind the rocks. + +When he had gone Abel hoped for some tender passage with Sarah, but +the first remark she made chilled him. + +'How lonely it all seems without Eric!' and this note sounded till he +had left her at home--and after. + +Early on the next morning Abel heard a noise at his door, and on going +out saw Eric walking rapidly away: a small canvas bag full of gold and +silver lay on the threshold; on a small slip of paper pinned to it was +written: + +'Take the money and go. I stay. God for you! The Devil for me! +Remember the 11th of April.--ERIC SANSON.' That afternoon Abel went +off to Bristol, and a week later sailed on the _Star of the Sea_ bound +for Pahang. His money--including that which had been Eric's--was on +board in the shape of a venture of cheap toys. He had been advised by +a shrewd old mariner of Bristol whom he knew, and who knew the ways of +the Chersonese, who predicted that every penny invested would be +returned with a shilling to boot. + +As the year wore on Sarah became more and more disturbed in her mind. +Eric was always at hand to make love to her in his own persistent, +masterful manner, and to this she did not object. Only one letter came +from Abel, to say that his venture had proved successful, and that he +had sent some two hundred pounds to the bank at Bristol, and was +trading with fifty pounds still remaining in goods for China, whither +the _Star of the Sea_ was bound and whence she would return to +Bristol. He suggested that Eric's share of the venture should be +returned to him with his share of the profits. This proposition was +treated with anger by Eric, and as simply childish by Sarah's mother. + +More than six months had since then elapsed, but no other letter had +come, and Eric's hopes which had been dashed down by the letter from +Pahang, began to rise again. He perpetually assailed Sarah with an +'if!' If Abel did not return, would she then marry him? If the 11th +April went by without Abel being in the port, would she give him over? +If Abel had taken his fortune, and married another girl on the head of +it, would she marry him, Eric, as soon as the truth were known? And so +on in an endless variety of possibilities. The power of the strong +will and the determined purpose over the woman's weaker nature became +in time manifest. Sarah began to lose her faith in Abel and to regard +Eric as a possible husband; and a possible husband is in a woman's eye +different to all other men. A new affection for him began to arise in +her breast, and the daily familiarities of permitted courtship +furthered the growing affection. Sarah began to regard Abel as rather +a rock in the road of her life, and had it not been for her mother's +constantly reminding her of the good fortune already laid by in the +Bristol Bank she would have tried to have shut her eyes altogether to +the fact of Abel's existence. + +The 11th April was Saturday, so that in order to have the marriage on +that day it would be necessary that the banns should be called on +Sunday, 22nd March. From the beginning of that month Eric kept +perpetually on the subject of Abel's absence, and his outspoken +opinion that the latter was either dead or married began to become a +reality to the woman's mind. As the first half of the month wore on +Eric became more jubilant, and after church on the 15th he took Sarah +for a walk to the Flagstaff Rock. There he asserted himself strongly: + +'I told Abel, and you too, that if he was not here to put up his banns +in time for the eleventh, I would put up mine for the twelfth. Now the +time has come when I mean to do it. He hasn't kept his word'--here +Sarah struck in out of her weakness and indecision: + +'He hasn't broken it yet!' Eric ground his teeth with anger. + +'If you mean to stick up for him,' he said, as he smote his hands +savagely on the flagstaff, which sent forth a shivering murmur, 'well +and good. I'll keep my part of the bargain. On Sunday I shall give +notice of the banns, and you can deny them in the church if you will. +If Abel is in Pencastle on the eleventh, he can have them cancelled, +and his own put up; but till then, I take my course, and woe to anyone +who stands in my way!' With that he flung himself down the rocky +pathway, and Sarah could not but admire his Viking strength and +spirit, as, crossing the hill, he strode away along the cliffs towards +Bude. + +During the week no news was heard of Abel, and on Saturday Eric gave +notice of the banns of marriage between himself and Sarah Trefusis. +The clergyman would have remonstrated with him, for although nothing +formal had been told to the neighbours, it had been understood since +Abel's departure that on his return he was to marry Sarah; but Eric +would not discuss the question. + +'It is a painful subject, sir,' he said with a firmness which the +parson, who was a very young man, could not but be swayed by. 'Surely +there is nothing against Sarah or me. Why should there be any bones +made about the matter?' The parson said no more, and on the next day +he read out the banns for the first time amidst an audible buzz from +the congregation. Sarah was present, contrary to custom, and though +she blushed furiously enjoyed her triumph over the other girls whose +banns had not yet come. Before the week was over she began to make her +wedding dress. Eric used to come and look at her at work and the sight +thrilled through him. He used to say all sorts of pretty things to her +at such times, and there were to both delicious moments of +love-making. + +The banns were read a second time on the 29th, and Eric's hope grew +more and more fixed though there were to him moments of acute despair +when he realised that the cup of happiness might be dashed from his +lips at any moment, right up to the last. At such times he was full of +passion--desperate and remorseless--and he ground his teeth and +clenched his hands in a wild way as though some taint of the old +Berserker fury of his ancestors still lingered in his blood. On the +Thursday of that week he looked in on Sarah and found her, amid a +flood of sunshine, putting finishing touches to her white wedding +gown. His own heart was full of gaiety, and the sight of the woman who +was so soon to be his own so occupied, filled him with a joy +unspeakable, and he felt faint with languorous ecstasy. Bending over +he kissed Sarah on the mouth, and then whispered in her rosy ear-- + +'Your wedding dress, Sarah! And for me!' As he drew back to admire her +she looked up saucily, and said to him-- + +'Perhaps not for you. There is more than a week yet for Abel!' and +then cried out in dismay, for with a wild gesture and a fierce oath +Eric dashed out of the house, banging the door behind him. The +incident disturbed Sarah more than she could have thought possible, +for it awoke all her fears and doubts and indecision afresh. She cried +a little, and put by her dress, and to soothe herself went out to sit +for a while on the summit of the Flagstaff Rock. When she arrived she +found there a little group anxiously discussing the weather. The sea +was calm and the sun bright, but across the sea were strange lines of +darkness and light, and close in to shore the rocks were fringed with +foam, which spread out in great white curves and circles as the +currents drifted. The wind had backed, and came in sharp, cold puffs. +The blow-hole, which ran under the Flagstaff Rock, from the rocky bay +without to the harbour within, was booming at intervals, and the +seagulls were screaming ceaselessly as they wheeled about the entrance +of the port. + +'It looks bad,' she heard an old fisherman say to the coastguard. 'I +seen it just like this once before, when the East Indiaman +_Coromandel_ went to pieces in Dizzard Bay!' Sarah did not wait to +hear more. She was of a timid nature where danger was concerned, and +could not bear to hear of wrecks and disasters. She went home and +resumed the completion of her dress, secretly determined to appease +Eric when she should meet him with a sweet apology--and to take the +earliest opportunity of being even with him after her marriage. The +old fisherman's weather prophecy was justified. That night at dusk a +wild storm came on. The sea rose and lashed the western coasts from +Skye to Scilly and left a tale of disaster everywhere. The sailors and +fishermen of Pencastle all turned out on the rocks and cliffs and +watched eagerly. Presently, by a flash of lightning, a 'ketch' was +seen drifting under only a jib about half-a-mile outside the port. All +eyes and all glasses were concentrated on her, waiting for the next +flash, and when it came a chorus went up that it was the _Lovely +Alice_, trading between Bristol and Penzance, and touching at all the +little ports between. 'God help them!' said the harbour-master, 'for +nothing in this world can save them when they are between Bude and +Tintagel and the wind on shore!' The coastguards exerted themselves, +and, aided by brave hearts and willing hands, they brought the rocket +apparatus up on the summit of the Flagstaff Rock. Then they burned +blue lights so that those on board might see the harbour opening in +case they could make any effort to reach it. They worked gallantly +enough on board; but no skill or strength of man could avail. Before +many minutes were over the _Lovely Alice_ rushed to her doom on the +great island rock that guarded the mouth of the port. The screams of +those on board were faintly borne on the tempest as they flung +themselves into the sea in a last chance for life. The blue lights +were kept burning, and eager eyes peered into the depths of the waters +in case any face could be seen; and ropes were held ready to fling out +in aid. But never a face was seen, and the willing arms rested idle. +Eric was there amongst his fellows. His old Icelandic origin was +never more apparent than in that wild hour. He took a rope, and +shouted in the ear of the harbour-master: + +'I shall go down on the rock over the seal cave. The tide is running +up, and someone may drift in there!' + +'Keep back, man!' came the answer. 'Are you mad? One slip on that rock +and you are lost: and no man could keep his feet in the dark on such a +place in such a tempest!' + +'Not a bit,' came the reply. 'You remember how Abel Behenna saved me +there on a night like this when my boat went on the Gull Rock. He +dragged me up from the deep water in the seal cave, and now someone +may drift in there again as I did,' and he was gone into the darkness. +The projecting rock hid the light on the Flagstaff Rock, but he knew +his way too well to miss it. His boldness and sureness of foot +standing to him, he shortly stood on the great round-topped rock cut +away beneath by the action of the waves over the entrance of the seal +cave, where the water was fathomless. There he stood in comparative +safety, for the concave shape of the rock beat back the waves with +their own force, and though the water below him seemed to boil like a +seething cauldron, just beyond the spot there was a space of almost +calm. The rock, too, seemed here to shut off the sound of the gale, +and he listened as well as watched. As he stood there ready, with his +coil of rope poised to throw, he thought he heard below him, just +beyond the whirl of the water, a faint, despairing cry. He echoed it +with a shout that rang into the night. Then he waited for the flash of +lightning, and as it passed flung his rope out into the darkness where +he had seen a face rising through the swirl of the foam. The rope was +caught, for he felt a pull on it, and he shouted again in his mighty +voice: + +'Tie it round your waist, and I shall pull you up.' Then when he felt +that it was fast he moved along the rock to the far side of the sea +cave, where the deep water was something stiller, and where he could +get foothold secure enough to drag the rescued man on the overhanging +rock. He began to pull, and shortly he knew from the rope taken in +that the man he was now rescuing must soon be close to the top of the +rock. He steadied himself for a moment, and drew a long breath, that +he might at the next effort complete the rescue. He had just bent his +back to the work when a flash of lightning revealed to each other the +two men--the rescuer and the rescued. + +Eric Sanson and Abel Behenna were face to face--and none knew of the +meeting save themselves; and God. + +On the instant a wave of passion swept through Eric's heart. All his +hopes were shattered, and with the hatred of Cain his eyes looked out. +He saw in the instant of recognition the joy in Abel's face that his +was the hand to succour him, and this intensified his hate. Whilst the +passion was on him he started back, and the rope ran out between his +hands. His moment of hate was followed by an impulse of his better +manhood, but it was too late. + +Before he could recover himself, Abel encumbered with the rope that +should have aided him, was plunged with a despairing cry back into the +darkness of the devouring sea. + +Then, feeling all the madness and the doom of Cain upon him, Eric +rushed back over the rocks, heedless of the danger and eager only for +one thing--to be amongst other people whose living noises would shut +out that last cry which seemed to ring still in his ears. When he +regained the Flagstaff Rock the men surrounded him, and through the +fury of the storm he heard the harbour-master say:-- + +'We feared you were lost when we heard a cry! How white you are! Where +is your rope? Was there anyone drifted in?' + +'No one,' he shouted in answer, for he felt that he could never +explain that he had let his old comrade slip back into the sea, and at +the very place and under the very circumstances in which that comrade +had saved his own life. He hoped by one bold lie to set the matter at +rest for ever. There was no one to bear witness--and if he should have +to carry that still white face in his eyes and that despairing cry in +his ears for evermore--at least none should know of it. 'No one,' he +cried, more loudly still. 'I slipped on the rock, and the rope fell +into the sea!' So saying he left them, and, rushing down the steep +path, gained his own cottage and locked himself within. + +The remainder of that night he passed lying on his bed--dressed and +motionless--staring upwards, and seeming to see through the darkness a +pale face gleaming wet in the lightning, with its glad recognition +turning to ghastly despair, and to hear a cry which never ceased to +echo in his soul. + +In the morning the storm was over and all was smiling again, except +that the sea was still boisterous with its unspent fury. Great pieces +of wreck drifted into the port, and the sea around the island rock was +strewn with others. Two bodies also drifted into the harbour--one the +master of the wrecked ketch, the other a strange seaman whom no one +knew. + +Sarah saw nothing of Eric till the evening, and then he only looked +in for a minute. He did not come into the house, but simply put his +head in through the open window. + +'Well, Sarah,' he called out in a loud voice, though to her it did not +ring truly, 'is the wedding dress done? Sunday week, mind! Sunday +week!' + +Sarah was glad to have the reconciliation so easy; but, womanlike, +when she saw the storm was over and her own fears groundless, she at +once repeated the cause of offence. + +'Sunday so be it,' she said without looking up, 'if Abel isn't there +on Saturday!' Then she looked up saucily, though her heart was full of +fear of another outburst on the part of her impetuous lover. But the +window was empty; Eric had taken himself off, and with a pout she +resumed her work. She saw Eric no more till Sunday afternoon, after +the banns had been called the third time, when he came up to her +before all the people with an air of proprietorship which half-pleased +and half-annoyed her. + +'Not yet, mister!' she said, pushing him away, as the other girls +giggled. 'Wait till Sunday next, if you please--the day after +Saturday!' she added, looking at him saucily. The girls giggled again, +and the young men guffawed. They thought it was the snub that touched +him so that he became as white as a sheet as he turned away. But +Sarah, who knew more than they did, laughed, for she saw triumph +through the spasm of pain that overspread his face. + +The week passed uneventfully; however, as Saturday drew nigh Sarah had +occasional moments of anxiety, and as to Eric he went about at +night-time like a man possessed. He restrained himself when others +were by, but now and again he went down amongst the rocks and caves +and shouted aloud. This seemed to relieve him somewhat, and he was +better able to restrain himself for some time after. All Saturday he +stayed in his own house and never left it. As he was to be married on +the morrow, the neighbours thought it was shyness on his part, and did +not trouble or notice him. Only once was he disturbed, and that was +when the chief boatman came to him and sat down, and after a pause +said: + +'Eric, I was over in Bristol yesterday. I was in the ropemaker's +getting a coil to replace the one you lost the night of the storm, and +there I saw Michael Heavens of this place, who is a salesman there. He +told me that Abel Behenna had come home the week ere last on the _Star +of the Sea_ from Canton, and that he had lodged a sight of money in +the Bristol Bank in the name of Sarah Behenna. He told Michael so +himself--and that he had taken passage on the _Lovely Alice_ to +Pencastle. 'Bear up, man,' for Eric had with a groan dropped his head +on his knees, with his face between his hands. 'He was your old +comrade, I know, but you couldn't help him. He must have gone down +with the rest that awful night. I thought I'd better tell you, lest it +might come some other way, and you might keep Sarah Trefusis from +being frightened. They were good friends once, and women take these +things to heart. It would not do to let her be pained with such a +thing on her wedding day!' Then he rose and went away, leaving Eric +still sitting disconsolately with his head on his knees. + +'Poor fellow!' murmured the chief boatman to himself; 'he takes it to +heart. Well, well! right enough! They were true comrades once, and +Abel saved him!' + +The afternoon of that day, when the children had left school, they +strayed as usual on half-holidays along' the quay and the paths by the +cliffs. Presently some of them came running in a state of great +excitement to the harbour, where a few men were unloading a coal +ketch, and a great many were superintending the operation. One of the +children called out: + +'There is a porpoise in the harbour mouth! We saw it come through the +blow-hole! It had a long tail, and was deep under the water!' + +'It was no porpoise,' said another; 'it was a seal; but it had a long +tail! It came out of the seal cave!' The other children bore various +testimony, but on two points they were unanimous--it, whatever 'it' +was, had come through the blow-hole deep under the water, and had a +long, thin tail--a tail so long that they could not see the end of it. +There was much unmerciful chaffing of the children by the men on this +point, but as it was evident that they had seen something, quite a +number of persons, young and old, male and female, went along the high +paths on either side of the harbour mouth to catch a glimpse of this +new addition to the fauna of the sea, a long-tailed porpoise or seal. +The tide was now coming in. There was a slight breeze, and the surface +of the water was rippled so that it was only at moments that anyone +could see clearly into the deep water. After a spell of watching a +woman called out that she saw something moving up the channel, just +below where she was standing. There was a stampede to the spot, but by +the time the crowd had gathered the breeze had freshened, and it was +impossible to see with any distinctness below the surface of the +water. On being questioned the woman described what she had seen, but +in such an incoherent way that the whole thing was put down as an +effect of imagination; had it not been for the children's report she +would not have been credited at all. Her semi-hysterical statement +that what she saw was 'like a pig with the entrails out' was only +thought anything of by an old coastguard, who shook his head but did +not make any remark. For the remainder of the daylight this man was +seen always on the bank, looking into the water, but always with +disappointment manifest on his face. + +Eric arose early on the next morning--he had not slept all night, and +it was a relief to him to move about in the light. He shaved himself +with a hand that did not tremble, and dressed himself in his wedding +clothes. There was a haggard look on his face, and he seemed as though +he had grown years older in the last few days. Still there was a wild, +uneasy light of triumph in his eyes, and he kept murmuring to himself +over and over again: + +'This is my wedding-day! Abel cannot claim her now--living or +dead!--living or dead! Living or dead!' He sat in his arm-chair, +waiting with an uncanny quietness for the church hour to arrive. When +the bell began to ring he arose and passed out of his house, closing +the door behind him. He looked at the river and saw the tide had just +turned. In the church he sat with Sarah and her mother, holding +Sarah's hand tightly in his all the time, as though he feared to lose +her. When the service was over they stood up together, and were +married in the presence of the entire congregation; for no one left +the church. Both made the responses clearly--Eric's being even on the +defiant side. When the wedding was over Sarah took her husband's arm, +and they walked away together, the boys and younger girls being cuffed +by their elders into a decorous behaviour, for they would fain have +followed close behind their heels. + +The way from the church led down to the back of Eric's cottage, a +narrow passage being between it and that of his next neighbour. When +the bridal couple had passed through this the remainder of the +congregation, who had followed them at a little distance, were +startled by a long, shrill scream from the bride. They rushed through +the passage and found her on the bank with wild eyes, pointing to the +river bed opposite Eric Sanson's door. + +The falling tide had deposited there the body of Abel Behenna stark +upon the broken rocks. The rope trailing from its waist had been +twisted by the current round the mooring post, and had held it back +whilst the tide had ebbed away from it. The right elbow had fallen in +a chink in the rock, leaving the hand outstretched toward Sarah, with +the open palm upward as though it were extended to receive hers, the +pale drooping fingers open to the clasp. + +All that happened afterwards was never quite known to Sarah Sanson. +Whenever she would try to recollect there would become a buzzing in +her ears and a dimness in her eyes, and all would pass away. The only +thing that she could remember of it all--and this she never +forgot--was Eric's breathing heavily, with his face whiter than that +of the dead man, as he muttered under his breath: + +'Devil's help! Devil's faith! Devil's price!' + + + + +The Burial of the Rats + + +Leaving Paris by the Orleans road, cross the Enceinte, and, turning to +the right, you find yourself in a somewhat wild and not at all savoury +district. Right and left, before and behind, on every side rise great +heaps of dust and waste accumulated by the process of time. + +Paris has its night as well as its day life, and the sojourner who +enters his hotel in the Rue de Rivoli or the Rue St. Honore late at +night or leaves it early in the morning, can guess, in coming near +Montrouge--if he has not done so already--the purpose of those great +waggons that look like boilers on wheels which he finds halting +everywhere as he passes. + +Every city has its peculiar institutions created out of its own needs; +and one of the most notable institutions of Paris is its rag-picking +population. In the early morning--and Parisian life commences at an +early hour--may be seen in most streets standing on the pathway +opposite every court and alley and between every few houses, as still +in some American cities, even in parts of New York, large wooden boxes +into which the domestics or tenement-holders empty the accumulated +dust of the past day. Round these boxes gather and pass on, when the +work is done, to fresh fields of labour and pastures new, squalid +hungry-looking men and women, the implements of whose craft consist +of a coarse bag or basket slung over the shoulder and a little rake +with which they turn over and probe and examine in the minutest manner +the dustbins. They pick up and deposit in their baskets, by aid of +their rakes, whatever they may find, with the same facility as a +Chinaman uses his chopsticks. + +Paris is a city of centralisation--and centralisation and +classification are closely allied. In the early times, when +centralisation is becoming a fact, its forerunner is classification. +All things which are similar or analogous become grouped together, and +from the grouping of groups rises one whole or central point. We see +radiating many long arms with innumerable tentaculae, and in the +centre rises a gigantic head with a comprehensive brain and keen eyes +to look on every side and ears sensitive to hear--and a voracious +mouth to swallow. + +Other cities resemble all the birds and beasts and fishes whose +appetites and digestions are normal. Paris alone is the analogical +apotheosis of the octopus. Product of centralisation carried to an _ad +absurdum_, it fairly represents the devil fish; and in no respects is +the resemblance more curious than in the similarity of the digestive +apparatus. + +Those intelligent tourists who, having surrendered their individuality +into the hands of Messrs. Cook or Gaze, 'do' Paris in three days, are +often puzzled to know how it is that the dinner which in London would +cost about six shillings, can be had for three francs in a cafe in the +Palais Royal. They need have no more wonder if they will but consider +the classification which is a theoretic speciality of Parisian life, +and adopt all round the fact from which the chiffonier has his +genesis. + +The Paris of 1850 was not like the Paris of to-day, and those who see +the Paris of Napoleon and Baron Hausseman can hardly realise the +existence of the state of things forty-five years ago. + +Amongst other things, however, which have not changed are those +districts where the waste is gathered. Dust is dust all the world +over, in every age, and the family likeness of dust-heaps is perfect. +The traveller, therefore, who visits the environs of Montrouge can go +go back in fancy without difficulty to the year 1850. + +In this year I was making a prolonged stay in Paris. I was very much +in love with a young lady who, though she returned my passion, so far +yielded to the wishes of her parents that she had promised not to see +me or to correspond with me for a year. I, too, had been compelled to +accede to these conditions under a vague hope of parental approval. +During the term of probation I had promised to remain out of the +country and not to write to my dear one until the expiration of the +year. + +Naturally the time went heavily with me. There was not one of my own +family or circle who could tell me of Alice, and none of her own folk +had, I am sorry to say, sufficient generosity to send me even an +occasional word of comfort regarding her health and well-being. I +spent six months wandering about Europe, but as I could find no +satisfactory distraction in travel, I determined to come to Paris, +where, at least, I would be within easy hail of London in case any +good fortune should call me thither before the appointed time. That +'hope deferred maketh the heart sick' was never better exemplified +than in my case, for in addition to the perpetual longing to see the +face I loved there was always with me a harrowing anxiety lest some +accident should prevent me showing Alice in due time that I had, +throughout the long period of probation, been faithful to her trust +and my own love. Thus, every adventure which I undertook had a fierce +pleasure of its own, for it was fraught with possible consequences +greater than it would have ordinarily borne. + +Like all travellers I exhausted the places of most interest in the +first month of my stay, and was driven in the second month to look for +amusement whithersoever I might. Having made sundry journeys to the +better-known suburbs, I began to see that there was a _terra +incognita_, in so far as the guide book was concerned, in the social +wilderness lying between these attractive points. Accordingly I began +to systematise my researches, and each day took up the thread of my +exploration at the place where I had on the previous day dropped it. + +In the process of time my wanderings led me near Montrouge, and I saw +that hereabouts lay the Ultima Thule of social exploration--a country +as little known as that round the source of the White Nile. And so I +determined to investigate philosophically the chiffonier--his habitat, +his life, and his means of life. + +The job was an unsavoury one, difficult of accomplishment, and with +little hope of adequate reward. However, despite reason, obstinacy +prevailed, and I entered into my new investigation with a keener +energy than I could have summoned to aid me in any investigation +leading to any end, valuable or worthy. + +One day, late in a fine afternoon, toward the end of September, I +entered the holy of holies of the city of dust. The place was +evidently the recognised abode of a number of chiffoniers, for some +sort of arrangement was manifested in the formation of the dust heaps +near the road. I passed amongst these heaps, which stood like orderly +sentries, determined to penetrate further and trace dust to its +ultimate location. + +As I passed along I saw behind the dust heaps a few forms that flitted +to and fro, evidently watching with interest the advent of any +stranger to such a place. The district was like a small Switzerland, +and as I went forward my tortuous course shut out the path behind me. + +Presently I got into what seemed a small city or community of +chiffoniers. There were a number of shanties or huts, such as may be +met with in the remote parts of the Bog of Allan--rude places with +wattled walls, plastered with mud and roofs of rude thatch made from +stable refuse--such places as one would not like to enter for any +consideration, and which even in water-colour could only look +picturesque if judiciously treated. In the midst of these huts was one +of the strangest adaptations--I cannot say habitations--I had ever +seen. An immense old wardrobe, the colossal remnant of some boudoir of +Charles VII, or Henry II, had been converted into a dwelling-house. +The double doors lay open, so that the entire menage was open to +public view. In the open half of the wardrobe was a common +sitting-room of some four feet by six, in which sat, smoking their +pipes round a charcoal brazier, no fewer than six old soldiers of the +First Republic, with their uniforms torn and worn threadbare. +Evidently they were of the _mauvais sujet_ class; their bleary eyes +and limp jaws told plainly of a common love of absinthe; and their +eyes had that haggard, worn look of slumbering ferocity which follows +hard in the wake of drink. The other side stood as of old, with its +shelves intact, save that they were cut to half their depth, and in +each shelf of which there were six, was a bed made with rags and +straw. The half-dozen of worthies who inhabited this structure looked +at me curiously as I passed; and when I looked back after going a +little way I saw their heads together in a whispered conference. I did +not like the look of this at all, for the place was very lonely, and +the men looked very, very villainous. However, I did not see any cause +for fear, and went on my way, penetrating further and further into the +Sahara. The way was tortuous to a degree, and from going round in a +series of semi-circles, as one goes in skating with the Dutch roll, I +got rather confused with regard to the points of the compass. + +When I had penetrated a little way I saw, as I turned the corner of a +half-made heap, sitting on a heap of straw an old soldier with +threadbare coat. + +'Hallo!' said I to myself; 'the First Republic is well represented +here in its soldiery.' + +As I passed him the old man never even looked up at me, but gazed on +the ground with stolid persistency. Again I remarked to myself: 'See +what a life of rude warfare can do! This old man's curiosity is a +thing of the past.' + +When I had gone a few steps, however, I looked back suddenly, and saw +that curiosity was not dead, for the veteran had raised his head and +was regarding me with a very queer expression. He seemed to me to look +very like one of the six worthies in the press. When he saw me looking +he dropped his head; and without thinking further of him I went on my +way, satisfied that there was a strange likeness between these old +warriors. + +Presently I met another old soldier in a similar manner. He, too, did +not notice me whilst I was passing. + +By this time it was getting late in the afternoon, and I began to +think of retracing my steps. Accordingly I turned to go back, but +could see a number of tracks leading between different mounds and +could not ascertain which of them I should take. In my perplexity I +wanted to see someone of whom to ask the way, but could see no one. I +determined to go on a few mounds further and so try to see +someone--not a veteran. + +I gained my object, for after going a couple of hundred yards I saw +before me a single shanty such as I had seen before--with, however, +the difference that this was not one for living in, but merely a roof +with three walls open in front. From the evidences which the +neighbourhood exhibited I took it to be a place for sorting. Within it +was an old woman wrinkled and bent with age; I approached her to ask +the way. + +She rose as I came close and I asked her my way. She immediately +commenced a conversation; and it occurred to me that here in the very +centre of the Kingdom of Dust was the place to gather details of the +history of Parisian rag-picking--particularly as I could do so from +the lips of one who looked like the oldest inhabitant. + +I began my inquiries, and the old woman gave me most interesting +answers--she had been one of the ceteuces who sat daily before the +guillotine and had taken an active part among the women who signalised +themselves by their violence in the revolution. While we were talking +she said suddenly: 'But m'sieur must be tired standing,' and dusted a +rickety old stool for me to sit down. I hardly liked to do so for many +reasons; but the poor old woman was so civil that I did not like to +run the risk of hurting her by refusing, and moreover the conversation +of one who had been at the taking of the Bastille was so interesting +that I sat down and so our conversation went on. + +While we were talking an old man--older and more bent and wrinkled +even than the woman--appeared from behind the shanty. 'Here is +Pierre,' said she. 'M'sieur can hear stories now if he wishes, for +Pierre was in everything, from the Bastille to Waterloo.' The old man +took another stool at my request and we plunged into a sea of +revolutionary reminiscences. This old man, albeit clothed like a +scarecrow, was like any one of the six veterans. + +I was now sitting in the centre of the low hut with the woman on my +left hand and the man on my right, each of them being somewhat in +front of me. The place was full of all sorts of curious objects of +lumber, and of many things that I wished far away. In one corner was a +heap of rags which seemed to move from the number of vermin it +contained, and in the other a heap of bones whose odour was something +shocking. Every now and then, glancing at the heaps, I could see the +gleaming eyes of some of the rats which infested the place. These +loathsome objects were bad enough, but what looked even more dreadful +was an old butcher's axe with an iron handle stained with clots of +blood leaning up against the wall on the right hand side. Still, these +things did not give me much concern. The talk of the two old people +was so fascinating that I stayed on and on, till the evening came and +the dust heaps threw dark shadows over the vales between them. + +After a time I began to grow uneasy. I could not tell how or why, but +somehow I did not feel satisfied. Uneasiness is an instinct and means +warning. The psychic faculties are often the sentries of the +intellect, and when they sound alarm the reason begins to act, +although perhaps not consciously. + +This was so with me. I began to bethink me where I was and by what +surrounded, and to wonder how I should fare in case I should be +attacked; and then the thought suddenly burst upon me, although +without any overt cause, that I was in danger. Prudence whispered: 'Be +still and make no sign,' and so I was still and made no sign, for I +knew that four cunning eyes were on me. 'Four eyes--if not more.' My +God, what a horrible thought! The whole shanty might be surrounded on +three sides with villains! I might be in the midst of a band of such +desperadoes as only half a century of periodic revolution can produce. + +With a sense of danger my intellect and observation quickened, and I +grew more watchful than was my wont. I noticed that the old woman's +eyes were constantly wandering towards my hands. I looked at them too, +and saw the cause--my rings. On my left little finger I had a large +signet and on the right a good diamond. + +I thought that if there was any danger my first care was to avert +suspicion. Accordingly I began to work the conversation round to +rag-picking--to the drains--of the things found there; and so by easy +stages to jewels. Then, seizing a favourable opportunity, I asked the +old woman if she knew anything of such things. She answered that she +did, a little. I held out my right hand, and, showing her the diamond, +asked her what she thought of that. She answered that her eyes were +bad, and stooped over my hand. I said as nonchalantly as I could: +'Pardon me! You will see better thus!' and taking it off handed it to +her. An unholy light came into her withered old face, as she touched +it. She stole one glance at me swift and keen as a flash of lightning. + +She bent over the ring for a moment, her face quite concealed as +though examining it. The old man looked straight out of the front of +the shanty before him, at the same time fumbling in his pockets and +producing a screw of tobacco in a paper and a pipe, which he proceeded +to fill. I took advantage of the pause and the momentary rest from the +searching eyes on my face to look carefully round the place, now dim +and shadowy in the gloaming. There still lay all the heaps of varied +reeking foulness; there the terrible blood-stained axe leaning against +the wall in the right hand corner, and everywhere, despite the gloom, +the baleful glitter of the eyes of the rats. I could see them even +through some of the chinks of the boards at the back low down close to +the ground. But stay! these latter eyes seemed more than usually large +and bright and baleful! + +For an instant my heart stood still, and I felt in that whirling +condition of mind in which one feels a sort of spiritual drunkenness, +and as though the body is only maintained erect in that there is no +time for it to fall before recovery. Then, in another second, I was +calm--coldly calm, with all my energies in full vigour, with a +self-control which I felt to be perfect and with all my feeling and +instincts alert. + +Now I knew the full extent of my danger: I was watched and surrounded +by desperate people! I could not even guess at how many of them were +lying there on the ground behind the shanty, waiting for the moment to +strike. I knew that I was big and strong, and they knew it, too. They +knew also, as I did, that I was an Englishman and would make a fight +for it; and so we waited. I had, I felt, gained an advantage in the +last few seconds, for I knew my danger and understood the situation. +Now, I thought, is the test of my courage--the enduring test: the +fighting test may come later! + +The old woman raised her head and said to me in a satisfied kind of +way: + +'A very fine ring, indeed--a beautiful ring! Oh, me! I once had such +rings, plenty of them, and bracelets and earrings! Oh! for in those +fine days I led the town a dance! But they've forgotten me now! +They've forgotten me! They? Why they never heard of me! Perhaps their +grandfathers remember me, some of them!' and she laughed a harsh, +croaking laugh. And then I am bound to say that she astonished me, for +she handed me back the ring with a certain suggestion of old-fashioned +grace which was not without its pathos. + +The old man eyed her with a sort of sudden ferocity, half rising from +his stool, and said to me suddenly and hoarsely: + +'Let me see!' + +I was about to hand the ring when the old woman said: + +'No! no, do not give it to Pierre! Pierre is eccentric. He loses +things; and such a pretty ring!' + +'Cat!' said the old man, savagely. Suddenly the old woman said, rather +more loudly than was necessary: + +'Wait! I shall tell you something about a ring.' There was something +in the sound of her voice that jarred upon me. Perhaps it was my +hyper-sensitiveness, wrought up as I was to such a pitch of nervous +excitement, but I seemed to think that she was not addressing me. As I +stole a glance round the place I saw the eyes of the rats in the bone +heaps, but missed the eyes along the back. But even as I looked I saw +them again appear. The old woman's 'Wait!' had given me a respite from +attack, and the men had sunk back to their reclining posture. + +'I once lost a ring--a beautiful diamond hoop that had belonged to a +queen, and which was given to me by a farmer of the taxes, who +afterwards cut his throat because I sent him away. I thought it must +have been stolen, and taxed my people; but I could get no trace. The +police came and suggested that it had found its way to the drain. We +descended--I in my fine clothes, for I would not trust them with my +beautiful ring! I know more of the drains since then, and of rats, +too! but I shall never forget the horror of that place--alive with +blazing eyes, a wall of them just outside the light of our torches. +Well, we got beneath my house. We searched the outlet of the drain, +and there in the filth found my ring, and we came out. + +'But we found something else also before we came! As we were coming +toward the opening a lot of sewer rats--human ones this time--came +towards us. They told the police that one of their number had gone +into the drain, but had not returned. He had gone in only shortly +before we had, and, if lost, could hardly be far off. They asked help +to seek him, so we turned back. They tried to prevent me going, but I +insisted. It was a new excitement, and had I not recovered my ring? +Not far did we go till we came on something. There was but little +water, and the bottom of the drain was raised with brick, rubbish, and +much matter of the kind. He had made a fight for it, even when his +torch had gone out. But they were too many for him! They had not been +long about it! The bones were still warm; but they were picked clean. +They had even eaten their own dead ones and there were bones of rats +as well as of the man. They took it cool enough those other--the human +ones--and joked of their comrade when they found him dead, though they +would have helped him living. Bah! what matters it--life or death?' + +'And had you no fear?' I asked her. + +'Fear!' she said with a laugh. 'Me have fear? Ask Pierre! But I was +younger then, and, as I came through that horrible drain with its wall +of greedy eyes, always moving with the circle of the light from the +torches, I did not feel easy. I kept on before the men, though! It is +a way I have! I never let the men get it before me. All I want is a +chance and a means! And they ate him up--took every trace away except +the bones; and no one knew it, nor no sound of him was ever heard!' +Here she broke into a chuckling fit of the ghastliest merriment which +it was ever my lot to hear and see. A great poetess describes her +heroine singing: 'Oh! to see or hear her singing! Scarce I know which +is the divinest.' + +And I can apply the same idea to the old crone--in all save the +divinity, for I scarce could tell which was the most hellish--the +harsh, malicious, satisfied, cruel laugh, or the leering grin, and the +horrible square opening of the mouth like a tragic mask, and the +yellow gleam of the few discoloured teeth in the shapeless gums. In +that laugh and with that grin and the chuckling satisfaction I knew as +well as if it had been spoken to me in words of thunder that my murder +was settled, and the murderers only bided the proper time for its +accomplishment. I could read between the lines of her gruesome story +the commands to her accomplices. 'Wait,' she seemed to say, 'bide your +time. I shall strike the first blow. Find the weapon for me, and I +shall make the opportunity! He shall not escape! Keep him quiet, and +then no one will be wiser. There will be no outcry, and the rats will +do their work!' + +It was growing darker and darker; the night was coming. I stole a +glance round the shanty, still all the same! The bloody axe in the +corner, the heaps of filth, and the eyes on the bone heaps and in the +crannies of the floor. + +Pierre had been still ostensibly filling his pipe; he now struck a +light and began to puff away at it. The old woman said: + +'Dear heart, how dark it is! Pierre, like a good lad, light the lamp!' + +Pierre got up and with the lighted match in his hand touched the wick +of a lamp which hung at one side of the entrance to the shanty, and +which had a reflector that threw the light all over the place. It was +evidently that which was used for their sorting at night. + +'Not that, stupid! Not that! the lantern!' she called out to him. + +He immediately blew it out, saying: 'All right, mother I'll find it,' +and he hustled about the left corner of the room--the old woman saying +through the darkness: + +'The lantern! the lantern! Oh! That is the light that is most useful to +us poor folks. The lantern was the friend of the revolution! It is the +friend of the chiffonier! It helps us when all else fails.' + +Hardly had she said the word when there was a kind of creaking of the +whole place, and something was steadily dragged over the roof. + +Again I seemed to read between the lines of her words. I knew the +lesson of the lantern. + +'One of you get on the roof with a noose and strangle him as he passes +out if we fail within.' + +As I looked out of the opening I saw the loop of a rope outlined black +against the lurid sky. I was now, indeed, beset! + +Pierre was not long in finding the lantern. I kept my eyes fixed +through the darkness on the old woman. Pierre struck his light, and by +its flash I saw the old woman raise from the ground beside her where +it had mysteriously appeared, and then hide in the folds of her gown, +a long sharp knife or dagger. It seemed to be like a butcher's +sharpening iron fined to a keen point. + +The lantern was lit. + +'Bring it here, Pierre,' she said. 'Place it in the doorway where we +can see it. See how nice it is! It shuts out the darkness from us; it +is just right!' + +Just right for her and her purposes! It threw all its light on my +face, leaving in gloom the faces of both Pierre and the woman, who sat +outside of me on each side. + +I felt that the time of action was approaching, but I knew now that +the first signal and movement would come from the woman, and so +watched her. + +I was all unarmed, but I had made up my mind what to do. At the first +movement I would seize the butcher's axe in the right-hand corner and +fight my way out. At least, I would die hard. I stole a glance round +to fix its exact locality so that I could not fail to seize it at the +first effort, for then, if ever, time and accuracy would be precious. + +Good God! It was gone! All the horror of the situation burst upon me; +but the bitterest thought of all was that if the issue of the terrible +position should be against me Alice would infallibly suffer. Either +she would believe me false--and any lover, or any one who has ever +been one, can imagine the bitterness of the thought--or else she would +go on loving long after I had been lost to her and to the world, so +that her life would be broken and embittered, shattered with +disappointment and despair. The very magnitude of the pain braced me +up and nerved me to bear the dread scrutiny of the plotters. + +I think I did not betray myself. The old woman was watching me as a +cat does a mouse; she had her right hand hidden in the folds of her +gown, clutching, I knew, that long, cruel-looking dagger. Had she seen +any disappointment in my face she would, I felt, have known that the +moment had come, and would have sprung on me like a tigress, certain +of taking me unprepared. + +I looked out into the night, and there I saw new cause for danger. +Before and around the hut were at a little distance some shadowy +forms; they were quite still, but I knew that they were all alert and +on guard. Small chance for me now in that direction. + +Again I stole a glance round the place. In moments of great excitement +and of great danger, which is excitement, the mind works very quickly, +and the keenness of the faculties which depend on the mind grows in +proportion. I now felt this. In an instant I took in the whole +situation. I saw that the axe had been taken through a small hole made +in one of the rotten boards. How rotten they must be to allow of such +a thing being done without a particle of noise. + +The hut was a regular murder-trap, and was guarded all around. A +garroter lay on the roof ready to entangle me with his noose if I +should escape the dagger of the old hag. In front the way was guarded +by I know not how many watchers. And at the back was a row of +desperate men--I had seen their eyes still through the crack in the +boards of the floor, when last I looked--as they lay prone waiting for +the signal to start erect. If it was to be ever, now for it! + +As nonchalantly as I could I turned slightly on my stool so as to get +my right leg well under me. Then with a sudden jump, turning my head, +and guarding it with my hands, and with the fighting instinct of the +knights of old, I breathed my lady's name, and hurled myself against +the back wall of the hut. + +Watchful as they were, the suddenness of my movement surprised both +Pierre and the old woman. As I crashed through the rotten timbers I +saw the old woman rise with a leap like a tiger and heard her low gasp +of baffled rage. My feet lit on something that moved, and as I jumped +away I knew that I had stepped on the back of one of the row of men +lying on their faces outside the hut. I was torn with nails and +splinters, but otherwise unhurt. Breathless I rushed up the mound in +front of me, hearing as I went the dull crash of the shanty as it +collapsed into a mass. + +It was a nightmare climb. The mound, though but low, was awfully +steep, and with each step I took the mass of dust and cinders tore +down with me and gave way under my feet. The dust rose and choked me; +it was sickening, foetid, awful; but my climb was, I felt, for life or +death, and I struggled on. The seconds seemed hours; but the few +moments I had in starting, combined with my youth and strength, gave +me a great advantage, and, though several forms struggled after me in +deadly silence which was more dreadful than any sound, I easily +reached the top. Since then I have climbed the cone of Vesuvius, and +as I struggled up that dreary steep amid the sulphurous fumes the +memory of that awful night at Montrouge came back to me so vividly +that I almost grew faint. + +The mound was one of the tallest in the region of dust, and as I +struggled to the top, panting for breath and with my heart beating +like a sledge-hammer, I saw away to my left the dull red gleam of the +sky, and nearer still the flashing of lights. Thank God! I knew where +I was now and where lay the road to Paris! + +For two or three seconds I paused and looked back. My pursuers were +still well behind me, but struggling up resolutely, and in deadly +silence. Beyond, the shanty was a wreck--a mass of timber and moving +forms. I could see it well, for flames were already bursting out; the +rags and straw had evidently caught fire from the lantern. Still +silence there! Not a sound! These old wretches could die game, anyhow. + +I had no time for more than a passing glance, for as I cast an eye +round the mound preparatory to making my descent I saw several dark +forms rushing round on either side to cut me off on my way. It was now +a race for life. They were trying to head me on my way to Paris, and +with the instinct of the moment I dashed down to the right-hand side. +I was just in time, for, though I came as it seemed to me down the +steep in a few steps, the wary old men who were watching me turned +back, and one, as I rushed by into the opening between the two mounds +in front, almost struck me a blow with that terrible butcher's axe. +There could surely not be two such weapons about! + +Then began a really horrible chase. I easily ran ahead of the old men, +and even when some younger ones and a few women joined in the hunt I +easily distanced them. But I did not know the way, and I could not +even guide myself by the light in the sky, for I was running away from +it. I had heard that, unless of conscious purpose, hunted men turn +always to the left, and so I found it now; and so, I suppose, knew +also my pursuers, who were more animals than men, and with cunning or +instinct had found out such secrets for themselves: for on finishing +a quick spurt, after which I intended to take a moment's breathing +space, I suddenly saw ahead of me two or three forms swiftly passing +behind a mound to the right. + +I was in the spider's web now indeed! But with the thought of this new +danger came the resource of the hunted, and so I darted down the next +turning to the right. I continued in this direction for some hundred +yards, and then, making a turn to the left again, felt certain that I +had, at any rate, avoided the danger of being surrounded. + +But not of pursuit, for on came the rabble after me, steady, dogged, +relentless, and still in grim silence. + +In the greater darkness the mounds seemed now to be somewhat smaller +than before, although--for the night was closing--they looked bigger +in proportion. I was now well ahead of my pursuers, so I made a dart +up the mound in front. + +Oh joy of joys! I was close to the edge of this inferno of dustheaps. +Away behind me the red light of Paris was in the sky, and towering up +behind rose the heights of Montmarte--a dim light, with here and there +brilliant points like stars. + +Restored to vigour in a moment, I ran over the few remaining mounds of +decreasing size, and found myself on the level land beyond. Even then, +however, the prospect was not inviting. All before me was dark and +dismal, and I had evidently come on one of those dank, low-lying waste +places which are found here and there in the neighbourhood of great +cities. Places of waste and desolation, where the space is required +for the ultimate agglomeration of all that is noxious, and the ground +is so poor as to create no desire of occupancy even in the lowest +squatter. With eyes accustomed to the gloom of the evening, and away +now from the shadows of those dreadful dustheaps, I could see much +more easily than I could a little while ago. It might have been, of +course, that the glare in the sky of the lights of Paris, though the +city was some miles away, was reflected here. Howsoever it was, I saw +well enough to take bearings for certainly some little distance around +me. + +In front was a bleak, flat waste that seemed almost dead level, with +here and there the dark shimmering of stagnant pools. Seemingly far +off on the right, amid a small cluster of scattered lights, rose a +dark mass of Fort Montrouge, and away to the left in the dim distance, +pointed with stray gleams from cottage windows, the lights in the sky +showed the locality of Bicetre. A moment's thought decided me to take +to the right and try to reach Montrouge. There at least would be some +sort of safety, and I might possibly long before come on some of the +cross roads which I knew. Somewhere, not far off, must lie the +strategic road made to connect the outlying chain of forts circling +the city. + +Then I looked back. Coming over the mounds, and outlined black against +the glare of the Parisian horizon, I saw several moving figures, and +still a way to the right several more deploying out between me and my +destination. They evidently meant to cut me off in this direction, and +so my choice became constricted; it lay now between going straight +ahead or turning to the left. Stooping to the ground, so as to get the +advantage of the horizon as a line of sight, I looked carefully in +this direction, but could detect no sign of my enemies. I argued that +as they had not guarded or were not trying to guard that point, there +was evidently danger to me there already. So I made up my mind to go +straight on before me. + +It was not an inviting prospect, and as I went on the reality grew +worse. The ground became soft and oozy, and now and again gave way +beneath me in a sickening kind of way. I seemed somehow to be going +down, for I saw round me places seemingly more elevated than where I +was, and this in a place which from a little way back seemed dead +level. I looked around, but could see none of my pursuers. This was +strange, for all along these birds of the night had followed me +through the darkness as well as though it was broad daylight. How I +blamed myself for coming out in my light-coloured tourist suit of +tweed. The silence, and my not being able to see my enemies, whilst I +felt that they were watching me, grew appalling, and in the hope of +some one not of this ghastly crew hearing me I raised my voice and +shouted several times. There was not the slightest response; not even +an echo rewarded my efforts. For a while I stood stock still and kept +my eyes in one direction. On one of the rising places around me I saw +something dark move along, then another, and another. This was to my +left, and seemingly moving to head me off. + +I thought that again I might with my skill as a runner elude my +enemies at this game, and so with all my speed darted forward. + +Splash! + +My feet had given way in a mass of slimy rubbish, and I had fallen +headlong into a reeking, stagnant pool. The water and the mud in which +my arms sank up to the elbows was filthy and nauseous beyond +description, and in the suddenness of my fall I had actually swallowed +some of the filthy stuff, which nearly choked me, and made me gasp +for breath. Never shall I forget the moments during which I stood +trying to recover myself almost fainting from the foetid odour of the +filthy pool, whose white mist rose ghostlike around. Worst of all, +with the acute despair of the hunted animal when he sees the pursuing +pack closing on him, I saw before my eyes whilst I stood helpless the +dark forms of my pursuers moving swiftly to surround me. + +It is curious how our minds work on odd matters even when the energies +of thought are seemingly concentrated on some terrible and pressing +need. I was in momentary peril of my life: my safety depended on my +action, and my choice of alternatives coming now with almost every +step I took, and yet I could not but think of the strange dogged +persistency of these old men. Their silent resolution, their +steadfast, grim, persistency even in such a cause commanded, as well +as fear, even a measure of respect. What must they have been in the +vigour of their youth. I could understand now that whirlwind rush on +the bridge of Arcola, that scornful exclamation of the Old Guard at +Waterloo! Unconscious cerebration has its own pleasures, even at such +moments; but fortunately it does not in any way clash with the thought +from which action springs. + +I realised at a glance that so far I was defeated in my object, my +enemies as yet had won. They had succeeded in surrounding me on three +sides, and were bent on driving me off to the left-hand, where there +was already some danger for me, for they had left no guard. I accepted +the alternative--it was a case of Hobson's choice and run. I had to +keep the lower ground, for my pursuers were on the higher places. +However, though the ooze and broken ground impeded me my youth and +training made me able to hold my ground, and by keeping a diagonal +line I not only kept them from gaining on me but even began to +distance them. This gave me new heart and strength, and by this time +habitual training was beginning to tell and my second wind had come. +Before me the ground rose slightly. I rushed up the slope and found +before me a waste of watery slime, with a low dyke or bank looking +black and grim beyond. I felt that if I could but reach that dyke in +safety I could there, with solid ground under my feet and some kind of +path to guide me, find with comparative ease a way out of my troubles. +After a glance right and left and seeing no one near, I kept my eyes +for a few minutes to their rightful work of aiding my feet whilst I +crossed the swamp. It was rough, hard work, but there was little +danger, merely toil; and a short time took me to the dyke. I rushed up +the slope exulting; but here again I met a new shock. On either side +of me rose a number of crouching figures. From right and left they +rushed at me. Each body held a rope. + +The cordon was nearly complete. I could pass on neither side, and the +end was near. + +There was only one chance, and I took it. I hurled myself across the +dyke, and escaping out of the very clutches of my foes threw myself +into the stream. + +At any other time I should have thought that water foul and filthy, +but now it was as welcome as the most crystal stream to the parched +traveller. It was a highway of safety! + +My pursuers rushed after me. Had only one of them held the rope it +would have been all up with me, for he could have entangled me before +I had time to swim a stroke; but the many hands holding it embarrassed +and delayed them, and when the rope struck the water I heard the +splash well behind me. A few minutes' hard swimming took me across +the stream. Refreshed with the immersion and encouraged by the escape, +I climbed the dyke in comparative gaiety of spirits. + +From the top I looked back. Through the darkness I saw my assailants +scattering up and down along the dyke. The pursuit was evidently not +ended, and again I had to choose my course. Beyond the dyke where I +stood was a wild, swampy space very similar to that which I had +crossed. I determined to shun such a place, and thought for a moment +whether I would take up or down the dyke. I thought I heard a +sound--the muffled sound of oars, so I listened, and then shouted. + +No response; but the sound ceased. My enemies had evidently got a boat +of some kind. As they were on the up side of me I took the down path +and began to run. As I passed to the left of where I had entered the +water I heard several splashes, soft and stealthy, like the sound a +rat makes as he plunges into the stream, but vastly greater; and as I +looked I saw the dark sheen of the water broken by the ripples of +several advancing heads. Some of my enemies were swimming the stream +also. + +And now behind me, up the stream, the silence was broken by the quick +rattle and creak of oars; my enemies were in hot pursuit. I put my +best leg foremost and ran on. After a break of a couple of minutes I +looked back, and by a gleam of light through the ragged clouds I saw +several dark forms climbing the bank behind me. The wind had now begun +to rise, and the water beside me was ruffled and beginning to break in +tiny waves on the bank. I had to keep my eyes pretty well on the +ground before me, lest I should stumble, for I knew that to stumble +was death. After a few minutes I looked back behind me. On the dyke +were only a few dark figures, but crossing the waste, swampy ground +were many more. What new danger this portended I did not know--could +only guess. Then as I ran it seemed to me that my track kept ever +sloping away to the right. I looked up ahead and saw that the river +was much wider than before, and that the dyke on which I stood fell +quite away, and beyond it was another stream on whose near bank I saw +some of the dark forms now across the marsh. I was on an island of +some kind. + +My situation was now indeed terrible, for my enemies had hemmed me in +on every side. Behind came the quickening roll of the oars, as though +my pursuers knew that the end was close. Around me on every side was +desolation; there was not a roof or light, as far as I could see. Far +off to the right rose some dark mass, but what it was I knew not. For +a moment I paused to think what I should do, not for more, for my +pursuers were drawing closer. Then my mind was made up. I slipped down +the bank and took to the water. I struck out straight ahead so as to +gain the current by clearing the backwater of the island, for such I +presume it was, when I had passed into the stream. I waited till a +cloud came driving across the moon and leaving all in darkness. Then I +took off my hat and laid it softly on the water floating with the +stream, and a second after dived to the right and struck out under +water with all my might. I was, I suppose, half a minute under water, +and when I rose came up as softly as I could, and turning, looked +back. There went my light brown hat floating merrily away. Close +behind it came a rickety old boat, driven furiously by a pair of oars. +The moon was still partly obscured by the drifting clouds, but in the +partial light I could see a man in the bows holding aloft ready to +strike what appeared to me to be that same dreadful pole-axe which I +had before escaped. As I looked the boat drew closer, closer, and the +man struck savagely. The hat disappeared. The man fell forward, almost +out of the boat. His comrades dragged him in but without the axe, and +then as I turned with all my energies bent on reaching the further +bank, I heard the fierce whirr of the muttered 'Sacre!' which marked +the anger of my baffled pursuers. + +That was the first sound I had heard from human lips during all this +dreadful chase, and full as it was of menace and danger to me it was a +welcome sound for it broke that awful silence which shrouded and +appalled me. It was as though an overt sign that my opponents were men +and not ghosts, and that with them I had, at least, the chance of a +man, though but one against many. + +But now that the spell of silence was broken the sounds came thick and +fast. From boat to shore and back from shore to boat came quick +question and answer, all in the fiercest whispers. I looked back--a +fatal thing to do--for in the instant someone caught sight of my face, +which showed white on the dark water, and shouted. Hands pointed to +me, and in a moment or two the boat was under weigh, and following +hard after me. I had but a little way to go, but quicker and quicker +came the boat after me. A few more strokes and I would be on the +shore, but I felt the oncoming of the boat, and expected each second +to feel the crash of an oar or other weapon on my head. Had I not seen +that dreadful axe disappear in the water I do not think that I could +have won the shore. I heard the muttered curses of those not rowing +and the laboured breath of the rowers. With one supreme effort for +life or liberty I touched the bank and sprang up it. There was not a +single second to spare, for hard behind me the boat grounded and +several dark forms sprang after me. I gained the top of the dyke, and +keeping to the left ran on again. The boat put off and followed down +the stream. Seeing this I feared danger in this direction, and quickly +turning, ran down the dyke on the other side, and after passing a +short stretch of marshy ground gained a wild, open flat country and +sped on. + +Still behind me came on my relentless pursuers. Far away, below me, I +saw the same dark mass as before, but now grown closer and greater. My +heart gave a great thrill of delight, for I knew that it must be the +fortress of Bicetre, and with new courage I ran on. I had heard that +between each and all of the protecting forts of Paris there are +strategic ways, deep sunk roads where soldiers marching should be +sheltered from an enemy. I knew that if I could gain this road I would +be safe, but in the darkness I could not see any sign of it, so, in +blind hope of striking it, I ran on. + +Presently I came to the edge of a deep cut, and found that down below +me ran a road guarded on each side by a ditch of water fenced on +either side by a straight, high wall. + +Getting fainter and dizzier, I ran on; the ground got more +broken--more and more still, till I staggered and fell, and rose +again, and ran on in the blind anguish of the hunted. Again the +thought of Alice nerved me. I would not be lost and wreck her life: I +would fight and struggle for life to the bitter end. With a great +effort I caught the top of the wall. As, scrambling like a catamount, +I drew myself up, I actually felt a hand touch the sole of my foot. I +was now on a sort of causeway, and before me I saw a dim light. Blind +and dizzy, I ran on, staggered, and fell, rising, covered with dust +and blood. + +'Halt la!' + +The words sounded like a voice from heaven. A blaze of light seemed to +enwrap me, and I shouted with joy. + +'Qui va la?' The rattle of musketry, the flash of steel before my +eyes. Instinctively I stopped, though close behind me came a rush of +my pursuers. + +Another word or two, and out from a gateway poured, as it seemed to +me, a tide of red and blue, as the guard turned out. All around seemed +blazing with light, and the flash of steel, the clink and rattle of +arms, and the loud, harsh voices of command. As I fell forward, +utterly exhausted, a soldier caught me. I looked back in dreadful +expectation, and saw the mass of dark forms disappearing into the +night. Then I must have fainted. When I recovered my senses I was in +the guard room. They gave me brandy, and after a while I was able to +tell them something of what had passed. Then a commissary of police +appeared, apparently out of the empty air, as is the way of the +Parisian police officer. He listened attentively, and then had a +moment's consultation with the officer in command. Apparently they +were agreed, for they asked me if I were ready now to come with them. + +'Where to?' I asked, rising to go. + +'Back to the dust heaps. We shall, perhaps, catch them yet!' + +'I shall try!' said I. + +He eyed me for a moment keenly, and said suddenly: + +'Would you like to wait a while or till tomorrow, young Englishman?' +This touched me to the quick, as, perhaps, he intended, and I jumped +to my feet. + +'Come now!' I said; 'now! now! An Englishman is always ready for his +duty!' + +The commissary was a good fellow, as well as a shrewd one; he slapped +my shoulder kindly. 'Brave garcon!' he said. 'Forgive me, but I knew +what would do you most good. The guard is ready. Come!' + +And so, passing right through the guard room, and through a long +vaulted passage, we were out into the night. A few of the men in front +had powerful lanterns. Through courtyards and down a sloping way we +passed out through a low archway to a sunken road, the same that I had +seen in my flight. The order was given to get at the double, and with +a quick, springing stride, half run, half walk, the soldiers went +swiftly along. I felt my strength renewed again--such is the +difference between hunter and hunted. A very short distance took us to +a low-lying pontoon bridge across the stream, and evidently very +little higher up than I had struck it. Some effort had evidently been +made to damage it, for the ropes had all been cut, and one of the +chains had been broken. I heard the officer say to the commissary: + +'We are just in time! A few more minutes, and they would have +destroyed the bridge. Forward, quicker still!' and on we went. Again +we reached a pontoon on the winding stream; as we came up we heard the +hollow boom of the metal drums as the efforts to destroy the bridge +was again renewed. A word of command was given, and several men raised +their rifles. + +'Fire!' A volley rang out. There was a muffled cry, and the dark forms +dispersed. But the evil was done, and we saw the far end of the +pontoon swing into the stream. This was a serious delay, and it was +nearly an hour before we had renewed ropes and restored the bridge +sufficiently to allow us to cross. + +We renewed the chase. Quicker, quicker we went towards the dust +heaps. + +After a time we came to a place that I knew. There were the remains of +a fire--a few smouldering wood ashes still cast a red glow, but the +bulk of the ashes were cold. I knew the site of the hut and the hill +behind it up which I had rushed, and in the flickering glow the eyes +of the rats still shone with a sort of phosphorescence. The commissary +spoke a word to the officer, and he cried: + +'Halt!' + +The soldiers were ordered to spread around and watch, and then we +commenced to examine the ruins. The commissary himself began to lift +away the charred boards and rubbish. These the soldiers took and piled +together. Presently he started back, then bent down and rising +beckoned me. + +'See!' he said. + +It was a gruesome sight. There lay a skeleton face downwards, a woman +by the lines--an old woman by the coarse fibre of the bone. Between +the ribs rose a long spike-like dagger made from a butcher's +sharpening knife, its keen point buried in the spine. + +'You will observe,' said the commissary to the officer and to me as he +took out his note book, 'that the woman must have fallen on her +dagger. The rats are many here--see their eyes glistening among that +heap of bones--and you will also notice'--I shuddered as he placed his +hand on the skeleton--'that but little time was lost by them, for the +bones are scarcely cold!' + +There was no other sign of any one near, living or dead; and so +deploying again into line the soldiers passed on. Presently we came to +the hut made of the old wardrobe. We approached. In five of the six +compartments was an old man sleeping--sleeping so soundly that even +the glare of the lanterns did not wake them. Old and grim and grizzled +they looked, with their gaunt, wrinkled, bronzed faces and their white +moustaches. + +The officer called out harshly and loudly a word of command, and in an +instant each one of them was on his feet before us and standing at +'attention!' + +'What do you here?' + +'We sleep,' was the answer. + +'Where are the other chiffoniers?' asked the commissary. + +'Gone to work.' + +'And you?' + +'We are on guard!' + +'Peste!' laughed the officer grimly, as he looked at the old men one +after the other in the face and added with cool deliberate cruelty: +'Asleep on duty! Is this the manner of the Old Guard? No wonder, then, +a Waterloo!' + +By the gleam of the lantern I saw the grim old faces grow deadly pale, +and almost shuddered at the look in the eyes of the old men as the +laugh of the soldiers echoed the grim pleasantry of the officer. + +I felt in that moment that I was in some measure avenged. + +For a moment they looked as if they would throw themselves on the +taunter, but years of their life had schooled them and they remained +still. + +'You are but five,' said the commissary; 'where is the sixth?' The +answer came with a grim chuckle. + +'He is there!' and the speaker pointed to the bottom of the wardrobe. +'He died last night. You won't find much of him. The burial of the +rats is quick!' + +The commissary stooped and looked in. Then he turned to the officer +and said calmly: + +'We may as well go back. No trace here now; nothing to prove that man +was the one wounded by your soldiers' bullets! Probably they murdered +him to cover up the trace. See!' again he stooped and placed his hands +on the skeleton. 'The rats work quickly and they are many. These bones +are warm!' + +I shuddered, and so did many more of those around me. + +'Form!' said the officer, and so in marching order, with the lanterns +swinging in front and the manacled veterans in the midst, with steady +tramp we took ourselves out of the dustheaps and turned backward to +the fortress of Bicetre. + + * * * * * + +My year of probation has long since ended, and Alice is my wife. But +when I look back upon that trying twelvemonth one of the most vivid +incidents that memory recalls is that associated with my visit to the +City of Dust. + + + + +A Dream of Red Hands + + +The first opinion given to me regarding Jacob Settle was a simple +descriptive statement, 'He's a down-in-the-mouth chap': but I found +that it embodied the thoughts and ideas of all his fellow-workmen. +There was in the phrase a certain easy tolerance, an absence of +positive feeling of any kind, rather than any complete opinion, which +marked pretty accurately the man's place in public esteem. Still, +there was some dissimilarity between this and his appearance which +unconsciously set me thinking, and by degrees, as I saw more of the +place and the workmen, I came to have a special interest in him. He +was, I found, for ever doing kindnesses, not involving money expenses +beyond his humble means, but in the manifold ways of forethought and +forbearance and self-repression which are of the truer charities of +life. Women and children trusted him implicitly, though, strangely +enough, he rather shunned them, except when anyone was sick, and then +he made his appearance to help if he could, timidly and awkwardly. He +led a very solitary life, keeping house by himself in a tiny cottage, +or rather hut, of one room, far on the edge of the moorland. His +existence seemed so sad and solitary that I wished to cheer it up, and +for the purpose took the occasion when we had both been sitting up +with a child, injured by me through accident, to offer to lend him +books. He gladly accepted, and as we parted in the grey of the dawn I +felt that something of mutual confidence had been established between +us. + +The books were always most carefully and punctually returned, and in +time Jacob Settle and I became quite friends. Once or twice as I +crossed the moorland on Sundays I looked in on him; but on such +occasions he was shy and ill at ease so that I felt diffident about +calling to see him. He would never under any circumstances come into +my own lodgings. + +One Sunday afternoon, I was coming back from a long walk beyond the +moor, and as I passed Settle's cottage stopped at the door to say 'How +do you do?' to him. As the door was shut, I thought that he was out, +and merely knocked for form's sake, or through habit, not expecting to +get any answer. To my surprise, I heard a feeble voice from within, +though what was said I could not hear. I entered at once, and found +Jacob lying half-dressed upon his bed. He was as pale as death, and +the sweat was simply rolling off his face. His hands were +unconsciously gripping the bedclothes as a drowning man holds on to +whatever he may grasp. As I came in he half arose, with a wild, hunted +look in his eyes, which were wide open and staring, as though +something of horror had come before him; but when he recognised me he +sank back on the couch with a smothered sob of relief and closed his +eyes. I stood by him for a while, quite a minute or two, while he +gasped. Then he opened his eyes and looked at me, but with such a +despairing, woeful expression that, as I am a living man, I would have +rather seen that frozen look of horror. I sat down beside him and +asked after his health. For a while he would not answer me except to +say that he was not ill; but then, after scrutinising me closely, he +half arose on his elbow and said: + +'I thank you kindly, sir, but I'm simply telling you the truth. I am +not ill, as men call it, though God knows whether there be not worse +sicknesses than doctors know of. I'll tell you, as you are so kind, +but I trust that you won't even mention such a thing to a living soul, +for it might work me more and greater woe. I am suffering from a bad +dream.' + +'A bad dream!' I said, hoping to cheer him; 'but dreams pass away with +the light--even with waking.' There I stopped, for before he spoke I +saw the answer in his desolate look round the little place. + +'No! no! that's all well for people that live in comfort and with +those they love around them. It is a thousand times worse for those +who live alone and have to do so. What cheer is there for me, waking +here in the silence of the night, with the wide moor around me full of +voices and full of faces that make my waking a worse dream than my +sleep? Ah, young sir, you have no past that can send its legions to +people the darkness and the empty space, and I pray the good God that +you may never have!' As he spoke, there was such an almost +irresistible gravity of conviction in his manner that I abandoned my +remonstrance about his solitary life. I felt that I was in the +presence of some secret influence which I could not fathom. To my +relief, for I knew not what to say, he went on: + +'Two nights past have I dreamed it. It was hard enough the first +night, but I came through it. Last night the expectation was in itself +almost worse than the dream--until the dream came, and then it swept +away every remembrance of lesser pain. I stayed awake till just +before the dawn, and then it came again, and ever since I have been in +such an agony as I am sure the dying feel, and with it all the dread +of tonight.' Before he had got to the end of the sentence my mind was +made up, and I felt that I could speak to him more cheerfully. + +'Try and get to sleep early tonight--in fact, before the evening has +passed away. The sleep will refresh you, and I promise you there will +not be any bad dreams after tonight.' He shook his head hopelessly, so +I sat a little longer and then left him. + +When I got home I made my arrangements for the night, for I had made +up my mind to share Jacob Settle's lonely vigil in his cottage on the +moor. I judged that if he got to sleep before sunset he would wake +well before midnight, and so, just as the bells of the city were +striking eleven, I stood opposite his door armed with a bag, in which +were my supper, an extra large flask, a couple of candles, and a book. +The moonlight was bright, and flooded the whole moor, till it was +almost as light as day; but ever and anon black clouds drove across +the sky, and made a darkness which by comparison seemed almost +tangible. I opened the door softly, and entered without waking Jacob, +who lay asleep with his white face upward. He was still, and again +bathed in sweat. I tried to imagine what visions were passing before +those closed eyes which could bring with them the misery and woe which +were stamped on the face, but fancy failed me, and I waited for the +awakening. It came suddenly, and in a fashion which touched me to the +quick, for the hollow groan that broke from the man's white lips as he +half arose and sank back was manifestly the realisation or completion +of some train of thought which had gone before. + +'If this be dreaming,' said I to myself, 'then it must be based on +some very terrible reality. What can have been that unhappy fact that +he spoke of?' + +While I thus spoke, he realised that I was with him. It struck me as +strange that he had no period of that doubt as to whether dream or +reality surrounded him which commonly marks an expected environment of +waking men. With a positive cry of joy, he seized my hand and held it +in his two wet, trembling hands, as a frightened child clings on to +someone whom it loves. I tried to soothe him: + +'There, there! it is all right. I have come to stay with you tonight, +and together we will try to fight this evil dream.' He let go my hand +suddenly, and sank back on his bed and covered his eyes with his +hands. + +'Fight it?--the evil dream! Ah! no, sir, no! No mortal power can fight +that dream, for it comes from God--and is burned in here;' and he beat +upon his forehead. Then he went on: + +'It is the same dream, ever the same, and yet it grows in its power to +torture me every time it comes.' + +'What is the dream?' I asked, thinking that the speaking of it might +give him some relief, but he shrank away from me, and after a long +pause said: + +'No, I had better not tell it. It may not come again.' + +There was manifestly something to conceal from me--something that lay +behind the dream, so I answered: + +'All right. I hope you have seen the last of it. But if it should come +again, you will tell me, will you not? I ask, not out of curiosity, +but because I think it may relieve you to speak.' He answered with +what I thought was almost an undue amount of solemnity: + +'If it comes again, I shall tell you all.' + +Then I tried to get his mind away from the subject to more mundane +things, so I produced supper, and made him share it with me, including +the contents of the flask. After a little he braced up, and when I lit +my cigar, having given him another, we smoked a full hour, and talked +of many things. Little by little the comfort of his body stole over +his mind, and I could see sleep laying her gentle hands on his +eyelids. He felt it, too, and told me that now he felt all right, and +I might safely leave him; but I told him that, right or wrong, I was +going to see in the daylight. So I lit my other candle, and began to +read as he fell asleep. + +By degrees I got interested in my book, so interested that presently I +was startled by its dropping out of my hands. I looked and saw that +Jacob was still asleep, and I was rejoiced to see that there was on +his face a look of unwonted happiness, while his lips seemed to move +with unspoken words. Then I turned to my work again, and again woke, +but this time to feel chilled to my very marrow by hearing the voice +from the bed beside me: + +'Not with those red hands! Never! never!' On looking at him, I found +that he was still asleep. He woke, however, in an instant, and did not +seem surprised to see me; there was again that strange apathy as to +his surroundings. Then I said: + +'Settle, tell me your dream. You may speak freely, for I shall hold +your confidence sacred. While we both live I shall never mention what +you may choose to tell me.' + +He replied: + +'I said I would; but I had better tell you first what goes before the +dream, that you may understand. I was a schoolmaster when I was a very +young man; it was only a parish school in a little village in the +West Country. No need to mention any names. Better not. I was engaged +to be married to a young girl whom I loved and almost reverenced. It +was the old story. While we were waiting for the time when we could +afford to set up house together, another man came along. He was nearly +as young as I was, and handsome, and a gentleman, with all a +gentleman's attractive ways for a woman of our class. He would go +fishing, and she would meet him while I was at my work in school. I +reasoned with her and implored her to give him up. I offered to get +married at once and go away and begin the world in a strange country; +but she would not listen to anything I could say, and I could see that +she was infatuated with him. Then I took it on myself to meet the man +and ask him to deal well with the girl, for I thought he might mean +honestly by her, so that there might be no talk or chance of talk on +the part of others. I went where I should meet him with none by, and +we met!' Here Jacob Settle had to pause, for something seemed to rise +in his throat, and he almost gasped for breath. Then he went on: + +'Sir, as God is above us, there was no selfish thought in my heart +that day, I loved my pretty Mabel too well to be content with a part +of her love, and I had thought of my own unhappiness too often not to +have come to realise that, whatever might come to her, my hope was +gone. He was insolent to me--you, sir, who are a gentleman, cannot +know, perhaps, how galling can be the insolence of one who is above +you in station--but I bore with that. I implored him to deal well with +the girl, for what might be only a pastime of an idle hour with him +might be the breaking of her heart. For I never had a thought of her +truth, or that the worst of harm could come to her--it was only the +unhappiness to her heart I feared. But when I asked him when he +intended to marry her his laughter galled me so that I lost my temper +and told him that I would not stand by and see her life made unhappy. +Then he grew angry too, and in his anger said such cruel things of her +that then and there I swore he should not live to do her harm. God +knows how it came about, for in such moments of passion it is hard to +remember the steps from a word to a blow, but I found myself standing +over his dead body, with my hands crimson with the blood that welled +from his torn throat. We were alone and he was a stranger, with none +of his kin to seek for him and murder does not always out--not all at +once. His bones may be whitening still, for all I know, in the pool of +the river where I left him. No one suspected his absence, or why it +was, except my poor Mabel, and she dared not speak. But it was all in +vain, for when I came back again after an absence of months--for I +could not live in the place--I learned that her shame had come and +that she had died in it. Hitherto I had been borne up by the thought +that my ill deed had saved her future, but now, when I learned that I +had been too late, and that my poor love was smirched with that man's +sin, I fled away with the sense of my useless guilt upon me more +heavily than I could bear. Ah! sir, you that have not done such a sin +don't know what it is to carry it with you. You may think that custom +makes it easy to you, but it is not so. It grows and grows with every +hour, till it becomes intolerable, and with it growing, too, the +feeling that you must for ever stand outside Heaven. You don't know +what that means, and I pray God that you never may. Ordinary men, to +whom all things are possible, don't often, if ever, think of Heaven. +It is a name, and nothing more, and they are content to wait and let +things be, but to those who are doomed to be shut out for ever you +cannot think what it means, you cannot guess or measure the terrible +endless longing to see the gates opened, and to be able to join the +white figures within. + +'And this brings me to my dream. It seemed that the portal was before +me, with great gates of massive steel with bars of the thickness of a +mast, rising to the very clouds, and so close that between them was +just a glimpse of a crystal grotto, on whose shining walls were +figured many white-clad forms with faces radiant with joy. When I +stood before the gate my heart and my soul were so full of rapture and +longing that I forgot. And there stood at the gate two mighty angels +with sweeping wings, and, oh! so stern of countenance. They held each +in one hand a flaming sword, and in the other the latchet, which moved +to and fro at their lightest touch. Nearer were figures all draped in +black, with heads covered so that only the eyes were seen, and they +handed to each who came white garments such as the angels wear. A low +murmur came that told that all should put on their own robes, and +without soil, or the angels would not pass them in, but would smite +them down with the flaming swords. I was eager to don my own garment, +and hurriedly threw it over me and stepped swiftly to the gate; but it +moved not, and the angels, loosing the latchet, pointed to my dress, I +looked down, and was aghast, for the whole robe was smeared with +blood. My hands were red; they glittered with the blood that dripped +from them as on that day by the river bank. And then the angels raised +their flaming swords to smite me down, and the horror was complete--I +awoke. Again, and again, and again, that awful dream comes to me. I +never learn from the experience, I never remember, but at the +beginning the hope is ever there to make the end more appalling; and I +know that the dream does not come out of the common darkness where the +dreams abide, but that it is sent from God as a punishment! Never, +never shall I be able to pass the gate, for the soil on the angel +garments must ever come from these bloody hands!' + +I listened as in a spell as Jacob Settle spoke. There was something so +far away in the tone of his voice--something so dreamy and mystic in +the eyes that looked as if through me at some spirit beyond--something +so lofty in his very diction and in such marked contrast to his +workworn clothes and his poor surroundings that I wondered if the +whole thing were not a dream. + +We were both silent for a long time. I kept looking at the man before +me in growing wonderment. Now that his confession had been made, his +soul, which had been crushed to the very earth, seemed to leap back +again to uprightness with some resilient force. I suppose I ought to +have been horrified with his story, but, strange to say, I was not. It +certainly is not pleasant to be made the recipient of the confidence +of a murderer, but this poor fellow seemed to have had, not only so +much provocation, but so much self-denying purpose in his deed of +blood that I did not feel called upon to pass judgment upon him. My +purpose was to comfort, so I spoke out with what calmness I could, for +my heart was beating fast and heavily: + +'You need not despair, Jacob Settle. God is very good, and His mercy +is great. Live on and work on in the hope that some day you may feel +that you have atoned for the past.' Here I paused, for I could see +that deep, natural sleep this time, was creeping upon him. 'Go to +sleep,' I said; 'I shall watch with you here and we shall have no more +evil dreams tonight.' + +He made an effort to pull himself together, and answered: + +'I don't know how to thank you for your goodness to me this night, but +I think you had best leave me now. I'll try and sleep this out; I feel +a weight off my mind since I have told you all. If there's anything of +the man left in me, I must try and fight out life alone.' + +'I'll go tonight, as you wish it,' I said; 'but take my advice, and do +not live in such a solitary way. Go among men and women; live among +them. Share their joys and sorrows, and it will help you to forget. +This solitude will make you melancholy mad.' + +'I will!' he answered, half unconsciously, for sleep was overmastering +him. + +I turned to go, and he looked after me. When I had touched the latch I +dropped it, and, coming back to the bed, held out my hand. He grasped +it with both his as he rose to a sitting posture, and I said my +goodnight, trying to cheer him: + +'Heart, man, heart! There is work in the world for you to do, Jacob +Settle. You can wear those white robes yet and pass through that gate +of steel!' + +Then I left him. + +A week after I found his cottage deserted, and on asking at the works +was told that he had 'gone north', no one exactly knew whither. + +Two years afterwards, I was staying for a few days with my friend Dr. +Munro in Glasgow. He was a busy man, and could not spare much time for +going about with me, so I spent my days in excursions to the Trossachs +and Loch Katrine and down the Clyde. On the second last evening of my +stay I came back somewhat later than I had arranged, but found that +my host was late too. The maid told me that he had been sent for to +the hospital--a case of accident at the gas-works, and the dinner was +postponed an hour; so telling her I would stroll down to find her +master and walk back with him, I went out. At the hospital I found him +washing his hands preparatory to starting for home. Casually, I asked +him what his case was. + +'Oh, the usual thing! A rotten rope and men's lives of no account. Two +men were working in a gasometer, when the rope that held their +scaffolding broke. It must have occurred just before the dinner hour, +for no one noticed their absence till the men had returned. There was +about seven feet of water in the gasometer, so they had a hard fight +for it, poor fellows. However, one of them was alive, just alive, but +we have had a hard job to pull him through. It seems that he owes his +life to his mate, for I have never heard of greater heroism. They swam +together while their strength lasted, but at the end they were so done +up that even the lights above, and the men slung with ropes, coming +down to help them, could not keep them up. But one of them stood on +the bottom and held up his comrade over his head, and those few +breaths made all the difference between life and death. They were a +shocking sight when they were taken out, for that water is like a +purple dye with the gas and the tar. The man upstairs looked as if he +had been washed in blood. Ugh!' + +'And the other?' + +'Oh, he's worse still. But he must have been a very noble fellow. That +struggle under the water must have been fearful; one can see that by +the way the blood has been drawn from the extremities. It makes the +idea of the _Stigmata_ possible to look at him. Resolution like this +could, you would think, do anything in the world. Ay! it might almost +unbar the gates of Heaven. Look here, old man, it is not a very +pleasant sight, especially just before dinner, but you are a writer, +and this is an odd case. Here is something you would not like to miss, +for in all human probability you will never see anything like it +again.' While he was speaking he had brought me into the mortuary of +the hospital. + +On the bier lay a body covered with a white sheet, which was wrapped +close round it. + +'Looks like a chrysalis, don't it? I say, Jack, if there be anything +in the old myth that a soul is typified by a butterfly, well, then the +one that this chrysalis sent forth was a very noble specimen and took +all the sunlight on its wings. See here!' He uncovered the face. +Horrible, indeed, it looked, as though stained with blood. But I knew +him at once, Jacob Settle! My friend pulled the winding sheet further +down. + +The hands were crossed on the purple breast as they had been +reverently placed by some tender-hearted person. As I saw them my +heart throbbed with a great exultation, for the memory of his +harrowing dream rushed across my mind. There was no stain now on those +poor, brave hands, for they were blanched white as snow. + +And somehow as I looked I felt that the evil dream was all over. That +noble soul had won a way through the gate at last. The white robe had +now no stain from the hands that had put it on. + + + + +Crooken Sands + + +Mr Arthur Fernlee Markam, who took what was known as the Red House +above the Mains of Crooken, was a London merchant, and being +essentially a cockney, thought it necessary when he went for the +summer holidays to Scotland to provide an entire rig-out as a Highland +chieftain, as manifested in chromolithographs and on the music-hall +stage. He had once seen in the Empire the Great Prince--'The Bounder +King'--bring down the house by appearing as 'The MacSlogan of that +Ilk,' and singing the celebrated Scotch song, 'There's naething like +haggis to mak a mon dry!' and he had ever since preserved in his mind +a faithful image of the picturesque and warlike appearance which he +presented. Indeed, if the true inwardness of Mr. Markam's mind on the +subject of his selection of Aberdeenshire as a summer resort were +known, it would be found that in the foreground of the holiday +locality which his fancy painted stalked the many hued figure of the +MacSlogan of that Ilk. However, be this as it may, a very kind +fortune--certainly so far as external beauty was concerned--led him to +the choice of Crooken Bay. It is a lovely spot, between Aberdeen and +Peterhead, just under the rock-bound headland whence the long, +dangerous reefs known as The Spurs run out into the North Sea. +Between this and the 'Mains of Crooken'--a village sheltered by the +northern cliffs--lies the deep bay, backed with a multitude of +bent-grown dunes where the rabbits are to be found in thousands. Thus +at either end of the bay is a rocky promontory, and when the dawn or +the sunset falls on the rocks of red syenite the effect is very +lovely. The bay itself is floored with level sand and the tide runs +far out, leaving a smooth waste of hard sand on which are dotted here +and there the stake nets and bag nets of the salmon fishers. At one +end of the bay there is a little group or cluster of rocks whose heads +are raised something above high water, except when in rough weather +the waves come over them green. At low tide they are exposed down to +sand level; and here is perhaps the only little bit of dangerous sand +on this part of the eastern coast. Between the rocks, which are apart +about some fifty feet, is a small quicksand, which, like the Goodwins, +is dangerous only with the incoming tide. It extends outwards till it +is lost in the sea, and inwards till it fades away in the hard sand of +the upper beach. On the slope of the hill which rises beyond the +dunes, midway between the Spurs and the Port of Crooken, is the Red +House. It rises from the midst of a clump of fir-trees which protect +it on three sides, leaving the whole sea front open. A trim +old-fashioned garden stretches down to the roadway, on crossing which +a grassy path, which can be used for light vehicles, threads a way to +the shore, winding amongst the sand hills. + +When the Markam family arrived at the Red House after their thirty-six +hours of pitching on the Aberdeen steamer _Ban Righ_ from Blackwall, +with the subsequent train to Yellon and drive of a dozen miles, they +all agreed that they had never seen a more delightful spot. The +general satisfaction was more marked as at that very time none of the +family were, for several reasons, inclined to find favourable anything +or any place over the Scottish border. Though the family was a large +one, the prosperity of the business allowed them all sorts of personal +luxuries, amongst which was a wide latitude in the way of dress. The +frequency of the Markam girls' new frocks was a source of envy to +their bosom friends and of joy to themselves. + +Arthur Fernlee Markam had not taken his family into his confidence +regarding his new costume. He was not quite certain that he should be +free from ridicule, or at least from sarcasm, and as he was sensitive +on the subject, he thought it better to be actually in the suitable +environment before he allowed the full splendour to burst upon them. +He had taken some pains, to insure the completeness of the Highland +costume. For the purpose he had paid many visits to 'The Scotch +All-Wool Tartan Clothing Mart' which had been lately established in +Copthall-court by the Messrs. MacCallum More and Roderick MacDhu. He +had anxious consultations with the head of the firm--MacCallum as he +called himself, resenting any such additions as 'Mr.' or 'Esquire.' +The known stock of buckles, buttons, straps, brooches and ornaments of +all kinds were examined in critical detail; and at last an eagle's +feather of sufficiently magnificent proportions was discovered, and +the equipment was complete. It was only when he saw the finished +costume, with the vivid hues of the tartan seemingly modified into +comparative sobriety by the multitude of silver fittings, the +cairngorm brooches, the philibeg, dirk and sporran that he was fully +and absolutely satisfied with his choice. At first he had thought of +the Royal Stuart dress tartan, but abandoned it on the MacCallum +pointing out that if he should happen to be in the neighbourhood of +Balmoral it might lead to complications. The MacCallum, who, by the +way, spoke with a remarkable cockney accent, suggested other plaids in +turn; but now that the other question of accuracy had been raised, Mr. +Markam foresaw difficulties if he should by chance find himself in the +locality of the clan whose colours he had usurped. The MacCallum at +last undertook to have, at Markam's expense, a special pattern woven +which would not be exactly the same as any existing tartan, though +partaking of the characteristics of many. It was based on the Royal +Stuart, but contained suggestions as to simplicity of pattern from the +Macalister and Ogilvie clans, and as to neutrality of colour from the +clans of Buchanan, Macbeth, Chief of Macintosh and Macleod. When the +specimen had been shown to Markam he had feared somewhat lest it +should strike the eye of his domestic circle as gaudy; but as Roderick +MacDhu fell into perfect ecstasies over its beauty he did not make any +objection to the completion of the piece. He thought, and wisely, that +if a genuine Scotchman like MacDhu liked it, it must be +right--especially as the junior partner was a man very much of his own +build and appearance. When the MacCallum was receiving his +cheque--which, by the way, was a pretty stiff one--he remarked: + +'I've taken the liberty of having some more of the stuff woven in case +you or any of your friends should want it.' Markam was gratified, and +told him that he should be only too happy if the beautiful stuff which +they had originated between them should become a favourite, as he had +no doubt it would in time. He might make and sell as much as he would. + +Markam tried the dress on in his office one evening after the clerks +had all gone home. He was pleased, though a little frightened, at the +result. The MacCallum had done his work thoroughly, and there was +nothing omitted that could add to the martial dignity of the wearer. + +'I shall not, of course, take the claymore and the pistols with me on +ordinary occasions,' said Markam to himself as he began to undress. He +determined that he would wear the dress for the first time on landing +in Scotland, and accordingly on the morning when the _Ban Righ_ was +hanging off the Girdle Ness lighthouse, waiting for the tide to enter +the port of Aberdeen, he emerged from his cabin in all the gaudy +splendour of his new costume. The first comment he heard was from one +of his own sons, who did not recognise him at first. + +'Here's a guy! Great Scott! It's the governor!' And the boy fled +forthwith and tried to bury his laughter under a cushion in the +saloon. Markam was a good sailor and had not suffered from the +pitching of the boat, so that his naturally rubicund face was even +more rosy by the conscious blush which suffused his cheeks when he had +found himself at once the cynosure of all eyes. He could have wished +that he had not been so bold for he knew from the cold that there was +a big bare spot under one side of his jauntily worn Glengarry cap. +However, he faced the group of strangers boldly. He was not, +outwardly, upset even when some of the comments reached his ears. + +'He's off his bloomin' chump,' said a cockney in a suit of exaggerated +plaid. + +'There's flies on him,' said a tall thin Yankee, pale with +sea-sickness, who was on his way to take up his residence for a time +as close as he could get to the gates of Balmoral. + +'Happy thought! Let us fill our mulls; now's the chance!' said a +young Oxford man on his way home to Inverness. But presently Mr. +Markam heard the voice of his eldest daughter. + +'Where is he? Where is he?' and she came tearing along the deck with +her hat blowing behind her. Her face showed signs of agitation, for +her mother had just been telling her of her father's condition; but +when she saw him she instantly burst into laughter so violent that it +ended in a fit of hysterics. Something of the same kind happened to +each of the other children. When they had all had their turn Mr. +Markam went to his cabin and sent his wife's maid to tell each member +of the family that he wanted to see them at once. They all made their +appearance, suppressing their feelings as well as they could. He said +to them very quietly: + +'My dears, don't I provide you all with ample allowances?' + +'Yes, father!' they all answered gravely, 'no one could be more +generous!' + +'Don't I let you dress as you please?' + +'Yes, father!'--this a little sheepishly. + +'Then, my dears, don't you think it would be nicer and kinder of you +not to try and make me feel uncomfortable, even if I do assume a dress +which is ridiculous in your eyes, though quite common enough in the +country where we are about to sojourn?' There was no answer except +that which appeared in their hanging heads. He was a good father and +they all knew it. He was quite satisfied and went on: + +'There, now, run away and enjoy yourselves! We shan't have another +word about it.' Then he went on deck again and stood bravely the fire +of ridicule which he recognised around him, though nothing more was +said within his hearing. + +The astonishment and the amusement which his get-up occasioned on the +_Ban Righ_ was, however, nothing to that which it created in Aberdeen. +The boys and loafers, and women with babies, who waited at the landing +shed, followed _en masse_ as the Markam party took their way to the +railway station; even the porters with their old-fashioned knots and +their new-fashioned barrows, who await the traveller at the foot of +the gang-plank, followed in wondering delight. Fortunately the +Peterhead train was just about to start, so that the martyrdom was not +unnecessarily prolonged. In the carriage the glorious Highland costume +was unseen, and as there were but few persons at the station at +Yellon, all went well there. When, however, the carriage drew near the +Mains of Crooken and the fisher folk had run to their doors to see who +it was that was passing, the excitement exceeded all bounds. The +children with one impulse waved their bonnets and ran shouting behind +the carriage; the men forsook their nets and their baiting and +followed; the women clutched their babies, and followed also. The +horses were tired after their long journey to Yellon and back, and the +hill was steep, so that there was ample time for the crowd to gather +and even to pass on ahead. + +Mrs. Markam and the elder girls would have liked to make some protest +or to do something to relieve their feelings of chagrin at the +ridicule which they saw on all faces, but there was a look of fixed +determination on the face of the seeming Highlander which awed them a +little, and they were silent. It might have been that the eagle's +feather, even when arising above the bald head, the cairngorm brooch +even on the fat shoulder, and the claymore, dirk and pistols, even +when belted round the extensive paunch and protruding from the +stocking on the sturdy calf, fulfilled their existence as symbols of +martial and terrifying import! When the party arrived at the gate of +the Red House there awaited them a crowd of Crooken inhabitants, +hatless and respectfully silent; the remainder of the population was +painfully toiling up the hill. The silence was broken by only one +sound, that of a man with a deep voice. + +'Man! but he's forgotten the pipes!' + +The servants had arrived some days before, and all things were in +readiness. In the glow consequent on a good lunch after a hard journey +all the disagreeables of travel and all the chagrin consequent on the +adoption of the obnoxious costume were forgotten. + +That afternoon Markam, still clad in full array, walked through the +Mains of Crooken. He was all alone, for, strange to say, his wife and +both daughters had sick headaches, and were, as he was told, lying +down to rest after the fatigue of the journey. His eldest son, who +claimed to be a young man, had gone out by himself to explore the +surroundings of the place, and one of the boys could not be found. The +other boy, on being told that his father had sent for him to come for +a walk, had managed--by accident, of course--to fall into the water +butt, and had to be dried and rigged out afresh. His clothes not +having been as yet unpacked this was of course impossible without +delay. + +Mr. Markam was not quite satisfied with his walk. He could not meet +any of his neighbours. It was not that there were not enough people +about, for every house and cottage seemed to be full; but the people +when in the open were either in their doorways some distance behind +him, or on the roadway a long distance in front. As he passed he +could see the tops of heads and the whites of eyes in the windows or +round the corners of doors. The only interview which he had was +anything but a pleasant one. This was with an odd sort of old man who +was hardly ever heard to speak except to join in the 'Amens' in the +meeting-house. His sole occupation seemed to be to wait at the window +of the post-office from eight o'clock in the morning till the arrival +of the mail at one, when he carried the letter-bag to a neighbouring +baronial castle. The remainder of his day was spent on a seat in a +draughty part of the port, where the offal of the fish, the refuse of +the bait, and the house rubbish was thrown, and where the ducks were +accustomed to hold high revel. + +When Saft Tammie beheld him coming he raised his eyes, which were +generally fixed on the nothing which lay on the roadway opposite his +seat, and, seeming dazzled as if by a burst of sunshine, rubbed them +and shaded them with his hand. Then he started up and raised his hand +aloft in a denunciatory manner as he spoke:-- + +'"Vanity of vanities, saith the preacher. All is vanity." Mon, be +warned in time! "Behold the lilies of the field, they toil not, +neither do they spin, yet Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed +like one of these." Mon! Mon! Thy vanity is as the quicksand which +swallows up all which comes within its spell. Beware vanity! Beware +the quicksand, which yawneth for thee, and which will swallow thee up! +See thyself! Learn thine own vanity! Meet thyself face to face, and +then in that moment thou shalt learn the fatal force of thy vanity. +Learn it, know it, and repent ere the quicksand swallow thee!' Then +without another word he went back to his seat and sat there immovable +and expressionless as before. + +Markam could not but feel a little upset by this tirade. Only that it +was spoken by a seeming madman, he would have put it down to some +eccentric exhibition of Scottish humour or impudence; but the gravity +of the message--for it seemed nothing else--made such a reading +impossible. He was, however, determined not to give in to ridicule, +and although he had not yet seen anything in Scotland to remind him +even of a kilt, he determined to wear his Highland dress. When he +returned home, in less than half-an-hour, he found that every member +of the family was, despite the headaches, out taking a walk. He took +the opportunity afforded by their absence of locking himself in his +dressing-room, took off the Highland dress, and, putting on a suit of +flannels, lit a cigar and had a snooze. He was awakened by the noise +of the family coming in, and at once donning his dress made his +appearance in the drawing-room for tea. + +He did not go out again that afternoon; but after dinner he put on his +dress again--he had, of course dressed for dinner as usual--and went +by himself for a walk on the sea-shore. He had by this time come to +the conclusion that he would get by degrees accustomed to the Highland +dress before making it his ordinary wear. The moon was up and he +easily followed the path through the sand-hills, and shortly struck +the shore. The tide was out and the beach firm as a rock, so he +strolled southwards to nearly the end of the bay. Here he was +attracted by two isolated rocks some little way out from the edge of +the dunes, so he strolled towards them. When he reached the nearest +one he climbed it, and, sitting there elevated some fifteen or twenty +feet over the waste of sand, enjoyed the lovely, peaceful prospect. +The moon was rising behind the headland of Pennyfold, and its light +was just touching the top of the furthermost rock of the Spurs some +three-quarters of a mile out; the rest of the rocks were in dark +shadow. As the moon rose over the headland, the rocks of the Spurs and +then the beach by degrees became flooded with light. + +For a good while Mr. Markam sat and looked at the rising moon and the +growing area of light which followed its rise. Then he turned and +faced eastwards and sat with his chin in his hand looking seawards, +and revelling in the peace and beauty and freedom of the scene. The +roar of London--the darkness and the strife and weariness of London +life--seemed to have passed quite away, and he lived at the moment a +freer and higher life. He looked at the glistening water as it stole +its way over the flat waste of sand, coming closer and closer +insensibly--the tide had turned. Presently he heard a distant shouting +along the beach very far off. + +'The fishermen calling to each other,' he said to himself and looked +around. As he did so he got a horrible shock, for though just then a +cloud sailed across the moon he saw, in spite of the sudden darkness +around him, his own image. For an instant, on the top of the opposite +rock he could see the bald back of the head and the Glengarry cap with +the immense eagle's feather. As he staggered back his foot slipped, +and he began to slide down towards the sand between the two rocks. He +took no concern as to falling, for the sand was really only a few feet +below him, and his mind was occupied with the figure or simulacrum of +himself, which had already disappeared. As the easiest way of reaching +_terra firma_ he prepared to jump the remainder of the distance. All +this had taken but a second, but the brain works quickly, and even as +he gathered himself for the spring he saw the sand below him lying so +marbly level shake and shiver in an odd way. A sudden fear overcame +him; his knees failed, and instead of jumping he slid miserably down +the rock, scratching his bare legs as he went. His feet touched the +sand--went through it like water--and he was down below his knees +before he realised that he was in a quicksand. Wildly he grasped at +the rock to keep himself from sinking further, and fortunately there +was a jutting spur or edge which he was able to grasp instinctively. +To this he clung in grim desperation. He tried to shout, but his +breath would not come, till after a great effort his voice rang out. +Again he shouted, and it seemed as if the sound of his own voice gave +him new courage, for he was able to hold on to the rock for a longer +time than he thought possible--though he held on only in blind +desperation. He was, however, beginning to find his grasp weakening, +when, joy of joys! his shout was answered by a rough voice from just +above him. + +'God be thankit, I'm nae too late!' and a fisherman with great +thigh-boots came hurriedly climbing over the rock. In an instant he +recognised the gravity of the danger, and with a cheering 'Haud fast, +mon! I'm comin'!' scrambled down till he found a firm foothold. Then +with one strong hand holding the rock above, he leaned down, and +catching Markam's wrist, called out to him, 'Haud to me, mon! Haud to +me wi' ither hond!' + +Then he lent his great strength, and with a steady, sturdy pull, +dragged him out of the hungry quicksand and placed him safe upon the +rock. Hardly giving him time to draw breath, he pulled and pushed +him--never letting him go for an instant--over the rock into the firm +sand beyond it, and finally deposited him, still shaking from the +magnitude of his danger, high upon the beach. Then he began to speak: + +'Mon! but I was just in time. If I had no laucht at yon foolish lads +and begun to rin at the first you'd a bin sinkin' doon to the bowels +o' the airth be the noo! Wully Beagrie thocht you was a ghaist, and +Tom MacPhail swore ye was only like a goblin on a puddick-steel! "Na!" +said I. "Yon's but the daft Englishman--the loony that had escapit +frae the waxwarks." I was thinkin' that bein' strange and silly--if +not a whole-made feel--ye'd no ken the ways o' the quicksan'! I +shouted till warn ye, and then ran to drag ye aff, if need be. But God +be thankit, be ye fule or only half-daft wi' yer vanity, that I was no +that late!' and he reverently lifted his cap as he spoke. + +Mr. Markam was deeply touched and thankful for his escape from a +horrible death; but the sting of the charge of vanity thus made once +more against him came through his humility. He was about to reply +angrily, when suddenly a great awe fell upon him as he remembered the +warning words of the half-crazy letter-carrier: 'Meet thyself face to +face, and repent ere the quicksand shall swallow thee!' + +Here, too, he remembered the image of himself that he had seen and the +sudden danger from the deadly quicksand that had followed. He was +silent a full minute, and then said: + +'My good fellow, I owe you my life!' + +The answer came with reverence from the hardy fisherman, 'Na! Na! Ye +owe that to God; but, as for me, I'm only too glad till be the humble +instrument o' His mercy.' + +'But you will let me thank you,' said Mr. Markam, taking both the +great hands of his deliverer in his and holding them tight. 'My heart +is too full as yet, and my nerves are too much shaken to let me say +much; but, believe me, I am very, very grateful!' It was quite evident +that the poor old fellow was deeply touched, for the tears were +running down his cheeks. + +The fisherman said, with a rough but true courtesy: + +'Ay, sir! thank me and ye will--if it'll do yer poor heart good. An' +I'm thinking that if it were me I'd be thankful too. But, sir, as for +me I need no thanks. I am glad, so I am!' + +That Arthur Fernlee Markam was really thankful and grateful was shown +practically later on. Within a week's time there sailed into Port +Crooken the finest fishing smack that had ever been seen in the +harbour of Peterhead. She was fully found with sails and gear of all +kinds, and with nets of the best. Her master and men went away by the +coach, after having left with the salmon-fisher's wife the papers +which made her over to him. + +As Mr. Markam and the salmon-fisher walked together along the shore +the former asked his companion not to mention the fact that he had +been in such imminent danger, for that it would only distress his dear +wife and children. He said that he would warn them all of the +quicksand, and for that purpose he, then and there, asked questions +about it till he felt that his information on the subject was +complete. Before they parted he asked his companion if he had happened +to see a second figure, dressed like himself on the other rock as he +had approached to succour him. + +'Na! Na!' came the answer, 'there is nae sic another fule in these +parts. Nor has there been since the time o' Jamie Fleeman--him that +was fule to the Laird o' Udny. Why, mon! sic a heathenish dress as ye +have on till ye has nae been seen in these pairts within the memory o' +mon. An' I'm thinkin' that sic a dress never was for sittin' on the +cauld rock, as ye done beyont. Mon! but do ye no fear the rheumatism +or the lumbagy wi' floppin' doon on to the cauld stanes wi' yer bare +flesh? I was thinking that it was daft ye waur when I see ye the +mornin' doon be the port, but it's fule or eediot ye maun be for the +like o' thot!' Mr. Markam did not care to argue the point, and as they +were now close to his own home he asked the salmon-fisher to have a +glass of whisky--which he did--and they parted for the night. He took +good care to warn all his family of the quicksand, telling them that +he had himself been in some danger from it. + +All that night he never slept. He heard the hours strike one after the +other; but try how he would he could not get to sleep. Over and over +again he went through the horrible episode of the quicksand, from the +time that Saft Tammie had broken his habitual silence to preach to him +of the sin of vanity and to warn him. The question kept ever arising +in his mind: 'Am I then so vain as to be in the ranks of the foolish?' +and the answer ever came in the words of the crazy prophet: '"Vanity +of vanities! All is vanity." Meet thyself face to face, and repent ere +the quicksand shall swallow thee!' Somehow a feeling of doom began to +shape itself in his mind that he would yet perish in that same +quicksand, for there he had already met himself face to face. + +In the grey of the morning he dozed off, but it was evident that he +continued the subject in his dreams, for he was fully awakened by his +wife, who said: + +'Do sleep quietly! That blessed Highland suit has got on your brain. +Don't talk in your sleep, if you can help it!' He was somehow +conscious of a glad feeling, as if some terrible weight had been +lifted from him, but he did not know any cause of it. He asked his +wife what he had said in his sleep, and she answered: + +'You said it often enough, goodness knows, for one to remember +it--"Not face to face! I saw the eagle plume over the bald head! There +is hope yet! Not face to face!" Go to sleep! Do!' And then he did go +to sleep, for he seemed to realise that the prophecy of the crazy man +had not yet been fulfilled. He had not met himself face to face--as +yet at all events. + +He was awakened early by a maid who came to tell him that there was a +fisherman at the door who wanted to see him. He dressed himself as +quickly as he could--for he was not yet expert with the Highland +dress--and hurried down, not wishing to keep the salmon-fisher +waiting. He was surprised and not altogether pleased to find that his +visitor was none other than Saft Tammie, who at once opened fire on +him: + +'I maun gang awa' t' the post; but I thocht that I would waste an hour +on ye, and ca' roond just to see if ye waur still that fou wi' vanity +as on the nicht gane by. An I see that ye've no learned the lesson. +Well! the time is comin', sure eneucht! However I have all the time i' +the marnins to my ain sel', so I'll aye look roond jist till see how +ye gang yer ain gait to the quicksan', and then to the de'il! I'm aff +till ma wark the noo!' And he went straightway, leaving Mr. Markam +considerably vexed, for the maids within earshot were vainly trying to +conceal their giggles. He had fairly made up his mind to wear on that +day ordinary clothes, but the visit of Saft Tammie reversed his +decision. He would show them all that he was not a coward, and he +would go on as he had begun--come what might. When he came to +breakfast in full martial panoply the children, one and all, held down +their heads and the backs of their necks became very red indeed. As, +however, none of them laughed--except Titus, the youngest boy, who was +seized with a fit of hysterical choking and was promptly banished from +the room--he could not reprove them, but began to break his egg with a +sternly determined air. It was unfortunate that as his wife was +handing him a cup of tea one of the buttons of his sleeve caught in +the lace of her morning wrapper, with the result that the hot tea was +spilt over his bare knees. Not unnaturally, he made use of a swear +word, whereupon his wife, somewhat nettled, spoke out: + +'Well, Arthur, if you will make such an idiot of yourself with that +ridiculous costume what else can you expect? You are not accustomed to +it--and you never will be!' In answer he began an indignant speech +with: 'Madam!' but he got no further, for now that the subject was +broached, Mrs. Markam intended to have her say out. It was not a +pleasant say, and, truth to tell, it was not said in a pleasant +manner. A wife's manner seldom is pleasant when she undertakes to tell +what she considers 'truths' to her husband. The result was that Arthur +Fernlee Markam undertook, then and there, that during his stay in +Scotland he would wear no other costume than the one she abused. +Woman-like his wife had the last word--given in this case with tears: + +'Very well, Arthur! Of course you will do as you choose. Make me as +ridiculous as you can, and spoil the poor girls' chances in life. +Young men don't seem to care, as a general rule, for an idiot +father-in-law! But I must warn you that your vanity will some day get +a rude shock--if indeed you are not before then in an asylum or dead!' + +It was manifest after a few days that Mr. Markam would have to take +the major part of his outdoor exercise by himself. The girls now and +again took a walk with him, chiefly in the early morning or late at +night, or on a wet day when there would be no one about; they +professed to be willing to go out at all times, but somehow something +always seemed to occur to prevent it. The boys could never be found at +all on such occasions, and as to Mrs. Markam she sternly refused to go +out with him on any consideration so long as he should continue to +make a fool of himself. On the Sunday he dressed himself in his +habitual broadcloth, for he rightly felt that church was not a place +for angry feelings; but on Monday morning he resumed his Highland +garb. By this time he would have given a good deal if he had never +thought of the dress, but his British obstinacy was strong, and he +would not give in. Saft Tammie called at his house every morning, and, +not being able to see him nor to have any message taken to him, used +to call back in the afternoon when the letter-bag had been delivered +and watched for his going out. On such occasions he never failed to +warn him against his vanity in the same words which he had used at the +first. Before many days were over Mr. Markam had come to look upon him +as little short of a scourge. + +By the time the week was out the enforced partial solitude, the +constant chagrin, and the never-ending brooding which was thus +engendered, began to make Mr. Markam quite ill. He was too proud to +take any of his family into his confidence since they had in his view +treated him very badly. Then he did not sleep well at night, and when +he did sleep he had constantly bad dreams. Merely to assure himself +that his pluck was not failing him he made it a practice to visit the +quicksand at least once every day; he hardly ever failed to go there +the last thing at night. It was perhaps this habit that wrought the +quicksand with its terrible experience so perpetually into his dreams. +More and more vivid these became, till on waking at times he could +hardly realise that he had not been actually in the flesh to visit the +fatal spot. He sometimes thought that he might have been walking in +his sleep. + +One night his dream was so vivid that when he awoke he could not +believe that it had only been a dream. He shut his eyes again and +again, but each time the vision, if it was a vision, or the reality, +if it was a reality, would rise before him. The moon was shining full +and yellow over the quicksand as he approached it; he could see the +expanse of light shaken and disturbed and full of black shadows as the +liquid sand quivered and trembled and wrinkled and eddied as was its +wont between its pauses of marble calm. As he drew close to it another +figure came towards it from the opposite side with equal footsteps. He +saw that it was his own figure, his very self, and in silent terror, +compelled by what force he knew not, he advanced--charmed as the bird +is by the snake, mesmerised or hypnotised--to meet this other self. As +he felt the yielding sand closing over him he awoke in the agony of +death, trembling with fear, and, strange to say, with the silly man's +prophecy seeming to sound in his ears: '"Vanity of vanities! All is +vanity!" See thyself and repent ere the quicksand swallow thee!' + +So convinced was he that this was no dream that he arose, early as it +was, and dressing himself without disturbing his wife took his way to +the shore. His heart fell when he came across a series of footsteps on +the sands, which he at once recognised as his own. There was the same +wide heel, the same square toe; he had no doubt now that he had +actually been there, and half horrified, and half in a state of dreamy +stupor, he followed the footsteps, and found them lost in the edge of +the yielding quicksand. This gave him a terrible shock, for there were +no return steps marked on the sand, and he felt that there was some +dread mystery which he could not penetrate, and the penetration of +which would, he feared, undo him. + +In this state of affairs he took two wrong courses. Firstly he kept +his trouble to himself, and, as none of his family had any clue to it, +every innocent word or expression which they used supplied fuel to the +consuming fire of his imagination. Secondly he began to read books +professing to bear upon the mysteries of dreaming and of mental +phenomena generally, with the result that every wild imagination of +every crank or half-crazy philosopher became a living germ of unrest +in the fertilising soil of his disordered brain. Thus negatively and +positively all things began to work to a common end. Not the least of +his disturbing causes was Saft Tammie, who had now become at certain +times of the day a fixture at his gate. After a while, being +interested in the previous state of this individual, he made inquiries +regarding his past with the following result. + +Saft Tammie was popularly believed to be the son of a laird in one of +the counties round the Firth of Forth. He had been partially educated +for the ministry, but for some cause which no one ever knew threw up +his prospects suddenly, and, going to Peterhead in its days of whaling +prosperity, had there taken service on a whaler. Here off and on he +had remained for some years, getting gradually more and more silent in +his habits, till finally his shipmates protested against so taciturn a +mate, and he had found service amongst the fishing smacks of the +northern fleet. He had worked for many years at the fishing with +always the reputation of being 'a wee bit daft,' till at length he had +gradually settled down at Crooken, where the laird, doubtless knowing +something of his family history, had given him a job which practically +made him a pensioner. The minister who gave the information finished +thus:-- + +'It is a very strange thing, but the man seems to have some odd kind +of gift. Whether it be that "second sight" which we Scotch people are +so prone to believe in, or some other occult form of knowledge, I know +not, but nothing of a disastrous tendency ever occurs in this place +but the men with whom he lives are able to quote after the event some +saying of his which certainly appears to have foretold it. He gets +uneasy or excited--wakes up, in fact--when death is in the air!' + +This did not in any way tend to lessen Mr. Markam's concern, but on +the contrary seemed to impress the prophecy more deeply on his mind. +Of all the books which he had read on his new subject of study none +interested him so much as a German one _Die Doeppleganger_, by Dr. +Heinrich von Aschenberg, formerly of Bonn. Here he learned for the +first time of cases where men had led a double existence--each nature +being quite apart from the other--the body being always a reality with +one spirit, and a simulacrum with the other. Needless to say that Mr. +Markam realised this theory as exactly suiting his own case. The +glimpse which he had of his own back the night of his escape from the +quicksand--his own footmarks disappearing into the quicksand with no +return steps visible--the prophecy of Saft Tammie about his meeting +himself and perishing in the quicksand--all lent aid to the conviction +that he was in his own person an instance of the doeppleganger. Being +then conscious of a double life he took steps to prove its existence +to his own satisfaction. To this end on one night before going to bed +he wrote his name in chalk on the soles of his shoes. That night he +dreamed of the quicksand, and of his visiting it--dreamed so vividly +that on walking in the grey of the dawn he could not believe that he +had not been there. Arising, without disturbing his wife, he sought +his shoes. + +The chalk signatures were undisturbed! He dressed himself and stole +out softly. This time the tide was in, so he crossed the dunes and +struck the shore on the further side of the quicksand. There, oh, +horror of horrors! he saw his own footprints dying into the abyss! + +He went home a desperately sad man. It seemed incredible that he, an +elderly commercial man, who had passed a long and uneventful life in +the pursuit of business in the midst of roaring, practical London, +should thus find himself enmeshed in mystery and horror, and that he +should discover that he had two existences. He could not speak of his +trouble even to his own wife, for well he knew that she would at once +require the fullest particulars of that other life--the one which she +did not know; and that she would at the start not only imagine but +charge him with all manner of infidelities on the head of it. And so +his brooding grew deeper and deeper still. One evening--the tide then +going out and the moon being at the full--he was sitting waiting for +dinner when the maid announced that Saft Tammie was making a +disturbance outside because he would not be let in to see him. He was +very indignant, but did not like the maid to think that he had any +fear on the subject, and so told her to bring him in. Tammie entered, +walking more briskly than ever with his head up and a look of vigorous +decision in the eyes that were so generally cast down. As soon as he +entered he said: + +'I have come to see ye once again--once again; and there ye sit, still +just like a cockatoo on a pairch. Weel, mon, I forgie ye! Mind ye +that, I forgie ye!' And without a word more he turned and walked out +of the house, leaving the master in speechless indignation. + +After dinner he determined to pay another visit to the quicksand--he +would not allow even to himself that he was afraid to go. And so, +about nine o'clock, in full array, he marched to the beach, and +passing over the sands sat on the skirt of the nearer rock. The full +moon was behind him and its light lit up the bay so that its fringe of +foam, the dark outline of the headland, and the stakes of the +salmon-nets were all emphasised. In the brilliant yellow glow the +lights in the windows of Port Crooken and in those of the distant +castle of the laird trembled like stars through the sky. For a long +time he sat and drank in the beauty of the scene, and his soul seemed +to feel a peace that it had not known for many days. All the pettiness +and annoyance and silly fears of the past weeks seemed blotted out, +and a new holy calm took the vacant place. In this sweet and solemn +mood he reviewed his late action calmly, and felt ashamed of himself +for his vanity and for the obstinacy which had followed it. And then +and there he made up his mind that the present would be the last time +he would wear the costume which had estranged him from those whom he +loved, and which had caused him so many hours and days of chagrin, +vexation, and pain. + +But almost as soon as he arrived at this conclusion another voice +seemed to speak within him and mockingly to ask him if he should ever +get the chance to wear the suit again--that it was too late--he had +chosen his course and must now abide the issue. + +'It is not too late,' came the quick answer of his better self; and +full of the thought, he rose up to go home and divest himself of the +now hateful costume right away. He paused for one look at the +beautiful scene. The light lay pale and mellow, softening every +outline of rock and tree and house-top, and deepening the shadows into +velvety-black, and lighting, as with a pale flame, the incoming tide, +that now crept fringe-like across the flat waste of sand. Then he left +the rock and stepped out for the shore. + +But as he did so a frightful spasm of horror shook him, and for an +instant the blood rushing to his head shut out all the light of the +full moon. Once more he saw that fatal image of himself moving beyond +the quicksand from the opposite rock to the shore. The shock was all +the greater for the contrast with the spell of peace which he had just +enjoyed; and, almost paralysed in every sense, he stood and watched +the fatal vision and the wrinkly, crawling quicksand that seemed to +writhe and yearn for something that lay between. There could be no +mistake this time, for though the moon behind threw the face into +shadow he could see there the same shaven cheeks as his own, and the +small stubby moustache of a few weeks' growth. The light shone on the +brilliant tartan, and on the eagle's plume. Even the bald space at one +side of the Glengarry cap glistened, as did the cairngorm brooch on +the shoulder and the tops of the silver buttons. As he looked he felt +his feet slightly sinking, for he was still near the edge of the belt +of quicksand, and he stepped back. As he did so the other figure +stepped forward, so that the space between them was preserved. + +So the two stood facing each other, as though in some weird +fascination; and in the rushing of the blood through his brain Markam +seemed to hear the words of the prophecy: 'See thyself face to face, +and repent ere the quicksand swallow thee.' He did stand face to face +with himself, he had repented--and now he was sinking in the +quicksand! The warning and prophecy were coming true. + +Above him the seagulls screamed, circling round the fringe of the +incoming tide, and the sound being entirely mortal recalled him to +himself. On the instant he stepped back a few quick steps, for as yet +only his feet were merged in the soft sand. As he did so the other +figure stepped forward, and coming within the deadly grip of the +quicksand began to sink. It seemed to Markam that he was looking at +himself going down to his doom, and on the instant the anguish of his +soul found vent in a terrible cry. There was at the same instant a +terrible cry from the other figure, and as Markam threw up his hands +the figure did the same. With horror-struck eyes he saw him sink +deeper into the quicksand; and then, impelled by what power he knew +not, he advanced again towards the sand to meet his fate. But as his +more forward foot began to sink he heard again the cries of the +seagulls which seemed to restore his benumbed faculties. With a mighty +effort he drew his foot out of the sand which seemed to clutch it, +leaving his shoe behind, and then in sheer terror he turned and ran +from the place, never stopping till his breath and strength failed +him, and he sank half swooning on the grassy path through the +sandhills. + + * * * * * + +Arthur Markam made up his mind not to tell his family of his terrible +adventure--until at least such time as he should be complete master of +himself. Now that the fatal double--his other self--had been engulfed +in the quicksand he felt something like his old peace of mind. + +That night he slept soundly and did not dream at all; and in the +morning was quite his old self. It really seemed as though his newer +and worser self had disappeared for ever; and strangely enough Saft +Tammie was absent from his post that morning and never appeared there +again, but sat in his old place watching nothing, as of old, with +lack-lustre eye. In accordance with his resolution he did not wear his +Highland suit again, but one evening tied it up in a bundle, claymore, +dirk and philibeg and all, and bringing it secretly with him threw it +into the quicksand. With a feeling of intense pleasure he saw it +sucked below the sand, which closed above it into marble smoothness. +Then he went home and announced cheerily to his family assembled for +evening prayers: + +'Well! my dears, you will be glad to hear that I have abandoned my +idea of wearing the Highland dress. I see now what a vain old fool I +was and how ridiculous I made myself! You shall never see it again!' + +'Where is it, father?' asked one of the girls, wishing to say +something so that such a self-sacrificing announcement as her father's +should not be passed in absolute silence. His answer was so sweetly +given that the girl rose from her seat and came and kissed him. It +was: + +'In the quicksand, my dear! and I hope that my worser self is buried +there along with it--for ever.' + + * * * * * + +The remainder of the summer was passed at Crooken with delight by all +the family, and on his return to town Mr. Markam had almost forgotten +the whole of the incident of the quicksand, and all touching on it, +when one day he got a letter from the MacCallum More which caused him +much thought, though he said nothing of it to his family, and left it, +for certain reasons, unanswered. It ran as follows:-- + + 'The MacCallum More and Roderick MacDhu. + 'The Scotch All-Wool Tartan Clothing Mart. + Copthall Court, E.C., + 30th September, 1892. + +'Dear Sir,--I trust you will pardon the liberty which I take in +writing to you, but I am desirous of making an inquiry, and I am +informed that you have been sojourning during the summer in +Aberdeenshire (Scotland, N.B.). My partner, Mr. Roderick MacDhu--as he +appears for business reasons on our bill-heads and in our +advertisements, his real name being Emmanuel Moses Marks of +London--went early last month to Scotland (N.B.) for a tour, but as I +have only once heard from him, shortly after his departure, I am +anxious lest any misfortune may have befallen him. As I have been +unable to obtain any news of him on making all inquiries in my power, +I venture to appeal to you. His letter was written in deep dejection +of spirit, and mentioned that he feared a judgment had come upon him +for wishing to appear as a Scotchman on Scottish soil, as he had one +moonlight night shortly after his arrival seen his 'wraith'. He +evidently alluded to the fact that before his departure he had +procured for himself a Highland costume similar to that which we had +the honour to supply to you, with which, as perhaps you will remember, +he was much struck. He may, however, never have worn it, as he was, to +my own knowledge, diffident about putting it on, and even went so far +as to tell me that he would at first only venture to wear it late at +night or very early in the morning, and then only in remote places, +until such time as he should get accustomed to it. Unfortunately he +did not advise me of his route so that I am in complete ignorance of +his whereabouts; and I venture to ask if you may have seen or heard of +a Highland costume similar to your own having been seen anywhere in +the neighbourhood in which I am told you have recently purchased the +estate which you temporarily occupied. I shall not expect an answer to +this letter unless you can give me some information regarding my +friend and partner, so pray do not trouble to reply unless there be +cause. I am encouraged to think that he may have been in your +neighbourhood as, though his letter is not dated, the envelope is +marked with the postmark of "Yellon" which I find is in Aberdeenshire, +and not far from the Mains of Crooken. + + 'I have the honour to be, dear sir, + 'Yours very respectfully, + 'JOSHUA SHEENY COHEN BENJAMIN + '(The MacCallum More.)' + + + +***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DRACULA'S GUEST*** + + +******* This file should be named 10150.txt or 10150.zip ******* + + +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: +http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/0/1/5/10150 + + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://www.gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: +http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/old/old/10150.zip b/old/old/10150.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a733b3f --- /dev/null +++ b/old/old/10150.zip diff --git a/old/old/10150_2003.zip b/old/old/10150_2003.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..646e94a --- /dev/null +++ b/old/old/10150_2003.zip |